**Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zestimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNZUS.

o jessie le sh) e) 2m’ Shleiey BRE Sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells )

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak.or cayern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

: J. TAYLOR, Norwich, 1818.

FLAMMAM.

le ee

ok Ae sl isan ee

=, sd

PREFACE TO THE SECOND SERIES.

Oy commencing a New Series of ‘The Annals and Magazine of

Natural History,’ the Editors trust that.they may refer, with some

degree of confidence, to the contents of the Twenty Volumes

which have been published ,under their superintendence, as the

result of their endeavours to succeed in establishing a compre-

hensive and permanent Journal of the departments. of knowledge

to which the work is devoted.

Viewing Natural History, so far as the study of Organized

Beings is concerned, as a science each branch of which is essen-

tially connected with the others by principles and phenomena

common to all, it has been the object of the Editors to include

whatever tended to the advancement of the study both of the

Animal and Vegetable Kingdom.

The important duty of making known in this country the

labours and discoveries of Foreign Naturalists, the Editors trust

has hitherto been to a considerable extent fulfilled, in the great

number of Translations and Abstracts from the principal Journals

and Memoirs of other countries, and in Notices of Foreign Works

in all branches of Natural History, which have been given with

a view to enable the lovers of the science to keep pace. with its

progress in every stage of advancement. In this, as well as in

all the other departments of the Journal, the Editors continue

to avail themselves of the aid of Dr. Witit1am Francis, whose

services they take this opportunity of acknowledging, as from the

commencement of the Work they have had the advantage of his

constant and valuable assistance in its regular superintendence.

iv PREFACE.

With regard to the Naturalists of our own country, it has

been a source of great satisfaction to the Editors, that their

Journal should have been instrumental, from its circulation at

home and abroad, in diffusing a knowledge of their labours: and

to what extent it has been efficient for this purpose will be

evident from the multitude of references to the original commu-

nications which have appeared in it that are to be found in foreign

Journals, and in the Reports on the various branches of Na-

tural History by Wagner, Miiller, Von Siebold, Erichson, Bronn

and others, as may be seen in the translations which have been

published by the Ray Society.

Of the manner in which their endeavours have been seconded

by the lovers of Natural History, the Editors can speak with

much gratification, as the pages of the Annals have been conti-

nually honoured with contributions from Naturalists of the first

eminence: and they regard as the most satisfactory testimony

~ which they could receive as to the conduct of their Journal, that

its successive Volumes have been enriched by the original com-

munications of so great a number.

For the principal Bodies connected with the study of Natural

History in this country, the monthly numbers of the Annals

furnish an early and faithful record. Authentic reports of the

proceedings of the Linnean, Zoological and Entomological

Societies of London, and the Botanical Society of Edinburgh,

are officially communicated through its pages.

The commencement of this New Series affords the Editors

a fit occasion for expressing a hope that they may now receive

an accession to the number of their supporters. They would

urge how much their means of giving additional interest and

value to the Annals, both as to quantity of matter and en-

gravings, must depend upon the extent of the sale ; in the hope

that those lovers of Natural History who are not already sub-

scribers may take this convenient opportunity of increasing the

number of those by whose support the work has been upheld.

SS TO

CONTENTS OF VOL. I.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

NUMBER I. :

age

I. On the Recent British species of the genus Lagena. By W.C.

Wittiamson, Esq. (With two Plates.) .........00000 Risgeceaniehougesi’ ees |

Il. Note on the genus Cypridina, M. Edwards; with a description

of two new species. By W. Bairp, M.D., F.L.S. &c. (With two-

Ni crc dre oath cvetgl -ngumiaan ob sang dinadsnamueeaschoksas«tamuasapeciens 21

III, Observations on the Development of the Meduse. By Joun

Ren, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of Edinburgh,

and Chandos Professor of Anatomy and Medicine in the University of

St. Andrews. (With two Plates.) ....... cad sbepanss cares’ seeiihe gerne Fevetes 25

IV. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk; their Classification. By

INU OMREIE ERG. 2, isis ss eset venedentsnesensscace scutes ccdeasedscedbne 36

'Z V. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No.1. Recent

_ Researches into the Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo.

PC MMUS PENVEEY, 1.14.5: BC. 2. ccccssuncectaovessavesssrsndexpesceenss 49

_ VI. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. By Witt1am Tuompson,

Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast ...... biewsdneexones vee 62

H VII. Description of a new species of Coccinella from New Zealand.

_ By M. Mutsanr of Lyon, author of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Co-

léoptéres de France.’ Communicated by Apam Wuire, F.L.S. ...... 66

New Books :—The History of Barbados, by Sir Robert H. Schom-

¢ burgk, Ph.D.—Zoological Recreations, by W. J. Broderip, Esq.,

F.R.S.—An Experimental Inquiry into the Cause of the Ascent

and Descent of the Sap, &c., by G. Rainey, M.R.C.S.E........ 67—73

_ Extracts from a Letter to Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., from George

Clark, Esq., of Mauritius ; Habits of Insects ; Note on the Insects

of Madeira; Curious Phenomena in the Night-blooming Cereus,

&c.; Descriptions of two new species of Planaria, by Joseph

Leidy, M.D.; Professor Agassiz; Meteorological Observations

MU MOND Ge, accusstdtcstasascsevetoesbencues¥aioesssetecneinsesvesen sees 78-—80

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER II.

VIII. On Anacharis Alsinastrum, a supposed new British Plant.

By Cuarces C. Basineton, M.A.; with a Synopsis of the species of

Anacharis and Apalanthe. By J. E. Puancuon, doct. és se. (With

& Plates) »::.c0sscovessanessey qraceceesnvesyesvennthi pedeenecceians qeoeeesadere agg kas

IX. On the Anatomy of Eolis, a genus of Mollusks of the order

Nudibranchiata. By Ausanx Hancock and Dennis Empxerton, M.D.,

F,.R.C.S.E, Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology in the Nemenibins

upon-Tyne School of Medicine. (With two Plates.) ..... ashe niine

X. Description of a new species of Nautilus from the Lower Green-

sand of the Isle of Wight. By J. Morris, F.G.S. .........4.. eee rsvoceeee

oA, Description of an apparently new subgenus of Calandride from

‘the Philippine Islands. By Apam Wurte, F.L.S., Assistant Zool. Dep.

British Museum .........ecccseres sank ox ¢ chia esacnv an ae hake Ahk scans Pepe HOES, es

XII. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitie Henry Gosse, Esq. .

XIII. A few general Remarks on the Fossil Conchology of the

Great Oolite of Minchinhampton in comparison with that of the same

Formation in other localities. By Joun Lycert, Esq. .....scccsecseesese

XIV. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Lepidopterous

Insects. By Epwarp Dovusuepay, Esq., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoo-

logical Department of the British Museum, &c. ......... sagtensi canaries

XV. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 2.

Anomalous Forms. of Dicotyledonous Stems. By Artuur Henrrey,

BLS. WC.) cisuecesscocncesenacs sohvcvevessessoseussosesucecges eee ghenmnvansshse gal

New Book :—Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented

from living Subjects ; with practical Observations on their Nature,

by Sir John Graham Dalyell, Bart. ...........ceeceeeeee sasdepeoveas ees

Proceedings of -the: Cotswold Naturalists’ Club; Entomological So-

Page

115

121

124

132

ciety Pee e POT OH eee eee eeEOSOreHeseesenee Oe ee HOH EO SH eee eeeeTeHaseeee 140—149

Observations on Mr, Cuming’s Collection of Shells, by Prof. Owen,

F.R.S. &c. ; On Sagina ciliata (Fries), by Ch. C. Babington, M.A. ;

Carex brizoides (Linn.) ; Some Contributions to the Natural Hi-

story of the Raffiesia Patma, by M. Zollinger, M. Bat. Soc. &c.;

On the Gamboge of the Tenasserim Provinces, by the Rey. F.

Mason, A.M.; On the Fossil Vegetation of Anthracite Coal; A

Fact respecting the Habits of Notonecta glauca, by Prof. Forrest

Shepherd ; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... +». 149—160

NUMBER III.

XVI. Further Observations on the Diatomacee ; with descriptions

of new genera and species. By G,H.-K. Tuwatres, Lecturer on Bo-

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

) tany and Vegetable Physiology at the Bristol Medical School. (With

EEN sete tar sede te bs coaverssenss Wout ie Awl Viwolde vncbes < giuhddeiude 161

XVII. Researches having for their object the Elucidation of certain

Phenomena in the Physiology of the Araneidea. By Joun Buackwatt,

| eta Sera ceapadas vase SOCTi aa eaedscReU Vee e sda ve ve civcsewWuen cd dvosbousveuaed 173

XVIII. On some Points j in the Structure and Growth of Monoco-

_ tyledons. By Arruur Henrrey, F.L.S. &c. (With two Plates.) ... 180

Y XIX. Some Observations on Caladium distillatorium. By Mr.

_ Francis WIttraMson......0eesee WOv ccs ddeve sou cB veds ode dnda od epdeeeebe 188

| XX. Additions to the British species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

by By Josuva Arper and ALBANY HANCOCK .........ccccceecececesceececeses 189

XXI. Note on the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull (Larus Bo-

napartii, Rich. and Swains.) for the first time in Europe. By Witi1am

Tuompson, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast ......... 192

XXII. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Pummir Henry Gosse, Esq. 197

XXIII. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk ; their Classification. “By

J. Tourmin Smita, Esq. ........ Vand cadtesls dis juieateuddel ide debided Hades enevass 203

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society; Lin-

nzean Society ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh — ............ 221—239

;

British Mollusca ; Have Ants when deprived of their Queen the power

of selecting one of their number and converting her into a fertile

female?; On the Digestive Apparatus of the Gnat, Culex pipiens,

Linn., by F. Pouchet; Description and Anatomy of a new and

curious subgenus of Planaria, by Joseph Leidy, M.D.; Basilo-

saurus ; Additional Note ona Paper on Porcupines, by J. E. Gray,

Esq., F.R.S. &c. ; Meteorological Observations and Table... 239—248

NUMBER IV.

XXIV. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Wacker, F.L.S. ... 249

XXV. On the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. By G. Dicxiz, M.D.,

{ E Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s College of Aberdeen. 260

- XXVI. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitte Henry Gosse, Esq. 268

_ XXVII. On the Habits and Geographical Distribution of Bulimus,

a genus of Air-breathing Mollusks. By Lovert Reeve, F.L.S. ....,. 270

XXVIII. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 3.

- On the Growth.of Leaves. By Arruur Henrrey, F.L.S. &c.......006 274

- XXIX. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk; their Classification. By

ie J. Tourmin Suirn, Esq. (With four Plates.) ......sseseeseee da eaiiad « 279

XXX. Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Pissodes, Hypera, &c. ;

_ with descriptions of several new species. By Joun Watton, F.L.S. ... 295

XXXI. Notes on the Species, Structure, and Animality of the

Vill CONTENTS.

Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. (Genus Spongilla.) By

H. J. Canter, Esq., Assistant Surgeon . ...,....<<..10.sescossassmanhentiane 303

New Book :—Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented

from living Subjects ; with practical Observations on their Nature,

by Sir John Graham Dalyell, Bart. ........... seawees eencacasease teeees 311

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh .......... seevess seveeee O15

The Common Flea (Pulew irritans) ; Instance of a singular Anomaly

in the History of the Honey Bee, by George Darling, Esq.; Me- -

teorological Observations and Table ..........++++ sovcesccseee 316—320

NUMBER V.

XXXII. On a new British species of Campylodiscus. By W.C.

Wituiamson, Esq. ...... Souvenbserseceubicocdveceteces ses budssens eee tame w. 321

XXXIII. Notes of Diatomacee found in the stomachs of certain

Mollusca. By George Dickie, M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the Uni-

versity and King’s College of Aberdeen .......... soensssseelpan een eyeneiae . 322

XXXIV. Notice ofa new species of Spiridens. By R. K. Grevitte,

BLD. Se. (With a Plate:}*) a5. 0.6. dessin ec ktceeespeae Pr ppm mn ger - 325

XXXV. Notice of two new species of Ferns belonging to the genera

Oleandra and Polypodium. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &e. (With

CO gy Ben eesrerreey reper ary ererrr eT Msi yh 326

XXXVI. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francts Wavxer, F.L.S, ... 328

XXXVII. Note on the Cyclostomatous genus Pterocyclos, Benson

(Steganotoma, Troschel). By W. H. Benson, Esq., late Bengal Civil

SIOEVIOE co cacsscotistacabscssccusetevessvucesvyoyeneniaceracseeonanens beseveeseeevees 345

XXXVIII. Description of some new Fossil Shells from Bissex Hill

and Springfield in Barbados. Communicated by Sir Roserr H.

Scuomsurck, Ph.D., Member of the Imp. Acad. Nat. Curios. &. ... 347

XXXIX. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puttire Henry Gosse, Esq. 349

XL. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk; their Classification. By

J. Toutmin Smitu, Esq. (With four Plates.).........cccsscecsesecesseeens 352

XLI. Remarks on the Migrations of Aphides. Bek F. RANCIS WALKER,

Bia ei din Wi be Deas ss Se caga span etnias We wcdtviode + ob hapeccetiee nn 372

New Books :—Flore de France, par M. Grenier et M. Godron.—A

Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, from New

England to Wisconsin and south to Ohio and Pennsylvania inclu-

sive, arranged according to the Natural System, by A. Gray, M.D. 374

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ; Royal Society............+4+ 375—389

On a new genus and species of Fossil Ruminantia, Poébrotherium Wil-

soni, by Joseph Leidy, M.D.; On two new genera of Siliceous-

CONTENTS. ix

’ Page

shelled Polygastrica from Patagonian Guano, by Prof, Ehrenberg ;

Extensibility of Membrane and Muscle in the Serpent Tribe ;

Observations on the Nummulites, by Messrs. Jolie and Leymerie ;

Description of the Caligus Strémii, by W. Baird, M.D., F.L.S. &c. ;

Fossil Infusoria in Amber; Obituary—Carl Johan Schénherr;

Meteorological Observations and Table .......sccccccseeeeceeee 389—400

NUMBER VI.

XLII. On a proposed new Order of Gasteropodous Mollusca. By

Josuua Auper and Ansany Hancock. (With two Plates.) ............ 401

XLIII. Notes, &c. on the genus of Insects Anthonomus ; with a de-

scription of one new species. By Joun Watton, F.L.S. .......0.00000 416

XLIV. Some Notes on the Botany of Sinde. By pet N. Vicary,

2nd European Regiment ....... Wass Kelana seceEs shes erence seceseabebenseseisees 420

XLV. Reply to Mr. Smrrn’s Remarks on Dr. Manreny’ s Account

OMAN oi hn encchsutievsikeavbantoesedstadadacn¢ike cnne ssa cnue¥s 435

XLVI. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 4.

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. By Arrnur

Henrrey, F.L.S. &c. ...... Rae eed a sek Ines Cee ae dha we aus jeeaRi veces Cade tack 436

XLVII. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Watxer, F.L.S.... 443

XLVIII. Corrections of ‘Critical Remarks on Mr, Gray’s Cata-

logue of Mammalia and Birds presented by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., to

the British Museum,” Ann. and Mag. N. H. vol. xx, p. 313. By E.

Biytu, Curator to the Museum of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta ...... 454

New Books :—Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles, par L.de Koninck.

—Monographia Heliceorum Viventium, sistens Descriptiones sy-

stematicas et criticas omnium hujus familiz generum et specierum

hodie cognitarum, Auctore Ludovico Pfeiffer, Dr. Cassellana...457—460

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

burgh SOOTHER EPH THF TREE HH HEH EEH HEHEHE EEH SED teee Oerrseee Hy se eeeeseaee 460—465

On some Microscopic Organisms found in the Stomach of a Peruvian

Freshwater Fish, by Prof. Ehrenberg ; Discovery of the Maxillary

Organs of the Jguanodon; Description of a new British Mould,

by George Johnston, M.D. &c. ; Meteorological Observations and

sheet ELECEEOE Wade vebedducUeveavadavcevetes seONl SET eWliaee eds ch cadeds 465—469

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. b

Metestae So, e

PLATES IN VOL. I.

eae \ British apetite of bagene

Ate \ Anstey of E olin

V. Development of Meduse.

VI. Development of Medusze.—Cypridina MacAndrei.

VII. Cypridina Adamsi.

VIII. Anacharis Alsinastrum.

: } Structure and Growth of Monocotyledons,

xt} New genera and species of Diatomacez.

ae etl Oe

pe Ventrieulidz of the Chalk.

XVI.

XVII. Spiridens Balfouriana.

XVIII. Grammitis blechnoides.

xx} Gasteropodous Mollusca.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

$6 sescccocsencececs per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo,”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ec\, 1.

No. 1. JANUARY 1848.

I.—On the Recent British species of the genus Lagena.

By W. C. Witiiamson, Esq.

[With two Plates. ]

WHILST I was engaged upon a memoir on the microscopic

character of the Levant mud and other recent and ancient ocea-

nic deposits (printed for the forthcoming volume of the Me-

moirs of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society),

my friend W. Reckitt, Esq. of Boston placed in my hands

some sand obtained on excavating a well near that place, which

I soon found to abound in specimens of Lagene*. Subsequently

* This interesting deposit can scarcely be called recent, being probably

several. thousand years old, and yet its geological character is not such as

to justify its organisms being introduced into the category of fossils; being

merely a beach which has been left permanently dry by the tide. -When I

wrote the memoir above referred to, I stated “ that a considerable portion of

the Fen district was once an estuary, which has undergone considerable

changes even since the time of the Roman invasion; the old sea-bank

having, at that comparatively recent period, been much further inland than

at present” (Memoirs of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society,

vol, viii. p. 56). This estuary has been gradually filled up, the elevation of

the coast or the recession of the ocean causing the sandy debris, once form-

ing the bed of the latter, to be converted into dry land, and afterwards co-

vered over with a layer of vegetable mould. Mr. Reckitt’s specimen was

obtained from a depth of seven feet below the surface, where he found a very

fine sand containing carbonaceous fragments, and a large number of the

Foraminifera and other microscopic organisms still characteristic of our

existing sea-beaches, including many of the rarest as well as the most

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. —a

2 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

Dr. Mantell supplied me with specimens from a similar accu-

mulation at March in Cambridgeshire, equally rich in the same

elegant organisms. On comparing these with such published

drawings and descriptions of Lagene as were available to me, it

was very evident that both the one and the other were exceed-

ingly incomplete, the drawings being for the most part unre-

cognizable caricatures, and the descriptions not comprehending

half the forms that had come under my notice. Contemplating

the production of a brief monograph on the subject, 1 wrote to

J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq. of Swansea, soliciting his valuable aid,

knowing that he possessed an excellent series of these interesting

objects from various British localities. In reply he informed me,

that in 1828 he had laid before the Linnzean Society a memoir on

the same genus, which memoir the Council of the Society ordered

to be published in their ‘ Transactions.’ Mr. Jeffreys however,

not being satisfied on some points connected with the natural hi-

story of these animals, declined publishing the memoir until he

had carried out further investigations, and consequently it was

not printed.

This memoir, embodying his views of the genus up to that

comparatively early period, he has kindly placed in my hands,

and also, with that generous liberality which characterizes the

true philosopher, he has forwarded to me his entire collection of

Lagene to be used as I thought proper.

Under these circumstances I resolved upon a revision of the

genus, giving figures of all the known British species, believing

that the monograph would be neither useless nor uninteresting

to the students of these microscopic organisms. The Boston and

March deposits have enabled me, from their productiyeness, to

compare an immense number of specimens, and the two collec-

tions of Mr. Jeffreys and Mr. Bean of Scarborough have afforded

common of our British species. The specimen from March, which Dr. Man-

tell has placed in my hands, confirms my view as to the extent of this marine

deposit. I have little doubt that it extends over the greater part of the Fen

district, and probably it will be found to be continuous with the existing

beaches of the coasts of Lincolnshire and Norfolk. The most curious fea-

ture of the deposit, as it exists at Boston and March, is the young state of

nearly all the organisms found in it. The specimens of Rotalina Bececarii,

Polystomella crispa and Quinqueloculina seminulum rarely exceed the goth

of an inch in diameter, which, with their highly translucent aspect, shows

them to be in a very young state. The same remark applies, though in a

less degree, to the Lagene : does not this most strikingly illustrate the sift-

ing power of aqueous currents, and explain the way in which such differ-

ences have been produced in rocks, a like the chalk, have been entirely

formed by an accumulation of Foraminifera and other small organisms,

which in some localities are exceedingly minute, forming very fine-grained

strata, whilst in others they are comparatively large, forming deposits of

coarse texture?

British species of the genus Lagena. 3

me the opportunity of verifying the present existence of the same

forms on various parts of the British coasts.

The earliest notice of any forms of Lagene which has come

under my observation is in the ‘Testacea Minuta Rariora’ of

Mr. Walker, published in 1784. He describes a number of Bri-

tish species which he arranged amongst the Serpule, distinguish-

ing them however by the subgeneric name of Lagena.

In 1789 and 1791 Soldani figured some forms from the Adri-

atic, in his ‘ Testaceographie et Zoophytographiz, parve et mi-

eroscopice,’ &c., tab. 120.

In 1803 Montagu republished Walker’s species in his ‘ Tes-

tacea Britannica,’ adding a few others which had been discovered

by Mr. Boys of Sandwich. Montagu followed Walker’s plan of

arranging them with the Serpule, making them a part of his

genus Vermiculum.

In 1808 Denys de Montfort introduced the genus into his

‘ Conchyliologie Systématique,’ under the French and Latin ge-

neric names of Lagénules and Lagenula, classing them amongst

his Univalves cloisonnées, or group of Nautili, in which group,

like his predecessors Soldani, Plancus, and Fichtel and Moll, he

comprehended all the Foraminifera.

In 1815 Dr. Fleming separated them from the Serpule, and,

carrying out the intimation of Walker, gave them the rank of a

genus in the article Conchology, published in the ‘ Edin. Ency.’

vol. vii. p. 68. He applied to them the generic name of Lagena,

very properly adopting the swbgeneric term given to them by

Walker, to whom certainly belonged the credit of pointing out

the necessity for distinguishing them from any existing genus.

It is to be regretted that Dr. Fleming subsequently abandoned

this name for that of De Montfort.

In 1826 M. Dessalines D’Orbigny published his classification

of the Cephalopoda*: in this arrangement he followed the views

of preceding naturalists, regarding most of the Foraminifera as

cephalopodous ; but he separated three of the genera, Lagenula,

Discolites and Chelibs; having anticipated Ehrenberg’s subse-

quent discovery of the zoophytic character of al/ the Foraminifera,

by determining that these three must be arranged with the true

Polypifera.

At the same time Dr. Fleming, in his work on ‘ British Ani-

mals,’ was arranging the genus “ Lagenula” amongst the Fora-

minifera, regarding them as Cephalopoda, but with evident mis-

givings as to his correctness ; for he observes, “ The place of this

genus is far from being satisfactorily determined, and the mi-

* Tableau Méthodique de la Classe des Céphalopodes ; Annales des Sci-

ences Naturelles, vol. vii. p. 96.

4 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

nuteness of the species composing it presents a great obstacle to

an accurate examination.”

The more recent writers have followed in the steps of those

who preceded them, with two exceptions.

Professor MacGillivray, in his work on the ‘ Molluscous Ani-

mals of Scotland,’ &c., made the first attempt to classify the Bri-

tish Foraminifera according to the comprehensive system of

D’Orbigny, and at the same time reunited the Lagene to those

organisms from which D’Orbigny had separated them.

In 1839 Ehrenberg laid before the Academy of Sciences at

Berlin the brilliant results of his investigations into the structure

and relations of the Foraminifera. He completely exploded the

long-received opinion that they were Cephalopoda, and proved

beyond doubt that they were zoophytic, being in fact Bryozoa

allied to Flustra, Eschara, Cellepora, &c. In his classification of

the Bryozoa according to his new views, of which a copy was

published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’

for 1841, vol. vii. p. 302, he places some of the Lagene at the

head of the list of Foraminifera, under the name Milla; ap-

parently considering them the most simple and rudimentary form

of that curious group. This is I believe the last published notice —

of the genus, except what is to be found in Thorpe’s ‘ British

Marine Conchology’ (which contains no more than had been

previously given by Dr. Fleming and other conchologists), and a

few remarks in the memoir before alluded to on the microscopic

character of the Levant mud.

On subjecting the Lagene from the Boston and March deposits

to a close examination, and especially by adopting Ehrenberg’s

plan of mounting them in Canada balsam and viewing them as

transparent objects by means of transmitted light, I soon ob-

served some interesting facts which had apparently escaped the

notice of our British conchologists. One of the first was, that

these objects, the whole of which consist invariably of one iso-

lated cell or chamber, require, nevertheless, to be divided into two |

distinct groups or genera; the one characterized by a long ea-

ternal neck or tube, with a small patulous orifice at the free ex-

tremity, projecting from the upper part of the cell (see Pl. I. figs.

1, 6, 9 & 10.) ; whilst in the other there exists a very similar tube,

only occupying a reversed position. Instead of projecting eater-

nally, it descends into the internal cavity; still taking its rise

from the upper portion of the cell, towards the lower part of the

interior of which, the patulous orifice of the tube presents itself

when it attains its full length (see Plate II. figs. 14, 16 & 22).

A little time after making this discovery, I received from Dr.

Bailey of New York, specimens of Lagena striata (which is one

of those having an external tube), and attached to it was the

yd ee ee Re ee Ea ee ee

British species of the genus Lagena. - 5

name of Miliola ficus; which name had been given to it by M.

Ehrenberg. Along with these were specimens of Lagena glo-

bosa (one of the species characterized by an internal tube), to

which was affixed by Ehrenberg the very expressive name of Hn-

tosolenia miliaris? Hence it was evident that the great Prussian

naturalist had observed the same peculiarity of structure in the

species exhibiting the internal tube, and had given to the objects

characterized by it the very expressive name of Entosolenia,

which name it is my intention to retain, in separating the exist-

_ing genus Legena into two distinct groups

Beyond all doubt, Ehrenberg, MacGillivray and Fleming are

correct in classing the Lagene near the Foraminifera instead of

separating them as was done by Dessalines D’Orbigny. Several

of the species, when mounted in Canada balsam and examined

under a high magnifying power* as transparent objects, show

the whole of the calcareous parietes of the cell to be crowded with

innumerable minute perforations; a structure identical with that of

Rotalia Beecarti and many other well-known Foraminifera, when

examined under similar circumstances. Some species exhibit

traces of much larger foramina; but whether these are normal

or have been the result of accident, I am as yet undecided. The

above fact however is sufficient to prove, that in their external

microscopic structure there is a close affinity between the Lagene

and the other Foraminifera.

As regards the soft animal of Lagena, I have not been able

to ascertain that anything has been done, or that any one has

hitherto examined it in a living state. This probably arises from

the fact that all collectors have obtained their specimens from

dried sea sand. Still however some little light may be thrown

upon it from the affinity of these objects to the other Foraminifera.

Ehrenberg has investigated the nature of the soft parts of some

of the latter group of organisms with considerable success. He

considers that each cell of a Foraminifer, except the two first, which

he found to contain a transparent substance, is filled with two

differently coloured organs, which he regards as the thick alimen-

tary canal; and some granular masses, which he suggests may be

ovaries}. He also found that the animals had the power of pro- —

* One of one-fourth of an inch focus will suffice.

+ In none of the numerous specimens I have examined have I found

anything analogous to ovaries. Many of them contain a great abundance

of oil-globules, which in the dried specimens become inspissated and hard-

ened, adhering to the sides of the cells, and which on decalcification pre-

sent an aspect very like that of ova. I suspect that the small round objects

found by Dr. Mantell in connexion with the fossilized animal bodies of

Rotali@ from the Folkstone chalk may be nothing more than these. At

least they are undistinguishable from the recent specimens in my cabinet.

See Philosophical Transactions, Part 4 for 1846, tab. 21. figs, 5, 10 & 11.

6 Mr. W. C. Wilhamson on the Recent

truding through the foramina in the calcareous cell, long exten-

sile tentacula or pseudopodia ; great bundles of filaments, which

projected from the surface, and especially from the umbilical re-

gion. These tentacula had also been noticed by M. Alcide D’Or-

bigny (see the Voyage dans L’Amérique Méridionale, tome v.

p- 29).

In some further investigations into the structure of these cu-

rious creatures, in the memoir above alluded to (which is already

printed), I have come to the conclusion that a more or less dense

but elastic membrane lines the interior of each cellof the compound

Foraminifera allied to Rosalina globularis, Rotalina Beccarii and

the Textillarie, upon which my observations were chiefly made,

prolongations of which membrane, injected from within (like the

processes which the Echinodermata push through the ambulacral

pores), constitute the pseudopodia observed by Ehrenberg and

Alcide D’Orbigny ; since, however large and distinct may be

the foramina in the external calcareous portion of each cell, no

trace of these foramina can be found in the membrane which

continuously lines the calcareous portions of the cells, when the

latter have been removed by acid. This internal membrane ap-

pears to have been filled with gelatinous matter, having appa-

rently very little organization—a condition noticed by M. Du-

jardin, and which led him to regard the Foraminifera as little

more than an animated slime encased in an external caleareous —

shell, and to associate them with the Pseudopodian Ameba

amongst the Infusoria. When the outer shell is removed by acid,

we often find that the different sacs of the inner membrane con-

tain numerous small siliceous organisms, which the animal ap-

pears to have swallowed, but which are scattered indiscriminately

over the whole of the cell in which they occur, and not confined

to any one line, which would have been the case had there been

any restricted portion, confined within special and narrow limits,

performing the functions of an intestinal canal. Hence it appears

probable, that, as in the case of the Hydra and some of the lower

infusorial animals, the whole cavity of the organism was one sac-

culated digestive organ, the various cells or divisions of which, in

those compound forms which are allied to Rosalina and Rotalina,

are connected together by one or more tubular necks ; channels

of communication passing through the septa, and along which the

food received could pass from one cell to another. How the rejecta-

menta made their escape is doubtful ; possibly, as is the case with

the Hydraform Polypifera and many other lower animals, the

oral orifice may be at once both mouth and anus.

It will be understood, that, according to these views, the ani-

mal membrane which is left after the removal of the calcareous

portion is in reality an exact cast of the interior of the latter.

British species of the genus Lagena. 7

The above opinions are at variance with those of M. Ehrenberg,

who considers that the calcareous case of the Foraminifer is

merely the dried skin of the animal, containing dendritic calca-

reous particles, which on the contraction of the skin closes and

conceals orifices through which the food is received. His ob-

servations which led to the above conclusions were chiefly made

upon the curious little Sorites orbiculus, Ehr., the Nummulina

nitida of D’Orbigny. However much this organism may support

his opinion, certainly the Rotalina Beccarii and similar genera

do not. We have no evidence that the external parietal fora-

mina have an extensile and contractile property ; and even if the

large orifices of Rosalina globularis had any such power, we have

demonstrative proof that the orifices do not penetrate the lining

membrane, into the interior of which the food would have to find

its way. M. Ehrenberg rests his argument upon the discovery

of small siliceous organisms in the interior of the cells. It is

possible that the oral? orifice may be capable of some degree of

extension, allowing the transmission of objects of this kmd. In

Membranipora, Eschara and other allied groups, the analogous

parietal foramina are obviously employed for no such purpose

as the transmission of food, which is received through the large

orifice at the extremity of the cell. Though the fact that these

latter objects are furnished with true polypes may make a dif-

ference, still is it not probable that there may be a resemblance

in the functions of such closely corresponding foramina in objects

so nearly allied? At the same time I may observe, that I have

never found siliceous organisms of any size in the smaller inter-

nal chambers of Rosaline, Rotaline, &e., though the frustules of

Cocconeis, Grammatophora and Navicula are not uncommon in

the larger cells, where the communicating apertures are propor-

tionately large.

One of M. Ehrenberg’s results is much more analogous in some

respects to those obtained by Milne Edwards, in his investiga-

tions into the structure of Eschara. The latter observer has clearly

shown that the cells of this animal are thickened by external ad-

ditions of calcareous matter, and that, consequently, the soft

animal membrane does not line the internal cavity, but pervades

the whole substance of the calcareous cell; the calcareous atoms

not being developed upon, but in the skin of the animal. From

this it is evident, that very different modes of growth and deye-

lopment are to be found in animals otherwise closely allied.

I have found that M. Ehrenberg’s remarks on the soft animals

of the Foraminifera apply strikingly to that of Rosalina globu-

laris, but scarcely to any other of those that I have examined.

In this species, the animal membrane, lining the smaller cells of

what in a shell would be called the spire, is of a rich brown co-

8 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

lour, becoming of a paler hue as we approach the larger cells ;

the terminal ones being almost colourless. In Rotalina Beccarit

this difference is scarcely to be observed, all the cells being nearly

transparent ; and in Polystomella crispa, the animal portions fill-

ing the innermost and outermost cells appear to exhibit no dif-

ferences of transparency or colour. A slight deepening of the

colour is observable in the young cells of Quingueloculina semi-

nulum.

It is from Rosalina globularis that the best specimens of the

decalcified animal membrane are to be obtained, and from Rota-

lina Beccarti the next; these two, especially the former, pre-

serving their contour the best, owing to the greater density of

the lining membrane. In Polystomella crispa, and in the Quin-

queloculine, this membrane is so exceedingly thin, and the con-

tained animal matter in such a thoroughly fluid state, that less of

a definite form is left on drying the decalcified animal than would

result from submitting Paramecium aurelia, or many others of the

Polygastric Infusoria, to a similar process, corroborating M. Du-

jardin’s observations, though not the inferences which he deduced

from them.

On treating various species of Lagena with dilute nitrie acid,

m the same way that I had done the other Foraminifera, the re-

sults were of a precisely opposite character to those I had pre-

viously arrived at, but analogous to those obtained by Milne

Edwards in operating upon Eschara. I found a strong animal

membrane, which, had the organism not been dried, would evi-

dently have been flexible ; not lining the cavity of the cell, but

retaining all its external form. This was obtained most easily

from L. levis, var. Amphora (fig. 3), and L. striata (fig. 5), in old

specimens of which the decalcified membrane was of considerable

thickness. In L. striata the membrane was very thin and trans-

parent along the costz, but in old specimens thick and opake in

the intervening spaces, the latter portions being easily separated

in the form of long shreds. The same transparency in the mem-

brane was observable in the translucent reticulations separating

the areole of Entosolenia squamosa, the areole being opake.

The only species which I have hitherto had the opportunity of

examining in a fresh state is the Lagena (Entosolenia) marginata,

which was rather abundant amongst the branches of an Anten-

nularia, which Mr. Jeffreys sent to me from Falmouth, whilst still

moistened with sea-water. In these specimens, no trace of organi-

sation was observable in the soft animal; each cell. being filled

with a perfectly transparent gelatinous fluid, like that contained

in the outermost cell of a Rotadina, but even still more completely

colourless.

The existence of foramina in many of the species, implying

ee a,

‘

=i)

c ;

¥ Y

British species of the genus Lagena. gS.

the presence of pseudopodia, renders it probable that the animal

of all the Lagene will eventually be found to be like that of other

Foraminifera, viz. a gelatinous substance capable of projecting

minute filaments, used probably as organs of progression, and

also of receiving foreign bodies into its interior by means of the

tubular orifice, by which substances it is nourished. Whether in

any species the orifice at the extremity of the tube be furnished

with a ciliobrachiate polype like that of the Eschara or not, is

doubtful. The peculiarity in the structure of the membranous

part of the cell, resembling that of Eschara and differing from the

Rotaline, would indicate the possibility of some resemblance in

this point, but my observations on Lagena marginata render it

scarcely probable.

The existence of the internal tube of the Entosolenia, though

so different from what generally occurs amongst the Foramini-

fera (in which all siphuncular appendages usually project ante-

riorly and not retrally, as has been already observed by M. Ehren-

berg), constitutes no real difficulty in the way of classing them

together; since in an elegant species of Polymorphina, not un-

common in the Boston deposit, and sometimes occurring on our

own coast, the outermost cell is furnished with a precisely simi-

lar internal prolongation of the terminal oral? orifice, and which

I have not hitherto seen noticed by any observer.

As regards the mode of growth of the Lagene one thing is

certain, viz. that in the young state the cell is very thin, vitreous

and transparent, whilst it becomes more and more opake with

age. Here again we have another resemblance to Eschara, in

which the gemmule after fixing itself to some object first covers

itself with a very thin calcareous case, which it gradually thick-

ens by the addition of calcareous particles. In L. striata the

young cells, which are comparatively small, are perfectly trans-

parent, whilst the large specimens commonly found in the cabi-

nets of collectors are strong and quite opake* excepting along the

coste. From an examination of an immense number of speci-

mens, it soon became evident to me that the animal must have

possessed the power of enlarging and thickening its cell with in-

creasing age. This fact first led me to suspect that in its struc-

ture it would approach nearer to Eschara than to Rosalina ; an

induction which subsequent investigation confirmed. Owing to

its form, the cell could not have been so enlarged if it had been

merely a calcareous secretion from an internal membrane. It is

only in young specimens of the true Lagene that the long ex-

ternal neck is found perfect. On older specimens it is almost

always worn off; this is especially the case with L. striata.

* In some instances this opacity arises from the deposition of calcareous

matter, in others from a thickening of the membrane.

10 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

If then the Lagene be true Foraminifera, the next question is,

what relationship do they bear to the other organisms of the same

group? I apprehend that most if not all the Foraminifera, like

other Bryozoa, however large and complicated they ultimately

become, commence their existence as single isolated cells, upon

or around which others are subsequently built ; some linearly, as

in Nodosaria and Glandulina; others spirally, as in Rotalina,

Truncatulina, Polystomella, &e. ; whilst others again present va-

rious modifications of these two types, as Marginulina, Cristel-

laria, Spirulina, Quinqueloculina, &e.

The most simple of the above structures belong to the genera

Nodosaria and Dentalina, and consist only of a few smooth cells

piled one upon another with connecting necks. Now a Lagena,

in its perfect and matured form, must closely resemble the iso-

lated germinal cell of one of these, exhibiting a phenomenon, of

which analogues occur in every department of the organic world.

It becomes then the most simple and primitive type of the Fora-

minifera; bearing in this respect the same relationship to the

more complex forms that the globule of the Torula or Yeast-plant

does to Nostoc, Anabaina, &c. amongst the Conferve, and that

Eunotia does to Fragillaria and young states of the Diatome

amongst the Diatomacee. It is another instance of the grada-

tion, so admirably distinguished by Mr. Lyell and Mr. Miller *,

from the erroneous and recently abused doctrines of development

and progression.

At the same time that the analogy of form and external con-

tour thus links the Lagene with Nodosarie and Dentaline, the

structure of the cell already described appears to indicate a con-

nexion between them and the genus Eschara and its allies. This

affinity shows that there are great difficulties in the way of re-

ceiving any of the existing linear arrangements of these objects,

and that a new classification will be required, based on a much

more extended series of observations upon the physiological cha-

racters of all the genera than we as yet possess. This subject

presents a wide and interesting field of inquiry for those who

reside on the sea-coast and have access to these objects im a

living state.

The only general fact which remains to be noticed respecting

the Lagene, is the extraordinary capacity for variation which they

exhibit in different states and ages. Extreme forms which appear

to be very distinct from one another may be connected together

by specimens of an intermediate aspect to an extent only to be

believed by those who examine a large series of specimens side

by side. I am well aware that the synthetical plan which I have

* «Old Red Sandstone,’ by H. Miller, Esq., p. 52.

ee ee ae ae ee ee ee a

British species of the genus Lagena. 11

followed will not suit the views of many of my conchological

friends, who would have preferred my multiplying the number of

species to a far greater degree than I could approve. I have

however endeavoured to compromise the matter with them by

giving names to what I consider to be merely varieties, but which

some would regard as good species. Those who prefer the latter

view can act upon it if they choose, by adopting these names as

specific ones. ‘This capacity for variation is probably a charac-

teristic of very many of the lowest forms of animal and vegetable

organizations, and is a source from which more or less of diffi-

culty will always arise in attempting to classify objects so small

in their dimensions and so obscure in their nature. In the pre-

sent case it would scarcely be a difficult task to exhibit every in-

termediate form between Lagena levis. var. Amphora to L. striata

and L. substriata, rendering it possible that they may be all va-

rieties of one species.

The Lagene are usually found in dried sea-sand, free and de-

tached, though Prof. MacGillivray observed Lagena levis to be

adherent to Fuci and the byssus of a Modiola; and amongst the

branches of an Antennularia sent to me from Falmouth by Mr.

Jeffreys were numbers of the Entosolenia marginata along with

Rosalina globularis and Polystomella crispa.

In dividing the objects comprehended by Dr. Fleming, in De

Montfort’s genus Lagenula, into two groups, I have retained for

the first of these Walker’s term Lagena. Though the latter did

not make them into a new genus, separate from Serpula, yet he

distinctly indicated the necessity for a division, pointing out cer-

tain well-marked forms, and giving them a distinguishing name.

Tn this he accomplished more than was subsequently effected by

De Montfort ; hence, in raising them to the rank of a genus, pri-

ority gives his name of Lagena the right to a preference before

that of Lagenula. The adoption of the latter by English concho-

logists was owing to its introduction by Dr. Fleming into his

‘British Animals,’ where he employed it, I understand, because

of its being more euphonious than Lagena, notwithstanding

that, as has been already mentioned, he had previously adopted

Walker’s very expressive term for the genus in the ‘ Edinb. Ency-

clopedia’ (vol. vii. pl. 1. p. 68, art. Conch. 1815). A slight im-

provement in the sound, or even expressiveness of a name, does

not justify its displacing an older one, and hence throughout

this memoir I have retained that of Lagena in preference to

Lagenula.

Genus Lacrna, Flem. Edin. Enc.

Serpula (Lagena), Walker. Serpula, Turton. Vermiculum, Mon-

12 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

tagu. Lagenula, De Montfort, Fleming, MacGillivray. Miliola,

Ehrenberg.

Cell calcareous, single, globular, ovate or cylindrical, with a

long produced external tubular neck projecting from the upper

extremity. Internal cavity simple. |

1. Lagena levis. Pl. I.-figs. 1, 2.

Serpula (Lagena) levis ovalis, Walker, Test. Min. Rar. p. 8. t. 1.

fig. 9. ;

Vacniiton leve, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 524.

Serpula levis, Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 157.

Lagenula levis, Flem. British Animals, p. 235 ; MacGillivray,

Molluscous Animals of Scotland, p. 38.

Cell ovate or claviform, sometimes narrow and much elongated,

having a long slender tubular neck somewhat contracted near its

apex, surmounted by a narrow rim, surrounding a small circular

oral ? orifice, smooth and shining, sometimes white, but more

frequently transparent and hyaline, or with a delicate tint of

bluish white : under a high magnifier its surface appears crowded

with very minute foramina.

Tn its usual form, with the exception of the terminal rim, this

delicate object bears the closest resemblance to a Florence flask.

Fig. 2 represents a longitudinal section.

Long. Diam. Long. Diam.

1 1 ‘st Bae

205°)" 2.29 0. 100 ° ‘3 Soe

1 1 1 1

BG, Cicyeet LEE TOV2 {:) 2 eae

Scarborough, very rare, W. Bean, Esq. Swansea, Sandwich,

J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. ‘“ Adhering to Fuci, and among the byssi of

Modiola barbata, on the Girdleness at Aberdeen,” Prof. MacGilli-

vray. Boston, Lincolnshire ; March, Cambridgeshire.

L, levis, var. a. Amphora, nob. Figs. 3, 4.

Cell elongated, cylindrical ; some examples having the form of

L. levis, with the addition of a long tapering mucro at the base ;

others being much more lengthened and fusiform, as in the

figure. The majority of specimens exhibit a medium form, the

greatest diameter being at the lower third of the cell. Neck

long, slender, tapering, surmounted by a small rim surroundi

the circular orifice. Texture and hue like L. levis, of which

believe it to be only a variety, as I have found almost every in-

* In order to give a correct view of the variable dimensions of these ob-

jects, I have selected several specimens and given the length and breadth of

each individual in fractional portions of an inch. The dimensions of all

the species, as described by preceding writers, are very much larger than

in any examples which have come under my notice and are surely inac-

curate,

British species of the genus Lagena. 13

tervening form between the figures 1 and 3. It is one of the most

elegant of the Lagenule.

Long. Diam.

FO +++ + T3d

De wy

1 1

AS 30 HOE,

Oxwich, Sandwich, Oban, J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. Boston ; March.

2. Lagena gracilis, nob. PI. I. fig. 5.

In form this species bears a very close resemblance to the L.

levis, var. Amphora, from which it differs chiefly in having its

surface marked by longitudinal striz, which are well defined over

the greater part of the cell, becoming less distinct towards the

upper portion. If we consider this as only another variety of the

Amphora, it will become necessary to regard all the forms of

L. striata merely as states of L. levis, of the propriety of which

view a suspicion has more than once crossed my mind when ex-

amining some specimens of the var. 8. semistriata. For the pre-

sent I have thought it better, having seen several specimens of

it, to give itadistinct name. If this suspicion should ultimately

prove to be correct, L. gracilis will bear the same relation to

L. striata and its var. perlucida that the var. Amphora does to

L. levis.

Long. 3; ; diam. 545.

Boston: very rare.

3. L. striata. PI. I. figs. 6 & 8.

Serpula (Lagena) striata, Walker, p. 2. tab. 1. fig. 6.

Vermiculum striatum, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 523.

Serpula striata, ‘Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 157.

Lagenula striata, Fleming, p. 234.

Cell ovato-claviform or spherical, with numerous parallel lon-

gitudinal costz or lamella, which generally run nearly from one

extremity to the other, only not usually reaching the apex infe-

riorly but terminating abruptly, forming a small circular coronal

(see fig. 7). These coste are sometimes very thin and lamelliform,

but more commonly obtuse and rounded. The cell surmounted.

superiorly by a long tubular neck terminated by a narrow rim

encircling the small round oral ? orifice.

Nothing can be much more variable than the conditions under

which this species presents itself. In small young specimens

alone is the tubular neck found perfect, and these are usually

either transparent and hyaline or of a pale bluish white. On the

other hand, the specimens usually seen in the cabinets of concho-

logists are strong, globular, of an opake dirty white, the rounded

-coste alone remaining semitransparent, and with very imperfect

14 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

traces of a neck, which appears to wear away with age. Between

this common form and that previously described, which I con-

sider to be the perfect type, every modification exists. In some

forms the coste terminate abruptly near the base of the neck,

the superior portion being smooth. This condition obviously

connects the L. striata with the var. 8. semistriata. In others

the coste are continued longitudinally along the neck, whilst in

a few elegant specimens in the cabinets of Messrs. Bean and

Jeffreys they were wound spirally around it. In some examples

I have noticed that the neck appeared to be atrophied and

wasting, having lost its brittleness and become membranous, as

if it were only of use in the early condition of the animal. The

character of the decalcified membrane of this species has been

already described (p. 8).

Long. Diam. Long. Diam.

1 1x 1 1

30)? S68 80 *** 160

1 1

502% * *9R00

“ Reculver, Sheppey, Mr. Walker. Devonshire,” Montagu.

Exmouth, — Clarke, Esq. Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Tenby,

Oxwich, Caswell Bay, Sandwich, Oban, Kyleakin ; Roundstone,

Connemara ; Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough, Mr. Bean. Boston ;

March. Fossil in a miocene tertiary deposit at Petersburg, U.8.t,

Dr. Bailey ; also in the English crag, Mr. Searles Wood.

L. striata, var. a. interrupta, nob. Fig. 7.

Like L. striata, only the coste are more irregular ; sometimes

they biturcate, at others they are not continued over more than

the half or two-thirds of the cell, no two being exactly the same

length. The specimen figured represents a common form of the

neck when half-gone.

Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Tenby, Oxwich, Caswell Bay,

Sandwich, Oban; Roundstone, Connemara; Kyleakin. Sear-

borough, Mr. Bean. Boston ; March. Not uncommon.

Lagena striata, var. 8. semistriata, nob. PI. 1. figs. 9, 10.

Similar in most respects to some young states of L. striata,

only the costz arising from the base terminate, some at the lower

third, others at the middle, and in one specimen towards the

uppermost third of the cell. What has been already said of the

smooth neck found in some specimens of L. striata convinces me

that this is only a variety. I have seen one specimen with a mucro

at the base approaching the form of L. levis, var. Amphora.

Long. ;$5; diam. 337.

* In this specimen nearly the whole of the neck is worn away.

+ The same deposit has also furnished examples of Entosolenia globosa, Are-

thusa lactea, Flem., Renoidea oblonga, Brown (both species of Polymorphina.

D’Orbigny), and what I believe to be young specimens of Rotalia -Beccarii.

ag | aa ee

Wega ee

British species of the genus Lagena. 15

Manorbeer near Tenby, very rare, Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough,

one specimen, Mr. Bean. Boston.

Lagena striata, var. perlucida. PI. I. fig. 11.

Cell usually globular, sometimes broadest at the base, at others

ovate. Marked with longitudinal cost, which are very distinct

at the lower portion, but gradually lose themselves as they ap-

proach the long, elegant, tapermg neck. In this it differs from

the last var., in which the strize terminate abruptly at the upper

part. Cell exceedingly thin and fragile, beautifully hyaline and

pellucid, sometimes of a pale milky tint, but more commonly

transparent as the purest glass.

I believe this to be the Vermiculum perlucidum of Montagu : his

figure represents a highly depressed form of cell, furnished with

a small umbo at the base; but as Montagu had never seen the

specimen, but only copied a drawing sent to him by Mr. Boys, I

suspect that some error exists. I have often seen the projecting

base of the central costa give the appearance of an umbo, and‘as

regards form I have observed very great differences. The number

of the ribs varies considerably. Some specimens, like Montagu’s

V. perlucidum, have not more than seven or eight, whilst in others

they increase in number so as to merge this variety in the ordi-

nary forms of L. striata, of which species I believe it to be one of

the young states. Its most common aspect is precisely that of

the ordinary fluted water-bottle used at the dinner-table. Some-

times the striz are so short and indistinct as to render the spe-

cimen almost undistinguishable from L. levis; indeed in some

few specimens the striz are only represented by a small circle of

minute tubercles forming a coronal at the base of the cell.

Long. Diam.

1 1

Gtk Fhe es EE

1 1

1: OM «9

T10 ‘+++ THO"

Swansea, Tenby, Manorbeer, Sandwich, Kyleakin, Mr. Jeffreys.

“ Seasalter, Mr. Boys.”” Montagu. Boston; March.

4. L. substriata,nob. PI. II. fig. 12.

Cell oval, sometimes considerably elongated and cylindrical,

furnished with a long tubular neck. Surface marked with nu-

merous exquisitely delicate parallel longitudinal striz.

At first I thought that this rare object was an extreme variety

of Lagenula striata, but after examining at least twenty specimens

I am nearly satisfied that it is a distinct species, as the lines vary

so little either in their number, strength, or distance apart. The

general form of the cell also is much more ovate and elongated.

16 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

The drawing represents a specimen that is the least so. It is an

exceedingly delicate and beautiful species. ;

Long. Diam.

BS ++: TED

SE +++ BED:

Swansea, very rare, Geo. Barlee, Esq. Boston.

Genus Enrosotenta, Ehrenberg.

Serpula (Lagena), Walker, Adams, Turton. Vermiculum, Mont. La-

gena and Lagenula, Fleming. Lagenula, MacGillivray, Thorpe.

Cell calcareous, globose or ovate, sometimes compressed, fur-

nished with a tube arising from the upper extremity and pro-

jecting downwards into the cavity of the cell. Oral? orifice

opening into the tube.

1. E. globosa. PI. II. figs. 13, 14.

Serpula (Lagena) levis globosa, Walker, p. 3. tab. 1. fig. 8.

Vermiculum globosum, Mont. p. 523.

Serpula globosa, Fleming, p. 235.

Cell ovato-globose, smooth, not compressed, projecting slightly

at the upper extremity, in the centre of which projection is the

small rounded orifice opening into the internal tube, which is

slender, patulous at the extremity, and sometimes reaching nearly

to the bottom of the cell.

When examined under a very high power, this object, like

L. levis, is found to be densely perforated with minute foramina,

through which in all probability pseudopodia were protruded.

In very many cases I am satisfied that specimens of my

E. lineata have been mistaken for this very rare form.

The cabinet of Mr. Bean of Scarborough contains one example

of this species, in which two separate cells are united together at

the lower part, having each a central aperture at the opposite

end. The Lagenula globosa of Thorpe’s ‘British Marine Con-

chology’ is obviously not the LZ. globosa of Fleming. It is de-

seribed as having a long slender neck and is marked with opake

longitudinal lines.

Long. Diam.

TOU +++: 180

TSB ¢¢°+ THD

tee ++ git ;

“ Sandwich, Mr. Walker,’ Montagu. Scarborough, Mr. Bean.

Portsmouth, Swansea, Mr. Jeffreys. Mindanao, Philippine Islands,

and fossil in a miocene tertiary stratum, Petersburg, U.S., Dr.

Bailey. Boston, March, the Levant. A rare species on the Bri-

tish coasts.

eS. ee ea aa ee

British species of the genus Viagena. 17

2. Entosolenia marginata. PI. II. figs. 15, 16.

Serpula (Lagena) marginata, Walker, p. 3. tab. 1. fig. 7.

Vermiculum marginatum, Mont. p. 524.

Lagenula marginata, Thorpe.

Cell nearly orbicular, compressed, transparent or translucent,

especially in a young state, having a slight projection at the upper

extremity, towards the end of which is the orifice communicating

with the internal tube. The cell is surrounded by a thin marginal

lamella, which is continued as far as the oral orifice ; within this

margin, in old shells, is occasionally a thickened opake portion

shaped like a horse-shoe, with the concavity and interrupted part

directed upwards, the circumscribed central portion beg more

transparent. The lower extremity of the cell is sometimes fur-

nished with a small external mucro. The internal tube, which

is somewhat patulous, is rarely straight, except at the upper por-

tion, the remainder being usually arcuated, following the curva-

ture of one of the lateral parietes of the cell. Fig. 15 represents

a section of the cell, with the tube cut across where the curvature

commences.

This is the most common of our English species. At the Fal-

mouth habitat it was comparatively abundant, adhering to a spe-

cies of Antennularia, along with young forms of Polystomedlla

erispa, Rosalina globularis and some others.

The L. marginata of Dr. Fleming is a concamerated shell ; the

Rimula marginata of some authors, and belonging to D’Orbigny’s

genus Biloculina.

Long. Diam.

Tos +++ BF

200 Se eS 210 .

Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Portsmouth, Sandwich, Oban,

Kyleakin, Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough ; Lamlash Bay, Ayrshire ;

Mr. Bean. “ Reculver,’” Walker. Boston, March, Falmouth,

the Levant.

E. marginata, var. lucida, nob. PI. II. fig. 17.

Cell elongated, somewhat pyriform, compressed, smooth and

shining, surrounded by a marginal ring, which instead of being

a thin lamina as in the ordinary type, is usually thickened and

somewhat rounded. It is occasionally scarcely visible, especially

towards the base, where however it often projects in the shape of

_ amucro. This margin, with the upper and central portions of

| each of the lateral parietes, are generally transparent, whilst the

remainder of the cell is usually of a clear shining white ; internal

_ tube generally straight.

___ I was much disposed to have regarded this as a distinct spe-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i.

18 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

cies, but I found many orbicular specimens of the true #. mar-

ginata in which the margin was obviously somewhat thickened

and rounded, and others which, as already mentioned, showed the

horseshoe-like white portion within the margin, nearly surround-

ing the transparent centre, so that I have no doubt of this being

merely a variety of the same. It is often mistaken by collectors

for a form of E. globosa, to which it sometimes approximates very

closely, but from which it may be distinguished by its compressed

form.

I have seen one specimen which was trilocular, having three

transparent margins instead of two.

Long. Diam.

a's oe 8 @ +t5

Botte: TEs

TOU +++ TED

Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Portsmouth, Sandwich, Ky-

leakin, Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough, Lamlash Bay, Mr. Bean. Bos-

ton ; March.

3. Entosolenia lineata, nob. PA. II. fig. 18.

Cell ovate, broadest towards the base, more or less truncated

at the upper extremity, which is sometimes furnished with a v.

small projecting neck, of variable length, in which is the oral?

orifice ; once only I have found it equal to the entire length of

the cell. The base, which is rounded, has generally appended to

it a small mucro, which is sometimes affixed obliquely, and oc-

casionally wholly wanting. Texture translucent, of a pale dull

bluish white ; the surface covered with exceedingly numerous

longitudinal lines, so fine as to be visible only under a good mi-

croscope. Internal tube straight, patulous, reaching nearly to

the base of the cell.

The dull leaden hue of this species appears to be a constant

characteristic ; 1 have usually been able to identify it at a glance

from this feature alone.

It is possible that the Vermiculum urne of Montagu may haye

been a short stumpy specimen of this form. Montagu only

saw a drawing of it.

Long. Diam.

Tig ess) ott

T2B +++ 200

Sandwich, Mr. Jeffreys. Boston; March: very rare.

4. E. squamosa. PI. II. fig. 19.

Vermiculum squamosum, Mont. p. 526. tab. 14. fig. 2.

Serpula squamosa, Turt. p. 158.

Lagenula squamosa, Flem. p. 235.

Lagenula reticulata, MacGillivray, p. 28.

> ns imi ls lca

ee oe Pe Le ee TO Ne oe a ee

British species of the genus Lagena. 19

Cell ovato-globose, with a slight projection superiorly, at

the extremity of which is the small circular oral? orifice, Sur-

face beautifully ornamented with numerous, small, white, concave,

irregular, areolar spaces, separated by elevated, transparent, reti-

cular lines of demarcation. These areole are irregular in form

and distribution, being sometimes nearly round or oval, but more

usually exhibiting a marked tendency to become hexagonal, the

lower ones being usually the most elongated. Occasionally the

areole are transparent and the reticulations milky. In this state

it appears to be the L. reticulata of MacGillivray : one part of his

description alone does not agree with my specimens ; he speaks

of its being “ considerably compressed.” This however may have

been an accidental circumstance, as all the species, both of En-

tosolenia and Lagena, are liable to a considerable degree of de-

formity. Internal tube patulous, usually shorter than in LE.

globosa, and generally with a small dilatation or spherical cavity

a little below the oral? orifice. The base of the cell is sometimes,

though rarely, furnished with a small umbo,

In the figure of this exceedingly variable species, given in the

Supplement to Montagu’s ‘ Testacea Britannica,’ the areole are

made to represent scales overlapping each other. This appear-

ance, though not natural, is easily obtained, by viewing the object

obliquely and by throwing the microscope a little out of focus,

and I have no doubt would be the aspect presented by the object

when viewed under the imperfect instruments used in the time

of Mr. Walker. Dr. Fleming considers these areole to be “ pa-

rietal cells.” They are however merely concayities in the exterior

of the cell. They are usually to be traced in the form of opake

spots in the decalcified membrane.

I possess one curious abnormal double specimen of this species,

like that of E. globosa already described. There are two cells,

united inferiorly, and having each one central oral ? orifice at the

opposite extremity.

Long. Diam,

1 1

TOU..° * %* Tee

1 1

NF Pe otynriy £81)

Tos +++ TID

Seasalter, Mr. Boys,” Montagu. Torbay, Swansea, Mr. Jef-

freys. Lamlash Bay, Ayrshire, Scarborough, Mr, Bean. “ Bay

of Aberdeen,” Prof, MacGillivray. Boston ; March: rare.

Entosolenia squamosa, var. a. catenulata. PA. II, fig. 20.

Lagenula catenulata, Jeffreys MSS.

Cell ovato-globose, usually hyaline and transparent ; areole

very small and numerous, square or hexagonal, arranged in per-

pendicular rows, having parallel horizontal divisions, which are

20 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the genus Lagena.

sometimes straight and at others arcuated. This form is merely

the E. squamosa with the areolz in perpendicular rows instead of

being irregularly distributed over the surface. Sometimes these

areol exhibit a tendency to assume the ordinary white opake

appearance of the common form. I have seen specimens in which

one side exhibited the arrangement in fig. 19, and the opposite

one that of fig. 20; rer showing the identity of the two forms.

Long. ;j5; diam. +

Swansea, Sandwich, Af. Jeffreys. Boston: very rare.

Entosolenia squamosa, var. B. scalariformis, nob. PI, IL. figs.

21, 22.

Closely resembling the last in the distribution of its areole,

only they are very large and few in number ; usually square or-

hexagonal, the horizontal lines of division being most frequently

a little arcuated. The texture of this variety is highly hyaline,

and commonly occurs amongst the young states of H. sguamosa.

As in the preceding example, I have seen specimens in which

one side exhibited the arrangement of the areole, characterising

the present form, whilst the opposite one presented that of the

succeeding variety.

Long. a

TOO _e ee Tas

BR Sik 200

Kyleakin, Mr. J ea Lamlash Bay, Ayrshire, Mr. Bean.

Boston ; March: very rare.

E. squamosa, var. y. heaagona. PI. 11. fig. 23.

Areolz large, hexagonal, concave, not arranged in well-marked

perpendicular rows. ‘The cell is often more conical, opake, and of

a browner aspect than in the other forms, but numerous interme-

diate specimens link them all together, both as regards the colour,

form and arrangement of the areole.

Long. +t; ; dats obo

Oban, Kyleakin, Mr. J effreys. Lamlash Bay, Scarborough,

Mr. Bean. Boston; March: very rare.

The Vermiculum lacteum of Montagu is not a Lagena, but the

Arethusa lactea of Fleming, a species of Polymorphina of D’Or-

bigny. Vermiculum retortum, Mont., is a very young state of one

of D’Orbigny’s family of Agathistegues, probably the Vermiculum

bicorne, Mont. Vermiculum urne of Montagu, as I have already

stated, I believe to be the same as my Entosolenia lineata. Mr.

J effreys suspects it to have been the ovary of a coralline. The

Lagenula marginata of Fleming belongs to D’Orbigny’s genus

Biloculina.

Manchester, June 25, 1847.

Dr. Baird on the genus Cypridina. 21

II.—Note on the genus Cypridina, M. Edwards; with a de-

scription of two new species. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S. &e.

[With two Plates. ]

Tue genus Cypridina was founded by M. Edwards in 1838, in a

note to the second edition of Lamarck’s ‘ Hist. Nat. An. sans

Vertébres,’ and was afterwards more fully detailed in the third vol.

of his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Crustacées.’. The animal resembles a good

deal in its general form and structure that of the genus Cypris.

From his observations however it appears to have two eyes, di-

stinct from each other ; two pairs of antenne, both pediform ; one

pair of natatory feet, and a peculiar organ apparently for support-

ing the ova, similar in purpose to, but differing in structure from,

the second pair of feet in the Cypris. In 1840 M. Philippi pub-

lished a paper in the sixth vol. of the ‘ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.’

in which he describes and figures a small Entomostracan allied

to the genus Cypris, and to which he gives the name of Aséerope.

In some of its characters as given by him, it differs from the

Cypridina of Edwards,—points of difference which he particularly

mentions,—but in others it resembles it very closely. I have very

lately had opportunities of examining two species of Entomo-

straca which I can only refer to the genus Cypridina, and which,

upon dissection, I found in several of its parts to partake of the

nature and form of that genus, and in other parts to resemble

Asterope. From this mixture of the characters of the two genera,

and taking into consideration the minuteness of the parts ex-

amined, and the different appearance these same parts assume in

different positions under different microscopes and with different

observers, I am inclined to believe these two genera to be iden-

tical. Waiting however till better opportunities occur for exa-

mining these little creatures, I shall content myself at present

with describing two new species that have lately occurred to me.

Sp. Ist. Cypridina MacAndrei. Pl. VI. B. figs. 1,2. Shell of

an oval shape ; the two extremities prolonged into sharp points ;

that of upper extremity curved and projecting forwards and a

little upwards, that of inferior extremity projecting a little back-

wards. The whole shell is dotted over with small spots. On

anterior edge near the upper extremity the shell is deeply notched.

It is smooth and of a light colour (dry).

Several specimens of this little animal were placed in my hands

by Mr. M‘Andrew, who dredged them in deep water off the Shet-

land Isles. They were preserved dry, the whole animal being of

the size of a small pin’s head, and the shell being tolerably hard.

Tn consequence of having been kept thus dry for a considerable

time, the animal had become so shrunk that it was with consi-

22 Dr. Baird on the genus Cypridina,

derable difficulty I succeeded in dissecting it. For the accom-

panying sketches of this species I am indebted to the pencil of

Mr. Charles Ager.

The eyes I did not succeed in making out. The first pair of

antenne (PI. VI. fig. 3) are large and pediform: they consist

each of four articulations. The first or basilar joint is stout and

of a considerable size; the second is nearly equally large ; the

third is short, about half the size, and the last is more slender and

terminated by several strong sete. From the junction of the

third arid fourth joints issues a bundle of long slender sete as in

Cypris, and the second articulation is beset on both upper and

under edge with numerous strong sete also. The organ which he

calls the natatory foot (fig. 4) is however a very remarkable one : it

consists of a very large, fleshy, round basilar joint, from which

issue two branches separate from each other and differing in size

and structure. The superior is much the larger of the two, and

consists of one long and stout joint and six short ones, from the

base of each of which issues a long hair. The inferior branch is

much smaller and consists of two nearly equal joints, the lower ter-

minating in two short claws. According to the figure given by

M. Edwards, this pair of feet consists of only one branch instead

of two. The mandible I did not succeed in seeing ; but the first

pair of jaws appeared to be very like that organ as represented

by M. Edwards. The second pair of antennee presented the ap-

pearance given in fig. 5, but the parts were too rigid to enable me

to describe it distinctly. On the posterior portion of the animal

there was another organ, which is described by M. Edwards in the

Cypridina as a slender, cylindrical, filiform and twisted body

which supports the ova. In this species it appeared a cylindrical

body (fig. 6) composed of a very great number of small joints, of

a twisted form, and giving off from each side several pretty long

sete which appear numerously jointed also and furnished at their

extremities with sharp spines. It resembles more the same organ

as described in the Asterope by Philippi than that in the Cypri-

dina of Edwards. The abdomen is terminated by a double caudal

plate (Pl. VI. fig. 7), broad, flat, and armed with nine spines; six

of which are very strong and serrated on their under edge. The

first is the longest and they gradually become shorter as they

descend, the three last being much smaller than the others, not

serrated on their under edges, but furnished with a tuft of short

sete at their extremities. This caudal plate appears to be a simple

continuance of the abdomen, and not articulated with it as in the

tail of Cypridina figured by M. Edwards, and in this particular

resembles much more nearly that organ as represented by Phi-

lippi in his Asterope.

Sp. 2nd. Cypridina Adamsi. Pl. VII. fig.1. Shell of the size

Sa ee

with descriptions of two new species. 23

of a small pea, of an oval form and very convex, rounded at the

base and somewhat pointed at its apex, under which anteriorly it

is deeply notched. The shell is smooth, shining, and of a pale

yellow or cream colour (dry). ;

Two or three specimens were brought home by Mr. Arthur

Adams, Assistant Surgeon Royal Navy, attached to H.M. Ship

‘ Samarang,’ who dredged them during the late voyage of that

vessel in the South Atlantic Ocean. They had as well as the

preceding species been preserved dry, and from the long time

they had been kept so, it was almost impossible to dissect the

animal. However by steeping them in spirits of wine for some

time, I succeeded in obtaining the body of the animal sufficiently

entire to be able to ascertain the genus. The anterior antenna

(fig. 2) consists, as in the preceding species, of four joints, the

three last having numerous pretty long plumose sete springing

from the upper edge, and the last being terminated by a tuft of

similar but longer sete. The natatory foot (fig. 3), as in the

other species, consists also of a very large basilar joint which

gives origin to two branches; the upper of which consists of one

very long joint and six very short ones, from the base of each of

which issues a long plumose seta. The oviferous foot (PI. VII.

fig. 4) resembles very much that of the preceding species, being

cylindrical, and beset at its upper extremity with spines. The

jaws and tail resembled very much the same organs in C. Mac-

Andrei, but the body of the animal was too much decomposed

to allow me to see them sufficiently accurately to be able to figure

them.

Godeheu de Riville, in his paper on the Luminosity of the Sea,

published in 1760 in the third vol. of the ‘Mémoires pour les

Savans Etrangers,’ describes a small Entomostracan which must

belong to this genus. Sailing along the coast of Malabar, when

in 8° 47' N. lat., and in 73° EK. longitude of Paris, the sea was

observed to be unusually and most brilliantly luminous. Having

had his attention previously directed to this interesting phzeno-

menon, Riville determined to ascertain the cause. The water all

round the yessg] and to a considerable distance from it was white

as snow, and in the wake of the ship innumerable star-like bodies

of a still brighter lustre sparkled on the surface of the agitated

surf. He had some water drawn up from alongside, and he then

observed numerous bright sparkling spots in the bucket in which

it was contained. Pouring it out upon a piece of linen, numbers

of small bodies still giving out light were observed adhering to

the surface of the cloth. They were alive, and resembled, he says,

“those small insects called in France Puces deau.” The body

of the animal was contained in a little shell which was transpa-

rent, and resembled in form an almond cleft on one side and

24. Dr. Baird on the genus Cypridina.

notched at the superior part. The animal, besides several organs

which he shortly describes, had, he remarks, “ a large foot armed

with a toothed talon resembling that of the puce d’eau, and de-

stined for the same uses, being a kind of rudder which enables

the insect to move about with swiftness.” An officer on board

made several sketches of this interesting little creature, and from

these and the above description I have little doubt of its belong-

ing to this genus*. Riville does not mention the size of his in-

sects, but from what he says they must have been much smaller

than the species above described. Amongst the very interesting

drawings of Crustacea made by Mr. Adams during the voyage of

the ‘Samarang’, there is one which appears to be another species

of this genus. It was taken in the Sooloo Sea. Mr. Adams de-

scribes it as of a bluish colour, semi-opake, two lines in diameter,

and very quick in its motions, darting about with great velocity

and constantly revolving. The figure however is not sufficiently

detailed to enable me to describe the species, and no specimens

were brought home. Mr. Adams observed both of these species

to be highly luminous.

British Museum, October 1847.

Postscript.

Since the above was in type I have had an opportunity of ex-

amining another specimen of the Cypridina Adamsi, kindly placed

in my hands by Mr. Adams. Though equally dry as the other

specimens I had previously received from the same gentleman,

the body of the animal was almost entire, and I was thus enabled

to make out the anatomy more satisfactorily. The qe are two

in number; each placed upon a conical lengthened peduncle,

which takes its origin near the base of the first pair of the pedi+

form antenne. From the state of the animal I could not

distinctly make out the construction of the organ, but apparently

it was composed of numerous crystalline lenses. The oviferous

feet, placed on each side of the body and directed upwards,

consist each of a long cylindrical body, club-shaped, composed

of a great number of short articulations, and furnished with

many stout barbed spines arising from each sidf. The articu-

lations are completely circular, and with a high power can be

discerned running round the body of the foot like a bell-wire

(fig. 4a). The spines on its edges are composed of a long basal

joint, smooth for three-fourths of its entire length, and five or six

very short articulations at the apex, each armed with a short awn-

like seta oneither side (fig. 4 5). The second pair of antennee (fig. 5)

are each formed of three joints. The basal is stout and fleshy,

and has at its posterior extremity an appendage consisting of a

* Miiller however quotes it as resembling his Lynceus brachyurus!

Dr. Reid on the Development of ihe Meduse. 25

semicircular plate, armed at its edge with numerous slender setee.

The second is shorter and has several long plumose hairs spring-

ing fron: its inferior edge, and three or four not plumose from

the upper surface. The terminal joint gives off at its apex four

stout setee, and numerous others more slender from its upper

edge. The first pair of jaws (fig. 6) consists each of a semi-

circular plate furnished on its convex margin with a great num-

ber of long beautifully plumose filaments, and has attached to

one extremity two other plates, each provided with numerous

very slender sete on their edges. The second pair of jaws (fig. 7)

consists each of a semicircular plate furnished on its inner margin

with numerous long slender sete disposed like the teeth of a

comb. At one end it gives off a stout branch like a finger,

which is terminated by seven or eight long curved spines, and

at the other sends off seven or eight long stout plumose sete.

The organs represented .at fig. 8 are perhaps the mandibles,

but as I did not observe their exact situation in the animal, I

cannot with certainty refer them to those organs. The part repre-

sented (fig. 9) is unique, but I do not know its nature or use.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. B. and VII.

Pirate VI.B. Fig. 1. C. MacAndrei, highly magnified.

Fig. 2. The outer shell removed to show the animal.

. Anterior antenna.

. Natatory foot.

. Second pair of antenne.

. Oviferous foot.

Tail.

C. Adamsi, slightly magnified.

. Anterior antenna.

. Natatory foot.

. Oviferous foot: a. portion highly magnified ; b. one of

the spines highly magnified.

. Second pair of antenne.

. First pair of jaws.

. Second pair of jaws.

Mandibles ?

Puate VII. Fig.

CONAN BWONMENANH ON

Il].— Observations on the Development of the Meduse. By Joun

Rei, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of

Edinburgh, and Chandos Professor of Anatomy and Medicine

in the University of St. Andrews*.

[ With two Plates.]

Tue following observations were made upon three colonies of the

larvee of a Medusa. One of these was procured on the 15th of

* These observations were laid before the Literary and Philosophical

Society of St. Andrews at the Meetings of the 4th of May 1846 and the 5th

of April 1847, and abstracts of them were printed in the ‘ Transactions’ of the

Society, and reprinted in Nos, 118 and 131 of the first series of this Journal.

26 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusse.

September 1845, and the other two on the 11th of July 1846,

adhering to the lower surface of stones in pools near low water

mark. ‘The stones were of a size which readily permitted them

to be conveyed home, where I have kept them up to the t

time. The mode I have followed in keeping these animals alive

is this. The stones to which they adhere are placed in vessels

of considerable size, supplied daily with water fresh from the

ocean, and the animals fed once or twice weekly with small

morsels of mussels, which they readily swallow. The first of the

three colonies consisted of between thirty and forty individuals,

and the largest was between two and three lines in length; the

individuals composing the other two colonies were more nume-

rous and of somewhat larger size.

After I had completed my examination of the structure of

these animals I discovered that they had been described by Sars,

first under the generic name of Scyphistuma, and afterwards as

the larva of the Medusa*.

Many of the larvee increased much in size several months after I

took them home, and the body of one that I measured was 3rd of

an inch in length and }th of an inch in diameter ; another was

3{;ths of an inch in length and ;°,ths of an inch in circumference.

As every part of their body is contractile, they can assume a great

variety of forms. The more common of these are represented

in Pl. V. figs. 1, 2,3, 4and5. Though almost all of them are

throughout of a grayish white colour, a few presented spots or

patches of a purple colour, which were sometimes observed to dis-

appear and reappear in the same individual. The tentacula are

generally from twenty-two to twenty-seven in number, and when

fully expanded are three or four times the length of the body. In

one that I measured the body was ;4;ths of an inch, and the tenta-

cula 32ths of an inch in length ; in another the body was #,ths,

and the tentacula ,8,ths of an inch in length. The mouth is very -

dilatable and varies much in shape, but 1s most commonly qua-

drangular. When fully expanded it forms a round aperture oc-

cupying nearly the whole of the disc (fig. 5); at other times its

margins or lips are elongated and approximated so as to form a

considerable quadrangular projection (fig. 24). Its more com-

mon condition perhaps is that represented in fig. 3 a.

The four round, equidistant and slight depressions placed be-

tween the mouth and margin of the dise are represented in fig. 2 a.

The body and tentacula of the larva are composed of two di-

stinct layers, an internal and external. The internal layer chiefly

consists of nuclei and nucleated cells (Pl. VI. fig. 19) of various

sizes, some of them containing a large number of nuclei; while

the external is chiefly composed of a structureless substance with

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tom. xvi. p. 321, 1841.

its el ea

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse. 27

numerous minute nuclei disseminated through it. Numerous

_ nearly elliptical and oval capsules (filiferous capsules), having a

long thread or filament coiled up in the interior of each, are fixed

_ upon the outer surface of the external layer, and in much smaller

number upon the inner surface of the internal layer, where it lines

the internal cavity or stomach. These capsules are most abundant

‘upon the external surface of the tentacula. Fig. 20 is a highly en-

larged view of a small portion of one of the tentacula, showing

the filiferous capsules attached to its outer surface. These fili-

ferous capsules vary much in size, but the largest are generally ofa

uniform size, nearly of an elliptical form, and about z54,,th of an

inch in their largest diameter (PI. V. fig. 8). Several of these, de-

tached in examining portions of the larva under the microscope,

had burst open at the smaller end, and the spiral thread projected

through the opening and was uncoiled (fig. 9). In the entire

capsule a rounded and narrow column passes from the smaller end,

beyond which it slightly projects, in the direction of its longest

diameter, nearly to its other extremity ; and this column, to which

the spiral thread is attached, protrudes from the interior of the

capsule when it bursts. I have never observed these filaments

oy arom from the capsules when adhering to the surface of the

ody, unless when subjected to pressure, but it is difficult to use the

more powerful object-glasses necessary for distinguishing these,

without compressing more or less the part under examination.

The internal is considerably thicker and more opake than the

external layer, is of a slightly yellowish colour when it aceumu-

lates at any point in greater abundance than usual, and is folded

inwards to form the four equidistant projections seen on the sur-

face of the stomach when the mouth is dilated (fig. 5 a), and

when the body of the animal is slit open and then spread out

(fig. 6c). By making a transverse section of the body, the rela-

tive thickness of the internal and external layers, and the man-

ner in which the internal is folded to form the four pouches or

‘short canals that project from the internal surface, are very di-

stinctly seen (fig. 7). These four short canals (fig. 7 a) termi-

nate at their upper end in another canal, encircling the mouth

and placed between it and the margin of the disc (fig.66). Into

this circular canal the hollow tentacula also open. ‘The inner

surface of the circular canal and the tentacula is lined by the in-

ternal layer. The four depressions (fig. 2 a) placed between the

‘mouth and margin of the disc correspond to the termination of

the four vertical in the circular canal. Across the bottom of

these depressions, which at first sight look like apertures, a mem-

brane is stretched sufficiently thin to permit readily of the trans-

udation of fluids.

After reading Steenstrup’s observations on the structure of

28 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusee.

these animals *, where he describes four canals,—one in each

angle of the extensible membrane surrounding the mouth and

forming the lips,—passing from the circular canal already men-

tioned, and also another circular canal placed in the free margin

of the lips, I repeated my examinations; and though I used

glasses of very different magnifying powers, and made numerous

trials, I could not satisfy myself of the existence of these canals.

No doubt four equidistant white lmes presenting the appearance

of canals are scen, in certain conditions of the extensible lips, —

running in the positions indicated by Steenstrup ; but in some of |

the numerous forms which the lips assume these lines entirely

disappear, and when present they seem to be formed by narrow

ridges on the external surface, resulting from the quadrangular

shape assumed by the lips. The free margin of the lips fre-

quently presented indications of the presence of a canal, but I

could never satisfy myself of its actual existence. In making

such investigations, it must be kept in mind, that the internal is

readily separated by pressure from the external layer, otherwise

we may be led into error. In the almost daily examinations I

have made of these animals during the last two years, I never

observed the slightest traces of the hollow quadrangular body

described by Steenstrup as growing from the lower surface of

the cavity or stomach in the body of the animal, sometimes pro-

jecting as high as the mouth, and placed in the middle of the

stomach, like the clapper in a bell.

The inner surface of the lips and of the stomach, and the ex-

ternal surface of the tentacula and body, are covered with very fine

cilia, so that currents of water, unless when the mouth is shut,

are constantly passing in and out from the mouth and along the

tentacula. The cilia upon the external surface of the body re-

quire the use of the higher object-glasses for their detection, and

for a long time they escaped my notice.

The colony of larve first obtained began to produce buds and

stolons about the middle of January 1846, and the other two colo-

nies at the end of July of the same year. With intervals of com-

parative repose they have gone on reproducing abundantly ever

since; so that, notwithstanding they are constantly eitfettag

loss by death and other causes, the number of individuals in

each colony has greatly increased. Whenever buds and stolons

are formed, they commence by a thickening of the internal layer

at those parts, causing a bulging outwards of the external layer.

A single bud (fig. 10 a), occasionally two buds, grow from the

upper surface of the stolon, and these become developed into

larve in the manner described by Sars. The buds form upon

* On the Alternations of Generations, &c., translated for the Ray So-

ciety, pp. 22, 23.

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse. 29

all parts of the external surface, but most frequently near the

lower part, of the body. On many of the larger larve several

buds were seen growing at the same time (fig. lla). As a bud

enlarges it becomes elongated and attenuated at its free extre-

mity, and bends itself downwards to reach the surface of the

stone to which the elongated extremity adheres: after this the

attached end is gradually separated from the body of the parent.

When thus detached, a small opening presents itself at its upper

end, its interior gradually becomes hollowed out and cilia grow

upon it, and tentacula commence to sprout around the mouth,

exactly in the same manner as in the buds formed on the upper

surface of the stolons. The outer surface of the buds is also

covered with very fine cilia. Several of the buds were found

lying loose at the bottom of the vessels in which the stones are

kept, probably detached by accident, and these after a time fixed

themselves to the surface of the vessels, and passed through

their development into larvee in the same manner as those that

adhered for a longer time to the bodies of their parents. One

of these detached buds fixed itself at two separate points, and

two mouths, each furnished with its own tentacula, were formed

at opposite ends of its upper surface. When a bud was deve-

loped on a stolon, the connecting part between the bud and the

parent was more frequently absorbed, or at least disappeared, at

other times the bond of connection remained ; so that occasion-

ally two, three or more larvee of different or of nearly equal size

might be seen growing closely united together at the base, as if

one had split itself longitudinally into two or more separate in-

dividuals. This chiefly took place when the larvee were so thickly

clustered together that they had not room to spread sufficiently,

When the buds were developed into young larve, these generally

moved outwards from their parents to a small distance, leaving

room for those that were to succeed them. This locomotion is

generally slow,—one larva that I watched moved ,‘;ths of an

inch in fourteen days,—and is effected by a sliding motion of

the attached end over the substance to which it adheres. In this

motion the attached end bulges outwards in the direction it is

about to take (fig. 12a), and the whole of this end gradually

follows, carrying of course the whole of the upper part of the

body along with it. More rarely they move more rapidly by

ushing outwards a narrow prolongation similar to a long sto-

on (fig. 4a), which becomes fixed at its further extremity, and

the attached end becoming loosened, the whole body is carried

onwards by the contraction of the prolonged part. The older

larvee are almost or entirely stationary.

The larvae, when detached from the surface to which they are

adherent, can again fix themselves. I have frequently performed

30 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse.

this experiment by placing those detached in separate vessels,

and almost always successfully, when care was taken to disturb

them as little as possible for three or four days, or longer. A

considerable number of laryee are adhering to the surface of the

vessels in which the stones are kept *. : ee

I made several experiments upon the reparative powers of the

larvee. In several the upper half of the body was cut off, and

after three or four days its lower or cut end had closed in, and

by the sixth day it had attached itself to the surface of the ves-

sel, and shortly assumed all the appearances of an entire larva,

sending out stolons and forming buds. Fig. 12 is a representa-

tion of the upper half of a larva eight days after it had been eut

off. New tentacula, and a new mouth also, after several da

presented themselves on the upper or cut end of the lower half.

Several were divided longitudinally through their entire length,

and when means were not taken to keep the eut edges apart

they soon adhered again, and no traces of their division remained,

In one divided longitudinally the two portions were kept apart,

and in each the cut edges approximated and adhered, and two

separate animals were thus produced from one. .

The larve are voracious, and readily seize and swallow uni-

valve or bivalve molluscans, or a crustacean, as large or even

larger than their own bodies before they are stretched out, and

after retaining them in the stomach, generally for about twenty-

four hours in summer and nearly twice as long in winter, they

reject them through the mouth. They also not unfrequently

swallow one of their neighbours, and its sojourn in the stomach

for some time terminates in its digestion and destruction, When

they seize a univalve molluscan too large to be swallowed, they

retain it firmly embraced in their tentacula, and insert their elon-

gated mouth into the interior of the shell; and in like manner

they keep dead articulate animals, or molluscans without shells,

too large to be swallowed, in their tentacula for more than a day,

and probably extract nourishment from them by acting on their

textures by their extensible lips. a

The larve of the first colony, obtained in September 1845, did

not split transversely into young Medusee in the spring of 1846, as

I expected them to do, but continued to produce stolons and buds

abundantly. A great number of them had then attained a large

size, and many of them presented on their outer surface transverse

rugs, and four pretty deep equidistant vertical grooves, as repre-

sented in fig. 18, but none of them presented the appearances now

* According to Sars, “si on détache violemment ces polypes, il n’y a

qu’un petit nombre qui peut se fixer de nouveau, et alors ils n’adhérent pas

si fortement qu’a l’ordinaire; la plupart restent libres au fond du verre.”—

Opus cit. p. 339. é

ef oe

Binion gine

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusz. 31

about to be described, indicative of their splitting transversely into

: young Medusz. In the beginning of February of the present year,

the upper part of the body of some of the larvee of the first colony

became cylindrical, considerably elongated and much diminished

in diameter, with thickly-set rings forming at the top. From the

circumference of the rings first formed eight equidistant lobes or

rays began to grow, the rings increased in size and became of a

_ reddish brown colour, the tentacula gradually wasted away, and

in the course of eight days the young Meduse were beginning

to detach themselves in the manner described by Sars. While this

was going on at the upper part of the body, the process of elon-

gation and the formation of new rings was proceeding downwards,

as represented in Pl. VI. fig. 14, so that thirty or forty rings,

each of which was about to become a young Medusa, could be

counted on the body of one larva at the same time, and the body

in some cases measured three-fourths of an inch in length. At

this period the upper part of the body was of the form of an in-

verted pyramid, and had a distinctly reddish brown colour. As

the grooves separating the rings increased in depth, it was ob-

served that the body of the young Medusa above was at last

attached only to the upper margin of the lips of the one below.

Fig. 15 is a greatly enlarged representation of one of these young

Medusze immediately after it had separated itself from the body

of a larva. A small proportion, probably not above one-sixth or

one-seventh of the larvae, underwent this process of splitting into

young Medusz, and in no case that I observed did it extend

through the whole length of the body of the larva; for a portion,

often very small, at its attached end did not become ringed

(fig. 14 a), threw out new tentacula before the young Meduse

| last formed were detached, and it continued to live as a

larva. Some of the larve of the other two colonies obtained in

July of the preceding year began to yield young Meduse about

the middle of March, and exactly in the same manner as in the

first colony. A fortnight, or more, generally elapsed, after the

commencement of the separation of the young Meduse in a

__ larva, before the process was finished.

The general appearance and habits of the young Medusz im-

mediately after they have detached themselves from the larve

have been describe already by Sars, but there are various parts

of its structure which stand in need of additional elucidation,

External to the quadrangular mouth occupying the centre of the

lower surface of the body of the young Medusa (fig. 15) are four

bifid hollow processes, placed at equal distances from each other,

and adhering by the end of their undivided portion to the inner

surface of the inferior wall of the stomach (fig.15a), The in-

ferior wall of the stomach, which forms also the inferior surface

82 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse.

of the body, is so thin that at first sight these processes appea

to be attached to the external surface. Fig. 16 is a pect en-

larged view of one of these bifid processes. Each of these pro-

cesses forms two hollow floating tubes, communicating with the

stomach or internal cavity by a common orifice (fig. 16a), and

having the edges of their external surfaces covered with nume-

rous filiferous capsules. (fig. 16 4). The stomach is large and

extends nearly to the margin of the body or disc. Outside the

position of the four bifid processes, and on the lower surface of

the inferior wall of the body, there is a circular band, slightly

elevated, more granular and opake than the portion of the body

placed within it, having prolongations passing off from its outer

edge to the intervals between the eight bifid lobes or rays that

spring from the margin of the body, and others along the centre

of the lower surface of these bifid lobes, as far as the ocellus

placed at the point of bifurcation of each lobe (fig. 15). When

the animal contracts the marginal lobes in swimming, this circle

becomes narrower, more distinctly defined, and approaches nearer

tothe mouth. In certain states of the animal the prolongations

from the outer edge of this circle to the intervals between the

eight bifid rays are longer than represented in fig. 15. When

the animal is examined in certain positions and with glasses of

weak power, this circle, and the sixteen prolongations extending

outwards from it to the intervals between the rays, and along

the lower surface of the rays themselves, assume pretty nearl

the appearances represented by Steenstrup as vessels; and as

have been unable to satisfy myself of the presence of any vessels

there, I am inclined to believe that he has been misled in this way.

I have occasionally observed the appearance of a thread-like

nervous circle around the mouth, sending a filament. along each

of the rays towards the ocelli, on approaching which it bifureated ;

but not having been able to make these out at other times,

under circumstances that appeared favourable for their detection,

I am not prepared to affirm that a nervous system is present.

At the point of bifurcation of each of the marginal lobes or

rays there is placed, as Sars has described, a little eminence, hy-

pothetically designated by Steenstrup an ocellus (figs. 15¢ &17 a).

This ocellus forms a mammillary process, consisting of three

distinct structures (fig. 17 a). The apex is chiefly formed of a

considerable number of very minute crystals, and a'small part of

its base is more opake and more granular than its larger middle

portion. From a greatly enlarged view of the crystals occupying

the apex of the ocellus, given in fig. 18, it will be observed that

the upper are shorter and thicker than the lower; in fact, while

a few of the former are almost as thick as they are long, some of

the latter are almost needle-shaped. On fixing the polarizing

ee a rer ae

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse. 38

apparatus to the microscope, it was observed that these crystals

depolarized the light. I gave some of the young Medusz to

Principal Sir David Brewster for examination, and he returned

me the following report: “The small raised portions of the Me-

dus named ocelli consist each of six or more similar parts, each

part having the property of depolarizing polarized light. When

all the other portions of the animal are absolutely black, the ocelli

shine with considerable brightness. Upon turning the Meduse

round in a plane perpendicular to the axis of vision, the individual

parts of the ocelli disappear and reappear, according to the angle

which their neutral axes (if they have double refraction), or their

planes of separation (if they are merely polarizing lamin), form

with the plane of primitive polarization. If these raised por-

tions named ocelli are really organs of vision, the probability is

that their axis of vision is perpendicular to the general surface

of the Medusa.”

The inner half of the lower surface of the bifid portion of each

of the marginal lobes (fig. 17) is thinned off to a sharp edge,

bounded externally by a continuation of the ridge running along

the middle of the inferior surface already described, so that the

bifid portion resembles in form a pair of strong scissors.

A number of larger and smaller filiferous capsules, similar to

those observed in the larvee, adhere to the outer surface of the

young Medusz ; and fine cilia are present on the inner surface

of the lips and stomach, and on the outer surface of the four bifid

rocesses floating in the stomach.

Though the normal number of the marginal lobes or rays is

eight, yet occasionally they were as few as four and as many as

twelve. In a few cases one or more of these lobes were trifid,

with an ocellus placed in the cleft of each division.

I was not able to preserve the young Medusz alive more than

twenty days. During that time the lobes or rays had become

shorter from the expansion of the body, and in a few, small pa-

pillee were forming in the clefts between the lobes.

A comparison between the observations of Sars and Steen-

strup upon the larve of the Medusa living in the ocean, and

those made upon them while living in the artificial condition de-

scribed, elicits some facts of considerable interest. According

to Sars and Steenstrup, the colonies of these animals living in

the ocean split up entirely into young Medusz each spring, and

completely disappear, ae new ones are founded in September

from the ova of the adult Meduse; but while living in the arti-

ficial state, as was also some years ago remarked by Sir John

Dalyell *, a certain number only of the individuals of the colony

* Jamieson’s Philosophical Journal for 1836.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 3

34 Dr. Reid on a new species of Actinia.

undergo this process, and that not throughout their entire length ;

for even a portion of each of those that form young Meduse by

transverse divisions of their substance, continues to live as a

larva. The first colony I obtained was seventeen months in my

possession before any of the individuals composing it underwent

its development into young Meduse. That the larve, even when

living in the ocean, are not always formed in autumn and un-

dergo their development into young Medusz in spring, is evi-

dent from the fact, that two of the colonies in my possession were

obtained from the ocean in July. Whether these larve had

been generated the preceding autumn, and continued to live as

such up to the time they were obtained from the ocean, or had

been generated at some period subsequent to this, it is impossible

to determine.

Account of a new Actinia.

Though the Actinia I am about to describe has in many respects

a close resemblance to the Actinia chrysanthellum of Mr. Peach,

described and figured in Dr. Johnston’s late edition of his work

on ‘ British Zoophytes,’ vol. i. p. 220, it yet differs from it suffi-

ciently, at least as far as I can make out, to justify me in regard-

‘ing it asadistinct species. If this should be confirmed, I would

propose to name it Actinia cylindrica.

Body elongated, cylindrical, free ; tentacula uniserial, submarginal ;

mouth elongated upwards, forming a conical tube with small pro-

cesses attached to its margin.

This animal was found in St. Andrew’s Bay, by Mrs. Macdonald

and myself about two years ago, immediately after it had been

thrown ashore during a storm, and it was kept alive for three days.

Fig. 21 (Plate VI.) is a representation of the form of the animal

of the natural size.

The body is cylindrical and marked by longitudinal lines. The

inferior fourth of the body is translucent, more contractile than

the upper part, and sometimes assumes nearly a conical form with

the apex downwards. The upper three-fourths of the body are

opake and of a faint pink colour. The tentacula are twelve in

number, ranged in a single row, smooth on the surface, of a light

pink colour, and having their internal or oral surface crossed by

four zigzag white lines (fig. 22). They are elongated trans-

versely or flattened from within outwards, and taper towards ~

their free extremity. They were never seen more elongated than —

what is represented in fig. 21, but as the animal appeared to be —

languid, it is quite possible they are capable of greater elongation. _

When contracted to the utmost they formed little conical emi- —

nences, projecting outwards and upwards, and were seen to be —

attached immediately below the outer margin of the disc. Twelve —

ee ee ee

i erate

eS ae ee

Se eh ee ee

Bt oa ea iy per

Dr. Reid on a new species of Actinia. 35

_ bands of a faint reddish brown colour and adhering along their

_ edges, radiate inwards from the circumference of the disc, con-

_ verge at its centre, and prolong themselves upwards to form the

_ mouth, or rather the lips. The margin of the lips is surrounded

_ by twelve small processes, six of which are very minute; these

_ processes are of a triangular form and of an orange colour, except

at the edges, which are translucent. This prolonged mouth did

_ not always occupy the centre of the disc, but could be directed

_ towards any part of the margin.

The external sac sent strong partitions inwards, the position of

_ which was marked by the longitudinal lines on its outer surface,

and in the interstices of these partitions the ovaries were placed.

_ This animal in many respects closely resembles the J/wanthos

_ Scoticus of Professor KE. Forbes*, and the chief difference between

them is found in the structure of the mouth.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. and VI.

Prate V.

Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Representations of the more common forms assumed

by the larvee.

Fig. 6. A larva slit open and stretched out to show the four vertical canals,

and the manner in which they terminate in the circular canal :

a, extensible lips; b, circular canal ; ¢, four vertical canals ; d, ten-

tacula considerably shortened by their contraction.

_ Fig. 7. Transverse section of the body of a larva to show the manner in

‘ which the four vertical canals are formed: a, vertical canals.

Fig. 8. Filiferous capsule entire.

_ Fig. 9. Filiferous capsule burst and the spiral filament uncoiled,

Fig. 10. Larva throwing out stolons, from one of which a bud is springing.

Fig. 11. Larva having several buds growing from its surface.

_ £ig. 12. Upper half of a larva eight days after it had been cut across,

_ Fig. 13. One of the forms assumed by some of the larvee.

Priate VI.

Fig. 14, Larva in the process of splitting into young Meduse.

Fig. 15. Lower surface of one of the young Medusz after its separation

from a larva: a, one of the four bifid processes in the stomach;

c, ocellus.

_ Fig. 16. Greatly enlarged view of one of the bifid processes in the stomach.

Fig. 17. ia enlarged view of one of the eight marginal rays or lobes :

a, ocellus.

Fig. 18. Greatly enlarged view of the crystals in apex of oeellus.

Fig. 19. Two of the nucleated cells and several of the nuclei that enter so

abundantly into the structure of the internal layer, as seen when a

portion of this layer is detached.

Fig. 20. Small portion of a tentaculum, highly magnified, to exhibit the fili-

ferous capsules adhering to its outer surface.

Fig. 21. Representation of Actinia cylindrica of the natural size.

Fig. 22, Oral surface of one of the tentacula.

In the examination of the more minute structures figured above, a one-

o Shag of an inch object-glass made by Powell and Leland, and a one-fourth

of an inch object-glass by Smith and Beck, were employed.

* Annals of Natural History, vol. v. p. 180.

36 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

IV.—On the Ventriculide of the Chalk ; their classification.

By J. Toutmin Smita, Esq.

(Continued from vol. xx. 1st Series, p. 191.]

I nAvE thus described with some detail the structure which marks

a large group of fossils from the chalk, and have further endea- —

voured to show what are the natural affinities of the group thus —

marked. The only clue has thus been obtained towards arran- —

ging, in a true and natural classification, those widely varied —

forms to which, under various secondary modifications, this

structure belongs. The few of these which have hitherto been —

known have are uncharacterized except by names as various as __

the different writers, and which, being names merely, could leave —

no impression of reality on the mind of the i inquirer. 1

It will assist the inquirer, and will much enhance the import-

ance of the present investigation, if, before entering on the de-

scription of their modifications, something is said of the strati-

graphical distribution of these fossils. L

From what has already been stated, it will be obvious that these

fossils require to be sought: they can seldom fall im the collec-—

tor’s way as do fossils having solid parts, Testacea, Vertebrata, —

&c. If found at all in the hands of the dealer they will usually

be fragmentary only, or in a matrix, the flint, the deceptive

character of whose obvious appearances has been already shown.

By far the greater part of the forms assumed are, besides, such that

no blow of the hammer can disclose the character of the fossil.

It is necessary to premise thus much that it may be under-—

stood that the fact of these fossils not having yet been recognized

in particular localities or strata is no proof that they do not exist —

therein ; and, now that the true structure characteristic of them

has been described, it may be hoped that the presence of some ©

representatives of the family may be detected much more widely ©

than has been hitherto suspected. A mere fragment may now —

serve for the detection of that presence*. 4

As far as can be gathered from the various authorities already |

cited, it would appear that these fossils are more abundant in~

England than in any other country. In the chalk of Kent, ;

Sussex, Norfolk, Wiltshire, and the respectively adjoining locali-—

ties, some of the forms are abundant, though in each region the |

localities in which they abound are certainly restricted. In the

chalk of Yorkshire they appear to be much less abundant. In-_

deed many bodies which have heretofore been grouped as Ventri-

culide from that region have no relation to that family; while

aks

* Of course not for the determination of species, or, necessarily, even of -

genus. 3

‘

Fr.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 37

the forms hitherto collected there of true Ventriculide are very

rare, if we may judge from the specimens in the museum of the

Yorkshire Philosophical Institution, for the opportunity of care-

fully inspecting which specimens I am indebted to the courtesy

of Mr. Charlesworth*. In England these fossils have not hitherto

been recognized in any other than the Cretaceous group. It is

probable that careful search will reveal them throughout all the

members of that group. At present they have been found in

five divisions of it; viz. the Upper Chalk, the Middle Chalk, the

Lower Chalk, the Chalk Marl, and the Upper Greensand. The

prevalence indeed of certain forms is characteristic of certain of

these divisions+ ; a result which unexpectedly displayed itself

after the classification presently to be exhibited had been worked

out from a’cautious study of the individuals, and the value of

which result must therefore strike every inquirer. The particular

divisions characterized by the predominance of one or the other

class of forms will be shown in severally describing those forms.

There is no @ priori reason why representatives of these forms

should not be found in older and in newer formations than these

cretaceous beds. Still the fact of their not having been thus found

in England, where, in those cretaceous beds, some of them so much

abound, leads to some hesitation in relying implicitly on the

alleged much lower stratigraphical position of some foreign forms.

The foreign forms from the true chalk appear to be few and rare ;

but there are several figures in Goldfuss, to some of which I have

already alluded {, probably representing forms belonging to this

family, which are there given as from the “Jurakalk.” In the

* In addition to the acknowledgements which I have already made, I

have the further pleasure of now recording the kindness, in affording me

the means of examining different specimens from very various localities, of

Mr. Lyell, Mr. Wetherell and Mr. Oakeshott of Highgate, Mr. Cunnington

of Devizes, Mr. Catt of Brighton, and Mr. Whittle of St. John’s College,

Cambridge, besides that of Mr. Charlesworth as above-mentioned. I must

also acknowledge the kind assistance afforded me by Mr. Waterhouse of

the British Museum, in facilitating the task of inspecting the specimens in

that collection. To the President of the Geological Society I am also in-

debted for the prompt courtesy with which he has enabled me to avail

myself efficiently of illustrations from the valuable museum of that Society.

__ I would take this opportunity of saying that I shall be greatly obliged

by any illustrations and opportunities similar to those which have already

been so kindly and liberally afforded to me.

+ See observations in the Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 337.

An interest beyond even that which they are calculated intrinsically to ex-

_ cite is thus given to these fossils, of the same nature as that which attaches

to a series of Ammonites from different beds.

_ } Ante, vol. xx. p.78. It is proper to state that there are many forms,

__ besides those thus specified, figured by Goldfuss as from the Jurakalk, and

which I have not much doubt are Ventriculide. I have only enumerated

the more obvious.

38 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

British Museum, again, is a large and valuable series of fossils,

which I have carefully examined, and which I can therefore state

with assured confidence to belong to this family*, and which are

stated to be from Mount Rhanden in Switzerland ; a locality the

strata of which are declared to be equivalent to the lower beds of

the Middle Oolite of England. The matrix appears much the

same as that of our English chalk marl; but that test is, of course,

very incomplete. The point requires careful investigation ; and,

as the true character and importance of these fossils will have

now become known, it may be hoped that the attention of some

of the many competent foreign observers may be directed to it.

As I shall show the changes which these forms have undergone

in passing from one division of our English strata to another to

have been great, it will be peculiarly interesting to ascertain

exactly to what strata these foreign forms do actually belong ; for

many of them differ much from our English forms. It is inter-

esting at present to remark that the form which is of the great-

est vertical range in the English beds (Brachiolites digitatus) is

unequivocally found in these Rhanden beds.

In p. 510 of the first volume of the Journal of the Geological

Society there is described by Mr. Lonsdale, under the name of

* Ocellaria ramosa,” a fossil found by Mr. Lyell in the Eocene

deposits at Jacksonborough in Georgia, United States. Did this

fossil exhibit any true affinities with the group which has been

called Ocellaria it would necessarily belong to the Ventriculide,

and I was anxious to ascertain the facts. Mr. Lyell has obh-

gingly enabled me to do this by placing in my hands all the

specimens found by him, and which are, it is believed, all that

have ever been found. The result is, that the fossil is found to

present none whatever of the characters of Ocellaria; and I

cannot understand upon what grounds it has had this name affixed

to it by Mr. Lonsdale, except that he appears, from his observa-

tions, never to have had an opportunity of examining any actual

specimens of the so-called Ocellaria, and to have been misled by

some of the figures+. These fossils however answer to no part

of the generic description given by Ramond, or any subsequent

writer, of the Ocellaria. The tubules in the Eocene fossils are

tubules ramifyimg through a massive substance, and there is not

any polyparium which is “ eaplanato-membranaceum,” and “ utro-

* These treasures are at present unarranged. I should be happy to

assist in that task, and to complete it by adding, as far as possible from _

my private collection, all the British forms,.should the present Commis- z

sion result in any prospect of improvement in that respect.

+ .The figure specially referred to, and which is copied by Lamouroux, _

pl. 72, fig. 5, has certainly a considerable resemblance to a special fractured

surface of the Eocene fossil. :

_- of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 39

que latere porosum.” The characters of Ocellaria, as given by

all the authors*, are clear and unmistakeable so far as they go;

and there cannot be a moment’s doubt as to what the true rela-

tions of the so-called genus are, as will presently be seen. It is

perfectly certain that this so-called Ocellaria ramosat has none

of these relations, and therefore that it does not serve to bring

the Ventriculide within the tertiary period. No trace of this

family has, then, yet been anywhere discovered higher than the

upper beds of the: English chalk.

As it is desirable to have the treatment of the subject as com-

plete as possible, so far as it goes, and as the materials which I

have collected from the English chalk are sufficiently abundant

to lead me to hope that such completeness may be given, for all

practical purposes, to the description of the forms found in those

beds, I shall confine myself at present to these last ; which I the

rather do in that, while it would be @ priori probable that the

examination of so extensive a series of beds would at any rate

afford a full series of typical characters,—and therefore a sound

basis for a permanent and generally applicable system of classifi-

cation,—the examination of the Rhanden specimens in the British

Museum has satisfied me that all of them will range within the

typical groups which the forms of the English chalk have led me

to assign.

I have already indicatedt{ in what direction we must look for

the essential characters which mark this whole family. It is

extremely improbable that a structure so extraordinary, so pecu-

liarly bearing the marks of special design and adaptation as

the octahedral structure, should be otherwise than characteristic

of the family in individuals of which its existence has been dis-

covered. Until, then, it has been found elsewhere, the philoso-

phical inquirer will take that structure as his guide in the deter-

* Those characters are, ‘‘ Polypier pierreux, aplati en membrane, diverse-

ment contourné, subinfundibuliformée, a superficie arénacée, muni de pores

sur les deux faces.”” The observations of Milne-Edwards, on an inspec-

‘tion of the actual fossils, are alone sufficient to show that the present fossils

could not be Ocellaria, their apparent tubules being, as stated in p. 511,

sometimes penetrated by fibres in a radiated manner. Milne-Edwards

expressly says (Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 291), “ L’axe solide, qui

remplit assez ordinairement les trous, et qui a dis pris pour une partie du

Polypier lui-méme, n’est que la gangue qui s’est moulée dans ces trous, et

qui s’est cassée au niveau de la surface du Polypier, lorsque celui-ci a été

détaché de la masse qui le renfermait.”

tT The fossil is however a very curious and interesting one. Its whole

aspect and character recall those of the Alcyonium, both in its massiveness,

its cylindrical tubules, and their connecting plexus of fibres. I have many

analogous fossils from the chalk, into the investigation of which it is my

intention to enter when the present subject shall be completed. ;

{ Ante, vol. xx. p. 182.

40 Mr. Touhnin Smith on the Classification

mination of the members of this family. My careful attention

has therefore been directed to ascertaining the presence of that

structure under every various mask of external form, and I have

hitherto invariably found that presence accompanied by certain

other characteristics, which would necessarily be present if the

affinities which I have already attempted to show are those of

the Ventriculidee be the true ones. Without full confidence in

the Law of Unity as a sure guide, I cannot conceive of any pro-

gress bemg made in any scientific investigation. I have not

found that guide to fail me yet in the present investigation, and

am therefore content to take it as the basis of such exposition as

I am now able to give of the genera and species of the family

VENTRICULIDE. .

Proceeding therefore on this basis, it may be stated generally,

that all those fossils which are marked by a membranous struc-

ture made up of cubic squares, with equally subtending octahedral

fibre at the angles of union of those squares, belong to the family

Ventriculide, and that all members of that family are marked by

that structure. We shall find, it is true, thus associated forms

externally most diverse*, and the alleged affinity of which would

at first sight startle the inquirer ; which have indeed hitherto had

places the most different assigned to them: but I shall be able to

show that other and most interesting Unities prevail through all

these various forms in addition to that structural one; and these

diversities will thus become only another useful addition to the

often repeated but too often neglected lesson, that no guide is

more fallacious than likeness or unlikeness of mere external

form t.

“ A natural classification,” says Milne-Edwards, “is nothing

else than a description of the modifications, more or less import-

ant, observed in the structure of animals, and a specification of

the differing degrees of likeness or unlikeness which the latter

bear to each other{.” Nothing is easier than the multiplication

of genera and species. But it is no slight task, though a most

important one, to determine what are the material modifications

on which distinction of genus should be founded; what the ma-

* On the other hand, I shall take a future opportunity of showing that

forms externally bearing much resemblance to the Ventriculide have in

truth a very different structure and affinities.

+ Parkinson long ago remarked, that “if the figure of the fossil be as-

sumed as the leading character of the species, substances, differing mate-

rially in their structure, will be classed together in the same species ; and,

on the other hand, if the species be formed on the external structure, we

shall have under the same species substances differing widely in their

forms.’’ Vol. ii. p.128. It would have been well if Goldfuss and others

had paid a little attention to these important truths.

t Sur les Crisies, &c., p. 233.

ppriges

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 41

terial points of likeness or unlikeness which should mark separate

species*.

The only principle upon which I can understand any philoso-

phical or natural classification to be founded, is the taking some

principal and most easily recognizable point in the ceconomy of

the living animal, and examining all the individuals under review

in reference to that one point.

It has been already seen that the Ventriculide belong to a

high type of the Molluscan Polyps,—to the Polyzoa,—approach-

ing most nearly to the recent Hschara and Halodactylus. The

fossilized remains of animals of this order, the organization of

whose recent congeners has been but so lately understood, might

seem at first sight to baffle any attempt to seize on such a point.

It seems to me however that such a one may be found. In all

recent animals of this order the first essential to their life and

well-being is the presence and free access of the sea-water. Va-

rious contrivances are adopted to secure this end,—some genera

and species being parasitical, some loosely floating, some stiffly

erect ; each, varying as they also do in form, adapted to the pe-

culiar circumstances of the locality which it inhabits, and each,

according to the particular plan adopted, exhibiting some charac-

teristic differences in habit and organs. This is precisely consistent

with the observations already made+ as to the constant relation

existing between the polypidom, rightly examined, and the nature

of the inhabiting polyps. Such differences no doubt existed in the

recent Ventriculide ; and though it is obviously impossible that

we should ever be able, in these fossils, to ascertain the points of

difference in habits and individual organs, we may, by care and

patience, ascertain those differences in the contrivances displayed

in the structure of the polypidoms which we must thus be satis-

fied were intimately and necessarily connected with such differ-

ences in habits and individual organs. I allude to the various

modes of folding of the delicate membranet which forms the

framework of every individual of this family, and on whose sur-

face the minute and numberless colony of polyps dwelt. I ap-

* Were I to follow the example of some botanists, who, for example, in

a favourite tribe, the Cactus, have amused themselves with hair-splitting of

nera to a marvellous extent, I might readily succeed in perplexing the

inquirer witb a great multitude of unintelligible names. Between many

of the species which I have grouped together, differences far more marked

exist than those by which these gentlemen—and too many palzontologists

—have overlaid the intelligibility of their classifications as generic distinc-

tions.

4 Ante, vol. xx. p. 177-179.

{ A membrane, it will be remembered, which, by its structure, was firm

like the Eschara (though not calcareous), and not loosely floating like the

Halodactylus. This is important in considering the permanence of the

different modes of folding adopted.

42 Mr..Toulmin Smith on the Classification

prehend that it can need no detail of argument or mathematical —

demonstration to show, that upon the mode and degree of fold-

ing of this membrane, the greater or less freedom of access,

change, and circulation of the water, and its consequent power

of being acted upon by the numerous ciliated tentacles and move-

able processes, must have depended. Every one who is familiar

with the difference in mere circulation of air between the narrow

street and the open road, between the deep valley and the hill

top, will recognise the essential importance in this respect of every

difference in that mode and degree of folding; and, when the

extreme minuteness of the individuals is considered, it will ap

that variations of fold hardly appreciable to the eye will have

probably had a material influence on the condition of the tenants

of these wonderful structures. I cannot doubt that every con-

stant difference in the mode and degree of folding of the Ventri-

culitic membrane was accompanied by some modification in the

organs or habits of the animals, adapting them to that particular

mode and degree of access, change, and circulation of sea-water

which that mode and degree of folding made a matter of absolute

necessity *.

Taking then the Ventriculide as a family of the Polyzoa, I

shall first endeavour to show that there are certain broad and

very marked constant modifications in the mode of folding+ cha-

racterizing certain extensive groups which yet have many points

of constant difference between the individuals which, as groups,

are respectively thus characterized. These groups will form

distinct genera. I shall show that certain subordinate but yet

important modifications mark, in common, several of the indiyi-

duals of each of these genera, which individuals yet have further

still subordinate but constant and therefore characteristic pomts

* Sir J.G. Dalyell, in his recent work on ‘ Remarkable Animals of Scot-

land,’ especially notices the importance of attention to the varying condition

of the water in which specimens are kept as the great secret of their preserva-

tion ; and even his care has often failed. A ‘‘ low organization ”’ and slight

sensibility have been hastily attributed to Polyzoa from their enduring great

changes of heat and cold. There is no animal capable of enduring greater

changes in this respect than man. But take another class, and it is well-

known that from the same heap of frozen fish one may be dashed to shivers

on the ground, while another, put into a pail of water, will, in two minutes,

be swimming about.

+ The inquirer will at once perceive the difference between this and mere

external form. The same general external form may mask numberless most

different modes of folding. My object is to aid in realizing, by classifica-

tion, the living animal in all its integrity and varieties. By the accumu-

lated names Scyphia, Coscinopora, Guettardia, &c., nothing ever was or can

be vivified ; no real idea conveyed to the mind. But the object of the natu-

ralist should surely be, not an accumulation of mere names, but the realiza-

tion of living and true ideas of various absolute modes of actual existence,

be they past or present.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 43

of difference. The inquirer is thus further relieved from the

detail of specific differences by the division of each genus into

sections. The still subordinate but constant points of difference

last named will be characteristic of species.

I have already alluded to the important and valuable test of

the soundness of these principles of classification afforded, un-

expectedly and after the work was completed, by the stratigra-

ai harmony exhibited by the table of classification. It will

e sufficiently obvious that the ocean of different ages would

have such modifications as would not be adapted equally to all

varieties. We accordingly find among the Ventriculide, as in

other divisions of paleontology, a few species enduring through

many changes; others dying out; while with every fresh era

fresh forms display themselves. ,

It will be understood from this, that mere size does not enter

as an element into the determination of genus or species. Of

many species I have specimens from an inch to eight or nine

inches in diameter. It is not necessary to enter very fully, there-

fore, into the question of growth. That question, always a difficult

one in palzontology, is difficult even in recent forms of the families

allied to the Ventriculide. It would be vain to hope to throw

much light upon it by fossil forms. Where constant differences

are found under all varieties of size, we are bound to consider

them as distinct species. I shall touch briefly on the question

of growth in introducing each separate genus.

It will be also understood that the mere external (outward or

inward) general form of the fossil does not enter as an element

into the determination of genus or species. I have shown how

deceptive that criterion must ever be. In the present instance

the same general external form conceals essential differences in

the mode and degree of folding of the membrane.

It will occur to the reader that to follow the fold of a mem-

brane, the trace of which is preserved only in a hard and solid

_ matrix, must be a work of great difficulty ; and especially when

that matrix is either so friable as the chalk, or so impracticable as

the flint. The actual amount of the difficulty* cannot however be

fully appreciated without actual experiment. The presence of that

very oxide of iron, without which the forms could not be, in general,

* In order that the actual nature, importance, and results of the present

investigation should be properly understood, it is necessary to remind the

reader that from the time of Dr. Mantell’s first work to his latest, and

either by him or the other latest writers (see Portlock’s ‘Report, &c.’ p. 342),

it has never been suggested or suspected that any membrane whatever existed

in any of the Ventriculide. They a!l describe them as composed of ana-

stomosing “‘ cylindrical fibres,” (see ante, vol. xx. p. 76,) between which, on

the inside, papillz or tubuli arise. I have demonstrated that the basis of

the Ventriculide is a simple unperforated membrane; that, therefore, the

44 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

even detected, necessarily stains the matrix beyond the structure

itself; and it requires the nicest and most painful discrimination

to determine what is due to structure and what to mere iron

stain. Feeling however that such a course of investigation could

furnish the only true materials of a natural classification, I have

endeavoured to overcome these difficulties. And it may save the

task both of making and answering many objections if I now

state that I have, with this object, dissected with elaborate care

numberless specimens, in addition to many hundreds of sections

of specimens both in flint and chalk, which, with the like purpose,

I have made. There is not one species which I have established

which I have not determined from actual and personal section

of specimens either in chalk or flint, usually both, and in which,

with scarcely an exception, 1 have not followed and traced out

- the actual fold with the knife and needle.

My aim has been to present such a classification and no-

menclature as should be intelligible and at the same time ex-

pressive ; which, whether respect be had to genus, section, or

species, should give some accurate and specific idea of the point

on which the respective division has been founded; that thus a

mere inspection of the table of classification may carry with it

some real and true ideas as to the objects included*. The name

descriptions so long before the world, and so often repeated, are funda-

mentally erroneous,—the conclusions as to the ceconomy of the animal being

necessarily, therefore, as fundamentally erroneous. It is upon the same

laborious care which has enabled me to demonstrate these facts, that I rely

in attempting the descriptions now to be given of the different modes of

folding assumed by that membrane, and the superficial appearances of

which have misled these observers.

* It is usually unadvisable to alter names once applied; but where the

character of an object has been wholly misunderstood, not even its generic

or structural character having been known (see the last note), there can

be no claim to retain old names. Their retention is then generally mis-

chievous as a mere perpetuation of error. I fully agree with Dr. Farre (ut

ante, p. 405, note) that oftentimes ‘‘ confusion and doubt (in nomenclature)

can only be dispelled by beginning de novo,’’ and so applying new names

in harmony with a system founded in nature and upon some definite prin-

ciple. I think it better to give here all the names which occur in Mr.

Morris’s Catalogue whose objects appear to belong to the Ventriculide,—

a list which will, moreover, show the “‘ confusion and doubt”? which have

hitherto prevailed in the nomenclature of this family.

Names in Morris’s Catalogue. In the following classification.

Choanites flexuosus Ventriculites latiplicatus.

Choanites subrotundus Cephalites constrictus.

Ventriculites alcyonides [Ocellaria] Ventriculites quincuncialis.

—— alternans Probably V. bicomplicatus.

— Bennettie One of the Cephalites annulati, but

no accurate description ; and the

figures of Michelin and Mantell

totally differ.

«te ell he

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 45

applied to the whole family and to the first genus is the only

apparent exception to this rule*. The name Ventriculites would

certainly not have been applied to any of these bodies, or to the

family, by myself. It was applied by Dr. Mantell to the few

forms found by him, under the idea of the internal cavity being

the true digestive surface of a single animal. Though the idea

under which the name was thus applied has been shown to be

wholly erroneous, I have been unwilling, out of respect to the

many labours of Dr. Mantell in the field of paleontology, to

reject, as others have done without assigning any reason, this

generic appellation ; and I have justified myself in its retention

by the classical use of the same word, though in a secondary

sense only, in a very different way, viz. as applied to mere sacci-

form cavities+. It will be understood, therefore, that the terms

Ventriculide and Ventriculites bear no reference to om digestive

cavity, but simply to the fact of the creatures to which they are

applied always assuming forms which display a central cavity

more or less simple. I am glad that this modification in the

meaning of the word enables me to retain a name which will

always bring to the inquirer’s recollection the long and successful

labours of Dr. Mantell.

It is impossible to examine an extensive series of remains ex-

hibiting the characteristic structure of the Ventriculide, without

perceiving that, however widely in other respects the individuals

differ from one another in the mode of fold of their membrane,

they all range themselves within one or the other of three strongly

marked and constant modifications, quite independent of mere

size.

The first in natural order, as having most of that simple pouch

form which is implied in the name Ventriculide as above ex-

Names in Morris’s Catalogue. In the following classification.

Ventriculites infundibuliformis Ventriculites cavatus or bicompli-

catus.

quadrangularis Brachiolites angularis.

— quadratus ? not a Ventriculid.

radiatus Ventriculites radiatus.

Ocellaria inclusa quincuncialis.

nuda Ibid.

Spongites Townsendi Ventriculites simplex.

—— labyrinthica Brachiolites convolutus.

Scyphia Fittoni Fragment of Brachiolites digitatus.

* The termination “ites” is not in itself very classical, but has been so

generally employed as to be a convenient and intelligible distinctive mark

of fossil generic appellation. Hence I retain it in “ Ventriculites,”’ and am

therefore obliged so to terminate the other generic names. I am glad to be

able to retain, consistently, Dr. Mantell’s specific name radiatus.

+ Thus Cicero: ‘‘ Ex ea [anima] pars concipitur cordis parte quadam,

quam ventriculum cordis appellant, cui similis alter adjunctus est in quem

sanguis a jecore per venam illam cavam influit.”—De Nat. Deor. ii. § 55.

46 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

plained, are a large number whose general form is that of a more

or less open or close sac, the wall of which rounds or thins off to

a marginal edge. All of this kind are single, and supported on

a single root, unless in those few abnormal cases before men-

tioned*, and which afford no exception to the principle either of

the structure or classification. Where, as very rarely occurs, two

are united, it is at the roots that they are united. They are

not branches of one body.

All these forms I distinguish by the name of VenrricuLirEs.

Next to these are naturally placed another group, all the mem-

bers of which are much rarer than the last, most of them of great

rarity, but yet exhibiting a diversity of forms as great, well-

marked and constant as the different individuals of the genus

Ventriculites. All however are marked by the very striking

peculiarity of the wall of the pouch not thinning or rounding

off to a marginal edge, but being crowned by a broad and distinet

head, prominent and well-defined, and totally differing in aspect,

structure, and function from the rest of the body. This charae-

teristic suggests, as peculiarly appropriate, the generic appellation

of CerHALITES.

The two genera thus distinguished each exhibit, though with

striking modifications, more or less of the simple pouch form in

their internal cavity, or of obvious singleness in the general shape

which the fold of the wall of their cavities, or their apolypous

head, assumes ; but a large group remains to which neither cha-

racter applies, and all the members of which stand out conspi-

cuously as folded in many lobes and in many broadly separated

parts. The word brachium being often used by the best authors

in the sense of projection simply, I use the diminutive of that word

to distinguish all of this group by the name of Bracutoxrres.

But, again, the individuals comprised within the description

of the genus Ventriculites are found to exhibit two broad modi-

fications in the general aspect of the membrane composing the

wall of the pouch. The two sides of the wall correspond in the

one group, both surfaces being either smooth, or, if marked with

folds, the depression of one side having a corresponding eleva-

- tion on the other; in the other this correspondence is absent,

owing to some change in the direction of the fold before reaching

the opposite surface, as already alluded tot. It will materially

assist the memory and researches of the inquirer if we accord-

ingly divide the genus Ventriculites into two sections, which I

distinguish by the names Simplices for those species having cor-

responding surfaces, Complicati for those which change the direc-

tion of their fold between the two surfaces.

* Ante, vol. xx-p. 90. + Ante, vol. xx. p. 88.

ce ee, eg ane ee ee ee

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 47

So the individuals comprised within the description of the

genus Cephalites exhibit two broadly-marked modifications ; the

head of the one group being only of the same breadth as the thick-

ness of the wall, and being placed exactly at the top of that wall,

and nearly at right angles, at every point, to the outer and inner

surfaces of that wall; the head of the other group being much

broader than the thickness of any part of the wall, and never

lying flat at the top, but extending more or less down over the

sides of the wall. These marked differences are accompanied by

important differences in the mode of fold of the membrane. I

distinguish therefore the genus Cephalites into the two sections

Annulati, being those in which the head extends as a mere broad.

ring round the flat top of the wall, and Dilatati, being those in

which it is spread out so much more extensively.

And so also the members of the genus Brachiolites are at once

separated into two groups, by the remarkable circumstance that

some of them have the extremities of those projecting lobes into

which they are divided open, others closed. The latter I distin-

guish as the sectional division Operti, the former as Aperti.

I shall hereafter point out the minor modifications accompa-

nying these more striking ones, and endeavour to show the final

purposes of the respective modifications themselves.

It will of course be well understood that, as in every class of

fossil forms the exact determination of the species of individual

specimens is often difficult, frequently impossible, such must

sometimes be the case with respect to the Ventriculidz. The con-

ditions under which they are found render them peculiarly hable

to this difficulty ; and the inexperienced observer who has not

yet learned to distinguish that which is a mere cast* from a speci-

men in which some of the actual body is preserved,—a task of

no slight difficulty, and only to be successfully undertaken after

acquiring a full knowledge of structure,—-will often find himself

baffled in the attempt at specific identification. Hence the

importance of attention to those sectional and generic characters

already noticed, and which he will rarely be unable to distinguish.

These broad modifications, and the respective relations thereto

* Michelin’s Ocellaria grandipora, p|.40.3a& 3b, is a mere cast of external

and internal surfaces. The imperfection and indefiniteness of almost all the

figures yet published have been already noticed (ante, vol. xx. p. 78-80). It

would therefore be a useless attempt to endeavour to identify them. Ob-

jects of this class require to be well understood before they can be truth-

fully represented by figures. The figures of Dr. Mantell are no exception

to this remark, as they only give the broad external characters of one species

(which they however do) without any indication of the mode of fold of the

membrane which gives rise to those characters, and the very existence of

which membrane Dr. Mantell denies.

48 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk.

of the minor modifications, will be the better understood from

the following table of classification, in which I have arranged the

species belonging to each genus in such relative position as should

best display the transition from one general character of folding

to another, and thus gradually realize the true relations existing

between the very different forms which lie at the two extremes.

Class MOLLUSCA TUNICATA *,

Order Potyzoa F.

Family Venrricutipz.

Ventricutites, Mant. Cepuatires. Bracuiouites.

ag § a. ANNULATI. § a. Overt.

1 incl 1. longitudinalis. 1. tuberosus.

ms “ph ean 2. guttatus. 2. elegans.

; od Aart ee 3. paradoxus. 3. convolutus,

3. quincuncialis. 4. alterna 4. angularis,

4. muricatus. 5 hullataa rae

“Y peboopasega 6. retrusus. § abi

7 rath 7. catenifer. 1. foliaceus.

Be rkecbeg 4 Var. anoulatus. 2. racemosus,

§ b. Compuicatt. 8. compressus. r fa ene

1. mammillaris. § 6. Dinaratt. Si feneaueiands

2. latiplicatus. 1. capitatus. 6. labrosus.

8. decurrens. 2. campanulatus. 7. protensus,

Var.tenuiplicatus. 3. constrictus.

4. radiatus, Mantell. 4, perforatus.

5. bicomplicatus.

* It is quite beyond my present purpose to discuss the exact position of

the Polyzoa. The main truth of Professor E. Forbes’s opinion is however

so generally recognized, that I am justified in the above designation of class,

which must always be felt to be an important element in giving vitality to

a classification. Professor Forbes says, ‘The anatomical structure of the

Ascidioida or Bryozoa removes them altogether from the class of Zoophyta

into that of Mollusca, where they should form an order of Mollusca tunicata

parallel with the group of compound Tunicata of which Bofryllus and such

forms are examples.”—Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. p.390. See

Owen’s Lect. on Comp. Anat. I. pp. 100 and 269, 270; Van Beneden, Re-

cherches sur les Bryozaires, p. 37; Johnston’s British Zoophytes, p. 2.

(See also Thompson and Farre.) The actual and important distinctions are

noticed by the last writer, p. 256; and the vast superiority in vital activity

of the Polyzoa to the Ascidians, is well pointed out by Sir J. G. Dalyell (ut

ante) pp. 229, 230. I have heretofore used the general term “ zoophytes ””

in conformity, as already intimated (vol. xx. p. 190), to what is at present

the ordinary language of authors, and a departure from which would,

therefore, have caused ambiguity and unnecessary confusion.

+ Thompson; Bryozoa, Ehrenberg; Ciliobrachiata, Farre.

[To be continued.]

Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany. 49

_ V.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 1.

By Arnruur Henrrey, F.LS. &cewe :

Recent researches into the origin and development of the Vegetable

Embryo.

_ Tuts “vexed question,” on which botanists in general have of

_ late years been unable to form a satisfactory opinion, so contra-

_ dictory and well-balanced has been the evidence for the various

_ hypotheses, appears now somewhat nearer to a decisive settlement,

_ since within the last year we have had no less than four elaborate

_ and comprehensive essays presented to us, detailing the whole

series of changes which the ovule passes through, from the open-

ing of the bud to the ripening of the seed. When the names of

_ Amici and Von Mohl appear as the authors of two of these papers,

_ it will be understood how important these new investigations are ;

and the fact of the agreement of all four inter se, excepting in

some trivial points, and the possibility of reconciling their results

with the appearances which have presented themselves to authors

holding different views, will probably cause them to be regarded

as tolerably conclusive. The great result at which all these

- recent writers have arrived is, that Schleiden’s statement, that

_ the end of the pollen-tube becomes the embryo, is incorrect, and

that the old opinion, which regarded the pollen as the source of

a fertilizing matter necessary to stimulate the embryo-sac to the

development of the germ of the future plant, is true; the pollen-

_ tube being consequently merely the agent for the conveyance of

the fertilizing matter through the style and the foramina of the

ovule, having its progress arrested upon the outside of the wall

_ of the embryo-sac, through which and the membrane of the

7 — itself the fecundating fluid is supposed to be im-

ibed.

The few remarks which it may be necessary for the reporter

_ to make on the relations of these investigations to preceding ob-

servations, will be most conveniently reserved till after a general

account of them has been laid before the reader.

The first paper we meet with is one read by Prof. Amici before

_ the Italian Congress at Genoa in 1846. Our knowledge of it is

derived from German and French translations*.

In the first instance the author refers to some observations

_ previously made public upon Cucurbita Pepo, in which he showed

that the pollen-tube penetrates mto the neck or summit of the

— nucleus to a certain depth, but never into the embryonal vesiclet,

_ * On the Fertilization of Orchidacee, by Prof. J. B. Amici, Giornale Bo-

_ |tanico Italiano, di Filippo Parlatore. (Transl. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér, vii.

193, April 1847 ; and by Von Mohl, Bot. Zeitung, May 21 & 28, 1847.)

+ By embryonal vesicle Prof. Amici signifies the embryo-sac, and this must

_ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i.

50 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

which pre-exists and is visible in the nucleus before the intro-—

duction of the pollen-tubes into the ovules. Probably the im-

pregnation is" effected by the passage of the fertilizing fluid

through the membrane of the embryonal vesicle, this fluid being

conducted to or deposited in the vicinity, or even on the surface

of the latter. It is certain that the vesicle only acquires the

power of development after the pollen-tubes have penetrated

the coats of the ovule, and poured out the fluid which they con-

tain upon it; it dies without having shown any signs of growth

when it is not moistened by the fertilizing fluid,

The subsequent development of the embryonal vesicle shows

itself first towards the base ; that is, at the point opposite to where

the pollen-tube acts. All trace of this tube has disappeared by

the time the enlarged embryonal vesicle begins to multiply its

cells ; these become enlarged, particularly toward the base of the

nucleus, finally reaching its walls, thus entirely filling its cavity,

and even causing its rupture. The form which the embryonal

vesicle ulteriorly assumes in the course of development is that of

a constricted sac (the embryo-sac), within which, at the summit,

many days after the epoch of fertilization, a greenish body makes

its appearance, which is the true embryo of the new plant.

From these facts, which are constant, it follows that the pollen-

tube is not transformed into the embryonal vesicle*, because the

latter exists already in the unfecundated ovule: still less is the

pollen-tube developed into the embryo, for the embryo is not

produced till long after, when the vesicle, very much enlarged,

has become the embryo-sac. Moreover, the embryo is visible

long before its diameter is equal to that of a pollen-tube, so that

this latter cannot have become converted into it.

“Tn reference to Cucurbita Pepo therefore,” says Amici, “I could

be certain that Schleiden’s theory was incorrect, and, microscope

in hand, offer direct demonstration. Analogy led me to believe

that in other plants, where the action of pollen is necessary to

fecundation, the opinion of the German botanist was inadmissible;

and I was the more strengthened in this conclusion, that in my

numerous earlier researches in other plants, I had never seen the

pollen-tube either lodge itself in the embryonal yesicle when the

latter existed before fertilization, or itself become the embryonal

vesicle.”

After stating that although he had not extended his observa-

tions to the families Orchidacee and Asclepiadacea, he was induced

not be confounded with the germinal vesicle, which is the first cell of the

embryo.—Rep.

* "There is some confusion in the translations here : in the French this is

given vésicule embryonnaire; but Prof. Mohl uses the term Keimbléschen

(germinal vesicle), with the synonym vesichetia germinativa.—Rep.

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 51

to presume, from his knowledge of the researches of MM. Brown

and Ad. Brongniart, that there was no essential difference in the

mode of fertilization in these families, M. Amici goes on to say

_ that he considered new researches necessary to the confirmation

_ of his conjectures, and this more than ever after the publication

_ of the supplemental note of Mr. Brown, in which the “mucous

_ tubes,” instead of being regarded as pollen-tubes, were stated to

_ be apparently distinct from them, although engendered or pro-

_ duced by their influence. If this last statement were incontest-

able, not only would Schleiden’s theory be totally overturned,

_ but Amici’s idea, that the elongation and penetration of the

_ pollen-tube into the coats of the ovule is a general law, would be

_ devoid of ground.

_ The want of means and leisure had prevented the prosecution

of his researches on this subject until the publication of Gaspa-

_ rini’s observations on Cytinus hypocystis revived M. Amici’s desire

_ to determine these points, and he commenced a minute investi-

gation of the organs of fructification of the Orchidaceae. These

_ have confirmed him in the earlier opinion of Mr. Brown, and he

regards the strings of tubes descending into the ovary as really

_ bundles of pollen-tubes. He has moreover been able to deter-

_ mine the precise state of the ovule before the arrival of the pollen-

_ tube; then, how the latter penetrates the coats and behaves in

_ relation to the embryonal vesicle ; and lastly, observed the imme-

- diate changes which follow, in the ovule, the introduction of the

_ pollen-tube. All these go to support his former observations,

and exclude the idea of the conversion of the extremity of the

_ pollen-tube into the embryo.

In the first place is offered the evidence on which he founds

_ the opinion that the six bundles or cords of tubes descending into

_ the ovary are prolonged pollen-tubes. Regarding the description

_ of the appearance and course of these tubes, given by Mr.

_ Brown, as altogether agreeing with the characters of pollen-tubes

in other phanerogamous plants, it only remained to determine

_ the identity of the pollen-tubes attached to their granules, and

entangled in the thickness of the stigma, with the other tubes

of a supposed different origin, and (hypothetically) produced in

_ the immediate vicinity of the former ; this identity was established

_ Several times by compressing the stigma between two glass plates,

and observing that the tubes were continuous with each other.

The slight peculiar characters proposed to be founded on the

eoagulations, &c. in the “mucoustubes,” Amici considers valueless

for distinguishing them from pollen-tubes ; these coagulations,

sometimes interruptions of the continuity of their cavities, being

eonsequent on the gradual withering of the layers of the stigma

_ and style, which interferes with the communication with the parts

ha 4-«

52 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

above, and the upper part of the tubes thus remains destitute of

granular matter or fertilizing fluid, because the latter is alwa

carried toward their lower extremities. To the objection that the —

tubes are too numerous to be produced from the pollen-grains,

the author opposes the fact of the enormous number of granules

contained in the pollen-masses ; for instance, in Orehis Morio the

two principal pollen-masses contain each no less than 200 secon-

dary masses ; and the latter, which when compressed divide into

granules united in fours, individually present more than 300

orifices from which pollen-tubes may be emitted; consequently

in all no less than 120,000 tubes may be produced. Again, in

Orchis abortiva the moistened point of a needle will take up

several thousand of the simple spherical pollen-grains, and in

this species the progress of the pollen-tubes along the conducting

tissue of the female organ may be easily followed, affording con-

viction that the mucous cords are neither more nor less than

prolongations of them.

With regard to changes of relative position of the parts of the

ovule in the ovary occurring before the period of fertilization, the

author does not consider it worth while in the present day to

stop to discuss them, since it is known that in whatever direction

the orifices of the coats of the ovule point, the ovules may be fer-

tilized by filaments floating freely in the cavity of the ovary. He

notices that M. Brongniart found instances of this in Helian-

themum niloticum and egyptiacum, without however recognizing

the free filaments to be pollen-tubes; and he himself has seen’

similar filaments free in the ovary of Cresta gialla*, which pos-

sesses no conducting tissue.

The first researches of Professor Amici on the Orchidacee were

made on Orchis Morio. At the period when the corolla expands,

the ovule is so far developed, that the testa, the tegmen and the

nucleus, or the primine, secundine and nucleus, may be distin-

guished; the latter consists of a large central utricle inclosed in

a layer of smaller cells; it resembles an acorn, the teguments

representing the cupule.

Subsequently this cellular layer or membrane which clothes the

nucleus opens like a tulip, and the nucleus, consisting of a simple

cell, remains wholly uncovered, so that a granular fluid collected

toward the apex may be seen in its interior. It might be sup-

posed that this exposure of the nucleus indicates the fitting mo-

ment for fertilization, but this is yet far distant.

When the flower has begun to wither, a new transformation

has taken place in the ovule. The testa and tegmen have in-

* Cresta gialla is translated Cockscomb, with a query, by Prof. Von Mohl.

In the Ann. des Sc. Nat. it is considered as Rhinanthus erista galli. It

seems most probable that Ce/osia cristata is the plant in question.—Rep.

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 53

creased in size; the tegmen still projects beyond the testa, but

| the nucleus is covered by both membranes, and has not percep-

| tibly enlarged. But the granular fluid formerly collected at its

| upper extremity has become converted into a cell, which is the

} embryonal vesicle (vesichetta embryonale), and is filled with a

- similar fluid. ‘

_ Another epoch succeeds the withering of the flower. The

} stigma (or stigmata, for there are three) show by their decay that

_ they are dead. The pollen-mass has already acted upon them ;

the pollen-tubes, after having traversed their tissue and that of

the style, have become prolonged into the evidently enlarged

} ovary. The ovule has equally undergone a change; the tegmen

_ no longer projects beyond the testa; it is contained within it.

} The nucleus retains its relative situation within the tegmen, and

_ the embryonal vesicle, which is always adherent to its upper end,

_ exhibits the granular fluid, previously distributed throughout its

cavity, collected toward its base. [Prof. Von Mohl, in his trans-

_ lation, here explains that the author, by the apex of the embry-

onal vesicle, signifies the end corresponding to the apex of the

nucleus; and by the base, the end hanging free in the nucleus ;

_ an explanation rendered necessary by the anatropous condition

_ of the ovyule.] The ovule is now exactly in the condition to re-

_ ceive the influence of the pollen. The pollen-tube enters by the

| orifice of the testa, and its progress into the interior of this first

_ coat is as visible as though no membrane intervened ; its passage

_ through the canal of the tegmen is not always so clear, for either

_ from an actual narrowing of the canal, or from an optical illusion

_ resulting from the cylindrical form of the cells of the tegmen

_ which bound it, the diameter of the tube appears to be much

_ diminished. But there can be no doubt of its prolongation when

_ its extremity is clearly seen to pass out from the narrow canal of

_ the tegmen and into the cavity of the nucleus. The question

_ now is, does it push back the pre-existing embryonal vesicle in

order to enter its cavity? To this Prof. Amici replies, most de-

cidedly, no, The pollen-tube merely comes in contact with the

_ | side of the upper part of the embryonal vesicle, and remains ad-

_ herent to it, finally withering and disappearing. The end of the

_ pollen-tube, filled with a greenish and granular fluid, contrasts

_ distinctly with the embryonal vesicle, which in the upper part,

_ where it is in contact with the tube, is filled with a limpid fluid ;

_ while below, where the pollen-tube never reaches, it contains a

_ white granular fluid. This condition of the circumstances, the

author says, is so constant, that he can tell at a glance whether

an ovule has been fertilized or not. Whenever the embryonal

_ vesicle presented itself with the pollinic appendix just spoken of,

he was certain of finding the tube engaged in the coats of the

54 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

ovule, while he never met with it when the appendix was —

wanting.

After fertilization, the granular white fluid contained in the

embryonal vesicle becomes condensed, and appears evidently

contained in a new cell, which shortly after subdivides into several

;

others filled with granules; then these become extremely multi- —

plied, and thus form the embryo which by degrees comes to |

occupy the whole of the cavity of the nucleus. At the same time, —

the other portion of the embryonal vesicle, that which was in

contact with the pollen-tube, becomes elongated upward, dividing —

likewise into cells, but into cells which are transparent and situ- —

ated one above another, so as to form a large confervoid filament ; ©

this traversing in the opposite direction the course followed by —

the pollen-tube, enlarges and passes through the orifices of the |

tegmen and testa, and becomes prolonged even into the interior

of the placenta (observed in Orchis mascula).

The pollen-tube usually disappears during this period, but

occasionally it may still be seen with its extremity in situ, even —

_after the cells of the embryo have been multiplied. It is not rare —

to find it in this condition in Orchis abortiva, and the author has —

once observed it persistent even to the period when the repro- —

ductive body had filled the whole cavity of the nucleus.

Orchis abortiva is better adapted for these observations than —

O. Morio, and particularly for observing the introduction of the —

pollen-tube into the orifice of the tegmen, since in this species —

the state of the ovule at the epoch of fertilization is such that —

the testa only covers the lower half of the tegmen and nucleus. —

O. maculata appeared a less favourable subject than O. Morio, —

but it afforded proofs that the phenomena were identical im the —

two species. The author imagines that O. pyramidalis would

{

offer great facilities for these researches, as the ovule appeared to —

him to be extraordinarily transparent ; he was unable to followits —

entire development, having only at handasingle withered specimen. —

Prof. Amici states directly that he is unable to say what is the —

real action of the pollen-tube upon the ovule in impregnation. ©

However he considers it probable, although it cannot be demon- —

strated, that the subtile fiuid of the pollen-tube filtrates through —

the membranes into the interior of the embryonal vesicle, and —

that the mixture of the fluids of the male and female organs con- —

stitutes the organizable substance. It is also possible that the —

generative power resides in the membrane of the embryonal —

vesicle, and that the imbibition of the liquid brought by the —

pollen is necessary to set this power in action. Other explana- —

tions of the phenomena might be offered, the author says, but it

is not his intention to give himself up to speculation, to lose

himself in the field of hypotheses. He adds merely one fact,

beet ge ees

i aes ae

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 55

_ namely, that in his numerous investigations he has never found

_ more than one pollinic filament within the nucleus, although he

has several times met with two embryonal vesicles, and eonse-

_ quently two embryos fertilized by a single tube.

__ Prof. Von Mohl* has published an account of his elaborate in-

_ vestigations on this subject made during the spring of 1847, his

attention having been newly directed to it by the observations of

_ Amici above-related. They agree almost perfectly with the latter,

_ but considering the interest attaching to the inquiry, it may be

as well to give an account of the points not fully described by

Prof. Amici, and the slight discrepancies which exist between the

accounts given by the two observers.

Prof. Von Mohl states that the pollen-tubes are easily distin-

guished from the cells of the conducting tissue of the style by

their greater length and their much smaller diameter; that of

the pollen-tubes being on an average ;45th of a millimetre, that

of the cells of the tissue of the style ;',th ; and he states that the

“ mucous tubes” of Mr. Brown are certainly the pollen-tubes,

About the fourth to the sixth day the ovary has become twice or

thrice as large as at the time of the expansion of the flower ; the

_ ovule has become greatly inclined, and the coats of the ovule have

_ grown, tke inner some distance upward on the nucleus, the outer

not so far as the inner. The nucleus has become enlarged up-

ward in a clavate form; the embryo-sac is relatively much in-

creased in size, so that the cells which form the outer layer of

the nucleus are flattened, and form a comparatively thin invest-

ment to the embryo-sac which they inclose.

In about seven or eight days the ovule is perfectly anatropous ;

the inner coat has become much longer than the nucleus, and the

outer coat attained a length about equal to the latter. The nu-

cleus possesses essentially the same structure as before.

In this last observation there is a disagreement with Amici’s,

since he says that the outer layer of the nucleus opens by the

separation of its cells, before the coats of the ovule grow over the

nucleus. This Von Mohl could not detect; on the contrary, he

perceived the outer cells forming an envelope to the embryo-sae

up to the tenth or twelfth day. During this time the embryo-

sac has become much enlarged, and its former polyhedral form

changed into an ovate. Its cavity is no longer, as before, per-

fectly filled with protoplasm, but a space filled with watery fluid

has formed in the midst, and the protoplasm principally accu-

mulated at the two ends of the embryo-sac, particularly at the

upper. The coats have by this time become very much larger

_ in proportion to the nucleus; the inner projects a good way be-

* Ueber die Entwicklung des Embryo von Orchis Morio.—Botan, Zeit.,

July 2, 1847,

56 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany : .

yond its apex; the border of its mouth is swollen into a kind of

roll, and the canal leading from it to the nucleus has begun to

diminish in diameter. The outer coat begins to elongate down-

ward from the lower end of the ovule in the form of an obtuse

hollow spur. The pollen-tubes have by this time reached the

lower end of the placenta.

About the end of the second week the embryo-sac has wholly

displaced the outer cellular layer of the upper and larger half of

the nucleus. How this occurs the author could not clearly

make out, and he leaves undetermined whether these cells are

compressed gradually until their cavities are obliterated, and

whether their membrane finally becomes blended with the em-

bryo-sac or is absorbed. The outer coat now projects beyond

the inner, and the canal of the latter becomes sensibly narrower,

the mouth of the outer coat still continuing widely open. The

pollen-tubes form a dense interlacement of curling filaments

with knot-like swellings upon the placenta; their diameter is

from ++ 7 to 75 millim.

The external form of the ovule remains henceforward without

much alteration, but a series of changes of the highest import-

ance now ensues in the contents of the embryo-sac. The mass

of protoplasm collected at the upper end, which hitherto appeared

in the form of a simple deposit in the interior of the wall of the

upper part of the cell, begins to separate into three masses,

rounded below, connected together above. These masses are the

first traces of the formation of three contiguous cells ; the nucleoli

of each of these cell-nuclei can be distinctly seen before any trace

of their membrane is visible. No sharp line of demarcation be-

tween the nuclei themselves, or between them and the proto-

plasm, can originally be detected; this is either because the

nucleus is subsequently formed by a firmer union of a portion of

the protoplasm, or its substance differs so little from the sur-

rounding protoplasm in optical qualities, that the line of division

escapes the eye. The conversion of these masses of protoplasm

-into ovate cells, which become enlarged downward to reach about

the middle of the embryo-sac, takes place rapidly; the author

states that he has reason to assume that this change takes place,

as a rule, in twenty-four hours. In proportion as these cells be-

come elongated downward, the protoplasm contained within them,

enveloping their nuclei and originally occupying their entire

_cavity, is drawn downward toward the lower end ; that is, the end

turned away from the apex of the nucleus. :

This is the epoch when the pollen-tubes, which proceed from

the placentas in a very tortuous manner, enter the mouth of the

ovule, and now, Prof. Von Mohl says, “the more difficult part of

the investigation begins.” The pollen-tubes are easily followed

Origin and Development of the Vegetalle Embryo. 57

through the canal of the outer coat, but it is very difficult to

trace them (as Amici also remarks) through the very narrow canal

of the inner coat. The pollen-tubes must not only become di-

minished to a third or a fourth of their former diameter, but the

refraction of the light in the cylindrical cells of the inner coat

greatly interferes with distinct vision of its form. Some assist-

ance is obtained by a very slight compression of the object, which

is also necessary to expel air-bubbles which remain between the

coats and in the canal of the inner coat, when the ovule is viewed

in water; and a microscope of the sharpest defining power is

very desirable. A magnifying power of 200 diameters suffices,

if its lenses be perfectly corrected. The lower end of the pollen-

tube reaches the rounded apex of the embryo-sac, and turns

toward the side to run a short distance sideways upon it. This

of course can only be seen when a side view is obtained; if the

sae lies above or below the embryo-sac, as the observer

ooks down upon it, he may easily imagine that it is in the interior

of the embryo-sac. The circumstance that the pollen-tube follows

the curved surface of the embryo-sac well supports the conclusion

that it lies upon the outer side of the latter, and runs between

its membrane and the inner coat of the ovule. The lower end

of the pollen-tube swells up considerably in a clavate form, and

then projects, especially at a somewhat later period, a good way

into the embryo-sac, probably on account of the pressure it ex-

periences from the coat of the ovule. The next phenomenon is

a change in the interior of the lower end of the pollen-tube and

its inferior clavate expansion; they no longer contain, like’ the

upper part of the pollen-tube, a clear fluid in which granules

are intermixed, and which has not the most distant resemblance

to a tissue on the eve of development, or a protoplasm destined

to the production of cells; they now exhibit a coagulated, gru-

mous mass, of a greenish-yellow colour. That this mass results

from the transformation of the fluid contained in the pollen-tube

is evident, from the fact that in certain cases the contents of that

part of the pollen-tube outside the mouth of the ovule acquire a

similar peculiarity. This coagulated condition of the contents of

the lower end of the pollen-tube caused the author to feel doubt-

ful at this stage of his inquiry as to the real point of origin of the

embryo, since it seemed possible that this lower end of the pollen-

tube was about to become developed into it.

One of the three cells lying at the upper end of the embryo-

sac now begins to grow; in rare cases a second follows it in a

similar development. The protoplasm of this cell is, as will be

remembered, collected at the lower end ; in ashort time a trans-

verse septum is formed; a second and two more quickly fol-

58 Mr, A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

low, so that this cell (the germinal vesicle) is thus changed into

an ovate body composed of three or four cells lying one above

another. Of these secondary cells the two situated at the two

rounded extremities are of greater diameter than those lying in

the middle. Each of them contains a nucleus.

. Contemporaneously with the growth and division of the ger-

minal vesicle, the protoplasm collected at the base of the embryo-

sac forms itself into an irregular mass of roundish parenchymatous

cells, of which some frequently project into the central unoccupied

space of the embryo-sac, and even come in contact with the lower

end of the germinal body. In the course of the next two or

three days the germinal body increases in size so much that it

gradually comes to occupy the whole embryo-sac, displacing the

cells contained in its lower end ; its diameter is now about 4th

of a millimetre. At the same time a longitudinal septum is

formed in the lowest cell of the germinal body, and soon after

in the next above it.

The lower end of the pollen-tube, the swollen, blind extremity

of which is about +3, of a millimetre in diameter, undergoes no

change during this time.

The lower cells produced by the division of the germinal ve-

sicle grow faster than the upper, so that the form of the struc-

ture is changed from ovate to clavate, the larger end downward.

The cells of the upper end now grow upward and form trans-

verse septa, finally passing out through the canals and the mouth

of the ovule, as described by Amici, in the shape of a confervoid

filament or articulated hair. Originally the end of the pollen-

tube lies beside this, so that they cannot be mistaken one for the

other. Simultaneously the cells of the lower end multiply and

form an enlarged body, the cells of which are filled with a dense

mass of granules; this opake cellular nucleus is of course the

embryo. The hair-like prolongation of the upper end is distin-

guished both by its cylindrical form and the transparency of its

cells, which merely contain watery fluid with a small quantity of

finely granular protoplasm and a cell-nucleus. When the ger-

_ minal vesicle has thus become developed into the embryo and its

filamentous appendages, the pollen-tube disappears, apparently

by absorption. At the time when the filamentous appendage

becomes elongated, a deposit of spiral fibres occurs in the cells of

the outer coat of the ovule, and the seed proceeds rapidly toward

maturation.

Comparing these observations with Amici’s, it will be seen that

they only differ in one point of very small importance, which re-

fers to the mode in which the embryo-sac displaces the nucleus.

Prof. Von Mohl deduces from them the conclusion, “ that we must

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 59

consider the pollen-grain, not as the ovule of the plant, but as its

fertilizing organ ; that Schleiden’s theory of vegetable impregnation

ts false.”

He considers these observations as a complete proof of this

proposition, since he worked with such care and perseverance

that he ventures to consider them incontestable. They refer toa

single species alone, and this of a family possessing many pecu-

liarities, but he believes that every one will agree with him in

idea that the process of fecundation is essentially the same in all

Phanerogamous plants, that is, in reference to the question whe-

ther the pollen-grain or the ovule produces the embryo—what-

ever modifications of the minor points may occur in different

families. At the end of his memoir the author offers some spe-

culations which have arisen out of the foregoing observations.

He asks whether the three germinal vesicles which are formed in

the upper end of the embryo-sac may not be identical in their

nature with R. Brown’s corpuscula in the Conifere: the chief

difference between them appears to be, that in the Orchidacee

the suspensor (the filamentous elongation) consists of a single

row of cells and takes a backward course, breaking through the

nucleus and growing out into the seed, the embryo remaining in its

place ; while in the Conifere the suspensor is composed of several

rows of cells and breaks through the embryonal vesicle below, so

that the growing embryo at its lower extremity attains its fuller

development outside the embryonal vesicle*.

K. Miiller + has followed the development of ovules in a num-

ber of plants; he gives a minute account of his observations on

Orchis Morio, Monotropa Hypopitys, Begonia cucullata and Ela-

tine alsinoides. He fully confirms the statements of Amici and

Mohl with regard to O. Morio, the only point of difference being

that he could never see the end of the pollen-tube filled with

green matter as above described. Otherwise he traced the pollen-

tube through the foramina of the coats and saw it lying on the

side of the summit of the embryo-sac. His researches in O. la-

tifolia, paludosa, maculata, militaris, Platanthera bifolia and

Ophrys ovata yielded similar results. In all these the embryo

was produced from the lower cell of the series produced from the

germinal vesicle. In Monotropa the pollen-tube is applied di-

rectly to the apex of the embryo-sac, and the embryo is here

* It appears to me that this parallel is not well-grounded: have not the

corpuscula of the Conifere rather the import of embryo-sacs, like those

of Viscum, than of germinal vesicles? This is the opinion of Schleiden.—

Rep.

+ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pflanzen-embryo, von Karl

Miiller.— Botanische Zeitung, Oct, 15, 22 and 29, 1847.

60 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

developed out of the middle cells of the series, and thus presents

two appendages at a certain stage.

Begonia cucullata offered a very favourable opportunity for the

investigation, from the great transparency of the cells of the coats.

Here Miiller states that he is certain that the germinal vesicle is

formed by a cytoblast in the cavity of the embryo-sac. In Ela-

tine alsinoides the coats of the ovule are so much developed that

it becomes necessary to make a section of the ovule to see what

goes on in the embryo-sac. In this plant again the fertilization

was found to occur precisely as in the preceding species—the pro-

gress of the phenomena is here exceedingly rapid. In Epilobium

angustifolium the embryo was found to be developed in the same

manner, but the author could not trace the pollen-tube to the

embryo-sac, a section of the ovule being necessary here also.

W. Hofmeister* has published an account of a series of obser-

vations on the impregnation of the Cinotherea, his examples being

Godetia quadrivalvum, G. rubicunda, Ginothera longiflora, GE. Sel-

lowii and Boisduvallia concinna. His results are in perfect ac-

cordance with those already noticed as to the real operation of

the pollen-tube upon the embryo-sac ; he finds that the pollen-

tube does push it inwards a little distance in some instances

where the embryo-sac is very delicate, in other cases it is itself

distorted by the resistance of the embryo-sac.

The first phenomenon which presents itself in the embryo-sae

is an accumulation of the protoplasm at the micropyle end of the

embryo-sac, and in this we soon find from two to four free cell-

nuclei. Round one of these nuclei (cytoblasts) a cell forms, which

is the germinal vesicle; a second is next produced, which some-

times divides into two. From one of these the embryo is deve-

loped ; and that this is the case, and that the end of the pollen-

tube does not become the embryo, is the more certain, since at the

time of fertilization the pollen-tube and embryo-sae are so firm

that they may be separated with a needle under the microscope ;

the fertilizing matter must therefore pass through three mem-

branes, viz. those of the pollen-tube, of the embryo-sac, and of

the germinal vesicle itself.

In Godetia traces of the pollen-tube were found even in the

ripe seed, and during the progress of the development of the em-

bryo here the pollen-tube branches as it lies in the canal of the

inner coat of the ovule, while the cellular layer around the em-

bryo-sac has been absorbed, so that the latter with the contained

embryo lies free in the ovule.

* Untersuchungen des Vorgangs bei der Befructung der Ginotheren, von

W. Hofmeister— Botanische Zeitung, Nov. 5, 1847.

Se ME

ip i ea alc

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 61

From the preceding statements we gather the following gene-

ral statement of the process of impregnation.

At the period of the opening of the flower the embryo-sac ex-

ists, and at its upper (micropyle) end one or more cells (germinal

vesicles) are produced from cytoblasts. The pollen-tube makes

its way down the style into the ovary, and finally through the

foramina of the coats of the ovule, and comes in contact with the

embryo-sac ; here it either applies itself immediately upon the

apex or proceeds a little way further, so as to lie rather on the

side of the apex of the embryo-sac. Hereupon (and probably as

a result of the imbibition of the fluid of the pollen-tube through

the membranes) the cell, or one of them if there are more, lying

in the embryo-sac, begins to develope, and in course of time

produces the embryo.

We may glance at the evidence to be obtained from the accounts

given by authors who deduce conclusions different from the above.

Meyen* believed that the phenomena presented themselves with

two modifications ; the first where the embryo-sac evidently exists

before impregnation, and the second where, as he believed, this

is wanting at that period. The latter modification, where he said

' that the germinal vesicle is produced by the end of the pollen-

tube, cannot be brought into relation with the theory under exa-

mination, but the latter presents some points of resemblance. In

this case he stated that the pollen-tube comes in contact with

the embryo-sac and becomes united with it, and then the ger-

minal vesicle makes its appearance in the embryo-sac. But in

one instance which he figured, namely in Mesembryanthemum glo-

meratum+, he confessed that the absorption of the membranes

separating the cavities of the pollen-tube and embryo-sac was an

assumption, and the figure in question exactly resembles Miiller’s

representation of the phenomenon, the pollen-tube lying rather to

the side of the summit of the embryo-sac. If we could believe

that he was mistaken in supposing that an actual union of the

embryo-sac and pollen-tube took place (and in such investiga-

tions graver errors are easily fallen into), the only point of differ-

ence would be with regard to the period when the germinal vesicle

is first produced.

In reference to Schleiden’s opinions, the view which he first

promulgated was that the pollen-tube pushed the summit of the

embryo-sac before it and became invested by it, but in the last

edition of his ‘ Grundziige}’, he admits the possibility in certain

cases of the actual entrance of the pollen-tube into the embryo-

* Pflanzen-physiologie, vol. iii.

4+ Op. cit. vol, iii. pl. xiii. figs. 46, 47.

$} Grundz. des Wiss. Botanik, 2nd edit. ii. 366.

62 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland.

sac, in the manner which is described by Gelesnow*; and the

figures to his own memoirs do not always show the depression of

the summit of the embryo-sac, but exactly resemble the condi-

tion which is figured by Miiller from Monotropa and Begonia,

where the pollen-tube is applied upon the apex of the ere -

sac and lies in a line with the embryo. Here his statement, that

he has drawn out the pollen-tube from the embryo-sae, with the

embryo at its extremity, must be set against Hofmeister’s affir-

mation that he has detached the pollen-tube from the apex of the

embryo-sac without disturbing the germinal vesicle.

Finally, the whole question now appears to be narrowed to the

determination of the point, whether the germinal vesicle does

actually exist before impregnation, since if that can be proved,

all appearances yet observed may be reconciled, by allowing for

very slight errors in interpreting and delineating them. Amiei

does not express himself very distinctly on this point, but the

other three papers which have just been investigated, added to

the opinions of Brongniart+ and Mirbelt, will probably satisfy

many upon this point.

P.S.—Since the above was written I have found that L. R.

Tulasne§ has given a brief résumé of some researches into the

embryogeny of Veronica hederefolia, triphyllos and precoxr. Ac-

cording to his statements, the pollen-tube here actually perforates

the embryo-sac and lies within it; the end of the pollen-tube be-

comes the embryo and at no period can any germinal vesicle be

distinguished. These observations therefore go to support the

modified views of Schleiden, but until they are more distinetly

detailed by their author, their true value can hardly be estimated.

VI.— Additions to the Fauna of Ireland\|. By Wiix1am

Tuompson, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast.

AVEs.

Bridled Guillemot, Uria leucophthalmos, Faber.

—-— lacrymans, Valenc., Gould, Yarrell.

A communication from Richard Chute, Esq., of Blennerville, county

of Kerry, dated Feb. 26, 1846, informed me of his having once shot

this bird at Dingle.

* Botanisch. Zeitung, i. 841.

+ Mem. sur la génération de l’embryon, &c., Paris, 1827.

¢ Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2° sér. xi. 200 and 381.

§ Comptes Rendus, June 14, 1847. :

|| This short communication was intended to be supplementary to two

papers on the same subject in the 20th volume, but was too late in being

forwarded for that purpose.

Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. 63

PIscEs.

“ Syngnathus ophidion, Linn.,” Yarr. Brit. Fish. v.ii. 447, 2nd edit

A specimen taken in the dredge with oysters, at Killinchy, Strang-

_ ford lough, in October last, happened fortunately to be brought

_ with them to Belfast market, where I procuredit. Its length is eleven

_ inches; the characters all as described by Yarrell. After being pre-

served in spirits for some weeks its colours are a mixture of very

pale bluish and brownish olive, with a fine black interrupted or non-

- continuous line along the back from the head to the dorsal fin :—

_ whitish spots along the medial line.

Mo .uvsca.

Idalia aspersa, Ald. & Hane. Brit. Nudib. Moll. part 1. pl. 26.

One of this species, hitherto only known from a single individual

procured on the coast of Northumberland by the authors referred to,

was dredged in about seven fathoms water off Bray Head (county of

Wicklow) last July by Mr. R. Ball. When living it is said to have

been somewhat of a dull rosy hue. The specimen is now (probably

being contracted in spirits) five lines in length: it was submitted to

Mr. Alder’s imspection.

Tellina pygmea, Phil. MS.; Lovén, Index Moll. Scandinavie,

p- 42 (1846).

Specimens procured on the coast of Cork by Mr. John D. Hum-

phreys are—as Mr. S. Hanley informs me—in Mr. Jeffreys’s collec-

tion at Swansea.

Ascidia tubularis, Mill. Zool. Dan. iv. p. 12. t. 130. f. 3.

One of this species, about twice the size of that represented in the

*‘ Zoologia Danica,’ was dredged from pure sand at about six fathoms

depth in Ballyhome bay, co. Down, in July 1846 (Mr. Hyndman

& W.T.). Professor E. Forbes, to whom the species was previously

known, says that it is common in the Hebrides.

Ascidia grossularia, Van Beneden, Recher. Ascid. Simples, pl. 4.

Ras

This species, defined as having the “test corné, presque lisse, de

couleur rouge,” and being always known by its bright red colour, of

which the vitellus also is, was found in abundance on oysters at Brit-

lingsee by its describer. What I consider to be the same species is

likewise abundant on shells, stones, and occasionally on Laminaria,

dredged from a few fathoms depth on the north-east coast of Ireland.

It seems to me identical with what is represented in the ‘ Zoologia

Danica,’ vol. i. p. 15. t. 15. f. 38, as the young state of Asc. rustica

(previously noticed by me in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 94). No allusion

however is made by Van Beneden to the A. grossularia resembling

any other Ascidia: but I agree with him in considering it a perfectly

64 Mr. W.Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland.

developed species, and consequently am of opinion that what Miiller

considered its adult state is another species.

Amaroucium albicans, Edw. Ascid. Comp. p. 71. pl. 1, 3 4.

Dredged from several fathoms in Belfast bay (1839) and on the

Galway coast (1840), W. ‘I.

Mr. McCalla mentioned to me last spring that he had collected

this species on the Irish coast.

Didemnum gelatinosum, Edw. Ascid. Comp. p. 79. pl. 7. £5? |

Adherent to Serpula tubularia dredged in Strangford lough, Oct.

1839, &c., W. T.

A species apparently of this genus may not uncommonly be found

investing the stems of Halidrys siliquosa. It is of a pale gray colour,

and may he said to give the plant the appearance of being besmeared

with bird-lime.

Botryllus violaceus, Edw. Ascid. Comp. p. 89. pl. 6. f. 4.

On Fuci, Belfast bay, W. T.

Botryllus smaragdus, Edw. Ascid. Comp. p. 91. pl. 6. f. 6?

A species taken at Holywood, Belfast bay, by Dr. J. L. Drummond,

in the summer of 1846, of which he made a drawing and noted the

colour, seems to be the B. smaragdus. The notes are not in sufficient

detail to ensure certainty.

The last four have not, that I am aware, been made known as

British species :—the genus Didemnum indeed seems unnoticed. Dr.

Scouler has met with it on the Irish coast.

CRUSTACEA.

Crangon fasciatus, Risso, Hist. Nat. de ?Eur. Mérid. v. 64; Edw.

Hist. Crust. ui. 342.

Among Crustacea lately submitted to my examination by Mr. R.

Ball are two individuals of this species, which were taken by him at

Bray in July last. They are nearly one inch in length, and exhibit

masses of mature ova. The species is admirably characterized in

Milne-Edwards’ description above referred to. Its short thick form

at once arrested my attention as distinct from that of C. vulgaris :— — :

the colour designated by the trivial name fasciatus does not so distin-

guish it. One specimen exhibits a blackish band on the fourth seg-

ment of the abdomen and the other none; and the greater number

of specimens of C. vulgaris from various parts of the Irish coast

examined in reference to this character have more or less of a blackish

band on this segment. _It is slightly shown too in Sowerby’s figure

on Leach’s Malacost. Podophth. Brit. This species has not been

noticed as British, but has I believe been lately obtained by Professor

Bell.

Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. 65

Praniza cerulata, Mont. (sp.) ?

A letter from A. H. Haliday, Esq., dated October 9, 1847, con-

veyed the following information :—‘I found a species of Praniza

pretty common on the clayey shores of Strangford lough last week,

in company with Anceus mazillaris. ‘They were in small cavities on

the surface of the clay under stones, sometimes singly, oftener two,

or even three and four in each hole; the smaller slender green ones

were few in comparison. You will find some of the new-born young

with them, having all the characteristic form of the parent, but the

posterior thoracic segments not so completely confounded together.

I have given but a hasty look at them, but have not recognized ¢

among the adults.”

Along with the Crustacea since received from Mr. Ball were sent

specimens of a Praniza, purchased of Mr. McCalla as collected on

_ the Irish coast, but no locality is given. They were obtained pre-

vious to those first noticed.

Bopyrus hippolytes, Kroyer, Gronl. Amfip. p. 78. pl. 4. f. 22.

Two females of this species were found within the carapace of the

Hippolyte varians, Leach, which | obtained on the coast of Galway

in July 1840. M. Kroyer found it on the Hippolyte polaris.

Sida crystallina, Mill. (sp.) Edw. Crust. iii. 385.

Daphnia crystallina, Mull. Entomost.

__ Professor Allman lately sent me sketches of a Daphnia obtained by

_ him during autumn in a little subalpine lake near Killarney, where

it was in profusion adhering to the under sides of the leaves of the

water-lily (Nymphea alba). On the sketches being transmitted to

_ Dr. Baird of the British Museum, he at once recognized in them the

D. crystallina, Mill. (Sida, Straus), adding that he had met with

the species but in two localities—near London—and in both spa-

ringly.

ZOOPHYTA.

| Hippothoa sica, Couch, Cornish Fauna, part 3. p. 102. pl. 19. f. 8;

Johnst, Brit. Zooph. p. 292, 2nd edit.,

I find within a very large dead Pinna dredged at the entrance of

Belfast bay. Mr. Couch’s description, but not his figure, is applica-

ble to my specimen. The striking characters may be noticed. The

length of the cells is as described, ‘ about four times their transverse

_ diameter,” and the apertures “are long and tubular, frequently as

long as the cell.” But whether this remarkable form may not be

_ due to the security and freedom from injury enjoyed by the zoophyte

_ within the closed valves of the Pinna, I shall not, from the exami-

nation of a single specimen, pretend to determine. Mr. Couch’s

_ Specimens were however procured ‘on stones, from deep water, com-

mon.” But for this character (which probably may not be perma-

nent) I should not enumerate my Hippothoa as distinct from H. di-

varicata, which too is described by Dr. Johnston as sometimes having

the apertures ‘‘ shortly tubular.”

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 2, Vol. i. 5

66 M. Mulsant’s Description of a new species of Coccinea.

VII.—Description of a new species of Coccinella from New Zea-

~ land. By M. Mutsanr of Lyon, author of the ‘ Histoire

Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France.’ Communicated by —

Apam Wuirtt, F.L.S.

Coccinella antipodum, Mulsant. Cocc. ovata, glabra, thorace luteo —

lineis duabus obliquis nigris, antice abbreviatis. Elytris virescenti- —

griseis, macula obtriangulari juxta scutellum, linea longitudinali —

antice et postice valde abbreviata, margineque inzqualiter, luteis; —

pectore rufo ; abdomine nigro; pedibus luteis,

Body oval. Head, antenne and palpi of an orange-yellow;

eyes black; prothorax anteriorly with a bisinuate notch, the —

central portion projecting at least as far as the angles when the —

insect is seen perpendicularly from above, the anterior angles —

projecting in the form of a tooth, subcurvilinearly dilated on the —

sides ; from the apex to the base subrotundate on the posterior —

angles, with the convexity towards the elytra, with narrow raised —

margins on the sides; moderately convex, smooth, punctate, of

an orange-yellow, with two longitudinal oblique black lines di- —

verging posteriorly, each connected with the outer third of the |

base, and extending somewhat irregularly to about the anterior

fourth, corresponding by their outer side to the inner side of the —

eyes. Scutellum triangular, yellow. Elytra one-fourth broader —

anteriorly than the prothorax at its hinder portion, three times ©

as long or somewhat more, subrotundate at the shoulders, form~-

ing an oval truncated in front, but an acute ogiv posteriorly, with

a narrow margin and faint groove near the shoulders; moderately ~

convex, more distinctly punctated than the prothorax; the hu- ~

meral sides prominent, of a grayish green, somewhat obscure, and ~

ornamented with—1. a subtriangular spot near the scutellum ; ~

2. an irregular band, taking its rise from the centre of the base,

broadest in the first half of the sides, where it occupies about a —

sixth of the breadth; and 3. with a longitudinal line, becoming —

broader posteriorly where it is truncated, and situated near the

centre ; yellow. Under side of body fawn-coloured on the breast, —

with the venter black; epimera and postpectus of a yellowish —

white ; mesosternum entire ; abdominal plates in the form of a V, ©

extending to the hinder margin of the ring: legs of an orange-—

yellow.

Hab. New Zealand. |

The above detailed description is made from a specimen of —

Coccinella sent to Dr. Joseph Hooker, R.N., by the Rey. William

Colenso, subsequently to the publication of the imsects of New

Zealand in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.SS. Erebus and ~

Terror.’ Dr. Hooker kindly put into my hands a bottle of in-

i EI Bea ie al

Bibliographical Notices. 67

: sects from New Zealand, which contained this and some other

_ unrecorded species. I hasten to publish it, as the Coccinella

_ Tasmanii of the above Fauna is only a variety of the Australian

_ C. leonina, Fabr.

_ M. Mulsant gave me this description for the second and forth-

- coming part of the ‘ Fauna of New Zealand,’ but I prefer publish-

_ ing it atonce. The name he had provisionally given it having been

used by Klug for a Mexican species of the family, I have given

_ it another name.

_ Imay mention, that since the publication of the Fauna alluded

_ to, I have ascertained the following to be the correct synonyms

_ of one of the Longicorn Beetles mentioned there :—

AEMONA VILLOSA.

Saperda villosa, Fabr.

Saperda hirta, Fabr. (olim).

Aimona humilis, Newman, Entomologist, p. 8.

Isodera villosa, White, l. c. t. 4. f. 1.

We have only received within the last week a small box of in-

sects at the Museum from Dr. Andrew Sinclair, R.N., the Colo-

nial Secretary, perhaps the most interesting feature of which is a

rather small species of Mantis.—A. W.

isis

OM,

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The History of Barbados. By Sir Roserr H. Scuomsurex, Ph.D.

&e. Royal 8vo, 772. London, 1848.

‘Tuis new proof of the indefatigable activity of its well-known au-

thor consists of a portly volume, containing a geographical and sta-

tistical description of the island, with a sketch of its history, and, what

brings it more particularly within our province, an account of the

geology and natural productions. This third division forms a very

“important feature of the book, and is much more perfect than such

portions of topographical works usually are; in addition to the very

‘inferesting geological details and special natural history, we find

copious lists of the organic forms, vegetable and animal, inhabiting

the island, which are chiefly the fruits of the author’s personal re-

searches, These lists are prefaced by brief introductory notices which

will add much to their interest in the eyes of general readers, and

the author states that want of space alone prevented his adding a

| aes account of the plants with their uses and properties ; he still

looks forward to the composition of a Flora of Barbados.

_| In describing the general outline and aspect of the island, Sir

Robert compares it in size and in some measure in outline to the

Isle of Wight. “It is almost encircled by coral reefs, which in some

parts, as in the parish of St. Philip, extend for nearly three miles to

seaward, and prove very dangerous to the navigation. The shore

68 Bibliographical Notices.

rises boldly to a height of from thirty to fifty feet on the northern —

point and on the south-eastern part of the parish of St. Philip, but —

otherwise we find long lines of sandy beaches, which are protected —

against the encroachments of the sea by coral reefs.” va

Although possessing no very elevated points, the surface is exceed- —

ingly irregular; the highest point is Mount Hillaby, 1147°55 feet,

‘‘ If we choose this point as our station, we observe clearly two struc- —

tures well-defined and geologically different from each other. A —

narrow strip runs parallel, to the west, with the coast from north to —

south. We may easily trace it from Bridgetown to almost the ex- —

treme end of the island, where, in the neighbourhood of Harrison’s, a —

bold bluff point ends it, from whence the coast assumes the rugged

outlines which cliffs of soft material generally present where en- —

croached upon by the battering power of the breakers of a stormy sea. —

From the west or leeward coast, the ground rises in very distinct —

successive terraces to the central ridge. ‘These terraces are inter- ©

rupted by ravines (called gullies in the island). If we turn now to —

the east, an aspect of a quite different nature presents itself; we see

before us a mountainous country in miniature; hills of a conical form —

radiate from the central ridge, and chiefly from Mount Hillaby in a —

north-eastern direction towards the sea-shore ; their sides are rugged

and worn by the heavy rains and mountain torrents, their colour being —

generally of a dark reddish-brown, here and there tipped with whitish —

marl, ‘This district has been represented as similar to the alpine ~

country of Scotland, which name has been adopted for it.” Mount

Hillaby is not exactly in the centre of the island, but rather in the -

middle of the northern and larger portion of the island, divided from ~

the southern by adeep valley running from east to west; ‘‘the southern ©

division is an imitation of the northern on a smaller scale, only that ~

the line of its greatest length stretches from east to west, while in the ~

northern division it extends north and south.” The western aspect of —

Barbados presents a succession of terraces of table-land rising preci-

pitously from one another ; the south aspect is similar, but the total

elevation is not so great. The north offers a considerable extent of ©

champaign country with Mount Gilboa and Boscobelle rising suddenly —

from it: seen from the east the island is wild and picturesque, the

cliffs rising almost abruptly from the sea to a height of nearly a_

thousand feet. :

The Caribbee Islands form two geological groups; the one, calca-—

reous, is external and exposed to the direct action of the Atlantic;

while the other, volcanic, includes the inner islands. Barbados is —

the most eastern of the calcareous chain, and its aspect indicates at

once its origin from the coral animals. SS

Our author divides the now existing rocks of Barbados into two

formations, viz. the Coralline limestone and what, from its locality,

he terms the ‘‘ Scotland” formation. The coralline limestone in-

cludes beds of calcareous marl containing recent shells in la

numbers and many species; the ‘‘ Scotland” consists of strata

sandstone, siliceous and calcareous, siliceous limestone, clays, selenite,

earthy marls often containing fragments of pumice, strata of volcanic —

Bibliographical Notices. 69

_ ashes, seams of bitumen and springs of petroleum (Barbados tar).

_ The coralline limestone occupies six-sevenths of the whole area of

the island, and the author considers that the terraces it presents are

_ Owing to gradual elevation with intervening periods of rest and sub-

sequent denudation, and gives a detailed account of the present con-

_ dition and probable progress of the changes it has undergone. Casts

of the shells of Turbo, Lucina and Peitricola occur at the highest

_ elevations of the coral rock; the shells found eight hundred ora

_ thousand feet lower still retain their lustre, but though resembling

those of the adjacent seas, are usually much larger than the recent.

The ‘‘ Scotland” formation presents a very different appearance

and structure from the coral; the district in which it occurs is en-

circled by a semicircular range of heights from which long ridges of

_ hills project, converging towards each other and diminishing in height

as they approach the sea. ‘The various modifications of tertiary rocks

of this district manifest an original uniformity, but present great signs

of disturbance, and the stratification varies from horizontal to ver-

tical, or is wavy or even contorted ; thus it is often difficult to ascer-

tain the dip; the direction is generally south-west and north-east.

The earthy marl constitutes by far the greater part of this series,

and it sometimes occurs stratified. It abounds in Polycystina: in

the marl from Mount Hillaby Ehrenberg found 54 species, belonging

to 22 genera ; another specimen gave 113 species of Polycystina with

_ 5 of Polygastrica, 1 Geolithia and 2 Phytolitharia. ‘l'o the south

_ the marl is succeeded by sandstones. The bituminous sandstones are

_ intermixed with the more calcareous varieties. As to the age of these

rocks, our author says, ‘‘ the Scalaria which I found on the summit of

Bissex Hill and the Nucula of Springfield, induced Prof. E. Forbes to

_ consider the Scotland rocks as belonging to the miocene period of the .

_ tertiary strata. ‘The mineralogical character of rocks is considered

at present of little importance when conclusions respecting their age

are to be formed. Still my observations on the spot, combined with

the mineralogical character of the rocks, lead me to coincide in

Prof. Forbes’s opinion. The chalks of Caltanisetta, on which Prof.

_ Ehrenberg rests his opinion that the Scotland formation in Barbados

belongs to an older period than the miocene group, have been con-

_ sidered by different geologists as belonging to different periods ; by

one they have been regarded as secondary, by others as tertiary

rocks.’

The whole Scotland district is apparently an old sea-bottom, and

_ the author attributes its present disturbed. condition to volcanic

‘agency acting from given points and thus giving rise to local de-

rangements. The presence of pumice and strata of volcanic ashes

_ render this less doubtful, Isolated rocks of the coral formation are

found lying on the summits and declivities of hills in the Scotland

district ; these Sir Robert is inclined to regard as fragments detached

from the cliffs which now border the district (and which, with the

exception of Mount Hillaby, all exceed in height the ‘‘ Scotland”

hills), before the upheaval of the sea-bottom.

A description of the fossils follows this chapter, containing an

70 Bibliographical Notices.

illustrated account of the Polycystina,also a new Scalaria, Eh ;

and two Nucula, Parkeri and Schomburgki, described by Prof. E.

Forbes.

The botanical portion, prefaced by a few general introductory re-

marks, contains a list of the Barbados plants ; to the scientific names

are added the vernacular names by which they are known in this

island, and frequently the French or other foreign names used in the

adjacent colonies. It contains all the species indigenous, natural- —

ized or cultivated, the two latter being distinguished by the addition —

of the name of their native country. Next follow alphabetical arrange- —

ments of the vernacular names, one English and another foreign, —

which referring by numbers to the scientific lists will be useful to —

local botanical students, and are not without importance to us at a

distance. A single new species, a lichen, Hndocarpon flavidum, —

Taylor, is described. In the zoology the different classes are

seriatim ; after an account of the zoophytes, we come, under the head

of Insecta, to some interesting details concerning the Sugar Ant —

(Formica omnivora, L., Myrmica omnivora, Latr.), whose ravages

have often so fearfully interfered with human industry. They —

showed themselves first in 1760 in Barbados, and our author states, —

on the authority of Dr. Coke, that ‘‘ it was deliberated whether that —

island, formerly so flourishing, should not be deserted” on account

of the dreadful devastation they caused. It appears that these ants

do not actually feed on any part of the sugar-canes or the leaves of —

trees, but make their nests under the roots, which protect them from

heavy rains, and, being firmly fixed in the ground, place them in se- —

curity against the agitation of the usual winds. The stool of the

sugar-canes is firmly attached to the earth, and almost impenetrable —

to rain; the trees of the orange tribe afford similar advantages to the —

insects, while the coffee, cacao, plantains, &c. are not molested.

The ants apparently live entirely on animal food, and not only attack —

dead substances, but living bodies; thus small animals and poultry

perish when not assisted, and it becomes necessary to guard the eyes ©

of cattle by a circle of tar, to prevent them from being blinded. The

destruction of these creatures was attempted with poison and fire —

during the “ plague” following 1760, but all attempts proved inef- —

fectual till the hurricane of 1780, before the violence of which the

Sugar Ant disappeared. In 1814 they again made their appearance

and caused considerable injury, but soon disappeared. They are

still to be found in Barbados, but only in small numbers. The Great-

headed Ant or Cushi, Formica cephalotes, Fabr., is equally destructive,

attacking the leaves of trees and of vegetables, such as the sweet

potato, cassada, &c. The White or Wood Ant (Termes devastans, —

Kollar) is another of the plagues of Barbados.

Among the enemies of the sugar-cane are enumerated the Borer

or Yellow Blast, the grub of one of the Pyralide, Diatrea sacchari,

Guilding, which burrows into and feeds upon the interior of the stems; —

the Grougrou Worm, the larva of Calandra palmarum, Fabr. (which —

is eaten by some of the creoles and considered a great delicacy); and —

Calandra sacchari, Guilding, the Large Borer. Since the hurricane of

See are ae ne

lcd sce Ties ett nm

pula WP SoS ae ieee.

SRS apres aga

a ee

Bibliographical Notices. 71

- 1831 an homopterous insect has shown itself, and multiplying rapidly

_ has committed great ravages; this is Delphax saccharivora, West-

wood. Two other insects, apparently belonging to the Aphiside and

Coccidz, have more recently been highly injurious to the sugar-canes,

and others of this class equally infest other plants. The cocoa-nuts

are so attacked by an Aleyrodes, that when the author quitted Bar-

bados there was not a single healthy tree left.

The list of Crustacea is compiled by Mr. Adam White. Sir Robert

Schomburgk believes that, if thoroughly examined, the islands and

_ seas of the West Indian Archipelago would yield probably four

_ times as many species as are at present known, and states that al-

though the marine fauna of these islands is still insufficiently known

to enable us to deduce results as to the distribution of the Crustacea,

it is Mr. White’s opinion that many of the species discovered by

Jay and his correspondents on the south shores of the United States

will eventually be found in the West Indian Archipelago.

The number of Mollusca found in the neighbourhood of Barbados

is by no means large, and the author having been disappointed of a

list, gives a catalogue of those found both in Barbados and the West

Indies in general.

The Fishes, determined by Profs. Miiller and Troschel, include a

number of new species and one new genus, Caprophonus, Mill. et

Trosch., belonging to the family Scomberoidei. The Reptilia are

_ sparingly represented in Barbados : the Jguana tuberculata, the largest

_ of the Saurians, is now very scarce. Only one snake has been found,

and the sight of a specimen is a rare occurrence ; it is perfectly harm-

less, and from the description given to the author, probably a Tortriz.

The number of indigenous birds does not amount to fifteen, and

_ there are about forty species recorded as birds of passage, or only

occasionally seen on the island. ‘The absence of woods and umbra-

geous trees is doubtless the cause of this paucity. A British bird,

the Ruff Sandpiper, Philomarchus pugnaz, L., is recorded for the first

time as occurring on the other side of the Atlantic. It was sent to

the author among other migratory birds, but the communicator, Mr.

_ Bishop, observed that its name was not known ; thence it may be in-

ferred that its occurrence in Barbados is a rare circumstance. Our

space does not admit of more than this hasty glance over the contents

of this book, but we hope that it will be sufficient to convince our

readers of the interest attaching to it, and induce them to become ac-

quainted with the details by a perusal of the work itself.—-A. H.

Zoological Recreations. By W. J. Broperir, Esq., F.R.S.

A pleasant book on a delightful subject with a pleasing title. This

_ work, which we should have noticed before, consists of a series of

papers written by one of our most talented lawyers for the pages of

the New Monthly Magazine, from which their author, urged by Pro-

fessor Owen and other scientific friends, has reprinted them. He has

done well in collecting these papers, for he has given us another book

_ belonging to a class far too rare, in which White of Selborne, Knapp,

72 Bibliographical Notices.

Waterton, Darwin and Gosse have earned laurels. The chief object

of this class of works is to please while they instruct, to enliven as

well as to enlighten, to awaken as well as to cherish a love for

natural history. Along with Kirby and Spence, and in the same list

with Alexander Wilson the American ornithologist, the authors spe-

cified above and the writer at the head of this article may be placed.

A popular writer is too often deemed by the mere scientific man,

not profound, and there may be at times some truth in it; Mr. Bro-

derip however is not superficially acquainted with some of the chapters

of the book of nature. He is well known as a scientific conchologist,

whose very fine collection of shells, many of them originally described

by himself, were acquired by Parliament for the nation and deposited

in the British Museum. His writings and compilations in the Cy-

clopzedia of the Useful Knowledge Society have done much to diffuse

a taste for natural history, and in the work before us, leaving for a

time strict science, he delights us with many pleasing chapters on

birds and beasts.

There are two excellent chapters on our resident and migratory

singing-birds, right pleasant reading at this time of year, from the

associations they call up of spring and summer. He discourses

pleasantly on owls, a grave subject; and from chattering, gay-

coloured parrots and parrakeets turns to gobbling turkeys or bub-

bly jocks, one of which, the ocellated turkey (Meleagris ocellatus),

he strongly urges some patriotic individual to introduce to this

country. The Earl of Derby has one specimen in his noble aviary

and menagerie at Knowsley, but we fear that the bird isa widow, and —

likely long to continue so: it is strange that his lordship has been

hitherto unsuccessful in finding a mate for this bird. From swans,

wild and tame, which

‘on sweet St. Mary’s Lake,”

and on other lakes and streams as well,

“ float double, swan and shadow,”

our author most undesignedly passes to a chapter of advice to anglers,

—a fertile theme, unexhausted and inexhaustible, as witness the

writings of Izaak Walton, Sir Humphry Davy—how Walton would ~

have /oved the chemist, and the sculptor Sir Francis Chantrey, even —

although he wrote no ‘Salmonia’!—of Mr. Yarrell, of Scrope, of

John Wilson (the renowned Christopher North), of Jesse, cum multis

aliis—‘‘ Good luck to your fishing :” there seems to be some free-

masonry in the thing itself, and there is certainly something most

attractive in the subject.

Whether the spring-filled song on the bonny month of May in

page 172, immediately after the “‘ Word to Anglers,” be the buoyant

spirits that flow from the subject just touched upon, we know not,

but the five stanzas come in most opportunely and read most plea-

santly. We have not got half through the book, and must leave dogs

and cats, (surely Mr. Broderip, like Jeremy Bentham, is a bachelor,)

apes and monkeys, and the grave, gigantic and graphically described

elephants, for another notice ; with three chapters on Dragons, Mr.

Ct er eT eT ee er ee a ee eT ee

le ALO ie peru s

Miscellaneous. 73

_ Broderip concludes his volume. How happy are we that we live in

days when these monsters are doomed to lie petrified in oolitic

_ rocks or extended, carved curiously ‘‘ by art and man’s device,” out

of the solid stone, and gazed at, in and through glass cases, in the

_ National Museum! The work of Mr. Broderip is very readable, and

it would prove instructive to many ascientific man, as well as amuse

his leisure hour. We have no doubt that this work will ‘‘ cherish,”

as well as ‘“‘ awaken, a love for natural history.” —A.W.

An Experimental Inquiry into the Cause of the Ascent and Descent of

the Sap, &c. By G. Ratner, M.R.C.S.E.

Whatever may be the value of these inquiries, it is certain that

they have led the author to some conclusions which will appear rather

- curious to most botanical anatomists. For instance, he endeavours

to show that the crude sap ascends in the substance of the cell-walls

and intercellular matter without passing through the cavities of the

cells or vessels, and his reasons are founded upon the experiment of

causing plants to imbibe certain solutions and then decomposing these

in sections placed beneath the microscope, when the solid walls alone

exhibit the coloured product (!). If we were to strain a solution of

bichloride of mercury through a piece of gauze, and then to decom-

pose this by hydrosulphate of ammonia and to examine the gauze

by a magnifier, it is probable that we should find the substance alone

_ eoloured, but we should hardly deduce from this that no bichloride

_ of mercury had passed through the interstices.

The author’s way of accounting for the formation of vessels is

equally original ; he shows that ‘‘ the wall of a vessel is formed by

the union of the external thickened wall of the surrounding cells.”

The various experiments and details respecting the movement of

the sap and the growth of plants offer nothing of value which is not

already well known.

In these days it is absolutely necessary that students of a science

should make themselves clearly acquainted with the results of the

labours of their predecessors: had the author of the present little

volume done so, he would have saved much valuable time and ap-

plication.—A. H.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Extracts from a Letter to Tuomas Bett, Esq., F.R.S., from

GzorcE Ciark, Esq., of Mauritius.

Port Louis, June 5th, 1847.

* * * «T venture to lay before you the following description of

some bullocks, brought hither from the island of Lombach, near

Java. One cargo only has been imported, and it does not appear

likely that any more will be brought. Their characteristics are so

novel to me that I determined to describe them to you.

74 Miscellaneous.

“Their heads are lighter and more deer-like than any of the Ox —

tribe I have before seen, with the eye remarkably full and lively, but —

still gentle. The callosity on the muzzle is narrower than that of —

ordinary cattle, and extends farther upwards towards the forehead. —

The horns are of moderate size and prettily curved, and furrowed —

longitudinally as well as transversely at the base, giving almost the

appearance of the butt of those of the stag. These oxen are of

middling size, but have an amazing depth of chest, and considerable

width between the fore-legs : very little dew-lap ; no hump; but the

spinous processes on the side of the hump so elongated as to give —

the idea of a hump having been dissected off. Legs remarkably clean

and of moderate length, and so formed as to indicate great strength

and activity. Buttocks full and square behind. ‘Tail remarkably —

fine and tapering to a sharp point, with a moderate tuft of hair. An

oval mark of a yellowish white colour begins at the root of the tail —

and descends nearly to the hocks, including both buttocks ; the length

of this mark is to its breadth as 5 to 3. ‘The skin extremely fine and

soft, with a coat like that of a race-horse. Colour varying, but very —

few pied and none quite black ; a light bay predominating, in some —

individuals beautifully marked with small white spots, These cha- —

racters belong to the whole cargo, about ninety in number, and are

not therefore to be considered as individual peculiarities.

“‘ The animals were all very gentle, and their appearance, from the

form and lightness of the head and the lively mildness of the eye, was

superior in beauty to that of any lot of cattle I ever saw.

*‘The captain who brought them informs me that the natives

would not part with their cows, and every one of these of which I —

speak was castrated. Having been put in a cold shed after landing,

many of them got ill, and some died ; and as we have suffered terri-

bly from a murrain which visited our cattle two or three years ago*,

these oxen were almost all bought for slaughter, as the planters —

fancied the disorder which attacked them to be something belonging

to the breed. I only know one pair surviving, and they work ad-

mirably well, being as active as Devonshire oxen. I send you a

pair of the horns, but unluckily forgot to senda skull till it was too

late to obtain one. The beef was very fine-grained, but of a darker

colour than usual.

“I have lately seen it remarked that cross-bred animals, though |

possessing some advantages, are generally inferior in stamina to those

of unmixed breed, and more liable to disease ; such observations as I

have been able to make fully bear out the truth of this position.

We have here many Timor ponies, as well as from Java; and their

powers of endurance and exemption from disease are far superior to —

those of Cape or European horses. The Timor are very light but

wiry, seldom reaching 13 hands high; they are spirited and active,

rather low before, and are very sure. The Java are larger and

stouter, many reaching 13 and some 134 hands; these generally carry —

the head and tail very high, and are safe and fast. The most valued —

* See Annals, vol. xv. p. 141.

Miscellaneous. 75

_ of all however are the Burmese, or more correctly the Pegu ponies ;

_ these are universally of the cob make, with great carcase, thick

_ necks and short strong legs; they are very easy for the saddle,

_ generally ambling, and are very safe, fast and enduring : their great

_ power renders them excellent for four-wheeled carriages ; and it is

not uncommon to see one of them 13 hands high draw with ease a

carriage that would be a good load for an ordinary horse of 15: their

_ chief defect is their impetuosity, which is excessive. This breed is

_ particularly mindful of ill-treatment, and a person that has once

_ misused one will seldom be able to do anything with him afterwards.

They are of various colours, but I never saw a black one: the pre-

_ yailing colour is gray, most beautifully dappled. They all have that

_ peculiar fulness at the throat which belongs to the horses in ancient

_ Grecian sculpture. Mares or stallions of this breed cannot be pro-

_ eured at any price whatever. A captain with whom I am intimate,

a proprietor at Moulmein, assures me of this fact, which I have also

_ heard from many others. No bribe would induce a native to expose

himself to the certain torture and death that would follow a violation

of this law.

“I am decidedly of opinion that geldings stand work quite as well

as entire horses here, and some of those persons most competent to

judge concur with me. ‘These Pegu ponies are a striking instance of

the fact.

_ I do not know if you are aware of the amazing fecundity of the

_ ‘Tanree*,’ which is very abundant here. They sometimes produce

as many as twenty-two young at a birth ; and from twelve to eighteen

is their usual number. Their appearance is much like that of the

_ hedgehog, and like those animals they hybernate in the dry season.

As far as I can learn they are altogether insectivorous. ‘They are

far from being of so pacific a nature as the hedgehog, for they bite

hard and hold on with great tenacity. The female when followed by

her young will turn and face a pursuer with angry gruntings till her

little ones are in safety. They are a favourite dish with the lower

orders here, and are generally split down the back, after being singed

like pigs, and are then smoked. They are usually fat, but the only

one I ever tasted had arank flavour that was by no means agreeable.

They are not indigenous here, having been introduced from Mada-

gascar ; but they are very numerous, notwithstanding their being de-

stroyed in immense numbers for food.”

HABITS OF INSECTS.

Philosophical Hall, Leeds, Dec. 15, 1847.

Dear Srr,—I know not whether the two accompanying scraps will

be worth a line in the ‘Annals of Natural History.’ The first is a

case affording an illustration of the powers which the Arachnida

possess of sustaining life when deprived of food.

* This must be the Centetes setosus, which appears to be the only species

introduced into Mauritius,—T, B,

76 Miscellaneous.

In July last I had a large specimen of Ixodes brought me, taken —

from off a West Indian tortoise. I put it into a pill-box, and having —

left home for a few weeks in the autumn, it was completely forgotten. —

Last month however (November) I happened to open the box, when —

I found the specimen still alive, though languid and shrivelled in —

appearance, accompanied by a strange-looking mass larger than it- —

self, which upon examination proved to be an immense number of —

orange-coloured eggs, resembling a portion of the roe of a fish, but —

more minute in structure. ‘This day I found the parent dead, but —

the eggs I think appear to have increased in size; whether they are —

likely to produce any young is still to be seen. At the lowest cal- —

culation the animal had lived four months without food.

My second is an instance either of affection or loyalty, I cannot tell —

which. In one of my colonies of ants, a small black one, the queen —

(which is as large as six of the workers at least), died a fortnight

since from some cause, and lies in one of the passages of the formi-

cary. But up to this day there has been constantly several work-

ers attending her remains, occasionally touching her with their an- —

tenne and striking her with their heads (an action common with —

this species of ant on meeting each other, which I have not observed —

in any other families). A few days since I poured some water into —

the nest, to see if it would cause the guards to forsake their charge, —

as water generally causes a dispersion when it suddenly enters their —

passages; but in this instance, although it threw them into some ~

confusion, they would not leave the body of their queen. Is this —

affection ? I remain, dear Sir, yours respectfully,

Henry Denny.

Richard Taylor, Esq.

NOTE ON THE INSECTS OF MADEIRA.

We make the following extract, by permission of Mr. W. Thom. ~

son of King’s College, from a private letter addressed to him from —

Madeira by our correspondent, T. V. Wollaston, Esq., of Jesus Col- —

lege, Cambridge :— 7

“The country here is most glorious; mountains rising 7000 feet —

towards the moon, and Funchal at the bottom of them, ‘looking at

itself’ in the sea: the intermediate space filled up with wood and

rock, and for the last 1000 feet with vineyards arranged on terraces

and the country-houses of the ‘aristocracy’ of Funchal. The vege-

tation is grand to an excess: grapes, oranges, bananas, figs, pump-

kins, guavas and prickly pears in actual profusion, with geraniums, —

cacti, fuchsias, myrtles, cassias and heliotropes spread over the coun-

try like weeds. The hills are tremendous, involving the necessity —

of keeping a horse, which is sometimes ‘ too large a specimen to be —

convenient’ in entomological researches. Insects are themselves —

scarce here; so I have been driven to collect all orders alike, and

muster 230 species, or 970 specimens ; and as I have been here only ~

six weeks, this will at least show you that entomology is still che- —

rished, though under adverse circumstances and many local disad- ©

Miscellaneous. 77

vantages. I have been working chiefly at Coleoptera, Diptera and

Hemiptera, and find them more abundant than the other orders. At

present (25th Nov. 1847) my numbers stand thus: Coleoptera, 87

‘species; Diptera, 43 specics; Hemiptera, 39 species; Hymenoptera,

_ 25 species; Lepidoptera, 20 species; miscellaneous, 16 species.”

This is certainly far above any published list of the insects of Ma-

_ deira, and we have no doubt that our talented correspondent, Mr.

Wollaston, of Jesus College, Cambridge, when less of an invalid,

_ will add much to it. As it is, it will doubtless prove interesting to

_ the entomologists who read this Journal.— A. W.

CURIOUS PHZNOMENA IN THE NIGHT-BLOOMING CEREUS, &e.

Highgate, 11th Dec. 1847.

My pear S1r,— Two days ago a remarkable circumstance occurred

_ in my greenhouse, which it may be interesting to you to communi-

cate. The Night-blooming Cereus, of which I gave you a cutting, has

long had a bud. Being a fine strong plant, it has been able to ma-

ture it even at this unusual season. It arrived at maturity on Thurs-

day. The days however not being of the length usual at its ordi-

nary season, it seems to have been somewhat puzzled how to bloom,

When I entered my greenhouse at 8 a.m. I found all the petals on

one sideexpanded [left side]. Ithought this remarkable, but conceived

that, in this dull weather, a longer effort at opening was necessary

- than usual. I watched it all day, but was surprised to find no ad-

_ vance. At 8 p.m. I went into my greenhouse for the express pur-

pose of examining the bloom, when, to my great surprise, I found

that all the petals which had opened in the morning were closed up,

while all the petals of the opposite [right] side were then fully ex-

panded! ‘The left petals remained closed. The bud was a full-sized

and healthy one. [The seed promises to mature. 27th December. }

It is obvious, I take it then, that the law which regulates the

opening of these flowers, and which normally causes them to bloom at

night only, and for [say] twelve hours only, affects the individual petals

and not the totality of the bloom. Hence if, from any accident, as

here, any number of petals mistake a dull day for the night, and

open, their doom is sealed: they have begun their twelve hours’

race, and can see it—and zo more; and their more knowing com-

panions, who keep closed till true night, must flourish alone in their

glory,— but will do it, independent of the prior blooming and present

decay of their companions.

I have often noticed that if the Hchinocactus Eyriesii (a remark-

ably rapid bloomer) advances to the point of opening near morning,

it remains in that exact state all the day, checked by the light, and

does not begin to burst till the sun is going down.

While on vegetable life I have another curious matter to notice.

In the ‘ Annals,’ vol. xix. p. 470, is an article on ‘‘ Monstrous

Roses.” A far more remarkable circumstance than any noticed there,

or than I ever saw noticed, occurred in my own garden in the same

year as the monsters there recorded, and in a plant of the same na-

78 Miscellaneous.

tural family (Rosacee). A Potentilla, which had for some years been —

a favourite plant from its great luxuriance of growth and bloom, —

played in that year, without removal or any alteration of treatment, —

the following strange antics. As usual it grew luxuriantly and was

covered with bud, but it did not bear a single true flower through-

out the season. Every flower on the plant, without exception,—and 1

none died off,—opened into a tuft of small regular green leaves: it

was not a mere whorl of leaves for the petals, but, there being no

stamens or pistils, the whole apparatus of the flower was replaced by

green leaves of small size in a thick tuft. Sometimes a second would

grow, smaller, from the centre of the first flower, but it presented

the same aspect. All these leaves were of the same colour and cha-

racter as the ordinary leaf of Potentilla.

I was much interested in observing this plant, and watched it the

next spring, but it died after this unnatural effort.

If you think either of the above facts worth recording, you are

welcome to them.

I am, my dear sah very faithfully yours,

J. Tourmin Suira.

W. Francis, Esq.

Descriptions of two new species of Planaria. By Josep Leipy, M.D.

Planaria maculata. Superiorly convex, faintly blackish or brown-

ish with irregular colourless maculz ; inferiorly flat, colourless ; an-

teriorly trapezoidal ; posteriorly spatulate or oval ; eyes two, anterior,

proximate, composed of a large semitransparent mass with a reni-

form mass of pigmentum nigrum at the postero-internal part; oral

aperture ventral, one-third the length of the body from the posterior

extremity; proboscis large and cylindrical. Length 2} lines; breadth 4

line. Found in moderate abundance in the ditches below the city,

creeping upon the submerged stems of aquatic plants.

Subgenus. Prostoma, Dugés. Mouth anterior and terminal,

Prostoma marginatum. Blackish, narrow lanceolate, anteriorly trun-

cate; marginate, margin delicately striate; mouth large; proboscis

large and oblong ; eyes two, anterior, distant, each consisting of two

round masses of pigmentum nigrum in contact with each other, and

of which one is larger than the other ; generative orifice one-fourth

the length of the body from the posterior extremity. Length 1 line.

A single specimen found with the preceding, but probably not rare ;

for, from its small size, it escaped my notice while collecting some of

the former, and it was not until I got home that I detected its exist-

ence in the vessel of water containing the others.

The anatomy of P. maculata does not diifer from that of Planaria

lactea, as given by Dugés in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles.’

In Prostoma marginatum the digestive cavity has not the dendritic ar-

rangement of Planaria, bat merely consists of a large capacious sac

extending as far back as the posterior third of the body, and having a

cecum upon each side of the proboscis. The penis has a yellow

colour, and consists of a round granular mass, with a moderately long

pi seam Neat nia naa naa

Meteorological Observations. 79°

‘and bent spiculum projecting from its posterior part. The arrange-

ment of the female apparatus I failed to trace.—Proceedings of the

_ Acad. Nat. Scien. Philadelphia.

PROFESSOR AGASSIZ.

_ We are credibly informed that this distinguished naturalist has

consented to accept an invitation to remain in this country in con-

nection with the scientific corps of Harvard College. Every scien-

_ tific man in America will be rejoiced to hear so unexpected a piece

of good news.——Silliman’s Journal for Nov. 1847.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1847.

Chiswick—November 1, Overcast: very fine: clear. 2—4. Foggy. 5. Densely

overcast: very fine. 6. Veryfine: rain. 7, Cloudy. 8, Fine. 9, Exceedingly

fine: clear. 10. Frosty: fine: clear, 11. Fine: cloudy. 12, Rain: fine. 13.

Clear and fine : overcast. 14. Overcast: slight rain. 15, Fine. 16, Rain, 17.

Fine; clear: sharp frost. 18. Frosty: clear. 19, Frosty: hazy. 20. Dense

fog. 21. Foggy: hazy anddamp. 22. Overcast: exceedingly fine. 23. Cloudy:

rain, 24, Very fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Constant rain. 27, Foggy: rain. 28,

Overcast: rain: barometer very low. 29. Very fine. 30. Rain: cloudy and

mild,

Mean temperature of the month ,.,....... vind qabeussanayognets: AAeOs

Mean temperature of Nov. 1846 .....sssssessecececesecesseees 43 ‘73

Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty years ....,. 42 *88

Average amount of rain in Nov. ceccsscccsessecereesessseeeess 2°56 inches,

_ Boston.—Nov.1, 2. Fine. 3. Foggy. 4,5. Cloudy. 6, Cloudy; rain rot.

_%—10. Fine. 11. Rainy. 12. Rainy: rainearly a.m. 13, Fine. 14. Fine:

beautiful morning. 15, 16. Cloudy. 17, Fine: at noon thermometer 43:

_ stormyr.m. 18, Fine: snow early .m. : first ice this morning. 19. Fine. 20.

_ Foggy. 21. Cloudy. 22. Rain. 23. Rain: rain early a.m. 24. Fine. 25,

_ Windy: six o’clock r.m, therm, 52°5: rain p.m. 26. Cloudy: three o’clock

pM. therm, 48°0: rain p.m. 27, Rain: rain p.M.: half-past six p.m. therm. 48.

28. Rain. 29. Fine. 30, Rain: rain early a.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1, Cloudy: drops. 2. Cloudy: clear. 3,

Showers: clear. 4, Cloudy. 5. Rain. 6. Cloudy: drops, 7, Cloudy: rain.

8. Damp: rain; cloudy. 9. Showers: cloudy. 10, Showers. 11. Bright:

- clear. 12, Clear. 13, Bright: damp, 14, Rain: cloudy, 15. Bright : showers,

_ 16. Hail-showers. 17. Snow-showers: hail-showers, 18. Drizzle. 19. Drizzle:

- cloudy: aurora, 20, Clear: cloudy. £21, 22. Cloudy: rain, 2%. Showers:

sleet-showers. 24. Bright: showers, 25. Cloudy: showers. 26. Showers:

cloudy, 27, Clear: frost: rain, 28, Clear: frost: cloudy: frost. 29, Bright:

cloudy. 30, Showers,

_ Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire-—Nov. 1, Showers: heavy rain am. 2,

Very fine. 3%. Fair: frost a.m. 4, Dull: slight drizzle, 5. Threatening. 6.

_ Occasional showers. 7. Heavy rain. 8. Heavy rain: flood. 9. Fair and fine.

10, Dull a.m.: rainey.m, 11, Rainallday, 12. Rain a.m.: cleared. 13. Raw:

frost a.m. 14. Dull, but fine. 15, Showers a.m.: heavy p.m. 16. Fine a.m.:

_ showers p.m. 17. Frost: ice on pools, 18, Hard frost, 19. Dull: fair. 90,

Dull: slight drizzle. 21, Dull: rainr.m. 22, Fine a.m.: rainp.M. 29, 24,

_ Heavy showers. 25. Rain: heavy, 26, Finea.m.: rainr.m, 27. Fine: frost

Am, 28. Frost: fair. 29, Rain early a.m. 30, Showery.

Mean temperature of the month .,........ pomuseppedavasdbbads OD OT

Mean temperature Of Nov, 1846 sccscscsssensorevececsercesses 44 °4

Mean temperature of Nov. for twenty-five years............ 40 °4

Rain in Nov. 1847 Lie ee Eee PPE Pee eee ee | 3°79 inches,

Average rain in Nov, for twenty years secsssressorsereeeres S°CO 4

G1. (09-1 | Z0-

eébuee

Perrrs Pr) ba

60. seeeee

ms | FIP | {2b | CF! Sh] OF] TE | OG | Bz-6% |90-6% | 8E-6% | $0-6% | £6:8% |ShE-6z |669-62 | *6z D

£s. verse | cu lunpea| ss | $96 | bE}. 6z} ge} LP] 6% | OF | 00-62 | 0-62 | 06-8% | 16-82 | SL-8% |806-gz |IP1-6%| “8%

sereeeleeeees DO |Z. | smss| “OU | ems | ca | oh | 8 | fC) shiS-Lb|) 1b | 6P | 12-66 | OF-6% | 61-68 |$2-6% | 96-8% |EFI-62 92Z-62| “Lo.

‘}re**| 60: | PS. | -s | ‘MS |wyeo| +s | 6E | fob |¥ge|for| Ch) 6€ | SP | 6E.6z | P¥-6z | PP-6z |SS-6% 8b.62 £8b-6% 198-62 | 9%

seerer*eees) BO. | emss | tas | cas | ms | OP | Sh | Ebi FES! gh) EP | ZS | gl-6% |LV-6% 09.6% 69-66 | 19-66 $%6-6z 690-08 | “St

Of. Ge fete] sms | cas | em | ems | SP | ob] 6€| 0S] IP) PR | PS 99.6% |1F-6% | £9-6% | £9.62 | 19.6% LEO-08 921-08 “PZ

0S |S0-0 La | gt. | sms | *ms juyeoi mu | fb | oh | gf} of S.0b| gz | 99 | 08-63 | 10-66 | 8P-6% 82-6. | £2-62 PES.6z |F96-6z| *€%

19. Poel to. | ts tas jueo) sm | fb | IF] oF} LO 91h) SE | OF | 18-88 |Ob-6z 70-64 | LE-6z | 1%-6% OLS.6z 9F9-62| “%ZO

go. ||| 10. | tess} “88 | wpe | ou cp | {Sb | Sb} gb) 1b) LE | Bh | 18-6 | £9.62 11.6% €9-6% 09.64 £65.62 '9£8-6%| “1%

Seerseieennee ceteetlonsees! ous | tus luna | cau | 67 | 8h | PRIZE) EF) OF | BP | L9-6% 06-62 | 28.6% 00-0€ 08-62 Phb-6z SI1Z-0F| “0%

ZOe estes | cms [ues | cma | 19 | Zo | of Fgh) SE) €% | BH |00-0€ |£6.6% |Z1-0€ 91-0€ (00.08 962-08 69€-0€ | “61

go. [reer tettitesees| can | cms [ueo| su | 0G | €b |fou\F1b| PE) 61 | Sh | $6-6% |HI-OL |0Z-0F O£-0€ |00-0£ OIE-0€ |ZLE-0F | ‘si

6E. [resi] To. [omad | cMun| cu ul Le | $4¢./4z€) sb| LE| o€ |. Eb | O€-0€ |0%-0€ | 0£-0€ | 80-0€ | 99-62 |190-0€ |L1Z-0€ | “LI

Cg. \Lt-1 "| 60- |*wua! -m |mpeo| ca | fge | 1h | for) fo9| 19| €€ | EF |98-6% |ZL-6% 00-0€ 00-0F 69.6% LSI.0€ 461-08} “91

10. Pores ties) mum! sms |upeo| tas | Ob | FLb | Fe9) 99] LS} OF | 6S 99-64 |98-66 Hg.6% 26-66 01-63 |10%-0F 026-08 | *S1 €

Il- seeeee terrae 10- "M “MS wes "MS gP os bP rS ¢.90 Pr cs | 6-6 96-66 96-66 0-08 08.6% ZVZ-0F $9Z-0€ ‘PL

stteeeleanens/seteeriereree] omc em—curluppo| *m-| ep | LE | SE) 19| Ib) LE | FS 96-6% |26-6% |60-0F 66-62 £8-6% Z2Z-0£ |IEZ-CL | “ET

to. [| Ute | SO. | S| tu | wea | “mM vy | 1 \%ih| Lv) 19) 62 | SS | 60-08 | L0-0€ |O1-0€ | FO-0€ |$9-6% 310-08 SI1-0F | “oI ;

Sih err" O1.2| * | eaum | cess | °8 br | oF | Shi feg \S-Lb| gh | SS | LO.0€ |£$6-6% | £6.62 | 16-63 | PL-6% 960-08 |0%Z-08 | “IT

Lo. [reece] cw | ts femsm|-cms | F6P | 19] IP) PS] LP] ZE | OF | 19-66 |€9-6% | 64.6% 98-62 | 08-6% £96-62 |18Z-0£ | “OT

Gye ferret] cass | om tems [an | Lb | FL | Lb/¥2S| Lh) Le | 99 | €8-6z |08-6% 96-68 09-68 | ££-60 028-62 |9L1-08 | °6

12 |46-0""""}01- | *s | tas | +s | tms | 19 | f€h| ES} gS} 99} €€ | 19 | 80-64 | 8E-6z | 11-62 | 11-62 | GI-6% |Z6P-6z 969-62) *8 @

1 | Orr fae. Ts *s | «ms | fo¢ | $29 | 2G]. PS /9-49| ZS | 19 | 01-62 | ZE-6Z + $z-6% | 19-63 | Ph-6% |96L-62 |886-62| *L

BE ny | Pe | NSB | °8 ‘s ‘s | ¥1¢/] 19| wf} 9¢| 19] Lb | LS | 09.6% | 99-6% | 99-6 | 12-62 | L9-62 |P06-6z |1Z0-0€ | °9

tea eee | eT ee ‘s | 6p | OS | P| SS] EF! wh | OS |99-6% |€L-64 | PS-62. | 64-63 | Z9-6% |176-62 |010-0€ | °S

ssstesleeeeesienssesioaeree] tgs | ca | asa] a | Lb | OF | OF] 1S] 6F| PR | OF | 96-62 | I1-0€ | 96-62 | 70-0€ | LL.6z |SE1-0€ 912-08 | *V

oe freee} to. | ta | toa |uyeo! ss | $1 | Bh | Of OF} OS] HH | 0G | 8-0 | 13-0€ | 61-08 |Gz-0F | 88-62 |0LZ-0€ |SZE-0E | “€

Lo. |tte|teteti go. | tm | tm | cs | tas | og | 09 | ZS]. 9S} OS] EF | SS |60-0£ |08-42 | 8%-0£ | £0-0€ | £8-6% |SOE-0E |EPE-0F | “S

OG. re Oe) ee] oS *s | ms | feo | fo9 | gk] 9G} €S| 9E | SO |0L-6% |08.62 | 26-63. |L6-6% | 61-62 |PZ0-0F |980-08 | “I

: i] 2 = K *ur’ ‘ure ‘urd ‘ure 4 “AON

goie3|2/2 | #2155) 8 |g —=—|58 a} — : Pa

*uley “pur *I9JOULOULIOY J, *19JOULOLV & 2

*hANYUQ ‘asunpyy younpung qv Suoysnoy{D **d *Aey 947 49 puy faurHs-saruaMacy ‘asunyy yzsndazddy yo ‘aequncy * AA *A2Y 247 fig {NoLSOg

qo ‘Yea, “A 49 SuopuorT avau “MOIMSIHD Jv Mjaiog poanynaysozy ay2 Jo uapevAy ay, yw uosdwoyy, “spy 49 apow suorpvasasga poorSojoLoajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 2. FEBRUARY 1848.

_ VILI.—On Anacharis Alsinastrum, a supposed new British Plant.

By Cuarues C. Basrneron, M.A.; with a Synopsis of the

species of Anacharis and Apalanthe. By J. E. Puancnon,

doct. és se.*

4g [With a Plate.]

BS rrone describing the plant to which this paper more especially

_ refers, it is desirable to state the reasons which have caused the

_ adoption of the generic name Anacharis rather than Udora. By

_ the kindness of Sir W. J. Hooker I have had an opportunity of

. _ examining the numerous specimens of plants referable to these

and allied genera preserved in his Herbarium in company with

‘my friend Dr. Planchon, its efficient Curator; and I take ad-

vantage of this opportunity of acknowledging my obligations to

him for the very liberal manner in which he has placed his ma-

nuseript notes at my disposal. In Richard’s Memoir upon the

Order Hydrocharidee, where the genera Elodea and Anacharis

were characterized, only the male flowers of the latter are de-

seribed and figured. In the Herb. Hooker. there are male and

female specimens, collected by Tweedie in La Plata, which agree

_ well with Richard’s description of Anacharis (callitrichoides) taken

- from Montevideo specimens of the male plant. They differ

m Drummond’s Saskatchawan Udora (A. canadensis, Planch.)

by having petals to the male flowers, and their sheaths less in-

: it seems probable that this is the Klodea canadensis of

Michaux, who (or Richard) has apparently been misled to consider

3 |. as of the genus Elodea by the very great resemblance of its fe-

5 ie flowers to the hermaphrodite flower of EL. guyanensis. Indeed,

in the absence of the males, the female flowers of some species of

| Anacharis (A. Alsinastrum for example) might well pass for her-

x maphrodite flowers from which the anthers had been accidentally

| removed: the female flower of A. Alsinastrum differs from the

: phrodite flower of L. guyanensis (Rich.) solely by wanting

ab * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 9 Dec. 1847.

_ Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol.i. 6

eee

82 Mr. C. C. Babington on Anacharis Alsinastrum,

the anthers (the filaments existing), and in the somewhat dif-

ferently shaped stigmas ; in these respects agreeing with Nut-

tall’s description of his genus Udora. It would seem from these ~

facts that Richard’s Anacharis is the male of Nuttall’s Udora,

i which genus also Elodea canadensis (Michx.) must probably be i

placed. ;

It should be observed that the ‘ Fl. Boreali-Americana’ was —

published, from his father’s notes, by the younger Michaux in

1808, and that as the genus Hlodea is found there, it would

appear that he is the true author of the name, and that the Z.

canadensis is therefore a triandrous plant. But the name EHlodea —

is expressly claimed by Richard (Mém. de P’Instit. 1811, Pt. 2.

p- 4) in these words: “genre encore peu connu, et auquel jai,

donné le nom d’Elodea ” and as it is well known (as I learn -

from Dr. Planchon) that Richard greatly assisted the younger

Michaux in the preparation of his work, although he did not

allow his name to be placed on its title-page, there can be no

doubt that this genus was named and described by him. This

will account for the North American plant being placed in Tri- ©

andria, not Dicecia ; for H. guyanensis is triandrous, and the look

of the plants is so similar, that Richard might well be led to ~

consider H. canadensis as of the same structure when inspecting

dried specimens alone. Of the hermaphrodite structure of H.~

guyanensis Richard had convinced himself by seeing it alive in ©

its native waters, and it is highly probable that he saw only the

female flowers of E. canadensis, with three barren filaments, and

considered them as hermaphrodite. “=

I need scarcely remark, that Anacharis (1811) is by far an~

older name than Udora (1818), and that as it has been shown, —

it is hoped conclusively, that they are synonymous, the former |

must be employed. Nuttall does not seem to have seen Richard’s —

original paper (Mém. Inst. 1811, Pt. 2), for he quotes a figure ~

of the seed from the ‘Annales du "Muséum, where a copy of that

part of the plate of Hlodea is inserted. Had he seen the memoir

itself, he would doubtless have identified his plant with the |

genus Anacharis, and not have conferred a new name upon it.

In the Hookerian Herbarium a plant is preserved collected

by Schweinitz in the United States of America, which Dr

Planchon has determined to belong to the genus Elodea, Rich.,

but as that name is employed elsewhere, he proposes to name it

Apalanthe Schweinitzir.

The genus Anacharis may be characterized as follows :—

Awacuaris, Richard.

Flores dioici. Masc. Spatha tubulosa, ore inflato bifido, uniflora |

flore pedicellato. Perianthium sexpartitum, laciniis exteriorib S|

a supposed new British Plant. 83

_calycinis ovato-oblongis; interioribus petaloideis linearibus, aut

nullis. Stamina 9; filamenta basi in columnam brevem connata ;

anthere oblongz, basi affixz, loculis connectivo angusto sejunctis.

-—Fem. Spatha tubulosa, ore paululum dilatato bifido obliquove, uni-

flora. Perigonii tubus filiformis, elongatus; limbus sexpartitus,

laciniis ovalibus, conformibus, exterioribus calycinis, interioribus

petaloideis. Staminodia tria, laciniis exterioribus opposita, subulata ;

anthere nulle. Ovarium inferum. Stylus setiformis cum perigonii

tubo connatus ; stigmata tria, bifida vel emarginata. Bacca sub-

trigona, unilocularis, oligosperma.—Herbe perennes (vel annuz,

| Rich.)*, aquatice, caulescentes, radicantes. Folia verticillata vel

“Opposita, sessilia. Spathze axillares.

_ Anacharis, Rich. in Mém. de I Institut, 1811, ii. p. 61. t. 2 (mas).

_ Udora, Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Plants, ii. 242.

uM. Alsinasirum (nov. sp.?) ; foliis ternis ovali-oblongis obtusis sub-

tilissime serrulatis, spatha floris masculi (ignota), floris feminei

tubulosa ovarium sessilem pluries superante apice bifida, perigonii

laciniis latis subequalibus, stigmatibus ligulatis reflexis emargi-

natis.

_ Hab. In ponds connected with the canal at Foxton Locks

near Market Harborough, Leicestershire, where it was disco-

vered by Miss Mary Kirby, flowering sparingly, at the begin-

ning of September 1847.

Btn submersed ; stem solid, round, semitransparent, several

feet long, branching at irregular and distant points, clothed

throughout with whorls of leaves. Leaves three (rarely four) in

each whorl, oblong, 3-4 lines long, 13-2 lines broad, obtusely-

trou minutely and closely serrulate, diaphanous, formed

hbroughout (a continuous semitransparent midrib excepted) of

ongitudinal rows of small oblong green cells, of which the two

or three marginal rows are colourless and quite transparent ; edge

farnished with very minute closely-placed (except towards the

base, where they are altogether wanting or very distant) spinulose

teeth pointing forwards ; end formed of two curves meeting at an

obtuse angle and tipped with a spinous point similar to the mar-

ginal ones; uppermost leaves blunter than the lower ones, and

quite obtuse; all spreading at right angles from the stem,

their extremity rather reflexed; lower internodes about as long

as the leaves, lowest much longer and with opposite and short

‘* A. callitrichoides, Rich., is expressly stated by that author to be an-

ford our plant is undoubtedly perennial. In a growing plant, now (Dec. 22,

| 1847) before me, the old stem is losing its leaves, which have nearly all

decayed and fallen off, and appears to be itself on the point of death, but

| several clusters of young shoots have sprung from it, at the base of which

Toots are produced. In the spring a of these clusters will probably ap-

| pear to be an independent young plant. This may account for the supposed

annual duration of some of the species,

84 Mr. C. C. Babington on Anacharis Alsinastrum.

leaves, upper scarcely half their length ; the node ae by a

transverse dull red line. Roots long, threadlike, diaphanous,

from the points at which branches have sprung.—Fe flowers”

from the axils of the upper whorls, solita Sheaths sessile,

solitary, linear, slightly enlarged at the end, deol bifid. Flower

sessile; tube very long (so as to reach the marfade of the water),

filiform ; limb six-parted ; divisions oval, similar, three exterior,

three interior rather narrower and more acute. Filaments three, j

subulate, without anthers. Style adnate to the tube; stigmas

ligulate, reflexed, notched, fringed.—Male flowers unknown. j

A. Nuttallii (Planch. e Udora canadensis (Nutt.), from New

Jersey, closely resembles this, differing in the acute termina-

tion of its leaves, and apparently its less deeply divided sheath :

its flowers are not in a state admitting of examination. A.

canadensis (Planch.) has lanceolate-linear leaves and a much

shorter sheath. The latter differs from the former by not.

having any inner divisions to the perianth of its male flowers.

Our plant is clearly not A. canadensis, but it may be A. Nuttallii,

the want of male flowers totally preventing its absolute determi

nation. As the genus Anacharis is, as yet*, confined to the

American continent, it has been thought better to give a di-

stinctive name to our plant (derived from its resemblance to Ela-_

tine Alsinastrum), so as to prevent its being confounded with the ©

American species, and thus extending their range far beyond —

what may prove to be their natural limits. Should either of them

eventually be shown to be identical with our plant, one of the

names will of course drop; and as that species to which ours i

the most nearly allied is now for the first time distinguished —

from the Elodea canadensis of Michaux, it will then be for bota- |

nists to determine which name should be retained. q

Shortly after receiving this plant from Mr. Bloxam, I was in-_

formed that similar ones had been found in Hampshire and near”

Dublin. I am indebted to my friend Mr. H. Collins for a -—

men from the former locality, an ornamented pond, at Leigh Par

about eight miles from Chichester. He informs me that there

is very great probability of its having been introduced there ac-_

cidentally with the roots of Nymphea odorata, received by the

gardener a few years since from America. The plant had no

been noticed in the pond previously to those roots being put into-

it, and it appeared shortly afterwards in small quantity, but_

soon rapidly increased. Mr. Scott, the intelligent gardener ai

Leigh Park, has sent three female flowers to Mr. Collins and -

Mr. Borrer, one of which I have examined carefully. It has three

* The Udora pomeranica and U. lithuanica of European authors have _

never been seen in flower, and have much more the look of Hydrilla th

Anacharis, but their genus is at present undeterminable.

Dr. J. E. Planchon on Anacharis and Apalanthe. 85

_ broad calycine segments ; three narrower, shorter, perhaps spa-

_ thulate, coralline segments ; three broadly linear barren filaments ;

and two long, greatly recurved, possibly emarginate, stigmas.

The upper part of the plant to which one of the flowers is at-

tached is exactly like a similar portion of A. Nuttallit from New

_ Jersey, for which I am indebted to Sir W. J. Hooker, and I have

no doubt that they are the same species. It is a curious coinci-

dence, that the only perfect flowers of the Market Harborough

_ A. Alsinastrum, and also of the Leigh Park A. Nuttall which I

have been able to examine, have no trace of more than two

stigmas.

Mr. Mackay accompanies specimens of the Dublin plant

(found growing in a small pond in the garden of J. D’Oher,

_Esq., at Collignes near that city,) by the statement that it is

‘in company with Aponogeton and other rare aquatic plants, and

was in all probability introduced with them. Flowers have not

been observed upon it, and its name must therefore remain

doubtful—even its genus. In appearance it is almost exactly

like A. Nuttallii, with which it agrees in having narrower and

acuter leaves than A. Alsinastrum.

The question now arises, May not the A. Alsinastrum have

been introduced? To this I answer in the words of the Rev. A.

Bloxam, who kindly visited its place of growth and supplied me

with numerous living and dried specimens. He says, in answer

to an inquiry of mine, “I can find no reason to doubt the Udora

being a true native. Numbers of other water-plants grow in the

‘same locality, Potamogetons of various kinds, &c.” He adds,

that “although not observed until this year, I should suppose

that it must have been a long period in the ponds from the great

quantity of it.”

Synopsis specierum Anacharidis et Apalanthes ; auctore

J. E. Puancuon, Scien. Doc.

Anacuaris, Richard.

Ll. A. callitrichoides (Rich.); foliis oppositis vel ternis linearibus

acutis minute serrulatis, spatha pedicello (brevi) cylindrico con-

_ tinua sensim a basi ad apicem dilatata lineari-oblonga apice bifida,

__antheris (polline emisso) siccitate czerulescentibus, stigmatibus

- perianthii laciniis longioribus ad medium bifidis ; cruribus linea-

ribus.

Hab. in Brasilia australiori; Montevideo, Commerson; La Plata

{absque loco proprio), Tweedie in Herb. Hooker.

A. callitrichoides, Rich. in Mém. Inst. 1811, ii. 7. t. 2.

_ Character e specimine Tweediano, quod floribus utriusque sexus

_ gaudet, masculis, sicut folia, cum icone Richardiano plane congru-

entibus, femineo unico et pro investigatione nimis imperfecto.

86 Dr. J. E. Planchon’s Synopsis of the species of

2. Anacharis Matthewsii (Planch.) ; foliis 8-4-nis dense imbricatis,

spatha mascula (ante dehiscentiam) breve pedunculata ellipsoidea, —

perianthii laciniis exterioribus oblongis interioribus linearibus et —

petaloideis subsequilongis, antheris (novem) subsessilibus a

emisso non cerulescentibus. 7

Hab. in Peruvie ditione Ubuamantanga, prov. Canta, Matthias

No. 581. In aqua fluente rivulorum,

Folia 7-8 lin. longa, 1 lin. lata, haud acuminata sed apice. sub-

rotundato breviter acutata, patentia vel erecto-patentia internodiis —

pluries longiora. Anthere lineari-oblonge.

3. A. Alsinastrum (Bab.); foliis ternis ovali-oblongis obtusis sub-—

tilissime serrulatis, spatha floris masculi (ignota), floris feminei —

tubulosa ovarium sessilem pluries superante apice bifida, perianthii

laciniis latis omnibus subsequalibus, stigmatibus ligulatis reflexis :

emarginatis.

Hab. in Anglia. d

Folia 3—4 lin. longa, 1}~-2 lata, in apice caulis ramulorumque con-

fertis, in parte infima ramulorum parvis distantibus oppositis, ses-

silia, squarrosa, apice paululum reflexa. —Babington.

4. A. Nuttallii (Planch.) ; foliis 3—-4-nis oblongo-linearibus subasliter |

serrulatis interdum obtusis, petalis floris masculi ee

latis, stigmatibus ligulatis reflexis bifidis.—Nuétall.

Hab. in America septentrionali, sed loci natales dum stirps cum —

duobus aliis hucdudum confusa sit, observationibus novis denuo |

notandi.

Udora canadensis, Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Pl. ii. 242. excl. syn.

Miche.

Huc fere absque dubitatione refero stirpem prope Novam Cesa-

ream a cl. Torreyo lectam cujus folia variant late vel anguste line-—

aria, sed tamen sunt semper acutiora quam illa A. Alsinastri. Spatha

floris feminei sessilis, tubulosa, ovario adpressa et super eum pro-

ducta, apice acute bifida. Flores pauci et pro examine accurato /

nimis imperfecti. |

5. A. chilensis (Planch.); foliis ternis lineari-oblongis prior sub- (

tilissime serrulatis, spatha floris feminei sessili tubulosa apice hinc

fissa, stigmatibus tribus bipartitis perianthii laciniis exterioribus —

reflexis longioribus. q

Hab. in Chili prope Valparaiso, Cuming, No. 636. 4

Folia illis 4. Alsinastri plane similia, unguicularia, 2 lin. lata, in”

parte infima ramulorum opposita. Spatha in flore unico suppetente

folii tertiam partem vix equante. Tubus perigonii pollicaris; lim-

bus reflexus, laciniis exterioribus circiter 1 lin. longis, interioribus |

... Styli tres, profunde bipartiti, laciniis linearibus.

6. A. canadensis (Planch.) ; foliis ternis lineari-oblongis vel anguste

linearibus, apice interdum rotundatis breve acutatis, spatha floris

~ masculi (breve pedunculata) ventricoso-obovata, floris feminei ses-

- silis tubulosa ovarium sub 5-plo longiore apice bifida, perianthii —

floris masculi laciniis interioribus nullis. ra

Anacharis and Apalanthe. 87

Hab, in America septentrionali. Saskatchawan, Drummond (spe-

_ ¢imina mascula). Canada, Cleghorn (specimina feminea imperfecta),

Elodea canadensis, Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 20.?

APALANTHE, Planchon.

_ Elodee sp., Richard. Udore sp., Endlicher (sed character gene-

_ ricum ex elementis heterogeneis infauste exstructum).

Flores hermaphroditi, ceterum femineis Udore, preter anthera-

_ Tum preesentiam, in omnibus conformes. Stamina in specie typica

_ Guyanensi vidi interdum haud eequidistantia, nec cum stigmatibus

_ regulariter alternantia, sed alterum liberum inter stigmata duo, altera

_ duo inter se filamentis plus minus concreta et cum crure altero unius

_ stigmatorum bifidorum semiconnata. Antheras vidi potius late

_ ellipticas quam cordatas; pollinis granula levia, 3-4-natim cohe-

- rentia. Dehiscentia antherarum mihi obscura. Cl. Bonplandius, in

- descriptione Apal. (Elodee) granatensis, stylum in collo longo calycis

- liberum adesse asserit; sed character illud, cum oculatissimum

_ Richardum fugerit, in vivo rursus inquirendum est. Ipse nihil vidi

ad confirmationem observationis iste tendens.

1. Apal. guyanensis (Planch.); foliis 3-9-nis lanceolato-linearibus

(vel anguste linearibus) a basi ad apicem sensim angustatis acutis

haud recurvis, spatha sessili cylindracea ‘‘ ovarium in ipsa sessile ”

superante ; stigmatibus (szepius) bifidis: cruribus apice dilatatis.

_ Hab. in Guyana, Rich. Demerara, Parker, in Herb. Hook.

Elodea guyanensis, Rich. in Mém. Inst. 1811. ii. 4. t. 1.

_ 2. Apal. granatensis (Planch.); foliis 7-15-nis, anguste linearibus

__ acutissimis, spatha sessili ovarium in ipsa sessile subzequante.

_ Hab.in aquis Nove Granatz prope Guaduas inter Honda et Cune.

Humboldt et Bonpland.

Elodea granatensis, Humb. et Bonpl. Pl. Afquin. ii. 150. t. 128.

8. Apal. Schweinitzii (Planch.) ; foliis seepius 3-nis (in parte infima

_ ramorum oppositis) lanceolato-linearibus (vel subovalibus) acutis

subtilissime serrulatis, spatha sessili cylindrica acute bifida florem

_ demum longe pedicellatum exserente.

Hab. in Americe septentrionalis provinciis confederatis (United

_ States), loco proprio non indicato, Schweinitz in Herb. Hook.

Serpicula occidentalis, Pursh? Fl. N. Amer. i. 33 (ob flores her-

maphroditos triandros, sed diagnosis manca imprimis quoad

floris situm non sufficit).

_ Herbaomnino facie Anacharidis Nuttallii vel A. canadensis. Folia

in ramulorum parte inferiore opposita, abbreviata, subovalia, 2-24

_ lin. longa, internodiis multo breviora ; cetera linearia, patenti-erecta,

internodiis multo longiora ideoque laxe imbricata, acuta nec tamen

_ acuminata. Spatha 4-5 lin. longa. Pedicellus floris 6-8 lin. longus.

_ Ovarium anguste ovatum in collum 1-1} pollicarem sensim angus-

tatum. Laciniz perianthii exteriores latiuscule lineares, patentes,

88 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

pellucide ; interiores petaloidee, tenerrime. Stamina tria; _fila-

menta gracilia, antheris longiora; anther obovate, compress,

loculis granulis pollinis inter se conglomeratis repletis, dehiscentia

ignota. Stigmata tria, bipartita (?), cruribus recurvis perianthii

laciniis exterioribus duplo longioribus.

Obs. Elodea canadensis (Michx.) a specie supra descripta differt,

ob verba auctoris in delineatione characteris generici, “ ovarium ad

caulem sessile.” Inde stirps ad Anacharidem canadensem ( Planch.)

verosimiliter recte referta.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Anacharis Alsinastrum, natural size, with a detached flower showing its

very long tube.

Note.—The flower, the only one obtained, is doubtless imperfect, by

wanting the third stigma.

a. A whorl of leaves.

b. Summit of the sheath, :

c. A female flower. faa

d. Stigmatic fringe.

We are indebted to Mr. J. W. Salter for the beautiful drawing,

made for the ‘ Supplement to English Botany,’ from which our

plate is engraved.

1X.—On the Anatomy of Holis, a genus of Mollusks of the order

Nudibranchiata. By Atsany Hancock and Dennis Em-

BLETON, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Phy-

siology in the ‘Newcastle-upon-Tyne School of Medicine.

{Continued from vol. xv. p. 88.]

[With two Plates. ]

Organs of Generation.

For the sake of convenience we will treat of these in the fol-

lowing order :—

1st. Male apparatus: testis and penis, and mechanism for

intromission and retraction.

2nd. Female apparatus: ovary with oviduct and accessory

lands.

. ord. Complementary androgynous organs: spermatheca and

its channels.

The generative organs lie for the most part beneath all the

other viscera, and occupy the greatest part of the cavity of the

body. The ovary at the season of reproduction nearly fills up

the posterior half of the body, and the median line divides it

into two almost symmetrical parts.

The other organs lie in front of the ovary, and extend as far

forwards as the sides of the buccal mass ; they are unsymmetrical,

sage ae tr aes ieee

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 89

4 being placed chiefly on the right side, partially covered by the

_ stomach which dips down on the median line between them and

_ the posterior border of the buccal mass ; all their outlets leading

_ to a common orifice, which is situated on the right side between

the terminations of the rows of papille and the margin of the

foot, and a short way behind the dorsal tentacles.

This orifice exists at the depressed apex of a small conical nip-

ple or papilla, formed by a projecting and slightly puckered fold

of skin, and is readily seen. When this orifice is laid open, a

_ yestibule, or small cavity, is discovered, on the inner wall of which

are three perforations, two being easily discovered, surrounded

by a wrinkled and projecting border of skin, one directly in front

of the other ; a third may be detected with some pains among the

folds around the posterior opening, and at its anterior part. Of

the two openings first mentioned the anterior leads to the male

apparatus ; the posterior, which is the largest of the three, leads to

the female organs ; and the third, by far the smallest, leads to the

spermatheca. Such is the state of the external parts in their

most perfect state of contraction, after death, or in the absence

of sexual excitement during life. But during the breeding sea-

son it is often found that the vestibule is obliterated by the pro-

trusion outwardly of its inner wall, and then the anterior aperture

_ is replaced, as it were, by a curved conical projection with its con-

_ cavity posteriorly. This projection is the penis in a partial state

of protrusion, and directly behind the base of it is seen the large

female orifice, and immediately within this exists the third and

smallest opening.

To obtain a complete view of the internal generative organs, it

is necessary to remove all the other viscera. The ovary, Pl. IIT.

fig. 1 d, is then seen as before mentioned, filling nearly the whole

of the posterior part of the cavity of the body. It is of a pale yel-

low colour, lobulated and granular, broad and thick in front, ta-

pering behind. Its anterior surface is concave, and moulded upon

the parts directly in front. These are two large, delicate, semi-

pellucid, convex and somewhat rounded lobes of a gland accessory

to the female parts, Pl. III. fig. 1 g g, which we will call the

_ mucus-gland, since it appears to secrete the mucus-like envelope

of the ova, as will afterwards be seen.

These lobes are continuous with each other below, but above

there is a deep fissure between them running from behind forwards.

At the posterior end of the fissure lies the convoluted part of the

oviduct, fig. 1 f, which runs forwards into the fissure. Under

the convolutions of the oviduct lies the spermatheca with its duct,

fig. 1 f,i. At the anterior end of the fissure, and resting on

the front of the right lateral lobe of the mucus-gland, lies a long

pale-flesh-coloured much-conyoluted tube, fig. 1 ¢, the testis, one

90 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

end of which passes backwards into the fissure and communicates

with the oviduct, the other enters the apex of a conical projection,

fig. 1 a, which it will be seen is the retracted male intromittent

organ. -

Having given the above general notice of the parts as they

seen on being laid bare, and partially drawn asunder, we now

proceed to a more particular description of the same after they

have been carefully dissected, premising that the description, as

well as the general notice, is taken from E. papillosa, except where

it is otherwise expressed. ;

1st. Male apparatus : we have already said, that of the external

orifices, the male, fig. 2 a’, lies in front of the other two. When

this orifice is laid open in a specimen that has the parts fully

retracted into the body, we find a short canal opening almost

immediately into a pretty large sac, fig. 7 a, which is nearly filled

by a somewhat egg-shaped body c, projecting into its interior,

The sac at its innermost end is found to be reflected upon the

exterior of the contained body, forming a coating for it. When

this body is examined by section it displays in its interior a fine

tube which is continuous with the testicular convolutions, d, at

the internal extremity, and at the other opens near the apex, e, of

the egg-shaped body above mentioned. This body is formed then

of a reduplication of the wall of the sac that opens at the external

orifice, and contains the termination of the testis towards the ex-

terior. It is capable of being elongated, drawn out to a point, and

protruded altogether from the sac that contains it, and the sae

itself is also capable of being everted through the external orifice.

The contracted egg-shaped body, and the sac in which it lies, on

being thrust out externally, assume the form of a much-elongated

and finely tapering penis, fig. 5 a, inclosing the exeretory duct of

the testis which opens at its apex. When the parts are contracted,

this penis forms the internal conical projection alluded to at the

end of the general description. beta

The testis, fig. 1c. This is a tolerably large tube, intricately

convoluted in a somewhat zigzag manner, its coils bound together

by a tissue of delicate filaments, and by the branches of the ar-

tery and nerve distributed to them, into a pretty compact mass,

which lies in front of and upon the mucus-gland, and against the

right side of the buccal mass, partly concealing the penis. When

the coils are all unravelled we have a tube of uniform diameter,

the length of which in one specimen was two inches, being greater

than that of the animal itself. It is of a pale flesh colour and

opake; and if a portion be removed and examined in the com-

pressorium of the microscope, its walls are seen to be made up of

three concentric coats; the two outer are muscular, and their

fibres are longitudinal and transverse ; the innermost is a secre-

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 91

_ ting membrane, and is lined by numerous corpuscles similar to

those in the expressed contents of the tube.

The contents of the tube are easily pressed out, and consist of

atenacious mucus-like matter that contains a great number of

corpuscles of different size and appearance, fig.9. These are

chiefly delicate transparent cells, some of considerable diameter,

perfectly circular and having a double outline. They are of three

kinds: Ist, those which are devoid of contents and of nucleus,

fig. 9a; 2ndly, those which present a large granular nucleus,

which is either within and lying close upon the wall, or projecting

about half their diameter beyond it, b; and 3rdly, those which

are more or less completely filled with circular, granular and

unnucleated corpuscles, c; these corpuscles are also seen in con-

siderable numbers, d, free, of various sizes and apparently under-

going development into cells.

Spermatozoa have been observed among the contents of the -

testis of E. coronata, though we have not been able to detect any

relation between them and the nucleated cells above described.

The tube of the testis after the unravelling of its coils can be

traced a short way backwards, along the fissure between the lobes

of the mucus-gland, where, after undergoing a sudden and re-

_ markable constriction, it opens into the oviduct where that tube

is abruptly bent upon itself, figs. 1 & 2k.

The penis of Z. coronata when exserted differs from the elon-

gated conical organ of EH. papillosa in bemg much bulkier in pro-

portion to the size of the animal, and in its extremity being much

enlarged and terminated by an almost circular fungiform mem-

branous expansion, near the anterior border of which the excre-

tory duct of the testis opens. This peculiarity appears to be ac-

counted for by the modified form of the duct leading to the sper-

matheca in this species, and will be again noticed further on. The

testis, fig. 3 c, differs also from that of H. papillosa in being very

short, but of much greater diameter. The constriction at the

ot where it joins the oviduct is more strongly marked, and pro-

onged like a small duct. Fig. 8 represents the penis of E. co-

ronata retracted within its sheath in the interior of the body.

The penis of £. Drummondi, fig. 6a, is similar to that of E.

coronata, and is given from a specimen preserved in spirits, in

which it was exserted. The testis, fig. 4c, is somewhat shorter and

thicker.

The male organs of HZ. olivacea resemble those of E. coronata.

2nd. Female organs: the position and general appearance of

the ovary, fig. 1 d, have already been described. On further ex-

amination the organ is found to be intersected by a longitudinal

median fissure, which can be traced deeply into its substance,

and which divides it into two principai lateral masses; smaller

92 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis.

fissures, offsets from the chief one, pass away laterally into the

masses subdividing them into numerous lobules of varying form

and size. The lobules are connected together by fine entous

tissue, in which lie the branches of the oviduct and of the ovarian

artery. Each lobe is invested by a delicate membrane, and ap-

pears to consist entirely of a congeries of ova inclosed within yery

delicate irregularly-shaped polygonal cells. Pl. IV. fig. 1 a repre-

sents these cells with the ova at a very early stage of formation ;

b, ova somewhat further advanced ; c, ova much more high

developed, showing the germinal spot surrounded by the pellucid

zone.

' The ovary is attached to the skin by what appears to be deli-

cate cellular tissue, and here and there by fine but firm flat bands

that seem to be continuous with the inner or muscular layer of

the integument. Small tubes, which we think are veins, are also

seen passing from the outer surface of the organ into the sub-

stance of the skin.

At the front of the ovary, the oviduct, Pl. ILI. figs. 1 & 2 e, re-

sulting from the union of the lesser ducts from all the lobules, is

seen to issue from the longitudinal fissure; it is there a minute

opake tube, but soon dilates, and passing over the spermatheca is

bent upon itself two or three times very acutely, being further

considerably increased in diameter, f; after this it becomes rapidly

diminished in size, e’, straight, and continued forwards along the

fissure between the lobes of the mucus-gland, and dipping down

it receives the constricted part of the testis near k as before men-

tioned, and is then suddenly bent back upon itself. After this

it is joined by the duct of the spermatheca, 7, and the tube re-

sulting from this union turns immediately forwards, and after a

short course bifurcates, as is shown at fig. 2m; one branch, n,

the shorter, dipping downwards, is lost upon the channel belong-

ing to the right side of the mucus-gland, and into which channel

it appears to empty itself as the termination of the oviduct ; the

other and longer branch, 7’, is continued on to the third and

smallest external orifice by the side of the female aperture, and

appears to be the channel of the spermatheca. This latter branch

we have not been able to trace so satisfactorily as the rest, but

have no doubt of its existence as described.

We now come to the large semipellucid or mucus-gland pre-

viously mentioned, figs. 1&2 gg. An analogous organ exists in

Doris and Tritonta which has been described by Cuvier as the

testis. It appears on looking first at the upper surface to consist

of two distinct glands, but on the under surface these are seen

to be perfectly continuous with each other. It is more or less

convex on all sides, but the upper surfaces are so inclined towards

each other as to leave a deep fissure, in which are lodged, as be-

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 93

fore mentioned, the oviduct, the duct from the spermatheca, and

the posterior termination of the testis. The whole surface of the

gland presents to a certain extent the appearance of the cerebral

| conyolutions of the higher animals ; there is however a rounded

portion g’, seen next the fissure on the upper aspect of the lobes

when they are held asunder, that differs from the rest in being

opake, granular-looking and of a flesh colour, but more mi-

nutely convoluted than the semipellucid portion, yet forming

an integral part of it. The semipellucid part of the gland

can easily be seen to be disposed in the form of hollow laminz

folded upon each other, and these on the upper surface have a

zigzag arrangement. The cavities of the lamine communicate

freely with a wide channel in the interior of each lobe, and these

channels unite to form a common tube 6, which ends externally

at the female orifice, fig. 2 b', after having received the termina-

tion of the oviduct n. This gland we believe not to be the testis,

as Cuyier and his followers supposed it—for it has no direct con-

nexion with the male parts—but to be the organ which secretes

the transparent glairy matter that envelopes the ova previous to

their passing from the body, by which they become attached to

the substances on which they are deposited, and which protects

them from injury during their evolution. On examining the se-

cretion of this gland by the microscope we found no spermatozoa,

but instead, a tenacious granular-looking fluid, with broad nucle-

ated granular scales of what seemed to be pavement epithelium.

The ovary and other female parts do not appear to differ ma-

terially from the above description in E. coronata, E. Drummondi

and E. olivacea.

8rd. Androgynous apparatus: the spermatheca, figs. 1 & 2 h,

lies in front of the ovary between the two lobes of the mucus-

gland, and is almost concealed from view by them and by the

dilated convoluted part of the oviduct. It is a globular or pyri-

form sac, of a dirty olive colour, having one or more accessory

sacs, j, attached to its duct; its walls are thin, but strong and

muscular. In LZ. papillosa and LE. coronata it has been found

crammed full of a mass of fully-developed spermatozoa and cor-

puscles. The spermatozoa, fig. 10 a & 4, consist of a narrow

elliptical transparent head often bent upon a long slender tail or

- filament, which is seen to be either straight or waved, or spirally

rolled upon itself. The corpuscles, c, are small, elliptical, and

varying in size, many of them having a transverse band, others

a cross upon them, apparently indicating a tendency to split into

two or four parts as represented in the figure.

The duct of the spermatheca, 7, comes off from the under and

anterior part, and after a very short course forwards empties

itself into the oviduct at /, fig. 2, appearing to end there, but in

94 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

fact continued on in union with it to the bifurcation m, where it

separates from it as the smaller branch which goes on to the ex-

ternal genital orifice. H

In E£. coronata, E. Drummondi and E. olivacea, the female

parts we have seen agree with those of Z. papillosa; the male

parts we have shown differ materially, and the androgynous ap-

paratus again presents corresponding modifications in these three

species. |

eThe spermatheca in E. coronata, fig. 3 h, is a simple elonga

pyriform sac without any accessory.

In E. Drummondi it is a sacculated bag. The ducts connect-

ing the spermatheca, the oviduct and testis together in these

cies have the same disposition as in EZ. papillosa, but the duct

which leads from the spermatheca to the external orifice is very

- much modified. It begins externally by a large orifice leading

into a short wide channel with thick and wrinkled walls, figs. 3 &

4 7' j', mto the side of a strong globular sac j 7; from the oppo-

site part of this sac issues a minute canal 7 7, which returns

along the external wall of the wide channel, and approaching the

testis near its union with the oviduct, passes under it and be-

tween it and the penis, and then after a short tortuous course

backwards it unites with the duct of the spermatheca near i, a

little above, and not, asin E. papillosa, below, the junction of the

latter with the oviduct.

The great size and peculiar modification of the external por-

tion of the channel just described has reference obviously to the

modified size and form of the intromittent organ in these i

We feel little doubt that the penis passes along the wide channel

into the globular sac, which from its size and form is well-adapted

to receive and probably to retain the expanded extremity of that

organ.

This part of the apparatus is then a peculiar vagina ; it is pos-

sible that a small point may be protruded from the orifice of the

penis, fig. 6c, at the time of conjunction ; but whether this be so

or not, we believe that the semial fluid is conveyed along the

minute channel, fig. 3 7! i!, we have noted as passing off from the

vaginal sac j, and is thus delivered into the spermatheca h.

Looking at the remarkable shortness of the testicular tube in

E. coronata, E. Drummondi and E. olivacea, in reference to the

modification of their copulative organs, we suppose that the de-

ficient development of the essential is compensated for by an in-

creased efficiency of the accessory organs, that a more prolonged

union of the sexes is here rendered necessary, and the conditions

for this we find in the peculiar form of the penis and the

vaginal sac.

In E. papillosa, on the contrary, copulation is effected by the

;

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 95

_ introduction of the elongated, conical and pointed penis, fig. 5 a,

_ into the small simple channel of the spermatheca, fig. 2 7, along

_ which we believe it to pass to at least beyond its junction with

_ the oviduct, if not quite to the spermatheca itself. The penis, as

_ represented in the Plate, is from aspecimen preserved in spirits,

_ but in the living state this organ is capable of taking a much |

_ more elongated and attenuated form.

_ The way in which fecundation is effected will be understood if

we now trace the passage of the ova from the ovary to the external

_ orifice: they pass along the oviduct, fig. 2 e, and are detained

_ awhile in the dilated and convoluted part of it, f, probably to re-

_ celye some necessary investment ; after this they are conducted

forwards to where the testis joins the oviduct at &; here they are

_ subjected first of all to the influence of the seminal fluid of the

_ individual itself, for there appears to be little or no doubt that

the double muscular coating of the testis, c, is eapable of driving

its contents either outwardly towards the penis a, or if required,

_ inwardly towards the oviduct e. Ciliary motion may also assist

in determining the flow of the seminal fluid in either direction.

The operation of this self-fecundation being thus accomplished

in the first instance, the ova are secondly conveyed backwards to

_ the duct of the spermatheca at /, where they undergo the action

_ of the semen injected into that receptacle from another animal

_ during the sexual union ; afterwards they are carried into the

right duet of the mucus-gland at n, which is freely continuous

_ with the left duct, and with the common female channel of out-

let b.

__ In the wide ducts of the mucus-gland the ova receive their last

coating and their peculiar arrangement in it, and lastly they are

expelled through the female orifice 4', the form of the channel

_ probably impressing upon the continuous strap or cord of mucus-

_ enveloped ova the peculiar form which the spawn of the different

_ species is found to possess.

__ It will thus be seen that a double impregnation is here pos-

sible, and indeed more than probable, considering the anatomical

_ relation of the parts; but whether it be in every instance essen-

_ tial, we are not prepared to state. If the experiments of M. Alex.

_ de Nordmann related in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’

_ 8™¢ série, tome y. 1846, touching the breeding of Tergipes, which

we consider a member of the genus Eolis, be thought conclusive,

_ it may be deemed that self-impregnation is alone requisite. Since

__ however copulation is observed to take place among these ani-

_ mals frequently and freely, even in confinement in the house, we

have little doubt of the necessity of a double impregnation.

__ On a review of our description of the generative organs in the

above-mentioned species of Holis, it appears that these organs

96 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

bear a good deal of resemblance to those of the other Nudi-

branchiata as described by Cuvier ; but in assigning the peculiar

functions of the various parts, we differ from that distinguished

physiologist. It is however only after often-repeated careful dis-

section, observation and deliberate consideration that we venture

to dissent from such high authority, and we feel it incumbent

upon us to state generally in what points we differ, and the reasons

of our dissent.

That part in Doris called by Cuvier testis answers to what we

call the mucus-gland : that it is not testis we are assured, by its

having no direct connexion with the male parts, but opens very

evidently into the female channel, of which it is an appendage ;

we have several times examined its secretion, and found it to cor-

respond exactly with the mucus-like matter that envelopes the

ova. Again, the convoluted tube, called by Cuvier penis, we be-

lieve to be the testis, and for the following reasons :—lIst. It is

not uncommon to find the true penis, exserted in specimens pre-

served in spirits : on examination of the parts of H. papillosa in

such case, the penis of Cuvier is still found in the interior of the

body as a closely convoluted tube, the coils of which are nearly

all attached to each other by fine filaments, as noticed in our de-

scription, and are therefore not susceptible of being unrolled and

made to act as an intromittent organ. A small portion however

is freer than the rest, and is often found at the base of the penis,

being prolonged also to its extremity as the excretory duct of the

testis. 2ndly. Its internal structure and its contents are clearly

those of a glandular organ, and spermatozoa have been found in

it in E. coronata ; and lastly, its connexions as already pointed

out, namely with the penis at one end and with the oviduct at

the other, seem to indicate pretty accurately its character.

The sac we have called spermatheca we have ventured so to

name, because we find it possesses a channel of communication

with the exterior and a direct connexion with the oviduct, besides

containing, as we have witnessed in E. papillosa and E. coronata,

abundant masses of densely packed spermatozoa. This organ is

doubtless the “ vessie ” of Cuvier.

In passing from the Baron’s description of the genitalia of

Doris, while we are glad to acknowledge that his plates and de-

scriptions have been of great service to us in confirming in many

points the result of our own dissections, we cannot help being sur-

prised that two other anatomists, who have so recently been en-

gaged upon the corresponding organs of some of the Eolidide,

have not availed themselves of the store of valuable information

accumulated by their illustrious precursor in the same path of in-

vestigation in his ‘ Mémoires pour servir’ &c.—we allude to

MM. de Quatrefages and de Nordmann. If we turn to the former

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 97

- gentleman’s account of the genital organs of his Eolidina, we find

_ it to be very meagre and imperfect. He states at the commence-

‘ment that these are as simple as possible ; we have found them to

_ constitute that part of the organization which is the most com-

_ plicated and difficult to be understood. The copulative vesicle

s ite mentions, which he thinks analogous to that of insects, and

_ destined to receive and preserve the spermatic fluid of the same

_ individual, acting the part in fact of seminal vesicle, and which

heis tempted to believe renders the conjunction of two individuals

_ unnecessary, seems to correspond to the spermatheca: the only

_ other parts he mentions, the testis and ovary with their ducts, we

- find great difficulty in identifying with the parts described as

such in our paper. That the congress of two individuals does

_ really take place, we have had abundant proof.

In the latter gentleman’s paper on Tergipes above-quoted, we

_have a confused but more detailed account of these organs. The

_ Professor seems to have confounded the testis and ovary together,

_ owing to the action of the compressor ; for we cannot believe in

_ the development of spermatozoa in the female parts, and in this

we agree with his translator as well as in our conviction that the

_ ‘‘poches séminales” are parts of a multiple testis. If this be the

_ true interpretation then, we find that in this section of the genus

_ there is a modification of the testis which does not exist, as far as

we know, in any of the others. Such a modification we think

_ not improbable, since we have observed a similar conformation in

_ Chalidis, a naked mollusk having considerable affinity to the

_ Holidide, and placed as the lowest genus in M. de Quatrefages’

order Phiebenterata. The liver, as M. de Nordmann gives it, ap-

_ pears to be a part of the large mucus-gland we have described.

The urmary gland is perhaps the opake granular part of the

same. The testis is evidently the spermatheca, from its form and

contents. The “vessie muqueuse” would seem to answer to the

_ sac of the penis, and the short flexuous canal, which, coming from

the erytalloid (?) bodies of the foot, enters its posterior extremity,

“appears to indicate the duct of the true multiple testis.

Organs of Circulation.

‘These are a heart and blood-vessels.

‘The central organ consists of auricle and ventricle with valves,

The vessels are arterial and venous.

a: “The heart and the roots of the large vessels lie in the wide

“cavity of a delicate pericardium, Pl. IV. figs. 2 and 4 ff, ec ; this

‘is 4 very fine transparent membrane, difficult of detection at first,

which is attached to the aorta just beyond its origin, and to the

three great venous trunks just before their union in their com-

‘mion sinus, the auricle. At the same parts its external surface is

_ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 7

See

98 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

attached to the skin, and by means of these attachments the

heart and great vessels are secured in their position. The heart

and vessels thus inclosed lie free in the cavity, which they fill

when fully distended with blood. The heart and pericardium lie

above all the other viscera, and immediately beneath the skin of

the back, on the median line, and just behind the anterior third

of the body.

In E. coronata and those species which have the rectors

similarly arranged, they lie between the second and third clumps.

They form during life a manifest elliptical elevation, more or

less transparent, and in which the pulsations may be seen and

counted. pels

On opening a specimen preserved in spirits, the auricle, fig. 2

is seen at the posterior part of the pericardium, of a cruciform

figure, resulting from the union of two large trunks of vems p p

coming from the sides of the body with one, g, from the poster:

part, lying along the median line ; the anterior limb of the

is formed by the contracted portion of the auricle r, where it g

forwards to open into the ventricle a. The walls of the 2

are quite smooth and polished externally, and within are form fe

of a very fine but wide meshed reticulation of delicate muscular

bundles which are continued upon the greater venous trunks. :

At the anterior contracted part is placed a valvular apparatu 3,

fig. 3c, the auriculo-ventricular, to guard the ventricular op nit 1g

which is on the under surface of the heart. aie

The auriculo-ventricular valve consists of two flaps c continuow

at their bases with the walls of the ventricle and men

its cavity, having their ends attenuated and free. | Pepe

one under and the other over the opening, the pace peir . :

longer than the latter. They are broad and strong, and when

brought together they will effectually close the opening. The

opening is wide, and the auricle is attached to its margin at the

bases of the valvular flaps. .

The ventricle a, much smaller than the auricle, is of a pyrifo : ng

shape, with its apex anteriorly. Its walls are considerably thicker

and more fleshy than those of the auricle, and its cavity displays”

very numerous, strong and bold projecting carneze columnze, some

of which are attached to the bases and outer surfaces of the was 8

at both orifices. The interior of the ventricle from its high de='

velopment reminds us forcibly of that of animals much hi

in the scale. The upper half of the organ is much thicker

the under, owing to the superior number and strength of it

fleshy columns. ‘The muscular fibres of the auricle and ventric 1

are devoid of transverse strie ; they are minute, simply eine Jal

and rounded. e |

A valve, the aortic, fig. 3 d, is placed at the anterior or pointe |

; | Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 99

end of the heart ; it is a broad elongated lamina, very thin at its

free edge, which is slightly semilunar. It projects a long way into

the aorta. Its base is continuous with the fleshy columns of

the upper wall of the heart, and just above this connexion, and

behind the valve, there is a large well-marked sinus at the com-

mencement of the aorta. i

The aorta, fig. 2 d, begins at the base of the valve, and very

oon after perforates the pericardium before giving off any

nches.

The elliptical swelling and the transparency observed in the

¢ardiac region during life is mainly owing to the dilated state

of the two chambers of the heart. After death the fulness is

lost, and the chambers are found contracted and flattened. With

me care we have succeeded in a dead specimen in partially in-

ating the auricle by means of a small blowpipe, so that the parts

resumed a good deal of the appearance they present during life.

Fig. 4 represents the chambers of the heart inflated, imitating

the condition of the parts during life*.

In £olis then we have a simple two-chambered heart, the

blood coming from veins into the auricle, passing then into the

ventricle, and being thence propelled along the arteries. The

pulsations are regular, and their number in £. papillosa is up-

wards of fifty, and in E. coronata sixty-five in the minute. The

systole of the auricle is followed immediately by that of the ven-

tricle, and during the former action the heart is pulled sharply

backwards, during the latter forwards, showing the heart to be

ee in the pericardiac cavity.

| The aorta on emerging from the pericardium gives off a small

branch e, for the supply of the stomach, and immediately after-

wards bifurcates ; one branch, the larger, passes forward to supply

_ the anterior parts of the body, the other backwards to be distri-

buted to the posterior parts.

_ * That what we call the auricle is really such, and not a mere sinus or

_ confluence of veins branchio-cardiac, as set forth by M. Milne Edwards in

his ‘Voyage en Sicile, sixiéme article, sur l’appareil circulatoire des ‘hé-

_ thys,’ we believe for the following reasons. It is distinctly divided from the

great venous trunks by the pericardium which is evident enough in Lolis,

sand strongly defined in Doris: during life, or if injected after death, it pre-

| sents a well-marked elliptical ampulla within the pericardium, and possesses

pulsation proper to itself, a pulsation that is seen during life to be con-

ned within the bounds of the pericardium, and as if in confirmation of this

is found to be furnished with carneze columne proportioned to the deli-

cacy of its coats.

_ The branchio-cardiac sinus figured and described by Milne Edwards ap-

oe to us to be somewhat anomalous, and certainly differs from anything

_ we have seen either in Zolis or Doris, and is quite at variance with the cor-

_ responding part in the 7ritoniade, of which family it is clearly a member,

for in Tritonia Hombergii and in Scyllea pelagica the auricle is not longi-

_ tudinally, but transversely placed, receiving veins from the skin at each end.

: 1%

100 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

The anterior aorta, fig. 2 f, passing forwards over the genital —

organs, and on the right side of the stomach, but on a plane below —

the ramifications of the digestive system, gives off three or four —

small arteries, e' ¢ e ¢, to the stomach, and next from its under

part a large branch j, which after sending off some small twigs is _

distributed by two or three branches which ramify on the penis, —

testis, mucus-gland and ducts. The main t , after this, is”

bent down in front of the genital organs, passes under the ceso-

phagus, and becomes applied to the under surface of the buccal —

mass 7, on the median line, after having given an offset, k, for-—

wards to the anterior part of the cesophagus and upper "surface :

of the buccal mass. Next, about half-way along the under sur-

face of that fleshy organ, it gives off a large artery /, which pene-

trates its floor at an aperture left between the muscular ae

to supply the tongue and the interior of the mouth;

after this, a branch springs on each side from the denims these |

encircle the anterior part of the mass of the jaws just behind the |

lips, supplying the muscles that connect the mass to the skin,

and the skin itself in the vicinity. Lastly, the anterior aorta —

terminates in three branches near m, which are distributed by

twigs to the lips and the anterior part of the foot. 4

The posterior aorta, f’, rans a very short way forwarda and

then turns downwards and backwards, passing under the heart

and gastric system ; at this turn, and as it runs backwards, it gives ©

off four or five branches to the rectum, which lies on its right —

side: one branch to the rectum is sometimes given off from the —

common aorta just after it has perforated the pericardium. The ~

artery then gains the inferior surface of the ovary, among a

lobes of which it is at first partially imbedded. On entering this —

viscus it at once gives off twigs right and left to the contiguo Ss

lobes ; it next bifurcates, one branch passing on to be distribute: d

by small lateral twigs to the middle and posterior lobes of the —

ovary, among which they can be seen to subdivide two or th a

times, accompanying the divisions of the oviduct ; the other goin 4

to the skin of the foot under the ovary ; seven or eight branches

come off from it which penetrate the skin, and can be traced a

little way dividing in its substance. 14

Thus we can demonstrate arteries supplying almost all th ae

viscera and a great portion of the skin of the foot, and show tl at

they undergo minute division, and all the branches laid down ix

our Plate have been verified by repeated dissection: we have

failed however in making out their mode of termination. We

cannot undertake to say whether they end by closed catremaiae’

or whether they have open mouths which communicate —

lacune or sinuses in the intervisceral spaces, or with those in the ¢

skin. The lacune among the viscera we have not been able 0

make out by dissection, and have not made use of injections ns |

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 101

on account of the great difficulty of injecting such small animals,

and from a feeling of the unsatisfactory nature of such an ope-

ration on tubes so delicate as the minute branches we have ob-

erved. The existence however of intervisceral lacunze we do not

wish to deny, since the valuable papers of M. Milne Edwards in

the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ seem to establish the fact

of their presence in nearly the whole of the Mollusca.

_ The branches of veins coming from the skin, represented in

PI. IV. fig. 2 ssss, have been several times verified ; from four

_to six venous branches have been made out, uniting so as to form

two large trunk-veins, fig. 2ppp' p! and fig. 4eee e, on each

‘side, which joining together pour their united contents at once

into the auricle : one of these veins can be seen along the inner

aspect of the skin as far forwards as opposite to the transverse

portion of the intestine, receiving branches, fig. 4 99 9g, in its

course from the skin, into which its most advanced branch pene-

trates; the other and much smaller vein turns backwards, and

enters the skin sooner than the former, after visibly receiving a

small branch or two from it. Entering the posterior part of the

auricle is the posterior trunk-vein, fig. 2 q and fig. 4d, which

coming from the back part of the skin receives three pairs of

branches at least: one pair appeared coming from below as if

from the ovary, but was not so distinctly made out as the rest.

___ If we attempt to trace the veins into the skin, we find that they

communicate with a system of sinuses therein. This network of

sinuses pervades the whole of the skin, being abundant on the

sides under the bases of the papille, and on the foot, and we

suppose communicates freely with the system of intervisceral

lacune pointed out by Milne Edwards. Whether the lacune of

the skin have any thing like a symmetrical arrangement as prin-

cipal trunks or canals, we have not been able to determine; but

if a cross section of a papilla be made, a distinct canal becomes

visible at each extremity of the section, as shown in fig. 6 ec,

and from this and the symmetrical order of the venous trunks

passing from the skin to the auricle, we might infer that such an

arrangement exists. Those canals run the whole length of the

papilla, and communicate with the meshes of a delicate cellular

tissue which lines the skin of that organ ; at the base of the papilla,

they open into the sinuses of the skin. The position of these

canals in the papille, and the cellular tissue in connexion with

them, are indicated in Pl. IV. fig. 9 of our former paper on the

digestive system.

__ The general course of the blood will be necessarily then from

the ventricle along the arteries to the viscera and to the skin;

in the first case it passes from the arteries, in a way we do not

understand, into the lacunze among the viscera and between them

102 Messrs. Haneock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

and the skin, and thence into the network of sinuses in the

skin itself, in the latter case into the tegumentary sinuses: im

them and in the papille into which it is freely admitted ; wt “

more or less perfectly aérated, and thence flows into the v

which pass from the skin to the auricle, and which are called by "|

M. Milne Edwards branchio-cardiac vessels. From what °

have observed however on attentively examining the connexions |

of the ovarium, we are inclined to think that the whole of the

blood does not circulate in the way above described, for we are.

pretty sure we have recognized small veins passing away from

the sides of the ovarium and entering the skin, and we men-

tioned above that we had, though indistinetly, made out a pai

of veins running from the same organ to the posterior trunk

vein that empties itself into the auricle. If these observations

be correct, then a small portion of blood is returned to the k

in a way that forms an exception to the general rule, and the

existence of veins distinct from the branchio-cardiae is established. :

These veins we presume must carry off from the ovarium to the

heart and the skin the blood which has been supplied by the”

ovarian artery. In confirmation of these observations and of the

inference drawn from them, we would add, that Baron Cuvier in

his ‘ Mémoires,’ &c. has described and ficured i in the anatom)

of Tritonia Hombergii six veins passing from the mass of liver

and ovarium into the skin of the side of the body, and conveying:

the blood to the branchial tufts ; and having ourselves seen some

time ago in the same animal similar vessels passing also fro

that mass to the skin, we are the more inclined to confide i in the e

observations of the Baron.

Examinations of the heart of E. coronata have afforded

same results as we have detailed with regard to #. pap Ted

We have succeeded in tracing nearly all the arteries in tha’

species that were observed in the latter; but the venous = PS

from the excessive delicacy and high transparency of the parts, ‘|

enhanced by the minuteness of the species, have hitherto escape

us. From frequent observations of the above organs in Z. oli)

vacea and several other species in the living state, we are confi-'

dent that the circulatory system is as complete in these as i in

previously mentioned species. 5 |

In M. de Quatrefages’ account of the organs of crown &

Eolidina, the existence of the venous system is altogether neg

tived. The incorrectness of this observation we have already si vt

ficiently proved. The two funnel-shaped auricular appendage

of the heart described by him have been suggested most likel:

by a view of the anterior border of the auricle, and b some

folding of the auricle itself or of the skin along the median hi |

of the body. It is certain that the auricle is single, and that i ‘

Sr en a nn est) SAN AID SEE Paes JANDA SRS RA a RE Sante aT

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Bolis. 103

does receive trunks of veins on each side and behind,—trunks

that result from the union of numerous venous branches of various

_ size ; that it does not communicate directly with lacunz among

the viscera is also certain; and that if we admit the existence of

lacunz, they do not supersede the venous system, but occupy

_ the position of the capillary system of the higher animals. With

regard to the arterial system, we can follow M. de Quatrefages

with confidence only so far as the bifurcation of the aorta, and

have not been able to discover the symmetrical division and ar-

_ rangement of its branches as described in his memoir and figured

_ in his plate, but we have succeeded in tracing many branches of

_ arteries to a degree of fineness of which that gentleman seems to

entertain no idea.

__M. de Nordmann describes a ventricle and funnel-shaped pro-

cesses, but besides these mentions an auricle ; in other respects

he seems to have fallen into the same errors as M. de Quatre-

_ fages: these errors seem due to the exclusive use of the compressor.

Organs of Respiration.

The function of respiration we believe to be performed by the

_ whole surface of the skin, including the papille; the skin of the

_ back and of the sides between the papille, and the entire sur-

_ faces of these latter organs, present the phenomenon of ciliary

_ yibration*. The papille we regard as one modification among

_ many of increasing the surface for a respiratory purpose, and

_ thus are to be regarded as a specialized breathing apparatus, to

_ which the rest of the skin is subsidiary.

The skin, Pl. IV. fig. 5, consists of a layer of muscular fibres

_ covered by a tegumentary envelope or cutis that is provided with

_ an epithelium.

_.. The skin varies much in thickness in different parts, bemg

_ thinnest over the back and on the papille, very thick where the

_ papille exist ; and it here contains near the external surface the

_ ramifications of the digestive system, becomes much thinner snd-

_ denly where the papille cease along the sides, and attains on the

| foot its greatest thickness and strength. Its epithelium consists

_ of very small granular nucleated particles, which during life are

_ provided with vibratile cilia.

_ The outer or dermal layer of the skin, fig. 5 5, appears to

_| secrete the abundant tenacious matter that exudes from the ani-

mal, and to be the seat of an exquisite sensibility ; this layer is

_ thin, but continuous with the next or muscular layer a, which

i * Having recently, and since writing the above, discovered vibratile cilia

~ eovering the whole of the under surface of the foot of Doris and also of se-

- veral of the testaceous Gasteropods, there can be little doubt that they are

_ present also on the foot of Zolis.

104 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

might be called the cellular from its structure ; this it is which

varies so much in thickness. Next the visceral cavity there is a

thin stratum of longitudinal and transverse fibres ; outside of this

is the membranous cell-work, containing sinuses that open into

the trunk-veins going to the auricle. | mth

The muscular coating in the papill is very delicate, and its —

fibres wider apart than in the rest of the skin, running longi-

tudinally in bundles of two or three together at intervals, and ‘

transversely in fewer number and less regularly, as is represented

in Pl. IV. fig. 9 of our previous paper.

The cell-work described as existing in the papillae communi-

eates freely with the system of sinuses mentioned as belonging to

the skin of the body, and this system again we haye traced to be

continuous with the venous trunks leading to the auricle.

Under the compressor of the microscope we have seen, in the

cellular layer of the papill, the blood move backwards and for- —

wards to and from the base of the papille and into the skin, in —

obedience to the contractions of the body and of the papillary

walls ; but we believe, that if the animal were at rest and quite

free, the action of the heart would also cause similar motions

in the normal way. We look upon the contractions of the gene-

ral integument and of the papillz to be only accessory, not essen- _

tial, to the perfect circulation of the blood.

Now the whole or nearly the whole of the blood that passes to

the auricle of the heart comes, as we have shown, in the section —

on the circulatory organs, directly from the skin, and as we —

know that the blood thus circulatmg im the skin and papille is

separated from the oxygenated water of the surrounding sea by

avery thin layer, in the papillz by an exceedingly delicate mem-

brane, we have little hesitation in saying, that it is in the papille

essentially, and in the rest of the skin secondarily, that the func-

tion of arterialization of the blood is carried on previously to the

return of that fluid to the heart.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IIL. ann IV.

Priate III.

Fig. 1. General view of the generative organs of Z. papillosa partially drawn

asunder: a, sac of penis retracted into body; 6, female channel;

ce, testis; d, ovarium; e, oviduct; f, dilated portion of ditto;

e', continuation of ditto towards spermatheca duct ;-gg, transpa-

rent portion of mucus-gland ; g'g’, opake portion of ditto; 4, sper-

matheca ; i, its duct; j, accessory glandule ; &, confluence of testis

and oviduct.

Fig. 2. Same organs more fully displayed : a, sac of penis; a’, male orifice ;

b, female channel ; b', female orifice ; ¢c, portions of testis; e, ovi-

duct ; f, dilated portion of same ; e', continuation of ditto to testis ;

99; pellucid portion of mucus-gland ; g’, granular portion of ditto ; :

h, spermatheca ; i, its duct ; j7, accessory glands; &, sudden angle ®

PNET RI Sl A RE UE Ne Pit al

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of EKolis. 105

of oviduct receiving testis ; 7, point of union of oviduct with sper-

matheca duct; m, bifurcation of oviduct into channels going to

external parts; m, short branch going to duct of mucus-gland ;

i’, long branch to external orifice, being continuation of spermatheca

duct.

Fig. 3. Generative organs of Z. coronata fully displayed: a, sac of penis ;

b, female channel; ¢, testis; d, ovary ; e, oviduct; f, dilated portion

of ditto; g g, pellucid portion of mucus-gland ; 9’, granular por-

tion of ditto; h, spermatheca; #, its duct; ¢’ 2’, branch from it to

vaginal sac; jj’, channel from exterior into vaginal sac ; #, union

of oviduct and testis ; J, junction of oviduct with spermatheca duct ;

m, termination of oviduct in duct of mucus-gland.

_ Fig. 4. Portion of generative organs of E. Drummondi: a, sac of penis ;

b, female channel; c’, testis ; d, oviduct receiving testis; ¢7, duct

from vaginal sac to spermatheca; j, vaginal sac; 9’, its channel

leading to external orifice.

Fig. 5. Exserted penis of Z. papillosa: a, penis; b, female orifice.

Fiy. 6. Exserted penis of Z. Drummondi: a, penis; 6, female orifice ; ¢, ori-

fice of penis.

Fig. 7. Sac of penis of EZ. papillosa laid open : a, cavity of sac ; b, its orifice ;

¢, penis retracted ; d, testis; e, orifice of penis.

Fig. 8. Sac of penis of Z. coronata laid open: a, cavity of sac; 4, its orifice ;

e, retracted penis; d, testis ; e, orifice of penis.

Fig. 9. poolanss of testis: a, b, c, different appearances of cells found

therein.

Fig. 10. Spermatozoa: a, from spermatheca of E. coronata; b, two more

highly magnified from Z. papillosa; c, corpuscles associated with

same.

Prate IV.

Fig. 1. a, cells of ovary containing very imperfect ova; b, c, ova in more

advanced stages of development.

Fig. 2. Vascular system of E. papillosa : a, ventricle ; b, auricle; ec c c, pe-

ricardium laid open; d, aorta; e, artery to stomach; eé! e’ e! e', small

branches to ditto; jf, anterior aorta; f’, posterior aorta removed

from body; g, ovarian artery ; h, artery to posterior part of foot ;

iii, branches to the intestine; j, artery to generative organs;

k, esophageal branch ; /, branch to interior of buccal mass ; m, con-

tinuation of aorta to mouth and anterior part of foot; n, buccal

mass; 0, cesophagus ; pp, anterior lateral veins going to auricle;

) Pp p', posterior ditto; g, posterior median vein; sss, venous

ranches to ditto ; 7, point of attachment of auricle and ventricle.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of heart of EZ. papillosa: a, interior of ditto

showing carnez columne; 6, portion of auricle ; c, auriculo-ven-

tricular valve; d, aortic valve; e, aorta; f, sinus of ditto.

Fig. 4. Heart of E. papillosa inflated: a, ventricle; 6, auricle; c¢, aorta;

d, posterior median vein receiving lateral branches; e e, anterior

lateral veins receiving branches, g g, from skin; e’ e’, posterior

3 lateral veins ; ff ff, pericardium laid open.

Fig. 5. Section of skin of foot and side of body of EZ. papillosa: aa, mus-

cular or cellular layer ; bb 6, dermal layer or cutis with epithelium ;

e, side of body ; f, foot.

Fig. 6. Transverse section of papilla of E, papillosa: a, hepatic gland ;

b, duct of ditto; c, large vascular canals; ddd, cellular tissue

around gland.

106 Mr. J. Morris on a new species of Nautilus.

X—.Description of a new species of Nautilus from the Lower

Greensand of the Isle of Wight. By J. Morris, F.G.8.*

Navutitus Saxsit: Morris, 1847.

Testa ovali, compressa, complanata, levigata, subumbilicata ; ‘dorso

plano seu subcanaliculato ; anfractibus compressis ; apertura sub-

triangulari, vel subsagittata, lateraliter compressa, antice truncata ;

septis numerosis valde sinuosis in umbilico flexuosis vel im-

ptessis ; siphunculo subcentrali ?

and somewhat angular volutions, contracted towards the margin,

with their greatest diameter near to the umbilicus; aperture

somewhat triangular, laterally compressed, anteriorly truncate,

posteriorly impressed or notched by the preceding volution ; back

flat, or very slightly channeled in the middle. Septa numerous, —

nearly equal, the margins very sinuous and rather incurved as”

they pass over the back; one sinus very large; the other, near

the umbilicus, small, the intervening saddle placed on the greatest

convexity of the volutions. Siphuncle subcentral.

The general form of this Nautilus is like that of Ammonites

Fittoni (@Archiac) and Am. splendens (Sow.), both of which —

* Read before the Geological Society of London, 15th December 1847.

Shell discoidal, smooth, slightly umbilicated, with compressed

Mr. A. White on a new subgenus of Calandride. 107

species it resembles in the shape of the aperture. It is also

allied to Nautilus Gravesianus, V@Orb. (Terr. Juras. t. 38), in

the laterally compressed volutions ; but that species is furnished

with a sharp keel, whereas in N. Sawbii the keel is truncated.

The Nautilus Saxbii closely resembles the N. mesodicus

(Quenstedt) *, but differs from it in being of less breadth, having

a smaller umbilicus, and in the greater number of the septa.

This shell is readily distinguished from the other lower green-

sand species by its more compressed form, angular volutions,

truncate back and somewhat sagittate aperture, and more sinu-

ous septa; in which latter character it resembles some Jurassic

species, as Nautilus biangulatus, N. sinuatus and N. triangularis

of the inferior oolite.

In the individual specimen here described, the last septum is

filled with iron pyrites, presenting a contrast to the remaining

septa, which are occupied by crystallized carbonate of lime. The

body chamber is filled with the sandy matrix of the bed from

which it was obtained.

Locality. From the Lower Greensand, at Atherfield, Isle of

Wight ; in the lowest bed of the “ Crackers’ group” (No. 4 of

the “ Table ” in Geol. Journal, vol. iii.) +.

This interesting species of Nautilus, which I believe is hitherto

undescribed, was put into my hands by Dr. Fitton, F.R.S., to

whom it had been sent, with other rare specimens, by 8. M.

Saxby, Esq. of Mountfield near Bonchurch, Isle of Wight, from

his valuable collection of Isle of Wight fossils.

XI.—Description of an apparently new subgenus of Calandride

from the Philippine Islands. By Avam Wuirr, F.L.S., As-

sistant Zool. Dep. British Museum.

CALANDRA.

(Hyposarothra, White.)

Antenne rather strong, springing from a depression situated a

little behind the middle of the side portion of the beak, and

if stretched out would reach slightly beyond the end of the

beak ; basal joint nearly as long as the funiculus and last

joint taken together ; first and second joint of the funiculus

* «*Die Cephalopoden des Salzkammergutes, &c. von’ Franz R. von

Hauer ” (tab. 10. f.4, 5). Vienna, 1846, .

+ In vol. iii, of the Geological Journal the name is N. Saxbianus. The

enitive termination is here adopted, on Dr. Fitton’s suggestion, as accord-

ing with the other new names (Ammonites Hambrovii, &c.) in the “ Cata-

logue ” of part of the Society’s Museum (Journal, vol. i.).

108 Mr. A. White on a new subgenus of Calandride.

longer than the other four, which are cup-shaped and all pune- :

tured ; club fusiform, apparently of one joint, the end slightly

ointed.

Beak nearly as thick as the head, considerably longer than the

thorax, gradually bent and deflexed at the tip, the sides com-

pressed and channeled from before the eye to within a short

distance of the base of the mandibles, upper part more or less

rounded ; the under side, except just at the tip, thickly clothed

with close thick-set hairs, much like a tooth-brush, the middle

line seemingly with fewer hairs or perhaps free from them.

Eyes largish, oblong, nearly straight behind, somewhat pointed

above, slightly rounded in front where the beak comes, and —

nearly as much separated below as above, the space between

them being considerable. “¥

Thorax subovate, convex all round, upper surface behind some-

what depressed, the front part slightly strangulated ; scutellum

longish, narrow. Prothorax below, just in front of the inser-

tion of the fore-legs, with a prominent dagger-shaped keel. ~

Calandra (Hyposarothra) imperatrix, White.

Head and antenne white, tip of beak black, club of antennze

black, the other joints punctured with brown; of an obscure

whitish colour, with seven dusky

brownish longitudinal bands

on the thorax, one and the

widest down the middle, three

on each side of the thorax, the

intermediatetwo joined in front;

each of the elytra with a large

dusky brown patch intersected

by a cross, which at the top

emits two white branches, con-

nected with the white of the

base and sides ; pygidium with

a large oval patch on the mid-

dle, and some brownish dots ;

the sides of three of the seg-

ments of the abdomen with a Calandra (Hyposarothra) imperatriz.

blackish brown patch ; some of the mesosternal plates punctured

and marked with a largish pale brown patch.

The femora and tibiz of each leg thickly furnished on the in-

side with reddish yellow hairs; legs clouded and dotted with

brownish ; tarsi with the claws and last jomt black. Head and

beak above finely punctured, excepting down the middle, where

it is smooth. Thorax above with many scattered punctures and

Se ere ore

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 109

4 a slightly impressed line down the middle, which runs into a

_ triangular depression in front of the scutellum ; scutellum white,

_ without apparent punctures.

_ Elytra, each furnished with nine deeply impressed. lines, the

_ third (from the suture) joined at the tip with the eighth, fourth

_ and seventh joined at the tip, and the third and fourth also jomed

_ at the tip and connected with the fourth by a branch.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Mus. Brit.

_ Elytra considerably depressed above, the base somewhat mar-

_ gined close to the thorax; each elytron with the lateral edge

widely sinuated, the end rounded.

Legs strong, the anterior pair close together at the base ; tibice

short, slightly bisinuated within ; tarsi with the two basal joints

_ narrow, the second subquadrate and both grooved at the base,

the third subrotundate, somewhat widest in front, grooved at the

_ base, and furnished on the sole with very close thick-set hairs.

This subgenus would almost appear to connect the two sub-

divisions Cryptopygi and Gymnopygi of the family Calandride

of Schoenherr (Genera et Species Curculionidum, vii. p. 334) ;

with the former it nearly agrees in the position of the antenne,

being about the middle of the beak (which however, as in Bren-

tide and many Curculionide, may be only a sexual distinction) ;

_ with the latter in the pygidium being exposed, or not covered by

_ the elytra. The form may thus prove interesting as one of those

links which serve to show how families, subdivisions and genera

lapse into each other. In appearance, judging by Schcenherr’s

description, this in external colour seems to resemble his Pote-

riophorus niveus, iv. 846.

The figure, carefully made, of the natural size, by Mr. Wm.

Wing, will show its form, the profile, and also the markings of

the only species which was found by Mr. Cuming, F.L.S., at the

north end of Luzon in the Philippine Islands in the province of

Cagayan.

XII.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puttre Henry Gosse.

Tue following is a very imperfect list of the Insects collected

by me during a residence of about a year and a half in Jamaica :

imperfect, because many species seem to be as yet unnamed,

and also because many others which I omitted to register with

a number, it would now be exceedingly difficult to determine.

Imperfect as it is, however, I communicate it, as local lists are

always useful to science: and I shall use this one as a vehicle

for recording afew scattered notices of individual species, which,

though too trivial to form separate papers, may yet, as isolated

facts, be worth preserving from oblivion.

110 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

I had left England with high expectations of the richness of

the West Indian entomology : large and gaily-coloured beetles, —

I supposed, would be crawling on almost every shrub, gorgeous —

butterflies be filling the air, moths be swarming about the —

forest-edges at night, and caterpillars be beaten from every bush.

These expectations were far from being realized; a few species of —

butterflies, chiefly Pieris, Callidryas, Terias, Heliconia, Charitomia, —

Argynnis Passiflore, and A, Delila,Cystineura Mardania, amdone —

or two Nymphalide and Lycenade, are indeed common enough —

at all times, and in almost all situations; others are abundant —

at a particular season or locality ; but in general butterflies are to

be obtained only casually. Moths are still more rare: Lhadpro- —

vided myself with bull’s-eye lanterns, and repeatedly took them out

after nightfall, carefully searching the banks and hedges by the —

sides of roads, the margins of woods, &e., but never, in this way, —

took a single specimen. At some seasons, however, as Decem- —

ber, and more particularly June, on rainy nights, hundreds of —

little Noctuade, Pyralide, Geometrade, Tineade, &e. fly in at —

the open windows, and speckle the ceiling, or flutter around the |

glass-shades with which the candles are protected from the —

draughts. A good many small beetles, idea other things, also —

fly in on such occasions, and several interesting species I have —

taken in this way which I never saw at any other time. Butin —

general beetles and the other orders are extremely scarce, and —

especially Diptera ; I have often been astonished at the paucity —

of these, as compared with their abundance in Canada, the —

Southern United States, and other localities (im which I “have j

collected) during the hot weather. One may often walka mile,— —

I do not mean in the depth of the forest, but in situations com- —

paratively open, beneath an unclouded sun,—and not see more —

than a dozen specimens of all orders. Nor is the beating of —

bushes productive of insects and their larve, as I have found —

it in North America. In Canada I have shaken off perhaps —

twenty species of lepidopterous larvee in the course of an hour —

or two on an autumnal morning ; but I think I have seen scarcely ~

more than half that number of caterpillars in Jamaica Cisine a |

year and a half’s collecting. j

To this scarcity of insects however there are two or ithtes local g

and seasonal exceptions. And this leads me to speak of the prin- —

cipal localities where I have collected my specimens, and to give a |

brief description of them, which yet will be but superficial, owing |

to my ignorance of botany and geology. : a

Bivrrietps.—I begin with this place, because it was the &

centre of my operations, and my stated residence durmg my 4

whole sojourn in the island. Bluefields was once a sugar-estate, —

situated on a gentle slope, about a quarter of a mile from the —

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. lil

sea-shore. The greater part is now what is called ruinate, being

- covered with a dense and tangled mass of second growth, chiefly

| logwood, interspersed with calabashes (Crescentia) and many fruit-

trees, such as the Avocada pear (Persea), orange-trees, mangoes,

cocoa-nuts, Blighia sapida, guavas, papaws, and the different kinds

of Anona. About a dozen acres are kept open, in pasture, in which

there grow many flowering weeds, as Argemone, Stachytarpheta,

small Passiflore, Asclepias, &c. The fences consist of “dry

walls,” that is, low walls built. up of loose stones without cement.

_ Over these sprawl various kinds of Cereus, Aristolochia, Aroidee,

and beautiful Convolvuli, Ipomee and Echites; while at their

_ bases spring up numberless bushes of Lantana, of several species,

always covered with their cheerful blossom, Cleome, and many pa-

_ pilionaceous and other flowering plants. The out-buildings of a

_ sugar-estate, as the mill, the boiling-house, &c., still stand, but

as mere skeletons; the bare walls, the beams and rafters yet

remaining, but the planking of the floors and the shingles of the

roofs almost quite gone. These buildings present a curious ap-

_ pearance ; for with the singular rapidity of tropical vegetation,

the whole interior is occupied with young trees, already over-

_ topping the roof, and slender lianes hang down like cords from

one to another, or are thrown in loops over the beams; while

elegant ferns of many kinds spring from every crevice of the

_ walls both within and without, and, curving outwards, depend

in the most graceful forms. Various insects have established

_ themselves in these ruined outhouses: the earthen floor of one is

_ pierced with the burrows of a red Sphex, numbers of which are

- coming and going, and wheeling hither and thither close to the

_ ground all day long; and in the dry dust of another are hun-

dreds of the conical pit-falls of a Myrmeleon larva, the manners

__ of which I found to agree exactly with those described by Reau-

- mur. ‘The soil of Bluefields is a friable whitish marl; its ele-

vation may be from 50 to 100 feet above the sea,

_ Buverietps Movuntarn.—Immediately behind the spot I

__ have been describing rises the loftiest elevation of the western

_ portion of Jamaica. The Peak, which I may have occasion to

| mention once or twice, is estimated to be 2560 feet above the

sea, but this, as well as the summit of the ridge generally, is

covered with a dense and tangled forest, except that here and

__ there in isolated spots the negroes have chopped down and

_ “burned over” an acre or two, and planted cocoas (Colocasia)

| and plantains. As they do not reside here, however, but in the

_ lowlands, visiting their mountain-gardens one day in a week, for

_ cultivation or for collecting the produce, the solitude is scarcely

broken, and the primzeval wildness of nature is scarcely affected

by these trivial intrusions. That giant.of the lowlands, the

112 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

cotton-tree (Hriodendron), reaches not to these elevated regions, —

but its place is supplied by scarcely less bulky fig-trees, whose —

hoary trunks and broad horizontal limbs are a perfect nursery of

Orchidacee and Bromeliacee ; and magnificent Santa Marias (Ca-

lophyllum), broad-leafs (Terminalia ?), and parrot-berries (Sloanea)

tower up to an enormous pre-eminence above their fellows.

Dense thickets of joint-wood (Piper geniculatum?) grow in

large patches to the exclusion of every thing else: in other

places the trees are tall, slender, and somewhat open in growth; —

but the edge of the woods is formidable with cutting

and spinous Solanaceae, relieved by beautiful tufts of Canne. The —

mountain cabbage and the long-thatch are the prevalent forms —

of Palme; tree-ferns are abundant, and caulescent species of —

great beauty climb to the summits of tall trees; while in the

damp and dark hollows, and by the sides of the winding paths

which lead to the negroes’ grounds, terrestrial ferns of many

species grow in luxuriant profusion. Such a scene, beautiful as —

it is, is not favourable to the development of insect existence ;

a few species occur there which are not elsewhere met with ; but

it is at a rather lower range, at the brow of the mountain, that I _

have found more success in entomologizing. A property of con-

siderable extent is here partially reclaimed, and devoted to the

growth of the pimento and coffee; and though its back is

bounded by the dark and tangled forest-peaks I have alluded to,

its area displays a very different aspect. Five hundred feet of —

elevation produce some difference in vegetation, and probably

the openness of the cleared ground still more. The bamboo, —

planted along the sides of the shelving road, throws its gigantic

plumes overhead ; the mahoe (Hibiscus) displays its large and —

showy flowers ; the scarlet blossoms of Malaviscus arboreus and —

the crimsoned ones of some species of Melastomacee, beautify the

edge of the forest, and large beds of Urena lobata border the —

road. In such parts as have been cultivated for a few years, —

and then (according to the custom of West Indian agriculture)

allowed to run to waste, bushes of numberless kinds have sprung

up, many of which are in blossom at all seasons. Though the —

flowers of most of these are individually small and mconspicuous, —

yet from their profusion they present an attraction to Hymenopte-

rous and Lepidopterous insects ; and such a wilderness of vege-

tation is usually more or less productive to the entomologist. —

In this particular locality I have usually found butterflies pretty —

numerous, principally Nymphalide and Hesperiade, and those of —

sorts rarely found in the lowlands; but from the tangled cha- —

racter of the “bush,” and from the height of the blossomed —

summits about which they hover, they are less readily obtained

than observed. It is to this scene that I shall allude when I

ii aaa la a

aaa aa ao a ns

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 118

have occasion to mention Bluefields Mountain, distinguishing

_ the loftier and more wooded region as Blueficids Peak.

_ Sasrro.—In going from Bluefields to Savanna le mar, the

: road for some miles borders the sea-shore, which at first is a

_ sandy beach, but soon rises to a shelving, rubbly sort of chff, at

the top of which the highway passes. The first portion, extend-

_ ing to about a mile from Bluefields, is called Sabito Bottoin ; the

_ soil here is a heavy sand, mixed with shingle, doubtless washed

up by the surf in heavy gales; large masses of the Jamaica lily

_ (Pancratium) spring up on each side of the path; a narrow belt

_ of single trees, chiefly of the sea-side grape (Coccoloba) on the

- left hand, overhang both the road and the sea-beach, and on the

right a dark and fetid morass is hidden by great bushes of the

_black-withe. This would seem an unpromising place for a col-

_ leetor, and yet it forms one of the signal exceptions I have men-

_ tioned to the general paucity of insects. Many magnificent but-

_terflies frequent this bottom, as Aganisthos Orion, Charazxes

Cadmus, Charaxes Astyanax, Papilio Pelaus, P. Cresphontes,

_P. Polydamas, P. Marcellinus and other Papilionide, besides

‘more common Lepidoptera. And when we get up the hill,

where the trees are manchioneel, cedar (Cedrela), mahogany,

_bully-tree (Achras), log-wood, &c., with the fragrant wild coffee

_(Tetramerium odoratissimum), the papaw, the trumpet-tree (Ce-

_eropia), the beautiful Spanish jasmines (Plumeria alba et rubra),

festooned with the noble tubular blossom of Portlandia,—we find

insects very numerous. Many species of Pieris, Callidryas, Terias ;

of Nymphalide, Heliconia Charitonia; of Lycanade, of Hespe-

viade, and not a few of other orders, are at most seasons abun-

@ant here. A large portion of my insect-spoils was collected in

this locality.

Breitmonvr.—Pursuing the same sea-side road, but in an oppo-

site direction from Bluetields, we come to the estate of Belmont.

‘It is very sandy, close to the sea, and on the same level with

Sabito Bottom ; yet it possesses some peculiarities both in botany

and entomology. Prickly Acacias of several species border the

road, intermingled profusely with the formidable pinguin (Bro-

melia Pinguin). The fences are logwood hedges, over which trail

-niany beautiful creepers, as different kinds of Ipomea, and the

lovely Clitoria Plumieri ; and passion-flowers throw their feeble

stems and entwine their tendrils among the shrubs and herbaceous

fw that fringe the road-sides. Some small Melitee, Cystineura

ardania, and Charaxes Astyanax ; some pretty low-flying Glau-

eopide and Pyralide, haunt these lanes, and a few rare Coleoptera

have been taken from the shrubs.

_ Conrent.—About fifteen miles to the eastward of Bluefields,

on the road which winds up from Black River towards Hamp-

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 8

114 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

stead, and the summit of the Luana mountains, stands a little

cottage called by this name, singularly situated on a mass of bare ~

rock on the steep mountain-side. Above, below and around is

the primeval forest, scarcely interrupted by the small and widely-

scattered clearings that here and there occur. From so sin

a position—the tops of the trees immediately beneath the little

space that surrounds the dwelling scarcely reaching to the level

of its base—the eye commands a magnificent prospect, embra-—

cing the sinuous coast, from Pedro Bluff on the east as far as”

Mount Edgecumbe on the west, ranging over the sombre inter-_

veniny forest with the cultivated openings, and resting on the —

broad savannas and flooded meadows that surround Black River ;—

this town with its bay and shipping im the distance, and the —

course of the river itself visible at intervals, winding like a silver

thread through the dark morass. 5

The high-road, passing just behind and above the cottage, —

climbs the mountain in the zigzag direction so frequently adopted —

in Jamaica, to diminish the steepness of the ascent; and it is a

mile or two of this road that forms the most remarkable excep-_

tion to the general scarcity of insects that I have noticed. During ©

the month of June the shrubs and trees that border the road

(which is cut through the forest) are alive with insects of all

orders, but particularly Coleoptera ; many species of Longicornes,

Lampyride, Buprestide, Cassidide, Chrysomelide, &e., occur by

hundreds on the twigs and leaves; and the air is alive with

butterflies, Hymenoptera and Diptera. I cannot at all tell why

this abundance exists; it is very local; beyond a certain point

the road, the forest, seem to be unchanged, but the insects have —

ceased: it is very temporary also; it suddenly commences about

the end of May, and by the middle of July scarcely a dozen

beetles are seen where there were thousands. I might have sup-_

posed it a casual thing, if I had had but one season’s experience ; —

but in 1846 it was the same as in 1845, the same abundance at

precisely the same season, and with the same local limits. It is

worthy of record, that at the same time and place the leaves of

the trees were studded with shelled Mollusca, of the genera

Helix, Helicina, Cyclostoma, &c., as I never saw them elsewhere.

It is not improbable that some peculiarities in the geological”

or the botanical character of this region would account for what

I have mentioned ; but I regret that of this I have no knowledge.

The mahoe (Hibiscus tiliaceus), the bastard cedar (Guazuma

ulmifolia), the mammee sapota (Lucuma mammosa), the locus’

(Hymenea Coubaril) and the trumpet-tree (Cecropia Peltata), are”

some of the forest-trees, with others called burn-wood and down-

tree, of which I know not the systematic appellation. But the

is one tree which grows numerously in that locality, which I

Remarks on the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton. 115

_ suppose to have some influence on the Lepidoptera and Hymeno-

_ ptera; it is provincially called the potatoe- wood; it is at that

time covered with blossoms, which, though they grow in thick

racemes, offer nothing pleasing to the sight or the scent. But

_ these form the centres of attraction to the insects I have named ;

_ Pierides and Thecle in particular flutter around the summits in

- considerable numbers, and swarms of small beetles and flies.

The Bauhinia displays its elegant blossoms, and in one corner a

large patch of Cassia attracts Papiliones and Coliades; but in

_ general there is an almost total lack of the flowering herbaceous

vegetation that fringes the roads in most other places. It is

_ remarkable also that the trees in these woods are nearly, if not

quite, destitute of epiphyte Orchidaceae, which are so abundant on

_ Bluefields Mountain at a similar elevation, that hardly a tree is

without one or more specimens. But in other respects the cha-

_ racter of the vegetation in the two regions differs greatly.

_ This district I habitually visited every alternate week, very

_ frequently spending eight or ten days at a time with my worthy

friends at Content. Probably two-thirds at least of my collec-

tion of insects were the result of my labours here. The eleva-

tion of the region may be assumed (I speak only from my own

estimate) as ranging from 1500 to 2000 feet above the sea.

__ Before I leave this subject, I would add, that during the period

_ of insect-abundance on the Hampstead road, a large number of

_ Species were taken by flying in at the open windows of Content

cottage by night. Many valuable specimens occurred in this

_ way, not only of the crepuscular and nocturnal Lepidoptera, but

of other orders in considerable variety. Curculionide, Longicornes

and Lampyride were very numerous. I am inclined to think

a a far greater number of insects are active by night than

y day.

At length then I proceed to the list of species, deferring the

notice of a few other less important localities until they arise.

[To be continued. ]

~XIIIL—A few general Remarks on the Fossil Conchology of the

Great Oolite of Minchinhampton in comparison with that of the

| same Formation in other localities. By Joun Lycurt, Esq.*

Tur following observations have been suggested to me by a re-

mark of Dr. Buckland in his Bridgwater Treatise, and which

has since been occasionally quoted and repeated by others ;—in

_ effect, that during the vast period when the secondary formations

_ * Read before the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club at Purton, August 3, 1847.

. a

116 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology

were in process of deposition, a molluscous class (the carnivorous —

Trachelipods), which in our present seas perform the office of |

keeping down within due limits the other molluscous races, did —

not then exist, or that they were extremely few, and that it was —

only on the extirpation of those extensive genera of Cephalopods, —

the Ammonites and Belemnites, at the commencement of the —

tertiary epoch, that the carnivorous Trachelipods made their ap- —

pearance. Living in a district distinguished by a great profu- —

sion of molluscous remains, a large proportion of which are abso- —

lutely unknown to science, a favourable opportunity for testing

the correctness of the foregoing theory was presented to me, —

more especially as these remains occur in an unusually good —

state of preservation, extending in some instances even to the —

original colours of the univalves, the hinges of the bivalves, and —

the external ligament of the hinge in the latter shells. Before —

however stating the results of this inquiry, a very brief sketeh of ©

the physical and geological characters of the district may not be —

unacceptable to the members. :

A circle having a radius of only four miles, with the town of —

Minchinhampton in the centre, will comprise the whole district -

to which these fossils refer. The Bath Oolite, or Compound —

Great Oolite as it is now termed by geologists, is the uppermost —

formation ; its continuity is however broken by two great valleys —

of denudation, the vales of Brimscomb and Woodchester, which, —

with their numerous lateral ramifications, have cut through the ©

whole series of rocks from the upper part of the Great Oolite to —

the middle of the lias inclusive, having a mean depth of 500 —

feet, thereby producing a combination of circumstances eminently

favourable for exposing the useful beds of stone and conyeying —

it by water-carriage. {

The divisions of the Compound Great Oolite are, Great Oolite —

and Fuller's Earth, the former having a thickness of 130 and

the latter of 70 feet. At some few localities the base of the Great —

Oolite has one or two beds of true Stonesfield slate associated —

with brown marls. In this respect however, as in the mineral —

character of the formation generally, the greatest variety and —

uncertainty exist; opposite sides of the same quarry will often”

exhibit such a change; thus an oolitic and shelly limestone will

pass into a barren sandstone. Keeping this fact in view, a con-

siderable latitude must be allowed in the following arrangement,

which is given only as a general and approximate view of the

whole series of beds. The Great Oolite proper may be con-

yeniently subdivided into three series of beds, an upper and |

lower fossiliferous, often serviceable for building purposes, and |

a middle, more barren and unserviceable. Beginning with the

uppermost, or those which immediately underlie the Bradford

of the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton. 117

_ clay, we find an alternating series of limestones and clays or

_ marls, extremely variable both in thickness and extent. Certain

_ of these bands, and more especially one of a compact cream-

coloured limestone, are eminently shelly, but will seldom allow

_ of the shells being separated entire. These gradually pass down-

wards into the middle subdivision, where the rock is more bar-

ren of organic remains, and sandy.

__ The lower subdivision assumes a very different aspect: we

here find 35 or 40 feet of shelly beds, separating into large

_ masses, and well suited for the mason. From the third or lower

subdivision it is that nearly the whole of our fossils are derived,

_ the stone usualiy admitting their being cleaved with a knife.

The uppermost portion of this series, the planking*, which is

_ from 8 to 10 feet thick, contains the most numerous suite of zoo-

_ phagous Trachelipods, several of which are not found beneath it.

_ To this succeeds a few feet of incoherent sandy rock, the upper

_ part of which is nearly destitute of shells, or only occupied by a few

_ species of small bivalves. The shells gradually increase in number

downwards, and repose on several beds of hard shelly rock,

locally called Weatherstone. Here more especially abound the

valves of small oysters, which at length constitute no inconsider-

_ able portion of the mass, and whose peculiar structure imparts

such great hardness to the deposit, that the lower few inches

_ strike fire with the tools of the workmen.

_ These shelly beds or weatherstones have a high character for

durability ; they have a coarse aspect ; when once dried by ex-

_ posure to the sun they do not readily absorb water, and conse-

_ quently resist the action of frost; a careful selection is however

necessary to ensure this desideratum. The south transept of

Minchinhampton church, five centuries old, is built of this stone,

and notwithstanding its very exposed situation, displays all the

sharpness and distinctness in its angles and carving which we

should expect in a modern edifice.

The Fuller’s earth which underlies these deposits is but par-

tially and imperfectly exposed within the district ; it consists of

a series of brown and blue marls and clays traversed by three or

four bands of a hard argillaceous rock locally called clay rag.

Some portions of the clays, and more especially the rag-stones,

are made up of the valves of small oysters, chiefly Ostrea acumi-

-nata; the organic remains however are far from numerous

when counted by number of species ; they are nearly all bivalves,

and I have not observed any which are not likewise found in the

weatherstones above. The Fuller’s earth constitutes the most

fertile soil in this part of the county ; when properly drained it

* A local term indicating a thin-bedded stone.

118 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology

is well-adapted for pasturage and orchards, which together with —

a good supply of water derived from the superincumbent oolite, —

has made it in populous districts the chosen seat of man’s habi- —

tation ; accordingly its course may be traced by a belt or terrace, —

more or less wide, of houses and gardens encircling the hill- —

sides. Landslips from such a yielding deposit, as might be |

expected, are frequent, and thereby render the barren slope of —

the inferior oolite fertile: a coating of its marls sometimes

extends even down to the lias. The numerical proportion of —

species obtained by me from the Minchinhampton Great Oolite

are in number as follows :— 4

Bivalves 164, Univalves 141, Radiaria 13, Cephalopoda 9. Of ©

the latter 6 are Ammonites ; these are so scarce, that 50 speci- —

mens probably exceed the entire number. Of Nautili there are —

two species, one of which has furnished only three specimens, —

and the other is far from numerous. The Belemnites have only —

one species, small and likewise scarce.

Of the 141 Univalves 45 pertain to carnivorous genera, ex-

clusive of 8 species of Phasianella, the living shells of which are —

now known to be both carnivorous and phytophagous. These —

genera are, Nerinza 13 species, Cerithium 5, Murex 6, Bucci- j

num 2; anew group of large shells belonging to the Muricide, —

to which as yet no generic appellation has been given, 4 species ; —

Pleurotoma 1; Hippocrenes, a group of winged shells differmg —

from the Rostellarie of the recent period, 10 species; Fusus, or —

a group at least belonging to the Fusine, 4 species. x

This extreme paucity of the Cephalopoda, taken in connexion ~

with the occurrence of numerous genera and ‘species of carni- —

vorous univalves, is a remarkable circumstance. We know that —

previously throughout the lias and inferior oolite the Cepha- —

lopods reigned supreme amongst the molluscous tribes. Subse- —

quently also the Oxford clay and Portland oolite contained —

them in nearly equal profusion. With these facts before us,

the inquiry naturally follows,—Were there any peculiar cireum- —

stances connected with the mineral character of the deposit at —

the locality in question, and what was the probable depth of the —

sea over the shelly beds; since we find here zoophagous tribes —

differing from those of warm seas at the present time not very —

materially either in number or in their generic affinities? First, ©

with regard to the nature of the deposit, or at least the more —

shelly portions of it:—In the planking and Weatherstone beds ©

we find heaps of broken shells piled diagonally, the bivalves —

rarely having both valves in apposition ; with these are frag-

ments of wood, crabs’ claws, joints of Apiocrinite and Pentaeri- —

nite, ossicula of Ophiura, palates and teeth of fishes, small boul- —

dered fragments of Madrepores, and nodules of rock apparently —

Se eee ee

scl

CT, ar ae

of the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton. 119

_ foreign to the deposit: these conditions vary and change every

_ few yards, as likewise does the mineral character of the beds ;—

the results, in fact, of littoral action ; of a shallow sea where the

shells were subjected to strong currents producing hasty de-

_ posits and frequent trituration. The oolitic structure is rather

scanty and very uncertain. As a complete contrast to these

: conditions, the Great Oolite in the vicinity of Bath may be cited.

_ The rock is there thick-bedded ; the oolitic structure prevails ;

; the shells are few, and those chiefly Terebratule; the denizens,

it may be presumed, of a deep and tranquil sea, in which corals

; and sponges multiplied and attained large dimensions. In Mr.

~ Lonsdale’s list of 31 species of Mollusca from the Bradford clay,

— Bath oolite and Fuller’s earth of that neighbourhood, no less

_ than 8 are Terebratule, and a Crania has since been added ;

a larger number of Brachiopods than will be found in the 327

Minchinhampton species which I have tabulated.

The list given by Mr. Buckman, in his ‘ Geology of Chelten-

ham,’ from the Bradford clay and Stonesfield slate of the Cot-

teswolds in the north-eastern part of this county, comprises

5 Radiaria, 2 Terebratule, 44 Bivalves, 6 Cephalopoda, and 19

Univalves. Stonesfield has yielded a rich store of remains of

reptiles, fishes, crustacea and land plants, but the conchologi-

_ cal list is but meagre, and we are nearly destitute of information

_ with regard to the shells of the Great Oolite in its long course

through the counties of Northampton and Lincoln. Yorkshire,

on the other hand, has found able illustrators in Phillips, Wil-

liamson and Bean, the latter gentleman having given, in the

‘Magazine of Natural History for 1839,’ a list of fossils from

the stratum called Cornbrash in that county, consisting of 4

Radiaria, 8 Annulata, 91 Bivalves, 16 Univalves, and 3 Cephalo-

poda. Unfortunately, however, the rocks beneath the Oxford

_ clay in that county form a great carboniferous series of deposits

accumulated in an estuary, and will not allow of its subdivisions

being identified with those of the middle and west of England.

From this cause the shells have little more than a local value,

since we cannot be sure that any particular stratum is contem-

poraneous with another in a different locality. On looking at

these lists, together with those relating to the oolitic rocks of

France, Germany and Switzerland, we are struck with the great

_ paucity of univalves as compared with the small district of Min-

_ chinhampton.

A careful scrutiny however of various foreign works which

bear upon the subject,—of the works of Goldfuss, Roemer, Dun-

_ ker, Deslongchamps, d’Archiac, &c.—has convinced me, that if

any peculiarity exists with regard to the Minchinhampton fos-

sils it is at least of a very limited nature, inasmuch as nearly

120 Remarks on the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton.

one-half the entire number of bivalves can be identified in those —

works, a considerable number being from the coral rag of Ho- —

henggelsen, which seems to be the equivalent of our Great Oolite. —

Among the univalves, the general resemblance to the Minchin- —

hampton shells is so great, that at first we feel prepared to iden-

tify the greater number of them ; a closer scrutiny undeceives —

us, and ultimately we are surprised at the very few which we can —

call our own. It may be suspected indeed, that the meagre lists —

of univalves hitherto published relating to the formation in |

question are the result, not so much of an actual deficiency of —

those shells, as of the difficulty of separating them from the stone —

in a condition sufficiently well-preserved to admit of specific —

characters being recognized. The oolite of our district itself

furnishes an instance in illustration; almost the entire suite of —

univalves are procured from quarries to the north and west of |

the town, and even within those limits are certain localities from —

which the univalves can hardly be separated; but in the upper —

and middle subdivisions, to the east of the town, we can obtain —

but few, and those only which approach the globular figure, as

Natica and Bulla, usually in the form of casts; with slender

spiral shells the attempt is hopeless. These cireumstances how-—

ever are altogether independent of the great fact foreed upon —

our attention,—viz. the scarcity and almost entire disappearance

of the Cephalopoda from the sea of this portion of the Cottes- —

wolds during a period in which deposits 200 feet in thickness

were formed, and the simultaneous appearance of a large num-

ber of new and more simple forms to supply their place. [

With our present very scanty knowledge of the circumstances ~

which conduce to change of species on the floor of the sea, rea-

soning would be little better than conjecture; I have therefore —

rather preferred to state facts as they are presented to my no- —

tice, reflecting that every such contribution, however insignifi- —

cant, is something added to the general store of knowledge, and 7

consequently an aid to our conceptions of the operation of that —

infinite and all-pervading wisdom which is exemplified equally —

in the lowest as m the highest beings of creation. a

Hence, though it is well known (as above-quoted from Dr. —

Buckland), that throughout the vast deposits of the secondary —

rocks those important tribes of Cephalopods, the Ammonites and —

Belemnites, reigned supreme amongst the molluscous races, and —

that they became extinct prior to the commencement of the ter- —

tiary era, their paucity in the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton —

would lead us to infer that some peculiar conditions of sea-bot- —

tom existed at that locality which were unfavourable to their —

increase, But so far from the carnivorous Trachelipods “ not —

having existed prior to the commencement of the tertiary wra,” —

Ne Ferrer

seis

De Le eS

Mr. E. Doubleday on some Lepidoptera, 121

we here find them in the middle of the secondary deposits in

_ great force and variety, forming in fact a considerable proportion

of the whole number of univalves, and consequently existing

long before the extinction of the Ammonites and Belemnites.

It is highly probable that Dr. Buckland would not now adhere

to the above theory, stated some ten or eleven years ago; but

having the authority of his name and occurring in a standard

work, it still passes current with the reading public, and has

_ frequently been quoted by subsequent writers.

On a future occasion I anticipate the pleasure of presenting to

_ the Club some remarks more in detail on the new or less-known

- molluscous forms which occur in this formation. The Inferior

_ Oolite within the narrow limits of my observation has likewise

_ yielded a considerable store of novel materials for investigation :

_ these would require a separate communication.

XIV.—Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Lepidopte-

rous Insects. By Evwarp Dovs.epay, Esq., F.L.S., Assist-

ant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum, &c.

[Continued from vol. xix. p.389.]

Fam. PIERIDA‘,

Genus EuTERPE.

Eut. Manco. Eut. alis omnibus supra nigro-fuscis, atomis cinereis

adspersis, anticis fasciis duabus transversis macularibus, maculisque

marginalibus cinereis; posticis macularum sagittiformium serie,

_ maculisque marginalibus cinereis. Exp. alar. 2 unc. vel 50 mill.

Hab. Bolivia.

Above: anterior wings fuscous, sprinkled with cinereous, the

cell with a cinereous spot at the extremity; followed by two

_ transverse macular bands of the same colour running nearly

parallel to the outer margin, the inner one becoming wider and

io defined towards the inner margin, the outer margin marked

with a series of cinereous spots between the nervules. Posterior

wings fuscous at the base, then thickly sprinkled with cinereous

_ scales, so as to form a broad band across the middle of the wing

_ in continuation of the first band of the anterior wings: beyond

the cell fuscous, with a series of sagittate spots composed of

| inereous and fuscous scales, about equally mixed, and on the

_ margin itself a series of cinereous spots. Below: the anterior

_ wings are grayish white, towards the apex slightly silvery ; below

the subcostal and also the median nervure is a fuscous vitta,

arising from the base, and at the end of the cell a fuscous spot ;

about half-way between the cell and the outer margin is a trans-

verse fuscous band, nearly straight internally, very angular ex-

122 Mr. E. Doubleday on some Lepidoptera.

ternally, marked near the costz with a black spot, on each side

of which is a yellow dot, the outer one followed by two larger —

ones of the same colour placed on each side of the discoidal ner- —

vule; the margin with a series of seven triangular spots bordered

with black, the four nearest the apex yellow, the others cinereous.

Nervures, nervules and cilia fuscous.

Posterior wings silvery white, the base with a black patch, —

bounded anteriorly by the costal nervules, marked with eight —

yellow spots, and a single crimson one on the inner margin ; cell ©

with a slender black line along the median fold, throwing off a

slender branch internally near the end of the cell, this line

bounding externally a bright yellow vitta. Beyond the cell is a

series of yellow cuneiform spots bounded internally with black, —

and there is a similar series on the outer margin ; the space be- —

tween the first median nervule and the submedian nervure is ©

marked with a yellow vitta. Nervures, nervules and cilia black. —

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs fuscous, more or less clothed —

with gray hairs; the abdomen paler below. Antennz black.

This species and the last-described are very nearly allied, and —

may possibly prove to be varieties of one species. The whole of —

this group, of which Euterpe Semiramis may be regarded as the —

type, are very difficult to determine. 5

Genus Leprais. 4

L. Eumara. Lept. alis anticis supra nigris fascia media, alteraque ©

pone medium macularibus flavis; vitta baseos pallide testacea, —

posticis, supra, testaceis, margine, nervulis, lineisque inter nervulos —

nigris. Exp. alar. 2 unc. 4 lin. vel 60 millim. ;

Hab. America Meridionali. ¥

Above: anterior wings fuscous black, with a testaceous vitta

at the base upon the median nervure, extending along a space ~

about equal in length to one-half the imner margin of the wing; ~

a macular band composed of a large spot, slightly divided by —

the nervules, and of a much smaller one, extends from the middle —

of the costa nearly to the anal angle, close to which on the inner —

margin is a small yellow streak: near the apex is a transverse —

band of four yellow spots. Posterior wings reddish, with the —

outer margin broadly fuscous ; the median nervure and nervules,

a series of dashes between the nervules, also fuscous. q

Below : nearly as above, but all the colours paler; the dark ©

border to the posterior wings less distinct. S|

Head black, antenne black ; palpi yellow internally, black ex- —

ternally. , 2

Thorax black above.

Abdomen fuscous above, gray below.

In the collection of Conrad Loddiges, Esq.

Mr. E. Doubleday on some Lepidoptera. 123

L. Theucharila. Lept. alis anticis supra nigris, vitta seu plaga trian-

gulari basali fulva, maculisque tribus pone medium flavis, posticis

fulvis, maris, fimbria fasciaque submarginali nigris, costa late

selenitica ; femine margine anteriori externoque, vitta subcostali

fasciaque submarginali nigris, puncto apicis fulvo, luteove. Exp.

-_alar. 2 unc. vel 50 millim.

_ Hab. Venezuela. |

_ Above: anterior wings black, the base with a fulvous vitta,

occupying in the male nearly the whole of the cell, and in the

female extending beyond it across the median nervure; on the

costa is a yellow spot divided by the first and sometimes also by

_ the second subcostal nervule, below which, upon the third median

nervule, is a small oval yellow spot in the male, a larger one in

_ the female, and towards the apex is a short yellow fascia divided

_ by the last subcostal and the first discoidal nervules. Posterior

_ wings of the male fulvous, with the outer margin black, a band

_ of the same colour extending from the hinder part of the mner

- margin to the outer margin near the termination of the third

- submedian nervule; the costa widely of a satiny or selenitic

_ white. Posterior wings of the female fulvous, with the fuscous

_ border and the submarginal band rather broader than im the

_ male; the costa black, divided by a fulvous vitta terminating in

a spot of the same colour.

_ Below: the anterior wings have the costa brown from the base

to the middle ; the apex as above, but paler, and with a series of

_ eight white dots near the margin; the remainder of the wing

_ whitish, with a selenitic lustre along the middle of the wing, a

_ chalky appearance towards the inner margin. Posterior wings

of the male pale dull luteous, yellower towards the costa; the

outer margin, the costa beyond the middle, two bands, one along

| the middle of the wing, the other near the outer margin, fuscous ;

a space above the first band nut-brown; near the apex are two

_ white dots, and in the fuscous margin three or four faint dashes

of white between the nervules. Posterior wings of the female

- more fulvous than those of the male, the black margin and band

_ broader, the marginal white spots more distinct.

Head black ; antenne black, dotted with white; orbits and a

_ patch on the vertex white.

Thorax and abdomen fuscous ash below. Legs black, lined

with white.

| In the collection of the British Museum, W. C. Hewitson,

Esq., &e.

In size and form this beautiful species resembles Leptalis Me-

_ thymna, but in colouring approaches nearer to Lept. Amphione

and its allies.

124 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany: —

L. Theugenis. Lept. alis omnibus supra lete flavis, anticis macula :

media costali apiceque nigris, posticis margine externo nigro. ¢. —

Exp. alar. 2 unc. vel 50 millim.

Hab. Bolivia.

Anterior wings elongate, rounded at the apex, the first sub- —

costal nervule anastomosing with the costal nervure. Above: ©

bright yellow, the apex from the termination of the first sub-

costal nervule to that of the third median nervule black; this —

black patch united to a spot of the same colour occupying the —

outer margin as far as the termination of the first median nervule..

Posterior wings yellow, the outer margin fuscous from the apex

to the first median nervule ; the fuscous margin broadest at the

apex. .

Below : anterior wings yellow on the costa and at the apex, the

pS ere

we Ao

dark markings of the upper surface slightly indicated; the rest —

of the wing whitish, the inuer margin with a large spot of a—

chalky appearance. Posterior wings yellow, with two pale brown —

bands, the first extending along the subcostal nervule to its ter- —

mination, the second below the cell extending from the sub- —

median nervure to the second subcostal nervule, which it just —

crosses.

Head, thorax and abdomen brown above, yellow below. An- :

tennz black. Legs, except the coxe, black, with a pale yellow —

line on each side.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species is closely allied to Lept. Melite, from which how- —

ever it may be known by the want of the black vitta on the inner —

margin and of the yellow spot in the black of the apex, indepen-

dent of some less striking differences.

XV.— Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 2. :

By Artuur Hewnrrey, F.L.S. &e.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems.

Pror. Trevrranvus* has published an exceedingly interesting —

essay on the anomalous forms under which the wood presents —

itself in certain dicotyledons, in which he endeavours to arrive at q

some general conclusions as to the regulating causes. The essay

is a kind of critical examination of all the observations hitherto —

published on the subject, interspersed with the results of new

investigations undertaken by the author with a view to explain —

or confirm the views of other writers.

Our attention is first directed to those remarkable bodies called

* Botanische Zeitung, May 28, 1847.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 125

Embryo-buds, first described by Dutrochet*, and considered by

_ him to be buds, which instead of becoming elongated are deve-

loped on all sides, and, producing no leaves, are nourished by the

_ sap of the bark. _ Prof. Treviranus remarks that this view is dif-

ficult to reconcile with the generally received opinion that the

_ formation of wood depends on the presence of leaves, and new

_ investigations upon living specimens are very desirable ; it is ob-

_ vious however that the production and development of secon-

_ dary layers of wood occurs here, quite separate and distinct from

_ the central primary ligneous body of the tree. [With regard to

_ these remarks it may be observed, that it is only if we admit the

notion that the new layers of wood actually grow down from the

_ leaves, like roots, as is affirmed by Gaudichaud, that there is

_ any difficulty in adopting Dutrochet’s views. If the leaves only

_ elaborate the juices for the formation of new wood, the elaborated

_ sap conveyed down in the bark and cambium-layer may go to

_ form new layers around the nucleus it finds in the shape of an

_ embryo-bud, just as readily as to increase the great central woody

mass of the tree.— Rep. |

The author next notices those stems in which, in addition to

_ the central woody mass, from three to ten smaller lgneous

masses occur surrounding the central one and increasing in size

in proportion to it. Mirbel + first pointed out this structure in

_ Calycanthus floridus, and Gaudichaud { in the Sapindacee. The

_ course of the formation of the four secondary woody masses in

- Calycanthus is as follows :—In a young stem there are found

_ four vascular bundles in the bark, distinct from the central wood,

_ and from each other except at the nodes, at every one of which

cross bundles uniting these together form a ring round the cen-

tral body ; as the stem grows, new layers of woody substance are

deposited on the inner faces of these bundles (which are of

- course carried outward with the bark to make room for the in-

_ ereasing thickness of the central mass of wood). These new

_ layers are considerably thicker than the outer, previously formed ;

_ they are also progressively wider, and thus form a somewhat cres-

_ eent-shaped body (when seen in a transverse section) ; the horns

of the crescent advancing outward gradually approach and meet,

- so as to include a portion of the bark, which then forms what

_ resembles a kind of pith to it. This false pith of each woody

_ mass is thus of course excentrical, the woody layers which sur-

- round it being fewer and thinner on the outer side.

In regard to the origin of this structure, Mirbel compared the

_ four bundles to those lying in the angles of the square stem of

* Nouv. Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. iv.

+ Ann. des Sc. Nat. xiv. ¢ Archiv de Bot, ii.

126 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

= ye:

Labiate ; but the author states that this is incorrect, inasmuch as

these latter are the commencement of the central ligneous sy-—

stem, being in fact afterwards united together into a ring by new

bundles which are produced between them.

The author says he formerly imagined these secondary wood

masses to have the import of branches, but he has now given up

this opinion, having found the structure to be normal in several

other instances. In trees with opposite leaves, like the ash and —

horse-chestnut, the woody mass presents the following pecu-

liarities in the youngest internode: the vascular bundles from

each petiole, arranged in a semicircle, unite with those of its

fellow to form a circular or rather somewhat quadrangular mass:

at the next node below, this opens on opposite sides to receive the

bundles of the petioles there situated, and again closes. In Ca-

lycanthus the fibrous substance of the petiole also forms a semi-

circle, containing the vascular bundles of all the nerves of the

leaf except that of the lowest or outermost nerve on each side, —

which remains isolated. This isolation is persistent after the

two semicircular fibrous bodies have united at the node to form a

ring, and thus it happens that the bark of the new-formed stem

contains four smaller vascular bodies, outside the regular ring of —

wood and occupying the four obtuse angles, Tracing the course

downward in the stem, we find, at every node, that not only the

central ring, but the cortical woody bodies receive accessions, and

they have grown independently. In Calycanthus floridus there-

fore (and in C. precow also, although it is not so distinctly ex-

hibited here), the four cortical ligneous bodies originate in the —

leaf, run down in the angles of the gutter-shaped petiole, distinct —

from the central mass, and enter the bark at the nodes, where —

each of them unites with one similar coming down from the leaf _

above and another coming from the leaf opposite... This obser-

vation has already been made, substantially at least, by Gaudi-

chaud, but was doubted, without statement of the reason, by

Lindley. Any one may readily satisfy himself of its correctness

who will examine this common shrub. [I found the above de-

scription of the structure perfectly sei as regards C. floridus ; _

I have not examined C. precoxr.—Rep.*]

The woody stems of certain climbing Sapindacee are still —

more remarkable on account of the number and size of the late-

ral woody masses ; sometimes as many as ten of these occur, in-

closed in a common bark, and these rapidly increase in size to

* The arrangement of the woody bundles of the Cucurbitacee which have —

pentagonal stems, described by Dr. Stocks in the “Ann. of Nat. Hist.’ for —

Aug. 1846, bears some relation to this point. It would be interesting to *

ascertain whether any of them remain distinct, or if they become blended as :

in the Labiate.—Rep.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 127

such an extent, that they often, collectively, exceed in volume the

' central ligneous mass of the stem. No other plants but the

| Sapindacee are known with certainty to possess this structure,

/ and not even all the genera of this family, nor all the species of

_ particular genera. Gaudichaud does not name the species and

_ only doubtfully the genus in which he found it ; A. de Jussieu *

- names only Serjania cuspidata. The author has detected it in

Paullinia pinnata, Serjania triternata, W., and Serjania Sello-

_ wiana, K1., but not in Serjania rubifolia, K., and Paullinia obli-

_ qua, K.; not in Cardiospermum, Nephelium, Kalreutera, Sapin-

_ dus saponaria and capensis. He had at his disposal a living stem

_ of Paullinia pinnata, bearing leaves, the length from ten to twelve

_ feet, and the thickest portion a German inch in diameter. This

_ stem presented three convex sides and as many obtuse angles in

_ each of which lay a woody mass unconnected with the central

_ mass and separated from it by cortical substance; they were of

_ similar form and alinost identical structure. In Serjania triter-

nata the stem in the young shoots is triangular with a woody

mass in each angle, but in the older twigs the angles and their

_ lateral woody masses are seven in number, and the same struc-

_ ture occurs in S. Selloviana, K1., so that it may be concluded

_ with tolerable certainty that the woody bodies which Gaudichaud +

_ indicated generally as belonging to Sapindacee were either spe-

cies of Paullinia or Serjania. The same may be said of a form

of wood from an unknown source described and figured by the

_ author in his ‘ Physiology of Plants’{. The number of lateral

masses may as above shown increase, but it may also decrease by

some of them losing their independence. In one of Gaudi-

chaud’s§ plates the upper end of one specimen exhibits nine,

the lower only five, another seven above and five below ; so that

- some of them have either become united together or to the cen-

tral body. Jussieu says: the four woody masses of Serjania cus-

_ pidata, at the first formation of a shoot, are united into a single

_ mass; but they soon separate and become isolated. The author

also, in the twigs of Pau/llinia pinnata, where they run out as side

_ shoots from the triangular main stem, perceived that the form

was originally cylindrical, and thus only a central woody mass

_ existed, but that in its course one or more lateral bodies disen-

_ gaged themselves. The manner in which this took place is thus

_ explained: the circle formed by the aggregated bundles presents

three obtuse angles, and the bundles which form these angles

_ diverge outward and leave the combination, They then become

* Monogr. Malpigh.—Archiv du Mus. iii. 110, 117.

+ Rech. sur l’Organogr. &c. des Veg. t. 13. fig. 1-4, t. 18. figs. 14, 16,

18, 19, 21.

t Phys. d. Gew. ii. 174, t. 1. fig. 6. § Loe. cif. t. 18. figs. 16, 19.

128 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany : : 4

placed so as to converge more toward each other, since they take

away a portion of pith with them, and the centripetal arrange- —

ment is finally perfected. In a directly opposite manner occurs —

their reunion with the central mass by the loss of the concentric —

arrangement of their woody bundles, and their reception into a —

cavity which is produced at a corresponding point in the central —

mass.

From the nature of the composition, therefore, the lateral bow :

dies have a pith, like the central, also medullary rays and fibrous —

tubes, but the author has not observed annual rings in either. —

The existence of this pith in the lateral bodies has been denied*,

but on insufficient grounds; the round or oval central cellular —

mass into which the medullary rays enter, for example in Paul- —

linia pinnata, cannot be called anything but pith. A. de Jussieu ~

also describes a pith in the lateral woody masses of several Sapin- —

dace, especially Serjania cuspidata, which pith was inclosed ina —

medullary sheath containing spiral vessels, and was of a cylin- —

drical or flattened form. Gaudichaud figures the latter form of —

pith, which is centrally situated in the central woody mass, but —

more or less excentrical, toward the external surface, in the —

lateral bodies. :

It is important to observe that the central and lateral bodies .

are all inclosed in a common bark which contains a common ~

layer of liber ; since this proves that the lateral woody masses are —

not liber-bundles of the bark, as Martius + appears to haye as- —

sumed. But the author observes that, so far as his limited ma- —

terials allowed him to see, the circle of liber above-mentioned —

does not increase in diameter proportionately with the seoauy q

masses. 4

An attempt has also been made by Martius to explain the q

presence of these anomalous lateral masses by considering them

as undeveloped branches running under the bark in the manner ~

that the roots do in some Lycopodia, as was pointed out by —

Ad. Brongniart {, who thereby explained some phzenomena ob- —

served by him in the fossil genus Sigillaria. Lindley§ has —

observed a similar condition in a Barbacenia from Rio Janeiro. —

Before these phenomena can be applied to an elucidation of the

structure of the Sapindacea, it is necessary to investigate these —

lateral woody bodies in their earliest conditions. With this view —

the author examined Paullinia pinnata, taking a yet herbaceous

twig about eighteen inches long on which three leaf-scars ex-

isted on the three angles, while two leaves were still im a vege-

* Schleiden, Grundz. 2nd ed. ii. 162. .

+ Veber die Veg. d. unacht. u. acht. Parasit. Miinch. gel. Auz. 1842,

N. Legale 390. P|

¢ Archiv du Mus. i. § Introd. to Bot. 3rd ed. 316. figs. 191-3.

| Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 129

tating condition at its apex. Each scar presented on its roundish

_ dise the almost perfect circle of vascular bundles of the fallen

leaf ; above the scar was a dried bud, and below it a strong,

_ blunt ridge ran downward on the stem. On each side of the

_ cicatrix was a little semicircular scar indicating the articulation

_ of the fallen stipules, and from each of these lateral scars an

acute ridge origmated which became united with a similar one

_ coming down from the leaf next above. On the examination of

_ the living leaves it was perceived that the vascular bundles of the

_ petiole formed the central woody mass, and those of the wing of

_ the petiole and of the stipules, the lateral bodies. These were

_ quite isolated just below the node; but in another twig which

‘was examined, either two or the whole of them were always

united to the central mass, and this was particularly the case in a

_ twig which had a roundish instead of the usual triangular form.

So that this anomalous structure of the wood of Sapindacee has

its origin at the earliest stage, and is connected with the forma-

tion of leaves rather than of branches, and depends upon a pecu-

liar tendency of the vascular bundles to develope independently

of each other, round several centres, which tendency however

they occasionally lose and subsequently blend with the central

mass,

__ The structure of the wood of the Malpighiaceous Lianes agrees

toa certain extent in appearance with that of the Sapindacea,

and here it is evident that the lateral bodies do not belong to the

liber. But according to A. de Jussieu the lateral bodies show no

disposition to arrangement of their fibrous tubes and vessels

around a pith, as occurs in the Sapindacee. He has also shown

that the wood lying immediately around the central pith is very

regularly formed, and has narrower and straighter medullary

rays than the layers subsequently produced ; while in the Sapin-

dacee the separation of the lateral from the central masses is evi-

dent in the very earliest stages of the formation of the wood.

__ In the same memoir Jussieu has mentioned several climbing

dicotyledons of very different families, where the masses of wood

have a tendency to become separated from each other; to these

tay be added the climbing species of Begonia. Those species of

Begoniawith an upright stem have thewood symmetrically formed,

but in, for example, B. hirtella, the wood on the side of the stem

next the wall on which the plant grows is scarcely half so thick as

a the other side which has been exposed to no pressure ; on

this side the wedges of wood are much expanded and quite un-

symmetrical, being separated from each by medullary rays which

equal them in breadth.

Lastly may be mentioned some peculiarities in the wood of

certain climbing Bignoniacea, figures of which are given by Lind-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 9

180 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany: —

ley*, Gaudichaud + and Schleiden {. Here the general mass of

the wood is interrupted by plates of a different substance which —

pass in from the circumference to the centre, which substance, if —

it be wood, is of a distinct kind from the rest ; these plates cor-

respond to each other on the opposite sides of the stem. Gau-

dichaud says that the Bignoniacee in Guayaquil have originally ©

tour of these plates, next eight, then sixteen, and probably after-—

wards thirty-two; but he never saw this in the plateaux of

Brazil. 3

Analogous but less regular divisions of the wood occur to a

certain extent in old stems of Bignonia capreolata, but here only

four plates exist in stems even two inches in diameter. Ina

stem of a Bignonia collected in Columbia by Karsten (marked

No. 83) there are eight such divisions, of which four are not so

broad as the other four, and they correspond to each other ex-

actly on opposite sides of the stem. Jussieu found four in B,

Unguis Catt and B. grandiflora ; in a Bignoniaceous plant from —

Peru eight, with the traces of the commencement of a duplica-—

tion of them, which would thus have made sixteen. -

Their intimate structure exhibits chiefly fibrous tubes, agree-

ing with those of liber, but in B. capreolata the author found —

vessels. The former are arranged in transverse rows with thin

layers of cellular tissue interposed ; an organization similar to_

that of liber. They never reach quite to the pith, the wood im- |

mediately surrounding this is therefore undivided, and they are

only firmly united to the true wood at those points where they

terminate internally. A recently gathered leafy shoot of B. ca-

preolata about a line and a half in diameter, exhibited the first”

trace of these four introversions of the liber. Where each of

these originated in the bark there was a fibrous bundle like the

others, but much larger. There were four of these chief bundles,

and they had their origin in the petiole like the woody bodies of |

the bark in Calycanthus and Paullinia. It appears therefore that

continual additions are made to the liber on the inside of these”

bundles as the wood of the stem increases in diameter, and con-

sequently, no formation of true wood occurring at these points,

cavities would result, but that the liber bundles grow inward and

fill them up. e

Comparing these last-mentioned forms of ligneous structure

with that of Calycanthus, of certain Malpighiacee and Sapindacea,

the distinction is observed, that in the Bignoniacee the fibrous”

substance, separated from the chief mass of the wood, does not,

develope outside the latter, but in and with it, at the same time |

* Introduct. to Botany, fig. 38,

+ Recherch. &c. t. 14. fig. 4, t. 18. figs. 4-10.

t Grundziige, &c. 2nd ed. fig. 146-148,

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 131

without becoming blended with it. But here however, as in the

Malpighiacee, has been observed a disposition to separation of

4 onan portions of the wood from the central mass *.

_ We require more investigation to enable us to determine the

_ relations of the structure of Phytocrene to that of the Bignoniacea;

_ especial attention should be paid to the conditions at different

: periods of the growth. Jussieu opposes the opinion that the

plates passing inward from the bark belong to the liber, on ac-

: count of the different structure of the liber observed in the same

stem. But since this difference consists in the fact, that, accord-

g to Griffith +, they also contain striped vessels of small size,

while in the proper wood these are larger, in shorter _joints and

of the dotted kind, the author does not think this is sufficient

reason to overset the idea that they originate from the liber. In

_Nepenthes the ligneous twining stems, the bark, liber and pith,

are full of spiral-fibrous cells t, a proof that under certain cir-

cumstances these may occur in parts of the stem where they are

“not usually found.

Glancing retrospectively over the anomalous forms of dicoty-

Tedonous stems we have enumerated, this much is evident, not-

withstanding the imperfection of the observations arising from

‘the want of materials :—the fibrous and vascular bundles de-

imme from the leaves are in general destined to be collected

around a common centre and there to become united together,

t yet in their ever-progressive vegetation a certain independ-

“ence is retained by them, so that certain collections of them may

fe from the main body and be developed independently.

s development will at the same time proceed according to the

w of symmetry, 7. e. they will arrange themselves around a

centre, and, in case the stem belongs to a dicotyledon, be placed

ina radiating series behind one another. What external cause

Must arise, to produce such deviations from the usual mode of

growth, cannot yet be determined for want of comparative obser-

va ions, in the localities where these stems are found. Jussieu

conjectures § that one of the chief causes of these peculiarities is

e remote position of the leaves, the distance between them

ing greater in the Lianes than in other plants. But the au-

says, that, if he is not mistaken, twining shrubs of the same

families are met with without the anomalous structure ; thus it

seems that some special impression must be received, ‘which is

ts ven to the formative principle by some external cause, such as

sure in a particular direction, as mostly if not always happens

climbing stems. It is well known that Bignonia radicans, also

* Jussieu, Mém. Malpigh, 119. + Wallich, Pl. Asiat. Rar. 216,

_ t Korthals Verhandelingen, t.20. § Cours de Botanique, t. 81,

132 Bibliographical Notices.

a Liane, has, when in a condition where it can freely extend

itself, the usual symmetrical wood-structure. But Uttewall *

observed a stem of this plant flattened into a band-like form, —

arising from pressure against the angle of a wall, which form it ©

still retained after it had grown up far beyond. it, so that the

numerous shoots afterwards developed all partook more or less ~

of this character.

[As somewhat relating to the present subject, may be men-—

tioned a curious fact lately pointed out by Prof. A. E. Ross-

missler. He states that the Firs are subject to a peculiarity in ~

the growth of their wood which causes them to split as

instead of perpendicularly, and that this occurs, for instance in-

Pinus sylvestris, throughout whole estates, in Bavaria, and it is

necessary to raise young plants from foreign healthy seed, since ~

the seeds of these twisted firs inherit the peculiarity of the’ wood.

—Rep.|

ee ee a Cae aT eae

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented from tring]

Subjects; with practical Observations on their Nature. By Sir

Joun Granam Datyett, Bart. Volume first, containing fifty-

three coloured Plates. London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster

Row, 1847. 4to. Pp. 270.

We could wish that this noble volume was in the hands of me

one of our readers. It is, always excepting Ellis’s ‘ Essay on by

lines,’ the most valuable contribution to Zoophytology ever made by

one individual, and contains more that is true and of interest in the

economy of zoophytes than any other work hitherto published. . |

The name of Sir John Graham Dalyell has been familiar to the”

naturalists of Scotland for nearly half a century. He first introduced

himself to their notice by a translation of some of the physiological

writings of Spallanzani, a naturalist of congenerous dispositions with

himself; and he subsequently became better known by his valuable —

contributions to our national Encyclopedias, and by his little book

on the Planarie, the most interesting by far of any publication ve |

this family of worms. But beyond his native country Sir John w

scarcely known until after the meeting of the British Association i

Edinburgh in 1834, when the naturalists of England even were taken’

by surprise on finding one unbruited,—an accomplished scholar and

learned antiquary,—who had studied natural history in a more phi-

losophical spirit, and with a less selfish love, than any more blazoned

compeer, and who had learned much in the school of nature of what

was secret and hidden to others. Henceforth this quietly perse-

* Tijdschr, v. Natuurl. Gesch. en Physiol, iv. 90

Bibliographical Notices. 133

_ vering experimentalist was mentioned by those who write for the

_ public; and foreigners were compelled, almost reluctantly, to ac-

| knowledge that the Scotch savans had been for years familiar with

facts and phenomena, for the discovery of which, in a less perfect

_ manner, they were seeking the praise and honour of their competi-

_ tors. ‘The present publication will not only prove Sir John’s inde-

_ pendent discoveries and priority, but it will place its author in the

_ first rank of those who gain deserved honour by their talent for ori-

_ ginal observation, and by that devoted love to a subject which car-

_ ries one unwearied through years of patient experiment, heedless of

| any future reputation, and regardless of being forestalled by the fear

of anticipation which urges on too often to hasty publicity.

__. In our present notice we shall confine ourselves to the Hydroid

_ Zoophytes. And were we to distinguish these according to diver-

sity in their embryology, the researches of Sir J. G. Dalyell would

_ enable us to divide them into three families, viz. (1.) those which

_ ‘* propagate the young in their own Jikeness by gemmation or bud-

_ ding from the side ;” (2.) those which in the foetal or larva state re-

semble the Meduse; and (3.) those which produce an unciliated

_ roundish corpusculum, that, on its escape from the ovarian vesicle,

_ assumes the shape and motions of the Planarie.

_ The first family is limited to the freshwater Hydre, and need not

_ now detain us, excepting only to remark that our author appears

never to have observed these polypes to propagate by any other

_ means than by gemmation. Their winter eggs, described by others,

_ do not seem ever to have come under his notice.

_ The species of the second family ascertained to be so by our

_ author are Tubularia indivisa, T. larynx, T. ramosa and Laomedea di-

_ chotoma, ‘The similarity of their larve to miniature Meduse in form,

_ in structure and in habits is so very remarkable, that, even after

__ having witnessed their progressive development and birth from the

_ parent, Sir John can scarcely bring himself to admit their relation-

_ ship. But there can be no doubt of this, and the metamorphosis is

_ one of the most wonderful in the animal kingdom. We know not

_ that we could make more distinct to our readers the idea of these

larvee than by the comparison of them to Meduse which has just

_ been made, and must therefore refer to the volume itself for the full

- details. The interest of the zoologist will not flag in their perusal,

_ and in the examination of the figures; although there is certainly

_ wanting that precise and regular specification of embryotic changes

_ which distinguishes the memoirs of Van Beneden.

_ The third family embraces Tubularia ramea, Thoa halecina and

_ Beanii, Sertularia polyzonias, abietina, rosacea, pumila, argentea and

_arcta, Antennularia antennina and ramosa, Plumularia falcata and

| pinnata, and Campanularia verticillata. All these produce a roundish

_ oviform body, which on, or even previous to, its eduction from the

ovarian receptacle assumes the figure of the worms of the genus

_ Planaria. Hence it is called a planule by our author. It appears to

_ be an immediate evolution from the central pulp, the colour of which

__ it has on its birth; but some species produce planules of at least two

134 Bibliographical Notices.

colours, as, for example, the Plumularia falcata, which produces some —

white and some yellow. The number produced varies according to

the species, nor does it seem to be uniform even in the same s

After moving about in the open waters for some hours, not by cilia

but by inherent mobility, the planule rests and settles on some fixed —

body, where it contracts itself into a circular spot, whence the young ~

polypidom speedily shoots up in the shape of a primary spine. We —

quote the author’s description of the planules of Sertularia polyzonias :

‘About fifty planules issued from the vesicles on the 8th of ©

July, the specimens having been procured on the day preceding. —

These animals were nearly a third of a line in length; the body —

plump, approaching rotundity, somewhat flattened below, of a

smooth uniform aspect, and darker in colour than straw-yellow. In ~

course of their escape they were obviously suspended from various —

parts of the specimen by an invisible thread ; but when reaching any 4

solid surface they advanced with an equal, gliding motion, a

that of Planarie. The observer could not associate them with any —

other genus in the ‘ Systema Nature.’ No external organs could be —

detected by the most careful microscopical inspection, They as-

sumed various forms, according to circumstances, and, as afterwards

established, these were modified also, according to the period of their

existence. 7

‘* Many planule continued quitting the vesicles from the 8th ~

until the 12th of July. They spread on the bottom and crowded ~

together on the sides of their vessels. Numerous dark green, thick, ~

obtuse spines were rising from spots on the bottom on the 14th of ~

the month. Several were enlarging as buds next day, which had

developed as a hydra from some others of them.” (p. 146.) c |

These discoveries in the embryology of zoophytes will necessitate |

some alterations in their systematical distribution, and will, we are ~

inclined to think, lead ultimately to the recognition of new principles

on which to found even their distribution into new classes. 4

The book is full of particulars relative to the growth, the almost |

unlimited regerminations, the structure and physiology and the @

habits of zoophytes, but the interest lies rather in the minutiz and

truth of the details than in general deductions, and cannot be relished —

unless by a student who will read them seriously and in earnest and —

in the spirit in which they are written, for the style is unfortunately

sometimes ambiguous and obscure, and too often Johnsonian with-

out the Johnsonian antithesis and elegance. We shall therefore pass

on to particularize the species described, making a remark or two as"

the occasion arises. q

1. Tubularia indivisa. This is described and illustrated with mi-

nute detail, and is evidently a favourite. The experiments made to

test its tenacity of life and its regenerative powers remind us of ~

those made by Trembley and Baker on the Hydre, and they are

equally remarkable, but to detail them would be endless, for, as the

author tells us, ‘‘ no definite rules or principles can anticipate the

precise course of reproduction,” p. 28. Sections of a single stalk

will each of them produce a new head, more especially the secti

ees st re eae ad

NG haghoaten Rs

Bibliographical Notices. 185

near the base ; but the mode of growth of the stalk itselfis more re-

markable still. The head of the polype falls off and this is followed

by an elongation of the fistular stalk, the point from which the elon-

ae started being distinctly marked by a circular stricture ; another

is then produced and this again falls away, and again there is

an elongation of the stalk upwards ; and so on the growth proceeds

for several periods in succession. But the successive growths are

_ not regular either in time or in their lengths ; the periods and length

_ of the new prolongations being dependent on circumstances not yet

understood. ‘There is something in this very curious, and we shall

_ better impress attention to it by the following extract :—‘‘ Some re-

_markable facts attend renewal of the head; and first, the prolonga-

tion of the stem seems absolutely dependent upon it. Having lost

its head, the stem to all appearance remains stationary, unless in the

_ wound closing ; but from the moment that the rising internal bud

_ reaches the vacant extremity in its integument, the neck, or that por-

_ tion sustaining the young hydra, visibly lengthens, and so continues,

_ until further prolongation is arrested by the separation and fall of

_ the regenerated parts. The wound cicatrizes again. If reproduc-

_ tion follow by another embryo rising within to issue from the sum-

mit, a new prolongation ensues also; and so on with a third, a fourth,

or more. ‘Thus are formed as many nodes or articulations of the

_ stem.

_ + Prolongation of the stalk seems combined with the evolution of

_ the hydra by one of the few invariable laws ascertained. But the

_ irregular duration of the successive hydree or heads produces an irre-

_ gularity in the accessions to the length of the stalk. One shoot ex-

_ tending six or eight lines may be followed by another of only two

or three; and the prolongation seems scarcely sensible where the

_ head flourishes merely to decay. The utmost dimensions of this

_ product are therefore as uncertain as the number of regenerated

hydre whereby they are attained. Let it be always remembered

_ that the prolongation of the hydra’s neck is the sole medium of ex-

tension of the stem.” (pp.6, 7.)

Sir John Dalyell has not been able on many trials to discover the

circulation described by Lister in the stalk of Tubularia indivisa

_ (p. 22), but he has seen it, and described with great accuracy its

_ phzenomena, in the Tub. ramosa, pp. 65 and 69. Thus the discoveries

of successive observers will probably prove the circulation of a fluid

_ in the stems to be a general law in the physiology of these zoophytes,

_ for negative observations cannot be allowed to invalidate the positive

_ results obtained by previous naturalists. How many have in vain

_ tried to see the currents in the living sponge; and yet there is no

fact better ascertained than the existence of these currents !

_ 2. Tubularia larynx. This is very interestingly described and

_ illustrated.

3. Tubularia ramea. <‘‘ This,’ says our enthusiastic author, ‘‘ is a

splendid animal production—one of the most singular, beautiful and

interesting among the boundless works of Nature. Sometimes it

_ resembles an aged tree, blighted amidst the war of the elements, or

136 Bibliographical Notices.

withered by the deep corrosions of time; sometimes it resembles —

a vigorous flowering shrub in miniature, rising with a dark brown —

stem and diverging into numerous boughs, branches and twigs, ter- —

minating in so many hydre, wherein red and yellow intermixed —

afford a fine contrast to the whole. The glowing colours of the one —

and the venerable aspect of the other, their intricate parts, often —

laden with prolific fruit, and their numberless tenants, all highly —

picturesque, are equally calculated to attract our admiration to the

creative power displayed throughout the universe, and to sanction —

the character of this product as one of uncommon interest and ~

beauty.” (p. 51.) j

Very unexpectedly this remarkable zoophyte is proved by our au- —

thor to belong, not to the family Tubulariade, but to the Sertularians, —

for it produces its germs in a “ prolific pod” analogous to the vesi- —

cles of the Sertularie, and these germs are planules on their birth. |

“Only a single large, bright yellow planule is contained in the ve- |

sicle, whence it is discharged on maturity from an orifice towards —

one side near the summit. But the vesicle itself is of such extreme |

transparence that it is hardly visible after losing its contents,” p58.

Perhaps we might remove the anomaly in its present place in the

system by placing the species in the genus Thoa, of which it has —

the habit. |

4, Tubularia ramosa. ‘The doubts which have been entertained —

of the distinctness of this as a species from T. ramea are now re- —

moved, for the two productions do not belong to the same family, —

the larva of the T. ramosa being medusiform. But its polype differs —

greatly from that of the genus Tudularia as restricted in present —

systems, for while the head of the latter is naked and exposed and _

remains so under all conditions and circumstances, this can and does —

ries within the tubular extremities of the polypidom for shelter

p. 65

5. i viridis, pl. 12. figs. 17-20.

6. Hydra fusca, pl. 12. fig. 15. The only species which the au- 1

thor has found in Scotland. The figures are of the natural size, and —

very characteristic. 4

7. Sertularia polyzonias. The most complete history of the spe-—

cies that has been published, and the figures are entitled to great —

praise. We here learn that the polypes or hydre in the cells of

the polypidom may die and be replaced after their decay by others,

p. 149. The following passage on the food of these zoophytes is —

worth extracting :—‘‘ The food of the smaller compound zoophytes — |

is problematical ; but it is obvious that all must have subsistence to —

sustain life and promote enlargement. I was induced by the size of ©

the hydra here to attempt feeding them with soft particles of the ©

mussel, a substance the most grateful of any to most of the lower —

carnivorous tribes; and I believe that I succeeded. I thought the —

particles might be discovered in the remoter parts of the stomach, —

whither they were transmitted by a distinct channel. ‘There the

contents appeared as a dark internal mass, becoming ovoidal, and the —

hydra distorted. If the particle be too large, it is retained along —

eorrn, aceite tats < “pur R

Bibliographical Notices. 137

time externally ; nor can it be forcibly removed without the visible

reluctance of this diminutive being.” (pp. 144-5.)

8. Sertularia abietina. A monograph of interest equal to the pre-

ceding. The figure on pl. 23 is an admirable portrait of the species.

The species has “ two differently formed vesicles,” ‘a fact also in-

cident to a few other Sertularie.” One of the vesicles is ampullate

or flask-shaped with nearly white contents and numerous oviform

ecorpuscula; the other is compound, “the spherule containing a

single yellow globular corpusculum,” p. 155. Here we are informed

that “‘ great diversity occurs in the shape of the same planule, from

whatever zoophyte they come. Nothing can be more variable than

their soft, extensile and contractile bodies, in motion or at rest ; and

according to the freshness of their element or the temperature of the

atmosphere, and especially when about to undergo the metamor-

phosis incident to their race.” (pp. 155-6.)

The following paragraph is also interesting :—‘‘ The evolution of

the nascent Sertularie, from vesicles in situ, is a rare occurrence.

We have seen that, from some unnatural retention in the cysts of

the Tubularie, the organs of the young may begin to unfold. This

may tend to corroborate and explain a figure given by Ellis, repre-

senting a hydra issuing from a vesicle of the Sertularia pumila. But

_ it is to be noted also that examples are not wanting of portions of the

_ Sertularie vegetating through an empty vesicle with a generated or

_ regenerated hydra. I can account for it only from the sudden me-

ef tamorphosis frequently rendering the planule motionless, and thus

_ precluding its escape from the vesicle. But although this may ensue

in the Sertularia abietina, the discharge of the planule from the ve-

sicle, to undergo its metamorphosis unrestrained, is the ordinary and

natural course whereby the species is perpetuated.” (p. 156.)

9. Sertularia abietinula. This is merely an early state of S. ar-

7 gentea, so far at least as fig. 7 of pl. 25 is concerned. Fig. 6 seems

to represent a small specimen of S. abietina.

10. Sertularia rosacea.

11. Sertularia pumila. We doubt whether figures 19 and 20 of

A plate 26 represent this species.

12. Sertularia halecina and cognates. The natural-sized figures of

this species are beautiful and correct, but drawn from small speci-

mens. We differ from the author in referring Ellis’s S. halecina, as

_ exhibited in pl. 10 of his ‘ Corallines,’ to Thoa Beanii; it seems to

us to be a good figure, and certainly not “from an indifferent draw-

ing,” of the true S. halecina. This is elaborately described by our

author, but we cannot be brought to admit that Thoa halecina and

T. Beanii are only states of one species, although the observations of

Sir J. Dalyell shake our confidence in their absolute distinctness.

_ The question is still open to future inquiry.

The following quotation describing the rapid growth of the polypes

is interesting :—‘‘ Where vigorous hydre already subsist, the rege-

neration of others advances in their vicinity—the clear and transpa-

rent sheath showing their progressive evolution. Nothing can be

more interesting than to witness the rapid refinement of an embryo

138 Bibliographical Notices.

hydra into perfect configuration, and the display of the organic —

parts actually completed under the observer’s eye. My notice having —

been directed to a specimen, wherein, from the highest of three frills, —

a dark green globular mass rose prominent as an acorn in the cup; —

in an hour it became somewhat clavate, while turned slightly aside, —

still enlarging without any indications of tentacula. But in another —

hour these organs became perceptible through a very delicate trans- —

parent involucrum protecting the mass. ‘The head had now pro- —

truded almost entirely from the frill, and the extremities of the ten- —

tacula separating, having improved the symmetry of the parts, they —

were gradually and at length freely unfolded two hours afterwards —

in their due proportions. The new head of the finest green was

perhaps the fourth which the twig sustaining it had borne in suc- —

cession.” (p. 165.) j

13. Thoa Beanii. Well figuréd and described, and its history —

completed by the description of the animal and of its planule.

14. Thoa muricata. ‘The author has never observed “ any visible —

object ” ever discharged from the muricated vesicles of this species, —

though he has had many specimens at various seasons of the year, —

and which were preserved with every possible care. He questions —

whether the capsules are truly vesicles, or whether they are not rather —

extraneous substances—the capsules of some of the Testacea. They —

are certainly not the capsules of any bivalve, as suggested, but they

may be those of a zoophagous gasteropod. We incline, however, to —

believe them integral parts of the zoophyte. a

15. Plumularia falcata. A beautiful history of the species.

16. Plumularia pinnata. ; |

17. Plumularia? fascis. This is apparently a new species allied

to P.catharina. The magnified figures are scarcely sufficient. a

18. Sertularia argentea. The figures appear to us to represent

S. cupressina, but the author entertains doubts whether the two be

truly different, and his observations tend to prove that they are not —

so. The species has two sorts of vesicles, a simple one resembling —

a vase, and one “of compound formation, consisting of a hollow —

pedestal, surmounted by a sphere about three times its diameter,” —

p. 192. The propagation is very minutely detailed. .

19. Antennularia antennina. E

20. Antennularia ramosa. The author has proved these to be —

perfectly distinct. ‘The first has avesicle which produces “a single —

yellow embryo” ‘‘ so large that there seems no room for more. It

is evolved as a planula, surpassing the size of any that I have seen —

issuing from a Sertudaria, for it is nearly the twelfth of an inch in —

length,” p. 201. But the vesicles of A. ramosa contain many—from —

twelve to thirty—corpuscules, and the planula is very minute, “‘ not

exceeding the sixth part of the size of the single yellow planula”

of A. antennina. After some interesting observations, the author —

concludes (1.) that 4. antennina has “a single ruddy stalk ten inches —

high, begirt by slender verticillate twigs, and bearing axillary ovate —

vesicles, each containing a single yellow planule ;” (2.) that 4. ra-

mosa is “‘ a greenish shrub, diverging into boughs and branches, clothed —

Bibliographical Notices. 189

_ with twigs: likewise with slender, prolonged, plumose vegetations

_ sometimes interspersed, whereon, besides hydra, are borne long

| ampullate axillary vesicles, each containing many planule ;” (3.) that

A. ramosa may have three vesicles all different from each other in

form ; (4.) ‘‘ that vigorous reproductive energies reside in the ramosa,

_ which are readily and frequently exhibited, while similar energies

are feeble and rare in the 7. indivisa.’’ (p. 209.)

21. Laomedea dichotoma. Admirably described and figured. The

_ cell of the polype is deciduous. The larva is medusiform, and has

_ some resemblance to a hand-bell. ‘‘It swims by jerks, or bounds

_ like the various species of Medusz, from collapse of the body,

_ perhaps aided by the tentacular organs. It pursues all directions,

rising, falling, or remaining stationary in equilibrio. Like a group of

_ the Medusa bifida, these creatures narrowly resemble a flock of mi-

_ nute birds wending their course through the expanse of the firma-

ment.” (p. 216.)

; 22. Campanularia verticillata. ‘The margin of the polype-cell is

_ either ‘“ plain or serrated,” a remark which may tend to reconcile

the discrepancies in the descriptions of some allied species. The

cells are normally deciduous, falling off with the decay of the

polypes. “‘ The two are mutually dependent on each other,” p. 219;

_ the very reverse of what exists in the Sertulariade. The larva is a

_ planule.

23. Campanularia dumosa. The generic relations of this species

_ remain unascertained. Its structure, says Sir J. Dalyell, is very dif-

_ ferent from Laomedea dichotoma or Campanularia verticillata. ‘The

polype is a vivid grass-green. The mode of propagation is unknown.

; 24. Campanularia syringa. Another doubtful member of the genus

_ Campanularia. The structure of the cell is peculiar, nor does it fall

_ off on losing the polype. This has about sixteen tentacula. ‘That

_ number has been ascertained as the complement of several. I have

not observed any of the hydre with only eight tentacula, which is

in fact a very rare characteristic of any of the marine hydraoid zoo-

_ phytes,” p. 223.—The species which follows affords an exception to

_ this remark.

25. Sertularia arcta. This is the same as the Campanularia inter-

texta of Couch. The polype has eight tentacula, and a few indivi-

duals only have ten. ‘The larva is a planula, ‘but instead of being

generated within a pod or vesicles as others from the hydraoidal

Sertularie, its matrix consists of a congeries of cavities or compart-

ments, as seen in the surface of the mass. An aperture being dis-

_ covered in the middle of each after the planula has been discharged,

_ We may presume that no more than one is contained in a compart-

_ ment,” p. 225. The production is evidently the type of an undefined

- genus.

We shall continue our analysis in a future number.

In the Press.

_ We are glad to learn that Mr. Gosse, author of the ‘ Birds of

Jamaica,’ ‘ Canadian Naturalist,’ &c., is about to publish a series of

140 Cotswold Naturalists’ Club.

lithographic drawings, illustrative of the species described in his —

‘ History of the Birds of Jamaica.’ The figures will be drawn on the

stone by the author himself, partly from original drawings and partly

from preserved specimens, with the advantage of his own notes and

personal knowledge of attitudes, &c. ; and they will be very carefully —

coloured. The number of species proposed to be illustrated amounts

to about a hundred and twenty ; of which more than one-half are not —

figured in English works, worthy of reference, while a considerable

number are new to science.

The work is to be issued monthly, and is not to exceed the extent

of thirty numbers,

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

COTSWOLD NATURALISTS’ CLUB.

At a Meeting of the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, held at Rodbo-

rough Common, May 18th, 1847, Dr. Wright of Cheltenham exhi-

bited a beautiful preparation of the Geophilus longicornis, Leach, in

which he had observed the veneniferous glands of that Myriapod. —

He had found no description of these glands in any of the great

authorities on the structure of the articulate animals whom he had

consulted, from which he inferred that these bodies had hitherto

escaped observation.

Dr. Wright observed that the salivary glands in the vertebrate

animals are in general absent in those classes and tribes which live

habitually in water. In Fishes they are absent, an increased mucous

secretion being poured into the mouth by a great development of

the buccal follicles. In Batrachia distinct glands are absent, a com-

pensative secretion being supplied by the mucous glands of the

mouth and tongue. In the Cetacea they exist only in a rudimentary

state. Hence the conclusion that animals that seize their prey in

the water and swallow it without mastication have no necessity for

saliva as a preliminary solvent for the digestive process, the gastric

juice in these animals being sufficient to complete the chemical

changes in the stomach. In the invertebrate classes salivary glands

are absent in all the Radiata, nor do we observe these bodies in

the Tunicated or Acephalous Mollusca; but they are found in the

Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda ; they are absent in the Entozoa, but

exist in a rudimental state in the Annelida and Crustacea. In all

the classes of the Articulata that respire air, as Myriapoda, Insecta

and Arachnida, salivary vessels can be demonstrated: these organs

may be subdivided into simple and compound glands.

A. When the secretion supplied is a fluid concerned in the di-

gestive process, the secreting organ is a simple tube with its distal

extremity closed. .

B. When the secretion supplied is used for the destruction of

prey, the secreting organ is a compound body or gland, ~

In the majority of Insecta the salivary vessels are simple ramified

tubes that open into the gullet, but in Hemiptera simple tubes and

Entomological Society. 141

- glandular bodies coexist ; the former I regard as the true salivary

organs, the latter as veneniferous glands for the destruction of prey.

In Nepa, Notonecta, Naucoris and Ranatra these bodies are beauti-

fully developed.

In pulmonary Arachnida the veneniferous glands are situated in

_ the cephalothorax ; their excretory ducts arise from the anterior part

_ of the gland and traverse a minute canal in the mandibles, and open

at the perforated extremity of these organs.

: In Myriapoda, as in the preparation of Geophilus longicornis now

before us, the veneniferous glands lie at the base of the mandibles

_ among the striped or voluntary muscles that occupy this region. With

_ an inch glass we see these organs most satisfactorily ; they consist of

two oblong compact bodies composed of bundles of diaphanous cells

_ closely pressed together and inclosed in a distinct capsule reposing

loosely at the base of the jaws and occupying the hollow part of

_ these organs; from the anterior part of the gland rises a single ex-

_ eretory duct, which passes forwards in an arched direction and enters

a canal in the horny part of the perforated jaw and opens near its

" apex, as in the Arachnida. By this mechanism, when Geophilus in-

serts its mandibles into the body of its victim, it at the same moment

introduces a poison into the wound which destroys life, after the

_ game principle as the parotid glands in some ophidian reptiles, as

_ Crotalus, Naja and Vipera, are metamorphosed into veneniferous

_ glands for the destruction of living prey. After this communication

_ was made, Dr. Wright demonstrated the preparation to the members

_ of the Club, and exhibited the singular structure with the aid of the

microscope.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 5th, 1846.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., President, in

the Chair.

Mr. Edward Doubleday exhibited a large web, of a delicate silken

texture and four or five yards long, sent from Mexico, and intended

_ for the collection of the British Museum, known by the name of the

_ Tela de Maiz, spun by the caterpillars of some small Yponomeuta or

Anacampsis over heaps of maize laid up in store.

The President exhibited a portion of Mr. Fortnum’s collection of

insects formed at Adelaide in South Australia, with drawings of some

of the more remarkable kinds, and announced that it was intended

that a share of the duplicates should be placed in the collection of

the Entomological Society.

Mr. Bedell (who was present as a visitor) exhibited a specimen

of Argyromiges Roborella of Zeller, a species new to Great Britain.

A note was read by Mr. Brayley, accompanied by a species of

_ Anthomyia (A, pluvialis, Linn.?), observed by a druggist to settle

in great numbers on the filter when he was preparing tincture of

_ cantharides, and at no othertime. They did not however come out

of the cantharides,

Extracts were read from letters addressed by Mr. Benson to Mr.

142 Entomological Society.

Westwood, containing notices of four new species of Pausside, re-

cently captured in India (detailed descriptions of which have been

subsequently published by Mr. Benson in the Caleutta Journal of —

Natural History). :

A decade of new Cetoniide, chiefly sent from Cape Palmas by Mr.

Savage, was read by the Rev. F. W. Hope.

Mr. E. Doubleday noticed, with reference to the minutes of the

meeting of the Society on the 2nd of December 1845, as published

in the Journal of the Proceedings of the Society, that itis his opinion

that Papilio Afdea of Clerck is distinct from, although closely allied

to, Eterusia pulchella, Hope; and that in respect to their antennz,

the genera separated by Mr. Hope constitute but one genus.

February 2nd.—-The Rey. F. W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Longley exhibited a specimen of one of the species of Ophiusa

common on the western coast of Africa, captured on the 23rd of May

1845, in latitude 24°15’ north and 24°45! west longitude, the nearest

land being the island of St. Antonio, one of the Cape de Verd islands,

distant 390 miles, and the main land being 470 miles distant, the

wind being from the north-east.

Mr. Bedell exhibited a specimen of Sphinz Convolouli, taken on

board ship on the 9th of September 1845, about forty miles from

the Land’s End, in lat. 49° 24' north, and longitude about 5° 30! west.

The ship left Cadiz on her return on the 11th of August, and the

wind at the time of the capture was moderate from the north-east,

the insect being observed to fly from the direction of the wind.

Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings and specimens of the curious

cases made by the larva of Clythra 4-maculata found among the

debris of ants’ nests, from the collection of the Rev. F. W. Hope.

The Rev. F. W. Hope read a paper containing descriptions of the

following new Coleoptera, collected by Mr. Fortnum at Adelaide in

South Australia.

Coxrynoruy.uus Fortnumi, Hope. Female: the male having been

previously described and figured by Mr. Hope in the ‘ Transac-

tions ’ of the Society.

Sremanoprervs, Hope. A new genus, in habit approaching Chei-

roplatys, but distinguished by the elevated lines on the elytra

and general sculpture. It possesses the grooved thorax of

Cheiroplatys, and seems to approach Phileurus. The species

are found under dead bark. Detailed descriptions and figures

of the parts of the mouth were given.

Semanopterus Adelaide, Hope. Niger, clypeo cornu brevi armato ;

thorace glabro in medio sulcato, sulco sparsim punctulato ; elytris

lineis elevatis politis, interstitiis punctulatis, punctis triplici serie

impressis. Long. corp. lin. 103.

Semanopterus subzqualis, Hope. Niger, clypeo dente parvo ar-

mato; thoracis sulco haud fortiter impresso, punctato; elytris

Sere equalibus, lineis elevatis et punctis triplici serie ordinatis, —

Long. corp. lin. 10. :

Entomological Society. 143

Semanopterus depressus, Hope. Niger, pectore pilis ferrugineis

obsito ; clypeo dente parvo armato ; thorace sulcato, disco glabro

sub lente tenuissime punctulato ; elytris lineis quibusdam elevatis,

punctisque in triplicit serie ordinatis ; ano rubro. Long. corp.

lin. 10.

Onthophagus cereus, Hope. Niger nitidus ; antennis piceis ; elypeo

fere trigono, postice furcato, seu occipite lamina lata bicorni ar-

mato ; thoracis dorso canaliculato, antic? retuso, in medio bituber-

culato ; elytris sub forti lente lineato-punctatis.

Onthophagus Adelaide, Hope. Nigro-eneus, clypeo sub-bidentato,

postice furcato, seu cornubus duobus acutis, lateraliter divergentibus

armato; thorace atro-eneo et granulate rugoso ; elytris depressis,

sub lente striato-punctatis.

Aphodius Adelaide, Hope. Niger nitidus, clypeo subemarginato ;

antennis atris ; thorace glabro ; elytris sub lente striato-punctatis ;

corpore infra nigro; femoribus tibiisque rubro-piceis.

Aphodius cincticulus, Hope. Affinis A. anachorete, Fab. Capite

nigro subemarginato, antice flavescenti, tuberculo unico armato ;

thorace atro nitido, margine omni pallescente, scutello flavo ; ely-

tris striatis, fusco-flavis, margine flavescenti, sutura nigra.

Aphodius sculptus, Hope. Niger, antennis flavo-piceis; clypeo

emarginato ; thorace varioloso-punctato ; elytris lineis elevatis

giabris intermediis sculptilibus ; corpore infra atro nitido, pedibus

concoloribus.—Port Philip.

Aphodius Tasmanize, Hope. Fusco-brunneus, clypeo integro via

reflexo; thorace nigricanti punctulato, margine omni palléscente ;

elytris striato-punctatis fusco-brunneis ; corpore infra concolori,

pedibus flavescentibus et ciliatis posticis longissimis.—Van Die-

men’s Land,

Aphodius Howetti, Hope. Precedenti affinis, at minor. Fusco

piceus, clypeo integro vix reflexo; thoracis disco nigricanti punc-

tulato, margine omni rubro-piceo ; elytris striato-punctatis atro-

piceis; corpore infra flavescenti, pedibus concoloribus.—Port Philip.

_ These descriptions were accompanied by some verbal observations

on the Stercorarious beetles of New Holland, Mr. Fortnum stated

_ that the Aphodiide which he had observed possess the same habits

__as the Melolonthide in England in flying by night, and that they are

_ found in human feces, but are never met with more than five miles

from the coast. Several species of Onthophagi are also found in

_ Mr. E. Doubleday observed that he had noticed the small Ontho-

_ phagi in North America upon bones; and in allusion to the attrac-

_ tion offered to insects by putrid fungi as well as decaying animal

matter, he stated that in some parts of Peru the splendid butterflies

of the genus Morpho are captured in great: numbers upon rotten

fungi, and are used to decorate the altars of the churches on saints’

_ days and great festivals.

_ Mr. Spence stated, that from his own observations he was inclined

_ to think that a much higher degree of instinct had been attributed

_ to the sacred beetles than they really possessed. He had observed

144 Entomological Society.

them in Italy for a long time, and had never observed that they —

formed a hole previous to rolling their balls; and that instead of —

assisting one another, the whole scene was one of confusion, each —

individual endeavouring to appropriate whatever it could to its own —

purpose. Mr. E. Doubleday also stated that his own observations —

on the tumble-dung beetles of North America coincided with those —

of Mr. Spence, and that he had never seen any pitfall formed, but

that the insects sunk their balls in the same way as the Necrophagi,

by merely scratching the earth from beneath them.

March 24th.—The Rev. F, W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

Two boxes of Lepidopterous insects, sent from Ceylon by R. Tem-

pleton, Esq., were exhibited by Mr. Westwood.

Mr. J. F. Stephens exhibited a pupa-case of the emperor-moth of

an irregular form, being nearly twice the ordinary size, and having

the appearance of being double, from which however only one moth —

had been produced.

Captain Parry exhibited living specimens of a new species of Di- 3

tomus, which he had received inclosed in quills transmitted by post —

from Lisbon.

Mr. 8. Stevens communicated the following new and very effective —

method of relaxing insects :—‘‘I procure about a dozen shoots with —

the leaves of the common laurel, the younger the better, put them into —

a coarse bag or cloth (shot bag I use), bruise them well with a wooden ~

mallet till the bag becomes quite moist, then put it into a glazed —

jar or other large vessel, and stick the insects on the top of the bag, —

which must be tied over with a bladder, or secured in some way sO

that it is perfectly air-tight. ‘Twenty-four hours is generally suffi- —

cient to relax most insects; but one great advantage is, that if they —

remain a week or ten days in the laurel, it does not in the least —

injure the specimens, so that they can be set out at any convenient —

opportunity. It also completely destroys the mites or mould, if the

specimens happen to be infested; and it will be found to have many ©

very great advantages over the old plan of damp sand or flannel. I

was in hopes, from experiments that I made on two or three green —

species, that the colours would not fly; but I since regret to find on —

further trial, that Hipparchus papilionarius, Hemithea vernaria and

Cythisaria are considerably changed by it. Mr. Dale informs me it —

answers equally well with the other orders, he having relaxed nearly

the whole of his dragon-flies ; and it is much used at Bristol for the —

Hymenoptera ; it also effectually relaxes the skins of birds, and kills

the vermin much better than camphor.”

Mr. Marshall mentioned that a compound formed of one drachm —

of corrosive sublimate to eight ounces of the strongest aleohol was —

the most effectual remedy, when washed over an insect, against the —

attacks of mites, &c.

Mr. Hope read a paper containing descriptions of some new species é

of Australian Buprestide.

Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings of two very splendid Chalcididé, —

forming a new genus, from Adelaide, collected by Mr. Fortnum.

Entomological Society. 145

4 _ Mr. Douglas read a series of observations suggested by, and in

opposition to, the views concerning insect life. published by Dr.

- Badham.

1 April 6th.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

.. A letter was read from Sir Gardner Wilkinson, thanking the

Society for his election as a corresponding member.

_ Captain Parry exhibited a box of insects recently obtained from

the Gold Coast, including many rare and interesting species, as well

as specimens of Goliathus Cacicus ; a locality worthy of notice, as

dr. Savage had stated his opinion that the Gold Coast was the region

f G. Drurii, and the Grain Coast that of G. Cacicus.

Captain Parry also exhibited some heads of seeds similar to that of

millet, obtained from the interior of South Africa, 300 or 400 miles

_ from the Cape of Good Hope, nearly every seed of which was infested

_ by a living specimen of a small Calandra allied to C. oryze.

__ Mr.F. Bond exhibited a specimen of Phryxus Hippolytes, a remark-

ble parasitic crustacean allied to Bopyrus, recently described by

Rathke in the ‘ Nova Acta,’ and which had been found beneath the

_ abdomen of a white shrimp (Pandalus annulicornis) on the coast of

- Sussex.

_. Mr. E. Doubleday exhibited a new species of the genus Papilio,

_P. Dionysus, Doubl., allied to P. Hippocoon, from the coast of tro-

_ pical Western Africa, from the collection of Mr. Loddiges.

__ Mr. Ingpen exhibited a specimen of a species of Polistes from

Mexico, from the body of which several filamentous fungi had vege-

_ tated; likewise the nest of the campanular wasp of Britain.

i Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a specimen of a new British moth, Gra-

_phiphora tristigma, Ochsenheimer (but not of Stevens), allied to Gr.

_triangulum, which he had reared from a caterpillar found feeding by

“night on the blessoms of the sallow in April 1844 at Weybridge, as

Mr. Stevens believes. ‘Ihe insect hitherto known in this country

under the name of tristigma is distinct, and is the Noctua rhomboidea

of Esper and Ochsenheimer. He also exhibited specimens of Orthosia

_leucographa, rubricosa, munda, miniosa, Calocampa exoleta, and Xylina

_rhizolitha, taken this spring from the blossoms of the sallow in the

“neighbourhood of Dorking ; also Orthosia munda, populeti and Calo-

campa vetusta from Wimbledon Park, having captured these insects

(in consequence of the mildness of the season) a month or six weeks

earlier than he took them last year.

3 Mr. Doubleday also exhibited, in behalf of Mr. Angus, a new

snus of butterflies captured in New Zealand by that gentleman,

1 to Polyommatus; also another new genus allied to Agarista,

from the same island.

i The following memoirs were read :—

“*A Monograph on the — Pseudomorpha, Adelotopus, &c.”

By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S

ry “ Descriptions of some species of Oiketicus from the island of

| Ceylon. ” By R. Templeton, Esq.

_ “Descriptions of three new exotic Insects.” By A. White, Esq,,

inn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i.

—P

146 Entomological Society.

since published in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ by whom also

some observations were made on the geographical distribution ca ,

insects in North America as compared with New Zealand. — a

May 4th.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. |

The Secretary announced that the Address delivered by the Pre- —

sident at the last anniversary mecting had been prea? and was ;

ready for delivery. a

Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited some foreign beans attacked by alarva g

which had eaten through them, spinning its web for a passage.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a specimen of Deilephila lineata, taken —

at Hammersmith on the 16th of last April; also a specimen of ©

Cleora pictaria, found on palings at Dartford Heath on the 12th —

of last April. It was also stated that specimens of D. lineata had —

been taken at Langport, Somersetshire, and by a nurseryman at

Bristol in the past month of May, as well as a oe of D: 4

Celerio at Manchester. %

He likewise exhibited the larvee of Polia tincta and Tryphena fine

bria, both found on the birch at Birchwood at the beginning of May. —

A memoir by W. W. Saunders, Esq., containing eng ayicestis on

some new species of Australian Chrysomelide, was read.

June 1st.—Thomas Marshall, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. a

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a second specimen of Deilephila lineata, —

taken at Hammersmith a short time previously ; also several cases —

of a tough leathery texture, formed by a lepidopterous larva which —

eats through the base of the horn of the two-horned en

from Southern Africa.

He also exhibited some twigs of oak from Darenth, Kent, com-—

pletely defoliated by the small green Tortrix viridana, which was

extraordinarily abundant this season. :

Mr. Ingpen exhibited a case of insects from Adelaide, including |

various rare and interesting Coleoptera, Psychopsis mimica, &c. gy

Mr. Harrington exhibited various splendid Coleoptera from the —

Himalayan range of India, including the male of Cheirotonus Mac-

Leaii, Hope, &c. - |

Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited a cocoon of ‘Eriogaster lanesiris of a

globular form, which on being opened was found to contain two male —

chrysalides; and Mr. Weir mentioned that he had observed the

same circumstance several times in the same species, as had: also’

Mr. Longley.

Mr. Westwood exhibited specimens of a minute species of the

Dipterous genus Phytomyza, the larva of which mines within the

leaves of the holly, causing large unsightly blotches upon them, and

which had occurred in great profusion this spring. He had also

reared a small parasitic Ichneumon from the leaves, which keeps the

Phytomyza in check. He also exhibited specimens illustrating the

nistory of the minute moth Argyromiges Blancardella, the larva of

which mines the leaves of the evergreen oak, the chrysalis pushing”

itself half through a hole which it forms in the leaf in order to effect

Entomological Society. 147

its escape. He had also reared the parasitic _Ichneumon attached to

‘this species. He also exhibited specimens of the Coccus manniparus

: of Klug, brought from Arabia by Ehrenberg, as well as some manna

aecoee from Mount Tabor by Lieut. Wellstead; and exhibited spe-

imens of the Womela, an analogous secretion formed upon the under

sides of the leaves of the various species of Hucalyptus in New South

Wales by a minute species of Psyl/a, numbers of which were found

secreted amongst the Womela. Mr. Westwood had been informed

_ by Mr. Gould, that for several months last year this secretion formed

_a large portion of the food of the natives. The insects are attacked

bya minute and very beautiful parasite of the genus Hncyrtus. Mr.

Harrington also stated that the genus Hurymela produces a kind of

manna on the Lucalypti, and which falls to the ground in the shape

#f small white crystals.

A letter was read from W. Spence, Esq., inclosing an extract from

» letter from his son R. Spence, Esq., giving an account of the dis-

‘covery, by Professor Schiodte, of as many as twenty species of blind

insects of different orders and genera, all new, in the caves of Styria;

so that it would appear that there exists a subterranean fauna of blind

animals. Ten of the insects were Coleopterous. It was mentioned

that a Carabideous genus without eyes has lately been described

by the German naturalists, and that various blind insects and spi-

ders had been found in the mammoth-caves in Kentucky. (See Dr.

Erichson’s ‘ Bericht’ for 1844.)

_ An extract from a letter addressed by Captain Boys to Mr. West-

vood was read, giving an account of the habits of some Indian species

of ants, white ants, and other insects :—

“On our way down towards Sukker, I observed what I consider

undescribed species of Termes, of an unusually large size, of which

made a note. The workers alone are nearly half an inch long.

‘T never saw such monsters. The nestis peculiar. From the surface

of the plain on which [ observed these nests, which are conical in

orm, little hillocks of about six inches high were seen at various

distances from each other, from five feet to twenty apart. ‘These

‘were composed of grains of earth worked up to about the size of

nillet seeds, and were quite loose, and might be taken up in hand-

“fuls. Inside each of these heaps, a raised structure, branching off

vin three or four short arms, was to be found, with an internal passage

rom the surface of the earth to each branch: but how the creatures

contrived to cover the whole without appearing outside is left to

conjecture. The apex of each cone was about three-quarters of an

inch from the arborescent-looking structure inside. ‘The latter was

also composed of small pellets of earth, but half as fine as the super-

incumbent grains, and were moreover glued firmly to each other. I

emoved the earth from the outside of several nests, and blew away

| the pellets, leaving only the stump sticking erect from the earth.

At the top of the latter and at the end of each branch was an orifice,

-—the continuation of the internal canal. In about ten minutes hosts

| of the inhabitant ants came up with earth freshly manipulated, and

egan pouring their pellets out of each orifice: the latter of course

10%

148 : Entomological Society.

were carried by their jaws. I sat observing them for about an hour,

when I marked the spot and returned to camp. In the afternoon, on

my return to it, all the stumps were again covered over. q

“The red ant you mention as having been described by Colonel

Sykes is, I think, familiar to me. I allude to an ant of about four

lines long which builds a beautiful nest in trees, mostly in a mango- |

tree. The nest is composed internally of a web much resembling —

that of the earth-spider, but much closer, and infinitely stronger in —

texture. The outer portion of the nest is a thatch of leaves, brought —

together by main force, and joined one to another by the foremen-—

tioned web. I have seen nests almost as round as footballs, and

quite as large. The mango-tree has its leaves long and oval, similar

in shape to each segment of the casing in a tennis-ball, and the end

of each branch bears a bunch of leaves (in a circle) to the number of

eight or ten: however, these leaves are depressed and brought to-

gether in an admirable manner. The web bears writing on with

facility, and the insect in the winged state is green. ‘The bite of the

worker is severe; and the scent of the formic acid, when the nest is

interfered with, is so strong as to be almost insupportable.

«There is also a black ant which forms its nest in trees, in the

Himalayas above Kimaon, but I have not studied their habits. The

nest looks like an agglomeration of sawdust. ;

«« Of locusts there are undoubtedly two species, exceedingly distinct,

and which migrate in swarms, doing intense damage :—one, a pink

underwinged kind with fuscous patches on the upper wings ; the other

with yellow underwings, and in other respects nearly similar, except

that instead of being tawny it is of bright yellow, and which is far

more common than the former. Again, there are three other species

which are not so abundant, but still do much damage. ‘These I have

only observed in loose flocks, and have never taken them in the

state. The whole country has suffered severely from the ravages

committed by the two first species noticed, during the greater por-

tion of last year and the latter end of 1843. The pink underwing

species were so numerous in the terrai at the foot of the Himalayas

near Bennourie, on the road to Almorah, that the branches of shrubs:

and trees on which they settled were completely hidden by them,

and twigs a finger thick broken down by their weight alone. The

ground one brickdust red. I observed these wretches in flights ex-—

tending for miles, so thick as absolutely to obscure the sun, and

cause some difficulty to my palanquin-bearers in getting through

them, as at every step they rose in swarms, striking and flying”

against the men’s faces in every direction. This was in the middle

of October in 1843. Several large flights of the yellow kind I had

observed a month or six weeks previously at Almorah. Of the pink

description the colour is more or less intense according to age, or

quantity of rain they may have been exposed to. In fresh or lately

matured insects the underwings are a very pale pink, and the outer

ones not much darker. In old and tough specimens these latter

organs become a dirty claret and water colour, inclining to Indian

red. Of the yellow kind I obtained the larve in abundance at Nu

Miscellaneous. 149

seerabad in the latter end of July 1844, though I had never pre-

_ viously seen the insect in this state during nineteen years’ sojourn in

India. They were as numerous as their parents, swarming on every

bush, and crawling all over the ground for miles among the hills near

the above-named cantonment (these hills are a portion of the Ara-

_ valli range which rise near Delhi). ‘The larva is very handsomely

marked with orange-yellow and black ; the face, if I may so term it,

is bright orange-yellow, the portion behind and below the eyes a

dark maroon. Legs (posterior ones) bright yellow banded with black ;

winglets light yellow, faintly striped with dusky connected spots.

_ Antennz black, with the two first joints yellow. But nothing but

a correct delineation, or the insect itself, can give a just idea of its

_ handsome markings.

“The two specimens now forwarded of a new species of Colias,

_ together on one card, are, I am strongly inclined to think, different

only in sex; and I consider the white as the male, having observed

it hovering over the red. And besides this, I have been led to

_ the conclusion by the fact, that for one red I took at least five white.

_ The tree jungle about the place is called the Peeloo: its technical

name is unknown to me; but the wood is held in high esteem by

the natives for the purpose of making tooth-brushes.

JT have two species of Celyphus from Mhow in Malwa; one

a bright bottle-green, the other darkish brown: the smaller species

is about three lines long, the other a line longer. They resemble

some of the Fungicole, but are rather longer inshape. ‘The hard case

(beneath which the wings are distinctly visible and extrude over the

abdomen) is very like what obtains in many species of Scutellere.”

_ A letter was read from Mr. Boreham, suggesting that the colours

and forms of larve might possibly be preserved by inclosing them in

glass tubes hermetically sealed from which the air had been ex-

tracted.

_ Mr. White read the descriptions of several new exotic Hemiptera,

= published elsewhere, and alluded to the alteration produced by

desiccation in metallic coloured insects, whence a species of Callidea,

described under the name of purpurea by Mr. Westwood, was, when

alive, of a metallic green. Spirits of wine, warm water, or ether

were equally efficacious in restoring these colours after death. Mr.

White also stated that Mr. Walker was engaged upon a work on

the British Aphides, to be published by subscription.

; MISCELLANEOUS.

MR. CUMING’S COLLECTION OF SHELLS.

6 have learnt with much gratification that the Trustees of the

British Museum have resolved to recommend to Government

the purchase of the well-known conchological collection of Hugh

Cuming, Esq., F.L.S. We trust that no motives of mistaken

onomy may operate to frustrate this resolution. Its import-

150 Miscellaneous.

ance in the advancement of the scientific character of ithe Ne-

tional Collection of Zoology every naturalist, and especially that

large class of the cultivators of science who are interested in the’

progress and application of conchology, must fully appreciate.

We have endeavoured to obtain information as to the bi

extent and scientific value, as well as facts regarding the history

of the formation of Mr. Cuming’s remarkable collection, and

we have been favoured by the following letter on the subject

from Prof. Owen, who was one of the trustees of Mr. C /

museum during ‘his absence in the Philippine Islands, and w

has described the anatomy of some of the rarer animals of t

shells in the Transactions of the Zoological Society.

To Richard Taylor, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

My pear Sir,—I send agreeably with your desire the followi

sketch of the nature and extent of Mr. Hugh Cuming’s concholo-

gical museum, and I can only regret that my time will not permit

me to do more justice to a subject on which all naturalists, and |

those more especially who are engaged in the advancement of con ; j

chology, and concerned in its important relations to other branches

of science, must feel deeply interested.

The Memorial on the Cumingian Collection of Shells, signed by .

naturalists, geologists and comparative anatomists, which was com-

municated to the Trustees of the British Museum, on the occasion —

of the proposition for the sale of the collection made by Mr. Cuming

in 1846, well described its important scientific value and applica~

tions.

At present the collection contains upwards of 19,000 species Oza

well-marked varieties ; and these are represented by about 60,000 —

specimens. Not only is every specimen entire, but choice and perfect”

of its kind, as respects form, colour, texture and other characters

that give it value in the eyes of the practised shell-collector.

In affirming from my own personal knowledge, and from authentic —

sources of information, that no public collection in Europe possess

one-half the number of species of shells that are now in the Cu- —

mingian collection—one-third the number would be the correct state . .

ment as regards the national museums in Paris and beet

may judge of the vast proportion of rarities and unique specimen

possessed by Mr. Cuming. It is this which has given him for some

years past the command, so to speak, of all the conchological cabi

nets in Europe. He is better known, and his labours more truly

and generally appreciated, in any city or town in Europe having a

public natural-history museum and its zoological professor, than it

busy London. a

Mr. Cuming, in his annual visits to the continent, carries with

him the inferior duplicates of his rarities, representing species, will

the sight of which the eyes of the foreign naturalist are gladden "

for the first time. They open their treasures to him in return, a

from most of the collections of Europe Mr. Cuming has borne away

Miscellaneous. 151

the prized species or specimens in exchange for the still rarer and

more valuable shells, which his abundance has enabled him to offer,

without detriment to his own rich stores. ‘The mode in which Mr.

Cuming has obtained this conchological wealth is as novel and

exemplary as the result is important and marvellous, considered as

the work of one individual.

Not restricting his pursuit to the stores and shops of the curiosity-

mongers of our seaports, or depending on casual opportunities of

obtaining rarities by purchase, he has devoted more than thirty of

the best years of his life in arduous and hazardous personal exer-

tions,—dredging, diving, wading, wandering,—under the equator,

and through the temperate zones, both south and north, in the

Atlantic, in the Pacific, in the Indian Ocean and the islands of its

rich archipelago, in the labour of collecting from their. native seas,

shores, lakes, rivers and forests the marine, fluviatile and terrestrial

_ mollusks, 60,000 of whose shelly skeletons, external and -internal,

are accumulated in orderly series in the cabinets with which the

floors of his house now groan. I never think of the casualty to

which such a collection in such a place is subject without a shudder.

The result of this personal capture of the chief bulk of his collec-

tion is, that he has been enabled to assign to each shell, not only

its country or ‘ habitat’ in the ordinary zoological sense, but all the

circumstances in which it lived and was developed: if a land-shell,

e. g. its favourite rock, or herb, or tree; if a water-shell, the kind

_ of water; and if marine, the depth and the nature of the sea-bottom

__ at which the mollusk resided, the rock that it bored, and the animals,

_ the weeds or other substances it devoured.

The importance of these particulars will be peculiarly appreciated

by the paleontologist, on account of the insight they afford into

the habits and habitat of the fossil shells of the same or allied

species ; and perhaps one of the most striking points in the scien-

tific value of an extensive collection like Mr. Cuming’s arises out

of its relation to the present active pursuit of geology, as an in-

dispensable instrument to the determination of fossil shells. It is

unnecessary to dwell on the importance of well-determined fossils,

and especially shells, to a right knowledge of the relative age and

position of the stratum in which they were imbedded. Our con-

fidence in theories or deductions based upon fossil conchology must

be in the ratio of the extent of the comparison with recent shells

that has been gone through in the determination of fossil shells,

and especially before sentence of extinction is pronounced upon a

species.

The geologist therefore from scientific motives, and the statesman

on economical grounds, are alike concerned in securing for the

national zoological collections the completest possible series of recent

_ Shells, as forming an indispensable instrument in the scientific ex-

_ position of the structure and riches of the earth. As such, I believe

__ Mr, Cuming’s collection to be the best and most complete that has

hitherto been made.

_ This however is but one of its scientific uses. From the period

152 Miscellaneous.

when the Atlantic, American and Polynesian departments of this

collection reached England in 1831, scientific conchologists have —

there found subjects without intermission for their descriptions; and —

the novelties were far from being exhausted, when Mr. Cuming, —

having undertaken a third voyage in prosecution of his favourite —

science, returned in 1840 from Manilla, freighted with the concho-

logical riches of the Indian Ocean, which have subsequently kept

the pens of competent describers of new genera and species actively

at work, and will so supply them for years to come: thus the Cu- —

mingian collection has directly advanced the science of conchology —

in an unexampled degree, and possesses the same peculiar claims —

upon the Government and Custodians of the National Museum in ~

this country which Linneus’s Herbarium did upon the Swedish —

State. Mr. Cuming’s collection contains, for example, the originals —

from which many hundreds of new species of shells have been de- |

scribed in the scientific periodicals or systematic works —

since its arrival in this country. .

Any doubt that may arise through the incompleteness of the de- —

scription, or from the inapprehensiveness of the student, may be de- —

cided at once by reference to the original specimens. These ‘types —

of the species’ become therefore an instrument of great importance —

to the progress of the science in the country in which they are pre- __

served and made accessible. The price asked by the executors of —

Linneus was deemed by the authorities in Sweden too high for the ©

great botanist’s dried herbs, and you well know what happened. —

When better knowledge and consideration had awakened a duesense —

of their value, it was too late; an enterprising Englishman had ~

struck the bargain with the widow. The Swedish government sent ~

a frigate in chase of the vessel on board which Sir James Edward

Smith had embarked the precious herbarium, but without success. —

It now forms the choicest treasure of the museum of the Linnean ~

Society, and continues to be of peculiar value as affording botanists —

the means of ascertaining with certainty the synonyms of the wri- —

tings of Linnzeus. |

An English naturalist may be pardoned for citing this well-known _

incident in the light of a warning, when further delay i in securing for

the nation the Cumingian types of new species of shells may involve ~

the necessity of crossing the Atlantic in order to compare and verify —

the descriptions and synonyms of Broderip, Sowerby, Gray, and

other eminent conchologists.

To the physiologist the Cumingian collection has a value beyond

any other now in Europe, from the circumstance of its possessor —

having endeavoured to exemplify each species by a series of shells of —

different ages, as well as by the chief varieties which result from the —

influence of peculiar external circumstances.

The extent to which Mr. Cuming has carried out this truly philo- q

sophical aim of elucidating his favourite department of nature is —

very remarkable, and renders his collection mest important and sug- —

gestive in its bearings upon the higher generalizations of zoological —

science, touching the nature of species and the circumstances and

Miswellonociis: 153

condition under which specific characters, or what are so deemed,

~ become modified.

_ The bearing of the phenomena of development upon the solution

of the great problem of the natural system of classification is rapidly

_ becoming appreciated, and day by day the inadequacy of a single

_ adult specimen, or pair, for the scientific illustration of a species is

_ becoming more obvious, but especially in the department of con-

_ chology.

_ I could say much more on a theme so suggestive as the collection

_ of shells now offered to the British Museum by Mr. Cuming, but I

_ fear that I have already trespassed too long on your attention in ad-

_ verting to the more prominent features of its scientific character. Of

_ its money value I cannot speak from my personal experience as a

- collector, but of all objects of natural history shells are those of

_ which the current or market-price is most easily determined. Their

texture, durability and colour give them something of the character

_ of precious stones, and one molluscous production, the pearl, takes

_ rank among the gems of price. ‘The value of a shell, as of a jewel,

_ depends, no doubt, much upon its rarity, and is to that extent arti-

ficial. The Concha unica which today commands the sum of twenty

_ pounds, shall next week, when a score of specimens have come into

the market, fall in price to as many shillings. Still, the commonest

_ exotic shell, if it be perfect and well-coloured, and taken from a living

mollusk, as is the case with the Cumingian collection, from which

_ ‘dead’ shells have been strictly excluded, finds its market.

[am given to understand, by competent authorities, that the sum

_ of £6000, asked by Mr. Cuming in 1846, does not exceed two-thirds

_ of the most moderate estimate of the present market value of his sub-

sequently augmented collection. That ten times that sum would not

bring together such a series as Mr. Cuming has offered to the British

Museum, I do firmly believe, from a knowledge of the peculiar tact

in discovering and collecting, the hardy endurance of the attendant

fatigue under deadly climes and influences, and the undaunted cou-

rage in encountering the adverse elements, and braving the opposi-

_ tion of the savage inhabitants of seldom-visited isles, which have

_ conduced and concurred to crown the labours of Mr. Cuming with

_ asuccess of which his unrivalled collection is a fitting monument,

and of which science, and, let us hope, its cultivators in his native

country more particularly, will long continue to reap the benefits.

Believe me, my dear Sir, yours sincerely,

Royal College of Surgeons, January 1848, Ricuarp Owen.

SAGINA CILIATA (FRIES).

This curious little plant was found near Thetford in Suffolk by the

Rey. W. W. Newbould on June 6, 1847. It agrees so nearly with

_ the description and specimens of Fries that I have no doubt of its

identity with his plant. The differences are, that its stems are erect

rather than diffuse, and the leaves are nearly or quite devoid of cilia ;

both of which seem rather the marks of a variety than of specific

154 Miscellaneous.

distinctness. Concerning the latter, Fries himself, when writing about ©

S. ciliata, says, ‘‘ cilia foliorum plus minus distincta, seepe decidua :”

he also says, ‘‘capsula . . . matura nutans,” but his own specimens —

show that this is too strong an expression; for although nodding —

whilst the fruit ripens, they become erect at the time of maturity

when the capsule opens and the seeds are shed. S. patula (Jordan),

Obs. sur Pl, Nouv. de la France, i. t. 3, is very similar to our plant,

but differs by having numerous gland-tipped hairs on its sepals and

the upper part of the peduncle. To it probably belongs the S. ciliata —

of Reichenbach, both of his ‘ Fl. Excurs.’ and.‘ lcones Plant.’ v.

tab. 200. f. 4956, and S. depressa, f. 4957, unless the protruded cap-

sule of the former should be considered as distinguishing it. Neither —

of them can be the S. ciliata of Fries, since they are both figured and ~

described as having glandular-pilose peduncles and calyx. The fol-

lowing seems to be the distinctive character of our plant:— —~

S. ciliata (Fries!) ; stem elongated, branches diffuse or ascending,

leaves linear awned, outer sepals acute longer than the petals and ~

shorter than the capsule, apex of the peduncles reflexed after flower-

ing ultimately erect.—Sven. Bot. t. 562, not Reich—Glabrous ;

central stem elongated and fertile. Leaves with or without cilia at

their base, tipped with a long bristle. Calyx of mature fruit ad- —

pressed to the capsule. Tubercles on the seeds blunt.—The figure —

quoted above from the ‘ Sven. Bot.’ isfar from good. It represents ©

all the sepals as gradually narrowed into a long acute point. Not |

so the specimens published under Fries’s own superintendence q

(Herb. Norm. Suec. i. 42), which resemble ours in this respect, —

having two shortly acute sepals and two only pointed or cuneate 7

ones.—C. C. B. i sabato

CAREX BRIZOIDES (LINN.).

I am indebted to Mr. William Stevens of the Drumlanrig vata q

for specimens of this addition to the flora of Britain, which was dis- ~

covered in July 1844 by Mr. W. Maclvor in Studley Wood, York- —

shire. Its specific character may be stated as follows :—C. brizoides —

(L.); spikelets several all simple contiguous sterile at their base —

alternate in a simple spike, stigmas 2, fruit lanceolate plano-con- —

vex bifid at the end serrated from near the base, nut (elliptical —

beaked and stalked?), glumes rather shorter than the fruit, root

creeping, bracts short or none.—Reich. Icon. Fl. Germ. viii. tab. 207. —

fig. 548 ; Hoppe Car. Germ. in Sturm Deutschl. Fl. tab. a. 23.—Stem —

a foot high. Glumes acute, silvery brown. Leaves long, slender, —

equalling or overtopping the spikes. Rhizoma creeping extensively. .

—C.C.B.

Some Contributions to the Natural History of the Rafflesia Patma.

By M. Zotuincer, M. Bat. Soc. &c.

This flower, which still continues a problem in botany and a rarity

in the collections of botanists, appears not to be so scarce as has ©

hitherto been believed. I know that it occurs on the south coast of |

Jaya on the hills near the boundaries of the Residencies of Passariwan —

Miscellaneous. 155

and Beztikie ; I found it also on the mountain Watargan near Puger,

on the south coast of the division of Bondowosso. The flower was

_ brought to me from Jengawar in the same division. All these places

lie in the lime formation, and I consider that the Rafflesia is an ex-

anthem of the roots of Cissus scariosa, Bl., and may occur wherever

its mother-plant grows. It is still uncertain whether my specimens

belong to the species which Blume found on Nusa Kambangan.

Blume’s specimens must have been larger. The largest I possess do

not attain so muchas a foot in diameter, and mostly only }-3f. This

plant probably occurs also on Nusa Baron, and, it is likely, along the

lime hills which nearly surround the whole south coast of Java. I

have often seen on one root of Cissus scariosa three or more Raf-

flesia. It does not occur on the sand of the coast, as many believe

and assert, but mostly in the ravines and humid hollows of the lime

rocks. The Javanese of Eastern Java name this flower Pidh mo, or

Pidehmé. It is scarcely possible to conceive what idolatrous notions

-are entertained concerning the flower by this people. An ordinary

man would not be able to find it until after he has fasted and prayed

or been sanctified when he goes to search for it. The flower is pre-

pared with other articles as a medicine which is used after delivery

by women, in order completely to purify the matrix. It is also

amongst the most reputed aphrodisiacs of the Javanese, although

only for women of the higher classes. Common women would be

taken sick were they to use this medicine. It is further said, that if

a woman of the people has recourse to it, and afterwards going out

on foot treads on some dirty place, she will ever after forfeit the in-

clination of all men. The Javanese reckon the Rafflesia properly

amongst the fungi, an opinion which is partly received in science; at

least in so far, that we have placed the plant in the natural system

as a link between the sponges and the higher plants.—From the

Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia for Aug. 1847.

On the Gamboge of the Tenasserim Provinces.

By the Rev. F. Mason, A.M.

In conversation with a distinguished medical officer, and member of

the Asiatic Society, I found that he was not at all aware that the

Tenasserim Provinces produce Gamboge. It has therefore occurred

to me that a brief notice of the Gamboge of these provinces might

not be unacceptable to the readers of the Journal, and would con-

tribute its influence to draw attention to a most interesting portion

of the British provinces in the East; one that is exceeded by few in

the richness and variety of its natural productions.

Three works in my possession describe Gamboge each as the pro-

duct of a different tree; a fourth represents all to be wrong, and a

fifth suggests a different plant still. One refers it to Cambogia gutta,

a plant which, as described by Linnzus, has probably no existence.

He described a Ceylon plant; and it is now quite evident, says Dr.

Wight, ‘that the character of the flower and ovary is taken from

‘one specimen, and that of the fruit from a different one, owing to

156 Miscellaneous.

the imperfection of his specimens, and his not being aware that the —

lobes“of the stigma afford a sure indication of the number of cells —

of the fruit.”

Another refers it to Garcinia cambogia, but Dr. Wight says that the

exudation of this tree is ‘‘ wholly incapable of forming an emulsion

with the wet finger,” a statement which the writer knows to be cor-

rect. The tree is very common in the Tenasserim Provinces, but

the bright yellow exudation it produces is certainly not gamboge.

A third refers it to Stalagmitis cambogioides, but Dr. Wight re-

marks, ‘‘ The juice of this tree differs so very widely in its qualities

from good gamboge, that it can never be expected to prove valuable

as a pigment.”

Dr. Graham has described a Ceylon tree under the name of Hebra-

dendron cambogioides, which is said to produce good gamboge; but

no gamboge has ever been exported into the English market from

Ceylon. ‘Ihus it would appear, to use the language of Dr. Wight,

that ‘‘ the tree, or trees, which produce the gamboge of commerce -

is not yet known.”

Dr. Helfer, who was employed by Government as a scientific natu-

ralist, in these provinces, at an expense of thirteen hundred rupees per

month, reported, ‘‘’‘The gamboge of this country dissolves very little

with water, and consequently does not yield that yellow emulsion as

the common guttifera. it will never serve as a colour, but promises

to give a very beautiful varnish.” This statement was controverted

by a writer in our local periodical at the time, who said he had ob-

tained “ fine gamboge of the very best description” from our jungles ;

in which he was no doubt correct, but he erred when he added that

it came from the “ true Stalagmitis cambogioides.” A very small

amount of botany would have served to preserve him from falling

into this error; for that plant has a quinary arrangement of its flow-

ers, while the arrangement of the flowers in those that produce gam-

boge in these provinces is quaternary.

The hills that bound the valley of the Tavoy river, on both sides,

from their bases to their summits, abound with a tree which produces

a fine gamboge. It is Roxburgh’s Garcinia pictoria, which he knew

produced gamboge, but which he said was liable to fade. As soon

as I satisfied myself of the identity of the trees by an examination of

- the inflorescence of our plant compared with Roxburgh’s description,

I coloured a piece of paper, one band with this gamboge, and an-

other with the gamboge of commerce; and subsequently exposed

both to the weather equally for more than twelve months, but with-

out being able to discover that one faded any more than the other.

South of the latitude of the mouth of Tavoy river, and throughout

the province of Mergui, there is found on the low plains at the foot

of the hills, and on the banks of the rivers, almost down to tide waters,

another species of Garcinia that also produces good gamboge. I have

no doubt but it is the tree from which Dr.Griffiths furnished Dr. Wight

with specimens, and which the latter says, “I refer doubtfully to —

Wallich’s G. elliptica.” We will call it then G. elliptica, a species

which Dr. Wight has on his list of “species imperfectly known.”

Miscellaneous. 157

The foliation and female flowers are however very well described,

and to complete the description I may add, the male flowers are

pedunculated, but the peduncles are shut, and they might be charac-

terized as subsessile. The anthers, like those of the female flowers,

are sessile, depressed or flattened above, and dehisce circularly. The

ripe fruit is globose, and not furrowed. As I send along with this

paper specimens of both the male and female flowers, any of your

botanists will be able to correct me at a glance, if I be in error.

Neither Wallich, Wight, nor Griffiths appear to have been at all

aware that this species produces gamboge. Dr. Wight, in a recent

number of his ‘ Neilgherry Plants,’ says, ‘‘ Two species of the genus

Garcinia are known to produce gamboge; most of the others yield a

yellow juice, but not gamboge, as it will not mix with water.” The

species which he has described as producing gamboge, and to which

I suppose he refers, are G. gutta or H. cambogioides (Graham) and

G. pictoria (Roxburgh). That others may be enabled to judge of the

character of the gamboge produced by this tree, I have the pleasure to

send specimens of its exudation. In its appearance to the eye, and

in its properties as a pigment, I have failed to discover the slightest

difference between it and the gamboge of commerce. It serves equally

well to colour drawings; the Burmese priests often use it to colour

their garments, and the Karens to dye their thread. It is also used

by the native doctors in medicine, but I think not extensively. Dr.

Lindley, in his new work the ‘ Vegetable Kingdom,’ says, ‘‘ The best

gamboge comes in the form of pipes from Siam, and this is conjectured

to be the produce of Garcinia cochinchinensis.” As G.elliptica is spread

all over the province of Mergui, is it not probable that it extends

into Siam, and that the Siamese gamboge is the produce, a part at

least, of this tree?

_ There are several other species of Garcinia indigenous to the

Provinces, but I know of no others producing anything resembling

gamboge, except G. Cambogia; the exudation of which, though it

will not dissolve in water, dissolves in spirits of turpentine, and forms

a very beautiful yellow varnish for tin and other metallic surfaces,—

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for July 1847.

ON THE FOSSIL VEGETATION OF ANTHRACITE COAL.

Mr. J. E. Teschemacher, at the recent meeting of the American

Association of Geologists and Naturalists, read a paper on this sub-

ject, confining his observations to the remains of vegetation found

in the body of the coal, apart from that in the accompanying shales.

The principal points of the memoir were, that the remains of the

larger forms of the coal epoch, as well as of the smaller plants, were

abundant in the coal, contrary to the usual opinion. Specimens

were exhibited from the interior of the coal, showing the external

and internal parts of plants—the vessels, the leaves, the seeds, &c.

Since the meeting, Mr. ‘Teschemacher has continued his investi-

- gations, and has communicated in a letter to one of the editors the

following results ;—

158 Miscellaneous.

lst. What I considered as vessels were said to be mere marks of

sliding of the coal. Prof. Bailey prepared a specimen of this by his

method, and told me that if I found vessels there, my proposition was

correct. Examined by Agassiz and myself, with his large Oberhauser,

it turns out to be nothing but a mass of perforated vessels, as clear

and distinct as if they were recent. M. Agassiz observed, “ One

moment suffices to remove every doubt on the subject.”

2nd. What I considered as fossil seeds were said to be mere pea-

cock-eye coal; the dark carbonaceous centres of these seeds, which

I held to be carbonized cellular matter, was thought to be a mere

mistake and the seeds imaginary. I have since discovered them

with distinct and clear apparently spinous appendages. M. Agassiz

thinks the seed a Samara, and I have found sufficient quantity to

pick out the carbonaceous matter from the interior with a fine needle

—decarbonize it in a clean platina crucible over a spirit-lamp, with

every possible precaution to prevent any foreign substance mixing —

therewith. On examining this with the Oberhauser, 760 diameters, —

M. Agassiz showed to Dr. Gould and myself the cells as clear and

plain as possible ; it is a mass of cellular matter, as I stated. You

may of course imagine the extreme tenuity of the parietes of cells

of seeds when decarbonized, and the difficulty of those less experi-

enced than M. Agassiz in the microscope in managing the subject—-

he feels quite convinced of their being fossil seeds. ‘The nature of the

genus of plants must require further examination. ;

3rd. The smooth glossy surfaces, which I considered the external

parts of large plants rendered smooth by intense pressure, were said

to be nothing more than slickensides. My position here is proved

much more easily than in the other cases, by specimens passing gra-

dually from the smoother through different degrees of protuberance

(all still smooth and polished), until we arrive at the fullform ofthe —

Lepidodendron. Nay more, I have found the parallel lines (channels) —

which are on the slickensides, also on the perfectly-formed Lepido-

dendra. The correctness of my views here I could ir to the 4

most sceptical. q

The discoveries still to be made on this subject are numerous wed 4

important ; and I doubt not that the investigation of the coal itself —

will soon solve the doubts hitherto existing in the comparison of the —

coal fossils with recent plants. 4

I will merely add, that I have found quite distinctly the impression

of the cellular cuticle of some of these plants, which of course can-

not be seen in an impression on shale, the grains of the sedimentary _

matter being as large as the surface of the cells; but on the pasty —

mass of coal the impression is perfect. —Silliman’ s Journal, November _

1847.

A Fact respecting the Habits of Notonecta glauca.

By Prof. Forrest SHeruErp. 7

In the evening twilight of a pleasant day in September 1846, Sir —

George Simpson encamped for the night, on his route from Red

River to the head waters of the Mississippi, in the vicinity of lati- q

tude 48° north and longitude 95° or 96° west from Greenwich.

Meteorological Observations. 159

While supper was preparing, he perceived something falling on his

"hat like drops of rain; but as there were no clouds to be seen, pre-

sumed it could not be rain. On looking on the ground near the fire

_ he saw distinctly that the falling substance instead of being rain was

a small winged insect, which although unable to fly had yet life and

“motion. The number rapidly increased so as to give great annoy-

_ ance by falling into the frying-pan and supper vessels, and continued

until the ground was covered by the shower. On the following

morning Sir George ascertained that this extraordinary shower ex-

tended at least from twenty-five to thirty miles in the direction he

was travelling. No information has been received as to its extent

in other directions. It was observed that soon after the shower the

weather changed suddenly from warm to cold. It is therefore pro-

bable that the whole of this immense swarm of insects encountered

the cold current, and were paralyzed and precipitated thereby.

They all died soon after falling. Specimens of these insects were

collected by the attendants of Sir George, from whom I received

them. In no instance however were they seen to revive after coming

into a warmer atmosphere.—American Journal of Science and Aris

for Nov. 1847.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1847.

Chiswick.—December 1, Very fine: clear. 2. Frosty: overcast and mild.

8. Densely overcast: rain. 4, Clear: overcast: boisterous. 5. Fine. 6. Boiste-

rous, with rain: lightning at night. 7. Rain: cloudy and boisterous: clear and

windy at night. 8. Clearand cold. 9. Rain: overcast. 10. Rain: cloudy.

11. Densely clouded: fine, 12—14. Very fine. 15. Very fine: slight rain.

16. Cloudy. 17. Slight rain. 18. Rain. 19. Fine: cloudy. 20, Cloudy.

- 21—23. Overcast. 24. Foggy. 25, 26. Overcast. 27, 28, Cloudy. 29, Hazy.

30. Rain. $1. Hazy and damp.

Mean temperature of the month ......seseeseeseeeseeeseerererene 41°09

Mean temperature of Dec. 1846 ......seseessesscereceeeseesences 31 +26

Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty years ......... 39 °59

Average amount of rain in Dec. ..... whaswamseemen deve Henercens -- 158inch.

Boston.— Dec. 1. Fine. 2. Fine: 8 o’clock p.m. thermometer 54°. 3. Cloudy :

fainy.m. 4. Fine:rainr.m. 5. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 6, Rain. 7. Rain:

stormy a.m. and p.m. 8. Fine:rain a.m. 9, Rain. 10. Fine. 11, 12. Cloudy.

-18—15. Fine. 16. Rain. 17. Fine: rainearly a.m. 18, Rain: rain a.m. and

em. 19. Fine. 20. Rain. 21. Fine. 22—29. Cloudy. 30. Snow: rain and

snow A.M. and p.m. 31. Rain: rain a.m.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Dee. 1. Wet a.m.: cleared and was fine.

2, Wet a.m.: damp all day. 3. Damp a.m.: cleared: fine. 4. Heavy rain and

high wind, 5, Rain : unsettled weather. 6, Shower of snow: frost. 7. Heavy

rain: frost a.m. 8, Fair, butcloudy. 9. Rain early a.m.: fine. 10. Showers.

11. Rain all night and morning. 12. Fair and fine. 13. Fair a.m.: rain and

_windr.m. 14, Fine a.m.:rainr.m, 15, Mild and fair a.m,; raine.m. 16, Rain

nearly all day: flood. 17. Fair and mild: slight raine.m. 18. Fair, but cloudy.

19. Frost a.m.: dulland cloudy. 20,21. Frost, slight. 22. Frost, hard: clear.

23, Fine: slight frost. 24. Fine. 25. Frost: fine andclear. 26, Fine: clear.

_ 27, 28. Frost: fine. 29. Heavy fall of snow. 40. Snow lying: frost, hard.

81. Frost, very keen : thermometer 11}°.

‘. Mean temperature of the month ...... sheeskiobsewenncseceds SO. °S

Mean temperature of Dec. 1846 ...scccecederereeesseseeees BS °5

Mean temperature of Dec. for twenty-five years......... 38 °19

Mean rain in Dec, for twenty years ........sseseeeeesseeees 2°94 inches,

4 “ene 10.

6LS-62

L99-6%

‘gua | ‘as | ‘as epi fer) ge} 2€ | LP 8P-6% 22-60 €1-6% 8Rt-6% 0%S-6%| “61

"ms | *s *s Gb| bS| gh; 9% | 6P 02.6% 61:63 71-64 6£¢-62 \Z9¥-62| ‘SI

‘as | *s "s eb! €¢9/\¢.8h| 9b | Sg 80-62 06-66 LE.6% 9fS-6z 7LL-6%| “LI

‘asa. | ‘s ‘s av fzSi¢.gh| 9b | £¢ SV.6% 29-66 gh-6% 908-62 $88-6z| ‘OI

‘asa | ‘ass | *s ev| {0S ¢.2b| Lb | PS 99.6% |%9-6% [9.6% |3L6-62 810-08 | “$1 C

as | cass | °s oy| 67! Ph) ZE | 1S 61.6% |6L-6% 69-6% Z£0-0€ 990-08 | “FI

‘as | *s *s eb f6r! ib| SE | es PL.6% $9-6% $9-6% |266-6% 8z0-08 | “ET

seemesleeeesieeeees ‘s “$ ‘s ov flr) Pr! S€ | € | €L-6% | 09-6 | 95-6% |L€6-62 810-08 | “ZI

Basset }soospeleneens ‘msm! ts) | tS of bh} 19} 6% | €S | 6V-6% 0£-6% ZE-63 \O€L-6% L8-6| “IT

£0- | 10- "mm | °S | “mS av fzs| €o| 6h | SS 65-63 09-63 | P£-6% \gLL-6z |S£g-6Z | ‘OT

room] Oy.” | Sg. *ms | *ms | *aAS we} 19] gp} 1S LS [0.6% |86-8% | 11-6% |g€S-6z |L0L-62| °6

L9-1| Po. 91- tsa | tm | MM 6 | FSE |S-€€| 8% | EP 9£-6% | 6%-6% | 02-63 875.6% SZL-63| 8

Pek?" OT 1b 10 ‘wu ta | tA "G9€| obig-en| 1€ | €S 01-66 | 08-83 | LZ-8% |119-8% 20-62 | *L @

sseeee] OO. D1. ‘mw | *s | ‘ms ce |ish| gh} oF | €¢ 61-8% | CP-8% | ZF-8% 0SS-8z |LE8-8z| “9

#082" OC. | 81. "MSM | cM | TAS o€| Sv) €h| 1€ | €S 01-62 | 86-82 | 88-8% |L82-8z |ORh-6a| *S

soos") BT. | BBs ‘ms | ‘wm | “MS fob | of |\S-oh| IP | 1 00-62 |0S-6% | 6F-6% |SPP-6z |fh6-6) ‘V

gonsesinieonth ay. “MS | WIyBO | “Ms Gb! bS| So} 9€ | LS £L-6% | ¥8-6% | 09-62 |266-62 E1108 | *€

settee leaeeesleneees ‘s | uyeo| ms ov] bS| ar} If | S¢ 08-6Z | 06-62 | €8-6% |€L1-0€ 692-08 | *%

resereleeseasleneees spi 1 “a ic SS foe| Lv| wb] Sa | 1S 00-0€ | 48-62 | SL-6% |ggI-0€ |ESE-0£| “I

i) He eS a Kk = *urd “ule wd ite] - . “09d

Fels! | ¥ | fo] .8| ze | -2| be|be| FF lee PIR Swifts fp

a5/55| 5 |2 | 438 | 55] § tags : es ‘ 8

ES f Big F | Re 8 ‘ Fe TSauo “oy guanc FS | -yormsryo Totes ‘onys-soryung | FF “yormstqg = S

2 os

*UIey “pul *I9}OMOULIOU J, *IajaULOIe = 2

“ANYUQC) ‘asunpy younpung 7 “u0ysno]A *— *Aoy 2y7 49 puv Saurns-saruswacy ‘asunyy yzunsagddy yo ‘sequng * A, ‘Ay 2747 fg {NoLsog

7p “|[82 A “AJ 49 Suopuoy avau “MOIMSIHD 7 Ajav0g josninoyopy ayy fo uoping ayz qo uosdwuoyy, ‘AW 49 apvu suoywasasgy yoorFopos0aja yy

THE ANNALS

“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

4 [SECOND SERIES.] .

No. 3. MARCH 1848.

XVI. —Further Observations on the Diatomacee ; with descriptions

of new genera and species. By G. H. K. Tuwarres, Lecturer

_ on Botany and Vegetable Physiology at the Bristol Medical

School.

[ With two Plates. ]

AcREEABLY with the promise made in my last communication, I

roceed to offer a few observations upon the facts there brought

rward with reference to conjugation in the Diatomacee, and

pecially as to the bearing which these facts have upon the

bject of impregnation in the higher tribes of plants.

It may be desirable perhaps, by way of preliminary, to give a

short general account of the phenomena, as far as they have been

observed, which present themselves in the course of development

a species of the Diatomacee.

_ The frustules of a Diatomaceous plant, which are usually, as

is well known, of very definite and often very beautiful figure,

are continually undergoing fissiparous division—that is, the con-

tained endochrome of each one of these frustules divides into two

portions, each of which developes around itself a cell-wall pos-

ing a form and character precisely similar to those of the

original one. The process of fissiparous division continuing, ne-

cessarily in course of time causes a very considerable increase in

the number of frustules. There appears however to be a limit

this mode of propagation of the frustules, except by the inter-

ention of another phenomenon—namely conjugation, or a mix-

are of endochromes ; after which process fissiparous division

roceeds as before.

t seems probable that physiologically we ought to consider the

nerous frustules which have originated from the primordial

ustule (the sporangium or product of conjugation) not as so

ny individuals of a species, but rather as parts of one indi-

dual, which instead of, as takes place in the higher plants,

¢ohering to form one structure, assuming forms more or less

odified, and exhibiting a greater or less specialization of func-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vel. i. ll

162 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacez ;

tion, maintain an independent existence (analogous to that of ©

the buds of the higher plant), retain all the functions necessary

for this independent life and for the propagation of the les,

and undergo no modification from their original form. e life

of an individual Diatomaceous plant we may therefore consider

to extend from the production of the sporangium to the period of

the conjugation of the numerous frustules which have originated

from it.

Now, for the sake of comparison, let us analyse the higher

plant: we find it to consist but of a repetition of similar parts

and structure ; and by carrying the analysis still further we ascer-

tain the whole to be a modification of cellular structure, and that —

this cellular structure is the product of a continued fissiparous:

division commencing from the contents of the primordial cell— —

the earliest condition of the embryo. In fact, that the entire —

active vital part of the whole plant is but a diffusion, as it were,

of the contents (the endochrome) of the primordial cell. This —

endochrome possesses an individuality—a character—which

though not appreciable by our senses, would be found, were it —

in our power to analyse it, to be as defined as when, im its —

further development, it has assumed all the marked peculiarities —

of the species. The complicated development of the higher plant —

may be said to be the expression of the quality of the endochrome

of its primordial cell, just as the simple development of the frus-_

tule of the Diatomaceous plant expresses the quality of its endo- _

chrome. If the foregoing is a correct view of the matter, it fol-

lows that the sporangium of the Diatomaceous plant is the ana-—

logue of the primordial* cell of the flowering plant. ad

We may now proceed more particularly to the subject of con-—

jugation. In many of the Diatomacee it is seen that at a certain

period of the development of the species a union of the endo- f

chromes of two distinct frustules seems necessary for the continued —

existence of the species as well as for its reproduction. The

physiologist will endeavour to arrive at some probable explana-_

tion of the reason why this mixture of endochromes is necessary,

and he will feel it difficult to come to any other conclusion than —

this: namely, that in each of the conjugating endochromes an~

essential element must to some extent, probably very trifling, be”

wanting, whilst another essential element is in excess, and that a

mixture of such an endochrome with another similarly condi

tioned, except that the quantities of such respective elements a

reversed, must take place in order to restore the equilibrium and

enable the species to continue its existence. The circumstance of

the mixed endochrome developing around itself a cell-wall pre-

* This must not be confounded with the “ primordial utricle ” of Moh].

with descriptions of new genera and species. 163

_ cisely similar in every respect, except in size, to that of the or-

_dinary frustule, would seem to indicate very slight, if any, differ-

ence in the qualities of their respective endochromes. The spo-

rangium—the product of this mixed endochrome—undergoes

' fissiparous division too in like manner with the ordinary frustules,

and is thus converted into a number of sporangial frustules. In

_ what way the small ordinary frustules are produced from these

as not yet been observed.

_ Why should not this conjugation of the endochrome in the

ower plants be considered essentially the same process as what

_ takes place during impregnation in the higher tribes? The most

eminent physiologists seem to be arriving at the opinion that the

- fertilization of the ovule, as it is termed, consists in the union of

A part of the contents of a pollen-grain ‘with certain matter con-

tained in the ovule, and that the embryo originates from this

mixed matter. The correctness of this opinion is rendered still

more probable by the consideration of what takes place under

the circumstances of hybridization of species. The phenomena

which present themselves in these cases are of the highest phy-

iological interest, and it seems impossible after a careful consi-

eration of them to doubt that the hybrid plant owes its ex-

stence to—consists in its earliest condition of—an endochrome

made up of a portion of the endochrome of each of the parent

jlants ; for the development of the hybrid embryo into the ma-

we plant indicates a quality of the contents of this embryonic

cell of a character combining that of the endochrome of each of

the two parents. A few facts will best illustrate the meaning of

the foregoing observations. The ovules of Fuchsia coccinea fer-

tilized with the pollen of Fuchsia fulgens produce plants of every

ntermediate form between these two species—some of the seed-

ling plants closely resembling one, and others the other species,

| but the majority partaking equally of the characters of the two

parents : scarcely however will any two be found so much alike

8 1 to be undistinguishable from each other. With respect to

each of the hybrid seedlings separately considered, there is a uni-

formity throughout in the mixed character of its various parts ;

80 that it is easy from the examination of the foliage to arrive at

a tolerably correct idea of what will be the character of the

blossom. Some persons perhaps will be disposed to believe that

aa endochrome may be modified in its character—that the pecu-

liarities of the hybrid plant may be produced—by the situation

‘ii which it is at first developed; but, if this were the fact, it is

clear that the hybrid seedlings ought all to resemble each other

as much as do individuals of one species, which is far from the

truth, as has been just now stated. Moreover, a fact came under

‘the observation of the writer which completely sets aside the

‘i

Matias se

164 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomaceze ;

idea of such an explanation of the phenomena, for in one ex-

ample of the hybrid Fuchsia seedlings the singular circumstance

occurred of one seed producing two plants extremely different in

appearance and character ; one of them partaking rather of the

character of Fuchsia fulgens and the other of Fuchsia coccinea. It —

cannot be doubted that these very dissimilar structures were the

produce of one seed, since they were closely coherent, below the -

two pairs of cotyledon leaves, into a single cylindrical stem, 80

that they had subsequently the appearance of being branches of

one trunk. The plant was unfortunately, before flowering, killed”

by an unexpected severe frost, but not before its peculiarity had

been observed by many persons besides the writer. In the case

just cited the idea of a modification of structure caused by mere

circumstance of situation in the early stage of growth is qui .

untenable ; for were such the case, it is clear there could not have

been the great dissimilarity which presented itself in these twin- a

plants—the produce of a single seed. q

The following explanation of the phenomena of hybridizati :

appears to the author to be most probably the correct one ;—

namely, that the hybrid embryo consists, like an o em-

bryo, of a mixture of two endochromes—one derived from the

pollen-grain and the other from the ovule ; and that the peculia

character of each hybrid individual is due to the preponderance

of one or other of these endochromes. This view of the matter

seems to remove much of the mystery which at present surrounds

this subject. |

Returning again to the consideration of the lower plants. ‘Tt

is true that in the Diatomacee, as far as has been yet observed,

there is no appearance of a difference of sex—there is nothing te

indicate a diversity in the character of two conjugating frustules.

In an allied family, however, the Conjugatea, there is, as Mr.

Jenner pointed out to me some months ago, an apparent adum.

bration of the sexes. The filaments of the genus Zygnema con-—

sist each of a single row of cells which correspond to the frustules |

of the Diatomacee, like them undergoing fissiparous division and |

becoming conjugated. Conjugation of the cells of Zygnema)

however takes place by the endochrome of one cell finding its

way into another cell and there mixing with its endochrome ; so}

that the sporangium is formed in one of the cells instead of ow .

side both cells, as in the Diatomacee. In several species ¢

Zygnema some of the filaments consist of cells, all of which, wit

the rarest exception, after conjugation contain the sporangia, |

whilst all the cells of other filaments of the same plant are seen

to have entirely parted with their endochrome. This has much)

of the aspect of sexuality, and the sight of the conjugated fila=

ments suggests at once this idea to the mind. ‘

with descriptions of new genera and species. | 165

The conjugation of the Diatomacee seems to throw some light

upon a question of much interest with respect to the real nature

of certain vegetable structures, respecting which many eminent

botanists are at present at issue. The structures alluded to are

_ the so-called antheridia and pistillidia (archegonia) of Mosses.

The paper on this subject by Mr. Valentine* would seem to

settle the point that there can be no impregnation of the con-

‘tents of the moss-capsule by the introduction into its cavity

of any external substance, after the formation of the sporules.

_ On the other hand, the learned authors of the ‘ Bryologia Euro-

pea’ state with emphasis that certain species of Mosses, which

are dioicous,—that is, some plants of the same species bearing

_ antheridia only, and others only archegonia,—do not bear fruit

unless the male plants (those with antheridia) are in the neigh-

_ bourhood of the plants possessing archegonia. It is perhaps not

impossible to reconcile these at first sight apparently conflicting

opinions. It may be that impregnation takes place before the

production of the capsule ;—that the cell from which the capsule,

with its seta, &c. is developed corresponds with the sporangium

__ of the Diatomaceous plant or the embryonic cell of the flowering

plant; that this cell contains a mixed endochrome derived partly

_ from the antheridia; and that the entire capsule (with its con-

tents, appendages, &c.), the further development of this primor-

dial cell, corresponds to a perfect seed of the flowering plant, or

_ to the aggregate of the sporangial frustules of a Diatomaceous

fe plant. It is true that in some of the Mosses the structure of the

: capsule appears very complicated, but it is upon a very simple

_ type, as shown in other species: and, moreover, the sporangial

frustules of the Diatomaceous plant possess cell-walls as highly

developed as occurs in any other phase of the species. In some

of the Conjugatee there is also a division of the reproductive

mass before this escapes from the plant, so that the numerous

sporules of the Moss furnish no argument against the hypo-

_ thesis just advanced. As a further argument in favour of the

idea of the capsule of the Moss being the product of a mixed

_ endochrome, it is stated by Bruch and Schimper that the cap-

gule itself is not developed unless the two so-called sexes of the

_ species are in proximity.

_ There now remains to consider a tribe of the Diatomacee,

_ namely the Meloseiree, which would at first seem to offer an

_ exception to the usual mode of reproduction in this family, but

_ the exception is probably rather apparent than real. In those

_ species of Melosetra and its allied genera which have been met

with in fruit, there is no evident conjugation or mixture of endo-

* Linn. Trans, vol. xvii. p. 465-484,

166 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacez ; }

’

chromes ; but it is, nevertheless, perfectly certain that something —

analogous to it must take place; for, excepting the mixture of ©

the endochromes of two cells, the phenomena here exhibited are —

of precisely similar character to what has been noticed in the -

other Diatomacee. In the Meloseiree*, instead of a conjugation —

occurring between two frustules, a change is observed to take

place in the endochrome of a single frustule—that is, a disturb-—

ance of its previous arrangement, a moving towards the centre of -

the frustule, and a rapid increase in its quantity: subsequently —

to this it becomes a sporangium, and out of this are loped —

sporangial frustules as in the other Diatomacee. A careful consi-

deration of these phenomena, coupled with the fact of conjuga- —

tion of endochromes being necessary in other species of the same —

natural family, leads to the opinion that there is great probability —

of a process taking place in the one cell of the Meloseiree pre- —

cisely similar in physiological character to the conjugation or —

mixture of endochromes in other species. In some species of —

Zygnema, to which genus reference has been before made, a con- —

jugation takes place between contiguous cells in the same filament, —

and the contents of such pair of conjugated cells eo © oc- —

cupied one cell previously to its fissiparous division: it is t 4

fore not difficult to believe, taking into view the secondary cha-

racter of cell-membrane, that the two kinds of endochrome may —

be developed at the opposite ends of one frustule as easily as in —

two contiguous frustules, and that at a certain period a mixture —

of these may take place, giving rise to the same phenomena

which succeed conjugation in other Diatomacee. The unity of ©

plan which runs through the whole of nature forbids our enter-_

taining the idea of a physiological, though there may bea struc-

tural, difference in the phenomena of reproduction in such closely —

allied productions as the several species of Diatomacee. a

Tt is unnecessary to enlarge upon the importance of the doc-—

trines now enunciated, if they are, as I believe, correct ; but the

remainder of the paper will be more exclusively occupied with |

observations on the genera and species to be described.

The general mode of formation of the sporangia in the Melo-

setree having already been adverted to, it will now be n ary

only to indicate the peculiarities exhibited in those species of

this family, which have been met with in the state of fructifica-_

* It would seem that in the Biddulphiee there is the same absence of an —

evident conjugation ; for specimens of Odontella polymorpha, Kiitz. (Bid-—

dulphia? levis, Ehr. and Bailey), kindly communicated to me by Professor

Harvey of Dublin, who received them from Professor Bailey, exhibit spo-

rangia, each evidently originating from the endochrome of a single cell, and

2 early stage of growth appearing as a dilatation of one end of such ~

cell.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 167

_ tion ; and it is interesting to find that differences are observable

inthe character and position of the sporangia sufficient to justify

_aremoval of some of the species from the genus Meloseira, in

_ which they are at present included by Professor Kiitzing in his

_ yaluable work on the Diatomacee. A careful examination shows

too, that, independently of the difference in the sporangia, there

_ is sufficient distinction between the frustules themselves to cha-

_ racterize the proposed new genera.

_ Although it is very probable that hereafter it will be found

desirable to break up still further the genus Meloseira, it is pro-

posed at present only to separate from it—I1st. Those species

_ characterized by the absence in the frustule of an evident cen-

tral line indicating the place of subsequent fissiparous division,

but each frustule having two somewhat distant sulci or fossule

passing round it—Aulacoseira. 2ndly. Those species, the frus-

tules of which are not at all convex at the extremities, and which

therefore form by their close contact an uninterrupted cylindrical

filament ; each frustule is marked with a central line and its in-

ternal cavity is spherical or subspherical—Orthoseira.

These two new genera may be defined as follows :—

Avxacosr1ra.—Cellulis cylindricis bisulcatis extremitatibus plus

minusve rotundatis in filamenta concatenatis.

Typ. spec. Meloseira crenulata, Kiitz. = M. orichalcea, Ralfs.

~ Orrnoserra.—Cellulis exacte cylindricis linea centrali notatis

in filamenta cylindrica connexis ; cavitatibus internis sphzricis

vel subspheericis.

Typ. spec. Meloseira americana, Kitz.

The genus Meloseira, as it stands after this removal of some

of its species, will include all those whose frustules are in any

degree convex at their extremities, and have the central line in-

- dicating the place of future fissiparous division. It will probably

be found expedient to separate Meloseira arenaria, Moore, from

its present congeners when its sporangia have been discovered.

Sporangia or sporangial frustules have been observed by the

writer in the following species of the genus Meloseira as now re-

- stricted, viz. in M. varians, Ag., M. nummuloides, Ag., M. Bor-

reri, Grev., and in an Antarctic species collected by Dr. Hooker

allied to M. globifera, Ralfs. In these species the sporangium is

spherical with its axis of growth corresponding with that of the

filament in which it is situated, and to which it continues for some

_ time closely to adhere. The sporangium of M. varians, Ag., has

one, sometimes two projections or mammillz, each of which fits

into an empty half-frustule, and frequently so closely as to be

inseparable from it. Pl. XI. fig. Al represents various forms

and stages of development of the sporangium of M. varians ; and

168 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacez ;

fig. A 2 a filament consisting of sporangial frustules produced —

from one sporangium. Fig. C is a filament of M. Borreri, con- —

sisting partly of ordinary and partly of sporangial frustules. —

M. nummuloides of Kiitzing I cannot help believing to be the —

sporangial state of M. salina of the same author.

In Aulacoseira crenulata the sporangium is spherical, with its —

axis of elongation at right angles to that of the frustule from —

which it originated. Around the young sporangium a consider- —

able quantity of mucus is developed, by which the empty half- —

frustules are for some time held attached. Fig. B 2 represents —

filaments of Aulacosetra crenulata with sporangia; and fig. B 8 q

sporangial frustules of the same species. :

Orthoseira Dickieti, n. sp, Pl. XII. fig. E 1-7 =). Filamentis .

brevibus ; cellulis levissimis. ;

The filaments of this beautiful species consist generally each of —

from two to four frustules, which are hyaline and peakesiiea smooth, —

and each with its central cavity filled with a dark red-brown en- —

dochrome.. The sporangium of Orthosetra Dickieti is no less —

beautiful than interesting : it is fusiform in shape and marked —

with numerous annular constrictions, each with a corresponding —

internal septum or chamber, the origin of which can only be un- —

derstood by paying attention to the early development of the —

sporangium. In fig. E 3 is shown a filament of this species, the -

terminal cells of which have each commenced to develope a —- 3

rangium ; E 4 represents two such cells or young sporan x

and E 5 a mature sporangium. It will be observed that the for- —

mation of the ring-like markings is progressive, and that they go _

on increasing in number until the sporangium is fully developed. —

At the commencement of the formation of the sporangium, the —

endochrome, at the same time that it withdraws from the end of _

the frustule, produces at its centre an additional ring of cell-

membrane ; and this process continuing to take place at certain —

intervals—each new ring of cell-membrane exceeding in diameter —

those previously formed—produces at length the structure re- —

presented in E5. Or it may be a more correct explanation of

the process to say, that an entire new cell-membrane has been —

developed by the young sporangium at the time each new ring ©

has been formed, and that thus have originated the several —

chambers into which the ends of the sporangium are divided. ©

Fissiparous division of the sporangium subsequently takes place, —

as shown in fig. E 6, and sporangial frustules are deveayee from —

each half, E 7. 4

Meloseira americana, Kiitz. Bacillarien, 55. tab. 30. fig. 69, is

evidently congeneric with this species ; differing from it sige? 7

pally in the ends of its frustules being striated.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 169

| Orthoseira Dickietti was kindly communicated to me by Dr.

‘Dickie, who discovered this beautiful species in December last

_ hear Aberdeen in a moist dripping dark cave close by the sea,

and covering the Mosses, Hepatice, &c. as a fine blackish green

pd, collecting also in the shelvings of the rock.

‘a

Cyclotella? Kiitzingiana, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. D 1-5 7). Cel-

lulis latere primario sigmoideo-flexuoso, lateribus secundariis

_ radiatim striatis.

The frustules of this species, fig. D 1, 2, are short, and exhibit

an apparent sigmoid curvature, which is due to each of their stri-

zited disciform ends having a prominence on one side of its centre

_ and a depression on the other, and the opposite end of the frus-

_ tule having a depression and prominence corresponding to these.

_ The sporangia, fig. D 3, 4, are developed much‘in the same way

_as in Meloseira. This species is evidently closely allied to Cy-

clotella? minutula, Kiitz. Bacill. tab. 2. fig. 3, but differs in the

fewer number of curvatures apparent in the frustule. The spo-

- rangial frustules, fig. D 5, are very similar to Cyclotella? Rotula,

_ Kiitz. Bacill. tab. 2. fig. 4. A species of Cyclotella collected by

Geo. Dansey, Esq. near Devonport, and which I suspect may be

the C. operculata of Kiitzing, differs from the present species in

the radiating striz being only slightly marked, and in the curved

appearance of the frustule being scarcely evident.

_ Oceurs in brackish ditches amongst the leaves of Myriophyl-

lum, &e. Wareham, Rev. W. Smith ; Shirehampton near Bristol,

ao. H.K.T.

_ Before taking leave for the present of the Meloseiree, I cannot

avoid referring to the analogy they offer to the genus Tiresias,

Bory (Gdogonium, Link, Vesiculifera, Hassall), and its alles.

The Meloseiree seem to bear the same relation to these that the

other Diatomacee do to the Conjugatee. The annulated struc-

ture of the sporangium of Orthoseira also recalls to mind and

explains the character of the rings which are met with at the end

_ of the fructifying cell in Tiresias.

_ Schizonema eximium,n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. F 1 (+), 2, 3, 4 (2).

| Celomatibus simplicibus aut parce ramosis, rugulosis: navi-

___ culis sigmoideis levibus.

__ The sigmoid frustules of this beautiful freshwater species at

once distinguish it from any other described Schizonema. The

_ delicate gelatinous sheaths are simple or very sparingly branched

| and minutely rugulose, especially near their base; they contain .

from one to four rows of the large, smooth, sigmoid frustules.

170 Mr. G, H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacez ;

Found in small quantity in a rapid stream of fresh water on

the filaments of Vaucheria, roots of grass, &c., at Crew's Hole

near Bristol, in December 5 ae

Schizonema subcoherens, n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. G 1 (+), 2 (®), 3-

7 (@). Czlomatibus in massam amorpham subeoherentibus,

valde mucosis, ramosis, navicularum sepe multas singulas —

series continentibus: naviculis late truncatis, versus apices”

subito angustatis, striatis. |

Evidently closely allied to Schizonema? mucosum, Kiitz. Bacill. —

115. tab. 26. fig. 9, but differs from it in haying the frustules

striated and towards the apices suddenly narrowed. Tufts of the ©

plant from a quarter to half an inch or more high ; filaments y

mucous and tenacious, and each containing from one to several —

single rows of frustules, which are continued without interruption :

into the branches. q

For the opportunity of figuring and describing this in |

species I am indebted to the kindness of the Rey. W. Smith,

F.L.S., who found it in June last in Wareham “ North River,” 4

densely spreading in a spongy stratum over the clayey bank and

bottom of the stream. ;

The sporangia of this species, fig. G 6, are produced by the

conjugation of a pair of frustules outside the filaments ; but spo-

rangial frustules are frequently found in a filament intermixed

with ordinary frustules, from which they differ only im size:

from this and from what has been observed by the writer in

other species, it would appear that the frustules have a tenden y

to arrange themselves into linear series, and that subsequently a

mucous sheath is developed around them.

Schizonema subcoherens would appear to belong to Agardh’s

genus “ Micromega” : it is difficult however to see the advantage

of creating a new genus from characters derived from the mu-

cous sheath only, and which characters really may be present in

some species without being clearly evident. The so-called “ sper-

matia” of Micromega, now that the true sporangia have been

discovered, require further examination : a somewhat similar ap-

pearance to what is figured by Kiitzing is sometimes evidently

due to minute zoophytes in an immature state.

Schizonema vulgare, n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. H1 (+), 2-5 @). Na

viculis lvibus, lanceolatis, versus apices subito angustatis.

Hab. in aqua dulci. :

Var. «. rivulorum. Fig. H 1-4. Celomatibus distinctis,

mosis: naviculis subacutis.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 171

4 Var. 8. lacustre. Fig. H5. Czlomatibus mucosis, simplicibus

(aut parce ramosis ?): naviculis latius truncatis quam in varie-

tate preecedenti.

Monema lacustre, Agardh ?

Var. y. effusum. Czlomatibus indistinctis, in stratum gelatino

sum effusis: naviculis ut in varietate a.

Although this is perhaps the commonest species of all the

Schizonemata, since it occurs during the spring in almost every

_ ditch and running stream, yet it does not appear hitherto to have

_ been deseribed, unless the Monema lacustre of Agardh should

_ prove to be one of its forms. The species is most abundant in

_ Shallow streams, covering stones, &c. with a dark brown gelati-

heen coating, but in which a linear arrangement of the frustules

may frequently be detected. When the plant occurs in deeper

water, the ordinary Schizonema filaments make their appearance,

which are much-branched when growing in rapid streams, but

_ when occurring in still water, or where there is only a slight cur-

rent, are simple or nearly so. In the last-named form of the

_ species, which may possibly be the Monema lacustre, Ag., there

is also a slight difference in the form of the frustules, which are

rather shorter compared with their width, and more truncated at

their extremities. The frustules of all three varieties are of a

anceolate form, suddenly narrowed near the apices.

Schizonema neglectum, n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. J 1 (—), 2-4 ).

Czlomatibus ramosis, mucosis: naviculis lanceolatis, delica-

tule striatis.

_ The filaments of this species, which are branched, especially

towards the base, easily escape detection owing to particles of

sand and other substances adhering to their tenacious surface

ind being with difficulty removed from it. It is therefore next

to impossible to get good examples of this species, and hence the

yveason why it has hitherto escaped the observation of botanists.

a The frustules are lanceolate and very delicately striated, and are

like those of Schizonema floccosum, Kiitz., which has been

Bound by Dr. Dickie near Aberdeen ; but in that species they are

“not striated, and are moreover included in a gelatinous sheath of

much greater thickness than that of Schizonema neglectum.

Occurring amongst other Diatomacee from fresh or slightly

rackish water near Bristol.

Dickicia Danseii,n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. K 1 (%), 2-4 (). Frons

_ gelatinosa, indefinita, mammillosa: naviculis ovalibus, striatis.

The frustules of this species are siliceous and of an oval form,

Se ete?

172 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacez.

with a linear space on either side of the central mark striated.

This beautiful new species is extremely interesting as illustrating

the real structure of the genus Dickiera. Each frustule developes

around itself a definite amount of gelatine, so that at each repe-—

tition of fissiparous division additions are made to the amount of

gelatine of the frond by the new frustules which are then pro-—

duced. In the present species these additions are in the form of

mammillz, and a good deal resemble the mucous prolongations of

some of the Palmellee, a frustule being situated towards the extre-_

mity of each. A mammillose and somewhat areolate appearance

is thus given to the indefinite frond, whereas in Dickieta ulvoides

the newly developed additions to the gelatine cohere to form a

compact even membrane. g

I have great pleasure in naming this species in compliment to

its discoverer George Dansey, Esq. of Devonport, who finds it in”

small quantity upon rocks on the tidal shore of the river Tamar. 4

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. anp XII. 4

Prate XI. ; |

. Meloseira varians, Ag. 1. Filaments with sporangia. 2. Filament _

consisting entirely of sporangial frustules. (Magnified 220 linear. )

. dulacoseira crenulata, 1. Filament. 2. Filaments with sporangia.

3. Sporangial frustules. (Magnified 220 linear.)

. Meloseira Borreri, Grev. Filament consisting partly of ordinary and

partly of sporangial frustules. (Magnified 220 linear.)

. Cyclotella? Kitzingiana. 1, 2. Frustules. 3. Frustules becoming con-—

verted into sporangia. 4, Sporangia. 5. Sporangial eas

(220 linear.)

Pruate XII.

E. Orthoseira Dickieii. 1,1. Filaments. 2. Filament deprived of ae

chrome. 3. Filament the terminal cells of which are becoming —

converted into sporangia. 4. Immature sporangia. 5. Sporan-—

gium. 6, Sporangium become fissiparously divided. 7. Sporan-—

gial frustules becoming developed from one of the halves of a

sporangium. (Magnified 220 linear.) =

F. Schizonema eximium. 1. Filaments (nat. size). 2. Portion of filament —

(magnified 220 linear). 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule deprived of its”

endochrome. z

G. Schizonema subcoherens. 1. Portion of plant (nat. size). 2. Part of

same (magnified 20 linear). 3. Part of filament (magvified 220

linear), 4. Frustule. 5. Frustule withoutendochrome. 6. Spo-—

rangia. 7. Sporangial frustule. ¥

H. Schizonema vulgare. 1. Filaments of var. a. Nees size). 2. Filamen fe

(magnified 220 linear). 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule without endo-

chrome. 5. The same (of var. £.). x

J. Schizonema neglectum. 1. Filaments (nat. size). 2. Filament (magnif ed

220 linear). 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule deprived of its endochrome. —

K. Dickieia Danseii. 1. Portion of frond (magnified 35 linear). 2. Part of —

same (magnified 220 linear). 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule without

endochrome. 3

So: = Re

Bieeniil

: Mr. J. Blackwall on the Physiology of the Araneidea. 173

XVII.— Researches having for their object the Elucidation of cer-

__ tain Phenomena in the Physiology of the Avaneidea. By Joun

Brackwatt, F.LS.

SINcE an epitome of my researches into the structure, functions

and ceconomy of the Araneidea was published in the ‘ Report of

the Fourteenth Meeting of the British Association for the Ad-

/ yancement of Science, held at York in September 1844,’ and in

the fifteenth volume of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ I have repeated, with slight modifications, several of

_ the experiments relative to the reproduction of the limbs of spi-

_ ders therein detailed, and as they appear to present some in-

teresting results I shall give them in the order of their occur-

_ rence, together with the inferences deduced from them.

I. The digital joint of the left palpus of an immature female

_ Tegenaria civilis was amputated on the 28th of April 1845. On

_ the 24th of the following June the spider cast its integument and

_ the left palpus was reproduced ; it was unsymmetrical in form,

_ the axillary, humeral and cubital joints being equal in size to the

corresponding parts of the right palpus, but the radial and digi-

_ tal joints were small. The digital joint of the new palpus was

amputated on the 28th of June, and the limb was again restored

at the succeeding moult, which took place on the 18th of August

in the same year, when the radial and digital joints, though en-

_ larged, were still inferior in size to those of the right palpus.

_ 2. A very young female Tegenaria civilis had the right poste-

_ rior leg detached at the coxa on the 30th of April 1845 by means

of a fine pair of forceps. It moulted on the 19th of June, when

_ the right posterior leg, of a small size, was reproduced. On the

_ 26th of the same month the new leg was detached at the coxa,

and was reproduced on the 30th of July, when the spider again

east its integument. This leg was detached in like manner on

_ the 5th of August, and was reproduced on the 11th of September,

_ at which period also the spider moulted. On the 14th of Sep-

_ tember the leg last restored was detached, and was reproduced

_ on the 8th of November, when the spider underwent its final

_ moult and arrived at maturity. The right posterior leg, which

was reproduced four times, maintained its symmetry inviolate

_ through the whole of these changes; but though its dimensions

were enlarged with the growth of the spider at each successive

change of integument, yet they were always greatly inferior to

_ those of the corresponding leg on the opposite side.

8. On the 28th of June 1845 avery young female Tegenaria

eivilis had the right anterior leg detached at the coxa. It moulted

on the 6th of July, but the coxa only of the mutilated leg was

a eet

174 Mr. J. Blackwall on certain Phenomena in the

produced. On the 8th of August it moulted again and the entire —

limb was restored. The same leg was detached at the coxa on —

the 14th of August, the 26th of September, and the 12th of —

November ; and was reproduced on the 19th of September, the —

8th of November, and the 20th of May 1846, respectively, at

which periods the spider changed its integument. At the last —

date, the right palpus, which had been detached at the axi :

joint on the 12th of November 1845, was also reproduced ; 9

it and the right anterior leg were small but symmetrical, the ©

latter having been reproduced four times. {

4. A very young male Tegenaria civilis had the left posterior —

leg detached at the coxa on the 5th of August, the 14th of Sep-—

tember, and the 29th of October 1845, and on the 18th of April ©

and the 8th of June 1846. This spider cast its integument on

the 10th of September and the 25th of October 1845, and on —

the 10th of April, the 5th of June and the 4th of July 1846, re- —

spectively, at each of which dates, except the last, the left poste-

rior leg was reproduced, but on the 4th of July the coxa only was —

produced. The circumstances attending the restoration of this

limb were similar to those recorded in experiments 2 and 3. I~

may add, that the spider frequently moistened the tarsus of the i

third leg on the left side with saliva and applied it to the injured —

art. =

2 5. Half of the metatarsus, with the tarsus, of the right an- —

terior leg of an immature male Epéira antriada was amputated —

on the 20th of August 1845. On the 8th of the ensuing Sep- —

tember the spider moulted and the right anterior leg was re- —

produced. ‘The coxa, femur and tibia of the new limb were of —

the same dimensions as those parts of the corresponding leg —

on the opposite side, but the metatarsus and tarsus were very —

small. 3

6. An immature female Ciniflo feror had about a third of the —

tibia, the metatarsus and tarsus of the left anterior leg amputated —

on the 14th of March 1846. It moulted on the 14th of the ~

following May, when the coxa, femur and genual joint of the —

left anterior leg, which was reproduced, were of the same size as

the corresponding parts of the right anterior leg, but the tibia, —

metatarsus and tarsus were very diminutive. This spider moulted —

again on the 23rd of July in the same year; at the same time —

the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus of the new limb were consider- —

ably enlarged.

7. A young female Tegenaria civilis, which had the right pos- —

terior leg amputated near the anterior extremity of the tibia on

the 16th of March 1846, cast its integument on the 24th of the |

ensuing May and the mutilated limb was reproduced ; the coxa,

femur and genual joint were of the same dimensions as the cor-

Physiology of the Ayaneidea. 175

responding parts of the left posterior leg, but the tibia, metatar-

sus and tarsus were small.

| 8. The left posterior leg of an immature female Tegenaria

_civilis was amputated near the anterior extremity of the tibia on

the 16th of March 1846. On the 30th of the following May

he spider cast its integument and the mutilated limb was repro-

duced; the coxa, femur and genual joint were of the same size

as the corresponding parts of the right posterior leg, but the

tibia, metatarsus and tarsus were small. This spider moulted

again on the 27th of June in the same year, when a considerable

enlargement of the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus of the new limb

took place.

_ 9. A very young female Tegenaria civilis had the left posterior

leg detached at the coxa on the 14th of September 1846. It

-moulted on the 23rd of the same month, but the mutilated leg

was not reproduced till a subsequent moult, which took place

on the 4th of May 1847. The same leg was detached at the

coxa on the 13th of May, the 24th of June, the 22nd of July,

the 30th of August, and the 13th of October; and the spider

changed its integument on the 16th of June, the 16th of July,

the 22nd of August, the 6th of October, and the 24th of Novem-

ber 1847, respectively, at which periods the left posterior leg

was reproduced. Though this limb was restored six times, and

was enlarged at each successive moult the spider underwent, yet

constantly retained a symmetrical figure, and through all its

changes was greatly inferior in size to the corresponding leg on

_the opposite side.

_ 10. On the 3rd of June 1847 the left posterior leg of an im-

mature female Tegenaria civilis was detached at the coxa, and the

right posterior leg was amputated near the middle of the tibia.

This spider moulted on the 9th of the ensuing July, at which

_time the left posterior leg, of small dimensions, but symmetrical

in form, was reproduced ; the right posterior leg was also repro-

_tluced, but the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus, compared with the

other joints of the same limb, were greatly disproportionate in

size.

_ 11. An immature male Agelena labyrinthica had the left pos-

erior leg amputated near the anterior extremity of the metatar-

‘Sus on the 4th of June 1847. It cast its integument on the

30th of the same month, when the left posterior leg was repro-

duced. The coxa, femur and tibia were of the same size as the

_ correspondiug parts of the right posterior leg, but the metatarsus

_ and tarsus were small, the latter remarkably so.

12. The left posterior leg of a young female Agelena labyrin-

_ thica was detached at the coxa, and the right posterior leg was

_ amputated near the middle of the metatarsus on the 5th of June

176 Mr. J. Blackwall on certain Phenomena in the

1847. The spider moulted on the 14th of the same month, when —

the stumps only of the mutilated limbs were produced. On the

7th of the following July it moulted again, at which time the

left posterior leg, of st dimensions, but symmetrical in form, ©

was restored ; the right posterior leg was also restored, but thee

metatarsus and tarsus were disproportionately small. 4

13. On the 14th of June 1847 the right posterior leg of an

immature female Agelena labyrinthica was amputated near the -

middle of the metatarsus. The spider cast its integument on —

the 2nd of the ensuing July, when the mutilated limb was re-

produced. The coxa, femur and tibia were equal in size to the ~

corresponding parts of the left posterior leg, but the metatarsus—

was very small, and the tarsus was extremely diminutive. q

Experiments 2, 3, 4 and 9 serve to establish the fact, that if a {

leg of an immature "Tegenari ia civilis be detached at the coxa four i

or even six times consecutively, it may be reproduced at each —

succeeding moult the spider undergoes. This frequent renewal

of the same part seems to warrant the conclusion that a repro-—

duction of the limbs of the Araneidea generally, irrespective of —

mutilation, actually occurs whenever a change of integument —

takes place ; and this view of the subject, which probably might —

be extended to numerous subdivisions of the Articulata, derives —

additional support from evidence supplied by the other aie a

ments. a

That the dimensions of reproduced limbs are in inverse ratio to—

the extent of the injury previously inflicted on the parts is meni

fest from experiments 1, 3, 10 and 12; thus, palpi and legs de-

tached at the axillary joint and coxa are usually symmetrical, but

diminutive, when reproduced ; while those amputated at the arti-

culation of the digital with the radial joint, and near the middle

of the tibia or the metatarsus, on being restored are always very

much larger and unsymmetrical; in point of fact, the fe

ment of the new limb depends upon the capacity of the unde-—

tached portion of the mutilated part ; for if a leg be amputated

near the middle of the metatarsus, as was the case in experiments —

5, 12 and 18, the coxa, femur and tibia will be of the same di-—

mensions as those joints of the corresponding leg on the opposite 2

side, but the metatarsus and tarsus will be very diminutive;

should the excision be made near the anterior extremity of the

tibia, as in experiments 6, 7 and 8, then the size of the coxa,

femur and genual joint will be normal, but that of the tibia, —

metatarsus and tarsus will be very abnormal. These curious re-

sults plainly demonstrate, that not only reproduced limbs in their —

totality, but that particular joints also are limited in their dimen-

sions by the capacity of the undetached portion of the mutilated —

part in which they are developed, and that restored legs and

Physiology of the Avaneidea. 177

_ palpi are never symmetrical except when developed in the unde-

_ tached coxa and axillary joint respectively.

_ In order to obtain a satisfactory explanation of the phzno-

_ mnena stated above, it must be conceded that the limbs of spiders

_ produced at each successive moult, from the period at which the

animals quit the cocoon till they arrive at maturity, are abso-

_lutely new organs resulting from the vital functions of assimila-

_ tion and accretion ; indeed, the renewal of a repeatedly detached

- leg at each succeeding change of integument, and the circumstance

of the dimensions of entire limbs or portions of limbs depending

upon the space allowed for their development at the time of re-

-storation, present difficulties which do not admit of a solution on

any other physiological principle that I am aware of.

Sometimes the stump only of a partially amputated leg is pro-

duced at the succeeding moult, especially when the injury has

been inflicted but a short time previously to the change of inte-

gument, as may be seen on referring to experiments 3, 9 and 12.

As the formative process in this case must have made consider-

_able progress before the excision of the part was effected, there is

‘nothing extraordinary in the result ; but a similar consequence

occasionally ensues when the partial amputation of a leg takes

place very soon after a change of integument, before the forma-

_ tive process can be supposed to have commenced ; experiment 4

presents an instance of this kind ; a much more remarkable one,

however, is given in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

‘History,’ vol. xv. p. 233, experiment 12, from which it appears

that the stumps only of the palpi of a young male Linyphia cauta

‘were produced at two consecutive moults after the parts had suf-

fered mutilation, though several legs of the spider, mutilated at

the same time, were renewed at the next moult after the infliction

of the injury.

__ If these facts are inexplicable at present upon the principle of

the reproduction of lost parts by the Araneidea which I have

been advocating, it may be attributed to the obscurity in which

they are involved, and as they are decidedly opposed to every

other view of the subject, it is not necessary to notice them more

particularly in this place.

__ L avail myself of the opportunity afforded by this communica-

tion to correct a statement contained in the epitome of my re-

‘Searches into the structure, functions and ceconomy of the Ara-

neidea, (Report of the Fourteenth Meeting of the British Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science, held at York in Septem-

ber 1844, p. 73; and the Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, vol. xv. p. 234,) to the effect, that if part only of a

limb of a spider be amputated, as the tarsus of a leg or the digi-

_tal joint of a palpus, all the joints of the limb when reproduced,

| Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2, Vol.i. 12

178 Mr. J. Blackwall on certain Phenomena in the

though small, will be proportionate to those of the corresponding —

limb on the opposite side ; whereas it is evident from the prece-

ding experiments that legs and palpi restored after mutilation are —

never symmetrical except when respectively developed im the wn-—

detached coxa and axillary joint alone. '

So little appears to have been done for the p of deter 4

mining the longevity of spiders with some approach to accuracy

that a few observations on the subject probably will not eens re-

garded as superfluous.

A young female Tegenaria civilis, disengaged from the egg on

the 6th of July 1842, after quitting the cocoon was placed in a

separate phial and was abundantly supplied with nutriment.

It continued in excellent health and condition apparently till the

8th of July 1845, when it died suddenly, having comp the

third year of its existence.

On the 27th of June 1842 a young male Tegenaria dinikicwall

disengaged from the egg. It quitted the cocoon on the 21st of

the following month, and underwent its last moult on the st

of October 1843. During the winter of 1844 it became fret

reduced in bulk, and died on the 30th of March 1845.

The egg of a Tegenaria civilis hatched on the 27th of Jur

1842 produced a female spider, which completed its final cha

of integument on the 5th of August 1843. It took its food well,

and appeared to be in good health till the 6th of oa 1846, wher '

it died, having attained to the age of four years an i vies days.

Allowing for the disadvantages to which spiders are subje ecte se |

in a state of captivity, I think the duration of life in the s s

upon which the observations were made should not be euttrainte

at less than four years, and I have elsewhere shown ie |

nals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xv. p. 232, expe et |

ment 4; and pp. 235, 236) that the life of Segestria senocula ta

is protr acted to an equally long period. Whether any _

enjoy a more prolonged existence or not remains to be 2 rt

tained ; but there can be no doubt that Dolomedes mirabilis, Cl un

biona erratica, Agelena labyrinthica, Epéira quadrata, Tetragna-

tha extensa, Linyphia montana, Theridion lineatum, and nume ne

rous other species, do not usually survive the second winter é

quitting the egg in this northern climate. q qa

The following particulars, extracted from observations maé |

by M. Doumere on Theridion triangulifer, are given by Baron:

Walckenaer in his ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Insect es ‘Apttr 3 |

supplément a Phistoire naturelle de ordre des Aranéides, t. i

p. 506 :—* Prise a la fin de décembre 1839, cette Aranéide fit um

premier cocon le 23 avril suivant, les ceufs ont éclos le 5 mai

il n’en est sorti que des males. Le 10 mai, formation d’un nou }

-veau cocon ; le 24 mai, les coufs ont éclos, il n’en est sorti qi

Physiology of the Araneidea. 179

des femelles. Le 16 juin suivant, accouplement de l’Aranéide

‘mére avec un de ses petits, male, provenant de la premiére couvée.

_ Deux cocons formés du 26 au 28 } juin. Les ceufs d’un des deux

~ cocons ont éclos le 27 juillet, et il n’en est sorti que des femelles.

_ Les ceufs du second cocon ont éclos le 31 juillet, et il n’en est

sorti que des males.” The events to which attention is here di-

rected are represented as succeeding each other with a degree of

rapidity unparalleled in the records of arachnolo

It appears that on the 23rd of April 1840 a female Theridion

_triangulifer deposited in a cocoon a set of eggs which produced

‘Sage on the 5th of May; they all proved to be males, and on

he 16th of the following June one of them paired with its pa-

rent, which enveloped a set of eggs in a cocoon on the 26th and

is a second set in another cocoon on the 28th of the same month;

the first set was hatched on the 27th of the ensuing July and

produced males only ; the second set was hatched four days later,

and from it proceed females only.

Now, though many of the Theridia are very short-lived, and,

consequently, pass through their several mutations and arrive at

maturity earlier than those spiders whose existence is of longer

continuance, yet, in my researches into the ceconomy of the Ara-

neidea, which have occupied a considerable portion of my leisure

hours during many years, an instance of the young of these ani-

becoming adult in the same season that the eggs were de-

osited from which they were disengaged has never come under

toy obseryation ; but in the example before us, an egg laid on

‘the 23rd of April i is stated to have produced a male spider which

‘on the 16th of the ensuing June was capable of propagating its

species. If the small size of spiders on quitting the egg be borne

in mind, and if it be taken mto consideration also that an ad-

vance in growth, particularly of the cephalo-thorax and its ap-

| igh is limited to the periods at which the integument is

fs a suspicion can scarcely fail to be induced that there

ave been some latent source of error in the observations of

tly which it is very desirable should be carefully re-

peated. As regards Theridion triangulifer depositing two sets of

i at different times, each of which produced young of the same

‘sex only, one males, and the other females, I will merely remark,

that Giherto I have had no opportunity of investigating the ceco-

my of this species ; but that the case is very different with

enaria civilis conclusive evidence is not wanting, for I have

ee up individuals of both sexes from the same set of eggs,

sited in a cocoon by this common and widely distributed

> hem on the 27th of May 1842.

___A passage in the ‘ Introduction to Entomology,’ by Messrs.

Kirby and Spence, fifth edition, vol. iv. letter xliv. p. 214, merits

12*

a brief notice ; it is this; “ Spiders are reputed to be subject to

the stone: I do not say Calculus in Vesica; but we are informed

by Lesser that Dr. John Franck having shut up fourteen spiders

in a glass with some valerian root, one of them voided an ash-

coloured calculus with small black dots.” This singular opinion

seems to have originated in a misapprehension of an ordinary

occurrence, which I shall proceed to explain. If the feces of

spiders, which consist of a white fluid comprising black particles

of greater density, happen when voided to be suspended in the

webs or among the lines spun by these animals, they assume,

under the influence of molecular attraction, the spherical figure

common to fluids in general when similarly cireumstanced, and

soon becoming indurated by desiccation, a change of colour from

white to gray or grayish brown spotted with black uniformly

takes place, and in this state they constitute, I doubt not, th

substance which Dr. Franck mistook for a calculus. pate.

180 Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

XVIII..—On some Points in the Structure and Growth of Mono- |

cotyledons. By Arntuur Henrrey, F.L.S. &c.*

[With two Plates.]

Autuoveds the views which are advocated in the following paper

do not possess much originality, I have been induced to lay my

observations before this Section by several considerations. In th

first place, | believe that the subject is one to which a compara-

tively small amount of attention has been paid in this country,

and therefore, dependent as we have been on foreign observers |

for our knowledge of it, indigenous investigations may have some |

interest ; secondly, the theories of monocotyledonous structure”

held by the chief continental authorities are at present not ge-

nerally-received views, but to some extent indjvidual opinions,

conflicting more or less one with another ; and, lastly, as I hay

devoted a considerable amount of time to the examination of thi

most intricate subject, I have thought that independent obser-

vations, carefully and repeatedly made, might by their publica

tion be of some service to the science of Botany, either by point:

ing out the errors or confirming the statements of other ana=|

tomists. |

I have directed my attention to the structure of those Mono

cotyledons which can be readily obtained in a living state in this

country ; the structure of the stems of Palms I have not had the

opportunity of studying, and therefore with regard to them

have been obliged to depend upon the observations of others. §

* Read at the Meeting of the British Association, June 1847, and com

municated by the Author.

= oa “ if

pa a

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 181

far as I can at present judge, the various forms are all reducible

_to two types, which are themselves united under the single com-

‘mon character which was first definitely announced by Schleiden.

__ Those who are acquainted with his views will recollect that he

has pointed out an essential distinction between the characters

of the fibro-vascular bundles of Monocotyledons and of Dicoty-

edons, which in the former are closed; that is, their growth in

the transverse direction is arrested at a definite epoch, whence

results their isolated condition, giving a peculiar aspect to the

monocotyledonous stem; while in the Dicotyledons the fibro-

vascular bundles not only grow laterally, so as to come in con-

tact with one another as wedge-shaped bodies collectively form-

ing a ring, but their peripherical or external face is capable of

development to an extent only limited by the life of the plant

in which they exist. Thus the successive layers which add to

the thickness of a dicotyledonous stem are produced by the pe-

ripherical growth of the fibro-vascular bundles, the distinction

into rings, frequently so strongly marked, depending merely on

the difference of the condition of those elements of the fibro-

vascular bundle produced in the earlier part of the year from

that of those formed during the advance of the season.

_ This is the sole universal character by which the stems of the

two great classes can be distinguished. The theoretical distine-

tion into Endogens and Exogens has not a single fact to support

‘it. All plants possessing a stem are Endogens so far as the

origination of organs is concerned, since these are developed in

buds in the axils of older organs, and, in terminal buds, are im-

mediate developments of the central parenchyma. But the new

deposits of fibro-vascular structure belonging to these are found

crossing those of the older organs at the earliest period of their

development, and always and in all stems come to be applied

upon their outer surface. ‘The accounts of endogenous growth

are negatived by all those who have traced the development of

structure in the Monocotyledons, and could only have been

founded on a superficial examination of fully-formed stems. I

have traced the development in the buds of many of our indi-

genous and commonly cultivated Monocotyledons, and they all

ree with the characters of that one which I have selected to

ustrate this point.

4.In the accompanying drawings (P!. IX. figs. 2 and 3) are re-

presented sections of very young buds of Sparganium ramosum,

and the nascent fibro-vascular bundles are seen in the central

ee ; the uppermost and youngest, much more delicate and

tess perfect than the lower, being in direct connexion with the

central nascent leaves. The figures also illustrate several other

bnportant points concerning the structure of monocotyledonous

182 Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

stems, of which I shall have presently to speak; before passing

to these, however, I must refer to the controversies which exist

as to the course of development, in time, of the different portions

of the fibro-vascular bundles. Von Mohl offers, I believe, no

opinion on this point ; Schleiden states that their development

commences below and extends upwards into the leaf, in which

opinion he is borne out by the statements of several authors,

particularly Mirbel* and Naudint+. Gaudichaud{ states that

the development begins in the centre, and that an ascending and

a descending portion are gradually organized, one passing to the

leaf, the other to the roots.

My own observations are in favour of the former opinion, and

indeed Gaudichaud’s publications are wanting in proper scientific

completeness.. His statements are much too dogmatic, and his

figures have too much of the character of diagrams, to be re-

ceived as direct evidence in a case where such complex structures

are in question.

In the very youngest part of the bud the nascent leaf is

wholly cellular; the cells have generally a spherical form, like

those of the other organs and of the conical summit of the stem ;

the whole are clothed by a delicate epithelium. But in the sub.

stance of the stem and nascent leaves are to be remarked certain

regions, where the cells, in the earliest condition I have seen

them, have a peculiar appearance, being elongated and arranged |

in parallel rows (Pl. X. fig. 1a, a); in the centre of these bun-_

dies of elongated cells first appear the vessels, which are at first

unrollable spiral vessels ; these regions are in fact the nascent

fibro-vascular bundles. These fibro-vascular bundles appeared

to me to be always younger and less perfect as they approached

the apex, or punctum vegetationis. The further development of

these elements into the ducts and woody structures found in full

grown bundles I have not systematically followed, as I was more

particularly anxious to attain a clear view of their anatomical

relation to each other and to the roots.

The condition of the relations of the bundles above in dieansd’ is

the same as that which exists in most bulbs, and is the form which

gives the type characterized by Schleiden as consisting of a stem

where the internodial portions are little or not at all developed.

I believe that the stem of a solid Palm has essentially the

relative arrangement of the parts. The other type is found

some Palms and in the annual stems of Grasses; this is charac-

terized by the development of the internodes. a

In regard to the flowering-stem of the first form we have ty

modifications to discriminate, depending on the position of the

* Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2 sér. xx, 6. + Ibid. 3 sér. i. 162.

} Recherches gén. sur ]’Organographie, &c. Paris, 1841.

Bue

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 183

} points where the leaves pass off from the stem, in the full-grown

} annual stem. In the Crocus, Tulip, Hyacinth, &c., the leaves

} arise immediately from the base of the flattened stem situated at

_ the bottom of the bulb; the fibres of the peduncle of these plants

become developed upwards with the growth of the part in which

} they are placed, their inferior extremities retaining their relations

unaltered below. In the Tiger Lily, Crown Imperial, &c., the

leaves are borne upon the elongated stem, and in Asparagus

_ branching of the stem takes place; in this form the lower part

_ of the stem retains the bulb-like character, and the ascending

portions of the fibro-vascular bundles become developed upward

im the stem before passing into the leaves.

Such stems, examined without reference to the bulb and in

the full-grown state, would be liable to be taken for instances of

_ an endogenous growth, since the fibres of the lowest leaves or

branches are most external, and those going to the younger

leayes and flowers, situated in the centre; but by tracing them

downward to the base in the bulb, we there find them crossing

_ to get outside the older fibres. Some of the fibres in the upper

_ part of the stem appear to possess no inferior tract ; these may be

supposed to originate subsequently during the growth of the

flowering-stem, and do not interfere with the general character

_ of the structure.

In speaking of crossing, it must always be recollected that

_ this term is used rather loosely, as the upper bundles take very

_yariable courses to get to the outer side of the lower ones; some-

times their lower tract is found on the side opposite to that on

_ which they ascend, and they succeed one another spirally, so

_ that it is only here and there that a section will exhibit a direct

_ crossing like that usually shown in diagrams.

In the above-mentioned plants the annual stem may be re-

_ garded as an inflorescence. In the Grasses and in Trades-

cantia we find several internodes in the annual stem; the fibro-

vascular bundles interlace at the nodes, at these points also new

_ fibres arise, and roots are often given off. These nodes may be

compared to bulbs succeeding one another upwards at intervals

in the stem. In the creeping rhizomata of many Monocotyle-

_ dons we have examples of bulbs thus succeeding one another ;

_ only in such cases they are axillary and not terminal, and they are

the buds provided for the next year’s growth, retained in con-

- nexion with the old stem instead of being shed like the cloves of

true bulbs, In most instances they are sessile one upon another ;

but in Sparganium ramosum we haye an example of bulbs suc-

_ ceeding one another with internodes developed, and thus we get,

in a perennial monocotyledonous stem, an analogue of the annual

stem of a Grass or of Tradescantia; for the principal difference

184 Mr.A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

between the two latter is the fistular condition of the stem in

the Grass*. os tii

I next directed my attention to the lower extremities of the —

fibro-vascular bundles, endeavouring to discover their relations —

with the fibro-vascular system of the roots. Here we meet with ©

several modifications of arrangement. eet

In the stems I have examined the lower ends of the fibres ap- —

pear to branch and to anastomose with their fellows, sometimes —

forming a distinct fibrous layer. In order to explain the rela-

tions of these extremities, I must point out some peculiarities in

the cellular system.

Von Mohl has described in the stems of Palms a central region, —

a fibrous layer, and a cortical region. The analogues of these —

appear to me to be present in most monocotyledonous stems.

The tissue of the central region is generally composed of spheri-

cal cells which contain abundance of starch at certain periods; —

this region, in which hie the fibro-vascular bundles, undoubtedly —

represents the pith and medullary rays of Dicotyledons. The

cells of the cortical region are usually very irregular in form, and —

have large intercellular spaces ; they contain little or no starch. —

In bulbs the central region is inclosed by rather a thin layer

of the cortical parenchyma, which is continuous with the bases of —

the coats or scales; the line of junction of the two regions isin- —

dicated in the very youngest state of the bulb bya darker colour —

and greater density of the tissue. At this line the fibro-vascular —

bundles terminate below, and their extremities, by branching

and anastomosing, frequently produce a dense layer, the “fibrous —

layer” of Von Mohl. The cortical region cannot be made out in ~

the culms of the Grasses, and it is not continued distinctly into —

the flowering-stems of bulbs. In Sparganiwm ramosum it is very _

much developed, both in the nodes and internodes; inthe former

it exhibits fibres crossing transversely, and thus weaving, as it

were, the whole into a dense fibrous coat separating the central _

from the cortical region. : a

The most important point relating to the fibrous layer is, that —

‘it gives origin to the roots, for there is no direct communication —

between the fibro-vascular bundles of the stems and those of —

the roots. The bundle which lies in the midst of the root of —

Sparganium, and indeed of all the annual roots I have examined, —

is composed of a number of vessels arising in a circle from the —

* An illustration of this analogy between the nodes of the stem of a

Grass and bulbs, physiologically denoting a certain degree of independence,

seems to me to be offered by the possibility of grafting grasses upon one

another at the nodes. This has been effected by an Italian botanist, Calde- _

rini, in the Millet, and he also successfully grafted Rice upon Panicum —

Crus-galli.—See Ann, des Sc. Nat. Sept. 1846. om

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 185

fibrous layer; they gradually approach one another as they pass

out, thus forming a kind of funnel-shaped body. The central

parenchyma is gradually converted into ligneous cells as the tube

of vessels extends outwards (Pl. X. figs. 2 and 3), and the root

at a short distance from its point of origin presents in a cross

section a central cylinder of wood having a ring of vessels near

its periphery, the whole being inclosed in a parenchyma con-

tinuous, near the fibrous layer, with the cortical layer of the stem.

When the roots produce branches the latter are given off at right

angles (PI. X. fig. 2), and arise on the central fibro-vascular

cylinder, bursting their way through the cortical parenchyma of

the root as the main roots do through the outer part of the cor-

tical layer of the stem. When the roots fall off, they leave ori-

fices in the stem where they have thus burst through. Roots

appear very early in the buds, in fact contemporaneously with

the leaves. In the section of the apex of a bud of Sparganium

(Pl. IX. fig. 3) they are seen in the nascent condition. It is dis-

puted whether the fibro-vascular bundles are first perfected where

they are in contact with the fibrous layer, or whether their bun-

dles are formed independently and afterwards effect a junction.

With regard to the roots of Sparganium, just noticed, I believe

their central bundle is organized contemporaneously and in con-

_ tinuity with the fibrous layer.

The fibrous layer is not so distinctly marked in bulbs like the

; Tulip and Hyacinth, or in tuberous-rooted Monocotyledons like

Asparagus and the terrestrial Orchidacee. The ends of the

fibro-vascular bundles of the stem are found branching and ana-

stomosing at the line of junction of the cortical and central re-

gions, and the bundles of the roots are in connexion with these

plexuses. The tubers of Orchis mascula are merely enlarged

roots; the difference between them and the other roots arises

from the development of the central (otherwise ligneous) portion

into a parenchymatous mass, which breaks up the ring of vessels,

and carries them to the outer region of the tuber.

The development of successive roots taking place from below

upwards, the younger roots arise from parts of the fibrous layer

in relation with the younger fibro-vascular bundles. In cases

where the internodes are developed, roots and buds are com-

monly produced at the nodes, as in Tradescantia, Grasses, and

Sparganium ; in the latter, roots are also formed irregularly on

the internodial parts of the stem * (Pl. IX. fig. 1 shows the scars

left by their fall).

* The endorhizal mode of producing roots seems to be a constant cha-

racter of Monocotyledons as well in the full-grown condition as in the

embryo. It is also found in Nympheacew, which present many points of

affinity with monocotyledonous structure.

186 Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

There is another point in the structure of Monocotyledons

which does not appear to me to be clearly understood. In _

the cortical region are often found fibrous bundles, passing into

the leaves above, and which, in the cases I have examined, pos-

sess no vessels, and consequently have the character of al

bundles. In Sparganium ramosum they are very numerous and —

of considerable size; they are also found in the Grasses, and

apparently in all such stems as have the internodial portions —

developed. I cannot find them in bulbs, or in such rhizomes as

the common Iris; but in the flowering-stem of many such —

plants, ex. gr. the Tulips, Crown Imperial, Tiger Lily, &e., the —

parenchyma gradually changes its character towards the peri-

phery, and just within the epidermal layers it consists of pies

fibrous cells exactly resembling liber cells. This ring of woody —

cells is very much developed in Tamus communis and Smilax

aspera(and I believe in most plants belonging to the same orders),

and has been taken for a layer of wood analogous to that of Di- —

cotyledons ; but this is certainly a misconception, as it is di-

stinctly defined at its outer border, and does not present the

slightest trace of a developing or cambium layer. _ Internally it

passes insensibly into the central parenchyma of the stem, in

which lie the true woody bundles having vessels as usual. If ©

this has an analogue at all in Dicotyledons, it is the liber; and ©

there are many reasons in favour of such an hypothesis, espe- —

cially if we consider it as identical with the fibres of the cortical —

layer of such stems as Sparganium. spice hae

In conclusion, adverting to the discussions as to the mode of —

increase of the stem of Monocotyledons, it seems to me that —

many writers do not sufficiently consider the peculiar characters —

of this organ. This question must not at all be mixed up with

that of the formation of new layers of wood in Dicotyledons, —

since in all the usual forms (making exception of such as

Dracena, Cordyline, &c.) nothing analogous to the second year’s ©

layer of wood is ever produced. In bulbs the buds are thrown

off; in branching rhizomes they become independent physiolo-—

gically, and the old stem never increases; while in the Palms, —

the bud, though continually developing, merely applies a new —

layer spirally upon the pre-existing portions, so that the new —

growth might be roughly exemplified by a series of hollow cones -

of equal size placed one upon another. Here all growth is ana-

logous to the upward growth of the terminal bud of a dicotyledon ; —

there is no cambium layer, and no peripherical inerease*,. The —

* For every year’s development of the terminal bud of a dicotyledom we —

find a new layer deposited all over the old wood by the cambium layer, form- —

ing a new annual ring; in Palms we have merely the terminal shoot with-

out any analogue of the annual ring. ite®

Fig. 1.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

: Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 187

_ greater consistence which the older parts of the stems of Palms

- acquire is to be regarded as arising from causes similar to those

_ producing the peculiar characters of the heart-wood of Dicoty-

-ledons.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Piare IX.

A branching rhizome of Sparganium ramosum, exhibiting the nodes,

a, and the internodes, b; in the latter the fibro-vascular bundles

take straight and parallel courses.

Half of a vertical section through a terminal bud, showing the re-

lative positions of the developing bundles. a, the central paren-

chymatous region, in which the bundles lie ; 4, the line where the

fibrous layer is formed by the lower extremities of the bundles; c,

the cortical region in which lie the liber (?) bundles; d, the pune-

tum vegetationis.

A similar section; the references are the same; ee are nascent

roots (figs. 2 and 3 are magnified six diameters).

A portion of the cortical region with liber (?) fibres continued into

the leaves.

Vertical section of a full-grown node (like @ of fig. 1), prepared by

maceration, so as to exhibit the fibro-vascular bundles in situ. a,

the bundles ; } 4, axillary branches forming the internodial por-

tions (like bin fig. 1); ¢, the cortical region, now a mass of fibres ;

d, the fibrous layer, which presents several layers of densely inter-

woven fibres derived from the lower extremities of the bundles of

the central region.

Transverse section of an internode (6 in fig. 1). a, the central re-

gion; 6, the fibrous layer ; c, the cortical region, here very much

developed.

Vertical section of the same. a, b, c, same references ; d, a root, the

central fibro-vascular bundle of which is seen arising from the

. fibrous layer. The root breaks down the substance of the cortical

region when making its way out. The fibro-vascular bundles of

the stem are parallel here, and the slender liber (?) bundles are

shown in the cortical region c.

Prate X.

Highly magnified vertical section of a bud. a, the nascent fibro-

vascular bundles.

Transverse section of a portion of an internode. a, the central re-

gion ; c, the fibrous layer giving off the vessels to the root g; d, the

cortical region ; e, liber (?) bundles; f, epidermis (enlarged about

five times).

Part of the same highly magnified. a, the parenchyma of the central

— of the stem gradually becoming converted into ligneous

cells as it passes into the centre, b, of the fibro-vascular bundle of

the root; c, the ducts which are given off from the fibrous layer to

form the vessels of the root ; d, the cortical parenchyma of the stem.

Magnified section of the cortical region, showing the large inter-

cellular spaces (the cells of this tissue are extremely irregular in

form, pe contain no starch granules), e, a liber (?) bundle.

188 Mr. F. Williamson on Caladium distillatorium.

XIX.—Some observations on Caladium distillatorium. —

By Mr. Francis WILLIAMSON.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Havine obtained from Mr. Williamson, late Curator of the —

Sheffield Botanic Garden, an account of a plant in that collection, —

to which he has given the name of Caladium distillatorium, and —

thinking it well-worthy of preservation, I beg to entrust it to your —

care. 1 remain, yours respectfully, ‘3 j

Norton Hall, Derbyshire, Jan. 27, 1848. James YATES.

Sir, Broom Hill, Sheffield, Dec. 28,1847,

I ree a pleasure in complying with your request by giving you —

an account of a few of the most striking peculiarities of that in- —

teresting plant, the Caladium distillatorium. E |

This is perhaps the most gigantic species of the family, and —

when well-grown possesses many peculiarities to the casual as _

well as the botanical observer. In the beginning of the winter —

of 1844 a small tuber two inches in length by half an inch in ©

thickness was imported from Bahia in South America. Towards —

the spring of 1845 it showed itself to be a Caladium of gross —

habit ; early in April it had leaves upwards of twelve inches long. —

The pot in which it stood, six inches in diameter, being full of —

roots, made it necessary to transfer it to one of upwards of twelve —

inches, which soon also was filled, the plant daily increasing in —

magnitude. In June it was removed as a permanent shift to the —

half of a wine-pipe. The plant now became exceedingly inter-

esting to every beholder. The beautiful, smooth, green, heart- —

shaped leaves, their pleasingly graceful outline, the singularly —

shaded and attractive arrangement of the veins, and umbrageous —

shade from the majestic leaves high over head, may be more —

readily comprehended by the fact, that from a measurement —

taken in September— :

The foot-stalk of the leaf alone, from where it embraces the trunk :

or stem to its insertion into the disc of the leaf, 9 feet 6 inches. 4

The disc taken at its greatest length . . . 6 feet 6 inches. ©

The disc taken at its greatest breadth . . . 8 feet 9 inches, ©

Length of the trunk or stem about . . . . 1 foot6 inches. ©

In the night-time each of the leaves had the peculiar power of

distilling water by a somewhat pulsative action from an orifice _

near the apex of the leaf on the upper side. Around the mar- —

gin of the leaf is a large duct or channel into which the larger ©

veins empty themselves, and thus convey their contents to the —

“4

On some new British species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 189

_ above-mentioned orifice at the apex of the leaf, from whence it is

_ thrown forth by pulsation. At each pulsation a small globule

_ of clear tasteless water was ejected. Each drop, as it fell from

the leaf, contained fifteen of these globules, and eleven drops fell

in the course of a minute. This action begins with the shades

_ of the evening and continues until the heat of the sun changes

_ the course of action. Each full-grown healthy leaf will produce

about half a pint of water during the night, which on being ana-

lysed has been found to contain a very minute portion of vege-

table matter. The veins which flow into this duct may be di-

_ stinctly traced by the light of a candle (the leaf being held be-

_ tween) from the body of the leaf to the midrib, and from thence

followed down perhaps the one-half of the foot-stalk, where, from

the colouring matter of the leaf becoming denser, they are ulti-

mately lost sight of. There is also a smaller duct which runs

_ parallel to the larger and nearly close to it, the use of which is

not so clearly marked, but from observation it appears to be con-

nected with another series of vessels running from it towards the

_ interior, but terminating before they reach the midrib.

From the time the plant began to grow rapidly in April, its

‘treatment was after the following manner :—Some turf, that had

_ been cut from an old pasture a few months before, being chopt

_ into pieces in the form of brickbats, al/ the loose small earth

_ being taken away, a small portion of rough charcoal and half-de-

_ eayed dry manure was added, which, being chiefly fibrous, allowed

water to be given copiously, and admitted the roots freely to feed

_ on the vegetable matter. There are but few kinds of plants that

will not thrive in a most luxuriant manner treated in this way.

As a finish in potting, a small portion of a fine mixture of soil on

the surface gives neatness, as well as prevents too great an action

_ of drought in drying weather.

I am, Sir, yours most obediently,

J. Yates, Esq. Francis WILLIAMSON.

- XX.—Additions to the British species of Nudibranchiate Mol-

lusca. By Josaua AvpER and Atpany Hancock*.

_ Some new forms of Nudibranchiate Mollusca have occurred to

us during the last and part of the preceding years, of which we

‘now purpose giving an account.

And first we would notice the interesting addition made to our

fauna by the discovery of Seyllea pelagica on the British shores.

This well-known inhabitant of the deep was found by Mr. W. P.

* Partly extracted from a paper read at the British Association Meeting

at Oxford.

190 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on new British species

Cocks among a mass of sea-weed thrown up after a storm at the

mouth of Falmouth harbour. Three specimens were obtained,

one of which Mr. Cocks kindly sent to us in spirits. The dis-—

section of this specimen has shown a peculiar modification of the j

digestive system which appears to have been overlooked — by

Cuvier, and the particulars of which will appear in the 4th part —

of our ‘ Monograph of the Nudibranchiate Mollusca.’ ses j

Another species of great interest and beauty is apparently ‘

‘new, and very nearly allied to our genus Proctonotus, but differs”

-from it principally in a peculiar crest-like body uniting the dorsal -

tentacles. It probably belongs to the genus Janus of Veramy, —

so far as we can judge from the notice of that genus inserted in ©

the Reports of Zoology lately published by the Ray Society ; but —

whether or not this may be the case, which we haye not. the

means of verifying at present, the name of Janus being. pre-occu-

pied in entomology, we propose now to describe it under the

generic name of Antiopa, and to characterize it as follows:—

Genus ANTIOPA.

Body ovate, rather depressed and tapering to a » point poste |

riorly. Tentacles four: the dorsal pair linear, laminated, non- —

retractile, and united near their base, for a short wa , by a

fleshy crest. Head anterior and inferior, without veil, | oh 3

two short cylindrical oral tentacles. Jaws corneous. _ Branchie a

papillose, elongated, clothing the sides of the back and | 4

round in front of the head. Anus postericr-dorsal, on the median 3

line. The digestive system supplied with two lateral trunks which |

give off branches to the papille. Common aperture of He BaP -s

rative organs on the right side. eek a

Antiopa splendida.

Body of a transparent buff or lemon colour, and rather elon- 3

gated. Dorsal tentacles tapering and strongly laminated in an —

oblique direction; united below by an arched, semicircular la- z

minated crest, which is placed longitudinally between them. —

Branchie very numerous, large and inflated, clothing the sides

of the back and passing round the front of the head. When held

erect they conceal nearly the whole of the body. They are ovate, —

very transparent, of a pale buff-colour, and have a narrow, linear, 2

brown central vessel, which bifurcates at the top. The apex of 2

each papilla is of a brilliant opake bluish white with a metallic z

lustre, deepening into ultramarine blue below. They are set ing

about thirty transverse rows on each side uniting in front, each —

.row containing about five papille; the imner ones large and i in- &

flated, those next the foot small. The back is blotched with ©

metallic blue. Head subtriangular, the sides forming a kind of —

of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 191

hood, with two short oral tentacles. Foot lemon-yellow, trans-

parent, rather broad and arched in front, with a notch in the

centre and very obtuse angles at the sides. The sides are thin

and undulated, tapering gradually to the tail, which is a little

“produced beyond the branchie. Length an inch and a quarter.

_ There is a very conspicuous aperture at the end of each pa-

' pilla, which is opened and closed at intervals. When closed the

papilla terminates in a point, but the apex has a rounded form

when the aperture is opened. The gastric vessels are very visible

through the skin, running along each side of the back and

branching into the papille, giving that part a dendritic appear-

ance.

_. The first specimen taken of this fine mollusk was dredged in

Torbay by Dr. Battersby, and communicated to us through the

kindness of Mrs. Griffiths. We afterwards dredged three or

four in Fowey Harbour, Cornwall.

Tritonia lineata.

Body very slender, pellucid white, with an opake white line

along each side of the back, which is curved a little outwards

opposite each branchial tuft. Veil produced into four long fila-

ments ; the two nearest the centre longest and tapering gradually

to a point, the side ones shorter and obtuse. Tentacles pale

_ yellow, the fasciculz of filaments slender, and the sheaths rather

‘tight. Branchiz rather slender, bipimnate, transparent, with an

_opake white line in the centre of each running into those on the

back. Foot slender, rounded in front and terminating in a

point behind. Length half an inch.

This beautiful new Tritonta was discovered under stones at

Scarborough in September 1846, while we were exploring the

rocks in company with Mr. Bean.

Eolis Peachii.

_ Body rather flat, yellowish white. Dorsal tentacles longish

and smooth. Oral tentacles shorter. Head broad and rounded,

angulated at the sides. Branchize very numerous and thickly set,

_ passing round the dorsal tentacles so as nearly to unite in front,

and terminating behind very near the tail. The papille are

nearly linear, slender, with rareics central vessel, and having

the apices sprinkled with opake white spots. Foot rather thin

and broad, arched in front, with obtuse angles. Length three-

- quarters of an inch.

_ An adult specimen was dredged by Mr. Peach in Fowey Har-

_ bour, and we got two or three young ones from the same locality.

More recently we have obtained a single individual at Culler-

coats.

192 On the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull in Europe.

Eolis exigua.

Body slender, yellowish white with olive or pale brown mark

ings. Dorsal tentacles linear, moderately long, with a ring of

brown near the top: oral tentacles about one-third shorter ands

of the same colour. Branchiz generally in a single series of five

or six on each side, but in fine full-grown specimens there are ;

two on each side in front or sometimes a cluster of three, the

third being placed a little behind the others. There is also fren

quently an additional papilla united with some of the others be-—

hind. They are ovate, tapering abruptly to a point: there is a

ring of olive or yellowish brown, sometimes reddish, at a short

distance from the apex, and frequently two others, less perfect _

below, but generally these are only indicated by brown spots or

streaks. The body is also blotched and spotted with brown, and

there is frequently an interrupted line of that colour on each side. —

Foot rounded in front and nearly linear, with a slight margin off 4

pale brown at the sides. Length 1} to 2 lines. 4

This species was found in otmsidenthle abundance in Fowey —

Harbour on Laminaria saccharina. Mr. Cocks has also found it —

at Falmouth. It is allied to Holis despecta, some specimens of A

which were found in company with it, but it is easily distin-—

guished by not having the waved dorsal ‘line of the latter species.

It appears to be the Tergipes lacinulatus of Professor Lovén, but —

we cannot concur in referring it to the Limaz tergipes of Forskahl |

(Doris lacinulatus, Gmelin).

XXI.—WNote on the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull (Larus

Bonapartii, Rich. and Swains.) for the first time in Europe.

By Wo. THOMPSON, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society —

of Belfast. 4

A spEcIMEN of this beautiful little species of Gull (first distinctly —

characterized in the ‘ Fauna Boreali Americana’ of Richardson —

and Swainson in 1831), was killed at the tidal portion of the river -

Lagan, between Ormeau Bridge and the Botanic Garden, about —

a mile above the lowest bridge at the town of Belfast, on the

lst of February 1848. It was flymg singly. The person who

shot the bird, attracted by its pretty appearance merely, left it

to be preserved with a taxidermist, who on receipt of any birds,

either rare or unknown to him, kindly brings them for my in-_

spection. I had thus most fortunately an opportunity of exa-—

mining the bird previous to its being skinned, when all the fol-

lowing measurements, &c. were made. This was not however

until the morning of the 5th of February, when the irides had

faded so that the colour could not be accurately noted. .

On the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull in Europe. 198

7 The species is mentioned in the work referred to (p. 425) as

“common in all parts of the fur countries, where it associates

ith the Terns, and is distinguished by its peculiar shrill and

plaintive cry.” Mr. Audubon (Orn. Biog. vol. iv. p. 212, 1838)

nforms us, that he first met with the species in August when

srossing the Ohio at Cincinnati, and subsequently shot a speci-

nen in November on the Mississippi, a few miles below the

mouth of the Arkansas. In Chesapeake Bay after the first of

_ April, and at the harbour of Passamoudy (Maine) in May, he saw

them in great abundance :—at the latter place his son killed ©

seventeen at one discharge of his double-barreled gun. It is

added that “none of them were observed on any part of the

Gulf of St. Lawrence, or on the coast of Labrador or Newfound-

land, and that in winter this species is common in the harbour

of Charleston, but none are seen at that season near the mouths

‘of the Mississippi.” This author subsequently “found in Lon-

in. lin.

NM TEE ancy andi lansn dee sthes phot es +s Gaepubaedtssciy she 13 9*

Length of bill from forehead ............ssceesscssescnececees ot

bill to rictus ..... Gdeddiulbsdhususdubadtcoteaseivede 1 9

wing from carpal joint to end primaries ...... 10 4

CATSUS ..cercccceesecccccccccscveescecscvcvseceees soees 24

MOONE SOG ion o0 cisanndadenesan eaaksbteris <%s tee 1 2%

-——— of Oter t0€ acrrrccascscccscccccescces Sbvsdececsss 1 it

RON SOU RON istics Baise kent eee org

MOOD LOD sistas a6 cassia tn aknpedaceschseseeeies avsees 0 11

MRTG TAU 4 0nse Cin dion bnccsanenstssennassacsennes 0 2

————_ hind toe ..,.....secccsececes Gerdivesecsneeee doceveess 0 2

me —— = Hind toe nail ......,..cerecceccescescovorseccveccens 0 1

Tibia bare of feathers from tarsal joint ...........s00004 ee OQ

Pam, DE0G the tail i, i0. inscec es vcckis spsoacesaresee ~ dddaipaes 1 Of

_ Bill in form as described by Richardson, excepting that at the

base its depth exceeds its breadth. At the base of the upper

; * As measured by applying a piece of twine so as to tonch each por-

tion of the bird in a straight line from the point of the bill to the end of the

‘til. The bird being laid on a flat surface, the space which it orien from

| of the bill to the end of the tail was 12 inches 6 lines. The length

‘of three specimens given in the ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’ was from 15 in. to

‘in. Glines. Looking to that work after my measurement was made, and

}late for correction (the bird being skinned), I found that the neck is

«sti ed when the length is taken, whereas in this and every similar case,

have been particular that it should never be in the least stretched, but

placed as it were in repose. Audubon describes the adult male as 14} inches

td ss youre in December as 13% inches.”

| The figure of the adult bird in the ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’ does not suffi-

"ciently exhibit the length of wings :—they are described in that work as

| passing the tail two inches.

£ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 13

194. Mr. W. Thompson on the Occurrence of the

mandible where the plumage ends, it is 2} lines in breadth,

whereas the depth at the same place is 3} lines. In colour it is”

black ; paler at the base beneath. Tarsi, toes and webs of feet

of a uniform pale flesh colour as the “legs” of the young male

are described to be in the ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’ These are de-

scribed as “ carmine-red” in the adult. In the specimen under

examination they are just the colour that I have remarked those

of the nestling Larus ridibundus to be, and which it retains

through the following autumn and winter ; the adult of this spe-

cies having these parts of an arterial blood-red. The claws are.

blackish and dark brown. Inside of the mouth pale reddish

flesh-colour :—described to be carmine in the adult. The tail

may be termed even at the end, “ very slightly rounded laterally.”

The beautiful long tern-like wings were to me the most strikmg

character at the first glance, and indicated what it was after-

wards found had been remarked by Audubon, viz. that—“ the

flight of this gull is light, elevated and rapid, resembling in.

buoyancy that of some of our Terns more than that of most of

our Gulls, which move their wings more sedately.”

Plumage. Head white, excepting the usual blackish seasone

ear-spot of Xema ; a little of this colour before the lower portion

of, and beneath the eye, and a little above it ee eel ;

blackish mixed with white on the nape. Thence tothe back very

pale pearl gray ; back or mantle (“manteau,” Temm.) pearl or

pale bluish gray. Tail pure white except from about a line in : :

wards from the tip, where a band of black nearly an inch i

breadth appears. The wings exhibit generally the bluish oa |

of maturity, but have “clove brown markings on the bastard

wing, lesser coverts and scapulars ; anterior border of the wing

white from its shoulder for the breadth of four greater primary

coverts.” Primaries exhibiting in degree considerably more ble |

than the specimen described in ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer. EP iceotoas

gin of the first entirely black ; of the second, from ti ip UF wards

for 54 inches black, thence white ; of the third, from the tip ups

wards black for 4 inches next the shaft, for 31 inches on out

margin*. Remainder of the primaries terminated with brownish

black except at the extreme tip. On the third, the first indicatior

of white appears in a mere line of that colour, thence it becomes

gradually larger in size and deeper in shade to the seventh, wher

it assumes the pearl gray of the lower portion of the same feathe

The black becomes more and more tinged with brown from th«

* Dr. Richardson remarks that,—“ the extent of black on the ends in

creases gradually from the first to the fourth, on which it measures above al

inch, diminishing again in the following ones.” In my specimen the exten

of black increases gradually only to the third, in which it is 1} inch in dep

and diminishes in the succeeding feathers.

Bonapartian Gull in Europe. 195

_ first primary to the last; the light-coloured tip on the contrary

_ becomes gradually of a deeper shade from the third to the last.

_ Shafts of all the primaries white, except the upper portion of the

_ first, which is dusky. Black appears on the inner web of the three

_ longest primaries, much lessening both in length and breadth

_ from the first to the third ; in the first it occupies four inches in

_ length, and its greatest breadth from the shaft is 4 lines (4 inch).

__. The secondaries exhibit a large space of blackish brown towards

_ the tip within their pearl gray margins ; the tertiaries have more

_or less of blackish brown irregularly disposed towards their tips.

Under surface of wings entirely white, except that the portions

_ of the primaries, secondaries and tertiaries, which are dark above,

appear grayish. Entire under surface of body from the bill to

the extremity of the under tail-coverts white, of an extremely

- faint roseate hue. The bird would I consider have attained full

plumage at the next moult. The weight was 5} ounces. It

_ proved a male on dissection. The stomach contained the remains

_ of two specimens of opossum shrimp (Mysis), a little vegetable

matter, and some small pebbles.

_ The occurrence of this North American bird in Europe affords

another opportunity for speculating whether birds can really

_ eross the Atlantic, which some of the best ornithologists in Europe

did not, at least a few years ago, believe to be possible. In my

pinion, as fully stated on former occasions when noticing the

occurrence of American birds in Ireland, the presumptive or

circumstantial evidence is all in favour of their having really

crossed the ocean*.

In the estuary, about three miles from where the Larus Bona-

“parti was shot, the first individual also of

Larus Sasin1,

known to visit the Furopean coasts (as recorded by me in 1834),

Was met with ; and at the opposite side of the bay a second example

Was afterwards obtained. Since I first noticed the species, a few

individuals have been procured on the shores of continental

Europe. This opportunity of noticing a very rare and closely-

allied species to the preceding may be embraced, although it is

‘not American, nor has it been obtained there but in a single in-

stance + :—I allude to the

: LARUS MINUTUS,

4 beautiful adult example of which was shot in the estuary about

_ * See Yellow-billed American Cuckoo (Coceyzus Americanus) in ‘ An-

nals,’ vol. ix. p. 226, and American Bittern (Botaurus lentiginosus) in same

work, vol. xvii. p. 94,

__t ‘Faun. Bor. Amer.’ p. 426. The species is not included in the Prince

of Canino’s subsequently published list of North American Birds.

13%*

196 On the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull in Europe.

three miles from Belfast on the 23rd of December 1847. It came

under my examination within an hour after being killed, and a |

full description of it was drawn up. This bird was preserved by

Mr. Darragh, the Curator of the Belfast Museum, who a,

a critical knowledge of our native birds generally, and who, when —

visiting Strangford Lough in January last, a few weeks after

having set up the specimen, saw another of ‘these birds both on

the 18th and 19th of that month at Rough Island. It was also -

adult, as denoted by its pure white tail. The diminutive size of -

the bird first attracted his attention, and he had the advantage of -

seeing it very near both on wing and on the ground. The dark

colour of the under side of the wings was conspicuous; the tail

was square at the end (not cuneate as in L. Rossii*, nor forked

asin Lar. Sabin). The upper surface of the wing, including the

primaries, was particularly remarked to be wholly of a light ps

My informant’s fear of injuring the bird as a specimen with the ©

large shot in his gun prevented his firing at it when seen the first |

day; and on the second day, he had crept for a long way—after the

manner that Mr. Scrope graphically describes the deer-stalker

to do—and though enabled unseen by the wished-for victim to

observe it attentively for some time from behind stones on the

beach, and at the distance of about fifteen or twenty paces, he

could not bring his gun to bear upon it without aries Ine

his attempt to do so the bird took wing, but the rough nature of —

the ground prevented his steadying himself so as to get even a —

parting shot at it. The little gull has been hitherto known in ©

Ireland only from a single example; a beautiful bird in adult ©

summer plumage having been shot on the river Shannon in the

month of May 1840.

We cannot think of the occurrence of the three preceding spe-

cies of Xema or Black-headed Gulls within so limited an area,

without reflecting that many species of birds of which we are ©

now ignorant, may visit the British coasts. If in the estuary at

Belfast, on the eastern coast of Ireland, North American spe-—

cies are thus met with, how much more likely are they to visit,

unnoticed by any one, the western and northern coasts of the 4

island, as well as those of Scotland ! 4

Of the other Xeme known as British, X. ridibundus and X. ca-—

pistratus (regarded by me as one speciest) are common in the

_ *® This species is noticed under the his sire that it may in winter lose

the black collar, which would otherwise distinguish it. A —— of Le

Rossii is said to have been obtained on the Yorkshire coast last

+ See Zool. Proceedings, 1845 ;—copied into the ‘ Annals, ak 1

p- 357, and Yarrell’s ‘ Brit. Birds,’ 2nd edit. ; preface, p. xi. In the threal

works, the Jast word of the foot-note is printed ‘ ‘hood ”’ instead of head.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 197

ocality indicated for the others*; the remaining one, X. atri-

_ cilla, has been observed on two occasions on the south coast of

‘England, and by Montagu only. Of the two+ additional Euro-

species, X. melanocephalum and X. ichthyaétum, the former

habits “ southern,” the latter “south-eastern” Europe. Xema

Franklini is the only North American species which has not been

obtained in Europe.

XII.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puttie Henry Gosse.

. [Continued from p. 115.]

CoLEOPTERA.

1. Cicindela Guadalupensis. I found this species in some

bers about the end of the year at Alligator Pond, on the

ndy beach, close to the wharf; where the Canavalia rosea grows,

dthe beautiful Convolvulus pes capre makes a carpet of verdure,

d trails its long stems over the heavy sand. In May it was

umerous at low-water on a little sandy (or perhaps rather

uddy) point at Bluefields Creek, formed from the draining of

= morass at the junction of the creek with the sea: immense

umbers of little Gelasimi run over this point, and perforate it

ith their burrows in every part. Among them the Cicindele

run when it is not covered by the tide. They are as wary

and as agile as their congeners elsewhere ; on the wing with the

wpproach of a footstep, and alighting at the distance of a few

_ yards, so as to be caught with difficulty even with a net. I have

taken them by running headlong among them, and making a

dash at random with the net.

_ (Carabide. Two or three small species of this great family, I

believe, occurred under stones at the summit of Bluefields Moun-

tain, but I cannot now find the specimens so as to determine

heir genera.)

_ 2. Cybister levigatus. In some of the rivulets that cross the

h road between Paradise and Savanna le mar. Its manners

resemble those of the English Dyticide.

_ 8. Copelatus celatipennis.

| 4. Dineutes longimanus. At Basin Spring, in a brook having

__ * The species of Larus (as distinguished from Xema) frequenting Belfast

Bay are L. marinus, L. fuscus, L. argentatus, L. canus, L. tridactylus and

ZL. Islandicus ; all of which are common but the last :—it was once obtained.

imens of these, as well as of the Xeme@ noticed from the same locality,

are preserved in the Belfast Museum.

+ X. plumiceps, Bonap., is not enumerated in the ‘ Wirbelthiere Europa’s’

or ‘ Rev. Crit. des Oiseaux d’Eur.’ (Schlegel).

198 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

an elevation of (perhaps) 1500 feet, I found in March several

groups of this Gyrinus. Their manners were much like those

of G. natator, but they were less rapid in their evolutions, and

when diving did not show any little pearl of air at the extremity

of the body. They huddled together more: at one dash of a

small ring-net I took forty-five. I subsequently saw the same

species at other seasons of the year in the same brook.

5. Dineutes metallicus. In a brook between Paradise and

Savanna le mar in April.

6. Creophilus villosus. On two occasions I haye observed this

beetle crawling and flying about animal substances in a state

putrefaction. It has an extensive range, for in Newfoundland i

is so abundant about the drying cod-fish as to be quite a pest ;

and I have found it also in Canada and in Alabama, U.S.

7. Philonthus (sp. nov.). On the Hampstead Road is a grove

of rose-apple trees (Eugenia jambos) ; when this fruit is ripe the

stone is loose, not nearly fillmg the cavity that incloses it. —

the decaying rose-apples beneath the trees I found this little

beetle common, together with a minute Nitidula; two or thre

being in the cavity of almost every decayed fruit. I do not ¢

prehend that they are able to get into the cavity until a sake

the pulp is destroyed by decomposition, but eontact with the

earth soon effects this. In no case were they m a sound fruil

though several m such condition lay beneath the trees. Th

season was the latter part of June.

8. Belonuchus (sp. nov.).

9. Osorius (sp. nov.). At the summit of Bluefields Peak 1

March, I found this beetle in some numbers beneath the rotting

bark of a fallen tree.

10. Osorius (sp.nov.). Considerably less than the p

beneath a stone, on Bluefields Mountain, March 12th.

11. Pederus connatus (Haliday). A curious little species, ¢

parently destitute of both wings and elytra; the latter are howd

ever discernible by the aid of a microscope, but soldered together.

12. Phaneus (sp. nov.). Common on the roads, rolling pe

lets of horse-dung : it chiefly occurs in the lowlands.

13. Onthophayus (sp.). Bluefields, m December.

14. Trow (a sp. near murinus).

15. Oryctes Jamaicensis. Three or four specimens of this s

cies were brought to me at different times ; all found near Blue.

fields, and (as I believe) in the earth of cultivated grounds.

16. Megasoma titanus. Repeatedly brought to me, but 1

never found it alive. I have taken, however, the great horned

males from the stomach of Nyctibius Jamaicensis, whence I infe

that it flies by night.

17. Cyclocephala signata. Very abundant at almost all times ;

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 199

cant AR

4 flying in at the open windows, attracted by the candles, crawling ©

in great numbers over the tables, wading through the gravy, or

_ drowning itself in the tea. It is commonly known by the name

orl

RES

of Christmas Bug, from its increased abundance at the end of

_ the year.

_. 18. ——? Cresus (Scarabeus Cresus, Newm.). This species

seems to belong to an undescribed genus, and was previously

known by a single specimen in the collection of the British

Museum.

19. Podalgus {sp.). Taken at New Forest, near Alligator

Pond, in December.

20. Chalepus geminatus. Flew into the house at Bluefields in

May, attracted by the lights in the evening.

_ 21. Chalepus (sp. near geminatus).

_ 22. Macraspis tetradactyla. In May and June this glossy

black species of the family Rutelide is abundant around blossom-

ing trees. Both at Sabito and at the Hampstead Road we have

observed it so numerous about certain trees as to give notice of

_ its presence some time before we came near by the loud buzzing

_ of the scores that were flying around the summit, while on ap-

proach the tree appeared quite blackened by the multitudes that

_ were resting on every twig. On giving the tree a smart blow

with a stick, the sudden rush into the air of hundreds of these

beetles was really a spectacle worth seeing, and the noise pro-

duced by their wings was like that of a swarm of bees. The tree

_ provincially called Potato-wood seems to be the kind chiefly re-

_ sorted to by these assemblages. In May a piece of rotten wood

_ was brought me, in which were many of this species, in the

_ larva, pupa, and recently-evolved imago.

23. Gymnetis lanius. This is comparatively a scarce insect.

_ A single one is occasionally seen in the spring, buzzing around

a flowering bush, in the lowlands.

_ 24. Passalus interstitialis? or tlascala?. Several were found

_ beneath the rotting bark of a fallen tree, on the very summit of

_ Bluefields Peak, in March.

25. Polycesta (sp. nov.). Found resting on a twig of a trce

overhanging the high road near Content, in June.

| 26. Psiloptera (sp. nov. near torquata). This fine Buprestis

_was found in considerable numbers in June, resting on twigs of

the lignum-vite tree (Guaiacum officinale), in an arid plain of

_ very peculiar vegetation, just behind Pedro Bluff. I found the

insects of this plain almost totally different from those found at

the leeward part of the island. The elevation is scarcely above

the level of the sea, the soil is sand, the trees scarcely attain a

ter height than twelve feet, and therefore the heat of the sun

_is peculiarly intense. An hour or two in the middle of one day

ents

200 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

in the very height of the summer afforded the only opportunity —

I had of examining this very singular region. «. @

27. Chrysodema corusca. The Hampstead Road is the only —

locality in which I have found this brilliant insect; but there in —

the latter part of May and the beginning of June it is very ©

abundant. It is almost invariably found resting on the foot- —

stalks of the leaves of joint-wood and other tall shrubs that over- _

hang the sides of the road. When approached, though as yet —

the bush is untouched, each one warily shifts round, so as to —

keep on the opposite side of the stalk, exactly as the little Tet- —

tigonie do on the stalks of grass. The moment a finger is put —

near it, down it drops; so that we found the best way to ca 4

it was to hold the ring-net beneath the twig and just tap the —

bush, when the beetle would drop into the net. om

28. Chrysobothris (sp. nov.). An exceedingly lovely little in-

sect, green with crimson bands. I took it as it alighted from —

flight at Phoenix Park, near Savanna le mar, in April. a

29. Agrilus (sp. nov.). One of the fish-tailed group ; curiously —

marked with two large orange spots on each side of the bdomen. —

Taken in June, both at Sabito and on the Hampstead Road.

30. Agrilus (sp. noy.). The thorax and forehead rich crim-—

son. Taken at Hampstead Road in June: a single specimen.

31. Agrilus (sp. nov.). A pretty little black species, with the

thorax and the tips of the elytra white. |

32. Pyrophorus noctilucus. From February to the middle of —

summer this beetle is common in the lowlands, and at moderate —

elevations. Lacordaire’s account of the luminosity of this Elater

(known to me however only by the citation in Kirby and Spence’s ©

Introd. to Ent. 11. 333, 6th edit.) differs so greatly from the phz-—

nomena presented by our Jamaica specimens, that I cannot help —

concluding that he has described an allied but very distinct spe- —

cies, and I feel justified therefore in recording what I have myself —

observed. The light from the two oval tubercles on the dorsal —

surface of the thorax is very visible even in broad daylight.

When the insect is undisturbed, these spots are generally quite ~

opake, of a dull white hue; but on being handled they ignite, —

not suddenly but gradually, the centre of each tubercle first

showing a point of light, which in a moment spreads to the ©

circumference, and increases in intensity till it blazes with a

lustre almost dazzling. The colour of the thoracie light is a rich —

yellow-green. In a dark room, pitch-dark, this insect gives so —

much illumination as to cast a definite shadow of any object on

the opposite wall, and when held two inches from a book the —

whole line may be read without moving it. The under part of the

thorax has a singular appearance when the tubercles are oe :

lighted up ; for the horny coat of skin being somewhat pellucid, |

Woe

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 201

displays the light within redly and dimly, as if the whole thorax

were red-hot, particularly at the edges, immediately beneath the

_ tubercles. When left alone, the sect soon relapses into stillness,

_ and the tubercles soon fade into darkness, either total, or re-

_ deemed only by a spark scarcely perceptible.

I had been familiar with this firefly for some weeks, and had

_ made the above observations on it, without being aware that it

sessed any other source of light than the thoracic tubercles.

_I had indeed remarked that when flying at liberty the light

which it diffused was of a rich ruddy glow, and yet these indivi-

_ dual insects, if captured and held in the hand, showed only green

light. I much wondered at this, but knew not how to account

_ for it, until a friend explained it, illustrating his remarks by ex-

_ periment. On the ventral surface, when the abdomen is extended,

there is seen, between its first segment and the metathorax, an

oval transverse space, covered with thin membrane, which glows

with orange-coloured light ; totally concealed however when the

abdomen is relaxed, by the overlapping of the metathorax. When

_ the insect is placed on its back it throws itself into the air like

_ other Elaters ; but if it be made to repeat this many times it ap-

_ pears to become weary, and endeavours to raise itself by bending

the head and the abdomen back, so as to rest on the extremities,

- in hope to roll over. It is when thus recurved that the abdo-

- minal light suddenly appears, the oval space being uncovered.

_ When held in the hand, the same effect is produced by forcibly

_ bending back the abdomen with the fingers ; but this is not very

z of accomplishment, on account of the resistance of the closed

_ elytra; but if these be held open with one hand and the abdo-

_ men recurved with the other, it is readily shown. As the open —

_ space, then, can be exposed only when the elytra are expanded,

_ the reason is manifest why the red light is never displayed by

_ the insect when walking or resting: the green thoracic light on

_ the other hand may be displayed at any time ; it is however very

_ rarely shown during flight. On one occasion two or three fire-

_ flies, having entered the sitting-room in the evening, gave out the

_ red light most brilliantly as they flew round near the ceiling, the

spectators being beneath them ; one of these, being alarmed by

my efforts to capture it, gave out the thoracic light also very

_ brightly; and the mingling of the green and red light in the

evolutions of flight produced an effect indescribably beautiful.

| That the thoracic light is subject to the will of the insect is

_ indubitable ; but whether the same can be predicated of the ab-

_ dominal light Iam not assured. During flight it is every second

_ intermitted, as far as the observer can detect ; but its appearance

or disappearance may depend upon whether the dorsal or ventral

surface is presented to the eye. This is when, soon after dark,

202 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

the insect is sweeping in rapid, headlong, irregular curves over

the fields or along the edges of the forests ; when the appearance

resembles that of a stick with the end on fire (but not in flame)

carried or whirled along by one running swiftly, quenched sud-

denly after a course of a dozen yards, to appear again at a similar ©

distance. When slowly flying over the grass, the progress of one

may often be traced by the red glare on the ground beneath ; a

space of about a yard square being brightly illuminated, when |

no light at all reaches the spectator’s eye from the body of the

insect.

Whether any light would appear pervading the abdomen if :

the segments were stretched, I cannot positively say, for I have —

not in my journal any note on this point. I think not, however ;

for in my repeated handlings of these insects and experiments

on their abdomens, I could scarcely have avoided extending the

segments, even unintentionally; but I am quite certain I never _

saw any light except in the one ventral and the two thoracic —

spots. Ifone be trodden on, a mass of mixed light remains for

some minutes among the fragments. The story told by Peter —

Martyr of these Elaters having been hunted for, to eat the mos-

quitoes is sufficiently amusing; of course it is not right to con-

tradict a statement because one has never verified it, but I may

be permitted to observe that I utterly disbelieve it. That they

might afford a substitute for candles in performing household

operations that required no great exactness, is certainly true,

provided they were constantly carried in the fingers ; but if put

under a glass, or allowed liberty in a room, as I have abundantly —

proved, they very quickly conceal their light. I have found too,

that one kept beneath a glass would display very little light the

next evening, even under the excitement of being handled, and

on the followmg night would be irrecoverably dark: this may

have resulted from the lack of food or of exercise, not I think

from the lack of air or of moisture.

About the middle of May a larva of an Elateridous beetle was

brought to me which was luminous ; in the dark the whole insect

was pellucid, but the divisions of the segments showed distinct

light, blue and pale, not very vivid. It was impatient of being

handled, and bit fiercely at the hand, but ineffectually. I suspect —

that it was the larva of this firefly: the specimen is now in the —

British Museum.

33. Agrypnus (sp. nov.). A single specimen occurred ; taken q

on the 4th of June at Sabito.

34. Ectinus (sp. nov.). Taken at Belmont early in June.

35. Limonius ? (sp. nov.). Hampstead Road, late in June.

36 to 38. Spherocephalus (three species, minute).

[To be continued. ]

SOS sa SS eR ey aoe tn ir

Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 203

. 3 “XXIL —On. the Ventriculidee of the Chalk ; their classification.

: By J. Toutmin Smits, Esq.

{Continued from p. 48.]

Descriptions of species.

Family VENTRICULID.

i q Character. Structure. Polypidom membranous : membrane com-

| posed internally of fibres arranged in several—usually five*—

‘| livers of cubic squares, equal, for the most part, in the plane of

_ thickness and of superficies, and connected at all their angles

ae _ by other fibres having a regular octahedral arrangement : exte-

; | rior to this, both within and without, a dermis composed of a

single layer of smaller squares, and in which the polyps are

:% _ lodged, usually on both surfaces: exterior to this a simple epi-

dermis: roots distinct, less regular in structure and without oc-

tahedral fibre.

| Habit. One or more central cavity, the principal opening to

_ which is at the top: roots ensheathing base of polypidom and

__ extending below into radicles ; never affixed to solid bodies,

The details which have been already given render further ob-

servations on the characters of the family unnecessary.

| Genus VENTRICULITES.

prarecter. Pouch-shaped ; varying greatly in size and dilata-

tion : cavity single and regular: membrane forming the wall

of the cavity either-simple and smooth on both surfaces or

more or less closely and regularly folded (thus giving it a ru-

gose character) : margin of wall thinned or rounded off to an

edge: polypiferous on : both external and internal surface.

The structure of all the Ventriculide is obviously designed for

4 _ the purpose of securing permanence of form, and thus safety and

| free access of water to all the individual polyps. This object is

| effected by two means: first by the very remarkable structure of

_ the membrane already described ; secondly, by the regular, often

nearly hemispherical figure which the whale body assumes.

_ Specimens of Ventriculites are found of all sizes, and it can

easily be understood that, from the earliest period of their deve-

lopment, the same, general form is assumed, which, as they increase

and spread, is still retained. Thus the question of their growth

* I believe it to be always five; but the difficulty which exists, from the

causes already named, in ascertaining these minute points in all individual

instances induces me thus to qualify the generality of this character.

Sef

204 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification :

seems to involve fewer difficulties than, at first sight, strike the }

observer in respect to the other genera. , 4

The access of sea-water was well secured in this genus, inas- —

much as, though the folds of some species are close, the expan- —

sion of the whole mass and relative size of the central cavity are —

usually greater than in any other genus, thus compensating for —

the frequently looser nature of the fold in the other genera. It —

may perhaps be inferred that the ocean in which this genus

dwelt was subject to such modifications that its waters were less —

hable to disturbance than those of the ocean in which Cepha- —

lites and Brachiolites originated ; so that a larger size could be —

attaied in safety, and with less multiplied provision for secu- —

rity against such disturbances. ; a

The whole genus Ventriculites is characteristic of the upper —

chalk. I have a few specimens which may possibly have come

from the middle chalk* ; but every such case is doubtful, while ©

I have carefully ascertained that the mass are certainly from the —

upper chalk. a

§ a. Simplices.

Inner and outer surfaces corresponding.

1. Ventriculites simplex. Pl. VIII. (vol. xx.) fig. 1F.

Membrane simple and without trace of fold: moveable processes —

minute or absent.

This is the type of the whole family, and it is a most happy

circumstance that it exists. That existence at once destroys all |

the theories as to the anatomy and physiology of this group of —

fossils which have been suggested from examination of some spe- —

cial forms only ; while it affords the means of demonstrating some —

important points. It appears to be a rare species, as, thoughI

am fortunate in having myself obtained a very perfect series, 1

have certainly never seen half a dozen specimens out of my own _

cabinet. : —

When the underskin and polyp-skin are absent, as most often —

happens, the surface, if uninjured, is particularly beautiful. It

exhibits, over its whole surface, with the utmost regularity, that —

square arrangement of fibre, withthe subtending octahedra,already

described. When the underskin is present without the polyp- —

skin the squares are not seen, but the whole surface is covered —

* See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 337. : =

+ It is not possible to give illustrations, in this work, of all specimens of —

full size, several of them often exceeding in diameter the size of the page.

It will be understood, therefore, that all the specimens of the present genus _

figured on Pl. XIII., with the exception of fig. 9, are of specimens below the —__

usual size. se il

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 205

with a much smaller-meshed tissue which appears dotted all

_ over, the dots being the polyp-cells. When the polyp-skin is

_ present it hides each of these appearances, and is marked only

_ with slight depressions in the places where the dots are seen

_ under the conditions last named.

__ The traces of the moveable processes appear slight, often quite

_ wanting, in this species. This is what might be expected if the

_ object of those processes was to sweep the surface clear of ob-

_ structions from the mouths of the cells. The surface being plain,

_ such obstructions would be far less liable to accumulate around it

_ than near those rugose surfaces which other species present, and

_ on the most rugose of which the processes are most strongly

marked.

I have specimens varying from 7 inches to 1 inch in dia-

___ It appears to me that the fossil called by Dr. Mantell Spongus

_ Townshendi (South Downs, p. 164) is nothing more than a V.

_ simplex, in flint.

_ 2. Ventriculites impressus. PI. VIII. (vol. xx.) figs. 2 & 8*.

_ Membrane more or less slightly folded at upper part, but gene-

_ rally without regular figure: moveable processes frequently

conspicuous. }

___~ The basal portion of this species is usually plain like V. sim-

_ plex, but it soon exhibits marks of fold. These are sometimes

_ slight, sometimes deeper. They vary much in different speci-

mens, so that it might be thought advisable to distinguish varie-

_ ties. It has seemed to me, however, better to include all under

_ one name only. They may be generally known at once by the

basal portion being quite plain as in V. simplex; by the much

less depth of the folds than in the next species ; by the depres-

_ sions being usually more or less oval instead of round; and by

the want of any regular figure in the arrangement of the folds.

_ This being the first species in which the membrane is folded,

_ it will be well to consider the principle, if any, upon which the

_ fold in all the Ventriculide is arranged ; and also to inquire whe-

: _ ther the polyps existed, during the life of the animal, over the

_ inner parts of all the folds.

Bi ‘To treat of the latter question first: I have already intimated

_ that, asa general rule,—exceptions may, as in Eschara and Flus-

_| _* The object of fig. 2 is to illustrate the very deceptive appearances which

_ the difference in the state of perfection of the fossils will occasion. On the

_ lower part of that figure all remains of the actual body are lost. On the

_ Upper part an Ostrea is seen, and, near it, a small part of the actual body

Temains. The difference between this and the rest of the figure must be

very apparent.

206 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

tra, be found to this general rule,—both external and internal — i

surfaces of the Ventriculide were polypiferous. And notwith- 4 8

standing the closeness of the folds in many species, I believe that 4

the inner parts of all the folds were polypiferous also. The in-—

quirer familiar with recent Polyzoa will find no difficulty in

realizing this as true, as he will be aware that these minute erea- — ;

tures are often packed in spaces so close, that it would seem to be, :

and perhaps is, impossible that all should be protruded at the same ‘

time. This fact has attracted the attention of all observers. —

Dr. Farre notices that the individuals of Halodactylus diaphanus —

“are so closely set that there seems to be hardly room for 5

their several operations ;” and that, on this account, it is often”

“scarcely possible to make any observations upon them” even #

with the microscope*. And ‘the most recent writer on the —

Polyzoa, Sir J. G. Dalyell, in his ‘ Remarkable Animals of Scot-

land,’ calls attention several times to the extreme complexity of —

the mass and to the difficulty of even microscopic observation

on that account +. And in the plates of both these writers

(pl. 25. fig. 1, Farre ; pls. 43, 44 A, &c. Dalyell) the same fact is —

well shown. It thus becomes obvious that, in recent allied forms, —

individuals are packed in positions quite as close as, if not closer —

than, in any of the Ventriculide, and in positions apparently —

more aa St to the free action of the individuals themselves, —

inasmuch as the form of the recent species specially referred to —

is less fixed and unyielding than, from the very nature of their —

structure, the Ventriculide have been shown to have necessarily —

been. &

Having thus shown that there is no improbability that in fossil

forms the surface should have been thus closely covered, in all ©

its parts, by the polyps, I will add, that the results of positive —

observation establish the fact that the inner parts of the folds m —

the Ventriculidse were thus polypiferous. 1 have carefully dis- —

sected several folds in specimens, both in chalk and flint, in —

which the fold is the closest of any species, and I have — by |

aid of the microscope, the presence of the polyp-cells clearly and —

unequivocally marked. g

With respect to the arrangement of the fold, the elaborate dis- —

section of many individuals of more than thirty different forms —

of Ventriculide has fully satisfied me that here, as elsewhere, —

Unrry is prevalent ; and that the fold of the membrane forming —

the wall of the pouch i is not capricious and without method or —

principle, as at first sight it might appear. I have fully satisfied —

myself that every form and variety of foldt which different ¢

* As before, p. 405.

+ See, inter alia, pp. 233, 234, as to Cellularia loriculata. ¥

t Itis necessary to distinguish the folding of the membrane forming the

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 207

species of Ventriculide exhibit is based on a modification of the

simple plait. Unimportant as the question may, at first sight,

appear, it is in reality of much importance. Every illustration of

the Law of Unity is, and ever must be, interesting to the student

of natural history, and important as the surest indication that

some point of truth has been attained. And without the guide

of some simple unity of this nature, it would be quite impossible

to make the structure of the different species of Ventriculide

understood by the inquirer. The multiplied dissections which I

have made is a labour which few would have the inclination, and

as few the opportunity, to undergo.

_ Inthe present genus and section we shall meet with one spe-

cies in which the form of the simple plait is found without any

modification. In the present species, and in several others, the

rimitive plait is not so obvious; but the comparison of several

ecimens, and especially, as is so often the case in the illustra-

tion of a Law of Morphology, of particular instances assuming a

somewhat abnormal character, will enable the careful observer

to trace, even in these species, this primitive plait. The limits

within which I am necessarily restricted prevent me from entering

more fully into, and illustrating at greater length, this question,

which I certainly regard as one of very much interest and im-

_ portance. In the present section of the genus Ventriculites,

im which every depression of one side answers to an entirely or

nearly corresponding depression on the other, the existence of

_ the plait is less material to the understanding of the character

of the wall of the pouch than where the fold assumes that com-

_ plexity which it does in the section Complicati. I shall dwell

_ only slightly upon the point, therefore, in describing individuals

of the present section, leaving the fuller illustration of it to those

specimens from which the illustrations of Pl. XIII. figs. 13,14 and

| 15 are drawn, and which will I hope satisfy every careful and

did inquirer that the most apparently differmg external forms

may depend on the different modifications which the upper and

lower fold of a simple plaited membrane may undergo.

SIG, Ventriculites quincuncialie. Pl. VIL. (vol. xx.) fig. 7, and

' Pl. XIII. fig. 11.

__| Membrane deeply folded, usually from base to margin, of nearly

_ equal width the whole depth of the fold, and in regular quin-

wall of the pouch, where the whole body is a single pouch, from the subdi-

| vision of the body itself into distinct lobes or branches as found in Bra-

_ chiolites. It will presently be seen that the wall of these lobes and branches

| is marked by the same characters as the wall of the single-pouch forms now

_ under more immediate consideration.

208 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

cuncial figure: moveable processes conspicuous: wall often —

thick. uniege Melgeeeian

In this, as in the former species, must be included forms which,

at first sight, vary to a considerable extent, but which I conceive

to mark either distinct varieties or distinct ages. It is however ©

almost impossible, in specimens in a good state of preservation,

to mistake the species, the characteristic type of fold being found —

in all with little variation. The wall is usually much thicker —

than in V. impressus, and the fold begins from the base. In some —

specimens the fold is so deep that a thickness of nearly two lines, ©

—sometimes even more *,—is attained in the wall of the pouch. —

The folds are almost equally broad down their whole depth, so_

that in this species the general aspect, both external and in-

ternal, is level, contrary to what takes place in V. muricatus, and —

which difference will best be understood by comparing figs. 11

and 12 of Pl. XIII. which represent sections of these two species}.

It occasionally happens that the outer surface is not quite so |

regularly marked as the inner, though still each d ion on |

one side is accompanied by a corresponding elevation on the

other. This variance is probably owmg to some circumstance _

connected with the process of the fossilization of the individual.

Hence even a partial angularity in the margin of the folds is, in —

some such specimens, seen on the outer surface of the wall of —

the pouch. Such specimens appear to have been partly crushed —

before or during fossilization. The inside preserves all the usual

regularity of the fold. at a

It occasionally, though rarely, happens that the quincuncial —

figure is not maintained ; in all specimens there must necessarily

be places where it is not truly kept, owing to the mode of increase _

of the animal from base to ‘margin. pon: ae

The so-called Ocellaria, so often mentioned, belong to nis |

species. What are thus named are either young specimens, or —

the lower parts of full-sized ones. These are usually nearly ey-

lindrical at the upper part and taper very gradually to the base ;_

or form, altogether, a very acutely pointed inverted cone. |

There is no species which affords more entire disproof of the

contractile theory than this. It is obviously impossible that any

membrane should contract in the way in which this form exists, —

—and with no variation whether forming a close cylinder or an

almost flat disc. oto ee

I am well-aware that this is the species to which appeal will

always be made in opposition to the views which have been stated

* I have an instance in which the thickness of the wall exceeds a quarte!

of an inch. a

+ In the specimen figured on Pl. VII. vol. xx. fig. 7. the folds are un

usually narrow, but the quincuncial character is well-displayed. 4

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 209

s to the fold of the membrane. It will often be triumphantly

referred to as affording evidence of perforation. There may be no

yrimd facie reason why the Ventriculidz should not, like the re-

ent Retepora, have been perforated. When however it is found,

nprough a vast number of differing forms, that one plan, that of

the folded membrane, has been unquestionably adopted; and

when it is found that in no other case in which Ventriculitic

| cture is present is a thickness of more than five of the solid

"squares attained by any part of the fold which forms the wall of

“the pouch, while it is found that, in this species, the thickness of

the entire wall varies from one line to three lines, —thus exhibit-

ing, if the actual wall be but a perforated mass, the extraordinary

and, upon every principle, anomalous fact of there being no con-

_stancy* in the structure of the central polypidom ; there is cer-

tainly every reason to conclude that Unity is not violated in this

ease, and that, like others of the family, this is truly a folded and

“not a perforated membrane. The various deceptive appearances

which the mere fossil may put on have been already more than

‘once remarked. In the examination of the present species,

above all, the greatest skill and care are necessary, because it is

obvious that the very depth and narrowness of the fold must, if

any abrasion or injury of the external surface} take place, de-

stroy the traces of the membrane covering the top of each

‘depression, and because the small size of the depressions and

elevations renders it very difficult to follow the fold which forms

them from one surface to the other. Feeling therefore to the

fullest extent the difficulty of ascertaining the actual fact in this

ase, and at the same time the importance of ascertaining that

fact, both as an exception, if it should prove such, to the Law of

Unity, and as a determination of a point in paleontology which

las been now mooted for more than thirty years, I carefully dis-

eted numerous specimens, both in flint and in chalk, and both —

ith the slitting-wheel and the needle, and followed up and down

the so-called (sometimes) cells or (sometimes) perforations to their

terminations. ‘The clear and unequivocal result has been that the

so-called Ocellaria is no anomaly : that the Law of Unity has not

its exception here ; that this is a true case of fold of membrane :

finally, that I have at this moment before me specimens in which

_* It will be obvious to the careful inquirer that there is nothing anoma-

Tous in the varying depth of the folds, inasmuch as, in all species, that depth

will naturally be dependent, more or less, on the age of the individual.

_ In every instance, both in chalk and flint, with very rare exceptions,

ne of the body adheres to the matrix. In the present species, where the

bases of the folds are so small, it will necessarily, therefore, often happen

hat just those bases adhere to the matrix. Hence alone will result an ap-

parent perforation of the wall, the remains of the membrane not being pre-

sent, and not therefore traceable, over those bases.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser.2. Voli. 14

210. Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

I can as clearly see the fold in and out of that membrane as it is”

seen in fig. 11. Pl. XIII. I wish to be specific and ¥ ise on this

point because I know that a bare description will be questioned. —

I am obliged to state that such a reality as is represented “mag=—

nified” on p. 279. fig. 2b of Dr. Mantell’s ‘Medals of Creation” —

never had existence * in the nature of the animal of which fig. 2

gives a view of the natural size of the fossilized remains. = =

In the museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Institution”

there is a fragment of a specimen of this species almost discoidal,

which still measures more than nine inches across, and, when —

entire, must have been of still greater size. This is an unusually —

large size for the species to attain, but the variation in that re-

spect is very great. There is another interesting specimen of ©

this species in that museum in which the whole body has become

converted into chalcedony. The outer surface is nearly entire, as

is also a considerable part of the inside. The structure is, as”

usual in solidified chaleedonic specimens, obliterated throughout

the greater part, but it can, in places, be still clearly traced. The

individual underwent pressure before or during the process of

fossilization, and also some decomposition, so that the external —

character has become somewhat modified, and it is only in parts —

that the internal arrangement can, at places of section, be seen. |

The peculiar state of the specimen,—solidly chalcedonic without

the. presence of any true flint,—renders it however very im- |

teresting f. td A

4. Ventriculites muricatus. P|. XIII. figs. 1 & 12.

Membrane deeply folded, without regular figure: folds une

in width throughout their depth: moveable processes often

conspicuous : wall of moderate thickness. ; sae

The point wherein this species differs most essentially from

the last will be at once understood by comparing figs. 11 & 12

of Pl. XIII. It has been already explained that, through the uni--

formity in the breadth of the fold, the general surface of V. guin=

* And see p. 280: the polyparium of this species is no more “ calca=

reous ” than that of any rf of the Ventriculide. Treated with acid it is_

acted on in precisely the same way and to the same extent as are all speci= |

mens of Ventriculides preserved in flint, and leaves an exquisitely delicate

cast of the body of the animal and of the structure of its polypidom. =

t+ See before, p. 85. vol. xx. al

} It has already been stated (vol. xx. p. 86), that “‘ in general when any

part of the soft substance of a body encased in chalk decomposed, its place |

was soon filled up with particles of chalk.” The above instance is one «

the rare exceptions to this general fact; and the peculiar condition of the |

Yorkshire chalk (which is much more compact than that of Kent, &.) may |

lead us to expect more numerous instances of these exceptions from that

region than from the chalk of the south-east of England. d

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. - 211

cialis is smooth. It will be perceived that where, as in fig. 12,

the folds are broad on each surface at their margin and narrow,

a point at their base, the effect must be to give to the whole

of the pouch a rough surface. The wall is usually not very

ick. I have never seen it attain so great a thickness as V.

wincuncialis often does. The height and depth of the folds

nder it difficult ever to confound it with V. impressus, in which

so the same smooth general appearance of the surface as in

_quincuncialis is usually maintained, and for the same reason.

in that species.

5. Ventriculites tessellatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 3, 4.

embrane folded in regular quadrilateral and rectangular figures

usually more or less oblong: wall of moderate thickness.

Tn Mr. Morris’s Catalogue mention is made of a Ventriculites

adratus, and reference is made to Goldfuss, pl. 33. fig. 1. I

ve already* stated that this is no Ventriculite. The description

“ seriebus pororum oblongorum rectis parallelis decussantibus,”

an error into which I cannot conceive it possible that Goldfuss

uld have fallen if he really had the present species before him.

_ And the magnified sketch given in fig. 1 b of the same plate,—

unless fancy and not actual observation be there copied,—differs

_ as widely from any characters of the present species, and from

any form of Ventriculitic structure, as does the description which

s been cited.

This form is rare; and it is still rarer to find a perfect speci-

en. I have several fragments, excellently well displaying struc-

re and fold, and during the summer of 1847 I was fortunate

ough to find a perfect specimen, with roots and margin, and

oth body and cast, entirely perfect, and five inches in diameter ;

t I was so unfortunate as for it to break in pieces before I could

nvey it home, a danger to which the collector of these delicate

fossils is peculiarly liable. Though this loss is not easily to be

replaced, the opportunity of verifying the entire form of the spe-

ties was important. The rarity of the species has prevented me

from making sufficiently extended observations on the moveable

rocesses to state, with confidence, anything definite in regard to

this species the plaits may often readily be traced, with the

) depressions running along them on each face of the wall.

his being borne in mind, the figures often displayed on section

will readily be understood, when, instead of the regular alter-

tiation of depressions seen at one place of section, as in fig. 4

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 78.

14%

212 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

(Pl. XILL.), the character peer 3 in fig. 3 will, at soothers

place of section, be seen.

6. Ventriculites cavatus. Pl. XIII. fig. 5.

Membrane folded in concavities of considerable breadth, rarely.

regular in disposition: wall of moderate thickness : moveable ;

processes often well-seen.

This species can never be confounded with the last. The shape

of the fold, its sloping edges, and the want, in general, of .

figure, at once distinguish it. A linear arrangement of the dest

pressions is often traceable, marking the places of the a

lait.

; This species might readily be divided into two or three é

ties, marked by the fewness or abundance, the small or lange

size, and the greater or less degree of regularity, of the folds.

The principle of the fold,—which in all cases is the ground-@j

work of the present classification,—appears however to be le

same in all these cases, and they may, not improbably, be but |

modifications indicative of a difference of age. The concavities —

are usually somewhat elongated in specimens of which the pouch |

is closely cylindrical. |

In this case, as in all others, it is necessary that both sides, or |

a good section, of the specimen should be examined, as V. radiatus —

will be found to be marked on the inner pH SS by characters —

bearing some superficial resemblance to those distinguishing both

surfaces of the present species, while V. bicomplicatus bears, both

on the external and internal surfaces, characters which may some

times mislead the observer. A section of the present species howd

ever will show the wall much thinner and the cavities shallows ore

than in either of those species, while, in well-preserved specimens,

the entirely different character of the fold cannot fail to be seen. ©

7. Ventriculites striatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 6 & 15.

Membrane folded from base to margin in regular close and sim=_

ple plaits : processes very conspicuous : wall of moderate thick

ness. a

{ bu 308

)

This is an exceedingly interesting and very ame species.

The plaits, which have heretofore been traceable only by care ‘

comparison and an effort of induction, become in this species the —

one characteristic feature. Not atrace is present, on either sui ‘"

face, of the “ tubuli”—assumed to be polyp-cells or absorbents

of Dr. Mantell, and the presence of which is expressly stated b

him to be characteristic of the genus and species * ; upon | the a:

sumption of which indeed all his views and descriptions hav

* See ante, vol. xx. p. 77.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 213

een based. The inquirer will be well-prepared for this entire

bsence of any such tubuli from its having been seen that, in the

receding species, the depressions (which alone are what could,

ven on a superficial observation, be called tubuli) have the

test diversity of form and character, a diversity which at

nce negatives their being of the nature assigned to them by

r. Mantell. It has moreover been seen that, as a matter of fact,

hey are in no instance tubuli, but that they can, on the contrary,

traced as folds of the membrane forming the polypidom itself.

On the other hand, the present is the only species which could

m to lend any support to the contractile theory. The observer

owever who has studied the several preceding species will pro-

ably ask for no proof that the present does not stand out as an

jomaly and an exception from them all. If he need such, he

y be referred to the observations already made *, generally, on

matter. These have full application in this as in every other

ase, and sufficiently show that this species offers no violation to

Unity which prevails through every branch of the present

Ai ulry.

_ Different specimens vary in the size and depth of the plait.

It is suggestive, perhaps, as before, of difference of age. It is

rhere the plait is deepest and broadest that the moveable pro-

esses become most conspicuous.

_ The plaits are not narrow at the base and of increasing size

s they approach the margin. They maintain the same size from

ba e to margin, and the increase of surface is effected by the

merease in number of plaits as the margin is approached ; an in-

ease effected by the division, from time to time, of one plait

alot two,—each of equal size with the original one,—a mode of

erease which generally prevails in all species in which the plait

an be distinctly followed. The species is not common.

. § 6. Complicati.

~ Inner and outer surfaces not corresponding.

1. Ventriculites mammillaris. P1\. XIII. figs. 7 & 14.

Riser plaits simple and regular: outer plaits raised in large hol-

_ low bosses at regular intervals: processes very conspicuous :

’ - thickness of wall considerable.

This i is the first instance in which we find the direction of the

fold changed between the external and internal surfaces, There

S M0 species more strongly marked, and none which affords a

better illustration of the value and importance of a principle of

ui Unity as the essential and most valuable means to true scientific

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 89.

214 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

research. The fact of the mammillated external appearance of

this species is easily seen and as easily recorded: so is also the

fact of the striated internal appearance. But it would be difficult,

by any description, to make it clearly understood how such ap-

parently contradictory appearances could result from the folding

of a simple membrane*, until it had been ascertained, by careful

and multiplied dissections, that this and all other characters of

the fold of the membrane forming the wall of oye seers es

grounded upon one single and simple unity of plan of which al

present clear and intelligible modifications. Sethe

On the outside of this species as usually seen in a fossil state,

and as it must usually have appeared in a recent state, no mar

of the plait is seen. Large rounded elevations scattered, at first

sight irregularly, over the whole surface, are all that meet the

eye. If however the reader will carefully consider figs. 13 and”

14 of Pl. XIII. he will see, in fig. 13, the simple plaits, regular and”

uninterrupted, within and without, as in V. striatus; while m

fig. 14 he will see that the perfect plait is still present, and that

the inner surface [the lower part of the figure] is still simple and

uninterrupted, but that the outer plaits are imterru along

their whole length by rounded elevations,—not solid, but holloy

—elevations of the membrane into those shapes instead of th

plait being plain and simple. These figures are somewhat ex-|

aggerated in size in order that the principle may be more clearl

understood. |

It will be found that in each of the forms which follow, an |

* As the extraordinary complications in the fold of the membrane of)

many species were gradually developed by multiplied dissections, I long‘

spaired of being able, by any descriptions, to make them understood. Whe

by degrees the unity of plan which I have endeavoured to indicate aboy

as the groundwork of all that complexity, opened upon me, I felt an in

portant key to have been obtained, which experiment proved to be appli=

cable to every case. I indulge some hope that the development of th

unity may be of a utility beyond the mere understanding of the forms now

under discussion—however interesting those may be to myself and others.

In the descriptions of numerous tissues in human and other branches of

anatomy, I have often myself felt the want of some clear and simple bas

of unity in the descriptions attempted of those tissues; which want has

caused them to be often unintelligible. Any pains which the investigati

of the present subject may have cost will be more than rewarded if the su

gestion ofan unfailing unity in the arrangement of all complex tissues shi

be felt to be (as I cannot donbt that it is) generally applicable. It seem:

me, that as, by application of this principle, forms varying so entirely a:

will be found that many of the Ventriculidz do in mere general oxtail cha-

racters, and therefore heretofore classed in entirely different natural grou

are now demonstrated to belong to one group, so the application of the I

principle may, in many points of anatomy, lead to the discovery of intim

relations, not now suspected, between tissues which appear very differ

in structure. ‘

trated.

thick.

_ and many others.

place on the outside. In the

resent species it takes place on

‘the inside, and is more marked

_ in its character and degree ; but

it is none the less an illustration

‘of the principle of Unity which

it has been endeavoured to ex-

plain, being clearly but a modi-

cation of the simple plait.

‘This will be understood from

the following figure, in which

,b,b are the lower plaits; ¢,c, ¢,

the upper plaits; and a, a, a,

cies of the genus Ventriculites.

the complexity of the fold much increased.

_ The wall of this species is thicker than that of any other spe-

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk.

which appear so widely different from each other in all that meets

the eye of the general observer, the characters which each exhibits

may be as readily understood as in the present species by taking

_as the basis that simple Unity of plan which has been thus illus-

2. Ventriculites latiplicatus.

‘olds very broad and deep: outer plaits simple and regular :

inner plaits inclining, at intervals, towards, and anastomosing,

a little below the surface, with, adjoining plaits: wall very

This is a very interesting species. It presents us with the first

instance of the plaits departing from their entire individuality,

and of a connexion being formed between adjoining ones. In the

resent species that connexion is merely by a slight anastomosis

at distant intervals. There being no depression in the plait, on

ither surface, the access of water is perfectly preserved without

any additional provision such as we shall find in V. radiatus

In V. mammillaris the departure from the simple plait took

Fig. D.

‘the points of anastomosis. We shall, in the next species, find

4 8. Ventriculites decurrens. Pl. XIII. fig. 8.

Plaits often irregular in direction: outer plaits constricted at

_ distant and unequal intervals : inner plaits depressed at short

and nearly equal intervals; bulging on each side around de-

pressions till adjoining plaits meet and open into each other ;

_ processes conspicuous : wall of moderate thickness.

Var. tenuiplicatus. PJ. XIII. fig. 9.

Plaits close and delicate; outer plaits nearly regular in direction

216 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

from base to margin with slight occasional constrictions :

inner plaits depressed at regular intervals ; bulging on each side -

around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and open into—

each other: processes conspicuous: pouch very often nearly —

cylindrical : wall thin. ee

Marked specimens of these two varieties are v i =

able, but, upon the principles to which I have confined myself in

discriminating species, I do not think it proper to separate them ;

the elements of the modification of the fold being similar in each

variety. Specimens in which the two varieties run into each

other are not unfrequently found. ‘Ta q

The variety ¢enuiplicatus is a most beautiful and delicate fossil.

I have several specimens on which the polyp-cells are finely seen. _

In examining each of these varieties the importance of the clue _

afforded by the principle already explamed of Unity in the fold _

. |

)

of the membrane becomes strongly felt. Let the reader compare

figs. 13, 14 and 15 of Pl. XIII., always remembering that fig. 13

is the basis of every modification. In fig. 15 he will see the /ower

plait [it is immaterial for the present purpose whether that is

be looked at as the inner or outer surface] retaining its simpli- —

city, while along the top of the upper plait he will see a series of ©

circular depressions at short and equal intervals. At the sides of ~

these depressions the membrane bulges out,—in order to pre-

serve the walls of the plait below the depression clear from con- _

tact*,—until the bulgings on the two adjoining plaits meet and

‘anastomose. These then open into each other in the centre of

the place of anastomosis, leaving, however, below them and on

each side a clear space ; so that strength and security are gained

to the whole mass, and, consequently, the safety of the individual

* This is but one other among the numberless beautifal illustrations

afforded by the anatomy of the Ventriculide of obvious wish and adap- —

tation. Did these walls touch, there would be a great loss of surface an

little or no additional strength. By the actual arrangement there is a vast

gain of both surface and strength, as well as an additional security for free

access of sea-water to all parts of the inner surface. It has already been

seen that this additional provision not being needed in /’. latiplicatus is not

found in that species. It is proper to add, that the fact that, around the de-

pressions, the adjoining plaits do not only anastomose but into each

other has been ascertained by most careful examination and dissection o

specimens in chalk and in flint ; but that, having clearly ascertained the fact

in instances where there is thus such an obvious purpose for such an arrange

ment, I cannot doubt that, under similar circumstances of structure in a

joining parts, such is always the arrangement of the fold in this particular,

* though the minuteness of the parts generally prevents the possibility of

clearly distinguishing it in chalk specimens. The place of the opening does

not usually exceed, in the necessarily somewhat collapsed state in which —

it is exhibited in the fossil condition, the 40th of an inch in diameter, :

space which the iron stain in the chalk is more than sufficient to obliterate. —

OS a a ite Mi cl A ta le

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 217

polyps is ensured, together with a great increase of polypiferous

_ surface.

: I am aware of no instance among the Ventriculide in which

a mere ridge or flap of membrane is added on,—as_ this

would practically be if the membrane forming the sides of these

depressions came in contact with that forming the sides of the

_ plaits. There are, on the other hand, very many cases in which,

_ as in the present species, additional strength to the whole mass

_ is afforded by a means which gives a very great additional surface

_ for the development and security of that life, the manifestation

_ and multiplied means of enjoyment of which were the end of the

existence of the whole creature.

On each side of the places where these meeting bulgings blend,

_ the vacant spaces between the plaits put on, naturally, from the

shortness and regularity of the distance between the bulgings, a

_ circular form. As one of these must, of course, lie between each

_ double pair of the depressions, a quincuncial figure is thus as-

_ sumed by the whole (see the darker spots in fig. 15 of Pl. XIIT.).

_ The inquirer will thus at once understand the appearance pre-

sented by the inner surface of many species of Ventriculide. He

_ will clearly see that the “tubuli”’ of Dr. Mantell are things with-

_ out existence. He will understand that though, at the surface of

a fossil of which all the interstices are filled with chalk, all the

_ circular marks appear alike, yet the dissection of alternate rows

of them will reveal very different conditions ; one row consisting

of more or less shallow (in the present species usually rather

_ shallow) and closed depressions; the other having no true de-

_ pressions at all, but consisting of cavities extending to the bottom

__ of the intermediate plait, and indeed, before and behind, under-

| neath the intermediate bulgings, running into and forming part

of the longitudinal cavity of that plait.

The wall of the variety tenuiplicatus being usually thin, the de-

a on the inner plaits, though shallow, are sometimes to

e seen through on the outside, if the specimen has come very

clean out of the chalk. It is very rarely, however, that specimens

_ can be got out of the chalk in this clean manner, portions of the

matrix usually filling up the spaces between the plaits. In the

recent state, and when, instead of being in the collapsed condi-

tion in which we find the fossils, the animals were alive and fully

distended with all their fluids*, no doubt the lower surface of

all the depressions on the top of the inner. plaits could be seen

from the outside. The living creature must have appeared as

composed of a number of plaits which, on their inner surfaces,

_* Every reader must perceive the difference between the comparative

states of collapsion and distension and those of contraction and expansion,

218 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

exhibited numerous shallow depressions ; and which plaits, on —

each side of these depressions, were united together by small —

transverse tubules, the mouths of which tubules were coed j

towards the outer surface of the whole body, and opened, always, —

into the interspaces between the outer plaits. 7

It will be obvious that sections, whether made longitudinally —

or transversely to the plaits, will vary in numberless ways in the —

figure which will be seen, according to the particular point of —

the plait through which the section passes. This must be re- —

membered when the section seen at the edge of a flint or frac- —

tured chalk specimen is examined. This observation applies as —

well to the present species as to almost every other which will —

subsequently come under notice. om

The plaits of V. decurrens are not rey regular in their course. —

On the contrary, the outer plait, where the course is easily q

is often very winding, though several generally run el to |

each other. The constrictions occur at irregular and di in-

tervals, and cause the surface to appear as if severalof the round

elevations of V. mammillaris had run together down the surface, —

—a modification which may truly be considered to represent the

fact. Hence the specific name. The constrictions do not extend —

the whole depth of the plait. They do not appear ever to ex- |

tend so deep as to interfere with the mode of fold characteristic —

of the inner surface. It is owing to the winding course of the —

plaits in this species that the rmgs seen on the inside do not —

assume, as in V. radiatus, a perfectly regular quincuncial figure ; —

the places of the depressions and accompanying characters of —

structure varying, of course, in places, as the plait winds. In ~

V. tenuiplicatus, where the plaits are more regular, the quincun- —

cial figure on the inside is correspondingly more regular. The ~

constrictions on the outer plaits of that variety are much slighter

than in V. decurrens. They resemble much more a very slight

exhibition of the normal characters of V. mammillaris. They thus _

rarely interfere with the continuous course of the plait. s

4. Ventriculites radiatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 10, 15.

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits regular, and with an occa- —

sional lateral connection: inner plaits deeply depressed at

short and equal intervals ; bulging on each side around de- —

pressions till the adjoining plaits meet and open into each

other: processes very conspicuous : wall thick. 4

I have retained for this interesting species the name radiatus

of Mantell, as being the species which comes nearest in super-_

i external and internal appearance to his descriptions already

cited *.

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 76.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 219

This species unites the characters observed in V. latiplicatus

and V. decurrens. In the former mere points of connection exist,

on one surface, between the plaits; in the latter the remarkable

depressions, bulgings and openings into each other last described

exist, also on one surface only. In the present species the latter

characters are found on the inside, the depressions being, how-

ever, deeper than in V. decurrens ; while, the plaits being deep,

they exhibit, on the outside, and at distant intervals, points of

mere connection (no depressions being present on that surface)

as in V. latiplicatus.

The difference between the constrictions which mark the

outer plaits of V. decurrens, and the points of connection, with-

out any constriction, which exist between the outer plaits of the

present species, is alone sufficient to distinguish the two. In

addition to this, however, the present species is much thicker

and more massive than V. decurrens ; it often attains a thickness

in the wall of the pouch nearly as great as V. latiplicatus. The

regularity in the direction of the plaits is another distinguishing

character.

Owing to the regularity of the plaits in this species, the figure

assumed by the inner folds is very regularly quincuncial.

The inquirer must be careful not to be misled by inspection

of an inner surface only into determination of this species, as

such surface in either V. cavatus or V. bicomplicatus, especially

the latter, and sometimes in V. decurrens, will be difficult to di-

stinguish. It cannot be too often insisted on that parts of both

surfaces, as well as sections, should be examined before determi-

ning species with certainty.

This species is very local in its distribution, being very rare in

many places.

5. Ventriculites bicomplicatus.

Plaits broad and deep: both outer and inner plaits deeply de-

pressed at short and equal intervals, which alternate in ad-

joining inner and outer plaits ; bulging on each side around

depressions till adjoming plaits open into each other : pro-

cesses very conspicuous: wall very thick.

In the present species we meet Fig. E.

with a much greater complexity of deat

fold than in any preceding one.

The plaits on both surfaces un-

dergo a marked modification which

resembles the modification seen on

the inner plaits of V. radiatus. The

form of the depressions on the

external surface are, however, ge-

nerally oval instead of round, as in fig. E.

220 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk.

The descriptions which have been given of the mode of fold

on the inner surface of V. decurrens and V. radiatus render it

unnecessary to dwell on the nature of the modifications which

the present species exhibits, and which are but the reduplication

of the remarkable characters exhibited in the species just named.

It may be suggested, however, that sections of this species will

vary so much, according to the direction in which they are taken,

that no one figure can be depended on as certainly indicative of

the species, without very extended and careful comparison. Not-

withstanding, however, the complexity of the folding in the pre-

sent species, the application of the observations already made in

respect of V. decurrens will make it clear that the free access of

sea-water would be perfectly maintained to all parts of the very

extended polypiferous surface which is thus gained. |

In all these deeply folded species we have seen that the moye-

able processes are very conspicuous. They are thus conspicuous

on that portion of the fold which is most exposed. There would

obviously not be room for their operation within the folds, and |

the traces of them are not found there as they are on the external

surface. If their object be that which has been suggested*, their

presence and action on this exposed external surface would be

amply sufficient for the protection of the polyps in the dee

recesses of the folds, and the presence of the processes there

would be useless. The absence of their marked development in

those parts is therefore in harmony with that admirable adapta-

tion of means to ends which the results of every part of the pre-

sent investigation have displayed.

In examining the various and complicated forms which have

been thus noticed as included within the genus Ventriculites,

nothing is more striking than to find that, be the wall of the

pouch thick or thin, the thickness of the membrane itself remains

always the same. It may be folded up in the most complicated _

way, but it still retains, in any single piece of it, precisely the

same characters as have been described as typical in respect to

V. simplex. Were other facts wanting, this would alone go

far to induce the conclusion which other courses of investigation

have already seemed to demonstrate, viz. that we have before us

a true Polyzoic polypidom; and that polypidom one of the most

admirable construction and contrivance. No less interesting

illustrations of that conclusion will be found in the widely differ- |

ent forms and modifications of folding which remain to be exa-

mined. :

* Ante, p. 205, and p. 185 of vol. xx.

[To be continued. ]

Zoological Society. — 221

ca PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 27, 1847.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

DescriPTioNs OF NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRUSTACEA IN THE CoL-

- LECTION AT THE Britisn Museum. By Avam Wuitt, F.LS.,

Memser or THE Ent. Soc. or STETTIN, AND ASSISTANT IN THE

Zoou. Derr. Brit. Museum.

Family Matapz.

Xenocarcinus, White, Appendix to Jukes’s Voyage of H.M.S. Fly.

Carapace long, narrow, knobbed above, with a very long thick beak;

beak cylindrical, horizontal, forming an elongated cone, truncated at

the end, with two small spines at the very extremity, one on each side.

Inner anteune thickish, inserted in a deep groove, which is triangular

in front. Eyes with a short thick pedicel. Outer antenne spring-

ing from the under side of beak just in front of the eyes, eight- or

nine-jointed; the first joint elongated, somewhat bent, the second

not half its length; both furnished at the end with two or three

longish sete; the other joints forming a bristle. The outer pedi-

palps together occupying a square space; first joint very narrow at

_ the base, the inner edge finely serrated ; second joint very long, sides

_ almost parallel, the end gradually pointed; third joint somewhat

_ pyriform, with a tooth at the tip.

¢ Legs cylindrical, some of the joints slightly curved; claws long,

_ slightly curved, the inner edge with many closely-placed minute teeth.

Tail (of female) trapezoidal, hollowed in the middle ; the segments,

_ excepting the terminal, joined in one piece. ;

A genus closely allied to Acanthonyz, Latr.

XENOCARCINUS TUBERCULATUS, White.

_ Carapace with nine tubercles above, placed in three transverse

_ lines, the centre one of the first line double, one placed before the

_ other; the centre one of the third line also double; the two placed

_ transversely; the greater part of the beak covered with minute

_ ¢elosely-placed hairs and scales ; two short lines of longer hairs on the

_ upper side above and before the eyes; two or three waved longi-

_ tudinal red lines on the posterior half of carapace, the inner one con-

_ tinued to before the eye.

First pair of legs (in female) short, not reaching to the end of the

_ beak; the claws small, equal, and minutely toothed.

_ Hab. Long Island, Cumberland Group, Australia. Caught in a

_ seine. Presented to the Museum by J. B. Jukes, Esq., geologist

_ attached to the survey of H.M.S. Fly.

_. This very interesting form is described in the Appendix to his

_ Narrative of the Voyage. It will be figured in the forthcoming

_ Crustacea of the South Seas, in connexion with Sir J. C. Ross’s

Voyage.

222 Zoological Society.

Cuorinus ACANTHONOTUS, Adams and White, List of Crust. in Brit.

Mus., Appendix, p. 123.

Carapace armed with four long spines, the two front ones wither 4

close together at their bases, and directed a little forwards; the two —

hinder bifid; the forks of the anterior hinder spine diverging late- —

rally, and those of the posterior divaricating longitadinaliy? three —

spines on each branchial region, the anterior pointed forward, flat-

tened horizontally ; the middle slender, curved backwards, upwards

and outwards, with two sharp-pointed tubercles at its base directed

downwards; the posterior with two divaricating slender spines di- 7

rected backwards, outwards and upwards. Horns of the rostrum

long, flattened, close together at the base, gradually diverging, and —

curved downwards. Orbital margin armed at its superior part with —

a long bifid spine; on the anterior part having a short bifid spine, —

and on the posterior part bounded by a short spine curved forwards. —

Inferior margin of the orbit nearly wanting, and its external Ya

ending in a short sharp tooth-like process. The first pair of legs —

armed both above and below with a trenchant denticulated crest; —

the other legs cylindrical, and furnished with two long sharp-pointed ;

spines, situated one on each side of the upper part of the ex g

of the third joints, and diverging upwards and outwards. Tarsi long, .

curved, and smooth below. Body covered with long thin hairs. —__

This species differs from Chorinus aculeatus (Edwards, Hist.Nat.des

Crust. i. p. 316, and De Haan, Fauna Japonica, pl. 23. fig. 2)in the

length and position of the spines, which are not tipped with a knob, —

but sharp-pointed, and in the thin joints of the posterior pairs of legs :

being armed with two spines. The peculiarity of the long bifid spine

above the orbit must also be regarded as a singular characteristic; —

the front legs are more slender, the horns of the rostrum are nner |

and less divaricating than in C. aculeatus.

Inhabits Eastern Seas; Borneo (Unsang). Z

The above description was drawn up by Mr. Arthur Adams, As- __

sistant-Surgeon to H.M.S. Samarang. A figure will be published |

in the forthcoming illustrated work on the zoological results of that —

voyage, which in the orders Mollusca and Crustacea are particularly —

striking. 4

I may remark that the above species enters into Chorinus of Prof.

Edwards and Dr. De Haan, but seems to me to be yery different

from Chorinus of Leach, founded on a West Indian and South Ame- ©

rican type. ia

ZEBRIDA, White. 4

Carapace flattened, and about as broad as long. Front horizontal,

slightly bent down, and formed of two flattened spines, conical, di- —

rected forwards, and slightly diverging at their tips. The orbits

circular ; the peduncle of the eyes very large and thick, broader from

side to side than from above downwards; the cornea of the eyes |

projecting beyond the outer margin of the front, nearly filling upthe

orbital cavities, the upper margins of which are salient. The latero~

anterior borders of the carapace armed with a single, strong, flattened —

Zoological Society. 223

_ process; conical, trenchant, broad at the base, their outer edges

slightly elevated, with their points curving forwards. The first joint

of the external antenne is very large, long, cylindrical, and the an-

tennz are covered by the rostrum. The epistome is very nearly

similar to that of Acanthonyx. The chele, shorter than in that genus,

are armed with flattened, conical, slightly obtuse spines. The second

_ joint triangular, with an external and internal conical spine, the ex-

ternal very long and directed upwards and forwards ; the third joint

armed with three spines; one superior posterior, and directed for-

wards; two anterior lateral, and directed outwards and rounded at

their extremities; the fourth joint is crested with a sharp flattened

_ spine. The legs are short, thick, very much compressed; the third

_ joint has two large, flattened, conical spines on the front, directed

_ forwards; the fourth joint has but one flat spinous process on its

_ anterior part, and the fifth joint enlarged and furnished posteriorly

_ with a sharp, flat, curved spine directed backwards.

_ This beautiful genus is very apathetic when alive ; in that respect,

according to Mr. Adams’s observations, resembling Lambrus. In

the system it is not far removed from Acanthonyx and Huenia. The

_ description is from a female.

Zesripa Apamsi, White, List of Crust. in Brit. Mus. p. 124.

In colour this species is of a light delicate pink, with dark liver-

coloured markings. There is a central line bifurcated anteriorly,

where it is lost on the inner bases of the horns of the rostrum,

_ and reaching posteriorly to the last joint of the abdomen, and having

external to it a fine, double, somewhat waved line. Extending from

_ the apex of the rostral spines, and meeting at the last abdominal

* segment, are two broad lines, narrowed in the middle of the carapace ;

_ external to this is a fine double line, and on the outside of this is a

_ broad somewhat curved stripe, ending abruptly at the postero-

_ external angle of the carapace ; and at the base of the antero-lateral

spines is another rather broad linear mark, of the same dark liver-

colour.

The third joint of all the legs has two broad, dark, red-brown

_ bands, directed somewhat diagonally across the joint ; the fourth and

fifth joints have one broad mark of the same colour. The under

_ surface is of a somewhat darker colour. On the outer part of the

__ \abdominal segments is a round dark spot. The entire surface of the

Fi mca is smooth, hairless, hard, polished and porcellanous. Eyes

black.

Avery distinct variety, from about twelve fathoms, in the Sooloo

_ Seas, had the carapace of a light green, with deep red-brown stripes,

and the legs and chele of a pearly semi-opake white, and very

_ distinctly banded with deep red-brown.

_ The specimen from which the foregoing description is taken was

_ dredged from a sandy bottom at about six fathoms water, near the

_ mouth of the Pantsi River, on the coast of Borneo. The descrip-

tion, it ought to have been remarked, was derived by Mr. Adams

ig:

224 Zoological Society.

from a living specimen ; but even the dried individual in the Museum

collection is very distinctly marked.

ice

‘om

Family Pacuripa.

PaGcurus sTRIGIMANUS, White.

Red, irregularly spotted with yellow. Bye-peduncles longish, not ]

the length of the anterior margin of the carapace. Carapace with ©

the front part irregularly pitted above, very smooth in the middle, —

the sides with tufts of long yellow hairs. First pair of legs not much — 4

thickened; on the outside covered with thickly-set tubercles, many

of which end ina spine ; the base of these tubercles in front furnished —

with a tuft of longish yellow hairs ; inside of the hand and of the move- —

able claw with several slightly raised patches, covered with | a

parallel deepish grooves; the claws black, and slightly hollowed at 4

the end ; the second and third legs with the two last joints furnished —

with many small black spines and tufts of long yellowish hairs, __

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. From Mr. Gunn’s collection.

A species somewhat allied to Pagurus stain: Oliv, yi

PAGURUS COMPTUS, White.

Whitish, the antenne ringed with red ; the legs with three oo and g@

broad red bands. Carapace smooth, with a few punctures on the |

side, between which and the middle is an impressed somewhat curved —

line; the front edge with a very wide tooth in the middle. 7

First pair of legs irregular; the left hand much smaller than the

other; the palmar portion of the larger hand somewhat flattened on —

the outside, and covered with small depressed warts; the claws short

and thick, the edges of the claws sharp; the second and third pairs

of legs thin, smooth, slightly punctured with a few short bristles i 4

the fourth and fifth legs very smooth. 4

Hab. Falkland Islands (Antarctic expedition).

Pagurus cavipEs, White, List of Specimens of Crustacea i in Brit.

Mus. p. 60.

Eye-peduncles short and thick; eye very large; scale at the base

large and serrated at the end. Carapace with two widish teeth in

the front edge, between the outer antennz and eyes; a transverse :

groove near ‘the front edge, the anterior angle with a few short

_ spines; anterior legs with the left the larger; the wrist tubercled ;

the hand behind the moveable claw tubercled ; the outer edge of the —

moveable claw and lower edge of hand serrato-dentate; outside of

hand smooth, inside with a few tufts of shortish hairs ; thie smaller

claw with several rows of hairs in tufts. The second and third pairs.

of legs somewhat serrated on the upper edge; the third leg on the”

left side with the penultimate joint longitudinally grooved on the

outside; the next joint angled and somewhat excavated above, near

the upper edge, which is sharpish and somewhat serrated. 7 oe

Hab. Bramble Key, Australia. Presented by J. B. Jukes, Esq.

Zoological Society. 225

Family Tuavassinipa.

GEBIA HIRTIFRONS, White.

Beak above depressed, with six or seven longitudinal rows of small

tubercles, furnished at the tip with tufts of hairs; stomachal region

‘smooth; false natatory appendage large and ciliated.

Hab. South Seas (Antarctic expedition).

The only specimen which I have seen appears to be very young,

as the crust seems hardly formed. It is closely allied to the Gebia

stellata.”

- Family Asracipz.

Asracus ZEALANDIcuUs, White.

Carapace smoothish; beak as long as the peduncle of the outer

ntennze, wide, depressed, with a slight keel near the base ; the edges

_ thickened, and with five or six small denticulations. Hands some-

_ what compressed, the outer and inner edges spined, the spines of

e inner edge the longer; the hand with many longitudinal rows of

airs in tufts; wrist with three spines on the inner edge, and a

eepish groove above; the caudal plates all of a crustaceous sub-

ance; the upper side with many small tufts of depressed hairs.

Hab. New Zealand.

Found by the late Mr. Percy Earl, who collected this and many

ther objects of natural history now in the British Museum. The

ndroblax Earlit, White, a very interesting Lamellicorn Beetle,

lied to Ryssonotus and Lamprima, but with much of the aspect of

Oryctes, was named in compliment to him in the ‘‘ Insect Fauna of

ew Zealand,” published in one of the numbers of the ‘ Zoology of

-M.SS. Erebus and Terror.’’ Much was expected from him; but he

as drowned in a lamentable shipwreck off the Australian coast.

__ It is distinct from any species described by Prof. Milne Edwards,

_ Dr. Erichson of Berlin, or Mr. Gray in the ‘ Appendix to Eyre’s

entral Australia,’ published in 1845.

Family ALpaxrp2.

Atop, White.

arapace very wide, dilated on the sides behind, and sinuated in

middle. Beak short, serrated above, buried in a deep groove,

hich has a spine on each side in front, almost reaching to the tip

the beak. Eyes with a thick short peduncle, situated in a hollow

e on each side, the outer spine shorter than the inner, which,

has been said, is on the side of the beak.

Tnner antenne thick and elongated; second joint much longer

an the third, which is slightly cloven at the end and has two ter-

al styles, the one very long and cylindrical, the other short and

pressed.

uter antennz situated outside the inner; the lamellated appen-

we elongated, longer than the thickened basal joints, the last of

ich has a tuft of hairs at the end; the terminal fillet very long,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 15

226 Zoological Society.

half as long again as the whole body. Outer pedipalps very larg

nearly equal in breadth throughout ; from the base nearly as ong

as the body; first joint the longest, nearly reaching to the em

the lamellated appendage of the outer antenn; third joint x

than twice the length of the second, compressed, Sete, at:

end.

First pair of legs two-clawed, thickish, extending a little t

the second joint of the-outer pedipalps; the second pair of logs fi

form didactyle ; third, fourth and fifth pairs of legs thicker than

second, monodactyle ; claws large, serrated below. a

Abdomen largish, middle plate of tail with two pairs of sili spi nes,

the first pair beyond the middle. é

This genus is allied to Pontonia, Latreille, but may be distinguished od

at once by the foregoing characters.

Atopr PALPALts, White, List of Crust. in Brit’ Mus. p- 75. a :

The tail has a pinkish hue.

Hab. New Zealand. From the collection of Mr. Earl.

Family Ertcuraip2.

ALIMA APHRODITE, White.

Carapace somewhat narrowed in front, deeply poor behin

the frontal horn not quite the length of the carapace; the posteric

angles of carapace not much extended. Abdomen more haw:

the length of the carapace, exclusive of frontal horn; penultimat

joint of abdomen with two spines in the middle behind; middle kc

of tail notched in the middle with a gentle sinuation ‘between t

notch and the posterior angle, which is very sharp; the posterio:

edge is furnished with many short regularly placed teeth, giving ita |

fringed appearance; outer lobes of tail with the middle append:

prolonged into a sharp spine. Anterior pair of legs quite —_

Hab. South Seas. Antarctic expedition.

Order AMPHIPODA.

Family GAMMARID&.

E.pHipPirpHoORA,

Head rather large ; antenne distant from each other; the upper |

pair with the basal joints very thick and corneous, inserted in a ¢

notch in front of head; two sete at the end of each, the outer the)

thicker. Lower pair of antennze with the basal joint somewhat |

gated and furnished with hairs.

Body much compressed, the lateral appendages on the first

joints very large, and nearly concealing the legs; the appendag

the fourth joint much dilated behind at the end; eighth to elevent

joints slightly keeled on the back ; appendages of the three last 7

of the abdomen longish, with short spines on the edge —

A genus allied to Orchestia and Talitrus.

Zoological Society. 227

EpurpripHora Kroyer, White, List, p. 130.

The body is very highly polished, the edges of the segments behind

omewhat tinged with yellow; the legs and caudal appendages

slightly brownish.

- Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

Named as a small compliment to the very eminent Danish natu-

ralist, whose researches among the less studied orders of Crustacez

are so well developed in his published but not easily accessible works.

regret that, excepting a few foliated plates of the large ‘ Voyage

n Islanda,’ &c., I had not seen any part of them when I prepared

he ‘ List of Crustacea in the British Museum.’

APTERA ?

Family Pycnogonip2z.

Nympnon JOHNSTONIANUM, White.

Head with a distinct neck thicker than the articulations between

the leg. Eyes two, situated above the insertion of the chelicera, on

rather elevated tubercle, which is pointed atthe end. Beak spring-

ing from the under side of the head, rounded but not knobbed at the

extremity, rather thicker in the middle, with two scales on each side

at the base, the extreme apex with a triangular depression.

___ Chelicera longer than the beak; the two basal joints longer than

é the third, which is slightly thicker and covered with short hairs; the

|= with two sharp claws meeting nearly throughout their entire

gth.

Palpi filiform, 10-jointed; four basal joints small, fifth twice the

ength of the fourth, and thicker than the sixth, which is equal to it

length; sixth to tenth short, the three last somewhat hairy at

end.

_| Thorax very narrow, smooth.

Legs eight, slightly hirsute; second and third pairs rather longer

than the first ; the fourth the shortest; each of the joints with some

points at the end.

Tarsi with the first joint very short, the under-side of the second

h many spines; claws two, one smaller than the other.

_ Abdomen somewhat elongate, most slender about the middie, ex-

fending to beyond the middle of the second joint of the leg from the

In size and general appearance at first sight resembling Decolo-

a australis, Eights. Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. i. 204. t. 7, but dif-

ing from it in the number of the legs, structure of the head and

ws, &c.

Hab. South Seas. Capt. Sir E. Belcher, R.N.

This herculean species is named after Dr. George Johnston, of

wick-upon-T'weed, who among his many valuable works has

nonographed the British Pycnogonide. Iam aware that Mr. Goodsir

named a Nymphon Johnstonii after him, but most probably the

ent species will be found to form the type of a new genus:

228 Zoological Society.

Nymruon Puasma, White.

Head with a longish neck, the greater part of which is as thin as —

or thinner than the articulations between the legs, thickened in front. —

Beak thick, blunt, and somewhat knobbed at the end. ;

Eyes two, situated on a sharp-pointed tubercle, placed between |

the first pair of legs, somewhat in front of insertion.

Chelicera somewhat longer than the beak, thick, two-jointed; —

second joint rounded, furnished with two claws ‘which meet through- |

out. a

Palpi elongated, filiform, 10-jointed; three basal joints small; q

fourth joint very long; fifth joint shorter than the fourth, with a —

slight hook at the end; sixth joint about the same length as the fifth, —

but without hook at the end; four last joints short, somewhat curved. —

Legs eight, somewhat hirsute, the third leg perhaps shorter than :

the others. 4

Tarsi with one claw, the under-side furnished with many small

spines.

Hab. South Seas. Capt. Sir Edw. Belcher, R.N.

This may possibly be the other sex of the preceding. Neither of

them have any trace of oviferous legs. a

AppitionaL Osservations on Curroyes. By J, E, Gray, Esa., ~

F.R.S. Ere. ' S|

Since the publication of my former paper I have continued my

researches on these animals, and now propose to add four groups to ~

those which I then described: three of these genera were pro

as sections of the genus Chi‘on in my former paper, but I have sincdl

found that they each present peculiar modifications in the structure _

of the plate of insertion of the valves; and the other is a genus which

I had overlooked, though founded on two of the English species .

the family. On re-examination I think that the genus Chiton should

be confined to the species which have a single notch on the plate

of insertion of the central valves, and the edge of the plate of i inser-

tion pectinately lobed, which is the case with the species marked

belonging to the section * and ** (Annals, vol. xx. p. 131.), exce

Chiton Barnesii and Ch. evanidus.

1. Rapsta. .

Posterior valve entire ; margin covered with regularly.disposed im-

bricated smooth scales; margin of insertion of the central valves’

pectinately divided, and each furnished with two notches.

Radsia Barnesii. Chiton Barnesii, Gray.

2. CaLLocHiTon.

The valves keeled, the hinder valve entire ; the plates of insertion

rather short, thick, of the terminal valves divided into many, and of

the central valves into four bifid lobes. Margin with imbricate

scales,

* Margin with lanceolate, elongate, erect, closely-pressed scales,

Callochiton levis. Chiton levis, Mont., Lowe, Z. Jour. v.t. 5, £1.

Entomological Society. 229

_ Ch. discors, Maton & Racket. Ch. punctulatus, Maton. Ch. septem-

_-valvis, Mont. Ch. corallinus, Risso.

4 ** Margin with ovate imbricate scales.

_ Callochiton evanidus. Chiton evanidus, Sow. Jil. f. 139.

‘3. IscHNocHITON.

_ Valves thin; posterior valve entire; the plates of insertion very

_ thin, smooth-edged, of the central valves each with a single notch;

_ margin covered with very small imbricate scales.

* Scales of mantle transversely grooved.

_._Ischnochiton textilis. Chiton textilis, Gray = Ch. longicymba,

—- Blainv.

_. Ischnochiton limaciformis. Chiton limaciformis. West Indies.

__~ Ischnochiton Magdaliensis. Chiton Magdaliensis, Hinds.

__ Ischnochiton alatus. Chiton alatus, Sow. Philippines.

** Scales of mantle minute, granule-like.

_. Ischnochiton marginatus. Chiton marginatus, Mont. Ch. cine-

- reus, Lowe, Z. J.

ey 4, Leprocniton.

_ ‘The valves rounded, thin; posterior valve entire; the plates of

insertion rudimentary, without any notches on either the terminal

or central valves. Mantle covered with granular scales.

__Leptochiton cinereus. Chiton cinereus, Montague = Ch. asellus,

Lowe, Zool. Jour. var. white, Chiton albus.

_ Leptochiton Hanleyi. Chiton Hanleyi, Bean.

_ Leptochiton cajetanus. Chiton cajetanus, Poli. Lepidopleurus

cajetanus, Risso.

_ Should the form of the plates of insertion of any specimen not be

sufficiently seen, they may be easily made visible through the inner

‘side of the mantle by their being soaked a few hours in a weak solu-

_ tion of caustic potash, but care should be taken that they are not left

__ too long in soak, nor the solution be too strong, otherwise the margin

will be dissolved. But should the valves be wished to be kept sepa-

_ rate, this is the best way of separating them, as the plates of insertion

are cleaned, and not broken, as they are likely to be if taken from the

mantle. I may remark that the number of notches in the plates of

ertion is sometimes, but as far as I have observed, very rarely,

liable to variation ; in one specimen of Chiton Bowenii I have observed

that the plate of insertion of the last valve but one has two notches

one side, but the normal single one of the genus on the other.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

August 8rd, 1846.—Thomas Marshall, Esq., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

Among the donations were a number of Arpedium subpubescens, a

rare species of Staphylinide, sent by A. H. Haliday, Esq., for distri-

bution among the members.

230 Entomological Society.

Mr. Gutch exhibited several boxes of Coleoptera from Central —

Europe, and a new species of Fritillary butterfly from Servia. He —

also presented to the Society a quantity of specimens of Simulium —

Columbatchense, a small dipterous insect which attacks the cattle in

the Bannat, frequenting all the moist parts of the body, as the nos- —

trils, anus, &c., and causing the death of great numbers of these —

animals. They occur on both banks of the Danube, ap in

clouds, and are supposed by the common people to be bred in le j

in a mountain where the body of the dragon slain by St. Gelees

was deposited. 7

Mr. Westwood exhibited a small box of Coleoptera from Western —

Tropical Africa, including numerous rare Tenebrionide. 4

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited a small box covered with the-cases 3

formed by the larvee of an Australian species of Oiketicus, andinclu- —

ding a number of specimens illustrating the natural history of six —

species of that genus, sent from the interior of New South Wales by —

Mr. Stevenson. :

The following memoirs were read :— q

‘* Descriptions of some new species of Heleus.” By the Rev. F. —

W. Hope, F.R.S. &c. g

Description of a new species of Pausside from India.” By J. 4

O. Westwood. .

‘Note relative to the Larva of a species of Dipterous insect (evi- F

dently Anthomyia canicularia) infesting the human body.” By Mr. —

George Downs, F.R.C.S.E. |

‘ Description of a new genus of Lamellicorn Beetles from India.” ‘

By J. O. Westwood. q

“Note on a remarkable migration of swarms of common White ~

Butterflies across the Straits of Dover on the 5th of July, flying from —

the south or south-west, and which were also observed at Folkstone, S|

and on the passage to Ostend, the wind blowing at the time lightly

from the eastward ; and on the Black Dolphin of the hop-plantations,

regarded as the larva of the Coccinella.” By H. L. Long, Esq. ES |

. Note from Mr, Louis Frazer, Corresp. M.E.S., giving an account

of his entomological pursuits in Northern Africa.

‘** Notes on the Entomology of Australia, as observed

expedition from Fort Burke to Port Essington.” By Mr. Sterenton,

Corr. M.E.S. Communicated by W. W. Saunders, Esq. s

September 7th.—A. Ingpen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. -

The following memoirs were read :— 2

A note from Mr, Long of Dover, on an attempt to naturalise ”

Palingenia Virgo (a continental species of Ephemeride remarkable

for its snow-white wings) by bringing over the ova in a bottle filled”

with the water of the Rhine where they occur, and by placing them ~

in the rivers in England. It did not appear that the experiment had _

been successful. Also further notes on swarms of white butterflies —

observed between Boulogne and Calais a few days after the 5th of

July. Zz

Note from the Rev. F. W. Hope on swarms of white butterfli

Entomological Society. 231

_P. Nape and Rapa, observed at Southend, Essex, on the 2nd of

September, which disappeared the following day after depositing vast

numbers of eggs; and on the occurrence of numerous specimens of

| Sphing Convolvuli and Atropos.

_ A memoir on the economy of the Driver Ants of Tropical

_ Africa.”” By the Rev. T. Savage.

__ Mr. Evans exhibited various larvee from New Holland.

_. Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited a box of insects from Adelaide in

_ Australia, containing illustrations of the natural history of various

interesting species of Lepidoptera, with their parasites. Also the

_ sexes of several new species of Thynnide, &c.

_ Mr. F. Bond exhibited a living specimen of Locusta Christii in full

vigour, taken near Kingsbury, Middlesex. Also a remarkable variety

of Hipparchia Janira, of which the ground-colour of the wings was

nearly white.

Messrs. Stevens and Weir exhibited specimens of Sphinx Atropos

ared from the potato, remarkable for having been produced much

earlier in the year than usual. Mr. Weir also exhibited two speci-

ens of Deilephila Livornica, taken in the spring at Lewes, Sussex.

Mr. J. F. Stephens stated, in allusion to the unusual heat of the

_ present season, that he had observed at least three broods of Pontie

d two of Bombyx lubricipeda during the summer,

October 5th.—The Rev, F. W. Hope, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

_ Mr. Weir exhibited specimens of Deilephila Celerio and Cyneda

dentalis from Lewes; also of Locusta Christii from Camberwell.

__ Mr. Evans also exhibited the same species of locust taken at the

ash Lighthouse near Cowbridge, Glamorganshire, in September,

d stated that another specimen had been taken in the garden of

the gate-house at Hyde Park Corner, Another taken at Little-

hampton was exhibited by Mrs, Attegus, and Mr. Hope mentioned

its occurrence at Southend. The following additional localities were

also communicated by other members present: St. James’s Park,

Kennington, Margate, Epping, Durham, Glasgow, Cromer and the

jacent district (where it was numerous), and Newcastle.

Mr. Marshall stated that Deilephila Celerio had been taken at

Hackney ; and Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited a larva of D. Galii having

-ared head and anal horn, found upon the mullein near Southend.

_ Also a Geometrideous larva found on the coast at the same place, to

- the body of which several long slender fungi were attached.

Mr. Hope exhibited specimens of Sphinz Atropos, and stated that

he had observed that the white-coloured varieties of the larvee feed

on the ash, whilst amber-coloured specimens feed on the potato.

__. Mr. E. Doubleday stated that the larvae had been found at Cock-

uth on Huonymus europaeus; and Mr, §. Stevens mentioned

t they had been so abundant at Margate that they had been col-

ted as food for chickens. Mr. Doubleday also noticed, that on

dissecting some of the specimens, both of Sphing Atropos and Con-

volvuli recently disclosed, not one of the females was found to have

232 Entomological Society.

the eggs developed in the ovaries. He also mentioned that Gra-—

phiphora subrosea had been recently captured at Whittlesea Mere,

thus proving it to be indigenous; which was the more interesting, —

as it agrees in the structure of the antenne with a North American —

group of which there is no other European representative. Deiopeia

pulchella had also been captured at Epping at the end of September. —

He also stated that the larva of Polia occulta feeds upon species of ©

Polygonum, and not on the dandelion as represented by some authors. —

Mr. Hope stated that two specimens of Catocala Fraxini had been —

taken at Southend. : ee

The following papers were read :— 7

Extracts from a letter addressed to Mr. Westwood by Captain —

Hutton, containing a series of observations on the Indian species of ©

Papilio. ;

Tatriots from a letter addressed to Mr. Westwood by R. Tem-

pleton, Esq., containing notices of some of the Lepidoptera of Ceylon. ©

The completion of Mr. Savage’s memoir on the driver ants was —

also read.

Mr. E. Doubleday, in allusion to the two former communications, —

stated his belief that Papilio Panope and similis are the sexes of one -

species; also that P. Pammon and Polytes are varieties of one

species, as affirmed by Boisduval; and that the insects regarded as ~

the two species, P. Epius and Demoleus, by Captain Hutton, were

the sexes of one species (as indeed Mr. Templeton had stated in his"

letter). a

November 2nd.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Newport exhibited a box of Coleoptera, &c. from Melbourne, —

South Australia, including a large new species of EHucranium?, Ce-

rapterus Hopii, &c.; and also a species of Blaita of which the left

hind leg had evidently been reproduced, being smaller than the other. ~

Instances of the reproduction of the antenne, but not of the feet,

had hitherto been noticed in this group. .

Mr. Griffith stated that he had observed during the preceding

autumn, on one small spot of woody ground at Addington Hiil near

Croydon, a very great number of specimens of Cynthia Cardia. 1

Captain Frend stated that he had found Vanessa Urtice alone in ~

some quantity on the summit of the Sierra Novada in Spain, 16,000

feet above the level of the sea. |

Mr. Weaver exhibited a new British Noctua allied to Hadena

adusta, and other rare Lepidoptera from Perthshire.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a living specimen of Sphinx Atropos, a

stated that he was convinced that the cry emitted by this insect was

not produced by the moveable appendages at the sides of the thorax,

as he had found that the noise was equally strong when the sides of

the thorax were violently compressed and held tight. Mr. Newport, —

who had also examined the insect whilst alive, stated that in his

‘opinion the noise was either produced by the lateral friction of the

parts of the spiral tongue (maxille) against each other, or by their

Entomological Society. 233

_ combined friction against the front of the prothorax, but added that

_ this view required further observation.

_Mr. F. Bond exhibited a very small papyriceous nest of a wasp,

which had been suspended to a twig by a piece of horse-hair.

Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited several chrysalids of moths, the inte-

__ rior of which was filled apparently with minute parasitic Acari.

, Mr. Westwood exhibited an extensive series of Cremastocheilide,

from the collections of the Royal Museum of Stockholm, Messrs.

Hope, Schaum (including the types of the species described by M.

Gory), Turner, &c. He alsostated that Entomobia Apum, described

by Signor Costa (in a work presented the same evening), was the

_ Braula ceca of Nitzsch; and that M. Blanchard had recently pub-

_ lished a memoir on the impregnated state of the Hippobosce, in the

__ bodies of which he had detected larve, contrary to the observation

_ of M. Léon Dufour.

Mr. Newport, in reference to the statement made at the last meet-

ng, of the immature state of the ova in some specimens of Sphing

Atropos and Convolvuli, observed that he had recently dissected a

female of the latter species which had remained in the chrysalis state

nearly its full period, and that he had detected the ovaries, but in a

very slightly developed state, and which, he did not consider, would

_ have ever arrived at their full state of development. A consider-

__ able discussion as to the cause of this non-development of the ova

took place, in which Messrs. Marshall and Westwood having sug-

_ gested that it was owing to the great heat, Mr. Newport stated

_ that he had found the ova as fully developed in specimens of Vanessa

Urtice which had been produced from the chrysalis in from 84 to

_ 9% days, in a mean highest temperature of 70° to 75°, as in others

_ which had remained in chrysalis thirteen or fourteen. days with a

_ mean highest range of temperature of from 55° to 60°. V. Jo was

_ developed in a few hours over ten days, when the mean lowest

_ temperature during that period was 71°:06, and the mean highest

75°55. This may afford some explanation of the fact, that the two

broods of V. Jo usually appear in this country only in the hottest

| parts of summer, July and August, when, in its natural haunts, it is

- usually about fourteen days in the pupa state.

| Mr. E, Doubleday exhibited drawings of the ungues of the two

_ species of Leptocircus, which he had found to be simple in the one

and deeply bifid in the other. He also stated that Mr. Wing had

_ obtained a larva of Sphine Celerio found on a vine-tree at Paddington.

_ The abundant occurrence of Vanessa Antiopa in different places

_ during the past autumn was also noticed, especially at Tunbridge

| Wells by Mr. Stephens, at Yarmouth by Mr. Ingpen, and at Yaxley

__ by Mr. F. Bond.

_ December 7th.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

. | Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited a quantity of flour infested with mites ;

| also the eggs of some species of Acarus? arranged in rows on the

234 Linnean Society.

under side of several feathers of birds; likewise a very minute paper

nest of Vespa Britannica.

Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings and specimens illustrating the

transformations of the common flea.

Mr. E. Doubleday read extracts from a letter addressed to him by

M. Guénée, stating that he had become associated with M. Boisduval

in the ‘ Histoire naturelle des Insectes Lépidoptéres,’ and that the

nocturnal Lepidoptera would be described by him.

Descriptions of two new species of Papilio were read by J. O.

Westwood.

Mr. Thwaites gave an account of the observations which he had

recently made on the habits of Tinea granella, in granaries at Bristol.

The moth appears in August, at which time it is advisable to attempt

its destruction by fumes of sulphur. The insects remain in the larva

state through the winter, being full-fed in October, when they seek —

out winter-quarters in the woodwork of the granaries, such as the

beams, floors and supports, committing much damage by boring

into them to the depth of half an inch, or sometimes an inch, If

the wood be hard they do not excavate so deeply, but cover the sur-

face with a thick layer of excrement; and it had been observed that

they do not fear attacking kyanized wood; it was consequently sug-

gested that it would be serviceable to coat the wood with plates of

lead or other metal. Mr. Spence noticed how singularly this insect

seemed to set at nought the supposed objections to insect life, attack-

ing the knots of the wood, which were of course most strongly satu-

rated with turpentine. On examining the debris left by these insects

with a microscope, it was found to consist only of minute particles

of gnawed wood, which did not appear to have undergone the action

of the stomach; and it had been observed, that when there was a

sufficient mass of debris for their defence they do not bore into the

wood. Mr. Spence aiso alluded to the change of instinct which

these circumstances evidently proved the insects to have und

from their natural state. .

LINNZZAN SOCIETY.

April 20, 1847.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair,

Read a paper “ On a new genus of Plants of the family Burman- i

niacee.” By John Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. &e,

Opnromeris.

Perianthium superum, tubulosum, gibbosum, caducum; fauce laterali

annulo semiclausd; limbo 6-partito, laciniis 3 exterioribus brevibus

ovatis, 3 interioribus longissimis subulatis. Stamina 6, libera, infra

perianthii faucem inserta et ejus laciniis opposita, inclusa, versus tubum

retroflexa ; filamentis petaloideis, margine appendiculatis; antheris ad- _

natis in sinu filamentorum terminalibus, 2-locularibus, loculis longitu-

dinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium inferum, 1-loculare ; placentis 3 pa-

rietalibus, medio ovuligeris ; ovulis indefinitis, anatropis. Stylus brevis. —

Stigmata 3. Fructus turbinatus, truncatus, apice operculatim dehiscens,

1-locularis. Semina plurima, scobiformia. Zimbryo ignotus.—Plante zg

Brasilienses, hyaline, super lignum cariosum parasitica ; rhizomate

Linnean Society. 235

_ tuberoso, fibrillis numerosis ; caule simplici, erecto, subflexuoso, angu-

lato, fere aphyllo ; flore solitario, terminali, 2—4-bracteato ; bracteolis

brevibus vel sub flore vel in caule medio, erectis ; perianthii tubo sub-

hyalino, laciniis interioribus roseis, exterioribus flavis, corond luted

margine aurantiacd ; fructu hyalino.

|, O. Macanensts, caule nudo, bracteolis 2 y. 3 florem solitarium termi-

nalem suffulcientibus. —

Hab. ad Macahi, in Prov. Rio de Janeiro.

Planta 2—3-pollicaris.

2. O. Ieuassuensis, caule subnudo medio bracteolis 3 v. 4 in verticillum

dispositis instructo.

_ Hab. ad Iguassi, in Prov. Rio de Janeiro.

__ Planta vix pollicaris.

_. Mr. Miers compares this Brazilian genus with Thismia, Griff.

_ (characterized at p. 195, vol. xv. of Annals), of which he has seen

_ specimens in the herbarium of Sir William Hooker, as well as a speci-

_ men probably of the same species collected by Capt. Champion in

_ the island of Ceylon. He regards Thismia and Ophiomeris as consti-

_ tuting a distinct section of the family Burmanniacee, which he pro-

_ poses to subdivide as follows :—

va BurMANNIACES.

I. Burmannizx. Perianthium tripterum. Stamina 3. Ovarium 3-loculare.

__ Placenta centralis.

Capsuda longitudinaliter dehiscens ,..... 1. Burmannia, L.

. transversé fenestrata ...ss++.....008 2, Gonyanthes, Blum.

IL, Apreriex, Perianthium simplex. Stamina 3, Ovarium 1-loculare.

Placente 3, parietales.

Capsula irregulariter 3-valvis ...... seoececes 3. Dictyostega, Miers.

lateraliter hians ...,......0...+06 .... 4. Cymbocarpa, Miers,

apice 3-valvis. Stami n- .

Da srs vencicnnemneneceen } & Gymnosiphon, Blum.

Ill. Tuismizz. Perianthium simplex. Stamina 6. Ovarium 1-loculare.

: Placenta 3, parietales. Pericarpium circumscissum.

aelph — zequalis. Stamina mona- 7. Thismia, Griff,

—— gibbus. Stamina libera ... 8. Ophiomeris, Miers.

_ The paper concludes with some observations on the affinities of

_ these plants, and of Triuris, Miers, and Peltophyllum, Gardn. ; and

__ was illustrated with detailed drawings of Ophiomeris Macahensis, and

_ of the flower of Thismia Brunonis, Griff., for comparison.

May 4.—E, Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

: | _ Read a paper ‘‘ On Jansonia, a new genus of Leguminose, from

_ Western Australia.” By Richard Kippist, Libr. L.S.

- JANSONIA,

Cuan. Gen. Calyx ebracteatus, bilabiatus ; labio superiore fer’ ad basin

bifido; inferiore 4-pld longiore, 3-partito; segmentis omnibus acutis.

Corolle papilionacee petala longé stipitata; vewillum ovato-lanceo-

latum, reflexum, alis oblongo-ellipticis multd brevius; caring com-

236 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

presse (alis tertiaé parte longioris) petala oblonga, basi auriculata, —

dorso connata. Stamina 10, libera, vel ima basi coherentia, ineequi- —

longa, persistentia. Ovarium villosissimum, substipitatum, stipitulo —

basi vaginulé cincto, pauci- (4—6) ovulatum, suturis non inflexis. —

Stylus filiformis, elongatus, apice incurvus, glaber. Stigma 4

Legumen.....- —Suffrutex Nove Hollandize Austro-Occidentalis, —

Brachysemati, R. Br. proximus; ramis erectis vel adscendentibus ; foliis —

oppositis, oblongo-ovatis, emarginatis, mucronatis, ulringue reticulatis, —

margine revolutis, subundulatis, minut? denticulatis ; stipulis lanceolato- —

subulatis, demim deciduis ; floribus sessilibus, congestis in capitula cer- —

nua, 4-flora, bracteis 4 ovatis decussatis, coriaceis, fuscis, exliés sericeis —

suffulta, ramulos breves axillares lerminantia,

JANSONIA FORMOSA. ‘ . :

Hab. in Nove Hollandiz Ord Austro-Occidentali, ad “ Scott's River” —

(1842), Gilbert (v. s.). :

Obs. Specimen habitu debiliore, et foliis ramulisque pubescentibus pauld

diversum a D. Jac. Drummond ad “Swan River” lectum (0. s. in Herb, —

D,. Lemann). ae

The nearest affinity of Jansonia is with Brachysema, R. Br., with —

which genus Mr. Kippist states that it agrees in its unguiculate —

petals, in the form and unusual length of the keel, in the extreme —

shortness of the standard, in its elongated filiform style, and in its —

shortly stalked villous germen, surrounded at the base by a minute —

fleshy ring ; but it is abundantly distinguished by its capitate inflo- —

rescence, by the remarkable inequality of its calycine segments, by —

the much greater length of the claws of its petals, and by the pau- —

city of its ovules, which do not appear to exceed six in number. —

Mr. Kippist also compares it with Leptosema, Benth., which is clearly —

distinguished by its bibracteolate calyx, composed of two nearly equal —

lips, the uppermost of which is very slightly bifid; its scarcely un- —

guiculate vexillum ; its wings about equal in length to the keel; the —

distinct inflexion of its carinal suture ; as well as by its inflorescence, —

that of Leptosema being a densely crowded raceme, while in Jansonia

the flowers are perfectly sessile and arranged in a verticillate manner —

round a common axis, which is slightly prolonged beyond the point ~

from whence the flowers spring in the form of a short mucro. a

The genus is dedicated to the memory of the late Joseph Janson,

Esq., F.L.S.; and the paper was accompanied with a drawing of the

plant, comprising details of its parts of fructification. a

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Dec. 9, 1847.—The Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :— E

1. “On Anacharis Alsinastrum, a new British plant,” by Chas. C. —

Babington, Esq., with a synopsis of the other species of the genus,

by Dr. J. E. Planchon. See Annals, present volume, p. 81. q

2. «On the Reproduction of Cryptogamic Plants,” by the late _

William Stark Dougall, Esq., communicated by Dr. Balfour. . |

The first part of this paper was read—viz. On the mode of forma- —

tion of spores in Alge and Characee.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 237

In the introductory remarks, the author examines the opinions

entertained by botanists as to the existence, in these plants, of bodies

_ equivalent to the stamens and pistils of the higher orders of vege-

_ tables. The arguments in favour of their existence are, the presence

_ in the same or different individuals of two kinds of cells, the union

_ of which in some way appears to be necessary for the production of

germinating spores. ‘These cells sometimes exist in the same cavity,

so that the functions cannot be always easily detected; at other

times they are separate. In the latter case, the spores are occa-

sionally produced by the actual conjugation of two individuals of the

same species. The spores, when first discharged, frequently exhibit

ciliary movements, like those seen in the ova of animals. And

lastly, the cells representing anthers often contain phytozoa, or

“moving bodies similar to the spermatozoa of animals.

The reproduction of Alg@ is then brought under consideration as

observed in Diatomacee and Confervacee, with their cell-division,

conjugation, and development of endochrome ; in the Fucace@ and

Ceramiacee, with their antheridia spores and tetraspores ; and in Cha-

_ racee, with their globule and nucule.

_ In regard to the latter tribe, the following points are noticed as

_ favouring the opinion that the globule may be compared to an anther

and the nucule to the pistil :—their co-existence and close proximity

-—the opening of the valves of the globule to allow the escape of

filaments and phytozoa (similar to those of Fuci, which Thuret and

_ Decaisne have shown to be connected with staminal functions )—the

_ existence of an opening at the apex of the nucule allowing commu-

' nication with the interior—the capability of germination in the con-

_ tents of the nucule when mature—and the decadence of the globule

_ prior to the ripening of the nucule.

_ 3. Dr. Balfour read a communication from Mr. Charles Lawson,

_ jun., relative to the cultivation of potatoes by cuttings of the stems.

_ Six cuttings were planted on the 16th of June, 1847, kept ina warm

_ frame for six weeks and then planted out; they produced twenty

_ tubers of very considerable size.

_ 4, Mr. Brand read an extract from a letter from W. A. Stables,

_ Esq., relative tothe plantations recently made on Lord Cawdor’s estate

_ in Nairnshire :—‘‘ The forester planted 230 imperial acres in nine

_ days—57 women and boys being employed each day, and the average

_ number of trees planted by each was 1566 a day. Two-thirds of

_ the plants were larch, and the remainder Scotch fir—in all, 3465

_ plants per acre. The plants were two-years-old seedlings. The

_ cost of inclosing was 75/. 6s. 10d., and of planting 16/. 8s. 8d.—

together, 92/. 5s. 6d., or about 7s. 7d. per acre of outlay.”

At this meeting the following gentlemen were elected office-

_ bearers for the ensuing year :—Rev. Dr. Fleming, President ; Drs.

_ Greville, Balfour, Christison, Neill, Vice-Presidents; Sir W. Jardine,

- Bart., Dr. Seller, Dr. Lowe, Mr. W. M‘Nab, Mr. C. Lawson, jun.,

Prof. Allen Thomson, Mr. J. Marshall, jun., Mr. R. Holden, Mr. Wm.

_ Ivory, Mr. W. Wright, Councillors ; Mr. Brand, Treasurer ; Professor

_ Goodsir, Secretary; Dr. Douglas Maclagan, Foreign Secretary ;

238 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Dr. Parnell, Curator of the Museum; Mr. J. M‘Nab, Artist; Mr.

Evans, Assistant Secretary and Curator. ‘

Jan, 13, 1848.—The Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

Among specimens of Portuguese plants presented to the Society —

by Sir Walter C. Trevelyan, were some marked as having been col- —

lected in the streets of Cadiz and Lisbon, viz. Frankenia pulverulenta, —

Iliecebrum echinatum, and Hippia stolonifera; these plants are re- —

markable for their habit of flourishing in the interstices of the paving —

stones of much-frequented thoroughfares, but growing so close to the —

ground that they are but little injured by the feet of passengers. The —

collection also contained specimens of Statice lusitanica from Per-

soon’s locality.

The following communications were read :— eT

1. “On the Reproduction of Cryptogamic Plants,” by the late —

William Stark Dougall, Esq., continued. Part second: Mode of ©

formation of spores in Fungi, Lichens, Musci, and Hepatic, In this —

part of the paper the author first considered the reproductive organs —

in the various divisions of the natural order Fungi, and pointed out —

the analogy which they bear to Alge in many respects. Thus in the —

lower members of the order the mode of reproduction may be com- —

pared to that observed in Confervacee, both as regards the develop- —

ment of spores and their movement. In other cases the formation of —

spores at the dilated ends of filaments or sterigmata resembles in some —

degree what takes place in Vaucheria. He regarded the filamentous —

paraphyses as being concerned in the fertilization of the contents of —

the asci and basidia. f

He next noticed the natural order Lichenes, and considered the —

production of spores, whether naked or in asci, which are united

in the form of apothecia; and of the round green bodies called go-

nidia or gongyli, which are either single or in groups. He stated

that little was known in regard to the formation of the latter bodies,

and that the subject of reproduction in Lichens was still very obscure ; _

although it might be said to resemble that of some Ascomy

Fungi.

The Ricciacee, Marchantiacee, and Jungermanniacee were next —

brought under notice. In these orders, organs which appear to be ~

equivalent to stamens and pistils were pointed out, as well as cer- —

tain bodies which might be reckoned as buds or gemma. The pre- ~

sence of phytozoa with cilia and of spiral fibres or elaters was also

remarked, 4

The Equisetacee were looked upon as in many respects allied to —

the last-mentioned orders, especially in developing spores with spiral

filaments. _ Cia rent nae

The true Mosses were then alluded to, and in them the author ~

believed that reproductive organs have been demonstrated in the

antheridia with their granular contents and phytozoa, and the theca

or sporangia with their spores. He detailed the various species in

which phytozoa had been detected by Thuret, Brongniart, Meyen,

and Unger, pointed out the monecious, dicecious, polygamous, and

Miscellaneous. 239

_ hermaphrodite arrangement of the organs, noticed the difference

_ between spores and gemme, and concluded by stating the following

- arguments in favour of the sexual nature of the spore-formation in the

_ whole muscal alliance :—1. The existence of antheridia and pistil-

lidia, and the production of true spores by the latter. 2. The exist-

_ ence of phytozoa in the antheridia. 3. The relation of antheridia

_ and pistillidia to one another in point of periodicity, both as regards

development and function. 4. heir relative arrangement, either

_ together or separate, on the same or on different individuals. 5. The

_ provisions by which the coming in contact of the contents of the

_ antheridia with those of the pistillidia may be effected.

_ 2. “On the Ovule of Huphrasia officinalis,” by George Dickie,

_ M.D., Lecturer on Botany, King’s College, Aberdeen.

_.. The paper was illustrated by drawings, and will appear in the

_ ‘Annals of Natural History’ and in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

_ 8. Dr. Fleming exhibited a specimen of the stem of D’Urvillea

utilis (Bory) from Acapulco, and made some remarks on the pecu-

_ liarity of its structure, more particularly as regards its transverse

_ partitions and large air-cells.

_ 4. Dr. Dickie communicated the discovery of a new Diatomaceous

_ plant, allied to Meloseira, in the neighbourhood of Aberdeen, It is

the Orthoseira of Thwaites, and will be published under the name of

O. Dickiei (see p. 168 of the present number). Dr. Dickie also

announced from Mr, Thwaites the discovery of a new species of

_ WDickieia, consisting of binate frustules at the end of mucous ap-

pendages, like the Omacoccus of Hassall.

_ Dr. Bell Salter communicated the discovery of Zostera nana, in

large quantities, on the shores of the Isle of Wight near Ryde.

_._. Mr. Babington sent notices of the following plants having been

_ added to the British Flora since the publication of the second edition

_ of his ‘ Manual,’ specimens of all of which are in his possession, viz. :

_ —Thalictrum minus (3. glandulosum, Koch ; Ranunculus Petiveri a.

_ Mairii, Godr., 3. Candollii, Godr.; Sagina ciliata, Fries ; Campanula

rotundifolia /3. lancifolia, Koch; Simethis bicolor, Kunth; and Carer

_ brizoides, Linn.

_ Dr. Balfour exhibited specimens of Ceramium acanthonotum, from

_ the shores of the Frith of Forth.

MISCELLANEOUS.

4q BRITISH MOLLUSCA.

_ Tux Truncatelia atomus of Philippi (Moll. Sic. ii. p. 134. t. 24. f. 5)

is found in the following localities mixed with the Helia nitidissima

_ of Adams (Linn. Trans. v. p. 4. t. 1. f. 22, 23, 24): Swansea and

adjacent bays ; Tenby (the locality given by Adams); Weymouth ;

_ Scarborough; Falmouth; Cork Harbour; Bantry Bay; Belfast (Wil-

_ liam Thompson, Esq.), and Skye (George Barlee, Esq.). It appears

_ to be the Helix bicolor of Adams (L, I. v. p. 4. t. 1. f. 25, 26, 27),

_ and referable to the genus Skenea of Fleming. Philippi has omitted

in his figures of the shell to indicate its size, which may have misled

240 Miscellaneous.

inquirers for it. ‘The animal and shell are closely allied to the Den-

talium Trachea (or imperforatum) of Montagu (cecum of Fleming), —

for which. that. accurate observer of British Mollusea, Mr. Clark, pro-

posed the significant name of Dentaliopsis. It may have been con-

founded by British conchologists with the young of Skenea depressa, —

but is a very distinct species. The Helix nitidissima of Adams was —

evidently known to Montagu, as in one of his letters to Mr. Dillwyn

he mentions having found “a recent (minute) British Ammonite,”

which this beautiful species resembles in form and markings.—

J. Gwyn JEFFREYS.

Have Ants, when deprived of their Queen, the power of selecting one oe

their number and converting her into a fertile female ? )

Phil. Hall, Leeds, January 10, 1848.

Dear Srr,—I shall feel obliged if any of your entomological

readers can inform me whether they know a species of Black Ant,

inhabiting this country, whose queen is not distinguished from the |

workers by her larger size. My reason for wishing for this infor- |

mation arises from the following circumstance :—In August 1846 I —

procured a colony of black ants, which I supposed were the Formica —

Jusca, from the woods near Kirkstall Abbey. I found them beneath a —

patch of moss and stones, and consisting of about sixty individuals. —

I suspected at the time that the queen escaped me, as no one specimen

appeared distinguished from the remainder by regal characters, which —

I frequently regretted. On the 29th of March 1847, however, when

looking at my formicary, J observed one ant carrying a small white —

mass in its mandibles, which upon closer examination I found to my —

great astonishment was an egg; on the following day there were pro- —

bably twenty eggs, and the number continued to increase until June, |

when there would be at least sixty, of different sizes, and some had

become larvee. T'wo of these increased in size so much as to lead

me to suspect they would prove the larve of queens, being consi- —

derably larger than the ants themselves. By the end of July they had —

become pup, and were inclosed in cocoons as large as a grain of |

wheat ; these now appeared to absorb all the attention of the workers,

and the remainder of the eggs and larvee decreased, for want,asI pre-

sume, of sufficient attendance. During the month of August I found —

one day all dead or dying with the exception of three or four speci- —

mens, which I could not account for unless it arose from the formi-

cary having been exposed to a great heat from the sun inmy window |

during the day, from which they could not escape, having forgotten _

to put up the shutters, which are for the prevention of light and too

great a degree of heat. d

The point however upon which I want information as connected

with the above colony is this :—From whence did the eggs proceed? —

As I have before stated, there was not one I could suspect more than

another of being the royal mother from external characters, while in |

seven other colonies of different species I then possessed, the identi- |

fication was very easy and self-evident. Now as we know bees when —

deprived of their queen have the power of selecting one or more |

Miscellaneous. 241

__ larve of workers (which are barren females) and converting them into

queens by feeding them with peculiar food, used only for such as are

_ destined for sovereignty, and as the working ants are also barren

_ females,—is it probable that the ants have the power by selecting

one of their number to convert her into a fertile female by the means

of some peculiar treatment which may cause the more full develop-

ment of those organs es ssential for impregnation? I am aware in the

case of the bees this is accomplished in infancy ; still, as the matured

_ workers have the female organs perfect, though in a comparatively

low state of development, is it irrational to suppose, that when cireum-

stances make it necessary, even at a /ater period of life, these same

all-important parts may be stimulated and rendered fit for the ac-

complishment of so desirable an object as reproduction? I am also

aware that working ants, like working bees and wasps, do occasionally

lay eggs; but when this does take place, they invariably produce

males, which I suspected could not be the case with those alluded to,

from the great disparity of size observable in the larve and cocoons,

_ and which I should have been able to ascertain with certainty had

not the before-mentioned accident befallen them.

I remain, dear Sir, yours respectfully,

To Richard Taylor, Esq. Henry Denny, A.L.S.

On the Digestive Apparatus of the Gnat, Culex pipiens, Lina.

By F. Poucuer.

The digestive apparatus of the Gnat is highly complicated : the

mouth is composed of two mandibles furnished with a row of stiff

fixed hairs, and of two maxille bearing moveable cilia like the blades

_ of a fan and destined to collect the alimentary granules.

_ ‘The intestinal tube is remarkable from the presence of eight iso-

lated vesiculiform stomachs which are ovoid, thin, arranged symmetri-

cally around the intestine, and each communicating with it by means

of a short canal situated at the union of the anterior third with the

two posterior thirds of its internal region. These eight cavities

represent so many stomachs, and cannot be compared with the respi-

ratory vesicles described by Treviranus, Ramdohr, Carus, Meckel,

Owen, Newport and Lacordaire, in several insects belonging to the

order Diptera or Lepidoptera. At first sight these gastric cavities

are observed to be more or less filled with nutritious matter similar

to that perceptible in the remainder of the intestinal tube. These

vesicles in fact are seen to contract from time to time and successively,

in order to allow the alimentary substance to pass into the intestines.

The contractions are repeated at intervals of from twenty- -five to

thirty seconds; moreover on immersing these insects in liquids

coloured with carmine or indigo, the eight stomachs are observed in

the course of half an hour or sometimes less to be perfectly filled

‘with these substances; the nature of these organs is consequently

beyond doubt.

_ Although certain observers, as Swammerdam and Leon Dufour,

have asserted that several insects ruminate, it cannot be admitted

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i.

242 Miscellaneous.

that in the larva under consideration there is any act which alto-

gether is comparable to what happens among the true ruminant —

quadrupeds. From their structure however, their physi :

action and their development, these multiple stomachs of the

call to mind, but on a small scale, what is observed on the ‘ rumen’

and ‘reticulum’ of the ruminants. In fact their inner eae ;

is finely alveolated like that of the paunch in these dae At mals, —

and the nutriment does not pass by these vesicles it were a 3

simple canal, which is generally the case, but it is conveyed into —

them by a particular passage ; it sojourns there for a longer or

shorter period, experiences a certain elaboration, and is then ex-

pelled by the same passage and re-enters the intestinal tube. The —

nutriment does not return, it is true, to the mouth, but it undergoes a

certain alteration in the stomachs, for the particles partially digested —

which are perceived in the intestine are considerably thinner than —

those in the gastric vesicles. In the first periods of life the rumi-—

nants feed solely upon milk, there is as yet no rumination in them, ©

and the two first stomachs are then proportionately very small; this -

is likewise the case in the very young larve of the gnat, as ‘they a

immediately after their issue from the egg absorb a very thin and

almost entirely fluid nutriment ; these organs are at this period simply —

rudimentary and perfectly impermeable. The thorax itself which —

contains them is proportionately much smaller than in larve of a ©

greater age. 3

Thus, if the comparison between the dilentine function of the vesi- —

cular stomachs of the gnat and the physiological action of the two

first digestive cavities of the ruminants is not perfect, however di-

stant these animals are in the zoological scale, yet it cannot be denied

that in a local physiological point of view there is rigorous analogy.

It is moreover highly worthy of attention that these stomachis are

absolutely analogous by their form, their position, and the manner

in which they act, to the stomachs of the polygastric Infusoria de-

scribed by Ehrenberg. This fact adds a fresh proof, although observed

upon other animals, of the truth of the investigations of that scientific

naturalist.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 25, 1847.

Description and Anatomy of a new and curious subgenus of

By Josrrn Lerpy, M.D.

In October 1840, Prof. S. S. Haldeman published a description of of f

an animal under the name of Planaria gracilis*. Upon examination —

I detected such a remarkable peculiarity in the digestive a s

as led me to investigate its anatomy in detail, and to form for it a

separate subgenus, characterized as follows :— 3

Phagocata, oblonga, plano-convexa, nuda, contractilis, mucosa,

tica auricularia. Aperture due, ventrales, ad os et generati

pertinentes. Proboscides multz. #

* Supplement to No. 1 of “ A Monograph of the Limniades, or Fresh-_

water Univalve Shells of North America, containing descriptions of appa=_

rently new animals in different classes,” &¢. By S. S. Haldeman.

delphia, 1840.

Miscellanéous. 243

P. gracilis, nigricans, lateribus parallelis, postero acuto abrupte, ple-

_ rumque antico recto ; oculis duobus. Long. 9 lin., lat. 1 lin. Habi-

_ tat in fontibus Pennsylvanie. wy

Description. Oblong, limaciform, naked, convex superiorly, flat in-

feriorly, very contractile ; sides ordinarily parallel, convex when the

animal is in a contracted state, convergent anteriorly when elon-

_ gated ; anterior extremity with a lateral triangular auricular appen-

dage, straight in front, by contraction becoming convex or concave ;

_ posterior extremity abruptly pointed ; ocelli two, anterior, composed

_ of an oblong, semitransparent (nervous?) mass with an intensely

_ black dot of pigmentum at the internal posterior part ; ventral aper-

_ tures two ; oral aperture a little less than one-third the length of the

body from the posterior extremity, and very dilatable; generative

_ aperture half-way between the oral aperture and posterior extremity.

_ Colour black or iron gray, and in some younger specimens lateri-

ceous.

__ This animal I have only found in abundance in the neighbourhood

_ of Prof. Haldeman’s residence, near Columbia, Pa. In a spring in

_ front of his house, thousands of them may be seen gliding along the

_ bottom ; some of them occasionally creep up the sides to the surface

_ of the water, turn upon the back, and by making the ventral surface

_ concave, float about in the manner of the Limniade. It appears to

_ be carnivorous in habit, or at least it attaches itself to animal matter

_ dead or living, in preference to vegetable matter. When irritated,

_ it throws out a considerable quantity of very tenacious mucus.

____ Instructure it appears to be intermediate between the entozoic

_ Distomata and the annulose Hirudine. 1 could not detect any trace

of annulation, but I think that this alone would hardly be sufficient

_ to place it lower than the latter animals, because, in a closely

allied animal, the Gordius aquaticus, although there is no annulation

in the perfect animal, yet in the embryo state I find it to exist.

___ The whole animal is composed of a delicate granular structure;

the only approach to muscular fibre is in the longitudinal striation of

_ the integument rendered more distinct by the pigmentum nigrum, a

_ radiated appearance around the oral orifice, and a faint transverse

_ and longitudinal arrangement of the granules entering into the com-

_ position of the proboscides, seen more or less distinctly in the con-

_ tinued movement of these organs when slightly compressed beneath

_ the microscope.

__ The digestive cavity presents the same dendritic arrangement as

_ in Planarie generally*, but instead of possessing a single sucker or

proboscis, the full-grown animal has not less than twenty-three ;

_ Varying however in this respect from three upwards, according to the

_ age of the animal. One of these proboscides joins the digestive cavity

_ at the posterior part of the anterior division, as usual ; the others join

_ the remaining two divisions at their internal side in their course

backwards. They are considerably longer, but narrower, than in P.

“

4 lacteat, and when not in use are closely packed together within the

* Dugés, Ann. Sc, Nat. , + Ib.

16*

244: . Miscellaneous.

animal, so that when the latter is placed beneath the microscope and ~

‘slightly compressed, they will be seen pressing upon one another in —

such a manner, that if one changes its position, it will be instantly —

occupied by another. Those which are formed last are smallest, but —

they soon gain their full size.

When the animal feeds, the whole of them are protruded from the

oral orifice, the longest extending out full one-third the length of —

the body. As they are all convergent to the same orifice, when fully —

protruded the animal becomes puckered up and increased in breadth —

at the expense of the length. In this state the anterior extremity is —

erected and the posterior brought nearly to a right angle with it, so-

that it looks as if sitting upon ‘its prey apparently unconcerned, with ©

its proboscides, which writhe and twist about as if they were totally —

distinct organisms. 1

If one of these animals be punctured or cut, one or more of the a

proboscides will be immediately protruded as if they existed under —

pressure, and will move about in all directions, appearing as if en- _

tirely without the control of the animal ; or if one of the animals be —

crushed between two slips of glass so that the proboscides will be

torn from their attachment, they move about involuntarily, always

in a line forwards or towards the mouth, which they do by contract-

ing the stomachal extremity towards the oral, the latter remaining ~

fixed. In this progressive course they constantly contract and dilate; _

the mouth opens, and any matter in its vicinity rushes in, when it is —

closed and the matter passes onwards, and by the alternate contrac- —

tion and dilatation of different parts of the same tube, it is thrown —

backwards and forwards several times, and finally violently expelled —

at the torn extremity. When they have escaped from the ruptures

of the tegument produced by crushing, or when snipped off with a —

pair of scissors whilst an animal is feeding, they will present the

same curious phenomena. In fact, these curious independent move- —

ments caused me at first to mistake the organs for viviparous young, —

and it was not until I had frequently observed the animal feeding,

and examined its structure beneath the microscope, after having fed

them upon coloured food, that I was convinced of their true nature. —

Excrementitious matter is expelled from the digestive cavity 4

through the same course by which the food enters.

Circulation.—There appears to be nothing peculiar about the ar- —

rangement of the blood-vessels, if such they be; the term being ap-

plied to two semitransparent lines passing along each side of the ©

ventral surface, and a third along the middle of the dorsal surface, —

the three freely communicating with each other by transverse lines ©

and numerous smaller branches, the whole forming an extensive re- ¥

ticulation upon the surface of the body. At the anterior part of each —

ventral line, I distinctly observed a dilatation to exist. ¥

Generative apparatus.—As in all Planarie the animal is androgyeu

nous. The penis is a bulbiform organ placed between the oral and ge-

nerative crifice, with its point directed towards the latter. The ie

is straight, or contorted; the bulbous portion is also yaar "

sometimes elongated, at others flattened or increased in breadth at —

Miscellaneous. 245

- the expense of the length. The bulb shows through the thin inte-

: gument, and without close examination may be taken for a third

_ orifice. The penis is perforate, and has a dilated cavity within the

_ bulb. Immediately above the penis I indistinctly observed a some-

_ what lobated organ, which appeared to join the penis at its base by

; a narrow portion. This is probably the testicle, for it was the only

_ thing I could discover in connection with the genitalia to correspond

In two individuals only could I see part of the female organs. This

consisted in two sigmoid tubes or oviducts, which could be traced

from the generative orifice a short distance forwards, one on each

_ side of the penis.

I could detect no traces of a nervous system.

_. The eyes, so called, have been previously described. It is still a

_ question with many, whether these, as well as the corresponding

deep black points existing in very many of the lower animals of the

invertebrate series, subserve the purpose of eyes ; and some anato-

_ mists have even gone so far as to deny the sense of sight to the

comparatively perfect eye of many gasteropodous mollusca. The

experiments which are made to test the existence of this sense in

these organs for the most part are exceedingly fallacious, generally

being performed by concentrating the light upon them through a

Tens. Insects, and even serpents and frogs, I find will frequently

iJ bear the impression of a sudden glare of light produced in this way

without any inconvenience, at other times they will seek to avoid it;

but Helix albolabris will occasionally retract its tentacle when so

_ disturbed, and Phagocata will frequently raise its anterior extremity

_ and move from the too great light. From their position, which is

always such as to be well exposed to the influence of the light ; from

their structure, imperfect as it is in many cases, and their connec-

tion with the nervous system when this exists, I am led to conclude

_ that in all cases they are organs of vision.

__ The general sensibility of Phagocata is very considerable, that is,

_ it contracts with great readiness from the slightest disturbance. The

_ contraction has much the appearance of being involuntary, and is

_ very like that of the Medusa. When an individual is irritated at

_ any point, contraction commences there, and thence rapidly extends

_ throughout the animal, and the only appearance of volition is in the

_ effort to escape ; but if the touch be too rude, apparently involuntary

_ contraction takes place suddenly, and appears to destroy all power of

_ volition for the moment ; the animal however soon revives from this

state and glides off with its accustomed speed.

2 _ Some experiments which I performed upon Phagocata confirm the

statements that the Planarie are capable of repairing injuries. When

_ an individual is cut into two, both parts after a time become distinct

and perfect animals. Division carried to a greater extent in some

instances results in as many perfect animals as there are parts, but

- generally I have found that when cut into more than three or four

- pieces, the intermediate pieces are apt to die, and sometimes the ex-

_tremities do not survive.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Scien. Philadelphia,

246 Miscellaneous.

BASILOSAURUS. .

The following is an extract from a letter from Prof. J. Miller to

Mr. A. Retzius, dated Berlin, March 24, 1847 :-— :

“ The Hydrarchus, Koch, found in the tertiary formation in Ala- P

bama, is identical with Harlan’s Basilosaurus and Owen’s Zeuglodon —

cetoides*, ‘The crowns of the teeth, with which Owen was not ac-

quainted, have a great resemblance to those of the Seal; in the max<

illary teeth they are cutting and many-pointed ; most of the maxillary —

teeth have double roots, but the anterior has, as in the Seals, only a

single root. In the anterior part of the jaw are found conical curved —

teeth, viz. an incisive and a canine, at least this is the case with the ;

under jaw. ;

‘«« As such teeth as those which are found in the Hydrarchus oc-

cur in the tertiary formation in Malta, we may conclude that this

animal belongs likewise to the tertiary formation of that island.

“I think I can positively show that the Hydrarchus is not a rep-—

tile, but a mammal belonging to a peculiar extinct family. It has the -

ear formed as in the mammals, viz. a helix and a tympanie bone as

in the Whales. It has moreover two occipital condyles, and in the

whole formation of the cranium no trace of reptile structure occurs,

but on the contrary everything is as in mammals. 1

« The vertebral column is very peculiar in its structure. The cer- 4

vical vertebre, probably more numerous than in any other mammal,

are without perforations in their transverse processes; the ribs are

only attached to the transverse processes of the vertebre ; at the

central and posterior part of the column the bodies of the vertebrae

are unusually long, and must both at the anterior and posterior part —

of the extremities have been cartilaginous, inasmuch as we find here —

beneath the bony shell a mass of pure stone, while the central part ~

of these vertebree consists wholly of bone.”—Silliman’s Journal for —

Nov. 1847. i

AppitionaL NoTE ON A PAPER ON PoRCUPINES. ©

By J. E. Gray, Ese., F.R.S. &e.

In my former papert I was unable to give the country of Acanthion

Cuvieri. Mr. Frazer has since brought a skull and two living spe

cimens of this species from Algiers; the latter are now in the Gar-

dens of the Society, and Mr. Whitfield has brought others from the

Gambia. In the number of the Journal of the Asiatic Socterh | of

Mr. Hodgson has described a new species of Indian Porcupine der

the name of Hystrix alopeus, called Ancholia by the natives, which

is certainly an canthion, and most probably my 4. Hodgsonit ; if a

the latter name will have the priority, as having been published in

July.—From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, Nov. 9, 1847.

* Phocodon, Agassiz. Squalodon, Grateloup, in Leonhard and Bron n's

Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, 1841, p. 830. i

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 349.

Meteorological Observations. 247

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1848.

Chiswick.—January 1. Kogey hazy : sleet-showers. 2. Very fine. 3. Densely

_ overcast: cloudy and mild. 4. Exceedingly fine: clear. 5. Overcast: rain:

q clear. 6, Slight frost: clear: fine. 7. Slight frosty haze: heavy rain: clear.

_ 8. Hazy. 9. Frosty: overcast. 10, Overcast: dusky cloudsand cold. 11. Uni-

_ formly overcast, with dusky haze. 12. Overcast: slight rain. 13, Clouds tinged

with red: overcast: rain. 14. Hazy: drizzly. 15. Cloudy: exceedingly fine,

_ with bright sun: frosty. 16. Sharp frost: very fine: clear and frosty. 17. Rain.

_ 18, Fine. 19. Cold easterly haze. 20—22. Densely overcast. 25. Slight snow.

_ 24, Low fleeting clouds from N.E. 25. Cold dry easterly wind : densely over-

cast. 26. Dusky haze : clear and frosty. 27. Frosty. 28, Snowing: clear and

_ frosty: snow in the evening. 29. Foggy: fine: clear. 30. Overcast: rain.

4 Si. Densely and uniformly overcast : sleet.

Mean temperature of the month ,........ salasheoshoass dookace GOUDS

Mean temperature of Jan. 1847 .........secscsseccecseecscses 34 °26

Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty years ...... 36 ‘51

Average amount of rain in Jan. ..........sceeeseceeeseeeeeees 1°59 inch,

- ~Boston.—Jan. 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2 Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m.

_ %. Cloudy. 4. Fine. 5. Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: snow a.m. 8. ean

the ground. 12. Fine. 13,14. Cloudy. 15. Fine: ahi early AM. 16, 17.

Fine. 18. Fine: rain early a.m. 19, 20. Fine, 21. Cloudy: snow early a.m.

22,23. Cloudy. 24—27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Cloudy: snow a.m. and p.m.

$0. Cloudy: snow and rain p.m. $1. Fine: rain p.m.

_ Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Jan. 1. Frost: cloudy p.m. 2. Thaw and

rain. 3. Thaw and rain: snow gone. 4. Rain a.m.: cleared: raine.m. 5.

Heavy rain all night: flood. 6. Frost: cloudy p.m. 7. Frost, slight: sprinkling

of snow. 8. Frost, slight: drizzler.m. 9. Frost, slight: harder p.m. 10. Frost,

rather hard: snow. 11. Frost: fog all day. 12. Thaw: soft wind: snow gone.

_ 18. Remarkably fine: frost p.m. 14, Air moist: rain p.m. 15, No frost:

‘showers and wind r.m. 16. Showery early a.m.: cleared. 17. , Frost, severe :

slight snow. 18. Frost: clear: keen, 19. Frost: clear and fine. 20. Frost,

_ severe: clear. 21. Frost: cloudy : threatening change. 22. Frost: no change :

‘lear. 23. Frost: beautiful winter day. 24. Frost, keen: clear and fine. 25.

rost ; threatening change. 26,27, Frost: severe weather. 28. Frost: snow

inch deep. 29. Frost a.m,:rainr.M. 30. Frost: heavy snow five inches deep,

$1. Frost: clear.

Mean temperature of the month .......... Sas snhnay komagane’ « 33°8

Mean temperature of Jan. 1847 c.gecsessecssereneees oorgenses SD °D

Mean temperature of Jan. for twenty-five years ...,........ 34 9

Rain in Jan. for twenty years —sescersssecesssevesereencesees 2°60 inches,

| Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Cloudy: clear. 2. Showers: rain. 3.

Cloudy. 4. Clear: cloudy. 5. Cloudy: rain: cloudy. 6. Clear: cloudy,

7. Cloudy: rain: cloudy. 8, Showers: cloudy, 9. Bright: frost: cloudy,

* bos Rain. 11. Bright: rain. 12. Damp: drizzle. 13. Drizzle. 14. Drizzle,

15. Sleet-showers: clear. 16. Bright: showers. 17. Bright: frost .

: frost. 18. Bright : frost: clear: frost. 19. Bright: frost: cloudy frost’

Jear: frost. 21. Bright : frost: cloudy: frost. 22. Cloudy, 23. Snow,

_ glear: aurora. 24. Bright: clear: aurora. 25. Clear: aurora. 26. Bright :

st: clear: aurora. 27. Bright: clear, 28. Cloudy : frost : snow-drift: aurora.:

9. peer frost: thaw. 30. Bright: frost; clear; aurora. 31, Bright: frost:

lear: frost.

. awectue oe}**seel Bo, 9p | ea | 8 s le : oo iL ; 92. | PP zo. Z F | oP-6z. Go |GV “Ot

$0. “"100- | asa) ta | @ | 9 | 66} SE | SB! BE} 1B) LI | 6B | 06-62 |€%-0€ | ZL-6% |£8-62 | £9-6z |zg1-0£ |S61-08| “gz D

seeeealenne "las | ca | 9 | | OF | GE | O€| LE| o£) 6 | 1€ |LE0€ |€€-08 | 90-06 |S0.0€ | £8.62 |€96-6z |PET-0€| “Le

ae v***) sags jcoua |taua | ta | LE | Se] Lo] LE|G-1S) 0% | L] | 6%-0€ |SE-0£ | 90-0F |8I-0€ 06.62 |ZL0-0€ |s£0.0€ | ‘9%

. seeeee wyeo| au | ‘u | ou | g€ | F8€ | SB} 9£| CF) SS | ZE | IP-OF |1P-0€ | £E-0€ |OF-0€ | F1-0€ lsbz-a€ |OLE-0€ | "Se

seas “seeetisereesl ouss | cou | cu | au | F8E| LE | Lo) ge| bE) 6% | LE | sb-0€ |EP.0€ | IP-0€ |BE-OF | 11-0€ |BEE-0€ |SSE-08) “bz

8S. |00-0/""***"|"*"""**| ayes coum] *o | on | 1€| SE |¥gz)fSe| 1) 6% | SE SE-0€ \Z1-08 | Lz-0€ | Z0.0€ | £8-6z |160-0€ |€gz-0F| “ez

oeataslesecec|ooesoalen *s | ‘a9 | ‘9 | on | FSE| ge} I€| €£| FE) go | EE £8-6% \zg-6z | LE-6% | P6-6% | $L-6% 010-0€ |180-08 | “zz

“etesajeesneniseeselessees og | cou | ca | tou | LE | 9€ | OB| TPE] FE) O€ | ZE | 96.6% |H0-0£ | 90-06 90.08 | 28.6% |£L0-0€ [IL T-0F | “1Z

TOP e ele we eee FOOt ee eee wee *s *guu | ‘oud | ‘au Pe of 2 Ze Ze of ce c0-.0£ 06.6% 66-6% VL.6% 0S-6z L08-6% G88-6% 0zO

setseeleeeaseleneees] 4g i ated Fas o¢ | §9€ |f6z/ foe) PE) 6% | SE | 69-6z |9S.6z | 09-62 |68-6% 02-62 \668-62 |EP9-62 | “61

seennt}enesaniseueesiorrees) sage | cosa | tm | cms | Of | GE | bo\FPE! If) Le | SE | LE.6z |Sz-6 |91-6% 02-60 V1-6e [90E-6z |19F-62| “81

QO. jrrs*s*|"*"""" Oz. | sass | cos | om | cms | FEO} CE | bE! EZH| OF) 6% | HH, | ZE-6z |3z-6z |£2-6% |1%-6% 92-68 |8ZE-6z |0£9-6%| “LI

8186.01] PO. | cuss | tmss | om | tm 1b | ob |iz€| sh! If) gt | BE | Pz-6% |0S-6z | Bh-6% |€L-6% F9-6z |1h8-6% 16-62) “OI

QB [errr] 1G. [see] em | sma femur! a | §6E | oF |f08| FHIS-0€| oz | ZF | gL-6z |SL.6z | $9-62 | 98-62 09-62 606-62 986-6 | “SI

Ol. seeeceieccroe 90- "MU "ass "MU "MU OF OPV 1 CY ¢.0P 9f cv 95-62 10-0£ GL-6% OL-0£ _L8-6% £96-6% '8ZZ-0£ TI

Lo. seeeseieeocee g0- “MA "AU “MUU "a Cr CY Sor SCP ral 6¢ OV 9@-0€ LE.o£ Lz-0€ o£-0&£ | 86-66 £6z-0€ 11€-08 “El €

OG. |r**7|""""") To. | sm | cm | cm | cms | for | FZp | 1€/FLb| GE) 6% | FH | 12-08 |LI-0€ |gz-0F |€4-0€ | 90-08 |1£E-0F |CEF-0€ | “zt

QO. |rcrteelstereeiesseee! oay | eggs | om ‘ou CP ep | 1€| SE\S-18! be | LE |61-0€ |Sz-0€ |SE-0€ | Lz-0€ | L0-0€ 89Z-0€ |19V-0£ | “11

Gls [rerree|tereerieeeeee| emu! cas | ca | a | 1b | 766) 8%} SE} SE) 6% | ZE | 06.6% |00-0€ |L0-0£ |60-0€ | 96-6% 612-0€ |LLZ-0€ | ‘01

GO. [rrereritereericeeees] cose | cam | ta | tou | OF |. gf | VE| LE| CE) go | CE |60.0€ |g1-0€ |OT-0€ $0.0€ | 7g-6% |S00-0€ |061-0€ | °6

dE. |OF-1 |"*'"'"| Zo. | *asa | tam | mea} sms | 6E | GE |FIE| BE} SE 6% | BE |90.0€ |gl.6% |08-6% |9F-6% | ££-6% |0LS-6% VOL-6% | *8

seettejeoeeseleseeeel tz. | cas | ms | *s | ms | $96) 66 | F118] 6] €€| Le | OF | 1.6% |0€.6z | 9£-62% | Lz-6% | 92-6 |LP-6z |169-6z | *L

GOs |osrees|ecrsesisemees! egg | ems | cm | ou ob | SE | La| S€| 1€| 9% | OF | H9.6% |ZL-6% | 09-62 |99-6% ZP-6% 612-62 661-62 | ‘9 @

Treeetiseeseciseeees! OO, |emss | cms | ‘Ss | cms | IP | EF | oF| Bh] 17) Fe | OF | 98-62 |PE.6% | 8£-6% | 62-62 | VE-6% |ZbS-6z |179-63| °S

SD eeeh tay: beebeesiseznss] Stoge: |). oe ‘s | as | Ch | gt |febiish| bh) Le | 6F | ob.6z |99.6% | 6b-6% |S9-6z | £9.62 |L18-6z |PL6-62 | "P

OB: [roche py. ooo tase] soe | °s *s gb | ob |fl€| 19) gh| IV | 19 | OF.6% |£€.6z | 09-64 | ZV-62 | 19-6% |SP8-6z 616-68 | “€

GI |*****|"**""*] 19, | cass | casa | tas | ‘ms | Zh | ob | €£/F6E) SE] 8& | 6F |9OP-6z | 99.6% | OF-6% | 09-62% | ZS-6% |€8L-6z |1£8-62 | *%

"lo" DT. | ge | cass | cas | tas | cas | FE | 6€ | fh) SE] VE) 6% | BH |€L-6% | LL-6z | 69-62 |$9-6% | 9-62 |L08-6z |9F8-62 | *L

i] rs] ey 2 2 ‘urd eur ‘urd ‘ul’ s 5 “ue

Feleg| [2 | fel et] x [sg EelPe| FIP leg FUE | Le [|| op | | | coe

® 7 Ss = _ ne S$ : = = ‘ oo 2 o

“Urey “put M *I9JIULOWIVY J, *19JOMOLe 2

*KANYUQ) ‘asunpyy younpung yn ‘uoysno[D “dD ‘Aey 247 49 puy fauIHs-saraawag ‘asunyy ysvSaddy yw ‘requnq *A\ *A07y 947 49 SNoLsog

gm “ye \ “Ay 49 SuopuorT avau ‘MOIMSIHD Jy Ajavv0g Josnynoysozy ay} fo uapany ay2 yo vuosdwoyy, ‘I 49 apou suoynasasgyQ jonFojo109}ayy

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

4 [SECOND SERIES.]

No. 4. APRIL 1848,

.XTV.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Warker, F.LS,

Yet e’en decay and darkness have their world !

Nothing is lost,—nothing forsaken here :

In dull rank weeds unnumber’d hosts lie curl’d—

Root, branch, stem, flower, have each their insect sphere ;

E’en darkness hath its population drear;

Each turf impregnate with existence heaves !—

More countless metamorphoses appear—

More marvels haunt our feet than thought conceives,

While worlds of insect tribes hang quivering on the leaves.—Swain.

La providence, en livrant homme a lui-méme, I’a placé sous une grande

_ et redoutable responsibilité. Si l’étude de l’histoire naturelle n’avoit servi

_ qu’a prouver cette vérité, elle auroit atteint le but le plus noble dont les

silences puissent s’enorgueillir, celui de tendre & améliorer l’espéce humaine

les exemples qu'elle nous propose.—Huber.

_ Tuts communication, instead of being introduced with remarks

n the family of Aphides or on the authors who have noticed

hem, begins with particular observations and specific descriptions

a groundwork for generalities, and as a means of gradually

nfolding the sp ton of these insects, and of gathering matter

w satisfactory conclusions thereon.

First Grovp.

This comprises the two following species, and is characterized

some parts of their structure, such as the great length of the

ectaries and of the last joint of the feelers, by their being scat-

ed and not clustering on their habitation, and by their three

ms, which are—

1. The viviparous winged female.

The name of this form indicates one of the peculiarities of

hides, nearly all other insects being oviparous, and its indivi-

power of self-reproduction is a still more remarkable pro-

erty. This continual renewal, whose period may in some cases

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i.

250 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

be lengthened by art, would in time wear out the species, as the

skin-shedding or the change of form (both which acts seem to

typify or to resemble the first-mentioned process) tends to exhaust

the insect, were not such a casualty provided for by the appear-—

ance of the second form after the lapse of a few generations of —

the winged female.

2. The oviparous wingless female.

The viviparous Aphides produce oviparous females and males”

at different times of the year, but in most species the first ap-—

pearance of the two latter forms is autumnal. The law which —

thus ordains an alteration of form may be compared to that which —

adjusts the relative proportions of the foliage, flowers, and seeds —

of plants to the conditions of the soil and of the atmosphere ; and —

these two agents bear the same relation to vegetation as the lat-—

ter does to Aphides with respect to inducing a change of structure,

3. The winged male,

whose appearance in the two following species precedes the fall

of the leaf where it dwells, and then its partner, the oviparous:

female, lays the eggs which by their glutinous covering are fast-—

ened to the twigs, and thereby secured from injury during the

winter till the first mild weather in the spring recalls the species”

to active life. id

1. Aphis Platanoidis. a

Aphis Platanoidis, Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. 1. 112; Kalten- —

bach, Mon. Pflan.i. 13 ; Ratzeburg, Forst. Ins. ii. 216.t. 11. f.45 —

Hartig, Germ. Zeit. iii. 369. z

Aphis Pseudo-platani, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gardener’s Chro-

nicle, i. 684. |

It feeds on Acer Pseudo-platanus, the syeamore; A. Plata-

noides, the plantain-like or Norway maple; and sometimes on 4.

campestre, the field maple, and is stationed on the under side of

the leaf. @

The viviparous winged female. This is hatched from the egg

in February or in March, and while young or a pupa it is slender,

pale green, rather flat and hairy, and adorned along the back with

four rows of black dots, with two vivid green stripes, and with

two rows of projections, which are separated by three rows of

smaller tubercles ; these and the hairs diminish or disappear du-

ring the growth of the insect: the limbs are dull green: the

feelers are stout, and rathér shorter than the body ; their joints

have black tips: the eyes are black: the tip of the mouth is

brown : the nectaries in the very young insect are not more than

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are short an¢

stout.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 251

Ist variety. Green, with two dark green stripes along the back.

‘2nd var. White, with two bright green stripes along the back.

3rd var. Whitish green. 4th var. Pale green. 5th var. Dark

_ green. 6th var. Yellowish green. 7th var. Yellow. 8th var. Pale

red. 9th var. Dark red. 10th var. Nearly black. 11th var.

_ With a broad pale stripe on each shank, and a narrower band at

the base of each thigh.

_ The wings are unfolded soon after the middle of April, or

somewhat later ; the insect is then long, slender, active, rather

flat, and of a bright yellowish green colour: the breadth of the

head is about twice its length; there are two impressions near

together on its disc: the forehead is concave, and has a slight

. ow gmsaet on each side: the feelers are slender, setaceous,

_ brown, green at the base, and a little longer than the body; the

_ first and the second joints are very short, and the former is thick ;

_ the third is very long ; the fourth is much shorter than the third ;

_ the fifth is thick at the tip, and nearly as long as the fourth ; the

_ sixth is obclavate, and about one-fifth of the length of the prece-

_ ding joint ; the seventh is much more slender than the fifth, which

_ it equals in length ; it is sometimes reddish brown : the eyes are

bright red, and behind each of them there is a small detached

lobe which supports a few facets like those of the proper eye;

this structure and the form of the chest are common to the genus:

there are three eyelets on the crown ; one in the middle and in ad-

vance of the other two: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown

ora black tip, and just reaches the base of the middle legs ; it

_ is the sheath of three very slender bristles which are put forth to

_ pierce the plant when the insect sucks: the fore-chest is large,

_ angular, and well-developed ; its breadth is about twice its length ;

it has four furrows, and of these the two inner converge towards

_ the fore-border and the two outer towards the hind-border : the

_ middle chest is smooth and shining; its lobes and the disc of

_ the breast are brown ; the corselet has a triangular lobe in front

_ and another behind, and an irregularly-oval lobe on each side ;

_ the scutcheon is short-obconical : the Pa is spindle-shaped,

_ slightly convex, not shining, and is furnished with a few hairs:

the nectaries are seated on each side of the hinder part of the

_ abdomen ; their tips are brown, and they are as long as one-fourth

_ or as one-fifth of the body. Mr. Haliday has favoured me with

__ the following information respecting these organs, through which

_ the Aphides pour forth streams of honey :—“It appeared to me

that the row of spiracles send off internally from each a delicate

_ membranous tube without the spiral coil, but soon ramifying into

_ the ordinary trachee, and that the nectary is not the regular

_ spiracle of the segment in which it is placed, but that this is also

present a little lower and more forward, and that the nectary is

17*

252 ° Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

an organ of the same system sending inwards and inclined a little —

down a similar tube. The summit of the nectary is contracted —

and then expanded again in a sort of lip, thus acting as a sphine- —

ter.” The legs are pale green, long and slender ; the fore-thighs —

are stout, and each has a small obtuse tooth on the inner side of —

its tip; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown ; —

the shanks are hairy, longer and more slender than the thighs; —

the feet have two joints; the first is very short, the second is —

longer and furnished with claws: the wings are colourless and —

much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs and the wing-brands —

are green ; the veins are brown, and their tips are slightly clouded : ©

the fore-wing has a strong rib-vein running parallel to and alittle ~

below its fore-border ; four branch-veins spring from it; the first —

and the second pass to the hind-border of the wing ; the third is —

divided at about one-third of its length ; one branch joins the hind —

border, the other is again forked, and the upper part of the fork —

runs to the tip of the wing; the fourth or radial vem is short and —

curves upwards: the lower wing has a rib-vein that runs very —

near the fore-border, and sends forth two simple veins to the —

hind-border. 7

Ist variety. The lobes of the middle chest and the dise of the ©

breast are black. 2nd var. With arow of transverse black spots —

along the back of the abdomen: the legs are pale yellow; the

knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black: the wing- —

ribs and the rib-veins are yellow. 3rd var. The dise of the head, —

two spots on the fore-chest, and the middle chest are black: the —

feelers are black and covered with a white bloom ; their base is —

dull yellow. 4th var. The body is tinged with bright red. In-

the 5th var. the disc of the head and the middle chest are green,

in the 6th they are buff, in the 7th they are red, in the 8th they

are lilac. 9th var. The body is deep black ; the head is tawny.

10th var. The whole body is covered with a white bloom. 11th

var. The body is pale red, or rust-colour: the back of the abdo-

men is traversed by a row of short black bands: this variety

occurs chiefly im the autumn. 12th var. The wing-brand is”

colourless. i

Sometimes one hundred of these insects may be seen under a —

single leaf, and innumerable swarms hover about the sycamore-_

trees during the fine calm autumn evenings. In this season it —

still continues to bring forth young ones, which the fall of the —

leaf soon carries away to the earth, where they perish. When

it abounds, a great variety of insects, especially of Hymenopterous:

and of Dipterous flies, come to feed on its honey-dew ; this matter

‘stops the pores and hastens the decay of the leaf, which towards —

the end of autumn is often covered with little Acari, the devourers

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 253

the leaf assumes a sooty appearance, and the presence of the Aphis

has been supposed to promote the growth of Xyloma Acerinum

on sycamore-leaves, but the appearance of this black shining

fungus seems to be occasioned by the soil and the local situa-

tion of the tree. This Aphis is devoured by the Coccinelle or

lady-birds, by the larve of the Hemerobii or lace-winged flies,

and of the Syrphide or hawk-flies ; it is carried by the Crabronide

to their nests, and is there stored up as provision for the larvee.

Its internal destroyers are Aphidius constrictus, a species of Allo-

tria, Megaspilus Carpenteri, Asaphes enea, Cyrtogaster vulgaris,

_ Coryna clavata, and Encyrtus Atheas. Coccinella 7-punctata, the

common lady-bird, was unusuaily abundant on the sycamore-trees

_ in the autumn of 1847; the beetle was of frequent occurrence in

_ the spring, and the grubs of the succeeding generation were ex-

_ ceedingly numerous, and attracted public attention when they

assumed the final state.

The dark colour of Aphides appears first on the tips of the

feelers and on the tip of each of their joints, on the tip of the

- mouth, on the head, the chest, the breast, and on the back of the

abdomen, on the tips of the nectaries, on the feet, and on the tips

_ of the shanks and of the thighs, and thence spreads more or less

_ over the rest of the body and of the hmbs. When the skin has .

been just shed, the body is pale and the limbs are white.

_ The preparations of these insects in Canada balsam present a

_ view of the internal organization, and of the parasitic larva which

_ lies in the abdomen in a curved position, and by appropriating to

_ itself the food received by the parent hinders the formation of

_ the young ones, of which the winged female is rather more pro-

lific than is the wingless female with regard to eggs. The Aphis

_ when very young, and some time before birth, appears to consist

of an almost homogeneous yolk, and resembles the egg, but is

much smaller.

_ The oviparous wingless female. This form attains its full

_ growth in the beginning of October, and is distinguished by the

_ long tail-like part of the abdomen behind the nectaries; it is

_ yellow, and has a vivid green stripe on each side of the back :

there are a few black spots along the middle of the abdomen, and

_|some short black streaks near its tip: the feelers are a little

_ shorter than the body.

Ast variety. Very dark green, traversed by black bands: the

tip of the abdomen is dull yellow, slightly streaked with black.

_ 2nd var. Almost black. 3rd var. Pale yellow, with a fine rose-

_ colour towards the head, and along each side of the body and

_ about the tip of the abdomen. 4th var. Green. 5th var. Yel-

low. 6th var. Buff. 7th var. Pale orange. 8th var. Brown,

__ It lays its eggs during November on the buds and on the shoots

254 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

of the sycamore. The eggs are spindle-shaped, and very large in —

proportion to the size of the mother ; when newly laid they are

pale, but they soon become black and shining, and have much

resemblance in size, shape and colour’to the eggs of most other —

species of Aphis. I have not seen more than twelve eggs in the —

body of a single insect, and the number is usually much less ; the —

egg lies lengthwise along the body, and by preserving the Aphides —

in Canada balsam the process of its formation is seen, and it may —

be ascertained to be homogeneous, and not a mere envelope for the _

young Aphis, as some authors have conjectured. An egg some- —

times occurs in the fore-chest, but its presence there is probably —

accidental.

The winged male. Unfolds its wings in the beginning of Oc-

tober ; it is darker than the winged female, and has more nume-

rous marks on the chest and on the abdomen, and its wing-brands

are also of a darker colour. It is brownish yellow: the head, the

disc of the chest, and that of the breast are brown : the head is a

little broader than the chest : the abdomen is brown and linear, and

has a broad pearly whitish green stripe on each side : the feelers

are thick towards the base, and longer than the body: the nec-

taries are dull palg yellow, brown at the base, and as long as one-

fourth of the body: the thighs except the base, and ey the

hind-thighs, are somewhat darker than the shanks. In the fore-

wing of one fly the lower vein of the first fork, instead of pro-

ceeding to the hind-border of the wing, curves backwards and

joins the second vein at a short distance from its tip. It pairs

with the wingless female from the middle till the end of October.

1st variety. Black in such parts where this sex is usually

brown.

In this species, as in other Aphides, the union of the branch-

veins with the rib-vein is usually more or less imperfect, and this

variableness occurs even in the opposite wings of one fly, but the -

junction isin some cases fully effected. The seventh jomt of the

feelers has occasionally but little more than half its usual length. —

Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 4 lines. 4

‘ae as De Re ee nN ee eS eT ee

2. Aphis Acerina, n. s.

I observed this insect near London from the beginning of July —

till the end of October 1847, feeding on the leaves of two young 3

sycamore-trees (Acer Pseudo-platanus) that were about five feet

high, and were situate a mile apart from each other, one in a~

garden, the other in a wood. It is a very lively, active and

elegant species.

The viviparous winged female. Its body is of a bright lemon- —

colour: the feelers are yellow, and very much longer than the —

body ; the tips of their joints are brown ; the third joint is very

Soi ine atete

gratzinn,

Nesdisees

SapLISEaIDE ey ube

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 255

long; the fourth is a little shorter than the third; the fifth is a

_ little shorter than the fourth, and very slightly dilated at the tip ;

_ the sixth is spindle-shaped, and from onecfifth to one-sixth of the

length of the fifth ; the seventh is longer than the fifth : the mouth

__ is pale yellow; its tip is brown : the eyes are red : the disc of the

- chest and that of the breast are brown ; the sides of the chest are

_ pale brown: there are two dark brown bands across the middle

_ of the disc of the abdomen, and two dots of the same colour be-

tween the hindermost band and the nectaries ; these are brown,

- and more than one-fourth of the length of the body, and at the

__ base of each there is a small black spot: the legs are yellow and

_ slender ; the fore-thighs and the hind-thighs are shaded with

_ brown; the knees and the tips of the feet are black; each fore-

thigh has a very slight tooth on the inner side of its tip: the

wings are colourless, and much longer than the body ; the wing-

_ brands are very pale ; the veins are buff, and in form are alike to

those of A. Platanoidis.

: 1st variety. The feelers are nearly twice the length of the body.

2nd var. The seventh joint of the feelers is not longer than

_ the fifth.

_. The number of young in the body does not usually amount to

twelve; they are occasionally more numerous, but in that case

some of them are extremely small. This female is the prey of a

species of Aphidius.

The oviparous wingless female. This is spindle-shaped, and in

_ form much resembles the oviparous 4. Platanoidis ; it occurs from

the beginning till the end of October. Its colour is buff or yel-

low; the tips of the joints of the feelers, the tip of the mouth,

_ the lobes of the chest, the tips of the nectaries, the knees, and

_ the feet are brown ; there are also five or six interrupted brown

_ bands across the abdomen, increasing in distinctness till the last,

which is usually entire : the eyes are dark red.

Ist variety. The tips of the joints of the feelers, the knees and

the feet are black.

_ The winged male. Much resembles the winged female, but is

_ somewhat darker; it pairs with the oviparous female before the

end of October.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 3 lines.

Szconp Grovp.

Like the first group, but the nectaries hardly rise above the

surface of the abdomen, and the seventh joint of the feelers is

shorter than the sixth.

& 3. Aphis Betula.

Aphis Betula, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 735,21; Faun. Suec. 992 ;

_ Pabr. Sp. Ins. ii, 386. 20; Ent. Syst. iv. 215. 25; Syst. Rhyn.

256 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

297. 25; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 2206; Reaum. Ins. iii. t. 22. f.2;—

Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. 1. 110; Geoff. Ins. i. 496. 7; DeGeer, 4

Ins. i. 45. 8. f. 27, 28; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 144. 118. 7

Aphis nigritarsis, Heyden, Mus. Senkenberg. ii. Heft 3. p. 299; —

Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 185. 1038. s

Aphis punctipennis ?, Zetterstedt, Faun. Lapp. i. 559. 45 Ins. —

Lapp. i. 2. 311. 7. 3

This large and handsome species may often be seen flying —

about birch-trees during the summer and the autumn ; it hassome

resemblance to A. Platanoidis, but the successive generations are —

more variable both in structure and in colour, and local differ- —

ences also occur. Zetterstedt’s A. punctipennis inhabits the birch —

and the alder, and has been found in Lapland and in Greenland. —

The viviparous winged female. This appears before the middle —

of April on the leaves of the white birch-tree, Betula alba; while |

a pupa itis narrow, long, linear and bristly, and of a bright grass- ;

green colour : the feelers are not more than half the length of the

body: the legs and the rudimentary wings are pale green, and 3

there is a spot of the same colour at the base of each nectary. The — i

wings are unfolded before the end of April, and the insect is then —

of a grass-green colour, and often quite covered with a white —

bloom : the crown of the head bears two impressions, and in front _

it is rather narrow and nearly straight, but there is a slight pro- —

tuberance at the inner base of each feeler: the feelers are black —

and shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is much shorter than —

the third, but much longer than the fifth, whose tip is very apc nas q

dilated ; the sixth is also slightly dilated at the tip, and is n z

half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is rather more than x! :

the length of the sixth : the: eyes are dark red: the mouth is black, —

green towards the base, and hardly reaches the middle hips: the —

chest has a slight tawny tinge ; its disc is nearly black, and it has —

a dark spot on each side: the breast is black: there are six rows —

of black tubercles along the back of the abdomen : the nectaries —

have black tips, and are less than one-twentieth of the length of ©

the body: the legs are dull green, rather long and stout; the

thighs are somewhat paler towards the base; the feet and the

tips of the shanks are brown: the wings are colourless, and longer ~

than the body; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ;—

the wing-brands are rather darker ; the veins are brown, and their —

tips are slightly clouded. :

Ist variety. The pupa. Bluish green. é

2nd variety. The pupa. Yellowish green, especially towards —

the head. a |

3rd variety. The pupa. Dark green.

4th variety. The pupa. Blackish.

5th variety. The disc of the head is nearly black: the legs

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 257

are black: the black spots on the abdomen are confluent and

_ form bands.

6th variety. Pale green ; the tips of the feelers are gray; the

_ sixth joint is longer than the fifth, and the last charaeter is com-

- mon to this female during the summer and the autumn : the feet

_ and the tips of the shanks are black: the wings are much longer

_ than the body. In the middle of June.

_ 7th variety. The pupa is pale yellowish green: the winged in-

sect is bright yellow, and often thickly covered with white bloom :

_ the middle chest and the middle breast are buff: the feelers are

_ black and longer than the body, at the base they are pale green

or pale yellow, and the latter colour sometimes extends along

their whole length with the exception of the tip of each joint :

: the mouth is pale green or pale yellow ; its tip is black: the legs

are pale yellow; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks

are black ; the thighs are sometimes pale green with black tips.

2 : In the beginning of July.

8th variety. Like the preceding, but with a black stripe on the

_ middle of the head, and a black spot on each side: there is also

a brown stripe along the fore-chest: the middle chest and the

_ middle breast are black.

9th variety. Like the preceding, but the middle chest is red,

and its dise is black: there are two large “ac omen deep

black spots on the back of the abdomen.

_. 10th variety. The pupa is pale yellowish green, or pale yellow

4 with irregular lively green spots along each side of the abdomen :

_ the chest of the winged insect is tawny, and marked with black,

and there is a large irregular subquadrate black spot on the middle

yA of the abdomen. At the end of August.

i: 11th variety. Yellow: the head and the fore-chest are green,

' and each of them has a black line along its hind-border: the

"4 middle chest and the wing-ribs are orange ; the shield is black,

z ‘and there are two or three black spots on the back of the abdo-

_ men: the wing-brands are pale yellow.

| 12th variety. Like the preceding, but the middle chest and

he middle breast are bright flesh-colour and marked with black :

he whole of the wing-border is orange.

13th variety. The pupa is bright orange: the head, the fore-

chest and the limbs are pale yellow: the eyes, the tips of the

feelers and the tip of the mouth are black. ‘In the beginning of

‘October.

_— 14th variety. The body is of a dark colour: the feelers are

‘much shorter than the body, and sometimes not more than half

‘its length: the wings are also short. At the end of May.

_ There are other but less distinet varieties.

On the front of the pupa there are bristles, which disappear

258 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

in the winged insect. The young ones in the pupa or in the

winged insect sometimes exceed thirty in number, but are then

of various sizes ; sometimes they are of large size and only four —

;

innumber. Itis devoured by the grubs of Coccinella, Hemerobii, —

Chrysope and Syrphi.

The oviparous wingless female. Appears in the autumn and ©

lays its eggs during the latter part of October and in the be- —

ginning of November, when it sits on the leafless bough. It is —

brown with black bands: the feelers are black and shorter than —

the body: the mouth is dull yellow ; its tip and the nectaries are

black : the eyes are dark red: the legs are yellowish brown: the —

hind part of the body is lengthened like that of A. Platanoidis.

Ist variety. Green.

2nd variety. Dusky yellow, or dull reddish yellow: every seg-

ment has a brown line across the disc, and another along each —

side border : the legs are dull yellow ; the knees are brown; the —

feet and the tips of the shanks are black.

The winged male. It pairs with the wingless female at the end

of September : it is darker than the winged female, and like it is

sometimes covered with a white bloom: the head and the chest

are mostly black, and there is a compact row of large black spots —

along the abdomen : the feelers are longer than the body: the

mouth is short, and reaches a little beyond the hind-border of

the fore-chest. é ‘

Length of the body 13—23 lines; of the wings 4—5} lines.

4. Aphis comes.

This insect is of rare occurrence, and has much resemblance to

Aphis Betula.

The viviparous winged female. Found on the birch, Betula

alba, in August and in October. The body is yellowish brown,

and rather long: the front of the head is rather narrow and —

nearly straight, and there is a slight protuberance at the imner

base of each feeler: the feelers are black, setaceous, slightly

hairy, and much shorter than the body ; the first and the second

joints are yellowish ; the fourth is much shorter than the third;

the fifth is much shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is not half the

length of the fifth ; the seventh is a little shorter than the sixth :

the mouth is yellow, and reaches to the middle hips; its tip is

black; the eyes are dark red: the dise of the chest and that of

the breast are black: the abdomen has two black spots on each ~

side: the nectaries are extremely short, and like those of A. Be-—

tule: the legs are brownish yellow, long, and somewhat hairy ;

the feet, the knees, and the tips of the shanks of the fore-legs and

of the middle legs, and the whole of the hind legs excepting the -

base of the thighs, are black : the wings are colourless ; the wing-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 259

ribs, the wing-brands and the veins are tawny ; the fourth branch-

yein sends forth its first fork at one-third, and its second fork at

two-thirds of its length. The young ones in the body sometimes

mount to thirty in number, of which a third part are large and

he rest are small.

Ist variety. With four black spots on each side of the abdo-

men.

_ Length of the body 2—2} lines ; of the wings 5—6 lines.

TuirpD GRovp.

The only species in this group differs not from A. comes in

structure, but in addition to the three forms before-mentioned it

_ has a fourth, which is the viviparous wingless female.

5. Aphis oblonga.

_ Aphis oblonga, Von Heyden, Stet. Ent. Zeit. Jahr. v. 12 ; Kalt.

fon. Pflan. i. 144; Ratz. Forst. Ins. ii. 219; Stet. Ent. Zeit.

844, pp. 9, 81, 133, 410.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is brown : the front

of the head is slightly concave: the feelers are black, setaceous,

lightly hairy, and shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is pale

ellow at the base, and about half the length of the third; the

h is also pale yellow at the base, and a little shorter than the

urth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is

uch shorter than the sixth: the eyes are dark red: the mouth

is black, yellow towards the base, and reaches to the middle

hips: the nectaries are shorter than those of A. comes, and do

ot rise above the surface of the abdomen: the legs are dark yel-

low and slightly hairy ; the thighs, excepting the base, the feet,

wd the hind shanks, are black. It is the prey of a parasitic grub.

The viviparous winged female. In colour like the preceding

form, but the disc of the chest and that of the breast are black :

the wings are colourless ; the wing-ribs, the wing-brands and the

veins are tawny; the second fork of the fourth branch-vein is

rather long.

Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 3 lines.

_. Tam indebted to my friend Mr. Haliday for the following trans-

lation of an extract from ‘ Erichson’s Bericht,’ &c., 1844 :—

| © Ent. Zeitung, pp. 9, 81, 183, 410. Ratzeburg observed a

“Hpecies of Aphis on the birch which continued to produce a living

progeny, from August into winter, without either male or female

pearing. Bouché and Kaltenbach in explanation remark that

e males in this family are not always winged. However, the

ay following, Ratzeburg, continuing his observations, found

winged females, and afterwards (in October) winged males

so which paired with them. The species was then identified as

A. oblonga, V. Heyden.”

260 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis.

For the male to pair with the winged female is a very unusual

case among Aphides, but it very frequently occurs that

tions of many families continue viviparous till their final destrue-

tion, while other families are privileged to carry on the stock o:

the species: their circumstances enable both sexes to appear among

their descendants, and eggs are consequently laid up in store

for the ensuing season. But this subject and others in relation

with it will be more fully noticed in another part of these de-

scriptions.

[To be continued.]

XXV.—On the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis, By G. Dicxre,

M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the University sail Rags Col-

lege of Aberdeen *. j

Iv a communication submitted to the Society two years ago, an

attempt was made to prove that in certain plants, tubes observed

in connexion with ovules are not really in every case derived

from the pollen, as stated by some physiologists, but prolonga-

tions from some part or other of the ovules. This statement h =

adhered to: it would be rash to generalise in the matter. It we

argued in favour of this opinion, that the number and positio

of the ovules would present obstacles to the pollen-tubes entering

their foramina. An argument, it may be said, of greater value

was employed, viz. that the development of such a tube might be.

traced at an early stage projecting from the exostome im the

form of a papilla, ending in a blind extremity, afterwards increa-

sing in length and coming in contact with the placenta. The

observations of the late Mr. Griffith on Santalum were ce in

favour of the idea in question, that acute observer having proy

the true nature of the tube sent up to meet the pollen-tube, i

being a prolongation of that part which is usually denomi E

embryo-sac. It was not in my power to speak so em alg

regarding the nature of the tubes in those plants in which they

were seen; in Narthecium, Bartsia and Euphrasia I expressed

however my belief that they might be prolongations of the apex

of the nucleus. It was considered sufficient at that time to show

that prolongations like pollen-tubes might be sent up from the

ovule. I have repeatedly examined ovules of Euphrasia and have

found them uniformly present. I had originally set out with the

view of tracing pollen-tubes into the ovule, and if possible ob-

serving them in contact with the embryo-sac, and even in the act

of causing introflexion of that part. When I say, if possible,

expression has reference to myself; observers of great a

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 13 Jan. 1848.

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. 261

and of high authority in points relating to vegetable physiology

had made such statements, and implicit confidence was placed

-inthem. Tubes were observed, but for the reasons alluded to I

felt convinced that they had origin from the ovule itself.

Additional observations have led me to change the opinion

formerly expressed respecting the part of the ovule from which

these organs in Euphrasia are derived, and the present commu-

“nication has reference to that point, and to a peculiarity in the

tructure of the ovule of that plant, which, so far as I am aware,

as not been hitherto described.

The substance of the nucleus is very thin about the period of

ecundation, the embryo-sac which lines it becoming highly de-

veloped. This sac is attenuated at the posterior extremity ; its

body tapers gradually upwards into a neck, which is bent at an

obtuse angle, and near the apex it is bulbous; at this apex or

anterior extremity there is the appearance of a fissure or cleft

bounded by two or three rounded lobes. In the interior of the

neck and bulb of the sac there is distinctly seen a tube which is

narrow below, but somewhat dilated at the part corresponding to

the bulb of the sac. This tube I have observed in several in-

stances prolonged upwards, passing out at the terminal fissure

nd ending in a papilla closed at the extremity. I have traced

t some way into the interior of the body of the sac, but the pre-

sence of the cellular contents has prevented me from being able

clearly to see its relation to the very minute embryo, whose out-

line might be seen shining through. In one preparation in my

_ possession there is an appearance which seems to indicate a con-

_nhexion between the embryo and the tube, but I cannot decidedly

gl that they are continuous. Lying parallel to the embryo-

Sac, and on the side next the short podosperm, there is another

organ similar in structure ; it may be compared to a Florence flask

‘in shape ; the necks of the two are quite continuous.

_ The nature of this remarkable appendage was not easily com-

prehended at first. I am inclined to believe that the arrange-

tent of the parts in Euphrasia is somewhat similar to that in

‘some species of Veronica, and which has been described and

illustrated by M. Planchon, to the accuracy of whose descrip-

_ tions and delineations I can bear testimony from my own observa-

tions. In the earlier stages of the ovule in Veronica the upper

id of the sac is bulbous, below this it tapers into a neck, then

alterwards appears, and which may be called the body of the sac ;

lowards the posterior end it gradually becomes narrower and

ends in a sharp point. At more advanced stages the neck of the

Sac presents several varicose appendages. The large appendage

262 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Kuphrasia officinalis.

and continuous with its neck, is merely a process of that parte

In Euphrasia, however, the embryo-sac does not appear exter-

nally, as in the advanced stages of that of Veronica.

he tube already described as traversing the bulb and neck of

the sac, and passing some way into the interior of the body of the

same organ, is certainly not the least remarkable part of the <

rangement. The principal argument against its origin from the

pollen has been already alluded to, viz. its closed papilliform end

projecting from the fissure in the ‘extremity of the bulb. It i

certainly very difficult to pronounce a decision respecting the

nature of the extremity of a transparent membranous tube less

than a three-thousandth of an inch in diameter. I have come to.

the conclusion mentioned, after repeated careful examination D

under various powers of a microscope (by Brunner of Paris) ¥

rying from 250 to upwards of 600 diameters. Figure 1 repre-

sents a preparation in my possession, in which two tubes are

lying beside each other ; one of them is evidently broken across,

the other is closed at the end ; the latter may be traced to the

exostome of an ovule, part of ‘which only is represented.

ruptured tube belonged to another ovule which is not od

in the figure. But for the fact just mentioned, I should feel con-

strained at once to admit, that appearances are much in favour

of Schleiden’s opinion, excepting that part which has reeerene

to the introflexion of the embryo-sac.

- It will now be evident, therefore, that in Huphrasia, the oyu e

tubes are not prolongations of the apex of the nucleus, but pro

ceed from the interior of the embryo-sac. As already mentioned

I am not at present prepared to state positively the relation b “

tween the tube and the embryo.

The majority of observers seem to agree respecting the pre

sence of pollen-tubes in the tissue of the stigma and style ; ad L

they have been traced into the interior of the ovarium. That~

part of the subject which has reference to the presence of such

tubes connected with the ovule, and their nature, has given rise t

much difference of opinion.

Mirbel long ago pointed out the existence of tubular prlon.

gations proceeding from some part of the ovule. Those observed

by Mr. Brown in the Orchidee were supposed to have their exis te

ence determined by the action of the pollen, but not to be dire ly

derived from it. Schleiden spoke emphatically respecting

pollen-tubes reaching the embryo-sac, and the same was adm

by Meyen, though they differed respecting the subsequent re A= .

tions of the two. Griffith demonstrated the presence of both

pollen- and ovule-tubes. Hartig admitted the existence of three :

kinds in connexion with the ovules in different plants : first, ti

pollen-tubes, as in the Conifere ; second, prolongations of “a

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. 263

‘conducting tissue of the style, as in some Crucifere; lastly,

tubes proceeding from some part of the ovule itself, as in certain

_ Cupulifere. Gasparrini alludes to their presence in connexion

_ with the ovule, but supposes them to be derived from the con-

_ ducting tissue of the style; Hartig and he are therefore agreed

in this, in regard to some plants at least. In Orchidee, Amici,

_ Mohl and Miller have all recently traced the pollen-tube through

_ the foramina of the coats to the embryo-sac. Hoffmeister has

made similar observations in the Ginotheree*, Tulasne says he

has traced the pollen-tube into the interior of the embryo-sac.

_ The opinions respecting them are therefore three : first, they are

true pollen-tubes, an opinion supported by Schleiden, Meyen,

_ Amici, Mohl, Miiller, Gelesnow, Tulasne and others; second,

they are derived from the conducting tissue of the ovarium, a

_ view supported by Gasparrini, and also by Hartig, in reference at

_ least to certain plants ; third, they are derived from some part

_ of the ovule itself, issuing from it, not directed towards it ; this

opinion derives support from the observations of Griffith and

Hartig, and in the first part of this communication I have ex-

_ pressed the same in reference to Euphrasia.

_ Admitting that the pollen-tube reaches the embryo-sact, the

opinions respecting their subsequent relation to each other are

the following. The view first promulgated by Schleiden was,

_ that the pollen-tube pushed the summit of the embryo-sac before

_ it and became invested by it. Hoffmeister admits that the tube

im some instances where the embryo-sac is very delicate does push

‘it inwards a little distance, but he also speaks of the tube be-

- coming distorted by the resistance of the embryo-sac. Gelesnow,

and subsequently Tulasne, state that the tube actually penetrates

_ the embryo-sae and lies within it, and Schleiden has recently

admitted the possibility of this in certain cases. Amici, Mohl,

_ Miiller and others state that it is merely applied to the sac at or

near the apex; Meyen went a step farther, and supposed that

_ their respective membranes were absorbed at the point of con-

tact, thus permitting the direct mixture of the contents of both.

__ The action of the pollen in regard to the origin and subsequent

development of the embryo may next be alluded to. It may

_ however be observed, that the universality of a law having refer-

ence to the necessity for the action of the pollen is not now

tenable, after the statement of Mr. Smith respecting the female

i t of Celebogyne, and the still more recent observations of

_ Gasparrini on the cultivated Fig. These statements will also di-

, : * An account of the observations of Amici, Mobl, Miiller and Hoffmeister,

__ by Mr. Henfrey, is published in the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ for Jan. 1848,

_ ¢ Amici applies the term ‘embryonal vesicle ’ to the earliest stage of this

_ organ,

264 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis.

minish the tendency to call in question the observations on the”

Hemp long since recorded. Still, the action of the pollen, what-

ever be its nature, cannot generally be set aside.

It will be necessary to allude briefly to the stages through

which the embryo passes. The first or earliest condition is that

of a simple cell, the germinal vesicle of Amici and others ; it may —

be compared to the reproductive cells of some of the Alge, and

might be denominated with propriety the sporoid stage. The

appendage termed ‘ suspensor’ is worthy of notice ; it is usually —

very highly developed in the sporoid embryo, and more so in 7

some plants than in others ; in some of the Crucifere, for example, —

it attains considerable dimensions. I have seen an embryo of

Draba verna x} of an inch long, with a suspensor three times —

that length. Mr. Griffith describes the embryo in Gnetum as ©

being attached to an enormously long, tortuous, but irregularly

twisted cellular suspensor, its length varying from 3} to 5 inches ;

the whole length of the seed being about 1 inch.

Different opinions are entertained respecting the true nature

of this appendage. According to Schleiden’s view it is part of ©

the pollen-tube ; in the Orchidee it would seem from Amici’s ob-

servations to be part of the embryo-sac ; he states that the part —

of the sac which was in contact with the pollen-tube becomes —

elongated upwards, dividing likewise into cells, which are trans-—

parent and situated one above another, so as to form a large — i

confervoid filament ; thus traversing in the opposite direction the 5

course followed by the pollen-tube, becoming enlarged and pass- —

ing through the orifices of the tegmen and testa, and being pro- :

longed even as far as the placenta. According to Mohl the —

suspensor is essentially connected with the embryo, both being #

produced by the growth and division of the germinal vesicle, the —

lowest cell, the embryo, growing faster than the others. In

Tropaolum, however, the development of the suspensor seems to”

precede that of the embryo; such at least is the result of Mr. —

Wilson’s observations upon that plant*. It has been already 5

stated that the embryo in its first stage may be compared to the

spore of an Alga; future observations may afford greater reason —

than at present for saying, that the sporoid embryo of some —

phenogamous plants germinates in situ, emitting a confervoid dl

filament, and requiring no transference to a new nidus, but find-—

ing in the interior of the embryo-sac all the conditions neces-—

sary to its existence and future development as a spore up to a

certain period. In such Algz as Vaucheria, Derbesia, &e., the

spores usually escape from the cell in which they are produced ; =

being furnished with cilia they are enabled to disperse them-—

selves abroad, after a time they become fixed, and produce a

* London Journal of Botany, vol. ii, p. 623.

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis, 265

plant like the parent. We may suppose that such change of cir-

cumstances is necessary to their proper development ; the very fact

of number alone would in certain cases be an obstacle to their

pee in their original situation. In some instances however they

‘The sporoid embryo is usually solitary (Citrus, Conifere, &c. pre-

sent exceptions) ; it does not require to change its place, but be-

yins to germinate in situ, producing a confervoid filament, the

embryo suspensor, which is usually directed towards the apex of

the nucleus. But. it may be objected to this idea, that spores do

not germinate from any special fixed point ; this however is not

proved, for who has yet demonstrated that they have not a fixed

oint for the origin of the thread they produce? Sometimes

iowever the suspensor is not directed towards the micropyle,

but away from it ; Gasparrini has observed this in Citrus, and

iriffith observed that in Osyris the part corresponding to the

suspensor has a direction quite opposed to the point reached by

the pollen-tube. In the ovule of Huphrasia, the peculiarities of

hich have been already described, it is probable that the tubu-

lar filamentous appendage which protrudes from the apex of the

embryo-sac is a prolongation of the terminal joint of the sus-

pensor; at all events it cannot be derived from the pollen for

reasons already given; at the same time it is not denied that the

pollen-tube may reach and come in contact with the apex of the

sac, though I have hitherto failed in detecting its presence. In

a former communication an opinion was expressed that the

inted appendage of the embryo in the Orchidee is no part of the

lien-tube, as supposed by Schleiden, but a process from the

bryo itself; it was also added, that a tubular prolongation of its

erminal joint might account for the presence of those tubes so

undant upon the placenta, and which had been by most ob-

servers considered to be derived from the pollen. From the

observations of Mohl and others it would appear that the state-

ent alluded to was only partially correct, their observations

having confirmed the first part, but shown the second to be er-

‘roneous. For reasons already mentioned it would be premature

to state that the production of the confervoid filament or sus-

“pensor, in other words, the germination of the sporoid embryo,

forms the second stage of its development.

| This stage appears to be quite independent of the action of

the pollen. Mirbel and Spach in 1839* demonstrated that

the st appearance of the embryo, the germinal vesicle, called

y them primary utricle, precedes the application of the pollen.

This early formation of the germinal vesicle, the first outline

f the embryo, was proved by them in a large number of

* Report by M. Giraud in ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ vol. v.

» & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 18

Z ite Br ‘ke

, tae a

266 ~— Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Kuphrasia officinalis.

Graminee. Its independence of the pollen need scarcely b

spoken of in Celebogyne and Citrus already alluded to. The obs

servations of Mohl on the Orchidee lead to the same conclusion ;

those of Miiller on the same family have a similar import. Mr

Henfrey in his report already quoted observes, “The whol

question appears to be narrowed to the determination of th

point, whether the germinal vesicle does actually exist before im,

pregnation, since if that can be proved, all appearances yet ob-

_ served may be reconciled by allowing for very slight errors i a

interpreting and delineating them.” .

The most careful and trustworthy observers speak with caution

respecting the real nature of the action produced by the pollen-

tube upon the ovule in impregnation. We have seen that at

least one stage of embryo-life is independent of the contact of the

pollen-tube with the embryo-sac ; this I have ventured to deno-

minate the sporoid stage. In some few cases, viz. Ca an¢

others, all the stages are equally so; generally however ig

future progress of the embryo is determined by the action of ne

pollen, whatever the nature of that action may be. The tet

duction of true radicle, cotyledons and plum e will constitu

the last stage of embryo-development, and it is in reference tod

that the best instruments cease to afford us any precise informa-

tion. We can trace the progress of the organs in question, bu

we cannot state precisely in what way the action of the pollen

influences their development. We do not derive any very cleat

information from such statements as those of Oken*, when he |

tells us that “the pollen electrifies, animates or inspirits the

ovarium—that the male imparts nothing in impregnation bu

the solar ray or fluid nervous mass in its semen, which awakes |

animates and inspirits the quiescent female—that the nee ;

a most highly differenced electrical product ; the seed- ea

wholly indifferent and tranquil mucous mass. The pollen il

upon the stigma of the pistil, and irradiation has t en place ;_

the material fruit-capsule gains thereby so much polarity, th

saps enough ascend, in order to develope the germless seed. |

vesicles.” ae |

The theory of Schleiden had the advantage over all others that

it directly accounted for the presence of the embryo. Some ob: |

servations of Mr. Griffith seemed to lead to a conclusion near;

similar, the difference being that the embryo is not developed”

directly from the end of the pollen-tube, but from cells produced

by that part. It is presumed that no one has hitherto Shell !

tube through its whole length, connected with the ret ain |

at one end and with the embryo at the other. re

* Oken’s Philosophy of Nature, Ray Society, 1847.

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. 267

Sap

“ee.

SOs 2s

See.

Fig. 1. Part of an ovule with a tube issuing from the foramen and termina-

3 ting in a closed extremity,

| #ig. 2. Embryo-sac and appendage.

| #ig. 3. Part of another more highly magnified, showing the tube which

Se traverses the sac.

| Fig. 4. Neck and bulb of the sac with tube more highly magnified.

4 18*

268 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

XXVI.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Putte Henry Gosse. |

[Continued from p. 202.]

39. Calopteron bicolor. On the trees at the forest-edge, on

each side of the Hampstead Road, this Lycus was excessively

abundant in June 1845 and 1846, particularly i in the latter year.

Hundreds, I should judge, were sometimes on a single small tree.

They rested principally on horizontal branches from the heigh :

of ten feet upwards. .

40. Pygolampis xanthophotis* (mihi).

41. Photuris versicolor.

42 to 53. Twelve other species of Lampyride, all luminous. —

The fire-flies of the tropics have been often described. The

Lampyride are, in Jamaica, far more abundant than Pyrophors

noctilucus. At all times, their sparks, of various degrees of i

tensity, according to the size of the species, are to be seen, fitfu ly

gleaming by scores about the margins of woods, and in open and

cultivated places. Photuris versicolor, a large species wit drab .

coloured elytra, I found abroad soon after my arrival, in De-

cember. One flying around the house, in the evening, I was

struck with its swift and headlong flight and nearly permanent

luminosity, which was much more brilliant than that of any spe-

cies which I had at that time seen.

The large Pygolampis, to which, for precision’s sake (as I hay e i

a note concerning it), I have given a name, I did not meet with

until May, when one flew into the house at Bluefields in th .

evening ; and two nights afterwards I observed it rather nume-

rous on the very sea-beach at Sabito. It was conspicuous for ne

intensity of its light, much exceeding that of Photuris versicolo .

Sometimes it is only the last segment but two that shows lumi =|

nosity, but when excited the whole hinder part of the abdome

is lighted up with a dazzling glare. |

It is in the woods of St. Elizabeth’s, in the month of June, that.

I have seen the Lampyride in their glory ; and particularly along |

the road leading up the mountain from Shrewsbury to Content,

where it is cut through the tall forest, which overhangs it on)

each side, making it sombre even by day, and casting an impe=

netrable gloom over the scene by night. The darkness here,|

however, and especially at one point, a little dell, which is most)

obscure, is studded thick with fire-flies of various species, ane :

* This fine species may be thus described. Length 9 lines; bre: dth |

33 lines. Elytra smoke-black ; thorax drab, the central portion dark brow1

abdomen pale, the last three or four segments cream-white. een ‘in

Brit. Mus.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 269.

ich the two large ones above-named are conspicuous. I have

ighted to watch and study their habits in this lonely spot,

while the strange sounds, snorings, screeches, and ringings, of

nocturnal reptiles and insects, sounds unheard by day, were

coming up from every part of the deep forest around, giving an

utmost unearthly character to the scene.

_ Pygolampis xanthophotis is seen only in flight: its light is of

| rich orange-colour when seen abroad, but when viewed in the

ht of a candle appears yellow. It is not of so deep a tint as

abdominal light of Pyrophorus noctilucus. It is intermittent.

Photuris versicolor is noticeable by its frequent resting on a

wig or leaf in the woods, when it will gradually increase the in-

tensity of its light till it glows like a torch ; then it gradually

es to a spark, and becomes quite extinct : it thus remains un-

een for some time, but in about a minute, or, it may be, two, it

begin to appear, and gradually increase to its former blaze ;

n fade again ; strongly reminding the beholder of a revolving

ht at sea. The light of this species is of a brilliant green hue.

ave seen a passing Pyg. xanthophotis, attracted by the glow

a stationary Phot. versicolor, fly up and play around it ; when

e intermingling of the green and orange rays had the same

harming appearance as the two lights of Pyrophorus noctilucus

iced in the preceding part of this memoir.

The smaller species have, some yellow, some green light: I

ve noticed only these two colours in the luminosity of such

mpyride as 1 have observed.

_ Pygolampis zanthophotis, when held in the fingers, will fre-

quently illuminate the antepenultimate segment of the abdomen,

pver which the light plays fitfully, sometimes momentarily

clouded, more or less, but generally saturated, as it were, with

nost brilliant effulgence. ‘This species occasionally comes in at

pen windows at night, but much more rarely than Photuris ver-

olor and the smaller kinds, a dozen or more of which may be

seen almost every night, especially at Content, crawling up the

alls or flitting around the room and beneath the ceiling.

. At Content, in the latter part of July, I found in fresh-turned

arth a larva of a Lampyris, small and lengthened: the abdomen

as furnished with a retractile brush of divergent filaments, or-

arily concealed ; but having no lens with me I could not ex-

ine it particularly.

54. Nitidula (sp. nov.). Found with a Philonthus, rather

merous, in the centre of decaying rose-apples (Eugenia jambos)

the Hampstead Road in June.

55. Dermestes lardarius. Probably introduced. Sadly abun-

ant in the skins of my preserved birds, at all times.

_ 56. Helops (sp. near celestinus). A single specimen found on

270 Mr. L. Reeve on the Habits and

the ground, on Grand Vale Mountain, St. Blizabeth’s, early in

June. o hak

57. Diaperis? (sp. nov.). Found at New Forest, near Alli-

gator Pond, where the singular honey-combed limestone i is the

common rock. It was in December. .

58. Rhipiphorus (sp. nov.). A single specimen bikveni in Junsl

on the Hampstead Road: it was resting between two leaves of L

shrub.

59. Mordella (sp.). .

60. Tenebrio (sp.). Common under heaps of slated in ‘Blue

fields pasture.

61. Upis (sp. nov.). :

62. Attelabus (sp. nov. very near aureolus, Klug). ‘This pret

little insect was very numerous in June on the Ham

and it occurred also at the same season on Bluefields Mour

We invariably found the specimens resting on the leaves of t ie :

that overhung the road, and for the most part about ten or: iftee ~

feet from the ground. They were apt to fall off on the s t

alarm. It has an odd appearance, as if it were but two-legged

from the great development of the anterior pair of legs. Th :

spot on each elytron is golden during life, but after rameaninconersh

a dull drab hue.

[To be continued. ]

XXVII.—On the Habits and Geographical Distribution of Buli-

mus, @ genus of ren taste Mollusks. By Lovett. EEVE,

F.LS. 4

Tux beautiful forms and varieties of shells produced by tho e

air-breathing mollusks, which, under the generic appellation of

Bulimus, constitute an important division of the great tribe of

Swarzs, have become objects of especial interest to the concholo-

gist, owing to the zeal with which a few enterprising scientific tra-

vellers have lately penetrated into tropical countries in pursuit

of them. It is, however, to the productive exertions of Mr, —

Cuming that we are mainly indebted for the newer and. me re

attractive species. The researches of this ardent naturalist im

the arid plains on the west side of the Andes, in the dense woods

of West Columbia and Central America, and more recently in

the luxuriant open forests of the Philippine Islands, whilst they

present an instructive contrast, exceed any result the most san-

guine collector could have anticipated. In the dry and barren

regions of Western Chili and Peru, the Bulimi are m SI all,

and of comparatively fragile structure ; but in the beauti islands

of the Eastern Archipelago, where climate and vegetation com.

Geographical Distribution of Bulimus. 271

bine to favour the growth of arboreal species, the genus is repre-

mted with prolific splendour. Mr. Cuming must have truly

t like one transported to the fabled garden of the Hesperides,

when beholding the lofty trees of these sunny isles laden with

snails of such magnificent proportions. Aladdin, in the Arabian

tale, could not surely have contemplated the rich clusters of vari-

coloured fruit in the garden of the African Magician with more

astonishment, nor probably gathered it with more avidity.

_ “It was in 1836,” relates Mr. Broderip, “ that Mr. Cuming

proceeded to the Philippine Islands by permission of the Queen

egent of Spain, and aided by powerful recommendations from

er government, which opened to him the interior of the islands,

d caused him to be received with a noble hospitality, equalled

y by the warm interest which facilitated his pursuits wherever

e arrived and made himself known.” Species of which we had

but an imperfect knowledge, in consequence of the bad condi-

tion in which a stray individual chanced to reach our cabinets, were

found in luxuriant plenty, and many new kinds were discovered

in their airy solitude in equal abundance. Had De Férussac, the

thusiastic admirer of this tribe, lived to see the glorious series

of Bulimi accumulated in the Cumingian collection in different

stages of growth, and in the finest state of preservation, from the

se to the adult, he would have been indeed amazed.

The genus Bulimus, as restricted by Lamarck, comprehends

an extremely natural group, though presenting important differ-

ences of growth and texture ; and these variations are peculiarly

local. In the Philippine Islands, the species are of large and

tather solid growth, with a remarkable hydrophanous epidermis,

that is, permeable by water or other evaporable fluid; on the

en hills of Lima, and in the sandy plains of Chili and Peru,

ey are mostly small and delicately formed ; in Brazil, the species

remarkable for having the aperture in frequent instances

nticulated ; and in New Caledonia, Venezuela, New Granada

d New Hebrides, they not uncommonly exhibit with equal pe-

euliarity a plaited Auricula-like columella.

It is a curious feature in the Philippine species, that the varie-

ties of pattern which constitute their chief ornament reside only

the epidermis. The colours of the shell rarely describe any

bore of configuration ; they are mostly blended into a uniform

t, over which a fanciful pattern is produced by the epidermis

rming a double porous membrane in some places, and a single

only in others, developed, moreover, with the same continu-

ous regularity as the textile marking of a Volute or Cone. This

hzenomenon is easily detected by immersing the shell in water,

hen the light portion, or upper porous layer, of the epidermis

becomes saturated, and the ground colour of the shell is seen

272 Mr. L. Reeve on the Habits and

through it ; as the moisture evaporates, the epidermis resumes its -

light appearance. Sir David Brewster, in reply to a letter fron

Mr. Broderip on this subject, says: “It appears to me, from

very careful observations, that the epidermis consists of two

layers, and that it is only the upper layer which is porous, —

wherever the pattern is white. These white or porous portions

of the epidermis differ from the other parts of the upper layer

only in having been deprived of, or in never haying possessed, —

the element which gives transparency to the membrane; in the -

same manner as hydrophanous opal has become white, from the

expulsion of its water of crystallization.” q

There is little variety in the animal of Bulimus: the Chilian

species are mostly of a light colour, and a few in this and the

Columbian district are spotted, some having a transparent shell —

through which the spots are visible. The Philippine species are,

without exception, of a sombre olivaceous brown, and dwell in”

family groups, as it were, among the shady foliage of the branches. -

Out of a group of some dozen living specimens, not more than.

three or four may be found in an adult state with the lip of the

shell reflected. They may be dislodged by shaking the branches,

but are chiefly disturbed by the heavy rains with which these

islands are at times visited. Mr. Cuming preferred, however, to”

collect them in dry sunny weather, because he was sure of finding”

the objects of his search in their shady places of retreat. In the —

immense sandy tract on the west side of the Andes, the reverse ©

of this condition of nature prevails. The Bulimi are here phy-

sically very distinct ; some reside all the year round upon the

numerous Cacti, but during the dry season, which lasts for several

months, they live mostly in a state of torpor, inclosed within”

their shell by an epiphragm, and buried in the sand or under

stones. On the approach of the dews they revive to a state of

animation, and crawl about at night in quest of food. 4

In illustration of the remarkable drought that prevails in ~

Northern Chili, and of its effect upon molluscous life, I am

tempted to repeat, in brief, an anecdote related to me by Mr. Cu-

ming. On the arrival of our friend at the port of Copiapo in 1829,

he discovered the beautiful Bulimus Broderipii in considerable |

numbers, in the fissures of the rocks that may be seen here and —

there in the sandy plains of that country. Finding a large pro-

portion of them dead, with the soft parts entirely decomposed,

he requested a solitary inhabitant of the place to collect as man

specimens as he could pick out alive, whilst he occupied himself

in botanizing. Returning from his excursion, Mr. Cuming was

greatly disappointed to find that among the quantity his Chilian

collector had accumulated, there was scarcely one in a living state.

Upon remonstrating with him for his inattention, the native re-

Geographical Distribution of Bulimus. 273

plied : “ Only wait till the dews come, and they will be all alive

again.” Mr. Cuming rejoined: “I suppose you mean when it

_ rains.” The man, however, in perfect astonishment inquired

_ what he meant; though a sexagenarian, he had never heard of

such a thing as rain.

_. The Bulimi vary in their mode of propagation : fragile species

with the lip of the shell simple are mostly viviparous, while those

_ witha reflected lip are oviparous. The arboreal species of the Phi-

lippines deposit their eggs in little clusters on the trees, between

two leaves which the animal manages to curl up, one upon the

_ other, so as to form a receptacle for their protection ; and so far

as Mr. Cuming’s observations go, they are all soft, like snakes’

eggs, with the single exception of the B. Mindoroensis, in which

instance the eggs are calcareous, deposited upon a leaf in parallel

rows, each standing perpendicularly on end, attached at the base

__ by a glutinous substance.

The habits of the Bulimi in the two widely-remote countries

explored by Mr. Cuming having been treated of in the foregoing

remarks, it only remains to speak of them in other parts. Turn-

_ ing to New Holland, we are unexpectedly surprised to find that

the genus is there represented to an extremely limited extent.

I am not aware of more than three species having been found in

_ this wide expanse of country, although several fine Helices have

been discovered ; and in a region of which the Fauna and Flora

exhibit so luxuriant and distinctive a character, the scarcity of a

_ genus of so much importance in the Eastern Isles is remarkable.

_ The same observation applies to New Zealand, from whence, so

_ far as the interior of the islands of that group has been visited,

_ no more than one or two species have been received. In Africa,

_ the Bulimi are almost as great strangers as in the localities just

_ spoken of ; throughout the whole extent of land yet explored of

_ this vast continent, scarcely a dozen species have been obtained.

_ The Bulimi are here replaced by Achatine. Such a phenomenon

_ may also be observed in some of the islands of the Pacific ; in

_ the Sandwich Islands the Bulimi are replaced by the genus Acha-

_ tinella, and in the Society Islands their place is occupied by the

Partule. Inthe West Indies the genera Achatina and Glandina

seem to prevail. Howsoever abundant is the genus Bulimus in

_ most of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, few species ap-

_ pear to inhabit the great territories of Indiaand China. On the

_ coast of Borneo a beautiful one was recently discovered by Mr.

_ Adams of H.M.S. Samarang by the accidental falling of a tree

_ in a woody islet situated between Banguey and Balambangan ;

_ but they are of rare occurrence in that locality. In Europe,

_ where nature is exposed to the vicissitudes of a colder climate, the

_ Bulimi are mostly small, and exhibit no brilliancy of colour ; so

274 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

also in the extensive district of North America, where no more ~

than a few insignificant species are known toexist. It is in the —

richly fertile and woody district of Columbia that the genus —

Bulimus is represented with a magnificence little inferior to that —

of the Philippine Islands : here they are large enough and suffi-

ciently abundant to be roasted and eaten by the aborigines, as a

frequent article of food. Several fine species, entirely new to —

science, have been collected in Venezuela and New Granada by —

Mr. Linden, an assiduous botanical traveller, only within the —

last twelvemonth, at an altitude of 5000 to 8000 feet, and

many more, no doubt, dwell in undisturbed solitude in the yast —

interior of that immense continent. It is extremely probable —

that a large portion of South America yet remains to be explored —

by the adventurous naturalist, inclosing a fine expanse of forest

country, grand in extent, rich in foliage, and possessing all the —

elements favourable to the growth and beauty of arboreal mol- —

lusks. )

XXVIII.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. . |

No.3. By Arruur Henrrey, F.LS. &c. q

On the Growth of Leaves. F

In that remarkable book, Hales’s ‘ Vegetable Staticks, we find —

the account of an experiment made to determine the mode of —

growth and expansion of leaves. The method Hales adopted was

to tattoo, as it may be called, young leaves with punctures made —

by means of a little instrument on which pins were fixed at de- _

terminate distances in parallel rows. In the fig-leaves on which _

he experimented he found that the punctures were separated from

one another during the growth, but maintained their relative di-

stances unaltered, and from this he concluded that “ the growth —

and expansion were owing to the dilatation of the vesicles in —

every part.” In his figures, however, it may be noticed that —

the leaf has grown more at the borders and apex than within the —

punctures. ve

Similar experiments have recently been made by M. Gaudi-

chaud*, and he makes the following meagre statements in regard

to the petioles and leaves. (The marks were made on young

plants of the horse-chestnut raised from seed.) The marks

on the petioles increased their distance two or three times the ~

diameters, equal or unequal, of the original measures, and the pro- —

portions of the upper parts generally exceeded those of the lower.

It might be imagined that the blades of the leaves would be

* Comptes Rendus, May 10th, 1847.

On the Growth of Leaves. 275

subject to the same law of growth, but they present more ano-

malies than any other parts. He states that these are however

_ more apparent than real, and promises to give a detailed account

at some future time.

_. The generally received opinion with regard to the growth of

leaves is that, in contrast to the stem, they grow at their base

_ only, and their summits are therefore considered to be the oldest

_ Iink* however states that the leaf appears at once in the bud

with all its parts formed, and that it then grows by interstitial

_ development, but mentions one exception, in the Walnut, where

_ the leaves appear ternate or tripartite at first, and the other lobes

_ appear subsequently. Schleiden+ declares that the apex is the

_ oldest part and the base the youngest, and that although the

_ process of development within the leaf may increase its size and

influence its internal structure, it has no power of determining

its form ; while to complicate the subject still more, Nageli ¢ has

just published a paper advocating the diametrically opposite opi-

_-nion. His views are so definitely expressed that they well merit

an examination.

_ In the first place he draws a marked distinction between two

_ modes of growth which necessarily exist in all leaves, viz.

1. growth by cell-formation, and 2. growth by the expansion of

the cells. Considering the fronds of the Algze to represent leaves,

he first points out how these grow by their apices and borders,

_ the increase in length resulting from the continual division of

_ the apical cell (scheitel-zelle), and the increase in breadth, where

e the lobe or branch consists of several parallel rows, by the deve-

bl lopment of the outer marginal cells. The same occurs in the

_ Characee. In the Hepatice, if the leaf consists of a branched

L 4 series of cells (as in J. tricophylla and J. setacea), it grows by the

_ apical cells as in the Floridee. If the leaf is a layer of cells—in ~

__ the Mosses it possesses one continually developing apical cell and

_ the lateral growth is simultaneously effected by the division of

the cells left behind as it were by the apical cell, which divide —

by a septum at right angles to that of the primary cell, and. the

_ first two producing four, the outer one of each pair repeats the

process, and so on till the whole growth in width is completed.

ae the Hepatice when the leaves are layers or plates of cellular

tissue like those of the Mosses just. described, the process is

similar, except that they appear generally to have several apical

or primary cells. When the leaves are more than one layer thick,

as is often the case in the midnerve, septa are found in the cen-

_ * Elem. Philosophie Botan. i. 438.

: _ + Grundz. der Wiss. Botanik, 2nd edit, vol. ii. p. 172.

¢ Schl. and Nageli’s Zeitschr, fiir Wiss. Bot. part 3, 153.

276 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

tral cells parallel with the surface of the leaf, and the process ex- —

tends outward from the central to the lateral cells according to —

the specific peculiarity of the plant, but it is always the central —

cell which first divides. 4

In the Lycopodiacee and Equisetacee the leaves also grow in —

length and breadth by the development of their apical and mar- —

ginal cells. The Phanerogamia follow the same law. In an im- —

perfect leaf, the cells at the border and apex are full of the —

homogeneous mucilage (protoplasm), while in the others it is —

already transformed into yellowish or greenish granular matter. —

Sometimes the formation of the septa may be observed in the —

marginal cells. In thin leaves the increase in length by the di- —

vision of the apical cell may frequently be observed during the —

growth of the plant.

The fact that the leaves of Phanerogamia grow at the apex and —

borders and not by the base, is most easily seen in compound or —

much-divided leaves. As a general rule the lateral axes shoot out —

from the main axis in succession from below upwards; in like ©

manner grow the tertiary axes (when present) from the secondary. —

In Astragalus (which is figured by the author) it is shown

that the uppermost leaflets are the youngest, the lowest the old- _

est and largest. q

In Utricularia the growth of the leaf originally and of the di- _

visions subsequently, may be seen to occur by continual devye-

lopment at the apices of the main axis and th ;

Myriophylium however was found an exception, the upper lobes _

of the leaf being formed first. ra

The thickness of the leaf, the various inferior layers of the —

epidermis and the parenchyma depend on another mode of ©

growth, which Nageli calls, in opposition to the peripherical cell- —

development, cell-development in every direction (allseitige Wachs- —

thum). Three forms of this occur: 1. It is either absent or —

merely follows at a little distance the development of the apical

cell from below upward and soon ceases. In this form the de- ©

velopment of the cells often ceases in the lower part of the leaf —

before it is complete at the borders. Ufricularia is an example. —

2. The development in every direction occurs simultaneously in _

all parts of the leaf, which completes its peripherical growth very —

rapidly. The growth in this form usually ceases in all parts —

about the same time. 3. The development in every direction

begins, after the rapid completion of the peripherical growth,

either only or at all events principally on the upper part of the —

leaf and extends downward. It ceases at the base last. }

There is also sometimes an abnormal growth in every direction, —

which occurs either in particular cells or in the whole tissue, and —

does not appear to be subject to any laws. s

e divisions. In —

On the Growth of Leaves. 277

The growth of leaves by the expansion of the cells is subject to

_ various modifications.

In the Alge the expansion does not usually begin until the

_ growth by development is complete. It then commences in the

uppermost cell and extends gradually to the base. In those

branched filaments where the cells break up (Polysiphonia, &c.)

_ the uppermost cell falls off first, and the process extends down-

_ ward to the others in succession. There are some few exceptions to

_ this rule, where the expansion of the cells is simultaneous, or even

begins in certain other parts instead of the apex. Those Algz

however which consist of single branched cells must of course be

excepted from the rule, as the expansion is the extension of one

individual cell, and that proceeds from below upward.

In the Mosses and Hepatice the expansion commences, after

the completion of development, at the apex and extends gra-

dually downwards. In Characee the terminal cells expand first.

In the Lycopodiacee the expansion also proceeds from the apex

to the base.

_ In the Phanerogamia as a general rule both in simple and

- compound leaves, the expansion commences at the summit, but

- this rule is not without exception. In some leaves the expansion

_ is tolerably simultaneous, while in others, as in Utricularia, it

_ extends like the development from below upward. ‘There does

not appear to be any rule for the expansion of the petiole of com-

pound leaves.

Drawing the conclusion as to the origin of the leaf in the

higher classes from analogy, Niageli propounds the following

formulz as the expression of his views :—

1. The leaf originates as a simple cell.

2. The growth by cell-formation occurs at the apex and on the

border, and proceeds, from the base, upwards and outwards.

3. The growth by the expansion of the cells begins, on the con-

_ trary, at the apex and extends to the base.

cs ee

_ Now these formulz look remarkably definite and clear, and if

: we could receive them, our knowledge of these structures would

be much simplified ; but unfortunately, although the laws of de-

__ yelopment are simple, fundamentally, they are subject to innu-

merable modifications in their application, and I cannot think

_ that Nageli has taken all the conditions of leaves into consider-

a anti and I believe therefore that he has generalized much too

, eely.

e Tn the first place it is a question whether the fronds of the

_ Algze are always the analogues of leaves: if we have leaves in

_ them, we also have leaves and stems, and probably often stems

278 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany.

alone ; and although he is in accordance with most authors in

stating that the fronds of Alge grow by their apices and

borders, there are also exceptions here—for instance in Lami-—

naria digitata, where the new frond is produced by the expansion |

and development of the stalk-like part of the old one. Passing

by these, it is evident that the leaves of Mosses and Hepatice

differ widely from those of the Phanerogamia in general in their

development, though they bear considerable resemblance to such

as those of Utricularia, &e., and many of the See

The leaf of a Dicotyledon originates as a little papilla of cel-

lular tissue : if it is a lobed leaf, these lobes appear in succession ;

thus at first we see a little cone, then a three-lobed flattened pa-

pilla, next a five-lobed, and so on; and here it is difficult to say

how we shall prove, how in the five-lobed form the intermediate

lobes originated—whether they are new ones, or the two original

sii lalaiaeaanaiiiaticaiaai acl is ec lec aera aasaD

lateral lobes pushed up by two succeeding lobes—since we can —

only make observations on separate leaves, not see them grow; —

but as it is clear that the papilla does grow at the base, beco

narrowed into a petiole and pushing the whole of the blade up, —

we have a right to assume that the leaf does in the first instance —

develope at its base. But then we must not generalize for the —

whole growth from this, since as soon as the petiole is distinctly —

formed, the petiole and the lamina have distinct growth ; and now —

the leaf in its expansion by the multiplication of its cells must —

grow chiefly at its borders, since the centre of the base, that is, —

the point of junction with the petiole, must retain its relative —

position, and may therefore be considered as the point of de-

parture of all growth in the lamina ; so that as the apex and the —

borders are subsequently at a greater distance than at first, they

must develope away from it in all directions, whether by mere —

marginal and apical alone or by central development also, since —

in the latter case the border must grow to make room for the —

growth in the centre. Niageli says that the growth by expansion

of the individual cells commences at the apex, but it would very

often be difficult to distinguish whether this expansion at the

apex depends on development of cells or actual expansion of those

already formed ; he probably reasoned from analogy here in re-

gard to the Phanerogamia. Most experiments have shown the

expansion to be tolerably simultaneous throughout.

The leaves of Monocotyledons, such as those of the common

bulbous plants at least, appear to develope chiefly, if not solely, at

the base. In those which have petioles there must be a differ-

ence, but in such we observe the growth or actual development

to continue longer in the petiole than m the blade.

The forms of leaves differmg so much even im the same spe-

cies, often in consequence of difference in the amount of paren-

Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 279

chyma, it appears to me that the laws of growth of leaves must

be looked for in the course of the development of their frame-

ork, the nerves. These are apparently organized gradually out

from the stem into the nascent leaves, just as the vascular bundles

into the apex of the stem, and their point of separation in the

blade being fixed from the first, it is clear that all growth in the

lade of the leaf must occur beyond this, and it is most natural

to suppose that the nerves become organized from this centre

utward as the vascular bundles were from the stem at first.

Thus it would happen that Dicotyledonous leaves in general

ould grow at their base until they were sketched out as it were,

in the bud, but as soon as the nerves were formed and the plan

of the framework of the future expanded lamina laid down, the

growth would be apical, marginal and interstitial. In Monoco-

ledonous leaves with straight veins there appears to be nothing

to prevent the continued development of the base, and as we

usually find the tissue in a softer and less consolidated condition

there, it is probable that that part is the seat of development.

These ideas are merely suggested as rational interpretations of

he facts before us, but much systematic observation is required

before this question can be settled.

f /XXIX.—On the Ventriculide of the Chalk ; their classification.

fe By J. Toutmin Smirtu, Esq.

{Continued from p. 220.]

; Genus CEPHALITES.

_ Character. Pouch-shaped : very constant in size and dilatation :

| eavity usually regular and with a single opening ; sometimes

winding and with more openings than one: membrane form-

ing the wall of the cavity always deeply folded: marginal

edges—and, sometimes, most prominent pomts—of the plaits

attached to a simple apolypiferous membrane stretched across

their whole breadth and forming the upper margin or head of

| the wall: membrane of wall polypiferous on both external and

internal surfaces.

_ The differences between the genera Cephalites and Ventriculites

are so broadly marked that, except in one or two species, it would

be difficult to confound even fragments of the two. In every

gm of Cephalites the head is conspicuous and unmistakeable.

_ This very remarkable peculiarity is alone sufficient to distinguish

| the genus*.

* See ante, p. 46.

280 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

The provisions found through the whole family of Ventricu-—

lide for ensuring the free access of sea-water to all parts of the —

surface, and for securing permanence of form as one great means —

to that end, have been already notieed*. The present genus —

offers fresh and most remarkable illustrations of those provi-—

sions. q

In every species of this genus the fold is, comparatively to the ’

size of the whole body, much deeper and broader—in many —

species positively much deeper and broader—than in lait f species —

of the genus Ventriculites. The size also is much smaller than ©

the average size of the Ventriculites; the height of specimens ~

of the present genus seldom exceeding two inches, rarely attain- —

ing three inchest. The form is never expanded, as usual in ©

Ventriculites, but, with few exceptions, approaches nearly to the —

cylindrical, as in V. tenuiplicatus.

Extent of surface was thus gained in this genus by the increased —

depth and complexity of the fold. But this depth and complexity —

would endanger the safety of the polypiferous surface were there —

no special provision for maintaining the normal position of the —

individual plaits. This was perfectly effected, and at the same —

time with great simplicity and beauty, by stretching across the —

flat upper edges, or, in a few cases, the more prominent points], —

of the plaits a simple and entire membrane§, which, spread over —

the whole breadth of those edges and from point to point of those —

prominences, retained all the plaits securely in their position; —

thus ensuring the safety of the whole colony and of the entire —

polypidom which was covered by it. See Pl. XIV. 3

The general constancy in the size and form of specimens of q

this genus throws difficulties in the way of the question of growth. —

It is not easy to understand why we do not find young indivi- 7

duals of this genus as of Ventriculites. It has occurred to me

* Ante, pp. 41, 203. It was the circumstance of the Ventriculide being —

polypiferous on both surfaces that rendered these provisions so necessary. 4

In Halodactylus, &c. one surface only is polypiferous. See note f{p.41.

+ Hence all the figures of this genus are of specimens of average size. I _

have much pleasure in acknowledging here the pains and care bestowed by —

Mr. Sowerby over these plates. The novelty of the forms and structure —

presented many difficulties, especially as the engravings were made only ©

from my drawings. But nothing can be more generally successful or truth- ©

ful than the figures which Mr. Sowerby has realised.

{ These latter cases form, however, no exception to the principle of the

marginal edge of the plaits being always attached to the cephalic membrane. —

The cases in which prominent points of the plaits are attached to the head —

are cases of an additional provision for security. In those cases, as in all —

others, the marginal edge of the membrane, after having undergone all its —

varied modifications of fold, reaches and is attached to the head. See the —

description of C. campanulatus and C. constrictus. i

§ As to structure and nature of this see ante (vol. xx.) pp. 96, 188.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 281

at, probably, the ocean in which this genus dwelt being, appa-

ntly, a more disturbed one than that in which the Ventriculites

dwelt*, and the head possibly not forming till a certain age and

e had been attained, individuals dead or destroyed below that

e very rapidly lost their form and are therefore found only as

apeless masses. I do not suggest this solution of the difficulty,

wever, without considerable hesitation.

The whole genus Cephalites is characteristic of the Middle

halk. I have never found a single specimen which I could with

y probability refer to the Upper Chalk, though it may be ex-

ed that some forms will be found which endured into that

er epoch. Certainly none have been ever yet found in the

wer Chalk.

; § a. Annulati +.

i _ Head narrow and flat: plaits compact and regular.

ew,

Cephalites longitudinalis. is VII. (vol. xx.) fig. 1, & Pl. XIV.

g.1.

its delicate but often deep: outer plaits slightly winding:

inner plaits depressed at short and regular intervals; bulging

_ on each side around depressions till the adjoining plaits meet

- and open into each other: processes very conspicuous : wall

_ moderately thick.

_ This species much resembles in external aspect the smaller

-tylindrical specimens of Ventriculites tenuiplicatus. It is however

F maller than that species usually is, the plaits less winding, and

the wall thicker. The depressions on the inside also are generally

smaller, closer, and more regular than in that species. The head

me is sufficient to distinguish the two at a glance.

This is the only species of Cephalites in which the longitudinal

d remains unmodified on the outer face. Hence its specific

me. A transverse section of it is seen on fig. 1 of Pl. VII.

It is a rare and delicate species : indeed all the species of the

resent genus are rare. They do not seem to have abounded in

older seas of the Middle Chalk as the Ventriculites did in the

per Chalk. Though thus rare, however, their modifications are

the less clearly marked.

In regard to the head it is proper to remark, that while,

oughout the present division of this genus, its breadth will

lways be found a very near approximation to that of a transverse

ection of the plaits, there is a slight variation in this respect in

fidividual specimens. The head often slopes a little outwards, so

* See ante, p. 204. t+ See ante, p. 47.

. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 19

282 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

that a section of the entire body presents an si Rie. ve 2.

outline as in fig. F, in which a—d is the sec- 5 *

tion of the head. The outline of the head hee

is always quite as sharp and well-defined as 4

in this figure. The relative arrangement

and proportions of the head and the plaits

are such that specimens of this division can

never be confounded with any belonging to

the section Dilatati. It is very rarely in the

present division that there is any rounding,

or departure from the nearly flat character of

the head; a character, on the other hand,

never present in the Dilatati.

It is proper to notice that, in every species of this genus, in.

order to give full strength to the head, the depressions, bulgings,

and other modifications of the fold,—where it does not rise, as

in C. campanulatus, in a simple form,—are so arranged that the

membrane of the inner wall, where it adjoins the head, is always,

and that of the outer wall most frequently, expanded by a lateral

bulging of the plait, so as for the adjoining plaits to meet ju

at the point of union of the wall with the head. Thus the —

whole of the inner, and often of the outer, edge of the head is_

continuously attached to the wall, an arrangement of much im-—

portance. On this inner edge the membrane often rises up in a

narrow and slightly prominent ridge above the otherwise smooth —

surface of the head. 3

2. Cephalites guttatus. Pl. XIV. fig. 2.

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits raised in large hollow bosses,

often elongated ; adjoining plaits having an occasional lateral

connection : inner plaits depressed at regular intervals, bulging |

on each side around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and

open into each other: processes very conspicuous: wall usu

ally thick. J

Nothing can better express the usual character of this species

than the term guttatus. The outer surface looks exactly as if)

sprinkled with drops of a viscid fluid which had just begun to,

run together, in some instances to a greater, in others to a less)

extent. It is thus generally well distinguishable, even on the i

outside, from Ventriculites mammillaris. The plaits bemg much)

broader than in C. longitudinalis, the depressions on the inner

plaits are larger than in that species. |

The lateral connection between adjoiing external plaits, as i

Ventriculites latiplicatus and radiatus, which is only rarely see

in C. longitudinalis, is always more or less present in this species

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 283

and furnishes another characteristic by which it may be at once

known from V. mammillaris.

8. Cephalites paradozus, PI. XIV. fig. 3.

laits narrow but deep: outer plaits depressed irregularly ;

bulging around depressions till the adjoining plaits meet and

open into each other: inner plaits regular and simple: pro-

cesses conspicuous : wall thick.

I have given to this remarkable species the name paradoxus,

because it differs from every other species of this genus in having

the plaits simple and regular on the inside, while all the com-

plexity is on the outside.

The depressions, and consequently the interspaces between the

astomosing bulgings on the outside, are not of a regular figure,

/is the case on the inner surfaces of Ventriculites radiatus and.

her species. They are varying and elongated; often almost

gular ; though, as the plaits are narrow, never very large. There

o not appear to be any points of anastomosis* between the ad-

ining inner and regular plaits, such as are found between the

ter plaits of V. radiatus.

4, Cephalites alternans. Pl. VII. (vol. xx.) fig. 2, & Pl. XIV.

q figs. 4 & 5.

Plaits rather broad and very deep: both outer and inner plaits

_ depressed at unequal intervals ; bulging on each side around

depressions till the adjoining plaits meet and open into each

other : processes conspicuous : wall thick.

The mode of fold in this species resembles that of Ventriculites

icomplicatus in the fact of being repeated on the plaits of each

surface. It differs essentially, however, in the fact that the de-

| pressions, though generally round, are, on neither surface, at re-

gular intervals: consequently no regular figure is assumed in the

general aspect of either surface.

I have named the species alternans from the circumstance of

the repetition on the two surfaces of the same manner of fold ;

while the straight plait is clearly traceable in the central portion

‘of the wall. A transverse section of a specimen of this species is

seen on Pl. VII. fig. 2. Its difference from a similar section of

. longitudinalis is very marked.

This is an extremely rare species.

* The appearances seen on dissecting away the inner surface must not

mistaken for this anastomosis. They are, in fact, the bases of the de-

ressions on the outer plaits. See the » ai of a similar appearance

on the outside of V. tenuiplicatus, p. 217.

4 19*

284 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

5. Cephalites bullatus. Pl. VIL. (vol. xx.) fig. 8, & Pl. XIV: ‘

figs. 6 & 7.

Plaits broad and deep : outer plaits raised in large and very nil

minent projections at considerable intervals, and in such man-_

ner that they range spirall y round the whole body : projections

nearly lozenge-shaped and terminating abruptly in an almost

flat and somewhat expanded top, having a slight depression from

the upper angle towards the middle: inner plaits having large

circular depressions at equal intervals; bulging on each side

around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and open into

each other: processes very conspicuous : wall very thick.

This is a most curious and interesting as well as rare but well-

marked species. The depressions on the inner folds are much

larger than in C. guttatus, which latter have been seen to be

larger than in C. longitudinalis. But the external fold is the

there are seen only a number of nearly semilunar marks. :

carefully applying the point of the knife it is found that this se~

milunar appearance is caused by very prominent projections, the

tops of which are all closed, but es a partial depression at their”

upper extremity, and which depression is filled as usual with the

matrix. The projections themselves are of large size, measuring ~

about two lines in their longest diameter. They stand out nearly

or quite half the thickness of the wall, which is generally four

lines thick (see fig. 3. Pl. VII.*). They differ widely from any-

thing we have yet seen. Instead, like Ventriculites mammillaris,

of being mere rounded elevations on the plait, they stand ow

prominently from it ; and a careful dissection shows that their

shape is generally that of a lozenge, with the acute angles in the

horizontal, and the obtuse in the perpendicular, line of the whole

body. Fig. 7+ of Pl. XIV. shows the manner of the projections

from the plait and the figure which the peculiar shape of their

tops causes to be seen on a clean section exactly through the

middle of any one. In all the specimens of this species which I

have seen, the projections run in nearly regular spiral lines round

the body.

On the inner surface of this and of some other broadly del

pressed species there is a very small and slight depression be-

tween each of: the large depressions, and both on the plaits and

on the places of the united bulgings. It is barely traceable, and

* This is a longitudinal section taken rather obliquely in order to preserve

the roots. It is not quite regular therefore; but, on the side which is pre-

served, the projections can be well distinguished. 4

t In this figure I have connected the inner and outer plaits by brackets,

—the outline of each merely being given for the sake of clearness.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 285

may easily escape notice. It is however worthy of remark as an

additional contrivance for gaining extent of surface, and an ad-

ditional instance of the exhaustless variety of plan which nature

adopts in the development of life.

6. Cephalites retrusus. PI. XIV. fig. 8.

Plaits broad and very deep: outer plaits. . . . . ...

ee : inner plaits raised in rather small but very promi-

nent projections at regular and close intervals, and in such

_ manner that they range spirally round the whole body, and

- quincuncially relatively to each other : projections cylindrical,

_ rounding off slightly at the top and with an exactly central

and rather deep circular depression (sometimes two) on the

top of each projection : wall very thick.

_ This form departs from every other which has been named.

It is the first and only instance in which we find projections on

he inner plaits, which have been already more than once found,

and will be so again, on the outer plaits. The fold which marked

the outer plaits of C. bullatus is here found, with striking modi-

eations however, on the inside. The projections are much

naller and closer than in that species, but no less prominent ;

“while each one is again marked by a deep though small and ex-

ly central depression. It is altogether a very extraordinary

orm*. In chalk specimens it would at once be distinguished

from every other species by presenting, on its inner surface, the

‘appearance of a series of small rings, quite unconnected with each

other, but arranged with the utmost regularity.

It is an extremely rare species. Ihave only met with a single

ecimen, and that is a cast of the inner surface in flint, with frag-

ments of the characteristic ventriculitic structure preserved in

_ * Forms like this afford very strong ground of caution against the hasty

asloption of any development theories. The whole of the present subject af-

indeed, the strongest ground for such caution, We see infinite variety

=-all subservient to the ends of life; and throughout which one Unity is

‘traceable ; but a Unity which certainly no more points to a low type of orga-

‘nization, or to a necessary or probable progressive development of one form

from another, than does the beautiful and philosophical demonstration of the

nial vertebra, or the fact of that demonstration being afforded by the

t different members of the Vertebrata. It should be noticed that the

remarkable octahedral structure already developed as characteristic of

ie membrane of the Ventriculide has no relation whatever to those “ geo-

etrical figures” alluded to by Professor Owen. In the present case it

8 a relative, and not a positive, form; and one assumed by animal fibre for

‘special purpose, It has been already remarked (p. 96) that no spicules,

or “ calcifying salts” enter into the composition of any of the Ventriculidz.

Owen “on the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate Skele-

,” 1848, p. 171.

286 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

places. I am unable therefore to describe the outer plaits. The

characters of the inner ones are, however, so marked that those

of the outer ones are quite unnecessary in order to establish the

specific difference.

The name retrusus may be considered either to express the ex-

traordinary degree in which the inner plaits are drawn back to”

form the projections ; or that the most marked characters of the

species are hidden from external observation by being on the in- |

ner plaits. In either sense the name seems equally appropriate.

7. Cephalites catenifer. Pl. XIV. figs. 9, 14, 15, 16.

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits projecting prominently at”

irregular intervals; projections horse-shoe shaped, with one

arm of a lower projection often linked to the hoop of the pro-

jection above it on the same plait; occasional points of ana-

stomosis between adjoining plaits: inner plaits having large

and generally oval depressions at regular intervals; bulging

on each side around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and

open into each other: processes very conspicuous: wall very

thick. “i

Var. Annulatus.

Plaits broad and deep : outer plaits projecting prominently at i

gular intervals ; projections ring-shaped, and generally running ~

into each other on the same plait and often anastomosing with —

those on adjoining plaits so as to form connected rings over the —

whole surface: inner plaits having large and generally oval —

depressions at regular intervals ; bulging on each side around —

depressions till adjoining plaits meet and open into each other:

processes very conspicuous: wall very thick. ‘ q

This is a singular species. The specific name of the-typical

specimens exactly expresses the appearance of the outer surface,

which looks as if several links of a chain were hung about it,—

sometimes disconnected,—often connected,—always, or almost

always, open on one (and generally the same) side. 3

This species will be readily distinguished from C. bullatus by

the fact that the semilunar fold is continued down to the upper

edge of the plait, as well as by the links being so often con-

tinuous, and by each individual projection being much larger.

Figs. 14, 15 and 16 of Pl. XIV., all taken from the same spe-

eimen, will probably assist in the understanding of this modifica-

tion of the fold. Fig. 14 shows a part of the core of the matrix,

that which filled the central cavity. The round spots are where de-

pressions existed in the body itself, and where, consequently, the

matrix projected outwards from the core. Being broken off at

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 287

each place, these regular marks are left, contrasting strongly with

the portions of the membrane adhering to the matrix elsewhere *.

ig. 16, which should be compared with fig. 14 of Pl. XIIL.,

ows the peculiar elevations on the plaits : and fig. 15 is a trans-

erse section showing three plaits ; the uppermost being struck

a point where there is not any projection, the two others just

at the bend of two projections.

The specimens which I have distinguished as a variety, under

e name of annulatus, appear to be cases in which the horse-shoe

elevations have become more than usually continuous both on the

me plait and by anastomosis with those on adjoining plaits.

his character is sometimes seen on the lower part of specimens

e upper part of which exhibits the true normal characters of

. catenifer, as in fig. 9. Pl. XIV. In some cases, however, the

same appearance of connected rings, instead of rows of open

ks, covers a large part, or the whole, of the surface ; and it is

mportant that the true place of such specimens should be un-

derstood, whence the utility of distinguishing them as a variety of

. catenifer.

It generally happens that, even in the most characteristic spe-

mens of this variety, there are places in which the projection

the outer plait stands, as it so often does in the normal C. ca-

enifer, single and wholly unconnected with any other projection

n the same or on any adjoining plait. In that case, instead of

being horse-shoe shaped, the circle is usually complete. We thus

find, on an external plait, a fold very similar to that which cha-

vacterizes the inner plaits of C. retrusus.

8. Cephalites compressus. Pl. XIV. fig. 10.

laits broad and very deep: outer plaits projecting prominently

in very elongated loops often linked at one extremity and en-

larged at the other : inner plaits often inclining towards, and

anastomosing with, adjoining plaits: pouch very short: pro-

cesses very conspicuous: wall very thick.

F This appears to be quite a distinct species from the last. Its

_ fold is looser, approaching therein to the character of the group

Dilatati. The external modification of fold is very different

from that of C. catenifer; while the internal difference is even

more marked. Instead of depressions we have here anastomosis

with the adjoining plaits; and at the places of anastomosis

} ce figure becomes almost angular, instead of circular as here-

_tofore.

* See ante, p. 209, note +.

288 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

: § b. Dilatati.

Head broad and rounding : plaits loose and irregular. 4

All the species of the present section differ yery remarkably —

from the Annulati. In the latter section the heads in all the

species were of nearly the same size relatively to the size of the -

whole body; as also was the central cavity. The various differ-

ences of contrivance by which extent of surface was gained at the

same time that the free access of sea-water was maintained, were

found in the different modes of folding of the membrane of the —

wall. In the present section the character of the fold of that

membrane differs also in the different species ; but that difference

is accompanied by very remarkable differences in the form and

extent of the head. The latter becomes the most conspicuous —

instead of a mere subordinate part to the observer of the whole

body. As, therefore, the difference in the heads is a necessary

accompaniment of a difference in the fold of the membrane

(though rather in the relation of consequence than cause), it will —

simplify the labour of the inquirer if the character of the head is

adopted as one of specific difference. The names given have —

therefore a reference to this point. .

It will be obvious that, the looser the folds, the more necessary

would become the greater extent of cephalic membrane in order —

to secure the objects already suggested as those for which that

remarkable structure was designed. Hence the variations in this’

conspicuous character in the forms immediately under consider-—

ation. 4

There are minor modifications in individuals of each species”

which would probably be held by many to justify the assignment

of each species as a distinct genus ; an arrangement which would |

mdeed be far better warranted than many such divisions both in”

recent and fossil classifications.; It does not. seem to me how-

ever that the principles of a sound classification will, in the pre-—

sent state of our knowledge, justify such an arrangement*.

Moreover, all the species of the present section are of extreme

rarity ; so rare, that it is very probable that few even diligent col- —

lectors will succeed in obtaining specimens of each, unless some

bed abounding in them, and at present unknown, should be dis-

covered. ;

1. Cephalites capitatus. Pl. XIV. fig. 11. 2

Plaits very deep ; dividing longitudinally, and so reduplicating, —

very constantly, as they pass from the inner to the outer sur- —

face; points of anastomosis at irregular distances on both —

* See ante, p. 41 nofe, and pp. 42, &e.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 289

__ immer and outer surfaces: central cavity small: head rounding

and very wide: wall falling in very rapidly but in a regular

slope from outer margin of head to root: diameter of whole

body greater than its height.

_ In some specimens of the present species the plaits are very

_ traceable on the outside; in others much less so, on account of

_ the almost total absence of oxide of iron. In each case, however,

_ it is equally obvious that the number of plaits seen on the outer

_ surface is given by the longitudinal division and reduplication of

_ the plaits towards that surface, in the same Fig. G.

_ way as the increase of plaits from base to margin

has already been described as being effected

_ by a ¢ransverse division and reduplication*.

_ The accompanying figure will explain the pre-

- sent mode of this reduplication. This arrange-

' ment takes place to some extent in most of

the Annulati, but the very small size of the

central cavity in C. capitatus renders this peculiarity constant in

this species, and one of its most marked characteristics.

_ The general form of this species is so peculiar that a vertical

section through the fossil displays a triangular figure, of which

the base of the fossil forms an obtuse angle, while the external

margins of the head form acute angles with the wall. It is thus

impossible to confound this species with C. compressus, as the

wall of that species, like that of every other species of the sec-

_ tion Annulati, usually forms, inside and outside, nearly a night

_ angle with the heady.

2. Cephalites campanulatus. Pl. XIV. figs. 12 & 18.

_ Plaits very deep ; increasing very rapidly from base and dividing,

and so reduplicating, very constantly, both longitudinally and

transversely ; after attaining the fullest expansion, folding

inwards and downwards, and gradually contracting till they

more or less nearly approach the base, whence, folded upwards

in a single plait, the membrane rises, usually simple and

plain, in a funnel form, to the margin of the head surrounding

the central cavity, to which its marginal edge is attached : head

enwrapping the body and attached to all the prominent plaits

as far as the point hare they incline rapidly towards the base :

diameter of body greater than height.

* See ante, p. 213.

_ + T have an interesting specimen of this species in which two individuals

are close together; actually touching. But they cannot be mistaken for an

_ example of C. constrictus, each individual having separate roots or places of

roots, (see before, p. 46,) and not being parts of one single body,

290 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

This species differs very widely in outward Hap ee from

C. capitatus. In that species the head is indeed so largely de-—

veloped as to be the most conspicuous part of the entire body ; —

but it still leaves a view to some extent of the wall. In the pre-

sent species the whole fossil, unless actually looked at from be-

low, is so entirely enveloped by the cephalic membrane,—rendered ~

necessary on account of the great depth and consequent tendency —

to looseness of the foid,—that no idea of the character of the

membrane of the wall itself can be gained externally.

The modification of the fold is exceedingly remarkable, and

exceedingly difficult to be ascertained. The description given,

however extraordinary it may appear, is the result of very laborious

and careful examination, comparison, and section of all the ;

cimens which I have been able to obtain. A familiar illustration —

may perhaps assist in understanding the arrangement of this —

membrane. If the inquirer will glance at the hangings of any —

window, looped up, as usual, in festoons at some distance from

the ground by curtain pins or ropes, he will see a contrivance

rudely imitating the very elegant plan adopted by nature, to give, —

in a small space, a very great extent of surface combined with

security to the polypiferous membrane of C. campanulatus. Take —

a piece of linen cloth: join together the side-edges along their —

whole length, gathering the lower edge to a point: fix the upper

end of the sac thus formed* toa circular plain wire : at a third of

the length from the bottom fix another wire, which, though alto-

gether uniting im a circle, is deeply zigzaged: the upper wire

remaining fixed, raise the lower wire equally all round, and so

that the drapery hanging from the upper simply circular wire

shall fall within, and that hanging from the zigzaged circle

shall fall on the outside. Over both wires draw, smoothly, a

separate cloth, to which fix both wires. Then, by holding ~

the entire contrivance at any point of the plain wire circle,

the whole will be retained in its place. Such a contrivance will —

afford the best idea of the very remarkable arrangement of the —

internal membrane of the present species, and of the object and —

importance of its deeply extended head. It is obvious that, if —

the lower wire were zigzaged, not only in its horizontal plane but —

also in a direction perpendicular to that plane, though it would

affect the points at which the outer covering or envelope would ~

be touched, it would in no wise affect the principle of the plaits —

or folds whose extremities touched that envelope. The following —

two figures may render this matter still clearer. j

* Toact properly, and to give a full idea of the extent of surface gained, —

the sac should be very much wider at the middle than at the top or bottom, —

in order to fill the lower zigzaged wire and yet inclose the plain fold of the —

cloth without compressing or touching it. 3

of the Veutriculidee of the Chalk. 291

Fig. H. Fig. I.

_ In each figure the dotted line is the envelope. Fig. H is a

_ longitudinal section as it would be seen if one could be taken

_ exactly clear through any spot where there was no lateral divi-

_ sion of a plait—the presence of which gives a false appearance of

- anastomosis to a section. It will be seen that the membrane

_ may be traced from the point of the base to ¢ and thence to a

_ in a continuous line, and that the projecting plaits are affixed, at

_ yarious points, to the envelope a—b. Fig. I is a transverse sec-

tion taken about the middle of a specimen. The inner circle is

_ the membrane where simple and unwaving, and forming there-

_ fore necessarily an unbroken circle. Between this and the en-

_yelope the plaits are seen, cut horizontally across.

: The membrane begins to fold upwards in its last plait at dif-

ferent distances in different specimens from the inner margin of

the head ; and it is rarely that the folding upwards will take place

on exactly the same plane all around; whence, on section, a de-

ceptive appearance is often given, as if there were a double or

triple or still more numerous ramification of the central cavity.

_ This is seen in the following curious section of a flint of this

_ species in my possession.

_ Such cases only afford

instances of the care and

caution necessary in the

_ investigation of such a

_ subject as the present.

It will be clearly seen

_ that the mode of fold, of

/ which an attempt has

_ thus been made to convey an idea, secured free access of sea-

_ water to all parts of the surface of the membrane, external and

internal. By the same contrivance that membrane was held se-

_ eurely in its position; the regular funnel-shape assumed by the

_ last plait, with its margin fixed at the top, securing it within * ;

: * See observations on the head, before, p. 282.

Fig. K.

292 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

the campanulate envelope, to which the projecting points of the ©

plaits were affixed, securing it without. The size of the internal ©

cavity varies in different specimens, as will be seen by figs. 12 _

and 13 of Pl. XIV.; of which fig. 12 is a general view of the ©

external aspect of one specimen; fig. 13 is a section, with the —

matrix cleared away from the inner funnel-shaped simple mem- —

brane, of another. 4

There is certainly no form among the Ventriculide which ~

might, at first sight, be less supposed than the present to have —

had any affinity with the fossils which have been described as —

belonging to the genus Ventriculites. This will be well under-

stood by comparing Pl. XIV. figs. 12 and 13 with any of the —

figures on Pl. XIII. .

The condition in which these specimens are found,—their deep —

folds preventing their ever coming free from the chalk, or being —

developed without the laborious use of the needle,—renders it

impossible to make any confident observations upon them as to —

the processes ; a remark which also applies to every other species

of the present section. @

3. Cephalites constrictus. Pl. XV. fig. 1.

Whole body very low, much-elongated and narrow, with roots at —

one end: plaits very deep, and running longitudinally from the —

root extremity; each plait constricted at short and not yery —

regular intervals, and sometimes to nearly its whole depth: —

cephalic membrane covering the whole upper surface and sides, —

to the margins of which last, as well as to many of the pro- —

minent points of the plaits, it is attached; usually constricted —

at considerable intervals, with a single opening in the middle ©

of each compartment thus caused. al

The specific description will satisfy the inquirer that this isa

very extraordinary form. Externally it has nothing which would —

indicate any Ventriculitic affinity, and it has indeed been described

by Dr. Mantell under the name of Choanites subrotundus ; but it —

has no relation whatever to Choanites. The appearance of the —

fossils is so remarkable, that, but for the fixed rule of preserving —

every fragment which I could not understand, I should never —

have been able to establish or even suspect the true affinities. —

A suite of seventeen specimens enables me, however, now to point —

out the true general characters of the species without leaving

any room even for doubt. Ej

In the two very different states in which the fossil, or frag-

ments of it, are found, it has very different appearances ; the one —

state (see left hand of figure) shows the upper, the other (see

right hand of figure) the lower part only, or its cast. The com- —

figure shows, also, how the pro- la . . ARs

" jecting points of the plaits are \S BU AAYWY OW UUTR=

often attached, for security, to prs

the head. When the body is broken away the cast left is very

- curious, the matrix being always broken off in many of the places

_ where it has filled a pucker in the upper plait, depressed where

_ there was a pucker in the lower plait. This is seen on the right

hand of fig. 1. Pl. XV.

ty eg eo

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 293

parison of several of these apparently anomalous fossils led me

i 7 :

_ however to conceive that the connected rounded bodies seen in

_ the former set of specimens had some relation to the very pe-

_culiarly complicated and almost angularly raised surfaces seen in

the latter. With this clue I cut down some of these rounded

bodies, and found the identical surfaces last named below them.

_ Several sections being made, and the whole series being then

- compared, order and method became at once apparent where all

had previously been anomaly and confusion. The characteristic

_ Ventriculitic structure was detected: the Ventriculitic fold was

_ traced; and the Ventriculitic root was found.

_. I conceive the habit of the animal to have been very different

in one respect from that of all the species which have hitherto

engaged attention. While the latter stood rising upwards from

acentral root, this species, attached at one end by a root, and thus

_ secured in its position, floated horizontally, like a ship riding at

anchor. It had therefore no central cavity in the direction of its

length, but, instead of this, it was covered by a head investing

_ the upper and lateral surfaces of that whole length ; and which

head, with rare exceptions, for such exceptions do exist, was con-

_ stricted at intervals, causing the animal, when seen from above

and entire, as in the greater part of fig. 1. Pl. XV., to appear

like several distinct globose bodies linked together. The fact

_ of the head being occasionally, though rarely, not constricted at

~ all, will satisfy any philosophic inquirer that such an appearance

_ is deceptive, and that the explanation thus given of that appear-

ance is the true one. Besides this, however, if the head be re-

_ moved, and the lower surface of the fossil only seen, all trace of

separation and distinctness is gone. 'The membrane of the wall

_ does not divide into lobes, as in Brachiolites: there is simply, in

_ order to ensure the greater security of the whole polypiferous

surface, an occasional constriction of the head and narrowing of

_ the plaits attached to it ; which plaits expand again, like an open

fan, in the following compartment.

The appearance of the plaits themselves is very remarkable.

‘ Their frequent constrictions give them a puckered or zigzag ap-

earance, so that a vertical section Fig: L.

as a figure of this kind. This

294 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk.

The species rarely attained half an inch in height or an inch —

in breadth, though specimens often extend between two and

three inches i in length. iq

It seems to me that the cephalic constrictions most probably

mark periods of growth*. They vary in number much in dif.

ferent specimens, and, as has been seen, are sometimes not found |

at all, in which case there are several openings in the undivided —

head. ye

Specimens sometimes assume irregular forms, as if, after. '

death, the long body had become twisted, which I have little”

doubt was, in many such cases, the real fact. a

I have placed this species next in order to C. ¢

inasmuch as, on the one hand, the mode of attachment of the 4 3

cephalic membrane to the plaits resembles very much that which —

is found in C. campanulatus, while, on the other hand, the fact of

the openings in the head of this species being generally several -

instead of only one, places it in some relation to the species which"

will next claim attention. ;

4. Cephalites perforatus. Pl. XV. fig. 2.

Plaits wide and very deep, so as to leave no distinct and single | j :

central cavity ; dividing, and so reduplicating, very constantly, —

longitudinally, but not transversely ; somewhat winding both —

longitudinally and laterally ; occasional points of anastomosis —

near the outer surface : head covering the entire top and round- —

ing to some distance down the sides; having several small —

round perforations arranged without any regular figure : body

of nearly uniform breadth and often twice the height of ts :

diameter. .

The peculiar arrangement of the plaits and head in the 7 r

two species rendered any anastomosis of adjoining plaits not

essential in either of them. The much greater height of the —

present species rendered occasional points of anastomosis an im-—

portant means of securing the permanence of the position of the ©

folds. The width and depth of those folds rendered a large

head necessary, while it made unnecessary any large single cen-

tral cavity ; the several small openings in the head giving suffi- —

cient access to the sea-water for the purpose of bathing freely all —

the internal surface of the polypiferous membrane. The unity —

of form+ is not in the least degree impaired by the existence of —

these several points of access. ‘The one head still holds in place - j

all the several plaits, a contrivance for the security of the entire —

* Specimens, apparently entire, are sometimes found, having one only —

of the rounded divisions, and thus bearing some resemblance to a very fr

C. campanulatus, with its root at one end instead of at the base.

+ See before, p. 207 note.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &e. 295

animal and of the individual polyps wholly different from that

which is found in every species of the family Brachiolites.

In all the various and so greatly varying forms which have

been thus seen to be included in the genus Cephalites one end is

_ found to be subserved, namely, the maintenance of the security

_ of the whole mass, and of each individual of its myriads of living

| tenants; together with the unimpeded access of the sea-water—

| that element upon whose constant presence the life and subsist-

ence of those myriads depended. The great diversity is no less

{

_ striking than is, in each case, the completeness of the varymg

-inethods which nature has adopted for securing that ever-teeming,

_ eyer-active life which excites the inquirer’s increased admiration

at every step he takes.

a [To be continued. }

: XXX.—WNotes, &c. on the genera of Insects Pissodes, Hypera, &e. ;

with descriptions of several new species. By Joun Watton,

F.LS.

Fam. CURCULIONID A.

.. Genus PissopxEs, Germ., Schinh., Steph.

el. Pissodes Pini, Linn., Gyll., Steph., Schénh.

Recently found in Scotland rather plentifully by Mr. Weaver ;

“ on rails, in a fir-wood, Weybridge, in June,” Mr.Smith ; “ under

side of a fir-log, Dalmeny Park, Scotland,” Mr. R. N. Greville ;

“ under the branches and chips of the Scotch fir lying on grass,

Gosforth Woods, Northumberland,” Mr. T. J. Bold,

_ 2. P. notatus, Fab., Gyll., Steph., Schénh.

_ — Fabricii, Steph., non Leach MSS.

__ Two specimens of this insect in the collection of the British

Museum, taken in Scotland by the late Dr. Leach, appear to

have been mistaken for the following by Mr. Stephens.

_ A single specimen found under a stone in an old gravel-pit at

‘ Yaxham near East Dereham, Norfolk, by Mr. Wollaston.

3. P. picea, Illig., Schonh.

— Fabricii, Leach MSS. sec. specim. Mus. Brit.

_ Oblong-ovate, piceous, sparingly clothed with flavescent scales.

_ Head short, convex, obsoletely punctulated, front with a deep fovea

_ between the eyes ; rostrum nearly as long as the head and tho-

rax, moderately stout, cylindrical, slightly curved, closely punc-

tured, brown, and sprinkled with scales at the base. Antenne

scarcely reaching to the middle of the thorax, rather thick, rufo-

_ piceous, setose and pubescent. Thorax considerably narrowed

296 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &e.

anteriorly, dilated and rounded at the sides posteriorly, convex

above, closely rugose-punctate, a slender abbreviated carinula |

on the middle of the back, and two remote foveolz on the dise. —

Elytra elongate, punctate-striate, the punctures deep, oblong,

remote, very unequal, small towards the base and apex, and much |

larger in the middle ; the interstices closely rugulose, alternately ©

broader and elevated; sprinkled with obscure lutescent scales, —

and with a broad unequal abbreviated fascia behind the middle

composed of flavescent scales. Legs elongate, pale rufo-piceous, —

femora and tibie annulated with whitish scales in the middle. —

Length 4 lines. .

There is one specimen of this insect, reputed to be British, in —

the collection of the National Museum. q

Genus Hyrrera, Germ. (1821), Curt., Steph., Westw.

Phytonomus, Schonh. (1826)*, Spry et Shuck.

Great confusion has hitherto prevailed in this country as to the —

specific identity of the insects of this genus: although our cata- —

logues contain from twenty-nine to thirty-one specific names, of —

which seven have been sunk into varieties and twenty-two de- —

scribed as specifically distinct by Mr. Stephens in his ‘ Manual —

of British Coleoptera,’ yet, after a most rigorous comparative ex- —

amination of numerous specimens, I have not been able to iden- —

tify more than fourteen distinct species; I have therefore ven- —

tured to go further, by reducing eight more names into syno- —

nyms or varieties. It appears to me that British entomologists

have relied too much on the colour and markings of the scales, —

and on the colour of the different organs of the body, as specific —

distinctions, but these characters in a majority of the species are

extremely variable and consequently unsafe to depend upon. I —

have corrected the names of a few insects by means of well-au- —

thenticated foreign specimens, and in accordance with the autho- —

rities so often named in my former notes, which will I hope have —

a tendency to establish the nomenclature upon a uniform and F

permanent foundation. 4

1. Hypera punctata, Fab., et auct. alior. , q

Curc. medius et austriacus, Marsh., Kirb. MSS. |

2. H. fasciculata, Herbst, et auct. alior. i

— sticticus, Kirb. MSS. i

Very rare and local: it has not occurred of late years to my —

* T cannot find any reason assigned by Schénherr for changing the name —

Hypera; I have therefore, in accordance with the just law of priority, followed —

those British authors who have retained it ; yet it is rather remarkable that —

Germar himself, with many other continental entomologists, have adopted

Phytonomus. Latreille employed a similar name (Hyperia) for a genus of

Crustacea, which occurs for the first time in ‘Cuv. Rég. Anim.’ iv. 1829.

eee ee ee

yaa

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &c. 297

knowledge. In the cabinets of the British Museum, Entomolo-

gical Society, Curtis, Stephens and Walton.

3. H. Polygoni, Linn. sec. ej. Mus., Fab., Gyll., Steph., Schonh,

— arator var., Linn. sec. ej. Mus., Marsh., Steph. Ill., Kirb. MSS.

— canescens var. et Vicie var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus,

— picicornis var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

_ _ The male has the anterior tibia acutely dentate in the middle

within. Of Rhynch. Vicia of Gyll. I have never seen an indi-

genous specimen agreeing with the two foreign insects in the col-

_ lection of Mr. Kirby. ;

_ Rather common ; found in damp meadows near Lyndhurst,

| Battersea Fields, Arundel, Yorkshire, &c. in June.

4. H. Pollux, Fab., Gyll., Germ., Schonh.

_ — alternans var., Steph. Ill.

— Kunzii var., Steph. Man., non Schonh.

— palustris (Leach MSS.), Steph. _

_ — Julinii (Sahlb.), Schonh., var. sec. Germ.

_ — biteniatus, Kirb. MSS.

_ I sent many specimens of this insect to Germar, who has sub-

_ divided the varieties as follows :— .

a. “With gray scales upon the elytra, and with small square

_ spots arranged in rows—the true Phyt. Polluzx, auctor.

_ b. “With brown scales ; the elytra checkered with black, and

_ with two broad, gray, black checkered longitudinal lines—

| Hypera palustris of Steph.

pees bs or black, with three gray unspotted longitudinal lines

upon each elytron—Hypera alternans of Steph. ; Kunzii, Steph.

R (but not Schonh.) ; Julinii, Sahlb.* ”

_ Identified as Rh. Pollux of Gyll. by a foreign specimen in the

collection of Mr. Kirby. I possess foreign specimens from Ger-

mar of Hy. Kunzii, which is undoubtedly a very distinct insect,

and unknown as British. There is a fine series of varieties of

Rh. palustris of Leach in the British Museum ; also Mr. 8. Ste-

yens and myself have a long series of this insect.

_ Occasionally found on grassy banks, at the sides of ponds and

ditches, in marshy places, but not plentifully, in June,

5. H. Rumicis, Linn. sec. ej. Mus., et auct. alior.

_ Procas pyrrhodactylus var., Marsh., Steph.

| H. albicans, griseolus et elongatus, Kirb. MSS.

_ This insect in general habit and sculpture very much resembles

the preceding ; it may however be distinguished by having the

rostrum gradually dilated from the middle to the apex.

_ Extremely common on docks in marshy situations.

7 * Ent. Zeit. no. 5. p. 100, 1842.

} Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i. 20

298 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &e.

6. Hypera murina, Fab., Gyll., Germ., Schénh. - eu) a

— Pollux et elongata var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus. Amie

— nebulosa var., Steph. sec. ej.. Man.

— fusco-cinereus, Marsh. sec. Mus. Steph. et Kirb.

— interruptus, Marsh. sec. Steph. Catal,

— dorsiger, Kirb. MSS.

This is a larger insect than any of its congeners, and chictig]

distinguished by having the thorax subglobose, greatly dilated”

and rounded at the sides ; the elytra elongate, nearly four times]

as long as the thorax. 14

Rare ; found in damp grassy places. Plumstead, Barnes Com-

mon, Mr. S. Stevens. %

7. H. tigrina (Dej.), Schonh.

— elongata, Curt. MSS.

Elongate, black, thickly clothed with cinereous and silvery

white scales, and with white and fascous’ hairs. Head short,,

convex, closely punctulated ; eyes oblong, depressed; rostrum

rather longer than the thorax, subcylindrical, slender, curved and

punctulated, clothed with hair before the base in the male. -An-—

tennee inserted before the middle of the rostrum, rather longer than

the head and thorax, rufo-ferruginous, pilose ; clava oblong-ovate, —

obscure black. Thorax subdepressed, broader than’ long, conside 4 :

ably dilated, and rounded at the sides a little before the middle,

closely and minutely punctured ; a broad stripe on each side and

a line of silvery white scales down the middle. Elytra oblong-

ovate, four times as long as the thorax, the shoulders prominent,

obtusely rounded, moderately convex above, distinctly striated,

the strize closely and minutely punctured, the interstices narrow,

convex, transversely rugulose ; thickly covered with cinereous 01

silvery white scales, and a series of large subquadrate black spots

alternating with white ones on the suture, and with black spo 4

arranged in rows on the alternate interstices rather indistinct ai

teriorly but distinct posteriorly. Legs long, black ; femora mo-

derately clavate, simple, squamulose ; tibiz round, pubescent ;

tarsi elongate, piceous. Length 3 lines.

This very distinct insect may be discriminated, by havin

longer rostrum than any other of the genus, by having the tho

laterally dilated before the middle, and the elytra, spotted. wi

black scales.

I understood Mr. Curtis that three specimens, all nearly. alike

of this new British insect, were found near Dover, one of wh <

I have seen in his cabinet. A single specimen was taken in |

same locality by Mr. Marshall the latter end of July.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, §c. 299

: eee Plantaginis, DeGeer, Gyll., Steph., Schénh., Kirb.

— villosula* (sec, Mus. Wilk.), Steph.

— cordicollis, Kirb. MSS.

Occasionally found in several localities by brushing amongst

grass, but never in any numbers.

. H. nigrirostris, Fab., et auct. plur.

Common everywhere. :

0. H. trilineata, Marsh., sec. Mus. Steph. et Kirb.

— Trifolii, Steph., non Herbst.

— stramineus var., Marsh., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

— borealis, Germ. Mag. iv. p. 339.

— nigrirostris var., Gyll., Schonh.

Curc. dissimilis var. major, Herbst.

_ Never clothed with brilliant green scales like Hy. nigrirostris,

‘and may further be distinguished from the varieties of that in-

sect by having a dark denuded stripe on the middle of each ely-

tron posteriorly, bordered within and without by a series of white

_ or fuscescent spots: as to the form, size and sculpture it very

_ closely resembles the foregoing.

Although Gyllenhal and Schénherr have cited this insect as a

ety of the preceding, yet I concur with Germar that it is

ciently distinct. :

Common in the North of England on the different species of

icta, Trifolium and Medicago.

1. H. variabilis, Herbst, et auct. plur.

— sublineata (var. sec. Mus. Kirb.), Steph.

_ — bimaculatus, Marsh., Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

— villosula (sec. Mus. Wilk.), Steph.

_ — stramineus, Marsh. sec. Mus. Kirb.

— phaopa var. et rufipes var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

Very abundant on the same plants as the last.

2. H. meles, Fab. sec. ej. Mus., Germ., Schénh.

Rh. Trifolii, Gyll.

Cure. Plantaginis, Marsh. sec. Steph. Catal.

H. murina, Steph.

_ — picipes var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

This insect differs from the preceding by having the thorax

sry short, and much more dilated at the sides.

There are foreign specimens which agree with it in the cabinet

“Mr. Kirby from Gyllenhal.

Rare in the vicinity of London. Taken near Ross, Hereford-

ire, by Mr. Spry.

* This synonym is repeated under No, 11, because it is represented in

Wilkins’s cabinet by two different insects. roe

300 Mr.J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &e.

13. Hypera suspiciosa, Herbst, Germ., Schénh., Steph. Man.

Curc. miles, Pk., Gyll., Steph. :

— pedestris, Pk., Gyll., Steph., var. sec. Germ. et Sehioh...

— biteniatus, Marsh, .

— senex, Kirb. MSS.

Variable in form : the narrow elongate varieties have been mis- —

taken for Curc. elongata of Gyll., of which there are foreign spe-

cimens in the cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope. :

Frequently found in damp meadows and in marshy places.

14. H. Arundinis, Fab., et auct. alior.

Rhynch. Sii, Leach MSS. d

Extremely rare ; I do not possess a specimen, nor have [heard ~

of any recent captures : there are examples in the cabinets of the -

British Museum, Entomological Society, Mr. sre and Mr.

Curtis.

Genus Limosivus, Schonh.*

Hypera, Germ., Steph., Curt.

Phytonomus, Schonh. olim.

Char. Gen. Antenne moderate, rather slender, eleven-jointed ;

scape moderately incrassated towards the apex, reaching to the .

eyes ; funiculus six-jomted, the first longer and stouter than the

second, third obconic, fourth and fifth nodose, sixth cup-shaped ; |

clava ovate or oblong-ovate, four-jomted. Rostrum twice or

three times as long as the head, rather stout, rounded ; scrobes”

oblique, somewhat deep. Eyes lateral, oval, more or less pro-—

minent. Thorax, base and apex truncate, dilated and rounded

at the sides. Scutellum minute. Elytra ovate or oblong-oyate,

the shoulders obtusely angulated, moderately convex ahora

densely clothed with scales. , 7

Obs. Closely approximating to the genus Hypera, but ne

funiculus of the antenna is only six-jointed.

1. Limobius dissimilis, Gyll., Germ., Schénh.

Hypera fulvipes, Steph.

— fumipes, Curt. Ann. Nat. Hist. v. p. 280.

I found many specimens of this insect upon Geranium pra 4

tense growing on hedge-banks near East Tanfield, Yorkshire, in

July. Taken in Scotland by the Rev. W. Little ; Newcastle,

Mr. S. Stevens. a

2. L. mixtus, Schonh.

Oblong-ovste, black, thickly clothed with! siistallio/ ingiin ail

cinereous scales, variegated with white and black, and with short

suberect black hairs. Head short, convex, thickly punctulated ;

* Mant. secund. Fam. Cure. p. 44. Holmie, 1847. :

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, Se. 301

eyes oviform, rather prominent; rostrum as long as the thorax,

round, thickish, bent, and closely punctulated. Antennz inserted

near the apex of the rostrum in the male, and between the mid-

dle and the apex in the female, testaceous ; clava oblong-ovate,

‘obscure, testaceous. Thorax as broad in the middle as long, a

little more narrowed before than behind, moderately dilated and

‘rounded at the sides, rather convex above, closely and delicately

-punctulated ; clothed with brown scales, a large rhomboidal pale

patch on the disc, and a broad whitish line on each side. Elytra

_ ample, oblong-ovate, shoulders very prominent, obtusely rounded,

_ punctate-striate, interstices rugulose ; thickly clothed with conico-

ovate scales, two subquadrate velvety black spots at the base, a

‘short white line on the scutellum, an oblique pale vitta down

each elytron, broadest on the shoulders, spotted with black on the

‘Inargins, and united beyond the middle to a transverse irregular

‘silvery white fascia, which is joined to a subtriangular velvety

‘black one. Legs moderate, rufo-testaceous, pubescent ; tarsi

‘elongate. Length 12—2 lines.

_ Exclusively of the six-jointed funiculus to the antenne, this

insect is well characterized, by the conspicuous velvety black

fascia on the elytra, combined with the conico-ovate scales.

Varieties occur with gray or silvery white scales, and these

being more subject to abrasion, are frequently found partially de-

nuded, and the spots and stripes more or less obscure ; others

secur of a brassy yellow, with the markings distinct, and the body

‘and legs’ pale testaceous.

_- Many specimens of this insect were found on Erodium cicuta-

rium on the Chesil Bank, Isle of Portland, in June, by Mr. Wol-

laston, to whose indefatigable industry, we are indebted not only

for this, but for many other additions to the British fauna; sub-

sequently found in the same locality by Mr. Bowerbank and

yself in September.

Genus TropipHorus, Schinh.

Barynotus, Germ., Schonh. olim, Steph.

Char. Gen. “ Antenne moderate, rather slender; scape cla-

e, extending beyond the eyes; funiculus with the two basal

ints somewhat long, subclavate, remainder rotundate ; clava

vate, acuminate. Rostrum shortish, stout, subcylindrical, a

little incrassated towards the apex, carinated above; scrobes

¢eurved, evanescent before the eyes. Eyes rounded, depressed.

Thorax truncated at the base and apex, rotundate-emarginate

beneath adjoining the neck, the sides straight at the base, rounded

teriorly, narrowed in front, carinated above. Scutellum none.

ytra short-ovate, when closed emarginated interiorly at the

802 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, Ge.

base, shoulders scarcely prominent, with an elevated carina

wards the apex of the suture. Femora clavate, unarmed.

Obs. “ Allied to the genus Barynotus, but “chiefly diff

having the rostrum and thorax carmated; and without a

tellum.”—Transcribed from Schénherr.

1. Tropiphorus Mercurialis, Fab., Gyll., Schénh., Newm. —

Curc. Aicidit var., Marsh., Kirb. MSS.

Barynotus Mercurialis var., Steph.

— Terricola var., Newm. Ent. Mag. v. p. 173.

I have found many specimens of this insect on Mere

perennis in a shady wood near Mickleham, Surrey, in June, wi

have the alternate interstices of the elytra distinetly denial

have also found many specimens by brushing amongst i

meadows, and in moss in the woods of Yorkshire, ue have the

alternate interstices of the elytra scarcely or very slig htly oleae

but agreeing exactly with the former in every other charac %

the latter are considered by Gyllenhal and Schonherr as varieties,

and after a most careful examination of numerous specimens I

have no hesitation in citing them as such. ee

I possess foreign specimens from Germar. ibe

Genus Barynortus, Germ., Schinh.

Merionus, Steph.

1, B. obscurus, Fab., Gyll., Germ., Steph.

— pilosulus, Marsh.

2. B. merens, Fab., Herbst, Germ.

— elevatus, Marsh., Steph.

Genus OrroruyNncuus, Germ.

0. ebeninus, Schénh.

Elongate-ovate, black and shining. Head short, broad, a a. ttle

convex, obsoletely punctulated posteriorly, front rugose-punct:

with a deep round fovea; eyes round, brown, moderately promi i- |

nent ; rostrum rather longer than the head, stout, angulated, di-

lated at the apex, rugulose-punctate above, with a. carinula i

the middle a little elevated and obsoletely bifid anteriorly. a

tenn half the length of the body, black or piceous, and

pubescent. Thorax somewhat longer than broad, cqunily a dilate

and rounded at the sides, convex above, subpulvinate, close

_ tuberculated at the sides, punctured or remotely punctamedull O1

the back, totally black and glabrous. Scutellum short, tria: a

gular. Elytra elongate-ovate, not broader anteriorly than the

base of the thorax, a little expanded before the a attenuated

posteriorly, acutely rounded at the apex, four times longer than

ta Mr. H. J. Carter on the Animality of Freshwater Sponges. 303

the thorax, convex above, distinctly punctate-striate, the punc-

tures rather large, remote, angulated, the lateral interstices

tuberculated, obsoletely rugose on the back, totally black and

‘shining. Body black beneath, granulated and cinereo-pubescent

anteriorly ; abdomen punctulated. Legs rather long, stout, black ;

femora robust, clavate, simple ; tibize pilose ; tarsi dilated, piceous,

clothed beneath with a flavescent pulvillus. Length 5 lines.

_ This insect may be placed in the genus next to Otiorhynchus

enebricosus, to which it is nearly related.

I have a foreign specimen of Ot. ebeninus of Schonherr from

Germar.

Four specimens of this insect, which is new to the British

una, were found by Mr. R. N. Greville on the west highlands

Scotland, to whose liberality | am indebted for a specimen.

XXI.—Notes on the Species, Structure, and Animality of the

Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. (Genus Spon-

gilla.) By H. J. Carrer, Hsq., Assistant Surgeon*.

| ‘Turre are fourt species of Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of

Bombay, each of which is readily distinguished by the following

characters :—

_ Two are known from the other two by the peculiar form of

the spicula which encrust their seed-like bodies.

_ | 1. Is darkly cinereous or mouse-coloured when dry, purplish

| under water when alive, encrusting, repent, spreading in circular

a patches when isolated ; smooth or interrupted by gentle emi-

‘nences on the surface, attaining the thickness of half an inch in

the centre, oscula tending towards a quincuncial arrangement ;

| texture compact, fine, delicate; structure rectangularly reticu-

lated; friable. Seed-like bodies spherical, 1-67th of an inch in

iY diameter. Spicula of two kinds, large and small; large spicula

iy smooth, slightly curved, pointed at each end, 1-80th of anvinch

long; small spicula straight or slightly curved, thickly spini-

ferous, 1-400th of an inch long.

| 2. Is of a faintly yellow or bright green colour, encrusting, re-

_ pent, spreading in irregular patches on fixed bodies, globular

‘when surrounding a floating nucleus; even or interrupted by

gentle eminences on the surface when fixed, presenting meander-

ing ridges and sulci when attached to floating bodies; attaining

the iusekiiaed of half an inch when fixed, of two inches when

* floating ; ; texture coarse and open, structure rectangularly reti-

culated with a suberose crust slightly tenacious. Seed-like

* Reprinted from the Transactions of the Bombay Medical and Phy-~

sical Society of 1847, and communicated by the Author.

_ + See Postscript at p. 310.

304 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Species, Structure, and Animality 4

bodies spherical, 1-36th of an inch in diameter. Spicula of two

kinds, large and small; large spicula smooth, —_ arved, |

pointed at each end, 1-57th of an inch long; ; pice

smooth or thickly spiniferous, slightly curved or straight, 12o0th

of an inch long. Transparent portions of investing membran e

abounding in the small spicula. A

3. Is of a light yellow colour, massive, spreading, convex, with!

short irregularly formed conical projections on the surface, or

meandering ridges with sulci between them, attaining a th

ness of two inches; texture fine ; structure fibrous, plumose, obsl

liquely reticulated towards the base, rectangularly reticulated

towards the circumference; friable. Seed-like ies spherical

and 1—40th of an inch in diameter. Spicula of two kinds, large

and small; large spicula smooth, slightly curved, pointed at,

both ends, 1-57th of an inch long; small spicula ‘composed of

a straight portion, sometimes slightly spiniferous, terminated at

each end by a toothed disc with its pots recurved or orig

tal; the central portion is 1-400th of an inch long, the ie

1-600th of an inch in diameter.

4. Is of a bright yellow colour, massive, spreading, horisontill

on the surface, with projecting, plumose, irregular portions, at-_

taining a thickness of about two inches; texture coarse, loose;

structure fibrous, branched, plumose, obliquely reticulated ; semi-

friable, may be compressed ‘with the hand in water without under.

going much injury. Seed-like bodies ovoid, 1-28th of an inch’

in their long diameter, and 1-50th of an inch in thet short

diameter. Spicula of two kinds, large and small; large spicula”

smooth, slightly curved, pointed at each end, 1-66th of an ainsi

long ; small spicula 1-300th of an inch long; consisting of a

straight portion, terminated by a toothed disc at each end, with |

its points recurved or horizontal, 1-950th of an inch in diameter.

Transparent portions of investing membrane abounding in little.

siliceous stellated bodies, their arms projecting from a central

cell, tapering to a point which ends in a stellated circle of re-

curved spines ; they are 1-600th part of an inch in diameter.

The measurements of the seodchike bodies and the spicula are

taken from the average size of the largest of their kind. 4

Habitat-—On the inclined and under surfaces of rocks, or at-

tached to floating bodies in the tanks of Bombay; never at the

bottom, and sometimes so high up as to be only covered by water

three or four months in the year.

Investing membrane.—The investing membrane of the Fresh-

water Sponge, like the skin and the mucous membrane in the

human body, is continuous throughout; and, like a shut. sac,

surrounds the parenchymatous structure and spicular skeleton o'

the whole mass, without inclosing it. In some instances it

" of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. 305

abounds in spicula, as in No. 2, where they are mostly spini-

ferous, and in No. 4, where they are of the curious stellated form

described. There are also, in addition, little sac-like bodies which

are ever changing their form and vibrating particles, both of

hich will be hereafter mentioned. If a portion of the mem-

brane be carefully held before the blowpipe under a red heat,

the animal matter may be driven off, while the forms of the

bodies mentioned appear to remain unaltered ; sometimes even a

siliceous skeleton of the membrane itself may remain, so tho-

roughly does silex pervade every portion of its structure. But

here is a transparent reticulated network (probably filamentous)

hich can only be seen when the membrane is fresh.

_ Sptcula—The smooth spicula and the spicula terminated by

_ toothed discs are hollow. In the smooth spiculum the form of

_ its cavity may be seen by charring the animal matter which lines

its interior. It will be found to be wide in the body of the spi-

culum, and to terminate abruptly at each end in a linear con-

tinuation. I have not been able to see it in the spiniferous spi-

-cula, on account of the number of little spines which encrust

em.

The small spicula in each species are principally derived from

the crusts of its seed-like bodies. In all the species the spicula

_are siliceous, and the largest are so much alike that they are of

no use as a specific distinction.

_ Seed-like bodies.—The seed-like bodies are spherical or ovoid,

_aecording to the species. They all present an infundibular de-

_ pression communicating with their interior; when young they

_ are transparent and filled with minute granules like the vibrating

bodies to be hereafter mentioned ; as they get older, a crust of

_ siliceous spicula, arranged perpendicularly to their surface, is se-

_ereted from their external membrane; it is from this crust that

_ the small spicula in the different species are principally derived.

In Nos. 1 and 2 they are straight, or slightly curved, and spini-

_ferous. In Nos. 3 and 4 they are straight, sometimes spini-

Eg ferous, and terminated at each end by a toothed disc; the discs

of their free extremities surmount little papillary projections on

_ the surface of the seed-like body, and they present a hole in their

_ centre, which communicates with the cavity of the spiculum on

which they are supported; their fixed ends are applied by a simi-

_ lar disc to the silicifying or external membrane of the seed-like

body. The latter is coriaceous, and presents a hexagonally tes-

sellated appearance, on which rest the fixed discs of the spicular

_ erust. I could not perceive any holes in the centres of these

hexagonal divisions.

_ Before the seed-like body arrives at its state of maturity, it is

filled with minute granules suspended in a viscid transparent

306 Mr. H.J.Carter on the Species, Structure, and Animality —

fluid; afterwards these are parcelled out into spherical trans-

par ent cells, equal in size and very numerous ; what becomes of ©

them then I cannot say; but I have often observed in the reti-

culated structure of the dried Spongilla, a group of the spicula

of the seed-like bodies, thrown together in an irregular manner,

and 1 would infer from it, that, when the young Spongille are

sufficiently advanced to be capable of supporting an independent

existence, the seed-like body containing them is burst, and all

traces of it disappear, except the group of spicula mentioned ;— —

and, for the young Spongille, it appears to me that, some time.

after they have been hberated, they become stationary, and pass-—

ing into the form of a seed- like body, ultimately end in — q

the reproductive sacs of their own species. 7

Most of these seed-like bodies, although they have been ex-

posed in a piece of sponge to the direct rays of a tropical sun for —

a whole year, on a black dry rock, will, on being cut open, pre-—

sent a fresh-looking, yellow, transparent, viscid granular matter

in their cavities, not unlike the yolk of a hard- boiled. egg. They —

do not appear to possess in themselves any power of locomotion;

and their being transported from place to place, or their adhering ©

to the perpendicular or inclined surfaces of bodies, may depend —

upon the presence of one or more of the little animals 3 7

about to describe.

Animality.— As to the animality of the Freshwater Syma I 1

think there can be no doubt whatever. Look, for instance, at a

ragged portion of it, torn off with a needle (under a magnifying ©

glass of one-tenth of an inch focus), and it will be seen gradually ~

to assume a spheroidal form; and if there be a spiculum near, ~

it will embrace it within its " substance ; it may be seen even to-

approach it, and as it were spit itself upon it: still wateh it, and

it may bear away the spiculum; and then regard its cireum=—

ference, and on it will be observed little papillae, which gradually | |

vary their form, extending and retracting themselves, until one :

of them may be seen to detach itself from the parent mass and —

go off to another object. This little animal, one of the group

which it has left, may remain stationary on the second object, or

descend to the watch-glass, assuming in its progress all forms —

that can be imagined, spheroidal or polygonal, while every point

of its body appears capable of extending itself into a tubular at- —

tenuated prolongation. When dead and dry on the watch-glass,

it is sometimes transparent, sometimes filled or surrounded by :

granular bodies, and though frequently irregular in shape, its —

natural form appears to approach’ nearest to that of a Florence —

flask, sometimes more, sometimes less globular; it is then (though —

its size varies with its age) about the one-thousandth part of an —

inch in diameter, not including the elongated portion, which i in

of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. 307

| length is about one quarter of the diameter of the body, and ap-

parently corrugated like the neck of the entozoon Cysticircus

longicollis. These transparent little sacs (the gemmutles of Grant

and Hogg?) are sometimes filled with green matter. They ap-

pear to be able to adapt themselves to any form that may be

convenient for them to assume, and when forcibly separated from

each other (by tearing to pieces a minute portion of the sponge

under water in a watch-glass), the isolated individuals may be

‘seen to approach each other, and to apply themselves together

in twos and threes, &c., and so on, until, from a particle only

cernible by the microscope, they assume the form of an aggre-

ate visible to the naked eye, and such a portion, growing and

ultiplying, might ultimately reach the size of the largest masses

_ adhering to the sides of the tanks at Bombay. They appear to

belong to the genus Amewba of Ehrenberg. Dujardin has re-

-cognized rt and they are correctly figured (as they appear

under a lens of one-tenth of an inch focus) in Johnston’s ‘ British

Sponges,’ p. 61 ;—as well as certain filaments, which the day

after a piece of sponge has been treated in the way which I have

just mentioned, may be seen extended from them, terminating

or not in little ‘transparent bulbs; floating, or fixed by their ex-

tremities, branching irregularly, long or short, each branch ter-

‘minating or not in a bulb, and presenting similar pedicellated

ulbs here and there in its course; when fixed on the watch-

glass, disposed irregularly in straight lines intersecting each

_ other,—radiating from a common centre or bulb, or in the form

a of an areolar membrane; frequently moniliform, as if they grew

4 by the addition of cells to their free extremities.

The aggregated position of the animals I have described, im-

~ bedded in the transparent tissue of the sponge, bears a great re-

_ semblance to that of some of the Compound Tunicated Animals ;

_ especially in their ultimate development into a mass, intersected

i in all directions by canals, to allow of the presence of that ele-

_ ment which is necessary for their existence,—the freedom they

: possess in the early part of their life, of moving through the

_ water or creeping over the surfaces of solid bodies, and their

ultimate destination of becoming permanently fixed in a granulo-

3 gelatinous mass, secreted or formed by themselves.

__._. There is also a curious fact connected with the vitality of the

= | Freshwater Sponges, and I think it also prevails with the Sea

| Sponges, for it was by observing the latter and their seed-like

ty bodies, in the amorphous species, that I was first led to notice it.

i It is, that they may be taken out of their natural element, dried,

_ and kept for months, without losing their vitality. This I have

inferred from observing the sponges attached to the rocks on the

_ upper parts of the tanks, which are uncovered for many months

be Ti

308 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Species, Structure, and os

of the year (indeed the greater part of it), to be now again in

full performance of all their vital functions. I have not yet be n

able to prove it entirely to my satisfaction by direct experimen .

but, on the sides of a finger-glass in which 1 placed an old dried

portion of No. 1, about a month since, changing the ae

there are now growing atoms of new sponge visible to the nakes

eye, and there are large portions of the original mass adhering to

other objects in the same vessel ; but I have not yet been able

satisfy myself of the presence of new tissue in the latter. _ ef

Supplementary note.—Since writing the above “ Notes,” I have

had the pleasure of reading Mr. Hogg’s “ Observations on 1

Spongilla fluviatilis,” &c., published in the Transactions of |

Linnean Society, vol. xviii. part 3rd, wherem he advocates the

opinion of its vegetable nature ; but when, in support of his

views, he quotes Dr. Johnston’s remark on Dujardin’s experi-

ments, p. 396,—viz. that “ locomotion is no proof of animality ;

several Alge are locomotive ;’—it must of course mean such —

movements as do not appear to be directed by an instinctive

power; for there are certain changes of form accompanying -

locomotion which convey an impression to the mind of the pre-

sence of a guiding influence, beyond anything that is met with

in the vegetable kingdom, and which would seem to require no

additional evidence to prove to the observer that he is regarding —

motions peculiar to animal life. Such appear to me to be evineed i

by the young Spongill. “

Moreover, I have ascertained by experiment, that when the :

transparent spherical capsules which contain the granules within -

the seed-like bodies (in No. 4) are liberated (by breaking open =

the latter under water in a watch-glass), their first act is to burst: ©

this takes place during the first thirty-six hours; and their gra- ©

nules, which will presently be seen to be the true ova of a pro-

teaniforminfusorium, varying in diameterfrom about the 14300th

part of an inch to a mere point, gradually and uniformly become ~

spread over the surface of the watch-glass. On the second or ~

third day (for this varies), each granule will be observed to be ~

provided with an extensible, pseudo-pediform base; and the day

after most of the largest may be seen slowly progressing by its ~

aid, or gliding over the surface of the watch-glass in a globular —

form, by means of some other locomotive organs*. During the

time that these changes are going on, the smaller granules, most —

of which also have an extensible base, amass themselves together

in irregularly formed portions of granulo-gelatinous matter, —

while a few of the more matured animals, averaging 1—-300th

part of an inch in length when extended, may generally be ob-

* The same changes take place in the granular matter from the dried

seed-like body. §

+ of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. 309

ved creeping about, singly or in pairs, with a number of glo-

ar bodies within them, varying in diameter from the 1-2150th

the 1-1075th of an inch; similar bodies also may be seen here

nd there, singly or associated together, fixed to the watch-glass

a plastic granulo-gelatinous matter, and bound down by fila-

entous threads (such as I have before mentioned) parting from

em in different directions. After some days, from being nearly

fransparent in the first instance, the granular matter with which

they are filled becomes more defined and. evident, and as they

enlarge, their circumference presents a cortical investment like

hat of the seed-like bodies; their colour also becomes brownish,

and their circumference, from being at first smooth and defined,

ugh and irregular ; they appear to be motionless in themselves,

wever much the matter contained within them may assume

different shapes, and that peculiarity connected with their size

and general appearance is quite sufficient to distinguish them

from the granules of the matter in which they are imbedded.

In the different stages of development I have mentioned, these

dies may be viewed, both within and without the more ma-

ured Protean, but, as I have not yet seen them deposited or

fixed to the watch-glass by the animal itself, 1 am unable con-

fidently to state that they contain its proper ova; should they

prove to do so hereafter, the assumption that the animal itself

ultimately passes into the form of a seed-like body may not be

worth much.

The development of the ovum appears to take place in the fol-

wing way:— When first liberated from the spherical cells of the

d-like bodies, it consists of an ovoid or globular sac of green-

h homogeneous matter, surmounted by a red spot, and inclosed

ithin a transparent envelope ; the former then changes in shape,

hecomes granular, and its granules obtain a certain latitude of

otion; thus transformed, it occupies and projects above the

per part of its transparent envelope, which in its turn enlarges

d becomes spherical. Should the ovum in the commencement

ot have been firmly bound down by the filamentous structure

to which I have alluded, the granulo-plastic matter, and the

agglomeration of the minute vibrating bodies which accumulate

around it, and which appear to be actively engaged in this part

the process, it may become vagrant; but if otherwise, it has

ey become fixed for the whole period of its existence; un-

, as I have observed in some gemmules when kept in distilled

water, that the whole community appear to find it necessary to

_ separate and forsake their spicular structure to go in search of

ood.

_ ‘The form of the young Proteans from the granular matter

taken from the seed-like bodies of Nos. 2 and 4 resembles P.

310 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Animality of Freshwater Sponges.

diffuens (Miiller)*; that which chiefly accompanies No. 4 is of

the figure given by Dujardin, to. which I have already had occa~

sion to allude; while the vibrating bodies deemsnelstag when com=

bined, take on the appearance of minute Proteans, and every

particle of the fixed transparent granulo-gelatinous matter, which

serves as a nidus for the whole, appears to be endowed with the

power of continually extending, retracting, and — its”

shape. a

I have further observed, that the granulo-gelatinous. trans-

parent matter has in some ‘places arranged itself into the: forms:

of full-sized spicula, disposed in linear continuation, over-reach=

ing each other side by side, just as they are seen in the fibrous”

structure of the old sponge; their surfaces however are not yet

silicified ; nor should I expect this to take place, as my

ments have been conducted with distilled water, had not: Dr

Grant mentioned that siliceous spicula were formed in the gem- :

mules of Spongilla which he nourished with rain-water. ;

Thus does every step towards the ultimate structure of the

Freshwater Sponge, every form that is taken by the living mat-

ter of which it is composed, appear still more nearly to approxi-

mate it to the nature of the genera of Thien Peulopodi.

In a subsequent communication recdivell from the author; he

observes, that he has confounded two species under the head No. 2 ;

and that the bright green coloured species there mentioned is

distinguished from all the rest by having a crust of double- ©

pointed smooth spicula round its seed-like bodies. He su i

this to be Spongia lacustris (Linn.), Spongilla friabilis (Lam.).

Further, he observes respecting the animality of the Freshwater —

Sponges, that the animals of which they are but a congeries are ~

identical with the infusorium Proteus; 1st, because they are —

composed of a semi-transparent gelatinous matter; 2nd, because ©

this gelatinous matter is endowed with the power of altering its ©

shape and of locomotion; 3rd, because in it are seen transpa- —

rent cells (contracting vesicles) of various diameters from 1=9000th 3

part of an inch to a mere point (which he formerly supposed to —

_ be sphinctral orifices), dilating and contracting themselves as in —

other animaleules; and 4th, because this gelatinous matter is |

provided with greenish yellow granules moving with, and 4

cially characteristic of both the Proteus and the animal of the 4

sponge. 3

‘ He regards the Proteus as being more active in chagiug its

shape, &c. than the animals of the sponge when first torn from —

each other, from the habits of the former having been vagrant —

* Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie (Atlas, pl. 11. fig. 12). ,

Bibliographical Notices. 311

perhaps from the commencement and its full development thereby

having been unimpeded, and states that the Proteus feeds upon

its like as well as upon other matter, inclosing its food within its

own substance after the manner of the Hydra.

~ While examining the transparent border of a portion of sponge

growing from the seed-like bodies, he has observed the contract-

ng vesicles distinctly, and a little within this, the animals them-

selves distinguishable, though amassed together and ever chan-

sins their form ; but he does not appear to have ever seen them

close an object within their substance after the manner of the

Proteus.

In the development of the contents of the sporangia or seed-

like bodies, he observes, that when the latter are opened under

water in a watch-glass, the transparent cells within them, having

been eliminated, swell and are bursted by the imbibition (endos-

mose) of that fluid ; and that then the true ova of the Sponge with

which they are filled, spread themselves over the surface of the

vessel. Hach ovum appears, not to be globular or ovoid as he

formerly supposed, but discoidal, very much resembling in size

and appearance the globules of the blood, it being only when

they are turned on their edges that they appear ovoid. The red

spot in their centre he also now thinks to be an optical illusion,

while he has every reason to believe that the ovum retains its

ose state until its transparent vesicles and granules have

become developed and the power of locomotion in it fully esta-

ished.— Ep.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented from living

Subjects; with practical Observations on their Nature. By Sir

Joun Granam Datyext, Bart. Volume first, containing fifty-

three coloured Plates, London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster

Row, 1847. 4to. Pp. 270.

[Continued from p. 139.]

Tne most interesting chapter in this interesting volume is that

which narrates the history of the Hydra tuba, This marine animal

is called a Hydra by our author because it has the form and the cha-

acters of the freshwater polypes, and possesses also their qualities—

_ their greed of living prey (p. 87), their proliferous evolution of

young, their endurance of privations, their power to recover from

_ apparently immedicable wounds, and their strange germinations and

_ monstrosities under the influence and direction of the experimen-

- talist (p. 93). This hydra is found attached to submarine bodies ;

the body is fleshy, inversely conical, encircled on the oral disc with

312 Bibliographical. Notices.

a series of long slender thread-like tentacula,—and thus it li .

parently for an indeterminate period, exercising all the funetions of a

perfect and adult animal even to the repeated production of you

in all respects alike to the parent. So it lives until, from some u

known causes, a change comes over it, and it begins to waved) if

and to exhibit one of the most wonderful revelations in snipe i

mutations. A pendulous column or roll is observed as if i ate

on the disc of the hydra; at first it is faintly indented by cncles

is terminated by a circular row of tentacula; the indenting ci

become more deeply waved, the tentacula shorter until they are o

literated ; and then each roll of the column is successively pei

and liberated from the others until the whole embryonic column, i

dissolved, the individual rolls floating at freedom in the bosom of t eT

waters, obviously the young of one of those large Meduse which

swarm our seas in the months of the latter summer and autumn to —

Now this short sketch of the metamorphosis is not of any new dis-

covery, for Sars had made us in some degree acquainted with it, bu :

the account of it given by Sir John Dalyell excels all others in fi

ness and completeness, and in its freedom from conjectural ¢ xplic _

tions. The metamorphosis itself is wonderfully curious, but what

strikes us as the most unaccountable fact in the process is the un-

certainty of the periods at which the change shall take place. —

Hydra tuba shall remain for years a hydra propagating its papain

we know of no data to fix the period when it shall begin the p

of change into its mature and final state; and, to add sinc mg

wonder, having cast off several of these medusean embryos, a b _ é

remains out of which another Hydra tuba shall arise, to go throu gh

the same hydra life and the same medusean metamorphoses. as its

predecessor. We suppose that these facts—for facts they are—w 1

not support the opinions of Steenstrup on alternating generations

nor can even be reconciled with them.

The way in which Sir John discovered that the Hydra tuba was.

the embryo of a Medusa was this: he took a large Medusa, of unde- ;

termined species but beautifully figured on plate 15, and placing it”

in a vase of sea-water the spawn—‘“ a brownish matter like dust” —

was shed from its ovarian fringes and settled at the bottom. Th

spawn consisted of “‘ an host of animated creatures in quick and va-

ried motion,” partaking much of the nature of the planules of the Ser-

tularians. The changes they rapidly underwent were noted and de-

lineated ; and in eleven or twelve days after ‘ the planule had been

discharged from the unwieldy Medusa, it was converted to a sta-_

tionary hydra.” (p. 105.) ‘* This new animal was provided sini a

complement of eight arms, yet so immature as to be of un :

dimensions. Different groups, under metamorphosis, showed che

utmost irregularity in respect to evolution, to their shape and pro-

portions: nor was it until thirteen days later, or three weeks Thus

their birth, that any appeared with eight regular tentacula. Thus

was a most perplexing problem solved—the Hydra tuba pinred.@ a

have sprung of a Medusa.” (p. 105.) 7

The progress of discovery went on. Sir John had “ remarked

Bibliographical Notices. 313

olonies of minute transparent animals swimming in vessels of sea-

ater, during the monthsof February, March and April. Their general

spect very much resembled a flock of birds in distant flight, as re-

esented by landscape painters. After being transferred to vessels

e of other subjects, they continued several days in activity and

then disappeared. I could not account either for their origin or their

ransience. They occurred only at rare intervals, and always iden-

tically under the same form.” (p. 111.) ‘These very minute beings,

r the expansion of an individual is only between one and two lines,

ere evidently allied to the Medusze “ both in configuration and in

abits,” but they differed from the Medusz in the early date of their

ppearance. ‘To distinguish them Sir John called the species Me-

sa bifida, and we have it minutely described and variously figured.

Sir John was first led to remark that it was chiefly observed in ves-

ls containing the Hydra tuba (p. 114); and subsequently, and as it

were by accident, he discovered: that the hydra was in fact their

‘source; and moreover that the hydra was identical with the Strobila

of Sars! The discovery is told in a most interesting manner, and

ith a truthfulness which there is no gainsaying.

We shall quote only a few of the many passages we have marked,

reviously observing that the Hydra tuba in its strobila-form is some-

ing like a fir-cone or a cylinder cut into several whorls, each whorl,

hen detached, becoming what is named the Medusa bifida. The

trobila throws off these whorls in succession to the number of from

ten to twenty, when the basis, as already stated, reassumes the form

nd habits of the hydra.

“ First, a smooth fleshy bulb sustained a cylinder of about half its

yn diameter, indented by plain circles, which were soon converted

to waving curvatures. A row of twenty or twenty-four tentacula

¢rowned the summit of the cylinder, which row disappeared or was

‘obliterated as the waving in its vicinity deepened, and the diameter

if the cylinder there expanded, that is, towards the summit. Con-

comitant on obliteration of the terminal row, a new circle of tenta-

la, at first few, but gradually augmenting, was emerging from

around the bulb, while the struggles of Medusz, into which the

“Waving strata were evolving, accomplished their liberation to swim

unconstrained in the surrounding element.” (p. 121.)

Yigorous hydra attached to a solid substance, with long flowing silky

entacula ; an alteration in the figure of the body, or the formation of

_ each Medusa and its liberation from the roll; the disappearance of

the original tentacula of the hydra; the emerging of a new circle

“of tentacula from a smooth fleshy bulb, sustaining the embryonic

“roll, as the former are obliterated, and as the Meduse approach ma-

% urity ; the evolution of thisfleshy bulb as a perfect hydra, along with

| their departure, which becomes the parent of progeny by gemma-

tion, and its permanence as an independent animal.” (p. 122-3.)

** All the Meduse in the embryonic roll are separate and distinct

nimals. Each is in close application to that which is next below,

‘if itself be uppermost, or lies between two if intermediate. The pro-

_ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. 1. 21

314 Bibliographical Notices.

boscis is outermost if the individual be uppermost in the roll; tied

all lie in the same direction, the proboscis outermost, as the Medusa

escapes, from the next left behind. When the last remains in ad-—

hesion to the fleshy bulb, its proboscis projects outwards also. Thus

the under surface of the embryo i is always outwards, while a portion

of the roll.” (p. 124.) i

“« Although by repeated, long, and painful observation, I havi’ en-

deavoured to learn the history of the Hydra tuba and the Meduse

originating from it, my purpose has been but partially attained. I

have selected many individuals, and I have chosen colonies of both,

to discover whatever changes they should undergo. The hydra grew,

it fed, it bred, its existence was long. The Medusa lived, it neither

fed nor bred, its existence was infinitely shorter ; nor did it undergo

the smallest change from the first moment of liberation for fifty-fi

days. Its life could not be protracted, on any occasion, beyond sixty ;

days. Between the form and habits of these two animals there i is 2 nat

the smallest correspondence.” (p. 128.) ee

en ie 33

We pass on to take a cursory notice of our author’s account of the

Ascidian Zoophytes. aq

Plates 43 and 44 illustrate Cellularia loriculata, ‘*The hydra is

minute, lively and active, almost transparent or dingy white; it

seldom protrudes from its dwelling, which has scarcely any percep-

tible margin. When doing so, twelve is the usual number of tenta-_ :

cula displayed. Some have fourteen.” (p. 234.) Farre sr et that th 5

tentacula are only ten in number. i Wd

Cellularia reptans occupies plate 45.. The hydra has twelve i |

tacula. % .

Cellularia fastigiata is the subject of plate 46. The ial’ 7 se |

teen or eighteen tentacula. )

Cellularia ciliata forms the subject of a pretty plate, no. 47. y |

of the numerous tribe of Corallines can exceed the symmetry, ¢

gance and beauty of this interesting product waving amidst the |

waters. The singularity of its parts and proportions seem to have : |

originated with the vigorous efforts of a sportive organic nature.” 7)

(p.239.)—To the vigorous enthusiasm which dictates such a passage, .

and there are many such in the volume, we owe the strength which 7)

supported our author in his long yet unwearied labours—The hydra i

has from twelve to fourteen tentacula, and is remarkably vivacious. P|

Cellularia avicularis is figured in plates 48 and 49. Of the latte

we know not what to say: it does not please us, and is useless as @

scientific drawing, however imposing it may look to the amateur o

artist. Sir John has found the species only as a parasite. on:

Flustra truncata. “ A lively ascidian hydra with fourteen, fifteer

and, I believe, sometimes sixteen tentacula, inhabits — cals.” :

p. 242.)

: The bird’s-head processes or avicularia our author has seen | .

Cellularia ciliata, fastigiata, avicularis, and Flustra Murrayana. The

obscurity which hangs over their function has not been’ ietaltiots or

removed by his researches ; and the conjecture which he throws out

doubtingly that they may be parasitical seems to us altogether un

ig Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 315

| tenable. ‘‘I cannot believe,” says Sir John, “that it (the avicu-

_ darium) is connected with the hydra, from finding it seated and ac-

tive on the side of those cells wherein there are none. Nevertheless,

it is an integral part of the zoophyte, in so far as being generated

along with new or reproducing portions. This, indeed, does not

exclude the character of a parasite ; for I have understood that those

infesting the larger animals sometimes occur in the foetus.” (p. 245.)

Valkeria imbricata is well-figured on plate 50; V. cuscuta on

ate 51, and on the same plate V. spinosa in a less satisfactory and

less complete manner.

_ Sir John is of opinion that the genus Serialaria is unnecessary,

and he places its only species in the genus Valkeria. It forms the

subject of plate 52. The cells are not ranged in a straight line in

single series as usually described, but ‘in partial alternation, the

convex side of one being applied to the opposite recess formed by

| the union of two, somewhat like the position of two rows of cells in

a honeycomb.” (p. 250.) Like all Valkerie, the polype has eight

tentacula.

Bowerbankia repens and B. densa are figured in plate 53, and the

species are described in the text. But beyond furnishing us with a

series of interesting figures and authentic and original descriptions,

we do not find that our author has added any novelty to our know-

edge of ascidian zoophytes, beyond some additions to their external

tomy and some corrections of less careful observers.

And now we bid a farewell—we trust a short one—to our author,

hose book has engrossed very pleasantly some days of our leisure.

e learn that his portefeuille contains many similar memoirs to

ose herein published, and we could wish to have the influence of

astening also their publication; but surely such influence, if pos-

sessed, is unnecessary, for in the honourable fame this volume has

secured for Sir John Graham Dalyell there is enough to urge him

on to the completion of his ever-during monument.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Feb. 10, 1848.—The Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :--

_ An Account of a Botanical Excursion to Braemar, Clova, and Ben

awers, with his pupils, in August 1847,” by Professor Balfour.

Having made some general observations on the botany of the alpine

districts of Scotland, Dr. Balfour proceeded to give a detailed ac-

count of the localities visited and the plants gathered. From Aber-

deen the party went to Ballater, thence by Lochnagar to Castleton

of Braemar, where they remained ten days, examining Ben Aven, Ben-

a-Muich-Dhui (on the top of which they slept for.a night), Cairn

Toul, Breriach, Glen Callater, Clova, Glen Isla, &c. Leaving Brae-

ir, they walked by Glen Tilt to Blair Athol, and thence by the Pass

of Killiecrankie to Kenmore, Ben Lawers and Loch Lomond. All

the usual, and many very rare alpine species were gathered. Carex

21%

316 Miscellaneous.

leporina was picked both on Lochnagar and on Cairn Toul; Conall

vaginata was found on every hill in the Braemar district; Woodsia

hyperborea was gathered in Glen Isla, Glen Phee, Clova, and on Ben

Lawers ; Luzula arcuata was seen on all the lofty summits in the —

vicinity of Ben-na-Muich-Dhui ; Mulgedium alpinum was detected in”

considerable quantity on Lochnagar ; also a beautiful variety of Hie-

racium alpinum with remarkably long leaves and involucres covered |

with long white silky hairs; itis H. alpinum var. longifolium of * Flora

Silesia.’ In the vicinity of Ballater, and also in Glen Tilt, Hquisetum

umbrosum grew in profusion. The sides of Loch Etichan and the

rocks near Loch Aven were covered with numerous alpine varieties —

of Hieracia, presenting remarkable transition forms ; among them

were H. alpinum, Halleri, nigrescens, Lawsoni, &c. Orobus niger

was gathered at the Pass of Killiecrankie. bia iid

Dr. Balfour then made some remarks on the progress of vegetation

in the vicinity of Edinburgh and the injury done by the late frost, in

the course of which he stated that Galanthus nivalis was in flower in”

the Botanic Garden, and Hranthis hyemalis in Dr. Neill’s ereen on

the 10th inst. : +48

MISCELLANEOUS.

THE COMMON FLEA (PULEX IRRITANS).

Evrrysopy knows that common domestic insect, the flea; but it is”

not everybody who knows that it undergoes a series of changes as

singular as those of the butterfly or beetle; being first a minute egg, ~

then a long slender worm-like larva, then an inactive pupa inclosed —

within a cocoon spun by the larva; and lastly, the perfect flea itself. ©

My object in this article is to describe these transformations, and to”

add a practical suggestion for the easy destruction of these little pests. —

During the course of the past summer, having dropped a very minute ©

insect on the floor of my library, close to the spot where one of my

spaniels is in the habit of lying near my feet, I was obliged, in order

to find it, to sweep the carpet very carefully with a fine brush upon

a piece of white paper. By doing this I found my specimen; but I

also discovered a number of very small, white, worm-like larve,

which I immediately recognised as those of the common flea. :

was not sorry to make this discovery, being anxious to examine the -

structure of this larva, and especially that of the parts of its satnith i

(hitherto undescribed), in consequence of the interesting position

which the perfect insect occupies in the classification of hexapod in-

sects, forming, as it does, a separate. order, to which the name of

Aphaniptera has been applied, from no wings being visible upon the

insect, although their representatives exist in the shape of two flat-

tened scales on the sides of the body attached to the proper wing. .

bearing segment. ae

The female flea deposits about a dozen white, slimy eggs of An

oval form (fig. a, one of the eggs very highly magnified), and which

are of a rather large size in proportion to that of the parent insect.

The larvee are hatched in summer at the end of five or sixdays. They

are at first white, but subsequently assume a slight reddish ones

;

“

BE)

Miscellaneous. 317

ith a dark, longitudinal streak down the back, which is the dorsal

essel. They are long and slender (fig. ) represents a group of four

of them of the natural size, and fig. c one of them highly magnified).

The body consists of thirteen segments, gradually but slightly

tapering towards the head, the segments being armed at the sides

with strong bristles. They are destitute of legs, but are nevertheless

able to crawl along with great rapidity, using the parts of the mouth

d the appendages at the end of the body in locomotion. When

_ disturbed they writhe about in a serpentine direction, or coilthemselves

p spirally remaining for a short time immoveable, and thus easily

ape observation. ‘The head is small and conical, furnished with

o short antennze composed apparently of two joints, the basal one

being very short, and the outer one terminated by a bristle (fig. d re-

esents the front of the head seen from above, very highly magni-

fied) ; the mouth is furnished with two large brown horny jaws, point-

ed in a slight hook at the tips (fig. d**), and the lower part of the

mouthseemsto consist of a large fleshysomewhat bilobed lip, furnished

with two very minute two-jointed palpi. I also observed a small

-semi-globular tubercle on each side of the head behind the antenne,

which may be the rudimental eyes. The terminal segment of the

body is furnished with two small deflexed hooks, preceded by a co-

net of minute sete, and which are evidently employed in walking.

When full-grown these larve assume the pupa state, having first

_ entirely voided the remains of their undigested food, as is the custom

ith other larve. All the larve which I kept encased themselves

within a cocoon of a silky texture and of an ellipsoid form, of a

whitish colour within and grayish externally, often covered with

minute particles of the adjacent materials. Roésel, however, observed

_ that some of the larve underwent these changes without forming a

cocoon. The pupa inclosed within the cocoon bears considerable —

| resemblance to the perfect insect, with this difference, that the legs

are folded close on the sides of the body, and the insect is inclosed

within a thin pellicle, each of the limbs being covered by a distinct

ase; of course during this period the insect remains quite inactive,

but as soon as the period for its final transformation arrives, it

stretches forth its limbs, and casts off the thin pellicle with which

t had been covered, and then appears as a perfect flea. Figure e

represents the pupa highly magnified, with the cast skin of the larva

fig. f) attached to the extremity of its body.

318 Miscellaneous.

One curious question still remains to be decided in the natural

history of this insect, namely, the nature of the food of the”

Although the perfect insect is generally found on warm-blooded «

mals and man, there is’no question that it is capable of wedi

a vast extent in places not frequented by such animals. Rooms k

for a long time vacant, and some hot sandy localities, may be fou Ir i

occasionally swarming with fleas. At all events the larvee are ne

found on the animals attacked by the perfect insects. M. De Fran ae

who endeavoured to determine the question, found numerous small

black grains in company with the eggs or larvee of the flea, tise se ich

he asserts become the food of the larve, being nothing else than”

dried drops of congealed blood, which, upon being moistened, imme+ .

diately re-assume a fluid state and red colour. ‘These grains have

been generally regarded as the excrement of the perfect fleas, but

M. De France considers them to be in fact drops of blood which have’

fallen from the wounds made by the flea. My own opinion, now that

the remarkably powerful structure of the jaws of the mouth has been

discovered, is rather that the larve roam about and feed upon hairs

or particles of woollen or feathers lying on the spots frequented by the}

animals attacked by the perfect flea. '

The knowledge of these facts in the ceconomy of this insect sug: 4

gests that by carefully sweeping carpets, mats, &c., on which dog ‘i

or cats are in the habit of lying, and by collecting the sweepings in ©

a dust-pan and burning them (instead of allowing the larve to creep

away into cracks of the floor or even in the hollows between the 7

threads of the carpet), we may destroy the larvae in great numbers,

and thus prevent them from arriving at their perfect troublesome form. S|

—J.O.W. in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for March 4. 4

Instance of a singular Anomaly in the History of the Honey Bee.

By Grorce Daruine, Esq.

Mons. Huber, in his wonderful and accurate researches into 2 ;

history of the Honey Bee, discovered that, if a young queen passes ne)

twenty-first day without intercourse with the drone, she will be onl

partially fertile, laying nothing but the eggs of drone brood ; nor dost

she lay these eggs in the appropriate comb, but in the comb aise

for workers. ‘This curious fact I have seen proved several times ;

but one not noticed by the careful Frenchman came under my obser: |

vation this summer. I had placed a young queen in a small experi-

mental hive ; she was very soon impregnated, and filled a sheet of

comb with eggs. I removed her to another hive, and, in the usual

time, the bees turned out several young brood for queens to make wu :

for her loss. One of these, at the proper time, emerged from the ce

and destroyed the others. Three days after hatching she began t

lay eggs, and as I supposed all right, but about a week after, wh nm

I examined the hive, I found the queen thrown out, and three cells”

converted into royal ones; but to my surprise, I found that all the

grubs were drones, both those in the forced royal cells, and those

through the combs ; and I have no doubt that the bees had, on find-

ing their queen imperfect in her functions, killed and thrown her out ;

but here their instinct had not been sufficient to teach them that

Meteorological Observations. 319

one grub could not be converted into a queen, for they sealed up

' the grubs and waited patiently the time for their hatching. The

young drones never hatched, but shrivelled in the cells, which would

Ae to the conclusion that the food suitable for a young queen is not

adapted to bring a drone to perfection.—From the Transactions of the

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vol. ii. p. 205.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1848.

‘Chiswick.— February 1, 2. Clear and fine. 3. Cloudy. 4. Overcast: rain.

. Densely overcast: heavy rain at night. 6. Overcast and mild. 7. Densely

vercast: rain. 8, Cloudy and fine. 9. Cloudy: boisterous: clear. 10. Very

ne: heavy rain at night. 11, 12, Veryfine. 13. Overcast. 14. Rain. 15.

Densely overcast: rain. 16, Frosty: clear and fine. 17. Clear: cloudy and

‘fine. 18. Fine. 19. Rain: hazy and damp. 20. Foggy: cloudy: clear.

21. Overcast: rain. 22. Rain. 23. Heavy clouds: fine. 24. Densely overcast :

in. 25, Rain: showery. 26. Barometer most remarkably low : boisterous,

with heavy rain. 27. Heavy rain: clear and boisterous at night. 28. Fine:

ear, 29. Very clear: buisterous, with rain at night.

Mean temperature of the month — .....ssessscsecscssessesssesreee S9%62

Mean temperature of Feb. 1847 .......2.....0.00e Me evsdaesensss 34 °79

Mean temperature of Feb. for the last twenty years ......... 39 *32

Average amount of rain in Feb. ..... Bisse sete ce (ial 2s OSanchy

_ Boston.—¥eb. 1,2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4. Rain. 5. Cloudy: rain p.m.

6. Rain. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy: raine.m. 9. Cloudy: rain early a.m. : rain

10—13. Fine. 14. Rain: rain p.m. 15. Cloudy: rain early am. 16—

& Fine. 19. Cloudy: snowearly a.m. 20. Rain. 21. Fine: rain p.m.

22. Cloudy: rainr.m. 23. Fine: rainr.m. 24. Cloudy: rain p.m. 25. Fine.

Ani rain early a.m. 27. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain a.m. 28. Cloudy.

9. Fine.

_ Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Feb. 1. Hard frost a.m.: thaw and rain

mM. 2. Thaw: threatening frost again. 3. Thaw: rain: high wind. 4, Heavy

tin: snow gone. 5. Heavy rain: floods. 6. Moist a.m.: showery p.m. 7. Thick

gendinginrain, 8. Heavy rainallday. 9. Rain a.m.: cleared: rain p.m.

0. Slight showers. 11. Very fine spring day. 12. Dull morning: wet p.m.

$. Heavy rain and high winds. 14, Fair, but threatening change. 15. Rain

ailday. 16. Frost: a shower of snow. 17. Hard frost: bills white: snow. 18.

Hard frost: rain p.m. 19. Showery. 20. Beautiful day: slight frost a.m.

1. Raw frost a.m.: moist. 22. Storm of rain and wind: flood. 23. Stormy day:

violent showers. 24. Snow for two hours: heavy rain. 25. Fair and milder.

26. Fair s.m.: drizzle p.m. 27, Heavy rain all day. 28. Heavy rain: thunder.

29, Showers: hail.

Be i Mean temperature of the month ....... Fiske Ae iby topdanied (“AOL

Mean temperature of Feb. 1847 .........2++. ixaie sank »» 36 °2

Mean temperature of Feb. for twenty-five years......... 87 ‘3

cat Bo eA ELLE oie os gm Sor i ELAS PEeES Sy on Pe 5°53 inches,

Mean rain in Feb. for twenty years ......:...6 sesscesseees 204g,

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Snow showers: cloudy. 2, Frost: clear.

Cloudy: showers. 4. Rain; damp. 5. Snow-drift: snow. 6. Snow: cloudy.

Rain. 8, Bright: showers. 9. Cloudy: damp. 10. Rain: cloudy. 11.

' Bright: cloudy. 12. Rain: showers, 13. Showers, 14. Showers: clear.

| 15. Damp: rain. 16,17. Bright: frost. 18. Sleet: rain. 19. Sleet-showers :

owers. 20. Bright: snow-shower:, 21, Snow: red aurora. 22, 23. Cloudy:

aurora. 24, Bright: frost: fine: aurora. 25. Showers. 26. Cloudy:

wers. . 27. Showers: rain, 28, Damp: rain. 29. Clear: cloudy.

The following are the averages for Dec. 1847, with which we have been fa-

Oured by our correspondent the Rey. Ch, Clouston of Sandwick Manse, whose

sual report miscarried owing to the stormy weather which then prevailed :—

Barometer. Thermoweter. Rain

A.M, P.M. AM. P.M. in inches.

29°597 29°595 49°93 40°66 5'24

EE LL. TT aT ET eae

"1 80. 110+ |tmsm tasm] ‘m | ems | €F | ob | SE) 6h)

“101. |ZG- | ca ms-'a, "Ss | «ms | 6€ | fob | foe! OF

£0. "| Lt. 1gh. | ta | cau | uyes| -m | g& | oF | 6€| FLP 9%

St. 60: |91- | o | ‘mu | ‘m | sms | of | ¥Le | foe) f67 Cz

Li |*****"|S0. | P1- | sa a9 |uyeo| «ms | Ce | Fle | ¥s¢| for) SP Ve

GL Lg.) Lt. |") sm | om | cm | cms fhe | For | gf] LyV| SP “£2,

sserelseeees! 69. 1go. | cass cms | tm | ms | Foe! Le [feel fer] IP ‘8

6I- "OP. | 11. | wpeo cm | *m | ms | $6] OF | EF) BH] OF) GE | OF | 19.6% |EP-6z | Zh-6% 6P-6% | 8£-6z |S69-6% 061-62 “1%

bo. il go. | om | tm feo} sma | Le] Se }fee| oF! oF] Se | gh | sb.6% |0S-6z | 99-62 | 08-62 | $0.62 POE-6z |PPL-6z | “0%

OG. [eereesisree*] Gow | om otmsm | cms | tm | LE | Far (fge|for| Le} c& | 6 | Lz-6% | 0-62 | 9-63 9F-6% Sb.62 £99-6z 9LL-6z “610

crrseleseeslerees] gq. | «mgs rasa} peo! s | bh | 6€ | 9z/ for Sze) So | oh | PE-6z |P8.6z |P9-60 SI-0€ go-0€ ZE1-0F OZP-0f “81

stetttieaeenaleeseesiseseee] og / cag junfwa| cau | $PE | Se |fgz| 17| SE] 6% | SP |9%-0€ |1£-0€ | 1£-08 |Fz-0€ | 16.62 VVG-0E 9EP-0€ | “LI

sseresieeeeer] oy mum) wed) a | SE | for | se) for) SE) So | PP | 11-0€ |08-6z | $6-60 |65-6% | OF-6% C1L-62 956-60 “91

ZS. |€0- | ‘au | ms juyeo| *s | Fg) OP f6e, €F| Sh) 9% | 6b SP.6z | €F-6z | O€-6z | ££-6% 01-62 PL1-60 PHS-62, *S1

“84/59. | ta (cms | *m | cms | F908 | Fob | Eb| foo) zo) gh | £S | OF.6% | 51-62 | HE-6z | Ph-62 | OF-6z |9S9-6% £98-62) “PI

eresieereeel ems | ems jumped) sms | €P | ob | tse) 19 S-Lb) LV | 19 | 20.6% |G1-66 | S-66 | 19-62 95-62 |9£6-6% 190-08 | “1

| ST. jrrertsjrsreesireeses) san | sans | UNTBD | tan ey | oF |tve| Lh\ 9€; OF | BP | 00.62 |LI-6% | 0S-6% | 19-6% | 09-62 268-60 916.6% Zl

crrresiseenesleeseeeleeeees] eum cm [uupeo | mu | FOE | Eb PE) Bh) so) Of | LV | E.6% | 10-63 |SE-6% |96-8% |ZL-z 36-80 SFS.6z | “11 C

Qt. "7/0. |G. | ca | cms |ueo| sms | ge | for |fge| fer] oF} LE | 6b | Lo.g% | 8h-8% | 69-88 | SS-8% | LS-gz \ohg-8z 986-gz | ‘01

90. “| PQ. | 10. | tou | tms jueo} sms | OF | Ib | ff!) Bh! 6P) OF | 19 | LL-8% | 88-82% |9S-8% | F9-8% | 29-82 |LZ0-6% 960-67 | *6

'O%- OG-1/"*""""| 9%. | tas | *s |u| “ms 1v | 417 | of! LV! EV) PP | BS |GI1-6z |€S.6% | 0z-6% | 69-62 | PP.6% |P69.6z 698-62! *8

OP. |***"*/ 90. | GG. |tmsm | tmss | tass | cms | PP | 96 | Sf| OF} OF) OF | ZS | 09.6% |SL-6% | 19-6% |0L-6% | ¥S-6% 818-60 166-62) *L

ierae 6 8I- | 10- | esa jroua |uea| *m | Sel Se |¥Le| FOr |S-1S| oF | SS |ET-0€ |0z-08 | 76.62 |F6-6% | £9.6z |SL0-0€ 61-08 | ‘9

90. fo. |€s. | ‘a | «ms | uyeo| «ms | FE] ze] Sh| so] €9| gh | €S |90.0€ |26-6z | 01-62 | 69-62 | 9-62 |6S0-0€ 01-08 | *S @

1 Og. |strte"jserr1 CQ. | om | cms | ms | ms | ob | Lp] 2h] Le] ob| 6€ | 19 | 69.6% |9£.6% | £9.62 |99-6% | £L.6z |111-0€ \LO1-0£| “

GO. jsteresiteeesi to. | cms | os [msm] cms | gh | Cp |'ce| ch! Le] €€ | OF | 6€.6z% |S9.6z | 9L-6% | 06-62 | 76-62 |1PZ-0€ f9E-0£ | *€

QB. [steeee[ereeeeteereee] ems [cama | mu | sm | F1h | 62 |FPEFIP| S| 6% | OF | L9.6% |06-62% | L6-6% | 88°62 | 9L-6% |EST-OF |S1E-08| *%

ttteeeiscceccleeeseeleoeeee! oor iemstoul mm | mu | 1.) 1 | $60] 9£\9-60| 9% | LE |O0L-6% |£$-6z | OL-6% | 09-62 | SP-6% |€9L-62|1L0-08| “I

= Q ‘s) 6} Se DR =\s s = | curd | cure | curd | cure | | ‘ : “4d

Eeleg| 8 |: | E2|s8| ¢ | s8/F* PLP leg) FUE 1% | Le") og] om) | ore

Sa te s = #. af ot i ‘ 26 ; 8

RS ; 2 P| RS *3 P Pe brine hoy senuiecs BS | -yormsryg cee “aA Lys-saLUng Pe *yorMstyD = e)

“Urey “pul *{9JOULOWIOY *1OJOULOIV Ss 3

eral |

"RANNUQ) ‘asunpy younpung 70 ‘u0ysno[O *|d ‘Ady 247 49 puv faulHs-saruawag ‘ssunyy yzensagddp yw ‘aequncy * AA *AdY 277 49 fNoLsog

72 ‘18a |

“IN

fg Suopuo'yT tvau ‘xOIMSIHD 70 Ayaiog pounynoysozy ayy fo uapiny ay, qo uosdwoyy, ‘Ay 49 apo suoivasasgy jonFoposoajapy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 5. MAY 1848.

XXXITI.—On a new British species of Campylodiscus.

By W. C. Witiiamson.

Wuitst examining some sand dredged up by George Barlee,

Esq. from a depth of sixty fathoms, off the coast of Skye, I was

fortunate enough to meet with a remarkably fine species of

Campylodiscus, which does not appear to have been hitherto

- described.

_ It presents a nearly orbicular disc, which, though slightly

-saddle-shaped, is considerably less curved than the Bohemian

C. clypeus, and still less so than the C. zonalis of Mr. J. Phillips.

The centre of the disc is perfectly smooth ; but around this is a

circle of short, elegant projecting radii, which extend nearly to

the periphery, and give to the

‘whole the general aspect of

‘the face of a clock or watch ;

the radii representing the

figures marking the hours.

Within this ring, and closely

bordering the inner extremi-

ties of the rays, is a circle of

yery minute and slightly elon-

gated tubercles, like those

“which surround the central

siliceous umbo of the Arach-

_ noidiscus Japonicus, but much

smaller. There are usually

four or five of these to each interspace separating the rays. A

similar circle, but with the tubercles rather more conspicuous and

elongated, connects the outer extremities of the rays with the ex-

treme margin of the disc. On the two elevated portions of the

‘Ynflected disc, the rays appear to be rather stronger than else-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 22

322 Dr. Dickie’s Notes of Diatomaceze

where, especially towards their outer extremities. It is the

+43th of an inch in diameter. a

My specimen consists of at least three layers inclosing tv

inner cavities, which contain a green endochrome. In this i

resembles many other allied forms. From what has appeared to

be a single dise of Arachnoidiscus Japonicus, I have separated a:

many as six siliceous layers. ‘'s

This separation into laminz, marking the existence of so many

individual frustules, reminds us of Mel/oseira and its allies ;—a

resemblance that becomes the more striking, when we remembe

that as in Meloseira, the first frustules of Arachnoidiscus, Cocconeis

and many others are attached, as parasites, to some other body,

In the analytical table of the Bacillarie originally given b

Ehrenberg he includes many of these objects ; classing Cocconei a

Actinocyclus, and what he calls Bacillaria, together 1 in his group

of Naviculacee, and characterizing them as “ free,” in contrad

stinction to his “fixed” forms, in which latter he inelades Isthn

and other genera. It appears evident, however, that Coccom ;

and Arachnoidiscus are as “ fixed” when found in sifu as an

the Diatomacee, and probably many of these other allied genera

will eventually be found to exhibit the same feature when better

known. I have elsewhere* endeavoured to show the close rela-

tionship which exists between these discs and the already recog-

nized Diatomacee, and I cannot but think that by the time my

enthusiastic friend Mr. Ralfs resumes his valuable labours upon

the British species of this interesting group, he will find it ne-

cessary to include in his classification a large portion of our native

species of what are commonly called “ Siliceous Infusoria.”

I would propose for the above apPenge of a hi, the

name of C. horologium. ‘

Manchester, March 23, 1848.

‘

XXXITI.— Notes of Diatomace found in the stomachs of ce

Mollusca. By Grorce Dickie, M.D., Lecturer on tots )

the University and King’s College of Aberdeen #. i |

Proressor E. Forses has remarked that the stomachs of fishes

are often zoological treasuries. The Haddock is a great concho-

logist ; the Cod is more devoted to the Echinodermata, ime,

great taste for that tribe.

Certain Mollusca are equally indefatigable collectors of Di

tomacee ; they have been found in the stomachs of the Oyatel PT,

* Memoirs of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, vol. vit

p- 48 et seq. 4

+ Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, March 9, 1848, g

id found in the stomachs of certain Mollusca. 323

Clam, &e. ; and Dr. Hooker in the ‘ Botany of the Antarctic Voy-

‘age’ states, that the stomachs of Salpe and other (especially of

the naked) Mollusca invariably contain Diatomacee, sometimes

‘several species. These Sa/pe were washed up in masses on the

pack ice, and in decay they left the snow covered with animal

/matter impregnated as it were with Diatomacee. He found that

‘the contents of the stomach of every Salpa, between the latitudes

of the North Tropic and 80° South, invariably contained the re-

‘mains of these minute plants. Dictyocha aculeata was universally

observed in the stomachs of those found off Victoria Barrier.

‘Mr. Lee has found them abundant in the stomach of the com-

‘mon Barnacle.

The following notes of species detected in the stomachs of

different species of Ascidia and of the freshwater Mussel (Mya

margaritifera, lu.) may be worthy of record. They do not appear

to have the same discrimination as to their prey which the fishes

would seem to exercise, every object, whatever be its nature,

coming within the sphere of the currents produced by the cilia,

is swallowed, provided its size be not too great. The Ascidia

examined were from depths varying from twenty-five to thirty

fathoms, and five to six miles from land.

_ A time was when there would have been some hesitation in

offering to the Society such a communication as the present,

owing to the conviction that some of the organisms to which it

has reference really’belonged to the animal kingdom. The very

‘important discovery made by Mr. Thwaites, that they present

examples of conjugation like Zygnema, &c., leaves their true na-

ture no longer a doubtful question. There may still be some

dispute respecting the position occupied by such forms as Cosct-

nodiscus, Actinoptychus, &e.; but if it be admitted, and there

seems no reason for hesitation, that such genera as Meloseira and

‘its allies are true plants, it will not be difficult to understand also

the nature of those just mentioned, the transition from the one

to the other being obvious.

Diatomacee found in the stomachs of different species of

Ascidia i

4 Eunotiee. Cocconoidee.

Epithemia Sorex, Kg.? Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehr.

4 Fragilariee. Doryphora amphiceros, Kg.

Fragilaria pectinalis, Zhr. h

Diatoma flocculosum, 4g. Achnanthee.

i Meloseiree. Achnanthes longipes, 4g.

-Meloseira sulcata, Kg. Cymbellee.

. qurgons, 4g - Cymbella maculata, Xg.

fy Surirellee.

Surirella ? Gomphonemee.

‘Synedra levis, Ehr. Gomphonema pohlizforme, Kg.

22*

324 Notes of Diatomacere found in the stomachs of Mollusca.

Naviculee. Coscinodiscus eccentricus, Zhr. q

Navicula Hippocampus, Zhr. Actinocyclus undulatus, Bailey, —

Ceratoneis Closterium, Ehr. Actinoptychus senarius, Zhr.

Coscinodisce@.

Coscinodiscus Patina, Zhr. Actiniscee.

C. lineatus, Zhr. Dictyocha gracilis, Kg.

This list will afford some idea of the nature of the

going on in the Aberdeen bay at the depth and distance fron

land already mentioned. .

The following species were evidently in a living state -—Mel 0.

siera pale M. Jurgensii, Synedra levis, Navicula Hippo ampus

Surirella?, Coscinodiscus Patina, Actinoptychus senarius, and th e}

were also very common ; in this latter respect, however, they were

not superior to the Dictyocha and Doryphora. a

Of those enumerated, the following are usually met witha

fresh water : Fragilaria pectinalis, Diatoma flocculosum, Cocco eis

Pediculus, Cymbella maculata and Gomphonema pohliaforme ; they

were also much less abundant than the others. Their presence

is readily accounted for, when it is considered that two larg

rivers, the Dee and Don, besides numerous smaller streams

empty themselves into the bay. Mr. Thwaites informs me tha

he has found the Meloseira sulcata both in fresh and brackist

water, Some of the species mentioned are not uncommon in t the

mud of our harbour. a

Mixed up with the Diatomacee were numerous individual:

belonging to two or three forms of Foraminifera, also pees

a species of Grantia and fragments of Ulva, with particles of s

in a finely divided state. d

Some of those enumerated have a very extensive distribution

Meloseira sulcata has been found at Melville Island, and D5

Dr. Hooker at Victoria Barrier, where Coscinodiscus ecce us

and C. lineatus also occur. These and others are abundant im

guano from Africa and Peru, and are now in myriads mixed with

the soil of our fields, and their presence may perhaps at a future

time be a puzzle to some assiduous Philomikros who may >

ignorant of the history of British agriculture. F

' _ Although temperature may exercise little influence over the

distribution of Diatomacee, it may not be irrelevant to recort

here that of the sea in the Aberdeen bay, as ascertained b

Mr. James Stratton, whose observations were made occasior all

from March 1845 to September 1846 inclusive. The mean tem:

perature at a mean depth of 24°5 fathoms, four miles from land

is 47°-7 F., being nearly one degree higher than that of the ai

as observed in the vicinity of Aberdeen. The minimum tool

place in March, being 39°5 F., exactly the mean temperature of

the ocean according to Sir J. ¢. Ross. 4

Dr. Greville on a new species of Spiridens. 825

_ The freshwater Mussel (Mya margaritifera, L.) is abundant

in both the Dee and Don. The specimens in whose intestines

the following Diatomacee occurred, were from the former river

ppehteen miles inland.

Meridiee. Achnanthee.

Bxition circulare, Ag. Achnanthes minutissima, Ehr.

ta Fragilariea. Cymbellee.

Fragilaria hyemalis, Lyngb. Cymbella flexella, Kwéz.

Diatoma flocculosum, Ag. C. leptoceras, Kitz. ?

D. tenue, dg. Cocconema cymbiforme, Ehr.

£ Meloseiree. Gomphonemee.

icléccira distans, Kiitz.? Gomphonema geminatum, Ag.

ff G. pohlizforme, Kitz.

4 Surirellee, G. minutum, 4g.

pnb ome Ehr. Wasteatew

u Saeth, Atx : Navicula rhomboides, Ehr.?

= Cocconoidee. N. cuspidata, Kiitz.

Cocconeis Pediculus, Zhr. _ N. viridis, Kitz.

f Intermixed with these were spicule of Spongilla. Generally

speaking the individuals of each species were of the minimum

size, certainly far less than that usually attained. Of those

brought within the sphere of the currents produced by the cilia,

the smaller alone were swallowed. Of the species enumerated I

ave found the following on our mountains at heights varying

from 2800 to 3800 feet : viz. Meridion circulare, Diatoma floccu-

losum, D. tenue, Meloseira distans?, Gomphonema pohlieforme,

G. minutum, Navicula rhomboides ? and N. viridis. The Meloseira

T have found to constitute a considerable proportion of the fine

Dh. mud found peo patches of snow on Ben-na-Muich

hu.

see

XXXIV.—WNotice of a new species of Spiridens.

By R. K. Grevinie, LL.D, &c.*

[With a Plate.]

Tie genus Spiridens, established by Nees von Esenbeck in the

11th volume of the ‘Nova Acta Acad. Ces. Leopold. Car. Na-

ture Curiosorum,’ has hitherto contained the single species’ it

was constituted to receive, viz. Spiridens Reinwardtit. This most

noble of all mosses, as it is justly designated by Sir W. J. Hooker,

i8-a native of the Molucca Isles ; twelve inches or more in height,

with a robust, Bartramia-like habit. It is figured in the Trans-

actions above-mentioned ; but the British botanist will also find

figure and description in the first volume of Sir W. J. Hooker’s

Botanical Miscellany,’ published in 1830.

i. Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, March 9, 1848.

326 Dr. Greville on two new species of Ferns

In looking over a small collection of Cryptogamous plants re-

cently gathered in the island of Tahiti by Dr. Sibbald and sent.

by him to Professor Balfour, I found two specimens (only two,

alas !) of a moss which a single glance convinced me must belong”

to the genus Spiridens ; and the capsules being in a perfect state

enabled me to determine this at once in the most satisfactory

manner. The resemblance which it bears in general character

to S. Reinwardtii is so marked, that at first it seemed doubtful

whether it might not be a mere variety, but a more careful

inspection rendered the specific distinctions quite apparent.

The new species is a smaller and more slender plant, six to

nine inches long or more, the leaves scarcely more than half

the size, the capsules more cylindrical and the subulate termina-

tion of the operculum considerably longer and finer. It is under

the microscope, however, that the most characteristic features are

perceived to exist in the leaves; the margin of which in S. Rein-

wardtit is distinguished by a broad flat border closely and sharply

toothed ; in the new species by a very narrow thickened border

remotely toothed. Without entering into a minute description, j

uncalled for in so brief a notice, the following specific chare

may be assigned to the two mosses :—

S. Reinwardtii (Nees) ; foliis late marginatis, acute dentatis; den-

tibus approximatis ; capsulis ovato-oblongis.

S. Balfouriana (nob.); foliis anguste marginatis, remote dentatis ; 3

capsulis ovato-cylindraceis.

This beautiful species of one of the finest genera in the family

I have sincere pleasure in naming after my highly esteemec

friend Dr. Balfour, Professor of Botany in the University of

Edinburgh. a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. S. Balfouriana, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Leaf.

Fig. 3. Margin of the leaf of S. Reinwardtii.

Fig. 4. Ditto of that of S. Balfouriana.

Fig. 5. Perichztial leaves and capsule.

fig. 6, Peristome.—Figs. 2-6 all magnified.

XXXV.—Notice of two new species of Ferns belonging to the

genera Oleandra and Polypodium. By R. K. Grevitxe, LL. Dd.

&e.* : j

[With a Plate.]

Tue genus Oleandra of Cavanilles, adopted by Presl and nox

generally received for'a section of the old genus Aspidium, is one

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, March 9, 1848.

belonging to the genera Oleandra and Polypodium. 3827

the most natural in habit of the family of Ferns, and not less

beautiful than well-defined. It is at the same time so limited in

extent that the addition of a new species becomes a subject of

considerable interest. The recorded species are Oleandra nodosa

Aspidiim nodosum, Willd.), native of the islands of the West

ndies ; O. articulata (Aspidium articulatum, Sw.), found in the

auritius; O. neriiformis (Aspidium neriiforme, Sw.), growing

the Philippine Islands and the East Indies ; O. Wallichii (As-

idium Wallichit, Hook.), confined to Nepal ; and O. pilosa, Hook.,

rought by Sir Robert Schomburgk from British Guiana. The

ast-named species, which is figured by the author in his beautiful

Genera Filicum,’ tab. 45, is most allied to the fern I have now

e pleasure of laying before the Botanical Society. The latter

as recently communicated to Professor Balfour from Tahiti,

here it was collected by Dr. Sibbald, a gentleman, who, under

the disadvantages arising from the confusion which existed

that unhappy island, during the time of his visit, made some

botanical discoveries of great interest ; and I feel no small satis-

faction in dedicating to him this very fine fern.

The character of the Hookerian species with which it has to

contrasted is as follows :—

0. pilosa (Hook.) ; stipite ad basin articulato, fronde subtus pube-

_ scenti-hirsuta, indusiis longe ciliatis.—Hook, 1. c.

Dr. Sibbald’s fern may be thus defined :—

. Sibbaldii (nob.); stipite ad medium articulato, fronde utrinque

pubescenti-hirsuta, indusiis integerrimis.

_ The frond is about eighteen inches long, membranaceous,

Jinear-lanceolate like all its congeners, but more or less gradually

‘attenuated below, and in this respect differing much from O. pi-

fosa ; both surfaces are pubescent, the margin especially, fringed |

with hairs; beneath, the midrib is set with long chaffy scales.

The arrangement of the sori, although not so regular as in

. neriiformis, is much more so than in O. pilosa, forming a more

r less undulating line on each side, at from two to four lines

distance from the midrib. I could have wished that the indu-

sium had been in a younger state, nevertheless the organ is quite

ntire, and there is not the slightest trace of ciliation.

-| Another fern in the same collection, discovered in Raiatea, of

which there exists only one specimen, appears like the former to

be undescribed, and to possess considerable interest from its am-

iguous appearance. With a general form of frond bearing a

ose resemblance to Blechnum Spicant, it has the sori of a Gram-

“mitis; and totally unlike as it is in habit to any Grammitis

328 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

with which I am acquainted, I do not see how it can be 7” edd

in any other genus.

Grammitis blechnoides (nob.) ; fronde coriacea, utrinque sisencael

profunde pinnatifida, soris lineari-oblongis, subobliquis, numerosis.

Fronds numerous, from a creeping rhizoma which is densely

covered with pale reddish brown scales, lanceolate, coriaceous,

glabrous, seven to nine inches high, attenuated at. each extremity,

pinnatifid almost if not quite to the rachis, the segments alter

nate, entire, linear, obtuse, about half an inch long in the widest

part of the frond, diminishing gradually in size below until they

disappear a few lines from the rhizoma. Veins simple, in :

Sori oblong or linear-oblong, slightly oblique, arranged in a line

on each side between the midrib ak the margin, somewhat sunk

in the thick substance of the frond. ai

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Grammitis blechnoides, natural size. 3

Fig. 2. One of the segments, a portion of its substance removed to show the

_ venation.

Fig. 3. Sori.

Fig. 4. Capsules.

Fig. 5. Seeds.—Figs, 2-5 magnified.

XXXVI.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis WaLkzER, j

Ses POS | 4

[Continued from p. 260.]

FourtH Grovp.

Tux chief peculiarity of the only species in this group is , the

abundance of cottony filaments which emanate from its body,

and it resembles the preceding Aphis in the shortness of its nec-

taries and of the seventh joint of its feelers.

6. Aphis Fagi, Linn.

Aphis Fagi, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 735. 23; Faun. Suec. 994; 7

Geoff. Ins. i. 497. 12; Réaum. Ins. iii. t. 26. f. 1; Fabr. Ent.

Syst. iv. 214. 24; Syst. Rhyn. 297. 24; Burm. ” Handb. der :

Ent. ii. 92. 2. —

Lachnus Fagi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 147.1. ~

The viviparous wingless female. This appears on Fagus ai y=

tica, the beech, before the end of April ; as soon as it is hatehed

from the egg it resorts to the veins of the young leaves, and is

then pale green or yellow, very small, long, narrow, slightly con-"~

vex, nearly linear, or somewhat increasing in breadth towards the ©

tip of the abdomen ; its sides are covered with white filaments : ~

the feelers are filiform or slightly setaceous, dark green, paler at

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. ~~ $29

_ the base than towards the tips, and hardly more than one-fourth

_ of the length of the body ; the fourth joint is more than half the

length of the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ;

_ the sixth is shorter than the fifth, and the seventh than the sixth :

_ the eyes are brown: the mouth is pale green with a brown tip:

_ the back is adorned with rows of black spots which become more.

distinct towards the head: the nectaries do not rise above the

surface of the abdomen : the legs are dull pale green, and rather

short ; the knees and the feet are darker. It sheds its skin in

May, and is then paler, but as it grows it acquires a more vivid

green colour, and has occasionally three rows of black spots along

its back ; it now exudes more abundantly the white cottony mat-

ter wherein it soon becomes fully wrapped ; this secretion abounds

_ beneath the leaves, and being removed thence it changes into a

solid sugar or gum sweet to the taste and melting on the tongue.

_ When full-grown it is oval and flat, and has six rows of darker

_ spots along the back ; these spots are all confluent with the ex-

_ ception of the outer row on each side: the forehead is convex,

and without spines: the feelers are rather less than half the

length of the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the

third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth, and the sixth

_ than the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short : the mouth extends

to the middle of the space between the fore-hips and the middle

hips. The body varies in shape ; sometimes it is long and nar-

row, sometimes it is comparatively short and broad.

The viviparous winged female. The rudimentary wings are pale

yellow, and they are unfolded in the middle of May : the body

is then pale green, thickly clothed with white filaments : the disc

_ of the head and that of the chest are black, and the abdomen has

a black band across each segment, and a row of black spots on

_ each side: the feelers are black, slightly setaceous, and rather more

than half the length of the body: the mouth is pale green ; its

tip, the eyes, and the legs are black ; the latter are moderately

long; the fore-thighs are pale green: the wings are colourless ;

_ the wing-ribs are pale green ; the wing-brands and the veins are

brown. It looks like a twist of cotton floating through the air,

and its down has sometimes a delicate and beautiful azure hue.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 24 lines.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in October, and

_ is shining pale yellow or pale orange, which latter colour it may

_ owe to the eggs which it incloses: it has also sometimes a red-

_ dish tinge on each side which is adorned with a row of black dots,

and frequently there is also a row of short black or gray bands

along the back of the abdomen. The eggs are fastened in

November to the twigs of the beech-tree ; when newly laid they

are yellow, but they soon become black.

330 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

The winged male. It pairs with the wingless female at the

end of October: it is slender, dull pale greenish yellow, and thickly —

covered with gray powder: the head, the disc of the chest, and —

that of the breast are dark gray, and the abdomen has a row of —

dots on each side and one of short bands along its back of the same —

colour : the feelers are black, dull yellow at the base, and a little

longer than the body: the mouth and the legs are pale yellow; —

the former has a black tip ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of —

the shanks are black ; the hind-legs are dark gray : the wing-ribs —

are pale yellow, and the wing-brands are pale brown. yHf.g

I have counted above twenty young ones of various size in one —

wingless female, which form, with its winged descendant, abounds —

from the middle of May till the middle of June. During the

following months the species disappears from the beech-leaves —

with the exception of a very few little Aphides whose growth —

seems to be retarded. The second epoch of A. Fagi is October, —

the only season for the assemblage of all its forms, when the vi- —

viparous and oviparous females and the males swarm together, —

and this remark will apply to most other species of Aphis. —

Firru Grovpr.

7. Aphis antennata, Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 115. 88. .

The viviparous winged female. The body is stout and thick, —

and of a bright grass-green colour : the head is broad: the front

has a small spine in the middle, and a short spine on each side at

the inner base of each feeler : the eyes are dark and prominent: —

the mouth is green, and hardly reaches the base of the middle —

legs ; its tip is black: the feelers are black, rather stout, and —

much longer than the body ; the first and the second joints are —

green, and rather thick ; the fourth joint is shorter than the third;

the fifth is longer than the fourth ; the sixth is hardly one-fourth —

of the length of the fifth ; the seventh is slender, setaceous, and

longer than any of the preceding joints: the nectaries do not _

rise above the surface of the abdomen: the legs are long, green, —

pubescent, and rather stout; the shanks are rather darker and

much longer than the thighs ; the hind shanks are nearly twice _

the length of the hind thighs ; the knees and the tips of the feet —

are darker than the shanks: the wings-are colourless and much

longer than the body ; the wing-brand is black and nearly half —

the length of the whole wing; the veins are brown; the third —

branch 1s divided before one-third, and subdivided before two-

thirds of its length.

Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 52 lines. a

The viviparous wingless female. Dark brown, broad, short, —

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 331

_ thick, elliptical : the front is slightly eonvex and very broad, and

- there are no spines between the feelers: the feelers are black,

_ stout, and much longer than the body ; the first and the second

_ joints are thick and dark brown; the third is rather short ; the

fourth is as long as the third ; the fifth isa little longer than the

_ fourth; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the seventh

_ isas longas the third, fourth and fifth together : the legs are stout

_ and very short; the shanks are longer than the thighs. In

- other characters it resembles the winged female. Found in

August. :

Length of the body 1 line.

The winged male. Scarlet : like the winged female but smaller,

- and having a rather narrow front : the eyes also are more promi-

nent than those of the female: the mouth has a black tip, and

' reaches the base of the middle legs: the lobes of the chest, the

breast, and the sexual partsare brown. In one insect the second

fork of the third branch-vein in one wing is twice the length of

_ that in the other wing.

' Length of the body 1+ line ; of the wings 3 lines.

Sixro Grovp.

_ Containing only one species, and represented by four forms,

| which are—the winged viviparous female, the wingless oviparous

female, the wingless male, and the winged male. |

8. Aphis Tilia, Linn.

_ Aphis Tilia, Linn. Syst. Nat. 11. 734. 11; Faun. Suec. 984;

| Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 388. 34; Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 39 ; Syst. Rhyn.

_ 299. 39; Leeuwenh. Lettr. 1696, 293, 294; Frisch. Ins. xi. 1.

| 8. t. 17; Geoff. Ins. iii. 1. 495. 6; DeGeer, Ins. iii. 77. 12.

+. 5. f. 1-6; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1.117; Latr. Gen. ii. 173 ;

_ Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 95. 5 ; Curtis, Brit. Ent. 577; St. Farg.

et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. 247; Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 182. 25 ;

_ Sir Oswald Mosley, Gardener’s Chronicle, i. 684; Kalt. Mon. Pflan.

i, 129. 99 ; Ratz. Forst. Ins. i. 219.

This pretty Aphis feeds on Tilia rubra, the common lime-tree ;

__ T. platyphylla, the broad-leaved lime ; and on T. americana, the

_ American lime. ,

The viviparous winged female. Is hatched from the egg in the

_ middle of April, or rather later in the year: it is then nearly

oval, rather flat, and of a bright lemon colour: the feelers are

_ about half the length of the body ; the tip of each of their jomts

and the tip of the mouth are brown: the eyes are dark red:

the nectaries are extremely short. The wings are unfolded in

the beginning of June, and for a while after this operation the

body is pale yellow, and the wings are milk-white and spotless :

332 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

it is afterwards bright yellow: the sides of the head and of the

chest are brown, which colour adds to the linear appearance of

the body by forming two continuous lines with the fore-borders —

of the upper wings when they are at rest : the forehead is convex —

and somewhat notched ; the feelers have alternate black and yel- —

low rings, and are nearly as long as the body ; the fourth joint —

is rather more than half the length of the third; the fifth is a

little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth; —

the seventh is much shorter than the sixth: the eyes are bright —

red: the tip of the mouth and the hind-thighs, except the base, —

are black : the fore-chest is large, a little narrower in front; its

sides are slightly indented: the wings are colourless and much —

longer than the body; the wing-brands are dark brown; the —

veins are brown, and their tips are much shaded; the second

branch-vein is curved. The pupa is pale yellow and elliptical; —

the tips of the joints of the feelers are black; the tip of the ~

mouth and the tips of the feet are brown ; the young ones within ~

its body are very small. cli

lst variety. Pupa. White and shining: there is a black spot —

on each side of the chest, and on each side of the abdomen there

is one distinct row and a slight indication of a second and outer —

row of black spots : the tips of the joints of the feelers, the tip of —

the mouth, and the feet are black. s eee

2nd variety. Body varied with lemon colour or pale yellow. __

8rd variety. Body yellow with four rows of black dots along —

the back. , 4

4th variety. Body bright orange with a row of black spots on —

each side. . &

It is the prey of an Aphidius, and I believe that Myina flava —

is also one of its parasites. It has sometimes two dozen young —

ones within its body, and about twelve of these are of large size, —

the rest are smaller. ' Biates |

Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 23 lines. > 4

There is a small tubercle on the inner side of the base of each —

feeler: the main vein of the wing is very strong; the space be- —

tween it and the fore-border is yellow along its whole length, but —

the brand is sometimes colourless with the exception of its border, —

which is shaded ; the first branch-vein is nearly straight ; the —

second is curved ; the third is slightly curved and is distinet till

very near its source ; it is forked before one-third, and is forked

again before two-thirds of its length : the inclination of the main ~

vein both inwards and outwards is very slight: the legs are of

moderate length, and the fore-legs are but very little shorter ~

than the hind-legs. Pigtid 3

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in September, and

continues beneath the lime-leaves till near the end of October: —

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 333

it is oval, yellow, rather flat and hairy, and has four rows of

black spots on the back, and these spots are often confluent so

as to form bands: the feelers are black, and nearly as long as the

_ body, but sometimes they are very much shorter ; the base of

_ each joint is yellow ; the fourth joint is very much shorter than

_ the third, but more than half its length ; the fifth joint is as long

as, or a little longer than the fourth ; the sixth is a little shorter

than the fifth ; the seventh is more or less shorter than the fifth,

and its base does not occupy the whole breadth of the tip of the

latter: the fore-chest is broader in proportion to its length and

_ narrower in front than that of the winged female: the abdomen

beneath has a shield-like plate on each side near its tip : the hind-

_ shanks are broad ; the tips of the fore-thighs and of the middle-

thighs, the hind-thighs from the middle to the tips, and the base

_of the hind-shanks are grayish black: the feet with the excep-

tion of the base are black. The eggs which it bears are about six

in number.

lst variety. The abdomen above is nearly black, all its spots

being confluent.

While this oviparous female is employed in laying eggs, the

viviparous mother still continues to bring forth young ones which

_ quickly perish by the fall of the leaves where they are seated ;

these an while fading on the tree are frequented by little

_ white half-transparent Acari.

The wingless male. It has much resemblance to the wingless

female, with which it pairs in September.

The winged male. This appears in September and October, and

then pairs with the wingless female: it is brown: the head and

_ the chest are slightly marked with yellow : the abdomen is yellow,

and has a brown border: the feelers are black, and much longer

_ than the body: the legs are yellow ; the hind-thighs, except the

| base, the base of the hind-shanks, and the tips of the feet, are

_ black; the knees, and the tips of the shanks are gray : the tips

of the wing-veins are less shaded than those of the female usually

are, but the colour of the body is darker than in that sex.

Sevento Grovp.

__. The viviparous wingless females appear in this group, but it

_ is distinguished by the great predominance of the winged female,

and is scattered and not clustering on its habitation. The veins

of the wings are usually more or less clouded.

9. Aphis Betulicola, Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 44.

_ The viviparous wingless female. This appears in July, but is of

_ rare occurrence ; it is pale orange and oval; the back is slightly

_ convex and rather hairy: the middle-chest and the hind-chest

334 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

are undeveloped as is usual in wingless Aphides, but in other cha-

racters it resembles the winged female. The body and the legs

are bristly : the front is slightly convex in the middle, and has a

tubercle crowned with a tuft of bristles on each side: the body is"

nearly spindle-shaped and often appears quite full of young ones: _

the feelers are as long as or longer than the body; the fourth

joint is very much shorter than the third ;-the fifth is a little

shorter than the fourth; the sixth is about half the length of —

the fifth ; the seventh is nearly as long as the fifth ; the tips of —

the joints from the third to the sixth are brown: the fore-legs —

are not much shorter than the hind-legs ; the shanks are straight:

the nectaries are about one-twentieth of the length of the body. |

A variety of this form has the body quite round, and pale yel-

low : the limbs are white: the feelers are longer than the body 5

the fourth joint is as long as the third ; the fifth is a little longer —

than the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length of the ©

fifth ; the seventh is much longer than the fifth ; the tips of some ~

of the joints are black : the legs are very slender and rather short.

Another variety has much stouter legs than usual. yu

The viviparous winged female. This feeds on the leaves of the —

birch-tree (Betula alba) from July to October, but is more scarce —

than Aphis Betule: its colour is bright yellow, and its back is

slightly hairy: the forehead has a slight protuberance on each

side: the feelers are yellow, slender, and much longer than the —

body ; the tips of the jomts are brown; the third joint is very —

long ; the fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a —

little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is slightly clavate, and

about one-third of the length of the fifth ; the seventh is as long

as the sixth: the eyes are dark red: the mouth is yellow ; its tip 7

is brown: the nectaries are extremely short, and not more than 4

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are yellow, long 7

and slender ; the feet, the knees, and the tips of the shanks are 7

brown : the wings are colourless ; the wing-ribs, the wing-brands 7

and the veins are tawny ; the tips of the latter are slightly clouded ;

the first and second branch-veins are more perpendicular to the —

rib-vein than in most species of this genus; the first is thick; the 7

fourth is obsolete except at its tip. .

The length of the fore-chest is not less than its breadth; its silva |

are convex: the legs are very slender; the shanks are slightly |

curved: the main vein begins at three-fourths of the length of

the wing to widen into the wing-brand which is irregularly spin-—

dle-shaped ; the fourth vein is obsolete except at its tip; the third ~

vein is obsolete at its source, and is forked before one-third of |

its length and forked again before two-thirds of its length; the ~

branches of the forks, and especially of the second fork, diverge 7

rather abruptly from each other; the second vein is rather per- |

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 335

_ pendicular to the main vein, and the first vein still more so; and

this structure of the veins is peculiar to the group of species to

which this, with A. Quercus, Quercea, Alni, Coryli, Juglandicola,

_Platanicola, &c., belongs ; the first and the second veins are di-

_stinctly joimed to the main vein: the legs are very slender.

Ist variety. Yellow speckled with orange.

2nd variety. Orange.

3rd variety. Pale red.

Sometimes the lower branch of the first fork of the third vein

18 wanting ; in another case the lower branch of the second fork

_is wanting ; and in the other fore-wing of the same insect the

first branch-vein is quite wanting; the second and the third do

_not reach the border of the wing ; the second has a short fork, but

_ the third has none.

_ The oviparous wingless female. This appears at the end of Sep-

tember: it is orange, nearly oval, and the tip of the abdomen

_is slightly produced into a tube: the limbs are yellow : the feelers

are shorter than the body ; the sixth joint is about half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is longer than the sixth ; the tips of the

_ joints and the tip of the mouth are brown: the hind-shanks are

slightly dilated.

_ The winged male. This resembles the winged female, but its

_ colour is darker : the head, the disc of the fore-chest, the lobes of

the middle-chest, a spot on each side of it, and a row of short

bands along the back of the abdomen are brown. _ It pairs with

the oviparous female at the end of September and in the be-

ginning of October.

_ The bright yet delicate colour of this species makes it a beau-

-tiful object.

Length of the body 14—114 line ; of the wings 31—4 lines.

10. Aphis Juglandina, n. 8.

The viviparous winged female. The body is nearly linear and

_ rather broad : the head is broad ; the front is very prominent, and

_ forms a right angle : the feelers are a little longer than the body ;

the fourth joint isa little more than half the length of the third ;

the fifth joint is a little shorter than the fourth; the sixth is a

- little less than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is rather

less than twice the length of the sixth :. the body is pale buff,

end has a dark line along the back of the head and of the fore-

_ chest whose sides are deeply notched: the nectaries hardly rise

above the surface of the abdomen: the legs are yellow and of

moderate length ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are darker ;

the fore-legs are but little shorter than the hind-legs : the wings

are colourless and rather long; the main vein is inclined as

usual, first inwards, then outwards, where it forms a very obtuse

Mee

336 Mr. F. Walker’s Deseriptions of Aphides.

angle ; it is not widened into a distinct brand, though that part

of the wing is yellow, and clouded at the base and at the tip;

the branch-veins are not straight ; their tips are clouded; the

first vein is not so perpendicular as in Aphis Alni and other

species ; the third vein is distinct till very near its source; it is _

forked some way after one-third of its length, and forked again —

long after two-thirds of its length; the fourth vein is very di-

stinct along its whole length.

Length of the body 3 line; of the wings 24 lines. |

A single specimen found on the walnut near London, August —

3rd, 1847. -

11. Aphis Coryli, Gotze.

Aphis Coryli, Gotze, Ent. Beitrage, ii. 311; Sir Oswald Mosley,

Gardener’s Chronicle, i.; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 98. 73.

This delicate little Aphis feeds on the hazel (Corylus Avellana), —

on the hornbeam (Carpinus Betulus), and, as Kaltenbach states, —

on the ash (Frazxinus excelsior). +

The viviparous wingless female. This appears beneath the leaves

at the end of March or later: it is then pale green, bristly, and —

rather long and narrow : there are four rows of brown spots along —

the body, and a bristle comes forth from each spot: the feelers

are brown, and nearly one-half the length of the body: the eyes —

and the tip of the mouth are brown: the nectaries are extremely

short : the legs are pale green. r

Ist variety. The feelers and the legs are dark dull green. ;

The viviparous winged female. This, while a pupa, at the end —

of April, has a citron or pale yellow colour: there are four rows —

of tubercles along the back, which is thickly covered with brown —

bristles : the eyes are red: the feelers are full half the length of ©

the body ; the tips of their joints and the feet are brown. The

wings are unfolded in the middle of May, and the insect has —

then a beautiful citron colour: the tips of the feelers, the tip of —

the mouth, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown: the —

feelers are as long as or a little longer than the body ; the fourth ~

joint is a little shorter than the third ; the fifth is much shorter —

than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the

seventh is as long as the fifth : the wings are colourless ; the wing- —

ribs and the wing-brands are pale yellow, and there is a small

_ brown spot on each of the latter ; the veins are also pale yellow,

and their tips are slightly clouded : the first branch-vein is some-_

what perpendicular to the wing-rib, as in A. Alni, &. The front —

is prominent: the sides of the fore-chest are notched: the legs

are moderately long ; the fore-legs are but little shorter than the

hind-legs: the main wing-vein does not widen into a brand; it —

is very slightly inclined inwards and outwards, forming a very ob- —

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 337

ive angle or a curved line along the lower border of the brand

hich it incloses : the branch-vems are nearly straight ; the third

in approaches very near to the main vein ; it is forked at one-

hird, and forked again at two-thirds of its length.

| The oviparous wingless female. This appears in October, and

‘continues beneath the leaves till the end of November ; it is often

orange, and this colour is owing to its eggs, which are attached

to the twigs in November.

12. Aphis Quercus, Kaltenbach.

. Aphis Quercus, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 98. 74; Ratzeburg, Forst.

Ins. iii. 217.

This and A. Quercea are very pretty, and great ornaments to

the oaks on which they feed ; they have a mutual likeness, but

may be distinguished from each other by the following charac-

teristics: the colour of A. Quercus is usually green, yellow, or

orange ; the feelers are never much longer than the body, and

he nectaries have black tips; A. Quercea has a rosy hue, its

feelers are much longer than the body, there are two hooks on

e back of its abdomen, and black spots on the tips of its thighs.

The front of A. Quercus is nearly straight, or slightly notched ;

ere are no tubercles at the base of the feelers, whose fourth

oint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is still shorter

than the fourth ; the sixth is nearly half the length of the fifth ;

the seventh is longer than the sixth; the fore-chest is subqua-

ate, rather narrower in front ; its breadth slightly exceeds its

length ; the sides are undulated. The feelers vary m length, but

are “asually longer than the body ; the fifth joint is sometimes as

long as the fourth, and the sixth full half the length of the fifth,

nd the seventh but very little longer than the sixth. It differs

from A. Quercea in its broader head and front, in its shorter legs, 1 in

5 ving no horn or hooks on the abdomen, in the broad black tips

each joint of its feelers, and in its black-tipped nectaries : the

ides of. the fore-chest are sometimes nearly straight : the wing-

veins are more straight than those of A. Quercea; the main vein,

somewhat beyond the middle of the fore-border, expands into a

low irregularly spindle-shaped brand, which has a dark spot

its base ; the angle formed by the vein on the lower border of

is brand is much more obtuse than that of .A. Quercea: the

hs are not spotted : the first branch-vein is more perpendicu-

tir to the main vein than is that of A. Quercea: the front of the

“head is often a little notched, and armed with bristles.

The viviparous wingless female. This appears at the end of

pril or later: it is then pale yellow, very small, narrow and

ear, and has four rows of brown spots along the back, each of

em sending forth a bristle: the feelers are stout, dull brown j

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 23

338 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

sometimes yellow at the base, and about half the length of the 4

body : the eyes are brown: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown —

tip : the nectaries do not appear beyond the surface of the abdo-—

men: the legs are dull brown, short and stout. It acquires its”

full growth before the middle of May, and is then oval, slightly ©

convex, very pale lemon colour or almost white, half transparent, —

and much less hairy than A, Coryli: the feelers are pale yellow, ©

and more than half the length of the body: the eyes have a gold —

colour: the mouth and the legs are pale yellow, and the latter —

are moderately long : there are sometimes twenty young ones in

the body. q

The viviparous winged female. This, as a pupa, is very abun-

dant before the end of May ; it is nearly elliptic and rather flat, —

and of a delicate pale green or yellow colour : the eyes, the feet, —

and the tips of the joints of the feelers are brown. It acquires”

wings at the end of May, and then varies much in colour, but it~

usually has a bright lemon hue ; the feelers are a little shorter”

than the body: the tips of the joints are brown: the eyes are

dark brown: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: the

nectaries also are yellow with brown tips, and not one-twentieth —

of the length of the body: the legs are yellowish white: the

wings are colourless, and longer than the body ; the wing-ribs,

the rib-veins, and wing-brands are pale yellow ; the other vee

are almost white. 2

lst variety. Yellowish green, varied with black which prevailal

on the middle chest : there are four rows of black spots on the 7

back of the abdomen ; the two middle rows are sometimes con- 7

fluent, and form short bands: the feelers are black: the legs are 7

yellowish green, the knees and the feet are darker: the fore-bor-

der of the upper wing is tinged with brown, there is a small

brown spot at its tip, and one also at the tip of each branch-' |

vein. |

2nd variety. Of a bright lemon colour: the dise of the chest ©

is pale orange: there is a pale brown stripe along the head, and

three stripes of the same colour along the fore-chest: the mid-

dle chest is slightly streaked with pale brown: there are rae |

rows of brown spots on the back of the abdomen: the feelers are

brown, pale yellow at the base, and about half the length of the

body: the eyes are red: the nectaries are brown: the legs a

pale yellow ; the feet, the tips of the shanks, and the tips of the

hind-thighs are brown: the wing-veins are brown, and their tips

are clouded. :

3rd variety. Its colour is a fresh and delicate green: the dise

of the chest is pale tawny: the eyes are dark green: the feelers

are white; the tips of their joints are brown : the legs are pale

yellow ; the hind-thighs are pale green; the feet are brown. =

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 339

4th variety. Bright yellow, having a brown line along the head

and the chest, and a line of the same colour on each side of the

latter, which has also a small brown spot at its tip: there are

four rows of brown spots on the abdomen : the-tips of the shanks

are brown.

During the summer it has many other tints of yellow and of

een, more or less varied with brown and black. During the

ring of 1846 I found it in abundance feeding on the dwarf

| ea (Castanea pumila), a native of America, but with this

exception the oak seems to be its only support.

There are two other varieties of A. Quercus: in the first the

body is rather short and nearly linear, and the head is as broad

as the chest ; in the second the body is longer, and increasing in

breadth from the head till near the tip of the abdomen, and the

head is narrower than the chest. .

The oviparous wingless female. Its season is from the middle

of October to the end of November : the variableness of its colour

is partly owing to the orange eggs which it incloses : it is often

bright yellow and has a lively green stripe on each side of the

body : the abdomen is not a little lengthened behind : the feelers

are pale yellow; the tips of the joints are black: the legs are

pale yellow ; the hind-shanks sometimes and especially towards

the base are slightly dilated, and of a rather darker colour than

_the other shanks.

_ Ist variety. Yellowish green.

2nd variety. Pale orange.

_ 8rd variety. Brilliant orange with a pale yellow or pale green

head. It has also various tints of green and of yellow.

__ The body slightly increases in breadth from the head till near

the tip of the abdomen: the feelers are much shorter than the

hody: the front of the head is beset with bristles: the sides of

the fore-chest are not notched: the legs are rather short.

_ The winged male. It appears in the autumn, and pairs with

the oviparous wingless female in October : it is grass-green : the

lise of the chest is black, and there is a broad black line along

e disc of the abdomen: the feelers and the eyes are black, and

e former are longer than the body; the fourth joint is much

orter than the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the

‘th is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is a little longer

an the sixth: the legs are pale yellow; the thighs are pale

een, and with the exception of the fore-thighs they are shaded

ith black.

lst variety. Buff : the abdomen is dull buff marked with black,

d has a row of black spots on each side: the nectaries are also

The wing-veins are much more strongly marked than those of

23%

340 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the female, and they are hardly clouded : the feelers, like the legs, —

are tawny, and their joints have not black tips ; they are much

thicker than those of the female, with the exception of the seventh

sixth: the nectaries are paler than those of the female, whose —

wing-brand is sometimes colourless like that of A. Quercea.

Length of the body 14 line ; of the wings 3 lines.

13. Aphis Quercea, Kaltenbach.

Aphis Quercea, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 136. 104; Ratzeburg,

Forst. Ins. i. 218.

The viviparous winged female. The front of the head is notched —

or crenulate, but without tubercles at the base of the feelers,”

which are very much longer than the body ; the fourth joint is”

very much shorter than the third ; the fifth is much shorter than —

the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth; the

seventh is a little longer than the sixth : the sides of the fore-chest _

are notched : the back of the abdomen near the base bears a horn —

armed with two forks or hooks : the nectaries are not more than -

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are long and

slender; the fore-legs are not much shorter than the hind-legs ;

there is a dark spot at the tip of each thigh : the tip of the abdo-

men, as in the other species of this group, is not compressed nor

beautiful rose colour, are shorter than those of the winged insect,

and the young ones are very clearly seen -in the body of the —

joint of the feelers is sometimes not more than half the length of

the third; and the fifth is as long as the fourth ; and there are

gradations between these varieties: the sides of the fore-chest

and the front of the head are sometimes straight, and sometimes

notched: the wings are colourless ; the veins are not straight ;

the main vein does not widen towards its tip as in other species ;

it is bent first inwards, then outwards, where it forms an angle

from whence springs the fourth vein, and it is clouded at each”

end of the sides of this angle; the first branch-vein is rather per-

pendicular, and like the second is joined to the main vein; the

third does not quite join the main vem, but comes very near to”

it, and is forked a little after one-third and forked again a little

after two-thirds of its length; its base is quite clear, but in the

other veins that part is slightly clouded : the brand is sometimes.

coloured like that of 4. Quercus, but it is always shorter: im 4.

Quercus the seventh joint of the feelers is a little shorter than th

sixth ; in A. Quercea it is a little longer: in both these species

the third branch-vein is more slender and less distinct than the

first or the second veins ; however, when the wings are just un-

Mr. F. Walker’s Dosctptone of Aphides. S41

BE folded, and as yet milk-white, and slightly opake, all the veins

have the same thickness, and then also the third vein is more

| clearly defined close to its source, and the widening of the main

_ vein into the brand is more distinct. The wing-brand sometimes

_ forms a curve along its hind-border, the angle being obsolete.

a The oviparous wingless female. The body is rose colour, and

@ gradually increases in breadth from the head to near the tip of

_ the abdomen, and as is usual in this generation is somewhat at-

_tenuated behind the nectaries: the feelers are shorter than the

a body : the legs are shorter than those of the winged female ; the

hind-shanks are hardly or not at all dilated, and this variation

also occurs in A. Quercus : the body of the latter species is more

, - Jengthened towards the tip than that of A. Quercea, and the

3 feelers of the former are shorter than the body.

| Length of the body 1 line ; of the wings 24 lines.

14, Aphis Alni, Fabr.

Aphis Alni, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 215. 26; Syst. Rhyn. 298.

26 ; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 2206; DeGeer, Ins. iii. 47. 4. t..3. f. 15-

17; Latr. Gen. ii. 173; Kirby and Spence, Intr. Ent. iii. 76;

St. Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. Hist. Nat. x. 248; Kalt. Mon.

Pflan. i. 137. 105 ; Ratz. Forst. Ins. ii. 219.

_ A.maculata, Von Heyden, Mus. Senk. ii.297; A. punctipennis?,

Zetterstedt.

__ This Aphis feeds on the alder (Alnus glutinosa) from the be-

a ginning of May till the end of November. It is a scattered

aa _ species.

The viviparous wingless female. When young it is linear and

: white, but when full-grown it is very pale whitish green, half-

transparent, nearly oval, hairy, and rather flat: there are three

_ large transverse vivid green spots on the back ; the second one

teaches nearly across, and is almost or quite divided in the mid-

die: the front is slightly convex : the feelers are shorter than the

body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth

_ is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is a little more ‘than half

the length of the fifth ; the seventh is shorter than the sixth :

i the tips of the joints of ‘the feelers, the eyes, the tip of the mouth,

B Mtay the feet are black: the nectaries are extremely short. In

May

i “Tst variety. The feelers are a little longer than the body.

2nd variety. A black spot near the tip of each hind-thigh.

| The young ones in the body are twenty and upwards in

“number.

_ The viviparous winged female. This unfolds its wings in the

beginning of May: it is yellow : the head and the chest are chiefly

dark green ; their sutures and borders are pale green : the abdo-

342 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

men is traversed by bands like those of the wingless female:

tips of their joints, and sometimes the whole of them excepting —

the base, are black : the eyes, the tip of the mouth, the tips of the —

nectaries, the feet, and the hind-thighs from the middle to the

base, and sometimes the whole of them, are black ; there is also —

a black ring round each middle thigh : the wings are colourless ;

the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing-brands —

are colourless ; the first branch-vein is strongly marked; the —

fourth is more or less wanting ; the tips of the veins are slightly —

shaded.

The body is rather short and broad; the middle of the front

of the head is prominent and armed with bristles: the first jomt

of the feelers has a black spot on its inner side ; the fourth jot —

is very much shorter than the third; the fifth is as long as the ~

fourth ; the sixth is full half the length of the fifth ; the seventh —

is shorter than the sixth: the sides of the fore-chest are convex

and slightly notched : the legs are moderately long ; the fore-legs

are much shorter than the hind-legs: the main wing-vein is —

slightly curved inwards and outwards, and is somewhat clouded —

on the inner side at its tip, but does not form a distinct brand ; —

the first branch-vein is nearly perpendicular ; the second and the —

third are strongly marked towards the base ; the latter is very —

distinct till close to its source, and sends forth its forks at one- —

third and at two-thirds of its length ; these forks are very slen-

verging from each other.

lst variety. The abdomen is not traversed by bands.

2nd variety. The head and the chest are almost black.

3rd variety. The sutures of the chest are yellow. “2

4th variety. The head is black : the dise of the chest is brown. —

5th variety. The whole of the hind-thighs is black. 3

6th variety. The tips of the middle thighs are brown or black. ~

The main wing does not form an angle but a curve beneath —

the place of the brand ; the third vein is sometimes forked after —

one-third, and again after two-thirds of its length: all the vems —

have the same thickness when the wings are just unfolded.

The oviparous wingless female. This occurs in October and con- ~

tinues till the end of November: it is pale yellow varied with —

green: the feelers are black about the middle, and more than —

half the length of the body : the tips of the feet are also black :

the tip of the abdomen is lengthened : the hind-shanks are dilated.

Ist variety. Pale yellow varied with bright yellow. 4

2nd variety. Pale yellow varied with orange. sash

8rd variety. Pale greenish yellow, with a lively irregular green ~

stripe on each side.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 343

4th variety. Feelers not more than half the length of the body.

On each side of the abdomen there is a bundle of white floc-

cose matter like spun-glass ready to be used, as is said, as wrap-

_ pers for the eggs when they are laid ; these eggs are four or five

_ in number, of an orange colour, which they communicate to the

_ half-transparent body. |

_ Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 23 lines.

The winged male. Its colour does not differ from that of the

_ winged female : it lives in October and November, and then pairs

_ with the wingless female.

15. Aphis Juglandicola.

|. Lachnus Juglandicola, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 151. 4.

_ The viviparous wingless female. Appears in July ; it is yellow,

_ oval, flat, and hairy: the feelers are not quite one-fourth of the

length of the body.

| The viviparous winged female. This dwells on the underside of

_ the leaves of Juglans regia, the walnut-tree, from July to October :

| while a pupa it is yellow, flat, hairy, nearly elliptical, and has two

_ rows of brown spots along the back; there are usually seven

_ spots, often less, but very rarely more, in each row : the front is

__ broad, convex between the eyes and prominent in the middle :

_ the limbs are pale yellow: the feelers are not more than one-

_ fourth of the length of the body ; the tips of their joints and the

_ tip of the mouth are brown. When winged it is yellow: the

_ feelers are less than half the length of the body ; the tips of the

joints are brown; the third joint is long; the fourth is much

shorter than the third; the fifth is hardly shorter than the

_ fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is

_ extremely short and about one-fourth of the length of the sixth :

_ there are no tubercles at the base of the feelers : the eyes are red :

the nectaries are extremely short: the legs are yellow, and there

is a brown spot near the tip of each hind-thigh: the wings are

colourless ; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are yellow; the wing-

_ brands are colourless ; the base of each branch-vein and the tips

_ of the rib-veins are slightly clouded; the first and the second

_ branch-veins descend abruptly to the hind-border of the wing,

_ as in Betulicola, Alni, &c.; these veins become very faint as they

approach the hind-border.

Ist variety. A spot on the tip of each of the middle thighs.

2nd variety. The wing-brands slightly clouded.

_ 8rd variety. A brown spot on each side of the back of the ab-

_ domen.

_ 4th variety. Body yellow intermingled with orange.

5th variety. Body orange.

The body is rather short and broad : the front of the head and

. 344 Mr. I’, Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the sides of the fore-chest are notched: the legs are rather short ; —

the fore-legs are but little shorter than the hind-legs ; the wings —

are somewhat small ; the main vein widens into the brand a little -

beyond the middle of the fore-border of the wing; its inclina-

tion inwards and outwards is very slight ; the brand is very pale ~

yellow, irregularly ip tiaabnet and forms avery obtuse angle —

along its hind-border ; the branch-veins are slightly curved, and —

very slender except at the base; the third vein is distinct at its”

source, it is forked a little beyond one-third, and forked again a —

very little beyond two-thirds of its length; the fourth is very —

vein sometimes sends forth its forks a little before one-third and —

two-thirds respectively of its length. ;

It is infested by an Aphidius and by an Allotria.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in the beginning -

of August, and sometimes does not disappear before the middle —

of October: the body is nearly elliptical, and sometimes all yel-

low, but more often the middle chest is brown, and- there is a

broad brown band across the abdomen whose tip is slightly —

lengthened: the limbs are yellow; the feelers are not half the —

length of the body: the hind-shanks are broad, and there is a

black spot at the tip of each thigh. io

the sides of the body are almost black: the head and the middle —

chest are brown, and there are four brown spots on the back of —

the abdomen : the veins of the wings are more distinctly marked —

than in the female, and the wing-brands are darker and shaded —

at both ends: the feelers are yellow, and very nearly as long as —

joints are brown : the tips of the hind-thighs and the base of the —

hind-shanks are slightly clouded: there is a small brown spot —

at the tip of each thigh : the tips of the feet are black. a

excepting the base of the former and the tips of the latter. :

2nd variety. The sides of the abdomen are brown, and there

are two spots of the same colour in a line on its back. ng

Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 2 lines.

16. Aphis Platanicola.

Lachnus Platanicola, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 2 a

The species is not a native of England, and the following notes —

are taken from specimens given to me by Professor Kaltenbach

The viviparous winged female. 'The body is orange, and rather —

Mr. W. H. Benson on the genus Pterocyclos. 345

d nearly as long as the body; the tips of the third and of the

llowing joints and the whole of the latter joints are black ; the

fourth joint is rather more than half the length of the third; the _

th is very much longer than the fourth; the sixth is a little

shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short, and almost

obsolete : the nectaries are extremely short : the legs are yellow ;

the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are darker:

e wings are colourless ; the veins are like those of A. Alni, but

less straight and much more clouded ; the third vein sends forth

s first fork a little beyond one-third and its second fork a little

beyond two-thirds of its length ; the fourth vein is sometimes ob-

solete, sometimes indistinctly visible.

Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 5 lines.

[To be continued. ]

XXXVII.—WNote on the Cyclostomatous genus Pterocyclos, Ben-

son (Steganotoma, Troschel). By W. H. Brnson, Esq., late

Bengal Civil Service.

_ Amone Dr. Philippi’s ‘ Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer

oder wenig gekannter Conchylien,’ vol. i. Cassel, 1842-45, ap-

_ pear two species of operculated land-snails under the generic title

_ of Steganotoma, Troschel, as founded by that author in ‘ Wieg-

_mann’s Archiv fiir Naturgesch.’ for 1837, on his species S. pic-

| tum. This genus was anticipated by me under the name of

Pterocyclos in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta’

for January 1832, vol: i. pp. 11-14, pl. 2, on a shell which I had

discovered in the province of Bahar in the previous year. Three

_eapital figures of my third variety of Pterocyclos rupestris, drawn

and engraved by the lamented James Prinsep, Secretary of the

Society, accompanied the paper. Six years subsequently Troschel

published the type of the identical species, described in the In-

dian Journal, as new.

In November 1833 Dr. Pearson (J. A. 8. vol. ii.) added two

species (Aispidus and parvus) under the generic name of Spira-

_culum, from the north-east frontier of Bengal, which were figured

_ by Prinsep in tab. 20 of that volume.

In the fifth vol. of the ‘ Zool. Journal’ for 1834, p. 462, the

ttention of conchologists was called to the genus Pterocyclos in

slight notice. In June 1836 I published, in vol. v. of the

. A. §., further observations on the genus (after discovering the

nimal inhabiting the shell), together with remarks on its sin-

| gular operculum, and on Dr. Pearson’s two species, adding also

| the comparative characters of the living animals of Pterocyclos

nd Cyclostoma.

In 1837 (as before mentioned) Troschel’s character of Stega-

346 Mr. W. H. Benson on the genus Pterocyclos.

notoma appeared. In 1848 Sowerby published his monograph

of Cyclostoma, including a new species, C. bilabiatwn (for which

“ Pterocyclos, Benson,” was given as a synonym), and refigured

Pearson’s hispidus as C. spiraculum. In March 1844 Pearson’s

hispidus suffered a further change of name, being published in”

Philippi’s work under Von dem Busch’s name of Steganotoma

Princepsi, and Pt. rupestris was again figured as St. pictum,

Trosch. : Prinsep’s name (with an erroneousspelling) being affixed

to the former species, it is possible (though the source is not

acknowledged) that the specimen was originally derived from

him, in which case it was unfortunate that the shell should not

have been accompanied by a note of the previous publication of

the genus and species. :

The following are the species known to me, with their syno-

nyms. Nos. 4 and 5 are I believe as yet undescribed. Coloured

figures of them by Dr. Bland were sent to me for inspection by

Prinsep. The original shells may yet be forthcoming im some

English collection.

1. Pterocyclos rupestris, Benson, J. A. 8. vol. i. January 1832, pl. 2. |

Steganotoma pictum, Troschel, Wieg. Archiv, 1837 ; Abbildung.

Phil. 1844. ‘4

2. Pt. hispidus* (Spiraculum), Pearson, J. A. 8. vol. ii. 1832.

Cyclostoma spiraculum, Sow. Thes. Conch. 1843.

Steganotoma Princepsi, V. d. Busch, Abbild. 1844.

3. Pt. parvus (Spiraculum), Pearson, loc. cit. pl. 20. q

4. Pt.

Ceylon.

5. Pt. = (ditto), Dr. Bland, loc. cit. Pulo Susson near Pulo Pi-

nang.

6. Pt. bilabiatus (Cyclostoma), Sowerby, Thes. Conch. 1843.

Dr. Philippi alludes to a species in the possession of Dr. Pfeiffer

arguments for the separation of the genus from Cyclostoma, in —

opposition to the opinion of Deshayes, grounded on the analogy

to Pleurotoma afforded by the slit in the lip, and on the thimble-—

shaped operculum, are worthy of attention. The planorbular

* Since the above went to press I find that Dr. Pfeiffer has, in the ~

‘Zeitschrift’ for 1846, p..35, under the head of Cycl. bilabiatum, Sow.,

acknowledged the priority of Pterocyclos, Benson, to Troschel’s Stegano-

toma; and has referred bilabiatum, and spiraculum, Sowerby, to Pterocyclos.

He gives C. angulifera, Souleyet, ‘ Rev, Zool.’ 1841, as synonymous with”

C. spiraculum, and proposes to cancel Sowerby’s name in favour of the —

latter; both, however, must give place to Dr. Pearson’s specific name of

« hispidus.”’

Sir R. Schomburgk on some new Fossil Shells. 347

OCyclostomata from the same quarter have opercula wound on a

lane, as in a new species found by Dr. Jerdon in the Nilgherries,

r beautifully ornamented and projecting beyond the peristome,

in C. cornu-venatorium. Of the last-named shell I lately took

live, near Point de Galle in Ceylon, specimens of a singular

ey with a free deflected aperture analogous to that of Cylin-

rella.

XXXVIII.—Description of some new Fossil Shells from Bissex

| Hill and Springfield in Barbados. Communicated by Sir

_ Rosert H. Scuompurcx, Ph.D., Member of the Imperial

_ Academy Nat. Curios. &c.*

Fam. SCALARIANA, Lam.

. Scararra Enrenseret, L. Forbes. (Fig. 1.)

“**S. testa brevi, obesa, ventricosa, anfractibus 5, longitudinaliter

costulata, costis regularibus «qualibus, lamelliformibus, in ultimo

anfractu 16; apertura rotundata, marginata.

“Shell ventricose and shortly conical, whorls about 5, rounded,

longitudinally ribbed ; the ribs equal, elevated and not thick, nu-

“merous, 16 on the body whorls: no spiral ridge on the base:

; Fig. 1, Scalaria (igre os

Fig. 2. Nucula Packeri. Fig. 4. Nucula Schomburgkii.

Fig. 3. The same, showing the dorsal margin. Fig. 5. The same, showing the dorsal margin.

marginal rib of the round aperture strong and high ; columella

broad and rather angulated at the base. Length ,%, of an inch :

breadth 55, of an inch.

“This remarkable species is allied to some tertiary forms, pro-

_ bably miocene. Among recent species its nearest ally is the

" Sealaria crassilabrum of Sowerby, jun., a species from the Phi-

lippines and Central America.”

* The description of these interesting fossils is originally printed in my

‘History of Barbados’ (London, 1848, Longman, Brown and Co.); but as

such a work possesses only local interest, and its circulation is consequently

limited, it is not probable that naturalists in general would become acquainted

with their description if it were restricted to the pages of that work. 1 have

_ therefore requested the Editors to insert the account of these fossil shells in

_ the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’—R. H. 8.

348 Sir R. Schomburgk on some new Fossil Shells.

I found this unique shell near the summit of Bissex Hill, im-

bedded in siliceous limestone. I am glad that my discovery of

this new shell has afforded Professor Forbes an opportunity to

name it after the learned Professor Ehrenberg, who, by his dis-

covery of anew class of animalcules in the rocks of Barbados, has”

added another claim to our thanks for his indefatigable researches —

into the history of the most minute forms.of organic life. 4

Mr. Edward Packer of Springfield forwarded to me during -

my stay in Barbados, a specimen of rock consisting of dark gray

limestone inclosing small quartz pebbles, in which numerous”

shells of the genera Nucula, Lucina, Pleurotoma and Venus were

so firmly imbedded as to form one mass. According to his de-—

scription, this block lies isolated in the neighbourhood of Spring-—

field, and 1 do not recollect having met with a similar rock in situ

during my rambles in the island. I have to regret that the spe-

cimens of shells which I received from Mr. Packer were mostly —

very imperfect ; this refers chiefly tothe Lucina and Pleurotoma.

One of the species of Nucula was very perfect, which, at my re-

quest, my friend Professor Forbes has named after Mr. Edward

Packer, a gentleman who has taken great interest in my researches —

while in Barbados, and offered me many facilities in prosecuting

them. .

I have consented, not without some hesitation, to the specific —

name of the second species, upon which my kind friend Pro- —

fessor Forbes has insisted.

Fam. ARCACKA, Blainv. and Lam.

Nucura (Lepa) Pacxert, E. Forbes. (Figs. 2 and 3.)

“N. testa oblonga, subtumida, transverse striata, longitudinaliter ob-

lique unisulcata; latere postico productiore, attenuato, angulato, —

subacuto ; antero rotundato ; margine ventrali simplici, subsinuato ; —

lunula oblongo-lanceolata, carinis elevatis cincta. E

“Shell ovate or oblong, rather tumid, produced slightly retrally —

into a subcompressed acutely-angled beak, which is separated —

transverse stri with sharp intermediate ridges. The beaks are —

prominent. The lunule is well-defined and smooth, and bounded

by two ridges, one of which is the margin of the upper part of —

the valves. The margins of the shell are smooth. Transverse —

dimension ;8, of an inch : beak to frontal margin 55 of an mech. —

“This form is allied to several existing tropical and subtropical —

Nucule, and to some crag forms. ; 4

Nucuxa ScuomsBurektl, E. Forbes. (Figs. 4 and 5.)

««N. testa ovato-elliptica, valde inzequilaterali , tumida, postice rotun- —

data, antice abrupte truncata, lineis seepe divaricatis sculpta; umbo- —

nibus subterminalibus ; lunula lanceolata, marginibus denticulatis. —

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 349°

_ “Shell rather tumid, ovate, elliptic, very inequilateral, with the

beaks nearly terminal at the truncated anteal extremity. The

is extremity rounded. An arched furrow runs from the

beak to the margin at the anteal extremity. This furrow is

smooth ; the space in front of it is terminated by about a dozen

nearly perpendicular curved grooves, bounding a somewhat im-

pressed, nearly smooth indistinct area. Between the arched

groove and in front of the border of the lunule, all over the shell

are fine curving divaricating furrows, forming a series of elegant

angular markings. Towards the cardinal margin these furrows

curve inwards, widen, and have thicker interspaces, so as to den-

ticulate the borders of the lanceolate and nearly smooth lunule.

‘The ventral margin appears to have had smooth lips. The cast

is smooth. Dimensions of the most perfect specimen, from beak

to posterior angle, 4 : central breadth ;4,: thickness 5.

_. “This remarkable shell belongs to a group of Nucule, of which

| there are few known species, either living or fossil. The oldest

_ known members of the section occur in cretaceous strata: Nu-

cula bivirgata, Sowerby, and Nucula ornatissima, D’Orbigny, both

ult species, are examples. Still nearer the West Indian species

is the Nucula Cobboldie of the crag, a species which lived on in

the Celtic region of Europe till the elevation of the sea-bed of

the glacial epoch caused its extinction. Two living Nucule. re-

present this group, viz. Nucula divaricata and Nucula castrensis,

both described by Mr. Hinds in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of

the Sulphur’; the former was taken in twenty-four fathoms in

the Chinese seas, and the latter dredged in seven fathoms, sand,

at Sitka in North-West America.”

’

3 XXXIX.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puttie Henry Gossz.

; (Continued from p. 270.]

_ 63. Brentus (sp.). Taken on Bluefields Mountain early in

June.

_ . 64. Brentus (sp.). Small. -Taken in the same locality a day

or two after the former.

_ _ 65. Brentus (sp.). Intermediate in size between the preceding

_ two. Taken at the Hampstead Road near the end of June.

66. Pachneus (sp. near opalus). Numerous on the Hampstead

Road in June, on low shrubs and herbaceous plants. :

67. Diaprepes Spengleri. 1 found this weevil in some abun-

dance on the stunted prickly trees growing in the Pedro Plains,

' about the middle of June. I also found it plentiful in the island

of St. Thomas, about a month later.

350 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

68. ? impressus (Curculio impressus, Fabr.). At the

back of sai Cottage grows, at the edge of the forest, a tower-

ing mahogany-tree : the specimens (some ten or twelve) of this

very conspicuous insect which I obtained, were all with one or

two exceptions found on this tree. They were usually resting

on the leaves or twigs at a great elevation, and we found them —

only by a careful and patient searching with the eye among ~

the lofty foliage. When we observed one, we procured it by

thrusting up a bag-net at the end of a pole, into which on we

slightest. shock it would fall. One specimen flew in at the open

window of the cottage after nightfall, attracted by the lig tail

They occurred from the latter part of May to the end of June.

69. Prepodes vittatus. The first specimen I saw was brought ”

to me in April, found among the grass at Bluefields. Straggling

individuals were picked up now and then until the end of May, ~

when the species became very numerous on Bluefields Mountain,

and still more abundant on the Hampstead Road; continuing —

plentiful throughout June. We found them for the most part

young trees that border and overhang the roads. Specimens —

differ much in size, and still more in beauty ; for while in some,

the longitudinal bands of alternate crimson and green that run —

down the elytra are perfect and brilliant, in others they are —

nearly defaced by rubbing, and the colours are changed toa dull

brown and a dingy yellow. q

70. Prepodes (sp. nov.). This is smaller than the preceding, —

and distinguished by the longitudinal bands being white. It is —

rather uncommon. I took three specimens almost together, on —

low bushes (Lantana, if I rightly remember) beside the road —

leading from Bluefields to Savanna le mer, about the middle of —

July ; and another at Auld Ayr, near Bluefields, about the middle —

of August. q

71. Celiodes? (sp.). A few specimens were taken at Bognie, q

on Bluefields Mountain, about the beginning of June. 4

72. Eurhinus (sp. nov.). This is near EL. festivus, but is still i

more lustrous than that lovely insect ; the light reflected from its —

burnished surface is of an orange-red hue, and almost resembles ~

that of a glowing coal. I obtained but three specimens; one of ~

which was found on a bush at Belmont, early in June, and an- —

other on the Hampstead Road, at the same season in the follow- j

ing year. :

73. Macromerus (sp. nov. ?). Flew into the house at Content, —

during the evening, near the end of May. q

74. Lachnopus aurifer. This beautiful insect occurred only —

in the neighbourhood of Kingston Harbour. At the end of June —

and beginning of July, my lad Sam found it in considerable num- —

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 3617.

s on the bushes and trees of Greenwich, the residence of

Parry, Esq.

75. Lachnopus (sp. nov.). Taken near Content rather late in

May.

Ss 76. Loncophorus (sp. nov.?). Taken on the Hampstead Road

in. June.

77. Loncophorus (sp. nov.?). Taken at the same place and

season as the preceding.

| 78. Heilipus (sp. near elegans). Hampstead Road in June.

| 79. Polydrusus (sp. nov.). Very numerous on the Hampstead

Road in May and June; chiefly on the leaves of a spinous-leafed

| Solanum.

80 to 83. Cryptorhynchus. Four species.

- 84. Sphenophorus sericeus.

_ 85 to 87. Sitophilus. Three species.

88. Calandra (sp. near abbreviata).

89. Bostrichus (sp. near typographicus). The only occasion on

which I met with this species was on the dissection of a Chor-

deiles Virginianus early in May. The stomach was distended

th these little beetles, to the number of about two hundred, so

that when turned out, one wondered how they could ever have

been compressed into so small a cavity. Doubtless this bird had

‘ound a swarm of these beetles flying high in air, in the evening ;

for it was soon after sunset that it was shot.

90. Stenodontes (damicornis?). Three or four specimens of

this Longicorn, the female of which is the largest beetle 1 found

in Jamaica, occurred in’ March, April and October. All were

taken either within or about the house at Bluefields.

91. Solenoptera fuliginosa (Fabr.).

92. Solenoptera lineata (Linn.). I suspect that these two are

but one species, of which the former, destitute of the white

bands, is the male. Though I never found it myself, consi-

derable numbers were given me at various times in May and

June, all of which were taken at Shrewsbury, a little below Con-

tent. The sexes, if such they are, occurred in nearly equal num-

hers, and were almost invariably found together.

93. Chlorida festiva. Found within the house at Bluefields,

after nightfall, about the middle of May.

94. Eburia 4-maculata.

_ 95. Eburia (sp. near 4-maculata).

| 96. Eburia maculosa.

97. Eburia (sp. nov.).

___ All these species occurred principally on the Hampstead Road

- in June, occasionally also at Sabito, and on Bluefields Mountain.

_ Leould not call either of them common, with the exception of

_ E. maculosa, which, in the localities and at the season just named,

B52 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

was by far the most abundant coleopterous insect I met with.

It is not at all gregarious, but single individuals are seen resting

on the leaves of trees that overhang the sides of the roads;

scarecly a shrub being without several for miles together. 4

98. Elaphidion spinicorne. From the creaking sound made.

by this species in common with many others of the nes,

it is commonly known by the name of the Fiddler. It is one of

those species whose activity is not confined to any particular sea-

son or locality, but is a common visitor at all times, flying in at.

open windows, and crawling around the candle-shades, or up the

walls, in the evening. The spinous processes of the antennze and

of other parts are so long and sharp that they pierce the fesse

when the insect is handled, though ever so tenderly. re

99. Elaphidion 6 -fasciatum: Very common on the; leas of

low trees by the sides of the Hampstead Road throughout June.

100. Elaphidion bidens? Rare: a specimen taken at the; :

Hampstead Road near the end of June. ni

101 to 104. Elaphidion (sp. near insulare). And three other

species ; occurring sparingly in June, on the Hampstead Road,

and occasionally flying in at the open window at Content, in the

evening. cate

105. Callichroma virens. Of this magnificent insect, which, if

have taken also in Alabama (U.S.), two specimens oceurred in |

Jamaica, both of them much larger and finer than my American —

specimen. The first was taken resting on a projecting twig of a

tree overhanging the Hampstead Road, June 24th, pretty high

up. The other was brought me from the woods ‘behind Blue-*

fields, on the 18th July. Both were strongly Cate binitn

life.

[To be continued. ]~

gay

XL.—On the Ventriculidee of the Chalk ; their clasifcation.. & ie

By J. Toutmrn Smiru, Esq. q

[Concluded from p. 295.]

Genus BRACHIOLITES.

Character. Shape and size very various, but always much. lobated- 4

or branched : internal cavities of lobes and—branches always :

communicating : extremities closed or open: membrane form-—

ing the wall sometimes plain sometimes folded : margin of wall —

thinned or rounded off to an edge: membrane of wall poy4

piferous on both external and internal surfaces. ee

Departing altogether from the forms hitherto examined, the”

present genus is characterized by its lobated or branched: org

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 353

ions*. These divisions communicate internally, either by open-

g directly into each other, or by opening into a central cavity

which they surround.

- This genus therefore presents the Ventriculide in a new light.

With far less of the intricate complexity of fold of membrane

which is found in the other genera, it exhibits what may, in con-

tradistinction, be called a convolution of membrane varying greatly

in different species. And that this “ convolution” is a distinct

| thing from the “fold” already noticed will be evident, should its

_ essential distinctness be not otherwise recognized, from the fact

that several species have the fold as well as the convolution. In

the descriptions which follow, the fold and the convolution will

be distinguished as the primary and the brachial fold.

_ This genus, like each of the others, will be found to have all

_ its modifications adapted for the purpose of maintaining strength

and stability of form and the free access of sea-water. We shall

find some contrivances for these purposes of singular novelty and

' beauty ; and it is upon the marked distinction of two groups in

one general arrangement for ensuring to the whole polypiferous

rface a full and constant supply of the grand element of the

xistence of the creatures that the sectional division of the genus

founded ;—the one’ section having the separate lobes of such

ze, or so arranged with reference to a central cavity, that one

aint entrance afforded sufficient access to the sea-water ; those

obes in the other being so extended, or so arranged with reference

to each other, that additional means were needful for that end.

_ The roots do not, in general, differ in this genus from the same

part in the others; but I shall have occasion to call attention to

some special and very remarkable contrivances in the arrange-

tent of this part.

The forms are all well-defined ; and though, like Ventriculites,

specimens of such species as are not of great rarity are found of

various sizes, there is little danger of confounding any two of the

species unless in a very fragmentary state. As to the question

of growth, the present genus may be considered, from the fact

just mentioned, to stand on the same ground as the genus Ven-

triculites.

_ Different forms of this genus are found in the Upper, the

Middle, and the Lower Chalk, and even in still lower beds of the

_ * See pp. 46, 206 note }, and 293.

_ + The very beautiful arrangement of B. angularis will be found to Be one

those interesting apparent (at first sight) exceptions which prove a rule,

the main access being through the central cavity, and the lateral perforations

‘ensuring only the full and free circulation of the water entering, by that main

ecess, the cavities of the arms, ‘The contrivance in all the group Aperti

of a very different character. See post, p. 361.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 24

354 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

cretaceous series. I believe only one, B. digitatus*, is strictly —

common to all the beds, and that undergoes a modification of —

character in the lower ones. Some of the most marked forms

are, as far as present observation has extended, peculiar to the

lower of these beds. q

§ a. Operti.. |

Brachial folds closed at extremity.

1. Brachiolites tuberosus. Pl. XV. fig. 3.

Membrane having an irregular and generally slight primary fold :

brachial fold arranged subspirally around a wide central ca-

vity, and at rather distant intervals, in tuberous sacs, broad and —

flattened at the head, with slight depressions in the middle of

the head. '

Of this remarkable species I am fortunate in possessing four

well-marked specimens, all of which were found by myself, though —

in very distant parts of the country, and they are the only spe-

cimens I have ever seen. The form is striking. Rising from,

apparently, a very short root, it attains a considerable height, one

of my specimens being upwards of three inches high. The sacs”

usually project about four lines from the central cylinder, and

are about four lines wide, though sometimes more, at their

broadest part. They open by a broad and trumpet-shaped mouth —

into the central cavity, which is wide and open at the top. Thus

the access of sea-water is freely maintained. a

A transverse section gives the accompanying figure, which will —

be at once distinguished from that seen in a similar section (see

fig. G, p. 289) of Cephalites capitatus or of any other of that —

genus. see Fig. M. q

The figure (3. Pl. XV.), which is

from a specimen carefully developed

from the chalk by means of the needle,

gives a complete idea of the species. A

large part is broken away, and thus the

inside, as well as the outside, is cleared

out and displayed. Being, however,

developed by this means, and the spe-

cimen being one in which the oxide of

iron very greatly abounds, the primary fold is hardly to be seen.

A careful comparison of this with other specimens shows that

that fold was, like that of Ventriculites impressus, wregular ;

usually slight ; but occasionally deep, at any rate in that part of

the membrane which forms the central cylinder. - ;

The remark already made, in describing Cephalites campanu-

* See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. Ist Ser. p. 337, and ante p. 38.

‘

{

q of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 355

_latus, as to observations upon the processes, applies equally to

_ every species of the present genus. Enough, however, can be

' detected to determine the fact of their presence. .

_ This species must, in its recent state, have been singularly

_ striking. It is difficult, indeed, to conceive anything more beau-

_ tiful than must have been its exterior with each of its regularly

_ ranged lobes covered with its myriads of living polyps and their

_ eyer-active tentacles.

_ All my specimens are from the Upper Chalk.

2. Brachiolites elegans. Pl. XV. fig. 4.

' Membrane simple and without any primary fold: brachial fold

beginning almost at the acute base, and rapidly increasing in

broad and swelling lobes closely arranged round a central ca-

__ vity, and terminating in a simple and regular crown, open at

__ the top, and which, rising from the midst, reaches to a consi-

_ derable distance above the highest lobes, and is of about half

_. the diameter of the whole body.

_ _ This form is, in its fossil state, frequently so beautiful that I

have hence chosen its specific name. The effect is heightened

_ by the fact that the root of this species is usually long, and often

maintains the same diameter for a height of nearly two inches.

_ The primary membrane is exactly similar to that of Ventri-

_culites simplex : the brachial folds are deep and broad, their inner

‘surface being freely exposed to access of sea-water from the large

internal cavity, The crown is one of the most remarkable fea-

_ tures of this species. It is regular and plain; springs from the

_ lower edge of the most deeply folded lobes, and rises, unbroken,

to aclear and even margin. A glance at fig. H, p. 291, illus-

_ trative of the fold of Cephalites campanulatus, will aid in un-

derstanding the anatomy of the present species ; broad convolu-

tions here replacing the plaits seen im that specimen, and the

crown being always straight-sided, and never, I believe, assuming

afunnel form. Nothing can show more convincingly than this

_ peculiar crown, that the forms of the Ventriculide are not

_ merely arbitrary massings of an amorphous or simply cumulative

organism, or mere examples of “ vegetative repetition,” but that

there was a type appointed to each which it should attaim, and

_ each having its special adaptations. In perfect specimens this

head is never wanting, though it is rarely, if ever, to be seen

‘without the aid of the knife ; whence it is that it has never, so

| far as I am aware, been heretofore observed.

|| The species appears to be characteristic of the Upper Chalk.

| ! 8. Brachiolites convolutus. Pl. XV. fig. 5.

‘Membrane coarse in texture, simple and without any primary

q 24%

“IF

356 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

fold: brachial fold developed very rapidly from the base, in —

broad and deeply undulating convolutions, so deep as to leaye

no regular central cavity; most prominent surfaces much —

flattened, and spread laterally till those of adjoining convolu- :

tions meet and unite in many places, often presenting, towards ;

the lower part of the whole, a continuous surface.’

This species displays many peculiarities. The structure of its —

simple membrane seems coarse, that is, the squares are larger |

than in any other species of the Ventriculide. The root is ex-

ceedingly short. The most curious point, however, is the union

of the flattened prominences of the convolutions. A reference

to fig. M, p. 854, will show, in B. tuberosus, a disposition to

flattening of the most prominent part of the convolution m_

that species, and will make the nature of the present fold easily

understood, where that flattening is so much more extensive -

that adjoining convolutions meet and unite*. This peculiarity -

was important in the present species on account of the great

depth of the convolutions, which would, without it, have been -

more liable than in B. elegans and other species to be displaced, —

and so injury to have happened to the polyps. But a curious —

phznomenon is often presented in consequence. The flint,——_

which, from its specific gravity, would always he, when fluid,

near the sea-bottom,—was attracted round the base of the spe-

cimen, but, the surface there being usually continuous for a con-—

siderable distance, access to the lower part of the inside seldom —

took place, unless the siliceous fluid was very abundant ; any silex

attracted towards the insidet+ in the manner before suggested

(p. 85) bemg specially attracted by the convolutions interposing —

before it reached the base, solidifying there, and thus preventing }

the flow of other fluid towards the base. Hence, on the decay

of the animal matter, a large hollow was frequently left in the

flint, which is often now found only partially filled up by chal-

cedony. Such flints are cup-shaped, very regularly rounded be-

‘ow, and have a flat top. Near the edge of that top a continuous”

line is usually found, showing the place of the united mem-

brane. Within this are seen traces of the conyolutions of the

ee ee alee een

* This outer surface, where the polyp-skin is preserved, which very rarely

happens, may sometimes appear as if apolypous. A very careful comparison —

of all the specimens I have on which remains of this membrane are found, -

leads me, however, to the conclusion that this is not the fact ; but that, the

membrane being coarser than usual, the polyp-cells, though present, are not

so clearly preserved as in some other species.

+ The access of the liquid chalk was often made equally difficult by the

collapsion, after death, of some of the lower convolutions on one another.

Hence we find the bases of specimens enveloped in that substance often hol-—

low like those in flint. Some deposit of chalcedony has often taken place)

in those hollows, as in the hollows of the vpnaatess

aie Oana ie

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 357

_ brachial fold which attracted and retained the siliceous fluid in

_ its descent towards the base. Fig. N is

' asmall specimen of this kind, instances

_ which are not uncommon in some places.

Fig. 5, Pl. XV. represents a specimen

which has been longitudinally divided, }|

and has afterwards had the convolutions |

- cleared out by the needle. The white

central parts, round the entire edges of

_ which the structure is seen, are the only.

__ parts where the true central cavity is cut,

_ notwithstanding the section. The depth

_ of the convolutions will be clearly seen.

It will also be observed that there are several places where the

flattened convolutions do not unite, thus leaving ample means

_ for the free admission of sea-water to bathe the whole inner

portion of what is really the external surface of the membrane,

_ though so much surrounded by the overspreading flattened, and

_ thus actually outer, surface. The true inner surface is bathed

_ by means of the access of water through the upper part in the

usual way.

_ Specimens vary greatly in size. I have them from an inch to

at least eight inches in height. The height to which the flat-

_ tened outer surface is continuous varies in different specimens,

_ being, as might be anticipated, greater in large ones. It is some-

_ times much greater on one side than on the other, a circumstance,

_ however, which, in the living creature, would not at all interfere

_ with the free access of the sea-water, inasmuch as the communi-

_ eation was free all around within and under this expanded con-

_ tinuous surface.

| The species is found both im Upper and Middle Chalk.

4. Brachiolites angularis.

' Membrane exceedingly fine in texture, having a primary fold of

_ minute and corresponding depressions arranged in more or

less exact quincuncial figure: brachial fold expanding very ra-

pidly into a varying number of arms opening into a central

open cavity ; each arm having the two walls parallel and flat ;

closed at upper and lateral edges ; terminating at the external

angle in a broad triangular lip depressed in the middle ; and

having at regular interyals, along its lateral edge, complete

perforations, between which distinct and single root-fibres are

attached to the membrane at intervals from the base upwards.

|. This is ide the most extraordinary and interesting of the

| whole family of Ventriculide. It presents some points of such

358 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

remarkable structure as must excite the astonishment and ad

miration of every earnest inquirer.

Fig. O.

Few fossils have given rise to more varied conjecture than

this. A fragment of a specimen found in an unusual con-

dition by Dr. Mantell was originally figured by him under the

name of Ventriculites quadrangularis. He subsequently aban-

doned that view,—showing that it had been adopted without the

guide of any definite principle,—and, for what reason it is diffi-

cult to imagine, and none is stated, placed it among Flustre*.

Others have amused themselyes by ‘discovering analogies to the

foliaceous sponges. Remains both in chalk and flint, which had

apparently escaped Dr. Mantell’s notice, or whose connexion

with his figured specimens was at any rate not perceived by him

have even been placed by collectors among the Asteria. :

The form in which the species 1s necessarily most usually found

* Ante, p. 74, note*.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 359

s seen in the accompanying

figure. This can, in itself, a Sl

give little idea of the form or

nature of the recent animal. 4

I have a specimen of this

aspect nine inches across.

Anxious to ascertain the true

nature of this remarkable ap-

pearance, of which no expla-

nation had ever been even

offered, I carefully collected i.

_ every fragment I could find,

until I was led to infer a rela-

ion between certain flat and

unconnected surfaces, some- .

_ times found, and these mark- v

' ings. I was fortunate at

length in obtaining two specimens, each of very large size, and

_ which exhibited on one end the aspect of fig. P, and on the broad

_ side, and in continuous connexion with one of the lines of that

_ peculiar marking, an entire and unbroken surface of many square

- inches in extent. It became obvious that the inference already

_ made had been correct*; that these markings were caused by

_ the transverse section of a membrane very deeply folded up. I

_ then had recourse, as in other cases, to dissection, in order to

ascertain the entire form and habit of the creature, which no

_ specimen developed in the ordinary way could ever show. The

_ extreme fineness of the membrane, and the great depth of the

brachial fold, made the task a very difficult one. Having, how-

_ ever, succeeded in several instances, I have been able to restore,

_ from specimens thus cleared out, the beautiful and extraordinary

_ form seen in figure O, a form of animal life seldom if ever exceeded

_ in beauty and striking evidence of design and adaptationt.

____The wall of this species is exceedingly thin and delicate, the

___ * These specimens had been shown by me to several friends, and my in-

_ ference of the habit of the animal, with a model in paper of what I con-

_ ceived its form to be, explained to them long before the importation of the

_ 11th livraison of Michelin’s ‘Iconographie Zoophytologique ’ (see ante,

|p. 80). Plate 30 of that work became an interesting illustration of the pre-

sent species, though giving little idea of its true character, and none what-

ever of its habit, on neither of which points do the accompanying descrip-

__ tions afford any real aid. The character of the surface is there very imper-

_ fectly represented, and the magnified views are not truthful, which they

could hardly be since that author had no idea of the true structure of this

__ class of fossils. y

+ This figure, as well as all the other woodcuts illustrative of the present

ie patiect has been executed, with great care and faithfulness, by Mr, Frederick

_ Gyde.

360 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

squares being smaller than in any other species of the Ventri- —

culide. Its membrane is folded up in very small depressions, —

after the manner of Ventriculites quincuncialis, but yery much —

smaller, each depression being rarely more than the sixth of a line -

in diameter, often less, and usually of an oval form. The plaits

may generally be easily traced, as, though these folds assume a —

quincuncial arrangement, it is usually easy, on .a large surface, —

to trace the fan-like expansion of certain lines,—the lines of the —

typical plait. The squares being smaller than in other ies

of Ventriculide, the whole thickness of the folded membrane does —

not exceed the twentieth of an inch. The two surfaces corre-

spond as in the section Simplices of the genus Ventriculites.

Rising from a short and, comparatively to the whole size of —

the animal, small central root, the fold is sometimes found for a —

short distance assuming a tubular form, but it generally puts on, —

very speedily, its characteristic brachial fold into narrow flat tri- —

angular arms. These folds vary greatly in number. The spe- —

cimen above figured has ten arms, but that number is very un- —

common. I have even specimens with only two, but I consider —

them as abnormal. The arms do not always, though generally, —

start from exactly the same point. This is the case with the arm —

on the right of the above figure, as well as with some others the —

bases of which cannot be seen in the present position of that —

figure. hay §

Spreading out, sometimes to a very great, sometimes to a very —

smnall size, the angular fold terminates, at the top, not in double —

parallel edges as might have been anticipated, but with the edges —

united and rounded over as at the lateral margin. Each arm ~

is thus closed on all sides except where it communicates with the —

central cavity, which is, normally, open at the top. The upper —

and lateral margins of each arm consequently form with each —

other an acute angle. Those margins are usually straight; those —

at the top being also often horizontal, and those at the sides —

base. Instances are found, however, in which these margins ~

have a symmetrical wavy outline. At the extreme outer angle —

of each arm there is further added a curious triangular expan-—

sion, not unlike the expansion at the. extremity of each sac of

B. tuberosus, This lip, as it may be termed, and which, like all —

the elevations on Ventriculites mammillaris, B. tuberosus, &e., is 4

hollow within, is concave at the aspect towards the spectator. __

each lobe, there is an open space, narrow and of even width —

throughout. The communication between the central cavity and —

these arms being therefore not wide, though continuous, the ex- —

tent and narrowness of these arms struck me for a long time as —

ae eee as

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 361

likely to offer some difficulty in the way of the free circulation

of the sea-water. Confident however that, if my interpretation

of the nature of these animals were correct, the means of free

| ¢irculation must exist and might be discovered, I resumed the

| examination with an increased series of specimens. The result

_ was the strengthening of all conclusions as to the physiology

of the whole family in general, and of this species in particular,

by the discovery of a contrivance by which this end was perfectly

effected ; a contrivance which, for its novelty and simplicity, may

well claim the inguirer’s attention.

| Equidistant, or nearly so, along each lateral margin, I found

what at first I took fora larger form of depression, but which, on

dissection, I found to be actual perforations* through the mem-

brane. These are found present from near the root to the ex-

treme angular expansion already named. A comparison of many

specimens satisfied me that these perforations are never absent ;

that they are always ranged in the same way, and that their size

proportioned to that of the entire animal and to the width be-

tween the walls of the arms. They are usually circular, some-

imes oval. They vary from half a line to two lines in longest

diameter, seldom however attaining this last size.

It became at once evident that this simple provision could

ave but one end ; but that that end it would fully effect. That

end was the fulfilling of the very purpose whose incomplete-

less had before been felt. A constant access and circulation

of sea-water would be maintained over all the inner surfaces

_ of these lobes, deep and narrow as they are; the water, admitted

_ at the opening of the great central cavity, coursing out, by

| the continual action of numberless ciliated tentacles, through

_ these marginal perforations. And herein it is that these perfo-

rations differ from those in the group Aperti, and do not bring

_ this species within that group. The large central opening was

| amply sufficient, in this case, for the admission of sea-water, but

_ the peculiar form of the arms interposed difficulties in the way

_of its free change and circulation, which is equally necessary to

_ the well-being of these creatures. Hence this beautifully simple

| contrivance for the water, admitted by the central orifice, to pass

| out through these perforations. In the group Aperti, on the

_ other hand, each perforated lobe offered the principal, if not in

_ every case the only, means of both access and circulation of the

Nar

ae.

pea

ie _ * Tn some of Michelin’s figures traces of some of these are found, which,

__ when their nature is known, will be recognized, but which, as they appear

Bates figures, suggest nothing but irregular depressions: they attracted,

| indeed, no attention of that author, but, in his descriptions, they are wholly

"unnoticed, the margins being ouly said to be,—in the same words as the

LI * superficiebus laminum,’’-—“ perforatis,” which, as applied, is erroneous.

—~

ies

362 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

sea-water, just as in any single specimen of Ventriculites or

Cephalites.

But the contrivances in this species to secure the well-being

Hawa

PENIS

of the myriads of its tenants, and so strikingly indicative of de- —

sign and adaptation, do not end here. Thin and delicate as the

wall is, though greatly strengthened by the fact of the upper as —

well as the lateral margins of each lobe being closed, the eur-_

rents, small as they would be, caused by the streams oe

pouring out of these lateral perforations, or lungs as they may we

be called, might tend to displace the form ;—a matter of pecu-

liar danger in species having such extended surfaces in such

x |

close -apposition, their distance seldom exceeding one line —

Besides this, such broad flat surfaces as the lobes or arms here —

take would offer so much resistance to the slightest impulse that

the walls would be more liable than those of other species to

suffer displacement ; while there is no membrane, as in Cephalites,

stretching across and attached to each to secure them in posi-

tion ; a contrivance indeed which, though so admirably adapted

to all cases in which it is found, the length and depth and entire —

distinctness of the arms would, in this case, have rendered but —

very imperfectly effectual. .

To secure the animal against such dangers I have further found

that, while the central root * is comparatively small, merely acting —

as an anchor, there depended a single root-fibril from between each

of these perforations to a considerable height +, on all sides of the

entire animal. By these then was it maintained securely in shape

and in position. These depending fibrils acted exactly like the

* In an earlier page, 91, contrasting the Actinie, which are locomotive, —

with the Pennatulide, which are, according to the better opinion, not so,

but which are permanently fixed in the soft mud, I suggested that the Ven-

triculidae might possibly combine both these qualities, and have a locomotive

power, fixing themselves firmly, during pleasure, in the soft mud. However

difficult it may be to arrive at certainty on such a point, the ae will pro-

bably be inclined to acquiesce in the doubtfulness with which this sugges- —

tion was offered, after considering the very peculiar arrangement of roots in —

the present species. The roots of this family of compound animals fulfilled

the same purpose as the peduncle of the Zerebratula. They differ indeed in

structure from the latter,—for the opportunity of examining which, in the —

recent state, I am again indebted to the kindness of Prof. Owen,—but, in —

this respect, the byssus of the Pinna, with an analogous function, differs yet

again from both. But it is a curious and important fact that the roots of

Ventriculide are never found attached to rock or shells, though shells are

often attached to parts of the surface of the body and roots: nor have the

minutest shells ever penetrated the substance of the body, as they continu-—

ally do in sponges.

+ How high it is almost impossible to ascertain. It has been with the

greatest difficulty that I have ascertained the fact at all, as it is only by fol- —

lowing the small fibril with the knife that its presence can be detected or its

direction traced.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 363

“ropes of a tent, by which alone it is securely kept in a position

which, swinging on its single central support, it could not other-

_ Wise sustain for an instant*.

_ Such are the normal characters of this very curious and inter-

_ esting species. As was to be expected in so delicate a species,

_ specimens are, not unfrequently, found exhibiting abnormalforms;

_ owing either to displacements of the, dead mass before or during

the process of fossilization ; or, sometimes, to incomplete deve-

lopment of the living mass, or accidents to the living animal,—

accidents to which, from its delicacy and remarkable form, it

would be peculiarly liable. Thus I have a flint ten inches in

length covered with irregular markings, but in which may I

think be clearly traced displaced portions of an individual of this

| oe I have similar specimens in chalk in which it appears

lear that the originally flat arms have been tumbled and bent

over upon one another in confusion. I have myself collected

more than one specimen which would seem never to have had

more than two of the flattened arms. In such cases compensa-

ting provisions are found ; and, there being no large central ca-

yity, the lateral perforations are found larger than usual, and on

both edges of what thus becomes one elongated double fold. I

have another most interesting specimen, in which the opening of

_the central cavity is in an abnormal position, namely on one side ;

but still it is there present in all its completeness, thus showing

_the necessity and the presence of some compensation where any

abnormal conditions exist. There is, indeed, no species among

the Ventriculide which bears more conclusive evidence to the

truth of the views heretofore expressed as to the character, afti-

_ hities, and habits of the recent animal than does Brachiolites an-

_gularis.

__ I cannot conclude the account of this species without express-

ing the strong feeling which its examination impresses of the

_ wonderful variety, and always completeness, of the contrivances

ety which nature has effected her ever-present purpose of securing

_ the well-being and permanent safety of every creature she has

_ made. The theorists on meret “ Vegetative Repetition” and on

_“ Progressive Development” will find themselves equally at fault

in the examination of this species. There is no form which the

| aural can study with greater interest, admiration and in-

' struction than that of Brachiolites angularis.

| This species is found in both Upper and Middle Chalk,

|| * The reader will recal the description of an abnormal form of root already

} | Aha (p. 92). That specimen is of the genus Ventriculites. What is there

al becomes a special character in the present species.

+ This word is used advisedly, to distinguish those who thus theorize from

; those who philosophically inquire into the important questions of serial ho-

364. Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

§ b. Aperti.

Brachial folds open at extremity. — iq

1. Brachiolites foliaceus. P\. XVI. fig. 1.

Membrane simple and without any primary fold: brachial fold

forming irregular but close and connected sinuous cavities, with —

rounded, but irregularly arranged, external openings: mass

rising to a considerable height ; expanding slowly from root,

and the whole maintaining, throughout, a narrow diameter.

The style of fold of this delicate species is very similar to that —

of the recent Eschara foliacea, The form assumed by the whole —

mass differs however materially. Instead of spreading horizon- —

tally, the habit of B: foliaceus was to rise perpendicularly, It —

sometimes attained six inches in height, but seldom more than

an inch in width at its broadest part. The external openings in —

this species also differed materially ; those openings being usually —

separate, and circular or oval in form, not irregularly running —

into each other as in E. foliacea. dia

Fragmentary portions in flint or chalk may readily be distin- —

guished from those of any preceding species by the greater deli- —

cacy of the membrane and closeness of the brachial fold. The —

upper part of fig. 1. Pl. XVI. shows the appearance displayed on —

a vertical section ; while the lower part of that figure shows the

external appearance of the fossil when entire. :

The close anastomosing of the brachial folds of this species must —

communicating cavities would allow constant. access and circula-_

tion of the sea-water. dokiea

I have a specimen in which the whole animal part is converted —

The species is found in Upper and Middle Chalk. |

ae lh i ih

2. Brachiolites racemosus. Pl. XV. fig. 6.

nearly equal width the whole depth of the fold, and arranged —

“jn quincuncial figure : brachial fold beginning at some distance —

from the base, and running in narrow and short but regular

cylinders ranged subspirally round a small central cavity at_

rather distant intervals. 4

This species differs essentially from the last in having a deep

primary fold ; in having a distinct central cavity, though varymg —

in size, into which each of the brachial folds opens ; and in these —

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 865

last being distinct*, and regular in form and arrangement. The

term racemosus seems peculiarly expressive of the character of

_ this species. The perfect animal rose on a rather high stem.

- I am fortunate in possessing a specimen in flint, from which the

fig. 6 on Pl. XV. is drawn, with the stem and roots entire, a

condition in which the members of the present section are very

rarely found. I have another specimen in which the processes

_ are very conspicuously seen, also an exceedingly rare circumstance

in specimens of this genus.

- The wall of the brachial fold is full a line in thickness, often

more, owing to the depth of the primary fold, which much re-

sembles that of Ventriculites quincuncialis. The central cavity

is usually very small, the access of sea-water being abundant, and

its circulation free, by means of the open short cylinders which

_ the brachial fold assumes. Occasionally the central cavity is wide

however ; though the opening into it is not, even then, propor-

_ tionably wide, a fact which might have been anticipated.

~ It would be difficult to confound this species with B. tuberosus,

_ though the general habit is the same. The primary fold, and

_ the nature of the lobes, open at the extremity, and much larger

than those of B. tuberosus, at once distinguish the twof.

_ All the specimens which I have seen of this species are from

_ the Upper Chalk.

q 3. Brachiolites digitatus. Pl. XVI. fig. 2.

_ Membrane having a deep primary fold of regular quadrilateral

and rectangular form, usually more or less oblong, and arranged

in tessellated figure : brachial fold branching out irregularly

_~ * [have observed, in one specimen in flint, an indistinct appearance as

_ if two of the cylinders adjoined at one point. If it be a true anastomosis

_ (which I doubt), it is a very rare exception, No symptom of it has been

_ seen in any other instance.

+ Through the kindness of Mr. Wetherell I am in possession of one very

_ interesting specimen of this species, strikingly illustrative of the truth of the

views expressed in the early pages of these sheets as to the peculiar state in

which silicified specimens are found. Each of the cylinders is separately

encased in a thin coat of flint, so that the whole was actually taken, by a

distinguished paleontologist, for the silicified fruit of a conifer. In touch-

_ ing on this subject I cannot forbear citing a passage from Humboldt’s

4 ‘Cosmos,’ published long after my remarks on the formation of flint and on

_ the silicified Ventriculites were written, and which is in direct accordance

__ with, and therefore supports, the views advanced by me on both those sub-

_ jects. That writer alludes to the siliceous-shelled infusoria as being uni-

| versally found in sea-water, “although the chemical analysis of sea-water

i has not shown silica to be one of its essential constituents; and it could only

| indeed exist in water in a state of simple mixture or suspension.” (Vol. i,

|p. 341.) This, however, is a state of things which Mr. Bowerbank has ex-

__ pressed himself unable, “by any stretch of the imagination,” to ‘ conceive.”

_‘ Ann, and Mag, Nat. Hist.’ vol. xix, 1st Ser, p. 260.

366 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

into long and wide regular cylinders either grouped near the

base or dividing off one from the other.

This species differs most essentially from the last. Both pri- —

mary and brachial fold altogether differ. The former exactly re-

sembles the fold of Ventriculites tessellatus. The latter is very

peculiar. It often displays a group of cylinders radiating out —

from near the base just like the outstretched fingers of the hand ;—

and the length and thickness of the cylinders increase the resem-

blance. Hence the name. It is often found however under a

modification of this form, rising to a considerable height, and one —

branch rising out of the other, at considerable distances, as it

increases. In each case alike the cylindrical cavities of all the —

branches open into each other, and there is no true separate —

central cavity into which they open. The separate branches form —

edge, as will be seen in the figure.

eae

The species cannot be at all understood, or even detected, —

its very nature, like that of every other species in this section,

prevents it ever coming out of the matrix entire by any acci-

dental fracture : beautiful fragments of it are, however, sometimes

found. yi

The species is found in the Upper and Middle Chalk. A form

essentially the same and of the same habit is sometimes found in

the lower chalk and in the chalk marl and greensand*. In all the —

specimens from these latter beds which I have seen the thickness

of the wall is however much greater, and the diameter of the

branches also rather greater than in specimens from the Up- |

per and Middle Chalk, a fact: which it is interesting and import-

ant to notice as connected with the stratigraphical distribution

of these fossils, though I do not conceive these minor characters

sufficient to justify, at present at any rate, and until their con-

‘stancy is fully established, a distinct species or even variety for —

those lower forms.

Among the Mount Rhanden specimens in the British Museum

are individuals identical in general character and habit with the

last-named modification of B. digitatus.

4. Brachiolites tubulatus. Pl. XV. fig. 7.

Membrane having a more or less slight, but close, primary fold,

without any regular figure: brachial fold in narrow tubes in-

creasing in size and length from the base upwards, and closely

ranged round a central cavity; each tube narrowing at the

mouth.

* See ante, p. 354.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 367

This form will readily be distinguished from every other not only

_ by the difference in the primary fold from that of any species which

approach it in the character of the brachial fold, but in the essential

eh aracter of that brachial fold itself. The narrowness, in com-

_ parison with the length, and the close setting of the tubes, are

Fig. Q.

together found in no other

species. The accompany-

ing figure, which is a trans-

_ yerse section of a specimen

_ of this species, near the top,

hy just therefore missing

the central cavity, could

be presented by a similar

section of no other species.

Tt seems to me that there

is generally no marked di-

stinct opening to the cen-

tral cavity, but that it is

surrounded on all sides by

‘the tubes. In fig. 7 of

PI. XV. the upper part was

‘cut away before it came into my possession, but the wall of the

cavity is, in that specimen, rounding inwards, and not expanding.

_ It is important to notice that each brachial fold is distinctly

tubular and prominently projecting, and that its termination is

_ slightly contracted, in the present species, two characters in which

it essentially differs from B. labrosus and B. fenestratus, and cha-

_racters which must obviously have materially affected the access

and circulation of the sea-water. The central cavity into which

_ those tubes open is another character to which the last remark

_ strongly applies, and is a character also at once distinguishing

this species from B. fenestratus.

_ This species is from the Middle Chalk.

5 5. Brachiolites fenestratus. Pl. XVI. fig. 3.

} Membrane simple and without any primary fold: brachial fold

| _ in narrow tubes anastomosing and opening into each other in

| not very regular figure, but in several vertical and horizontal

| planes, leaving interspaces between them about equal to their

| own width: each tabi rounding at mouth and projecting

| slightly beyond the plane of the most external range of the

_ anastomosed mass.

: | The description will at once show wherein this species differs

| from the last. A single fragment of tube may be mistaken, as

| the primary fold is not strikingly marked in either, and the size

868 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

of the tube is the same in each. But masses of the two cannot

be confounded, and the specific distinctions, as noticed in trea

of B. tubulatus, ave very important. It should be further ae

that, in the present species, there is not that variety in the size

of the tubes which, as seen in fig. 7. Pl. XV., is found in B. tu-

bulatus. :

A certain degree of regularity is generally found, on careful

observation, in the arrangement of the anastomosing tubes ; that

arrangement bearing often a near resemblance to regular square.

lattice-work. This ‘arrangement extends both in the horizontal

and vertical plane, as endeavoured to be represented im fig. 3, ‘

Pl. XVI. Specimens sometimes attained a large size.

Both this species and the last are very beautiful fossils when.

they can be obtained in any degree of perfectness. This how-

ever is extremely difficult, owing to the small branching arms of —

which each is made up. The inquirer may, unless great care is —

bestowed, and very cautious dissection made, easily mistake for |

them some of the markings often found on accidental fracture of |

chalk and flint, and on the outsides of flints, and which are really _

caused by B. foliaceus or other of the sinuous species. Oblique; {

fractures take very indeterminate forms. |

This species is found in the Chalk Marl and Upper Greensand.

I have never seen a specimen from any higher beds.

6. Brachiolites labrosus. Pl. XVI. fig. 4

Membrane having a slight and irregular primary fold: brachial —

fold variously winding and. irregularly anastomosing, thus —

forming irregular but wide sinuous cavities opening into each —

other, with slightly projecting wide and irregular openings —

having entire and rounded margins: mass compact, broad and —

wide ; rising to a moderate height, and subglobose in form.

The description will at once enable the inquirer to distinguish

this very marked form from every other. The character of the

primary fold resembles that of Ventriculites impressus. It is not

nearly so close as in B. tubulatus, but much closer than is usual in

B. protensus. The mouths of the cavities rarely open, as in B,

fenestratus, by a regular cylindrical tube, but are very often elon-—

gated or irregular, and more or less constricted near the middle.

The margin, however, is in every case entire, and generally

spreads outwards, thick and lip-like, whence the name. The —

figure exhibits these peculiarities, but the size of the plate did

not allow space for the representation of an entire specimen.

This species is found in the Chalk Marl and im the Upper

Greensand. I have seen it from no higher beds.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. — 369

~~ 7. ‘Brachiolites protensus. Pl. XVI. fig.5.

‘Membrane having a slight and irregular primary fold ; brachial

_ fold in large sinuous tubular masses Paco anastomosing

and opening into each other, and with occasional, but irre-

_ gular, large interstices: mass very irregular and usually spread-

_ ing horizontally.

‘This species will perhaps be best understood if the inquirer

aceives a number of the arms of B. digitatus to be more or

s contorted instead of straight, and to anastomose and open

ito each other instead of always being distinct from each other

at all other points than their bases. The tubular folds of B. pro-

tensus project from the mass not very prominently, but still con-

spicuously and in every direction. The primary fold differs how-

ever, as will be seen both by the description and figure, most

essentially from that of B. digitatus.

_ The habit of the mass is the very reverse of being compact like

B. labrosus ; it may best be described as sprawling, whence the

name; its tendency being usually to horizontal rather than

perpendicular extension : it does not seem to have any inclina-

tion to assume the globose or any other definite general figure.

The mouths of the tubes tend to expand as in B. labrosus, while

in B. digitatus their tendency, where not simply straight, is rather

to contract as in B. tubulatus.

This species is from the Lower Chalk and Chalk Marl,

_'T have thus laid before the reader the result of an investiga-

which has engaged most of the leisure hours of some years.

am too conscious of the disadvantages under which I labour,

nd the want of qualifications which I possess, to anticipate

therwise than much criticism as to the result of that investiga-

tion and the execution of my task. I would only request the

reader. to remember that the field was an entirely untrodden one

and the task a new one,—“a task of no little difficulty im the ac-

omplishment, and one that may fairly entitle him who enters

on it to expect to meet with indulgence*.”

LT have endeavoured to show the existence, in one, at least, of

the great geological epochs, of a widely extended class of animals

whose nature,—if the existence of a few of the forms was vaguely

| known before,—was totally unknown, as also was their structure

and all that constitutes the knowledge of an organic being. I

| have exhibited a structure as remarkable as it is novel. I have

| shown the extraordinary variety of forms which that structure

| assumes,—a variety in which one Law of Unity, however, still

7 * Farre, ut ante, p. 887.

| Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 25

370 |. Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

prevails. Numberless illustrations of design and adaptation |

have forced themselves upon attention in the course of the i inves- _

tigation, and more might have been suggested had it not been”

feared that the allusion would appear obtrusive.

“It cannot be supposed that the forms which have been herd ;

described constitute all that existed of this family even in the

cretaceous seas. In my own collection are a few individuals as_

to whose specific identity I have some doubt, but as to which I

would wait for further means of observation rather than rashly

increase the number of species. Doubtless, now that the struc-

ture has been described, and figures and descriptions of such —

numerous forms been given, some attention will be directed to

the subject and other forms be found. From the great extent of

the materials on which these observations have been made, it

may, however, without presumption, be conceived that the prin-

one or other of the groups whose characters, general and specials q

have been here determined. |

Many other obscure fossils are found in the chalk, either gene-

rally unknown or distinguished by names which impart little idea’

of vitality to the objects to which they have been attached,—a

vitality which it is sought in vain to realize by any descriptions”

which have hitherto been published. To a more particular ex-

amination of some of these, the attention of such readers as have

followed with any interest the present inquiry into the oe

affinities and forms of the Ventriculide, may, at a future day, be’

perhaps invited.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

[Plates VII. and VIII. appeared in vol. xx. of the first Series. ]

Pl. VII. (all in flint except figs. 1, 2, 3, 9 and 12).

Fig. 1. Transverse section of Cephalites longitudinalis, pp. 89 & 281.

— 2. Transverse section of C. alternans, pp. 89 & 283. i

— 3. Oblique section of C. bullatus, p. 284. i

— 4. Vertical section of Ventriculites, showing base of body lodged and

ensheathed in the root: the upper part showing the fold of the)

membrane, p. 88. P|

5 & 6. Vertical and transverse section of the same specimen showing!

body lodged and ensheathed in the root, p. 91, & see P- 362, note.

— 7. Root seen externally ensheathing body, p. 91.

-—— 8. Intimate structure of the Ventriculide highly magnified, showing

_ square and octahedral structure, p. 93. i

9. Cast in chalk of this structure, p. 95. 5

10. The octahedral structure very highly magnified, p. 95)

11. The dermis or underskin, pp. 95 & 182.

12. The epidermis or polyp-skin, pp. 95 & 182. This specimen is broken’

away at the upper part, showing traces of the structure below.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 371

Fig. 13. The polyp-cells : vertical section highly magnified, p. 188.

_— M4, The mode of addition of fibre, p. 93.

Pl. VIII. (all in chalk except fig. 7).

Figs. 4 & 5, Casts showing the places of processes, p. 184.

_ — 6. Polyp-cells highly magnified, p. 187.

_— 7. Root-fibre encrusted with chalcedony, p. 97.

_— I. Fentriculites simplex, p. 204.

2 & 3. Ventriculites impressus, p. 205.

_N.B. For Ventriculites quincuncialis see Pl. VII. fig. 7, & p. 207.

Pl. XIII. (all in chalk, except fig. 6, which is in flint).

Fig. 1. Ventriculites muricatus, p. 210.

_— 2. Ventriculites tessellatus, p. 211.

— 3&4, Different sections of V. tessellatus, p. 211.

_— 5. Ventriculites cavatus, p. 212.

_ — 6. Ventriculites striatus, p. 212.

_ — 7. Ventriculites mammillaris, p. 213.

_ N.B. For Ventriculites latiplicatus see fig. D, p. 215.

— 8. Ventriculites decurrens, p. 215.

i 9. Variety tenuiplicatus, p. 215.

— 10. Ventriculites radiatus, p. 218.

_— 11. Section of V. quincuncialis, p. 208.

_ — 12. Section of V. muricatus, p. 210.

_— 18. Plaits of V. striatus, pp. 214, 216.

_— 14. Plaits of V. mammillaris, pp. 214, 216.

_— 15. Plaits of V. radiatus, p. 216.

_ NB. For Ventriculites bicomplicatus see fig. E, p. 219.

! Pl. XIV. (all in chalk).

Fig.1. Cephalites longitudinalis, p. 281.

_ — 2. Cephalites guttatus, p. 282.

_— 3. Cephalites paradoaus, p. 283.

-— 4&5. Outer and inner surfaces of Cephalites alternans, p. 283.

_— 6. Cephalites bullatus, p. 284.

_ — 7. Section of Cephalites bullatus, p. 284.

_— 8. Cephalites retrusus (moulded from a cast in flint), p. 285.

_— 9. Cephalites catenifer, p. 286.

_ — 10. Cephalites compressus, p. 287.

d 11. Cephalites capitatus, p. 288.

12. Cephalites campanulatus, p. 289.

13. Vertical section of Cephalites campanulatus, p. 292.

14, Piece of the matrix from inside of C. catenifer, showing projecting

parts, which filled the depressions in the living animal, broken

away, p. 286.

15. Transverse section of fold of membrane of C. calenifer, p. 287.

16. Plaits of C. catenifer, p. 287.

Pl. XV, (all in chalk, except fig. 6, which is flint).

| Fig. 1. Cephalites constrictus, p. 292.

— 2. Cephalites perforatus, p. 294.

_ — 38. Brachiolites tuberosus, p. 354.

_— 4. Brachiolites elegans, p, 355.

| — 5. Brachiolites convolutus. ‘The specimen has been vertically divided

| and one-half cleared out, thus showing the convolutions and the

a interior, p. 355.

b N.B. For Brachiolites angularis see fig. O, p. 357.

—

—_

—

25*

372 Mr. F. Walker on the Migrations of Aphides.

Fig.6. Brachiolites racemosus : the right-hand portion shows the form of the —

arms as seen on outside of flint; the left-hand portion shows the —

root and longitudinal sections of several arms, p. 364, 1

— 7. Brachiolites tubulatus, p, 366.

Pl. XVI. (all in chalk).

Fig.1. Brachiolites foliaceus : the lower part showing the outside, the upper —

part a vertical section, p. 364, ’

— 2. Brachiolites digitalus, p, 365.

— 3. Brachiolites fenestratus, p. 367.

— 4. Brachiolites labrosus, p. 368.

— 5. Brachiolites protensus, p. 369.

XLI.—Remarks on the Migrations of Aphides.

By Francis Waxxer, F.L.S.

From the great Author all that lives

Its stated boon of life receives,

« Ere long again restored to thee ;

Each insect too minute to name

Yet owns a portion of thy flame,

Part of thy numerous family.

Resplendent cars of fiery glow

From realms of light to earth below

Thy animated offspring bear ;

And when this mortal trial ends,

Again the glorious car attends

To wing them to their native sphere.

Lorenzo de Medici.

In the following notice I have enumerated some of the species —

of Aphis that migrate at regular periods from one kind of plant

to another, or whose food has been partly altered by the cultiva-

tion of plants. Aphis Rose migrates from the rose to the teazel ;

A. dirhoda from the rose to grasses and flags, and the introdue-

tion and growth of corn have afforded it a new nourishment, and

have consequently modified its habits ; and the cultivation of va-

rious species of rose brought into this country has also increased

its food, and that of 4. Rose and of the three following species :

A. trirhoda migrates from the rose to the columbine, and this

change of food is probably not aboriginal, but consequent on the

cultivation of the latter plant. A. tetrarhoda and A. Rosarum

appear to live only on the rose genus. A. Avene has its first

habitation on grasses, and the cultivation of corn has furnished

it with a new and abundant source of food. A. Capree migrates

from the willow to umbelliferous plants, and in this case both

the winter residence and the summer pasture of the species are

aboriginal. The food of A. Urticaria is divided between the

nettle and the bramble, and both these plants are also original

sources. Ad. Humuli lives permanently and aboriginally on the

Mr. F. Walker on the Migrations of Aphides. 378

sloe, and the hop-grounds now provide it with a plentiful

provision in the summer. Its presence on the hop is depen-

dent on the proximity of the sloe to the hop-grounds, and these

lantations should be inspected, and the extent of the sloes

“in the vicinity and their distance from the hops ascertained, and

the length of the flight of the Aphis should also be observed,

ciently remote from each other to confine the Aphis to the latter

plant and thus to prevent its imjuring the hop. A. Ulmarie

dwells on the broom, and the meadow-sweet is its summer food,

d the cultivation of sweet peas, peas, beans, clover, tares,

etches, saintfoin, &c. has added greatly to its means of subsist-

_ ence. A. Lactuce is very abundant on the sow-thistle and some

' allied plants, and its ceconomy is modified by the presence of the

lettuce and the black currant in gardens, to both which plants

it is very partial. A. Brassice feeds especially on the sea-kale

food in this country. A. Pruni has settled on the plum since

that tree was brought into Europe, and it has received the name

_of A. Arundinis from its feeding on the reed, which is its earliest

habitation. A. Mali and A. Sorbi dwell on the white-thorn as

_ well as on the apple, the service, the medlar and the mountain-

‘ash. A. Persice is so named from its having fixed itself on the

_ peach since that tree was planted in Europe, but its other name,

A. Prunicola, denotes its primitive habitation and food. A.

_ Juglandis and A. Juglandicola have accompanied or followed the

_ walnut in its successive cultivation westward from Persia, which

_ is its native country, and that of the peach and of the apricot.

_ A. Abietina has probably come into England with the spruce fir,

and a few other species that feed on the fir-tribe may have also

_ been brought over from the continent. A. Rubi abounds on the

ramble and on the raspberry, and during the summer is also

common on Geum urbanum, the common Avens, and on a species

f Epilobium or willow-herb. A. Dianthi (otherwise named A.

vulgaris and A. Rape and A.vastator) feeds on a very great variety

f green-house plants. The furze seems to be the principal

inter-quarters of A. Rumicis, and I observed that it swarmed

profusely and laid its eggs on that plant in the autumn of 1846,

and the following year was remarkable on account of the devasta-

tions of this Aphis in the bean-fields ; it feeds also on the labur-

m, the poppy and the dock, and on very many other plants. It

s unusually abundant on the laburnum last year, and great

mbers of humble-bees came to feed on its honey. The lady-

bird (Coccinella 7-punctata) was also extremely common with

his Aphis, and it promises to be equally so this year, for great

numbers have already appeared during March and April.

374 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Flore de France, par M. Grenier et M, Gopron, Vol. I. Part lt.

Paris, 1848. 8vo.

We have much pleasure in recommending to the notice of our bo-—

tanical readers this first portion of what promises to be a most valu-—

able work. Now for the first time there is a probability of our pos- —

sessing a general French flora of a truly scientific and comprehensive —

kind. All the former attempts at such a work have been deficient —

in one or other of those respects :—the best of them, although high ~

in scientific character, is very incomplete in other points. Many

large districts of France seem long to have suffered an almost total —

neglect from botanists, and it is only of late that the publication of —

good local floras, and the more general distribution through France —

degree, to Paris, has provided the requisite materials for a complete

flora. j

system of DeCandolle as developed in his ‘ Prodromus’; and this —

first part, commencing with Ranunculacee, includes thirty Natural —

Orders, concluding with Coriarie. ‘The language is French; the —

plan similar to that of Koch’s ‘ Synopsis Flore Germanice’ and ~ 4

Babington’s ‘ Manual of British Botany.’ a

Were we to attempt a detailed examination of the contents of this |

work, we should extend far beyond our limits; we therefore merely |

remark, that the apparent tendency of the authors is to divide species —

rather more than seems desirable to us. 4

This work is as necessary to the student of British botany as —

Koch’s ‘ Synopsis.’ Both of them ought to be in the hands of all —

for the continuation of this flora. 5

A Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, from wel

England to Wisconsin and south to Ohio and Pennsylvania inclusive, —

arranged according to the Natural System. By A. Gray, M.D. —

Boston, 1848. 12mo. 710 pages. .

Dr. A. Gray has here supplied botanists with a very valuable con- —

densed account of the plants of the northern part of the United 1

States. It includes the flowering plants and ferns by Dr. Gray him-—

self, and the mosses and liverworts from the pen of Mr, W. S. Sul-—

livant. Mr. John Carey has elaborated the genera Saliz, Peete

and Carev.

The plan of the book is similar to Koch’s ‘ Synopsis Flore Ger- b

manice,’ and must prove as useful to the student of the plants of its —

province, as that work has been found to be by the botanists of A

Central Europe.

We need scarcely add that it is an excellent work ; the name off

its author is a sufficient guarantee of that being the case. It is just —

what was wanted by the European botanist, since, in conjunction with | *

ri Sinise

Linnean Society. 375

Hooker’s elaborate ‘ Flora boreali-americana,’ we are now supplied

‘with an accurate account of the plants of those parts of America in

_ which the genera and species are most nearly allied to those of North-

ern Europe. It is most interesting to observe the considerable num-

_ ber of species which seem apparently correctly identified with those

_ of Scandinavia and Britain, and we are much struck with the great

_ number of European weeds which are naturalized in the United

States.

It is to be hoped that, now that this work is off his hands, its

_ author will hasten the publication of the continuation of the ‘ Flora

_ of North America,’ of which one complete volume and three parts of

a second, extending to Composite inclusive, have appeared from his

pen in conjunction with Dr. Torrey. It is now five years since the

_ last portion of that flora was published, and we can assure its authors

that it is not without great anxiety that European botanists have

been long expecting its continuation.

In conclusion we can strongly recommend this Manual to all bo-

tanists. It is published in London by John Chapman.

In the Press.

__ We are glad to learn that Mr. Ralfs’ beautiful work on that in-

_ teresting tribe the Desmidiee, will be ready for distribution to the

_ Subscribers in the course of a few days.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY,

4 Fe _June 1, 1847.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the

i Chair.

-~—Reada “ Description of Athalamia, a new genus of Marchantiee.”

a i By Hugh Falconer, M.D., F.L.S. &c.

: ATHALAMIA. *

| | -Cuar. Gen. Flores masculi? Capituli feeminei receptaculum nullum ;

| floribus immediaté pedunculo insertis, erectis. Involucrum nullum.

Involucella tubulosa, vertice bivalvia, basi inter se connata. Calyptra

persistens, sub-bifido-lacerata. Sporangium in lacinias 4 v. 5 demim

revolutas dehiscens; pedicello elongato sub-exserto.—Frons simplex,

v. radiatim 3-loba, crassé carnosa, subtis margine squamis foliaceis

pluri-seriatis instructa ; lobis oblongis, concavis, margine attenuatis ;

pedunculo pedicellisque crassis, succulentis, teretibus.

| Arwaxamia rinouis, Lule,

i. — Hab.

| The absence of a common receptacle and the erect flowers appear

| to be the most characteristic marks of the genus Athalamia, which

_ is most nearly allied to Lunularia, Micheli, in the dehiscence of the

sporangium and elongation of the pedicel,

876 Linnean Society.

June 15 —The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair. :

Brown, Esq., D.C.L., V.P.L.S. &e. &e. |

This singularly beautiful and instructive fossil, which had for 7

many years formed part of the collection of Baron Roget in Paris, 7

was brought to London in 1843, and purchased jointly by'the British 7

Museum, the Marquis of Northampton and Mr. Brown. Nothing is

mineral condition with Lepidostrobus, Mr. Brown conjectures it to

belong to the same geological formation. .

The specimen is evidently the upper half of a strobilus very gra- ~

dually tapering towards the top. As brought to England it was not

quite two inches in length, but a transverse slice, probably of no—

great thickness, had been removed from it in Paris; and the trans-

the specimen. Its surface, which was evidently water-worn, is —

marked with closely approximated unequal-sided hexagons, which |

are the terminations of bractez, and become smaller and less distinct —

towards the top. . 4a

From transverse and vertical sections it appears that the strobilus _

is formed of a central axis of small diameter, compared with the parts —

proceeding from it, which consist : wid

their lower halves at right angles to the axis, while the imbricating

with it, is gradually thickened upwards. These form the spokes

and external rhomboidal are seen in the transverse section. fl

2. Of an equal number of oblong bodies, of a lighter colour and —

more transparent, each of which is adnate to and connected by cel- —

lular tissue with the upper surface of the corresponding bractea. —

These bodies are sections of sporangia, filled with innumerable mi- —

croscopic sporules, originally connected in threes, very rarely in —

fours, but ultimately separating. From this triple composition or —

union of sporules, which differs from the constantly quadruple —

union in tribes of existing plants, namely Ophioglossee and Lyco- —

podiacee, which from other points of structure may be supposed to _

be most nearly related to the fossil, Mr. Brown has named it 3

Triplosporite. ‘=

The structure of the axis, which is well-preserved, distinctly

shows, in the arrangement of its vascular bundles, a preparation for

the supply of an equal number of bractee. These vascular fasciculi

are nearly equidistant in a tissue of moderately elongated cells.

The vessels are exclusively scalariform, very closely resembling those

of the recent Ferns and Lycopodiacee, and among fossils, those of

Psarolites, Lepidodendron and its supposed fruit Lepidostrobus, as

well as several other fossil genera, namely Sigillaria, Ulodendron and —

Diploaylon. a

Mr. Brown does not propose to enter fully into the question of

the affinities of Triplosporite; but contents himself with remark. —

Linnean Society. 377

: ing that in its scalariform vessels it agrees with all the fossil genera

“supposed to be Acotyledonous ; and that in the structure of its spo-

angia and sporules it approaches most nearly, among recent tribes,

Ophioglossee and Lycopodiacee, and among fossils to Lepidostro-

bus, and consequently to Lepidodendron. ‘The stem-strueture of Le-

_pidodendron, known only in Lepidodendron Harcourtii, offers no ‘ob-

ection to this view, the vascular arrangement of the axis of its stem

aring a considerable resemblance to. that of Triplosporite. ‘To this

rument, derived from the agreement between axis of stem and

xis of strobilus, Mr. Brown attaches considerable importance, as

n equal agreement exists both in recent and fossil Conifere.

_ Mr. Brown adds, that Dr. J. D. Hooker has very recently de-

Hected, in the sporangia of a species referred to Lepidostrobus, spo-

-tules united in threes; there still however remain, in the form and

arrangement of the sporangia of that species, characters sufficient to

| peensuish it generically from the fossil here described.

_ The paper was illustrated by drawings, both of the natural size

and microscopic.

_ Read also a note ‘‘ On the occurrence of the Potatoe Disease

independent of the Attacks of Insects.” By J. O. Westwood, Esq.,

| F.L.S., Secretary of the Entomological Society, &c. &c.

_ This note, in which the author maintained that the disease which

has of late years been so destructive to the potatoe is wholly inde-

"pendent of the agency of insects, was illustrated by numerous recent

“specimens of the potatoe-plant, in which the disease had made con-

" siderable progress in the tuber, while the haulm appeared perfectly

healthy ; and on which the ravages of insects, and in particular of

he Aphis to which the devastation has been so confidently attri-

buted, were nowhere to be traced.

November 2.—E. Forster, Esq , V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited the foilowing cases of insect monstrosi-

es :—

1. Chiasognathus Grantii, with the left antenna deformed, furcate

_at the base of the serrated portion; one branch very short and appa-

rently composed of four clavate joints, the other branch shorter than

in the normal antenna and irregularly and shortly serrated ; the lower

ivision of the left mandible also shorter than that of the right side.

From Mr. Westwood’s collection.

2. A new species of Hlateride from Ceylon, in Mr. ‘Templeton’s

collection. The middle foot on the right side deformed; the coxa

and trochanter nurmal, but with three femora conjoined at their bases,

and emitting three perfect tibize, and two perfect and one imperfect

_ tarsus.

_ 3. An Indian Copris allied to C. lunaris, from Col, Hearsey’s col-

lection, in which the upper portion of the front of the head is want-

| ing, exposing the parts of the mouth.

‘| Read a paper ‘‘On the Natural History, Anatomy, and Develop-

ment of Meloé (Third Memoir—the Anatomy).” By George New-

port, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

_. Mr. Newport commenced this memoir by stating that having

378 Linnean Society.

traced the Natural History of Meloé in the preceding memoirs, he

now proposed to examine its Anatomy ‘‘ with reference to those

principles which regulate the formation of animal bodies, and which

seem to be the links of connexion that associate peculiarities of in-

stinct with the evolution and with the functions of special struc-

tures.’ i

The portion read was the first section of the third memoir, the

tegument of the young larva. This structure was shown to be the

primary and essential foundation-tissue of the organized being, having

its origin in the blastoderma, and being composed entirely of cells,

like the young tissue of plants. The form of the body of the em-

bryo entirely depends on the changes which take place in this struc-

ture, and the principles which regulate these changes regulate also.

those of the whole life of the insect. i

The growth of the tegument of the young larva Mr. Newport

showed to depend on the division of the nuclei of its cells; that

the subsequent consolidation of the tegument in the formation of |

the hardened dermo-skeleton of the insect is the result of the secre-

tion of earthy materials by the nuclei of the tegumentary cells, in a

manner similar to that in which bone is formed in the Vertebrata, by

the calcification of the cells in layers of the surface of the peri-

osteum, as shown by Hunter, Flourens, Goodsir, Sharpey, Tomes |

and others; and that this is analogous to the mode in which the

woody fibre of exogenous trees is formed on the inner surface of

their bark. The earthy constituents of the dermo-skeleton were

stated, from the chemical analyses of Odier, Lassaigne and Mr. Chil-_

dren, to consist chiefly of phosphate of lime, with carbonates of potass”

and lime, and a little phosphate of iron, and in some species with

traces of silica, magnesia and manganese ; materials which, ten years:

ago, led Mr. Newport ‘to describe the dermo-skeleton of insects as”

‘an imperfectly-developed condition of bony matter,” a view which |

has recently been much supported by the discovery by Platner of

star-shaped corpuscles in the tegument of the silkworm, iki re-

sembling those of true bone in the Vertebrata.

The tegument of insects is thus regarded as analogous in its mode. q

of development, as in its function, to that of the skeleton of the Che-—

lonian Reptiles. This structure in the very young Meloé was then

fully described, and the nature of its appendages and functions exa-—

mined. The spines and hairs were shown to originate from the centre

of tegumentary cells, and were regarded as excessive developments

of the nuclei as single bodies. The growth and development of the ~

tegument was shown to be effected by means of the enlargement and

fissiparous division of the nuclei of the cells, and the subsequent ex-—

pansion of these into cells, the nuclei of which undergo similar

changes. ‘This was pointed out as being strongly confirmatory of

the theory of Schwann with reference to the tissues generally, and ~

as being in full accordance with the observations of Kolliker on the

yolk cells, and with original observations which Mr. Newport has”

himself made on other structures. j

The formation of the external respiratory organs was then exa-

mined. These were shown to commence in the tegument in space Ss

Linnean Society. 379

between the cells, which open into follicles connected with sinuses

in the granular tissue of the body, and that the orifices (the spiracles)

t first very closely resemble the stomata of plants. The parietes of

hese follicles in Meloé are formed by aggregations of exceedingly

minute, nucleated embryo-cells of rounded shape, and about one five-

r one six-thousandth of an inch in diameter.

The tegument of the head, and more especially that of the eye of

the young Me/oé was then examined, and the cornea, which in this

tage of the insect’s existence is a single structure, fitted only for

_ near vision, was shown to be composed of numerous transparent der-

_ mal cells, continuous with those which form the surface of the head,

while the centre of the cornea, the axis of vision, is occupied by a

ingle cell, more projecting and twice the size of those which sur-

“round it.

_ The changes which take place in the relative development of dif-

ferent parts of the tegument of the young Meloé, which lead to its

entire alteration of form, were then pointed out, and shown to occur

chiefly in the rapid growth of the dorsal region, which from being

riginally the smallest, as it is the last-formed part of the body, be-

comes the most voluminous, and occasions a complete alteration in

the position and size of the limbs and in the entire form of the in-

sect.

The stages of this process and the formation of the dermo-skele-

P on, the author proposed to be considered in the next section of this

memoir.

Noy. 16.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

_ E. Doubleday, Esq., F.L.S., read a paper ‘On the Pterology of

Pthe Diurnal Lepidoptera, especially upon that of some genera of- the

- Heliconide.”’

_ After expressing his regret at the little attention bestowed in this

_ country upon the anatomy of the Annulosa, the writer proceeded to

remark that he was not aware that any author had recorded the fact

_ of a sexual variation in the neuration of the wings of Lepidoptera, a

fact extremely interesting from the light it throws on the homologies

_of the nervures and nervules.

» The variation takes place in the genera Jthomia, Mechanitis and

_ Sais, all remarkable also for the great sexual variation in the struc-

ture of the anterior legs, those of the males being the least de-

_ veloped, those of the females the most developed, of any butterflies

| pee suspended pupe.

The state of atrophy of the anterior feet of the males is not, he

[oe the consequence of excessive development of the other pairs

‘of feet, or of any other organs, nor does it appear to depend on any

peculiar habits of the insect; neither can the greater development

of these feet in the females be accounted for by any difference of

habits. For the more developed anterior feet of some male Coleo-

‘|ptera, for the powerful jaws of the leaf-cutting or timber-boring bees,

_ there are obvious uses; but a greater development in the one sex of

‘organs almost atrophied in the other, which still leaves them unfitted

380 Linnean Society.

for the functions they perform ina normal state, and apparently does —

not render them useful for any other function, can only be explained —

by conceiving it in some way to depend on the position of the ani- —

mal in the system of Nature. ' ¥

Lepidoptera, which may be considered normal as regards this group, —

is abnormal as it respects the whole order; and it would seem

as though Nature, by a partial return to a normal structure in a ~

few genera, wished to indicate to us the real homologies of these

parts.

discoidal nervure, which in these wings never branches, so placed as

to seem to be a third subcostal nervule ; but in some genera, although

its basal is always wanting, its real character is very evident, and it

is united to the subcostal nervure or one of its nervules, and also to

the median nervure or one of its nervules, by distinct upper and

lower disco-cellular nervules. In the Heliconide we find this struc-

ture, almost normal as it respects the order, in the genus Juma, and

The system of neuration of the posterior wings in the Diurnal

In general the posterior wings of the Diurnal Lepidoptera have the :

also in [thomia. It is found in some female Ithomie, of which the —

males have a different structure, giving indications of that change of

position which in the next genus might lead us to mistake the discoi-

dal nervure for a fourth median nervule, the disco-cellular nervules |

;

being placed more obliquely, the cell becoming thereby more elon- —

gated, and the lower disco-cellular nervule appearing almost to form

a continuation of the median nervure. In Mechanitis both sexes have

this character further carried out, and the wing appears to have a

subcostal nervure dividing into two nervules, and a median dividing

into four, so completely has the discoidal nervure assumed the po-

sition of a branch of the latter nervure. ‘The females of the genus

Sais have also this character, but in the males we find a still further

change of structure. In these the second subcostal nervule assumes

the position of a fifth median nervule, and the subcostal nervure con-

sequently appears simple.

‘Thus, leaving the genera Heliconia, Lycorea and their immediate

allies, which have the structure which is normal as regards the Di-

urnal Lepidoptera, though abnormal as regards the order, we find in

Ituna and some female /thomie a structure nearly normal as regards -

the whole order, but the males of the latter become abnormal in an

opposite manner to the prevalent character of the group; next in

Mechanitis we find this structure common to both sexes; and then

in Sais, the females retaining the same structure as in Mechanitis,

but the males varying still further from the type.

This gradual change in the position of the discoidal nervure

actually occurring first in the two sexes of the same species, and

then becoming common to both sexes, is, in the opinion of the

writer, confirmatory in the highest degree of the theory laid down

by him in a former paper, as to the structure of the anterior wings

of the Diurnal Lepidoptera, and leaves, he thinks, no room to doubt

the correctness of the explanation there given of the apparent ano-

maly of those wings in the Papilionide. .

Linnean Society. 381

_ In the sexual variations detailed above, it is the male.insect which

varies most from the type, but the females of some species of Me-

_chanitis present a remarkable structure in the anterior portion of the

‘wing, the costal nervure being united to the subcostal for the greater

part of its course.

_ An additional interest attaches to these peculiarities of the wings,

rom their being combined with the great peculiarities above referred

in the structure of the anterior feet. -

_ The writer then proceeded to point out some analogies in the struc-

| ture of the wings of the Jthomie and some Hymenoptera, especially

as regards the inner margin of the anterior wings and the anterior

argin of the posterior wings, and also with reference to a fringe of

s on the latter, analogous to the hooks occupying the same po-

sition in the Bees and other Hymenoptera. .

December 7.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

_ Read a “ Description of a new genus of Lentibularie, with remarks

on some Indian species of Utricularia.” By M. Pakenham Edge-

worth, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

+ Gen. Nov. Divrosrermum.

_ Calyx bilabiatus, labio superiore 2- (rarius 3-) dentato. Corolla bilabi-

| ata, tubo brevi, Jabio superiore brevissimo truncato, inferiore 3-dentato.

Stamina inclusa. Stylus brevis, stigmate dilatato. Capsula ovata,

oligosperma; placenta centrali libera conic& in apicem producta. Se-

mina pauca (prope 6), ovata, testa laxa striato-rugosa, utrinque pilis

paucis longis caudata. Nucula compressa, submarginata. Embryo?

—Herba pusilla, acaulis, foliis radicalibus, radicibus utriculiferis.

i} DivrosPerMuM ALBUM.

_| Hab. super rupes madidos, in Vishnugangetis valle, Himala; alt. 8000

ped.

_ This little plant, the author thinks, forms a link connecting Len-

tibularie with Cyrtandracee, to which order its tailed seeds show an

pproximation. Unfortunately he has not been able to separate the

embryo so as to be satisfied with its nature and direction. In habit

it resembles slightly some of the section Oligocista of Utricularia.

-Urricuraria (subgenus Oligocista) roveozara, radicibus fibrosis brevi-

____ bus, scapo simplici aphyllo 2—6 floro racemoso sinistrorsim volubili,

bracteis solitariis ovatis acutis basi-fixis pedicello vel longioribus vel

multo brevioribus, lobis calycinis pedicello longioribus ovatis acutis

corollz labio inferiore vix concavo margine 3-lobo superiore bifido : cal-

eare conico labii inferioris longitudine, capsula cernud calyce aucto

obtecté, seminibus majusculis compresso-trapezoideis rugoso-foveolatis

___. foveolis nitidis punctatis.

_ Hab. in Bengalia, uliginosis, Januario.

An U. uliginosa, DC., no. 66. vol. viii. p. 15? Flos purpureus, scapus ru-

ens.

_Urricuraria roryeatorves, radicibus fibrosis, seapo aphyllo erecto plus

minus ramoso 2- v. multi-floro, squamis adpressis ovatis acutis, bracteis

ternis exterioribus ovatis acutis interioribus subulatis pedicello com-

presso eequalibus vel longioribus, lobis calycinis ovatis acuminatis sub-

382 Linnean Society.

zequalibus, corolle azure calycem equantis labio inferiore majore

margine externe revoluto: palato convexo intus barbato : caleare conico

albido labium zequante in lobo calycis inferiore nidulante ; labio supe-

riore rotundato 4-crenato, capsulé cordaté compressa lobis calycinis

valdé acutis arcté obtecta, seminibus rugoso-striatis. ;

Hab. in Bengalia, prope Bardwan, uliginosis, Januario. ‘@

An U. reticulatd, DC., no. 90. p. 19? differt tantum (secus deseriptio-

nem) pedicellis bracteis brevioribus, labii superioris margine non revo.

Planta 2—10 pollicaris, stricta. Semina oblonga, testa laxiuseula i

striata, inter nervulos prominulos minutius striaté. Labium inferius 2 lin.

long. Calycis lobi per anthesin 2, in fructu 4 lin. longi. Staminum fila-

menta arcuata; antheris approximatis medio constrictis. Stigma sessile

infundibuliforme. Folia nulla? q

Urnicunaria rosea, radicibus fibrosis, scapo filiformi subesquamato de-

mim subvolubili apice racemosim 3—10 floro, bracteis ternis exteriore

medio fixA utrinque acutf lateralibus ovatis acutis pedicello nitido sub-—

zequalibus, lobis calycinis rotundatis suborbiculatis corolla brevioribus, —

corollz rosez labio inferiore 3-lobo (lobo medio breviore) crenulato —

intus fornicato palato luteo intus papilloso: caleare obtuso labinm —

zequante ; labio superiore rotundato, filamentis arcuatis apice valdé —

dilatatis; antheris ovatis medio pauld constrictis, capsulé subglobosa —

calycem vix auctum subzequante uno latere valvula sursum basi recur- —

vata dehiscente, placentd centrali globos4 foveolata, seminibus (pluri- —

mis abortivis) ovatis punctis prominulis subechinatis rugoso-striatis.

Hab. in Bengalia, prope Bardwan, uliginosis.

An U. nivea, DC., no. 98, at floribus roseo-purpurascentibus, capsula ca- —

Iycem zequante nec minore, nec longiore ut in U. racemosd, squamis quo- —

que minimis, an potius omnes in unam speciem reducendz? Scapi calyces-

que rubescentes. : 3

Urricunaria preRosPeRMA, radicibus fibrosis parcé utriculiferis, utriculis —

1-setosis, seapo aphyllo purpurascente 2- (an pluri-?) floro ad axillam —

squama ovata obtusa basifixa bracteato, pedicellis teretibus superiore —

bracteolato, lobis calycinis obovatis cucullatis obtusis corolla dimidio —

brevioribus nec in fructu auctis, corolle luteze labio superiore suberecto —

concavo integro; inferiore integro marginibus revolutis: palato magno ~

aurantio-striato utrinque glabro faucem obtegente : calcare sursiim cur- —

vato conico acutiusculo labio sublongiore, staminum filamentis cras.@

sis arcuatis supra antheram 1-locularem nec constrictam productis, —

polline orbiculari rugosulo, stigmate bilamellato, capsula latere com- —

pressiusculé subglobosa stylo apiculaté, placent globos& alveolata, se-

minibus paucis laté alatis alé irregulariter dentata reticulatim venosa ;

testa irregulariter rugos4; nucula globosa; radicula et plumula distinct& —

ceterum pingui. a

Hab. in Bengalia, Bardwan, uliginosis, Januario. :

Ab U. diantha quacum maxime affinis differt pedicellis teretibus nee mar- —

ginatis, calcare ascendente labio longiore nec descendente, lobis calycinis —

in fructu non auctis antherisque non constrictis, An semina U. dianthe —

alata? 3

Utricularia fasciculata, vide DC., no. 8. p. 18. no. 18, adde :—Placenta —

globos4 spongiosd, seminibus compressis marginatis rugosulis uno la~ —

tere foveolato altero prominulo.

A further communication, from a letter written by Mr. Edge-

worth, dated Banda, 30th August, 1847, was made to the meeting, —

respecting a remarkable effect produced by the leaves of Gymnema —

Linnean Society. 383

sylvestris, R. Br., upon the sense of taste, in reference to diminish-

ng the perception of saccharine flavours.

Read also a paper ‘On the Formation and Use of the Air-Sacs

nd Dilated Trachez in Insects.”” By G. Newport, Esq., F.R.S.,

F.L.S. &c. &c.

The paper was commenced with the remark, that the presence of

sacs in insects is known to every comparative anatomist. These

s are largest and most numerous in the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera

nd Diptera. They are numerous and capacious in the Dragon-flies

among the Neuroptera, but are smaller and fewer in the Ephemera,

the Sialide and the Scorpion-flies. In the Coleoptera they exist only

a the volantspecies; and even in the same tribe, as in the Cara-

bide, they are found in the winged, but not in the apterous species.

‘In all insects in which they occur they are largest and most nume-

‘rous in the swiftest and most powerful individuals. They are found

“in the Orthoptera only in the migratory families; while in those

‘which are truly saltatorial insects the trachez are enlarged in some

‘parts of their course, but are not to be regarded as properly saccu-

ated, and sacs are never found in the larva state of any species of

‘insect. The sacs are formed by the dilatation of trachez during the

_ metamorphoses of the insects, which commences at the close of the

larva state, when the insect has ceased to feed. ‘I’his dilatation goes

on for the first few days only in those species which hybernate, and

is resumed again in the spring, but it continues uninterruptedly to

' the development of the perfect insect in those which change to that

_ state in the summer.

_ The author showed that the longitudinal trachez of the third and

_ fourth segments of the larva of winged insects give off a small branch

at the sides of each segment, which, divided into two portions, passes

_ outwards and ‘is involved in a fold of the new tegument that is

formed beneath the old skin of the larva some days before its change.

| These folds of tegument supplied each with their trachez closely re-

_ semble in appearance the external abdominal branchie of the aqua-

tic larve of Neuroptera,”’ and afterwards become the most important

_ organs of the insect in its perfect state—the wings. The expansion

of these organs at the change is mainly effected by their trachee,

which instead of becoming dilated, like those within the body, are

elongated, and thus induce a rush of blood into these portions of the

tegument which promotes their expansion into wings. This elon-

| gation, as well as the dilatation of the trachee within the body, is

_ the result of powerful respiratory efforts of the insect. The author

| ‘remarked, that although able to show the mode in which these

_ changes are effected, it is less easy to give a satisfactory explanation of

_ the real use of the vesicles. He adopts, however, a view entertained

_ by John Hunter, that the vesicles are mainly to enable the insect to

‘alter the specific gravity of its body at pleasure during flight, and

thus diminish the muscular exertion required during these move-

ments. ‘fo support this opinion, the author reviewed the different

_ classes of Vertebrata, and showed that although a vesicular form of

_ the respiratory organs exists in the whole, yet that Birds approach

384, Linnean Society.

much more closely to Insects in this respect, as well as in the more

extensive distribution of the organs themselves, than any other of

the Vertebrata; and he referred to the fact that in apterous insects,

as in birds that are unaccustomed to flight, the respiratory organs

are less capacious or less extensively distributed. This fact, he

stated, is not confined to insects of which both sexes are apterous,

but that when one sex is winged and active in flight, and the other -

apterous, he has always found the body of the former with vesicular

trachee, while in the other, the apterous sex, the trachez are sim-

ply arborescent, as he has found in the sexes of the glow-worm, and

in the common winter-moth, Geometra trumaria. These facts, in-

ferential with regard to the use of the vesicles, the author supported 7

with an account of an experimental observation on the mode in which —

the common dung-beetle prepares itself for flight, by rapidly in- |

creasing its respiration and distending its body the instant before

it unfolds its wings and attempts to raise itself upon them,

January 18, 1848.—N. Wallich, Esq., M.D., in the Chair. 3 "I

Read a paper “ On the genus Atamisquea.” By John Miers, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.S. &c. “od

Of this Capparideous genus, named by Mr. Miers in his ‘ Travels”

in Chile,’ vol. ii. p. 529, and subsequently characterized by Sir W.

J. Hooker in his ‘ Botanical Miscellany,’ Mr. Miers gives the follow-—

ing more complete character, derived from the living plant.

AramisquEA, Miers. ae

Cuan. Gen. Sepala 2, ovoidea, concava, zstivatione marginibus subim- _

bricatis, in torum carnosum, cyathiformem persistentem demim indu- —

ratum dentibus erectis notatum coalita, decidua. Petala 6, e margine —

tori orta, inzequalia, lineari-spathulata, reflexa; 2 superiora erectiora,

zestivatione subimbricata; 2 lateralia breviora, exteriora. Stamina 9, —

quorum 6 fertilia longiora; jilamenta estivatione replicata, demim ~

recta, reclinata, glabra, basi glandulosa, lepidota; anthere obl

2-loculares, basifixee, erectee, demiim curvate. Thecaphorum decli- —

natum; basi glabrum, disco staminifero cinctum, hine geniculatum; —

indé gracile, elongatum, et cum ovario lepidotum. Ovarium ovatum; —

stylus brevissimus; stigma obtusé 2-lobum. acca ovoidea, subcar- —

nosa, densé lepidota. Semina 2 (vel abortu 1), exalbuminosa, cochleato-

reniformia, funiculo libero erecto bifurcato ex imo loculo orto laterali- —

ter appensa ; ¢esta coriacea, loculo altero incompleto hilo opposite, —

Embryo campylotropus; cotyledones magne, foliaceze, incumbentes, ~

invicem plicato-convolute ; radicula teres, infera, loculo incomplete

velata, et ob embryonis curvaturam hilum superné spectans.—Frutex _

durus, ramosus, Americe meridionalis extratropice ; ramis abbrevia- —

tis, junioribus lepidotis, nonnunquam spinescentibus; foliis e ramulis —

Jjunioribus orta, parva, alterna, brevissimé petiolata, canaliculata, esti-

vatione conduplicata, subins lepidota, costé carinatd. Pedunculus azil-

laris, solitarius, 1-florus. j

Atamisquea emarginata, foliis lineari-oblongis basi apiceque emarginatis

supra viridi-nitentibus subtis hirsutis incanis squamisque lepidotis

tectis. An ee

Hab. in campis patentibus, aridis, salinis, Travesia dictis, Provincize Men-

dozz Chilensis. :

Linnean Society. — 385

__ Mr. Miers states that he offers the above view of the floral enve-

lopes (which he regards as consisting of 2 sepals and 6 petals) with

much deference, especially as that which Sir W. J. Hooker has taken

‘of them is in conformity with the usual arrangement of the family.

It appears to him, however, to be warranted by the fact that the

two broad external leaflets (which he considers as the calyx) form

‘one entire whorl, being continuous at their origin with the margin

of the cup of the torus, while the insertion of the six narrower seg-

ments (petals) i is also upon one line, within the margin of the same

cup; the cicatrix of the calyx being marked by a clean line on the

Margin of the cup, while the remains of the claws of the petals are

listinctly seen within the same margin forming so many projecting

MIndurated teeth. ‘This (as regards the calyx) is analogous with what

occurs in Busbeckia, Endl., Steriphoma, Spr., and Morisonia, Plum.,

in all of which only 2 sepals exist, or an entire envelope bursting

into two valves. ‘Io reconcile the apparent anomaly, the author

would consider the floral envelope of Atamisquea either as formed of

three series, each consisting of two normal parts, the innermost series

appearing double in consequence of the division of its lobes to their

point of insertion; (and this view is supported by the cohesion of

he upper and lower pairs of petals at their base when pulled away

from the torus, while a distinct interval is manifest between each of

these pairs and the shorter lateral petals ;) or he would (still taking

he same view with regard to the composition of the upper and lower

pairs of petals) regard them as forming with the two lateral petals a

rhorl of four parts, and suppose the outer series also (the sepals) to

ye normally four in number, united by adhesion into two. This

last view he considers to be rendered somewhat the more probable

dy its approximating more nearly to the usual structure, and by the

et that each of the sepals when dried readily splits down the middle

by a clean line into two distinct segments.

a The paper was illustrated by detailed illustrations of the structure

rf the plant.

February 1. — Robert Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

J.O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. &c., exhibited specimens of the silk

un by the caterpillars of the new Indian silk moth, Bombyx Hut-

oni, Westw. (figured in the ‘Cabinet of Oriental Entomology,’ pl. 12.

i. 4), communicated to him by Capt. T. Hutton. After stating the

importance of the discovery of a new and valuable product of this

nature in our foreign territories, and that the ‘‘T'ransactions of the

Li nnean Society’ contained a valuable paper on East Indian silk

nsects by Gen. Hardwicke, Mr. Westwood observed that the insect

'Giscovered by Capt. Hutton was congeneric with the real silk insect,

‘Bombyx Mori, a native of China, whereas those described in the

/Fransactions of the Society belonged to another genus, Saturnia,

ind that consequently the silk spun by the new species was likely

‘fo approximate nearer to that of B. Mori in its qualities than that

of the large Indian Saturnia. The new species had been disco-

‘red to be a native of the hills about Mussooree, on the south-

| Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 26

386 Linnean Society.

ern side of the Himalaya, 6500 feet above the level of the s

and its caterpillar (like that of B. Mori) feeds on the leaves of t

wild mulberry, which is another reason why the qualities of th

silk should resemble that spun by the true silkworm. The perfe

moth is about the size of B. Mori, but has darker-coloured w

with a large, blackish lunate spot near the tips of the ‘iciokeael i )

win

pools of the natural fibre of the silk, and some with ¢

threads severally composed of three, six, nine and twelve fibres:

exhibited, those with nine and twelve fibres having been pronounce

by the Delhi silk-workers to be worth 25 rupees~per seer, that i

about 25 shillings per pound, at 2 shillings per rupee. big

Pe,

Read a paper entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of some new species of Athy

reus, MacL., a genus of Lamellicorn Beetles.” By J. O. Westwood

Esq., F.L.S. &c. a

After tracing the history of the genus and its affinities, and no

ticing in detail its most remarkable peculiarities, dwelling pat

ticularly on those characters which are externally indicative of ¢

stinction of sex, Mr. Westwood proceeds to describe the folle i

species : A

1. Atuyreus creas, Hope; castaneus, elytris magis rufis, capite glab

anticé 3-cornuto, mandibulis magnis externé acute dentatis, pron ae

utrinque excavatione profunda discoque cornubus duobus crassis <

divergentibus, elytris tenuissimé striato-punctatis.—Long. corp. une

(mandibulis inclusis).

Hab. in Brasilid. In Mus. D. Hope.

2. Atuyreus AarMAtTus, Hope; piceo-niger, lateribus prothoracis man

bulis pedibusque rufescentibus, mandibulis magnis singula exthe’

dentaté dente antico magno, pronoto utrinque carina deflex4 medi

que cornu suberecto, elytris elevato-striatis.—Long. corp. lin. 9

Hab. in Americd meridionali. In Mus. D, Hope.

3. ATHYREUS SUBARMATUS, ¢ ; supra obscurus nigricans, labro me ‘

bulis prothoracis lateribus pedibusque piceo-rufis, tenuissimé ¢

losus, clypeo margine antico partm reflexo posticé carina elevath

medio tuberculo instructo, antennis luteis, pronoto carinis duabus br

vibus mediis in spatio medio ovali linea elevata circumeineto inst

—Long, corp. lin. 82. ae.

Hab. in Americ& meridionali. In Mus. D. Hope, sub nomine A. a

tus,’ 2 ‘a

4. ATHYREUS TUBERCULATUS, Hope ; obscuré piceus, sub lente tenui:

simé granulosus et setosus, antennis Iuteis, clypeo conico anticé ¢

parim elevato terminato, pronoto tuberculis duobus congue

medium disci positis, elytris sublineatis, tibiis anticis 5—6-dentati .—

Long. corp. lin. 8}. 4 q

Hab, in Brasilia. In Mus. D. Hope. |

5. Aruyreus rorunpus, /ope; supra obscurus piceo-rufus, sub len

undique tuberculis minimis obsitus, clypeo margine antico trunea

et pariim elevato margine postico carina tuberculis tribus bein

structo, pronoto tuberculis duobus contiguis ante medium elytri

leeviter striatis.— Lon es lin. 10.

Hab. in Brasilia. In os. D. Hope.

Linnean Society. 387

This insect Mr. Westwood thinks to be probably the female of

tuberculatus.

6, ATnyYREUS BELLATOR; piceo-niger, capite et pronoto (marginibus ex-

_ ceptis) subleevibus hujus marginibus lateralibus pedibusque rufis vel

fulvis, clypeo in dentem acutum elongato, pronoto dente elevato bifido

"pone medium armato.—Long. corp. lin. 103.

_ Athyreus bifurcatus, Laporte, An. Art. iii. p. 102. pl. 7. f. 3. (mee A. bi-

fureatus, Klug, nec A. bifurcatus, MacL.)

Athyreus furcifer, Dej. Cat. et Laporte, An. Art. 1. c. (teste Mus. Gory.)

Hab. in Brasilia et Cayenna. In Mus. D. Hope.

The present species stands in Mr. Hope’s collection as the male

of A. Bilbergii. } :

7. Aruyreus Birserci, Gray in Griffith An. Kingd.; piceo-niger, tu-

berculis minutis scaber, clypei margine antico recto postico carinato

et 3-tuberculato tuberculo intermedio magis elevato, angulis laterali-

bus capitis ante oculos acutis, pronoto margine antico parim elevato;

disco tuberculis duobus levibus lineisque duabus curvatis elevatis.—

_ Long. corp. lin. 10.

_ Athyreus furcicollis, Dej. (teste Mus. Gory, nunc Hope.)

_ Hab. in Demerara et Cayenna. In Mus. D. Hope.

8. Aruyrevs Puoras, Bugquet MS.; piceo-castaneus, lateribus protho-

_ racis et elytrorum pedibusque rufescentibus, scabriusculus, clypeo an-

ticé angustato margine antico bituberculato, vertice concavo, protho-

racis lateribus dilatatis disco excavatione subquadraté spina erectd

anticé lateribusque acuté tuberculatis —Long. corp. lin. 6.

Athyreus trituberculatus, Gory in Mus.

Hab. in Colombia, Santa Fe de Bogota. In Mus. Hope.

Obs. Athyreus recticornis, Guérin, Iconogr. du Régne An. Ins. p. 83,

‘om Swan River (Mus. Gory)= Bolboceras hastifer, Bainbridge.

The insect placed in M. Gory’s collection, with the label of

hyreus porcatus, De Laporte, Anim. Artic. t. ii. p. 103. no. 6,

hyreus Senegalensis, Dejean, is a new species of Bolboceras, from

enegal.

9, AruyReus PURPUREIPENNIS; cyaneo-niger subtiis fulvo-testaceus, ely-

tris leté purpureis, pronoto lined longitudinali impress& utrinque spa-

tio convexo lzvissimo nigro versus angulos anticos furcato.— Long.

corp. lin. 6.

Hab, in America meridionali. In Muszo Britannico.

sy 10. Aruyreus cenTRALIS; testaceo-fulvus, capitis vertice anticé 3-

dentato, pronoto carina abbreviata centrali lineis duabus parum ele-

vatis obliquis alteraque utrinque prope angulos posticos, elytris im-

oe pede striis longe ante apicem evanescentibus.--Long. corp.

in. 6}.

Hab. in’ Nova Grenada, Rio Magdalena, Ibaque. In Muszo Britannico.

> 1. Artyreus Tweepyanus; testaceus, pronoto maximo lateribus obtusé

_ angulatis et sinuatis medio disci depresso levi et linea obliquaé param

curvata e lateribus separato lineAque altera abbreviaté utrinque ver-

sus angulos posticos.—Long. corp. lin. 54.

Hab. in Insula Hayti, Indize occidentalis. DD. Tweedy et Hearne. In

Muss. Soe. Ent. Londin. et Hope.

(a 26%

388 Royal Society.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

March 23, 1848.—‘ Observations on some Belemnites and other

fossil remains of Cephalopoda, discovered by Mr. Reginald Neville

Mantell, C.E., in the Oxford Ciay, near Trowbridge in Wiltshire.”

By Gideon Algernon Mantell, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President

of the Geological Society.

The author states, that a Jine of railway now in progress of con-

struction to connect the large manufacturing town of Trowbridge

with the Great Western, being part of the Wilts, Somerset, and

Weymouth line, traverses extensive beds of the Oxford clay of a

same geological character as those at Christian-Malford in the s

county, which furnished the remarkable fossil cephalopods decal ed

by Mr. Channing Pearce under the name of Belemnoteuthis, and by

Professor Owen (in a memoir which received the award of a Royal

Medal of this Society), as the animals to which the fossils commonly

known by the name of Belemnites belong.

The son cf the author, Mr. R. N. Mantell, being engaged in these

works under the eminent engineer Mr. Brunel, availed himself of the

opportunity to form an extensive and highly interesting collection o1

the fossils of the Oxford clay, and other oolitic deposits cut throug

or exposed by the engineering operations. Among those transmitted

to the author are many illustrative examples of Belemnoteuthes and

Belemnites ; some of which confirm the opinions entertained by the

late Mr. C. Pearce, Mr. Cunnington, and other competent observers,

that the body and soft parts, with the cephalic uncinated arms, &c.

of cephalopods, obtained from Christian-Malford by the Noble Pre-

sident and Mr. Pearce Pratt, and referred by Professor Owen in the

memoir above-mentioned to the Belemnite, belong to a distinct

genus—the Belemnoteuthis. z

The author describes and figures several perfect examples of the

phragmocone of the Belemnoteuthis, and institutes a comparison be=

tween them and a beautiful example of the phragmocone of a belem-

nite occupying the alveolus of the guard; and defines the essential dif. :

ferences observable in the form and structure of these chambered ca 7

careous cones. He especially points out as distinctive characters o

the phragmocone of the Belemnoteuthis, two flat longitudinal ridge:

which extend upwards from the apical extremity, and the granolstell

and striated external surface of the epidermis. The phragmocone

of the Belemnite has a smooth surface, is destitute of any lon-

gitudinal ridges, and terminates at the apex in a very fine point, the

axis being in an oblique direction.

The author next describes a remarkable specimen of a Belemnit

twenty-two inches in length, in which the osselet or guard, phrag-

mocone, and capsule or receptacle, are preserved in connexion. hh

this fossil is demonstrated, for the first time, the upper or basal ter-

mination of the phragmocone, with two elongated calcareous pro-

cesses extending upwards from the margin: these are analogous in

form and position to the prolongations from the peristome of the

;

Miscellaneous. 389

chamber of certain Ammonites, as for example, in 4. Jasoni.

n the phragmocone of the Belemnoteuthis the peristome is entire.

Another interesting part of the structure of the Belemnite, not

previously detected, is also shown in the same specimen, as well as

bape other examples found in the Oxford clay near Trowbridge ;

imely, a calcareous shelly periosteum or capsule, which invests the

ard, and expands upwards into a horny sheath or receptacle, that

surrounds the basal chamber of the phragmocone in which the viscera

Sve probably contained. This receptacle was formerly supposed to

c nate from within the alveolus of the guard. Mr. Miller, many

s ago, inferred the existence of a vascular integument around

he guard from the meandring impressions of blood-vessels obser-

ral ble on the surface of some specimens; but the presence of a cal-

areo-corneous capsule or sheath investing the guard, and expanding

into a horny receptacle, has not till now ‘been demonstrated.

iy “The author considers the facts described as proving that the ce-

halopod of the Belemnite was entirely distinct from the Belemno-

feuthis ; and that the muscular mantle, cephalic arms, and other

i s referred by Professor Owen to the former, exclusively belong

o the latter genus.

_ He concludes that the remains of at least three genera of naked

Cephalopoda occur in the argillaceous deposits of the oolite in Wilt-

shire; namely, the first or true Calamary, with a horny dorsal gla-

lins or pen; the second, the Belemnoteuthis, or a decapod with unci-

lated cephalic arms, ink-bag, pallial fins, and a corneo-calcareous

hragmocone; and the third, the Belemnite, which possessed a phrag-

nocone having the apical part implanted in the cavity or alveolus of

a guard or osselet, which in its original state resembled in substance

the sepiostaire of the Cuttle-fish, but is generally found mineralized

by calcareous spar ; and the peristome, possessing two or more elon-

gated shelly processes; both the guard and the phragmocone being

nivested with a corneo-calcareous capsule or receptacle. He observes,

ustly, that the body and other soft parts of the cephalopod of the

mnite are at present unknown. The author’s communication

‘as illustrated by drawings, and accompanied by the specimens

above described.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new genus and species of Fossil Ruminantia, Poébrotherium

Wilsoni. By Joseru Lezpy, M.D.

[yprrectiy through Mr. J. S. Phillips and the-influence of Dr. 8.

G. Morton, the Academy has become the depositary of a valuable

and unique fossil, received through Dr. S. D, Culbertson of Cham-

. bersburg, Pa., from Mr. Joseph Culbertson.

_ As first received, it consisted of a mass of argillaceous limestone,

having one side of a cranium of an animal exposed to view, which,

f by the patience of Dr. T. A. Wilson, was relieved of its matrix ; and

390 Miscellaneous.

the lower extremity of the humerus, and the upper extremity: of

ulna and radius of the right leg were also disclosed. ; 4

The top or vault above the orbits, and posterior part of the cranium

are wanting, as are also the ossa nasi, ossa intermaxillaria, the part

the os maxillare inferius just anterior to the commencement of | th

symphysis, and the zygoma of the left side, but sufficient is left t

characterize it as a remarkable genus of Ruminantia, very differen

from any that has been heretofore described.

The cranium belonged to a full-grown or adult animal, but not i

old one, as is indicated by the teeth.

In the upper jaw are seven molars, differing in this respect fi

any ruminant known, living or fossil. The posterior three mole

usually called true, present nothing very peculiar in their conforma

tion. ‘They are not so square as in Cervus, but are more like thos

of Ovis, being much broader than wide, so that they have a compresse

appearance. The four crescents: upon the crowns are quite simpl

Externally these teeth present two and nearly plane surfaces, s

rated by an abrupt, salient, longitudinal ridge on a line with t

notch separating the anterior and posterior pair of columns. LEac

of these surfaces has a longitudinal rounded ridge, more promi

upon the anterior than the posterior one, but neither so salient as

the first. ‘The antero-external border is also elevated or prominent

so that each of these teeth presents externally four longitudinal ridges;

As is usual, these teeth are obliquely situated in the jaw, and tl ne

anterior part-of one folds over externally, or overlaps the posteric iq

part of the one preceding it. : |

The anterior four molars or premolars are not more than half #

length of the true molars, and differ among themselves so as to rend

it necessary to examine them separately. The posterior or fo

premolar has more the characteristics of a true molar, and it would

probably not be wrong to consider it as an additional true mole

The crown presents four crescents, which are thicker than in t

true molars, and the anterior and posterior pair are separated by ;

comparatively deeper notch. Externally the tooth has four ridge

corresponding to those of the true molars. The third premolar, |

the one immediately preceding the last, has upon its crown a pe

terior pair of thick crescents, and an anterior cusp which has

appearance of being formed by the blending together of a pair &

crescents. Externally it is trilobed, the lobes being separated by

two concave depressions. It is shorter, but broader, than the last

‘The second premolar is compressed, faintly trilobed, and presents ai

elongated trenchant crown. ‘The first premolar is the most remark

able characteristic of this cranium. It is separated from the othel

by a concave notch of *333 of an inch, and is on a line with the: in

terior mental foramen. It is implanted in the jaw by two fang

which are divergent and placed one anterior to the other. The be

is nearly as broad as the second premolar and is of a compressed p

ramidal form, and the crown has a trenchant edge, the Penne

anterior part of which form an angle about its centre.

In the lower jaw, in the specimen, are six inferior molars in

Miscellaneous. 391

losed row commencing °25 of an inch anterior to the corresponding

six molars above, and continuing as far back as the latter. Besides

these, and separated from them by a concave, descending notch of

45 of an inch, just anterior to the anterior mental foramen, or ‘15

f an inch anterior to the commencement of the symphysis posteriorly,

one-half of an alveolus for an additional or seventh molar, which,

when the specimen was first received, contained a portion of a fang,

since mislaid. ‘This additional molar in the lower jaw is possessed

by only one other known genus of Ruminantia, the Dorcatherium

of Kaup.

' The crowns of the inferior molars are enveloped in the matrix in

such a manner that they cannot be exposed without endangering the

specimen. Externally the three true molars present their columns

as Sharply triangular prisms, as in Ovis, &c., and have no intervening

points or cones, as in Cervus, Dorcatherium, &e.

_ The fourth premolar is trilobed externally, each lobe presenting a

cusp towards the crown. The third and second are compressed, and

» latter, I can perceive, has a trenchant crown.

_ The position of the molars, though resembling that of Dorcathe-

rivm considerably more than that of any other genus of Ruminantia,

iffers materially from it ; for while the teeth reach to the symphysis

n the latter, in the former they even extend anteriorly to its com-

mencement.

_ From the foregoing description of theteeth, it will be perceived, that

n the possession of a seventh molar in the upper jaw, in the posi-

lion of the molars, and in several other minor peculiarities, this genus

differs from all others heretofore known, and is’ well characterized,

nd I therefore propose for it the name of ‘‘ Poébrotherium *.”

_ [We omit some further details, and pass to the concluding remarks. ]

These bones belonged to an animal rather less in size than the

Jorcatherium.

_ The species I have designated Wilsoni, in honour of Dr. Thomas

Wilson, a munificent patron of the natural sciences.

Probable habit of the animal.—From the evidences of considerable

muscular strength in the posterior part of the inferior maxilla and

he trenchant crowns of the anterior premolars, it might be supposed

hat the animal was adapted to eating flesh as part of its food, as

wis thought by Cuvier to have been probably the case with the Ano-

ylotherium gracile, a pachydermous animal having very similar cha-

acters; but I should think its general structure would entirely pre-

laude the idea of its having been able to catch living animal prey,

ind doubt very much whether its food could have been other than

a getable. The anterior trenchant molars were more probably in-

tended for cutting branches and twigs of bushes, or tough grasses,

; which afterwards underwent a finer trituration with the true molars.

| The position which the genus should occupy.—Poébrotherium in its

lentition approaches the Ruminantia to the Pachydermata, for in the

timber of the molar teeth and the trenchant nature of the anterior

* wéa, herba, Bpdw, pasco, Onp, fera.

392 Miscellaneous.

premolars, it is closely allied to the Xiphodont Anoplotherium, while

in the true molars it is characteristically ruminant, and its position

would therefore probably stand thus : Dorcatherium, Potbrotherium,

Anoplotherium. 4

Measurements * of the head,

Meatus auditorius externus to infra orbitar foramen ............ 31

From point of hook-like process of inferior maxilla to anterior :

mental foraMien .sonccreconscsesesrshpocsgsoessss eseushe er,

Greatest width of orbit ...........s+ceseseeseeeseeers eeevesess cvscssese A AD

Narrowest part of face, below ossa Nasi .........++eeceeeee csecaces ow

Width at the corono-condyloid depressions of inferior maxilla 1°6

Width at the coronoid processes .......sccsseeeeeeeees os tpeedeleee POR"

Greatest width at the ossa tympani ........... é 5003 thasdedalen tevides RE: oe

Distance between ossa tympani ......e+es0e00 coverdebesaasdveeibds! eee

Width of 08 tympanum,...docsrerssesescessnas odes sosareods caghsedaagent 5 (Oe

Length of row formed by the posterior six superior molars ... 2°5

Notch between the first and second superior premolars......... °333

Length of row formed by the posterior six inferior molars...... 2°7

Notch between the first and second inferior premolars ......... “49

Measurements of superior molar teeth.

Length. Breadth. Thickness.

FUR PROIOE oss. cirsnapioserines 375 6 “2

GO me scieceesneesarnerense ie "55 +25

ED mee ei encigubeneecteneee 333 “45 275"

BE Le svieetveerdadee 2 375 *25

os at Tn Wieduss "15 ne 2

2nd rt ae PPP eee eer SOeeereseres ed *35 ej s

Late. naseveboseyssps webxees 15 3 “075

Measurements of inferior molar teeth

Length. Breadth,

7th molar scsi ah “3 35

Gib ie kde Deed aecbes ata 3 5

Bt sr ic cinccasaepe jessie seeees 25 %

GED es. adil semeasegeseacne 15 45

TO. ewe: yabohined hand paspapace J "35

CA — 4 puusn seneesporcesae “h 35

tee

Measurements from bones of fore-leg. — a

Transverse diameter of lower articular surface of os humeri......... °75

Antero-posterior diameter in depressed portion of same .....+...... “45

Length of olecranon above the lowest part of the articular surface 3

Of the e1b0W. »cesesasnanerssosasdseensecnseschunns as sapahanen eum seven “05 @

From Silliman’s Journal Sor March ie

On two new genera of Siliceous-shelled Polygastrica from Patagonia :

Guano. By Prof. Enrensere. |

From the very large number of the typical generic forms of Polys

gastrica already described and arranged, new genera no longer occur

so frequently; but when they do, the new forms have a greater sci-

entific value. During his stay in England last summer Prof. Ehren-

itn Mrguvitn a

* The measurements are taken in English inches and parts of the same.

Miscellaneous. 393

berg noticed a very interesting form among the microscopic prepara-

tions put up with great neatness by Mr. Topping for sale. It is found

in a certain kind of guano from Patagonia, and is one of the largest

forms. Prof. Ehrenberg has called it Hemiptychus ornatus. They are

isolated, comparatively very large, thin, discoid siliceous plates, which

exhibit radii upon their surface connected by a very delicate network,

after the manner of the genus Actinoptychus. ‘These radii are like-

wise in the present instance raised bands, but which, commencing at

the margin, do not reach to the centre, but leave a broad central

disc, in which these bands are continued in the form of finely punc-

tated radial lines to the centre where a circle of teeth are visible:

no marginal apertures were perceptible.

Another new genus of Polygastrica was found in some guano

from Patagonia brought by the Danish ship Waldemar.

_ Like all the kinds of guane hitherto examined, this Patagonian

_ kind contains a considerable number of siliceous-shelled Polyga-

_ 8strica, together with numerous siliceous spicula of sea-sponges.

The most interesting form is Entopyla australis, a new genus, Ex-

ternally it has the greatest resemblance to Tessella, but in its in-

ternal structure it more resembles the genus Biblarium. It forms

quadrangular plates, which seen from the side are rounded off above

and below. These quadrate tablets or boxes consist of several leaves

like a book, which however are firmly connected. The leaves are

parallel with the narrow sides and curved; the two external leaves

are like the cover of a book, thicker and marked with thirty-two

horizontal ribs. ‘These two outer decorated leaves resemble each

other in Biblarium but not in Hntopyla, where one is outwardly con-

cave and the other outwardly convex. ‘The concave outer leaf is

upon the ventral side, since it exhibits two large roundish apertures

at the extremities ; the opposite convex leaf has no aperture; all the

intervening leaves have a large aperture in the centre, leaving only

a thin margin, thus forming a large continuous space in the interior

of these little boxes. The structure in Biblarium is similar.

This form is not quite new, a fragment of it having been brought

from the Falkland Islands in the year 1843; it was then arranged as

an imperfect but characteristic form with the genus Surirella, and

called Surirella ? australis. 1t was a part of the cover of the Ento-

_ pyla, which very much resembles the shells of Surirelle.

This new guano contained—

Po.yGastrica.

Actinoptychus octonarius, Grammatophora oceanica.

Cocconeis oceanica. serpentina.

Coscinodiscus subtilis. Tessella Catena.

Entopyla australis. Synedra Gallionii ?

Gallionella sulcata. Zygoceros Rhombus ?

Grammatophora angulosa.

PuyYTOLITHARIA.

Lithodontium furcatum. Spongolithis Clavus.

platyodon. cenocephala.

Fustis.

cicada

394. Miscellaneous.

All the other form: known sea organisms, excepting the Lithew 4q

dontia. — a

Novorumerum Characteres succincti.

: ,pacillariis Naviculaceis liberum. Lorica :

pei sihiee pee ag 2 silicea orbicularis haga CONNER a, 7

_ intus sepimentis imper!$ ad dimidiam fere r pds pint ee

loculos radiantes (nec 2298 Impressos) divisa, me Poids

vacuo, radiato nec sept Centro, denticulorum pasha,

radiorum experte, extrep!@7ginis aperturis ge ftsgg sss

Sepimentis abbreviatis, ¢c™erationibus mgs" im dM breast

centro coronato et aper® marginalibus obsole

tycho differt. 2 &; we ah

ig dg disco subtilissin3'anulato radiis 29 zqualibus,

: : ico. Diameter +", Zl

larum apparatu interposit?2centrico ‘ Di ps Boninelleis »). |

Enroryta. Animal e Bactiis Naviculaceis mainte

Lorica prismatica, com resaultivalvis (libera, an concatenata f).

Valvis in serie sp re? libri foliorum instar, i aly

i : ii ernis inzquali

ternis apertura maxima me: PeTVuS, sat. sro ee Be

verse striatis, altera integer!* (non perforata), trum-

que apicem poro magno insig _,. “ f, -Tessellae affi.

Forma arcuata ad Achnanthem cedit, tabellari forma ;

quior est.

nior est, maxime Biblario proy soli diis

: eA godess" ; tundato, foliolis mediis

E. australis, foliolis linearibus pase fone. Role lateralium in adultis

in adultis numero fere 16, costo

i ia flexuosa divisis.

ultra 40 iisque (Surirelle a linea media fle

it. 1!" sage vgs i

Longit. ef Stile Shih: oliolis intermediis tribus, costis

Vidi juniora specimina to longa,

inter aperturas 6, .—Proceedings of

Syn. Surirella? australis, 1843, Abed. 0 Akag -

the Berlin Academy.

USCLE IN THE SERPENT TRIBE.

EXTENSIBILITY OF MEMBRANE AND ;

s t extensibility of

The following facts, as illustrati? Of the great ex ty

: ibe, may prove interesti

membrane and muscle in the Serpe’ tribe, may p sting

to some of your readers. 5 t for my inspection

On the 14th ultimo a Boa constric’: bereirae to cle taaiaan

which had that morning swallowed aS

ad been seen

at Sungi Kranjie. It would appear pe rremarie meal which

1 king about the sty several days ee escaped the owner of the

cost him so dear; he artfully howev is capture or destruction on

Swine, who had ineffectually attempted uestion, the Boa succeeded

these occasions; but on the morning ind :

i himself to a

in getting entrance into the sty, and fae ae the barn,—

porker, found himself in the dilemma °-came upon him in this state

he could not get out again. The owner. to his assistance, secured

of helplessness, and having called comrade,: ons and brought him in

the victim, torpid from his voracious exer, :

triumph into town. | in all this ; nevertheless

Now you will say there is nothing NOVE. +F the pig and the jaws

the disparity of size between the carcase (

oF R aig ri

fr Sateel

Miscellaneous. 395

and body of the snake struck me so forcibly, and appeared so extra-

_ ordinary, that I forthwith proceeded to ascertain the exact relative

_ proportions, and found them as follow. The snake was twelve feet

ine inches long, transverse diameter of jaw inside three and a half

inches, neck round nine inches, greatest girth of body at thickest

part, when pig was out, eleven and a half inches. The pig weighed

_ thirty-seven catties and a half, or rather more than fifty pounds, was

_ a good three-fourths-grown young sow, and lay apparently without

_ a mark of violence upon its body—not a hair ruffled, legs unbroken ;

_ indeed old Isaac Walton never dealt more tenderly with his frog than

_ the Boa had seemingly done with young piggy. Upon closer exa-

' mination it was however discovered that the ribs were broken ; but

_ as the animal remained in its place of sepulture some hours, suffi-

_ cient gases had been generated to rectify the effects of the crushing

o and restore piggy to her pristine comeliness of shape; the contrast

_ therefore was the more striking; but still it is quite inconceivable

_ how the animal was ever swallowed : how the head of the pig passed

_ the jaws of the snake, would I think puzzle a conjuror to determine ;

and how the snake felt I leave to the consideration of some hopeless

| dyspeptic. So distended were the walls of the abdomen by the un-

usual meal, that the whole pig could be seen plainly through them ;

| they became diaphanous and thin as gold-beater’s skin. ‘The vitality

_ of the monster equalled his voracity, for, despite the numberless blows

__ of clubs on its head, two hours after the pig had been cut out of the

_ abdomen, I saw the tail firmly coil itself around a stake. Boa met

with poetical justice, for, the same evening, he descended into the

very little less ravenous maws of some Chinese, who looked upon

_ the flesh as something exceedingly piquant and appetizing, and

_ eagerly they strove amongst themselves who should possess the

_ | largest share of it.—From the Journal of the Indian Archipelago

_ and Eastern Asia for Feb. 1848.

Observations on the Nummulites. By Messrs. Jouiz and LeyMERIE.

In this note the authors have presented the principal results of

their researches upon the Nummulites, and which it is intended shall

form the subject of a detailed memoir in connexion with some re-

searches upon the Bryozoa, Ehrenberg, Foraminifera, D’Orbigny,

contained in the fossiliferous deposits of the subpyrenean basin.

The fossils under consideration are arranged by all naturalists

_ among animal productions, and are looked upon as a kind of cham-

ber analogous to shells, but a variety of opinions prevail with respect

to the form and organization of the animal of Nummulites, and the

position which it occupied in relation to these paradoxical shells.

4 Linneus first arranged this animal among the Madrepores, subse-

quently he made a Medusa of it, and finally classified it among the

cephalopodous Mollusca having a polythalamian outer shell. While.

referring theanimal of the Nummulite to thisorder of Mollusca, Deluc,

b q Lamarck and Cuvier considered that its shell was internal*, while

Braguiére considered it to be partly contained in the last chamber

* It was impossible for G. Cuvier to adopt any other opinion, since he

defined the Nummulites as shells exhibiting outwardly a lenticular form

896 Miscellaneous.

of the shell like the Nautili and Ammonites. Persuaded that a care-

ful investigation of the structure of the Nummulites could alone

decide respecting the form of the animal which constructed these

singular habitations, we set earnestly about it, and after frequently

repeated observations and sections, fractions, sawings and grindings,

and having examined with the microscope a multitude of Nummulites

as hard as quartz or the most compact limestone, we had the good

fortune to meet with a number from which we might remove suc-

cessively the circumvolutions of the spire by means of a kind of

cleavage, which has led us to conclude :—

1. That the Nummulites were external multispiral shells with

enveloping convolutions, and at the same time polythalamian.

2. The sides of these shells were perforated in a similar manner

to what is observed in the Rotalia and Nonionina.

3. It was through these holes that the numerous tentacula or

pseudopoda with which the animal was provided were exserted

(organs of prehension or locomotion).

4. The septa of the chambers leave a triangular aperture between

them and the last-formed convolution of the spire by means of which

they all communicate.

5. All the chambers were occupied at the same time by the multi-

segmented body of the animal.

6. The several segments were connected with one another by a

tube or sipho, which at the same time fulfils the office of digestive

canal. -

7. The animal increased by producing new segments which were

added in the same plane to those previously existing. These seg-

ments were soon enveloped by the calcareous matter which they

secreted, like the mantle of the Mollusca.

8. The inhabitant of the Nummulites was neither a Polyp nor a

Medusa, nor an Annelide nor a Cephalopodous mollusk, but one of

those long. misunderstood creatures for which D’Orbigny created the

name of Foraminifera.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 25, 1847.

Description of the Caligus Stromii. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S. &e.

In 1845 I found upon a salmon at Berwick a species of Caligus

which, at that time, I thought was new. Upon more careful ex-

amination I found it approached very near the Caligus Vespa of M.

Edwards, differing however considerably in size and other more

minute distinctions. In the Copenhagen Transactions, vol. x. p. 23,

and t. 7. f. 1-6, the celebrated Strém has described and figured a

species of Caligus under the name of ‘‘ Laxe luus ” or salmon louse,

and which he shortly defines ‘ Monoculus thorace abdomineque

ovato, cauda lobata.” It is evidently the same as the specimens I

found upon the salmon of the Tweed, and as Strém is the only author

who seems to have noticed it, I have named it after him.

without any apparent aperture and internally a spiral cavity divided by septa

imto a number of minute chambers, but without a sipho (Régne Animal,

iii, p. 22) ; which is the same thing as saying, that these chambers had no

communication with each other nor with the exterior. From our examination

of these fossils we have been led to admit the very opposite,

Miscellaneous. 397

Caligus Strémii—Strém, Kiobenhavn, Selskabs Skrifter, x. 23. t. 7.

f. 1-7.

_ Female. Carapace oval, the frontal plate somewhat prominent,

_ without sucking discs; thorax about the same length as the carapace,

_ narrower at upper extremity, broader at posterior extremity and ter-

' minating in tworounded lobes. ‘The horny tubercles on the medium

line of the lower portion of thorax above the vulva, large and simple.

_ Abdomen long and narrow, nearly as long as the thorax, terminating

' in two lobes which give off several short, stout, plumose sete. The

_ sternal fork is short and simple. The oviferous tubes are long.—

' Length of whole body (exclusive of tubes) half an inch.

_ Male. The male is much smaller than the female. ‘The carapace

a is oval, much larger in proportion to thorax than in female; thorax

_ narrow and posteriorly notched rather than lobed on each side. Ab-

_ domen much shorter than in female, terminating sete of caudal ap-

_ pendages longer and beautifully plumose. About half the size of

female.

_ The Cal. Vespa (female) of M. Edwards is only 3 lines long and

_ has the carapace narrow in front and very broad posteriorly, while

in this species the carapace is almost an exact oval, and the animal

(female) is fully half an inch in length. In C. Vespa the horny

tubercle at base of thorax is small and setiferous, while in this species

it is simple and of considerable size. The Vespa is said by M. Edwards

to have been found in the gills of asalmon. This species I found on

different parts of the body of the fish ; and I have since then received

specimens from Dr. Johnston, who found them also on the body of

the salmon. M. Edwards does not appear to have ever seen the

male.—From the Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club,

vol. ii. p. 259.

Fossiz Inrusoria 1In AMBER,

In a paper recently read before the Berlin Academy, Prof. Ehren-

berg drew attention to the occurrence of fossil Infusoria in amber, a

| fact of considerable interest connected with the phenomena of the

tertiary formation of the earth’s surface. The following nine species

had already been detected by him in amber :—

Amphora gracilis. Navicula amphioxys.

Cocconeis borealis. _ Bacillum (tenuis).

Cocconema Cistula? Pinnularia capitata.

Fragilaria rhabdosoma ? Gastrum.

Navicula affinis.

Navicula amphiorys is most numerous, and with Cocconeis and

Amphora together with Pinnularia Gastrum form the mass.—W. F.

OBITUARY.

~ The Chevalier Carl Johan Schinherr, Royal Counsellor of Com-

merce, Knight Commander of the Royal Swedish Order of Wasa,

Knight of the Polar Star, Member of the Royal Society of Stock-

holm, Honorary Member of the Entomological Societies of London

and France, and of numerous learned bodies in Sweden and other

398 Miscellaneous.

parts of Europe, died at his estate Sparresdter, in Sweden, on the —

28th March ult. in his 76th year. g

From a letter addressed by the Rev. Mr. Carlson, nephew of —

M. Schonherr and Secretary to the Swedish Legation in London, to ~

J. Walton, Esq., we learn the following particulars respecting his —

decease :—He was ‘‘ suddenly attacked by a fit of apoplexy on the —

16th of last month (March) at eight o’clock in the evening, when he —

fell down on the threshold of his outer room just as he was going —

downstairs to join the family. The physicians did all they could to —

avert the danger and he got a little better, but there was scarcely —

any hope, and I have this day received the melancholy intelligence _

of his death on the 28th ult. at half-past seven o’clock in the morning. —

‘This unexpected loss of my dear and venerable relative has filled my

heart with sadness, and I am sure you will feel with me, as you were

a very dear friend of my late uncle.”

It is impossible to speak in too high terms of the entomological

productions of the deceased author. Instead of dissipating his talents

by devoting them to a variety of subjects, he steadily kept in view

one great object, namely the elaboration of the synonymy of the

order of Coleoptera, His great work—-(for in fact all his publica-

tions form but one whole )—the ‘ Synonymia Insectorum,’— was com-

menced in 1806. ‘Three volumes successively appeared, in which

the original plan was retained, namely that of giving a synonymical

list of every known beetle with reference to every work in which it

had been described, with the occasional addition of such species as

had come to the knowledge of the author; these at first were but

few in number. The ‘ Systema Eleutheratorum’ of Fabricius had

appeared a few years previously, and that author by his continual

travels had made himself acquainted with the contents of the ento-

mological cabinets of England, France and Germany. Moreover at

that time the world was otherwise occupied than in collecting in-

sects. ‘The third volume appeared in 1817, but now time and the

change of affairs had brought a great influx of novelties from distant

regions, and an Appendix of new species appeared in a separate

volume at the same time as the third volume.

The three volumes and appendix thus far published completed the

Coleoptera as arranged in the ‘ Systema Eleutheratorum’ of Fabri-

cius, so far as page 376 of the second volume of that work, leaving

the Rhynchophorous, Xylophagous and Brachelytrous Coleoptera un-

touched. ‘The attention of Schonherr was accordingly next applied

to the first of these groups answering to the Linnean genus Curculio,

but here the vast number of species and the modifications which had

been introduced by Latreille and Dejean rendered another plan of

proceeding necessary ; the result of which was the publication of

the ‘Curculionidum dispositio methodica, seu Prodromus ad syno-

nymiz Insectorum partem quartam,’ 8vo, Leipsic, 1826. This was

succeeded in 1833 by the commencement of the herculean task of

arranging the synonymy and describing the species of Rhynchopho-

rous beetles, the extent and labour of which may be easily under-

stood when it is stated that it has required eight thick 8vo volumes

(containing more than 7000 pages) to complete the work, the last

Meteorological Observations. 399

-yolume containing a mantissa of new species, and it is only a very

| few months since we received a second mantissa of new species.

| Such a work of course required assistance: Gyllenhal, Germar,

| Boheman, and other entomological authors of the first eminence,

gladly laboured in describing many of the new species, their initials

| being added at the end of each ; and so highly was the work esteemed

' that we believe a grant was made by the King of Sweden to effect

its completion. ‘he ‘Synonymia Insectorum’ therefore forms the

“ Monumentum ere perennius”’ of C. J. Schénherr.—J. O. W.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1848.

Chiswick. —March 1. Constant rain: barometer very low. 2. Cloudy and

damp. 3. Very fine. 4. Hoar-frost: slight haze. 5. Rain. 6. Cloudy: fine:

overcast. 7. Foggy: slight haze: clear. 8. Frosty and foggy : overcast: slight

‘rain. 9. Overcast and mild. 10. Rain: fine: cloudy. 11. Boisterous, with

heavy showers. 12. Showery. 13. Cloudy and cold: heavy rain at night.

14. Fine: clear and frosty. 15. Overcast. 16,17. Rain. 18. Foggy: fine,

19. Foggy: fine: showery. 20. Heavy rain. 21. Hazy and damp: cloudy:

showery: clear: frosty at night. 22. Cloudless: boisterous, with rain at night.

23, 24. Cloudy and fine. 25. Uniform haze: cloudy and fine. 26. Overcast:

slight rain. 27. Foggy: drizzly. 28. Very fine: rain at night. 29. Hazy and

damp: fine. 30. Foggy: slight rain: clear. 31. Hazy : very fine : clear at night.

Mean temperature of the Month ......seseeecereeeneeneareeeeeeen 4275

Mean temperature of March 1847.......c.ceseecseescscneeeneeee .. 40°11

Mean temperature of March for the last twenty years......... 42 °8

Average amount of rainin March ....... Sous dangsuchpenaacesens beer aaieae

_ Boston.— March 1. Cloudy : rain last night. 2. Cloudy: rainr.m. 3. Fine:

raine.m. 4. Fine. 5. Rain. 6—9. Cloudy. 10,11. Cloudy: rain a.m.

- 12. Cloudy: rain a.m. and r.m. 13. Fine: rainr.m. 14,15, Fine. 16. Rain:

rain a.m. and p.m. 17. Cloudy: rain a.M.andr.m. 18. Cloudy. 19. Cloudy:

rainr.M. 20. Fine. 21. Rain: raina.M.andp.m. 22. Fine: rainr.m. 23—25.

Cloudy. 26. Cloudy: rainr.m. 27. Cloudy: rain a.m. andr.m. 28, Rain:

_rainam. 29. Cloudy: rain a.m. 30. Fine: rainr.m. 31. Rain.

_ Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire-—March 1, Fair, but cloudy and raw. 2,

| 3. Fair and clear: raw frost am. 4. Fair and clear: hard frost a.m.: rain PM.

5—7. Cloudy, but fair. 8. Fine: wet a.m.: cleared. 9. Rain in the night:

cleared r.m. 10. Showers: hail. 11. Frequent showers: hills covered with snow.

12, Clear cold day. 13. Clear cold day: frost a.m.: fine, 14, Frost a.m.:

| cloudy: rain ym. 15. Frequent showers. 16. Fair, but chilly. 17, Rain

| during night: drizzling a.m. 18. Rain early a.m.: fine. 19. Rain and hail:

‘| snow p.m. 20. Frost: hail: thawr.m. 21. Frost: snow on hills: hail. 22,

| Frost a.m.: heavy rainr.m. 23. Frequent showers. 24, Very fine: warm.

25. Very fine. 26. Rain nearly all day. 27. Very fine. 28. Wet till noon:

| cleared. 29. Fine: clear: cold. 390. Fine all day: light clouds. 31. Very

| fine: clear and warm.

4 Mean temperature of the month ......ccsecsecseceeereeree 412

Mean temperature of March 1847.......scseesecsesserseeeee 42 °5

Mean temperature of March for twenty-five years ...... 39 *1

Mean rain in March for twenty years ..-.scseceseceeeses -» 235 inches.

Rain in March 1847 ..........0.+4 ieseesUAGattadiaae i sue tne 1°27 5,

_ Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Clear. 2 Clear: cloudy. 3. Clear,

_ 4, Damp. 5. Damp: drops. 6. Damp: cloudy. 7. Cloudy. 8. Showers :

clear : aurora. 9. Bright: showers. 10, Clear: hoar frost. 11. Cloudy : showers.

12. Bright: clear. 13. Clear: hoar-frost. 14. Cloudy: rain. 15. Bright:

_ clear: aurora, 16, Showers. 17. Cloudy : showers. 18. Bright: cloudy, 19,

_ Bright: clear: aurora, 20. Snow: clear: aurora, 21. Clear: frost: cloudy.

_ 22, Clear: cloudy. 23. Rain: drops. 24. Clear: cloudy. 25. Bright: cloudy.

26. Rain. 27. Clear: fog. 28. Fog: rain. 29,90. Bright: cloudy. 31. Clear:

dy.

*houyio

0S-0

weeeee

og.

0@-

Lo.

60-

90-

ge.

Z0-

§0-

1€.

Lo.

stew

Fo.

Ol:

80-

ZU-

seeeee

steer

OZ:

60-

weteee

‘a

“AAULM

)

ul yeo

“mu

“Mu

wed

€£-66

09-62

0S-6%

F0-6%

0S-8%

O1-6%

£3-6%

98-6%

86-64

09-62

OL-6Z

£L-6%

£6-6Z

85-62%

£8-8%

08.6%

SS.6%

19-6%

‘£0.08

8.6%

81-62

18-68

, 88-82

VL-8%

16-86

bP-6z

SP-6%

65-62

0S.6%

69.6%

S-6%

01-86

66-96

01-62

19-62

06-62

PL-6z

€L-66 |

CS.66 |

06-62 |

88-62 |

£1-62 |

89-86 |

9P-6z

£6.62

€£.62

bP-6%

14-63

£9-68

91-6%

' 9%-6%

0S-8%

99-8%

Z8:-8%

S1-6%

90-62

066%

9£-6%

vP.6z

C8-8%

VE-8%

166-62 |S01-0€

019-63 (098-62

VLS-6% |8£9-6%

9GL-8% |BbV-6z

016-82 |S00.6%

S£0-6% PL1-6%

Cbt-6z POP-6z

VZE-6% |100-6%

Lot-62 VEv-6z

68£-6% OLL-6z

8SL.6% FL8-6%

V0t-6% 1LV-6%

69-87 606-82

SVL-8% 776.8%

16£-6% 6FP-62

VS9.6% 096.6%

890-0€ Z9Z-08

L6L-6% LL1-0€

L8L-6% 698-62

ZPVL-6% 808-6%

000-0€ ZZ1-0€

018-6 790.0

901-63 OVS-62.

LE9-8% L06-8%

*aalys

“sa1awndg

*yormsiq)

“qorapues

‘sauyiQ

*arlys

“sa1ajuind

*u0jsog

‘urd [

*MOTASIY)

“PUT,

*arlys

-satyundg

“UAL

sw'd

"ue

*9ILYS-SILIUUN(]

sure $s

“uo soy

uA | “xe.

"SOrMsTyO

“Ja,IULOUIIY J,

*19JIMLO1e |

*AANYUQ) ‘asunpy younpuvg 7 ‘u0ysno{D *d ‘Ady 247 49 pun fautns-saruawag ‘asunpyy ypevSajddy pv ‘wequng * AA ‘ey 277 49 {NOLSOg

#0 {W9A “AI 49 fuopuor] avau ‘NOIMSIHD Jv Mjarv0g joanynoysopy 2y2 fo uapsvy ayz qo uosdwoyy, “AW 49 apr suorppasasqy joropocoajayy

aa sGFhS MRO

ie 2)

jo skuq

THE ANNALS

“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

E [SECOND SERIES.]

No. 6. JUNE 1848,

’ XLIT.—On a proposed New Order of Gasteropodous Mollusca.

E By Josuua ALpER and ALpany Hancock.

{ With two Plates. ]

Ar the last meeting of the British Association at Oxford we took

the liberty of bringing under the notice of the Natural History

Section two or three curious little mollusks, which had recently

been found by our friend Mr. W. P. Cocks on the coast near

Falmouth. These mollusks belong to a group very little known

_ té British naturalists, but interesting on account of their zoolo-

| gical relations, and the modifications they show in the molluscan

type. Want of time prevented our making our communication

to the Oxford meeting so full as we could have wished, but

- having since had the opportunity of making further investiga-

_ tions, particularly with regard to their anatomical characters, we

_ now offer our remarks on this group in a more detailed and

| somewhat amended form.

_ The three species which we then described we considered to

benew. On showing our drawings to Dr. Johnston, however, he

at once recognized our Chalidis nigricans to be his Limapontia

| nigra, a species which we had previously not been able to make

| out. There cannot be a doubt that our little animal belongs to

| the genus Chalidis of Quatrefages ; these genera therefore must

| be synonymous; and as the name of Limapontia has precedence,

| it becomes necessary to adopt it. The description and figure

| published by Dr. Johnston in Loudon’s ‘ Magazine of Natural

| History, taken from a single specimen, did not give the cha-

| racters so well as could be wished ; it will, therefore, we trust not

| be thought superfluous if we redescribe and figure it on the pre-

| sent occasion, especially as this is the species upon which our ana-

| tomical details are founded.

| Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 27

402 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order ‘

Limarontia nicRA, Johnston. PI. XIX. figs. 4, 5, 6. Johnst. ;

in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 79. F:

Body black, or sometimes of a transparent brownish green, | :

rather depressed, the sides slightly Overhanging the foot. When

in full progression the sides are almost parallel, but more fre-

quently they are a little convex, and when the animal is at rest

it becomes nearly circular. Head truncated in front and flat at

the sides, where it is elevated into two crest-like ridges, arched

from behind forwards. Eyes large, situated at the posterior ex-

tremity of the crests, in a pale circular space, which is prolonged

on the crest. Foot of a yellowish colour, slightly stained by the

viscera; narrower than the body; the sides are parallel, and it"

tapers gradually to a bluntish point behind ; in front it is trun-

cated with the angles rounded. Length 13 ‘line:

A single specimen was obtained by Dr. J ohnston in Berwick

Bay ; since which it has been found in great abundance by

Mr. Cocks at Falmouth, in small pools among the rocks, between

half-tide and high-water marks, feeding upon Conferva glauces-

cens. We have also got it in similar situations at Cullercoats,

and Mr. Richard Howse has taken it at Whitburn.

The following observations on this species have been commu-

nicated to us by Mr. Cocks :—“ They are found on Conferva glau-

cescens ; they eat its branches and the microscopic larve with

which the plant is infested. In July 1847 I procured a portion

of the Conferva, not more than one inch in length and four-

eighths in breadth, contaming upwards of twenty patches of

spawn ; each patch contained from 50 to 150 ova. Stragglers|

are sometimes met with on the Conferva albida ; but the spawn,

never. I have found them in the shallow pools on the rocks at

half-tide in the months of April, May, June, July, August, Sep-

tember, October, and November. In December I visited all my;

old haunts, but without success: the slugs had migrated, and the

Conferva was in a decayed state or dead. In fine warm weather

they congregate on the surface of the Conferva, but in dull, cold

or windy weather, they descend towards the lower portion of the

plant. They are active, very hardy, and tenacious of life. J}

have kept them in bottles for a month or six weeks, withou'}

changing the water, with apparently very little injury.”

They appear to be most plentiful during the months of Jun

and July, at which time we met with them in great abundance a

Cullercoats ; but on visiting the same spot again in the autumn

not a single individual was to be found. It is probable that thy

old individuals die off during the winter, and the young broor

do not come to maturity until the following year. Their remain

ing so much longer on the Cornish than on the Northumberlan

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 403

_ coast may be accounted for by the difference of climate, as their

position in shallow pools exposes them a good deal to change of

temperature. The spawn forms a small pear-shaped, transparent,

gelatinous mass (Pl. XIX. fig. 7), with the ova, which are yel-

Bow, imbedded in the centre. Some spawn, deposited by an in-

dividual, in a vessel of sea-water, on the 3rd or 4th of June, was

“hatched, and the larvee swimming about on the 20th of the same

‘month. The larva very much resembles that of the Nudibranchs,

as may be seen by a reference to the figure (Pl. XIX. fig. 8),

_ having, in that state, a transparent shell and an operculum, which

_ afterwards disappear. A transparent and nearly colourless va-

_miety of Limapontia nigra is frequently found at Cullercoats, in

|which the green biliary organ is seen through the skin, as repre-

‘sented in Pl. XIX. fig. 5.

| This species, when bruised, has a peeuliar sweetish smell, like

_ that of moist sugar, which appears to be derived from the Con-

ferva it feeds upon.

| In Lovén’s ‘ Index Molluscorum Scandinavie ’ this species is

| made synonymous with Planaria limacina, O. Fabricius, and P.

| eapitata, Miller. The former we can find no description of, but

the Fasciola capitata of Miiller (Verm. 70) may be either this or

a nearly allied species. He describes it however to be spotted

with white, which is scarcely a character of L. nigra*.

iy AcTEonia conruGATA, n.s. Pl. XIX. figs. 2, 3.

| Body limaciform, black, depressed, somewhat bulged at the

: aides, and covered with regular wrinkles like an Arion. On each

side of the body there is a slightly elevated ridge, with a few pale

_ |tubercular spots. Head carinated at the sides ; each carina being

produced above into a short, flat, ear-like tentacular process,

which is whitish. The eyes are placed in circular palish spots at

_ the posterior extremity of the ridges. The posterior extremity

_ is obtuse and pale ; there is also a palish spot near the centre of

_ the back. oot linear. Length one-eighth of an inch.

- Found by Mr. Cocks at Falmouth along with the last, and

eeding upon the same Conferva, but rare.

The genus Acteonia was formed by M. de Quatrefages for a

all mollusk found on the French coast. It comes very near to

e last, the chief difference beg in the form of the carinated

dges at the sides of the head, which in this are produced into

it, blunt, angular projections making an approach towards ten-

Perhaps Fasciola capitata may be the black species of Pelia, described

nthe ‘Ann. of Nat. Hist.’ vol. xviii. p. 289, which agrees with Miiller’s de-

eription in having a ridge along the side, and is also sprinkled with pale

27%

404 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

Genus Cenia*.

Animal limaciform ; the back elevated ; head slightly angulated, —

and bearing two linear tentacles on the dorsal aspect, behind and ~

exterior to which are the eyes. Anus a little behind the centre —

of the back.

Centra Cocxsit, n.s. Pl. XEX. fig. I.

Body robust, considerably elevated on the back; black above, —

fading into fawn-colour at the sides. Head slightly angulated —

at the sides, and having a black central stripe, the sides of which, —

as well as the tentacles and the area surrounding the eyes, are ~

yellow or fawn-coloured : on each side of the back, near the re-

gion of the anus, is a slight ridge with three or four pale tuber- —

cular spots. Tentacles of moderate length, cylindrical and linear; —

the points obtuse. Eyes very large. Length three-sixteenths

of an inch.

Two or three specimens were found at Falmouth by Mr. Cocks

on Chorda lomentaria and Dumontia filiformis, in pools between

tide-marks.

We dedicate this species to its discoverer, whose exertions have

added many species to the different departments of the British —

fauna.

These animals have been placed by M. de Quatrefages in his

order Phlebenterata, which, it will be recollected, is formed by

detaching the Eolidide from the other Nudibranchiata, and uni-

ting them with these to form a new order, founded upon the

gastric, or, according to that author’s views, the gastro-vascular

system of organization. This order we have already objected to,

both on account of our opinion of the incorrectness of the theory

which the name involves, and because it breaks up the order

Nudibranchiata, which appears to us to be a natural group, well-

distinguished by their external characters, and, though somewhat

different in their internal anatomy, showing modifications, in that

respect, so gradual that it is scarcely possible to draw a line of

distinction which would separate them even into families. M. de

Quatrefages seems now inclined to give up this group as an order,

but thinks it convenient to retain it as a section of the Nudi-

branchiata. We cannot, however, agree in any arrangement that

would bring the Kolidide into closer relationship with these little

animals than with the other families of the Nudibranchiata ; nor

do we think that these animals can with propriety be referred to

* In our communication to the British Association we proposed the name

of Ictis for this genus, but having since found that this name is already ap-

propriated to a genus of Mammalia, we have now changed it to Cenia, an

ancient name of the place near which it was found.

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 405

‘an order, so remarkable for the beauty and variety of the branchial

ppendages with which the species are adorned. The mollusks

now under consideration are, on the contrary, distinguished by

the extreme simplicity of external form, and by the absence of

any specialized breathing organs. It would, therefore, be more

_ in conformity with the views on which the existing orders of

_ Gasteropoda were established by Cuvier, to consider this group

__as forming a separate order, characterized by the absence of spe-

cialized branchiz ; and as the function of respiration is entirely

_ performed by the skin, we propose to call this order Prxu-

_ BRANCHIATA, and to include in it the following genera :—

__ Elysia, Risso (Acton, Oken).

Limapontia, Johnston (Chalidis, Quatrefages).

Acteonia, Quatrefages.

Cenia, Alder and Hancock.

The Placobranchus of Van Hasselt, a genus involved in great

obscurity, may possibly belong to this order, as it has a very

_ evident relationship with Edysia ; but, as it is stated to have la-

_ mellated branchic, disposed on the back and lateral lobes, we

_ think it more probable that it is an aberrant group of the Nudi-

_ branchiata, forming a passage to the present order through the

_ genus Elysia, the latter being itself a slight departure from the

more simple form of the Pellibranchiata.

_ On the other hand, this order is nearly allied to the Infere-

_ branchiata through a small mollusk which we have already de-

_ ‘scribed in the ‘ Annals of Natural History*, having very much

_ the form and appearance of the Pedlibranchiata, but possessing

_ external plumose branchiz, under the right side of the cloak, as

_ in the former order, to which it must consequently be referred.

_ This animal we take to belong to the genus Pelta of Quatrefages,

though the characters he assigns to that genus differ in many

respects from those we find in our species.

In consequence of the extreme degradation from the molluscan

_ type that M. de Quatrefages has stated to exist in these little ani-

_ mals, they have become objects of much interest in a physiolo-

- gical point of view, and we therefore consider ourselves fortunate

in having the opportunity of examining two or three of the ge-

‘nera, and especially in having got one of these in such great

‘abundance, as, notwithstanding its minuteness, to enable us to

‘make out its anatomy very satisfactorily. The anatomy of this spe-

cies (Limapontia nigra) we now purpose giving in detail, and from

the slight examination we have been able to make of the other two

_genera, species of which we have described, we believe it may be

taken as a fair example of the anatomical characters of the order ;

* Vol. xviii. p. 289,

406 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

and as the species subjected to dissection is one of the most

simple forms of the group, it is consequently likely to show a

departure from the molluscan type in the greatest degree. It will

be seen, however, that no such extreme degradation as that sup-

posed to exist by M. de Quatrefages, is to be found in our little

mollusk, whose organization, though showing some interesting

modifications, agrees upon the whole with that of the other Gas-

teropods.

Anatomy, by Aupany Hancock.

In describing the anatomy of these animals we shall confine

ourselves almost entirely to that of Limapontia nigra, as of it

alone have we possessed a sufficient number to warrant our en-—

tering at all into details on the subject.. We would premise, how-—

ever, that on account of the extreme minuteness of this species, —

we have been compelled to use the compressor, and to rely on

this mode of investigation to a considerable extent. Being fully

aware of the danger arising from examinations conducted solely

by the aid of transmitted light, especially on animals so highly

organized as the Pellibranchiata, we have taken every precaution —

_to avoid error; and having had an exhaustless supply of speci-—

mens, we have verified most of the points over and over again.

To prevent the confusion arising from the multiplicity of parts,

we soon found it necessary to separate the viscera, and it was not

until we succeeded in doing this that we made out the genera-

tive system, which is of vast complication in this animal. The

digestive apparatus is much simpler, and may be almost entirely

‘determined without the aid of the compressor. We observed

nearly the whole of this portion of the anatomy in an individual

whose skin was rendered transparent by removing the epidermis

and pigment cells: the cesophagus and intestine, being filled at

the time with matter, rendering these parts opake, were seen very

distinctly ; the two lateral branched vessels forming the biliary

organ were also observed in connexion with the sides of the

stomach. .

We have said thus much on the mode of investigation, that the

authenticity of the following details may be duly estimated.

The Digestive System opens on the inferior surface of the head,

where a small puckered orifice indicates the entrance to a short

channel, which leads to a muscular buccal mass (Pl. XX. fig. 1 a).

This is cireular when viewed from above, but, when seen in pro-

tile, is irregnlarly quadrate, with a projection in front from the

inferior angle. We could not distinguish the least appearance

of corneous jaws. The tongue (2) however is very easily seen :

it is a prehensile organ, and appears to be placed in the cavity of

the mouth as in the Kolidide; that is, it is bent fr m behind

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 407

forwards and supported in the centre of the cavity on a fleshy

ech, When seen in the compressor, it is always doubled near

the middle, as may be observed in EHolis under the same circum-

stances. It is composed of ten or twelve plates or joints, each

_ bearing a large crystalline spine, or rather process, apparently of

_ a flattened or scoop-like form. These spines or processes are

"directed backwards to the cesophagus. In connexion with the

anterior, or outer extremity of this prehensile organ, is placed

what might be taken for an oval sac (figs. 1 ¢ and 2 a), contain-

_ ing spines, much resembling those of the tongue, but smaller.

_ Professor Allman has pointed out in Acteon an appendage of the

_ same kind, and supposes it to be a vesicle for the purpose of ge-

_ nerating the spines of the tongue. In two or three species of

the Polycering, as well as in some species of Doris, we have ob-

_ served a similar organ, and have ascertained that in these species

_ it is not a vesicle but a portion of the channel of the mouth, im-

_ mediately in advance of the tongue, having the interior lined

_ with rows of minute spines, forming, in fact, a prehensile collar,

_which on being everted forms a circle of curved spines, directed

4 inwards, so as to lay hold of the food and carry it backwards to

_ the tongue, which immediately conveys it to the cesophagus. In

_ Acteon and Limapontia there can be little doubt that this sac-

| like appendage is an organ for the same purpose, though, on ac-

‘count of the minuteness of the species we have examined, we

should have found much difficulty respecting it but for the

_ homology above alluded to. Be this, however, as it may ; judging

- from analogy, this sac-like appendage cannot be for the pur-

pose assigned to it by Professor Allman, for the spines of the

_ tongue are generated at the opposite extremity, as any one may

_ convince himself by viewing the tongue of Purpura or Buccinum,

_ when the spines will be observed at the inner extremity in a state

_ of growth, apparently soft and not perfectly formed.

_| Immediately in front of the buccal mass, and probably con-

_ nected with the channel of the mouth, is a folliculated organ

_ (fig. 1d), which, perhaps, from its position and character, may be

_ considered a salivary gland.

__ The cesophagus (e) is a long, slender tube, passing from the

_ posterior part of the buccal mass near the inner termination of

_ | the tongue, and ending about the centre of the body, where it

_ dilates gradually into a stomach of no great size (f) ; but whose

entire configuration we could not determine, having only seen its

| anterior portion, the rest being overlapped by the opake granular

__ substance of the hepatic organ.

| The intestine (4) is short and slender: it arises from the left

| side of the upper surface of the stomach, and, taking a sweep

408 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

backwards and towards the right side, ends in the anus (i), which

is median, and a little behind the centre of the body. yom

At first we could scarcely determine the position of this organ,

though we had traced the intestine, almost to its termination ;

and, notwithstanding that there is at this part of the back a

swelling indicating its presence, yet there is no prominent nip-—

ple, and it is very difficult to see the opening. ‘The position of

the anus however was made manifest by our observing excre-

mentitious matter passing out of it, and its situation cannot

the position of this excretory orifice by using the compressor, so 7)

as to force the contents of the intestine through it. This was

attained by placing the animal in the instrument with its dorsal —

ridge exactly in profile, and then adjusting the pressure, with 7

great care, to avoid rupture. In this way we, more than once, 7

forced out the contents of the intestime. +3

Along each side of the back immediately below the skin, and ~

distinct from it, is a wide, somewhat folliculated, and branched ~

vessel (9, 9, 9,9), having the interior lined with a layer, more or ~

less thick, of dark green granules. These vessels are joined to ~

the sides of the upper surface of the stomach, which is nearly —

covered with the granular substance. In these vessels we think |

we perceive the true homologue of the liver of the more typical 7

mollusks ; and in proof of this opinion we would refer to the na~-

ture of their contents, which, as just stated, are green and gra-

nular. When these granules are highly magnified, each is found —

to be an aggregation of very minute corpuscules within a delicate

membranous vesicle, having much the character of the micro- —

scopic structure of the glands of the papille of Kolis. :

In Cenia and Acteonia the digestive system would appear to —

be similar to that of Limapontia ; both are furnished with a mus- —

cular buecal mass without jaws, but having a lingual apparatus —

formed as in Limapontia ; the hepatic organ has the same dispo- —

sition as in that genus ; and the anal aperture in both is indicated

by a slight swelling on the median line near the centre of the —

back, though we have not determined its position in these two —

genera with the same precision as in Limapontia. a

This account of the alimentary system is very different from —

that given by M. de Quatrefages in the description of his Cha- —

lidis cerulea. The anus and intestine he has altogether over- —

looked, and the two lateral hepatic vessels he has called the —

stomach, that organ having likewise escaped his observation: —

there can be no doubt, however, that C. cerulea is as highly or- —

ganized as L. nigra. .

The Generative System lies immediately beneath the organs —

both male and female organs, as well as the additional apparatus

of a spermatheca, as observed in the Nudibranchs. The external

| orifices are placed on the right side of the body and are three in

_ number ; two immediately below the eye, and one nearly half-way

along the body. Of the two anterior orifices, the one in front

_ is that of the male intromittent organ (Pl. XX. fig. 4a), and the

_ other, which is close behind it, is that for the passage of the ova

_ (2); the third orifice (m) is m communication with the sperma-

theca, and is that by which impregnation is effected. Of the

position and nature of these orifices there can be no doubt, for

we have had frequent opportunities of observing the animals

_ during coitus, and have also seen them when spawning. The

_ male intromittent organ lies doubled upon itself immediately

_ within the orifice, and when partially exserted (fig. 4a) is of a

_ subconic form, but is capable of much elongation and attenua-

tion. The point (figs. 4.2 & 5 b) is furnished with a minute curved

_ erystalline spur-like process, which is perforated (fig.6 a). The

base of this process is united to a tube (figs. 4c & 5 c), which, pass-

ing through the axis of the penis, runs a short way backwards

and is joined by the oviduct at 7, immediately after it is united to

_ the duct of the testis at g, and then terminates in an elliptical

bulb (p) at the end of the copulatory passage, just where it receives

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 409

- of digestion, and is highly complicated and of great extent, filling

y far the largest portion of the body. Each individual possesses »

the duct of the spermatheca (r). Near to the point where the

_ oviduct joins this tube, it is attached to what occasionally assumes

_ the appearance, in the compressor, of two elongated glands (m)

_ with undulated walls, but which is very possibly a portion of the

_ large mucous gland belonging to the female parts, afterwards to

_ be more fully described. In tracing the male organs backwards,

it is seen that the duct of the testis, after its union with the

_ tube of the penis, runs for a short way parallel to the copulatory

_ channel, as will be by and by more particularly mentioned ; and

_ after communicating with it at f, soon reaches the median line of

the body, about midway between the head and the tail. The

duct of the testis then suddenly dilates,-and, almost directly

- afterwards, divides into two branches, one going to each side of

_ the body (dd) ; here these branches again divide into two nearly

equal portions, one of which goes towards the head, the other

towards the tail; these portions divide and subdivide two or three

times, the extremities ending in blind sacs. This multiple organ,

there can be no doubt, is the testis, though we have no direct evi-

dence in proof of this. Its anatomical relationship, however,

_ appears sufficient to warrant this opinion.

The ovarium (// hh), like the testis, is also divided into two

4 parts ; one, much the larger (4 4), occupies the posterior portion

410 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

of the body; the other (A’) lies on the left side immediately be-

hind the buccal mass, and extends backwards as far as the middle

of the body. This organ is composed of large globular vesicles ~

of a yellow colour, six of which make up the posterior, and four the —

anterior portion. The ova are generated in the interior of these

vesicles, which are united by short ducts into pairs; each pair —

having a single channel of communication with the central duct. —

Thus it would appear that the ovary as well as the testis has a —

dichotomous arrangement. The channels of the two portions of —

the ovary are united near the median line of the body, a little in —

testis ; and almost immediately after their junction, the common —

doubled once or twice upon itself (7) ; it is then as suddenly con- —

stricted, and shortly afterwards reaches the tube of the penis at j, —

just in advance of its union with the testis, as before stated. At —

of a large pellucid gland (4), which lies along the right side of —

the body, extending from the base of the penis to the orifice —

leading to the spermatheca. The colour and general appearance —

of this organ resembles that of the mucous gland of Holis, and —

like it, no doubt, secretes the transparent jelly-like envelope that —

covers the eggs. This gland is of an irregular form, but neither —

is the fact. is

The mucous gland terminates in front m a widish channel —

penis. It is through this opening that the spawn, as before ;

stated, issues from the body ; but we have not been able to ascer- _

tain how the eggs reach this channel: most probably the oviduct, —

shortly after its junction with the tube of the penis, sinks down —

into the channel of this gland ; and thus, as in Holis, the passage —

for the eggs is accomplished. Whether this be the mode of com- —

the channel and anterior portion of the mucous gland, for we —

have had ocular proof of the fact. On one occasion, observing —

an individual spawning, we placed it in the compressor, and de- —

tected numerous ova, as described, in the anterior portion of the —

gland and also in the channel : a little more pressure forced them —

out at the orifice. . 4

The spermatheca (q) is an oval sac of considerable size and of —

;

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 411

2 brownish yellow colour. It lies a little behind the buccal mass,

near the median line of the body. From its right side issues a

small duct (r), which, turning backwards, communicates with the

bulb (p), or dilated portion of the copulatory passage, at the

point where it receives the tube of the penis. From thence the

copulatory passage or channel (0) leads backwards, and for a

short way runs parallel to the duct of the testis, to which it is

closely adherent ; it soon contracts and turns to the nght side.

At the point where the contraction takes place it communicates

at f with the duct of the testis ; afterwards the walls of the chan-

nel continue parallel until it approaches the external orifice, when

it suddenly expands into a sort of shallow pouch (x). During

copulation, the intromittent organ, entering at this orifice, will

_ pass along the channel just described, probably as far as the bulb,

_ or dilated portion, in connexion with the short duct of the sper-

matheca ; from thence the seminal fluid will readily reach that

vesicle, to be there retained until required for the fertilization of

the ova. How this takes place will be seen if we trace the eggs

from the ovary to the external outlet.

_ The eggs pass from the ovigerous sacs by the small ducts be-

fore described, and, reaching the central duct, find their way at

once into the dilated portion (7) of the common oviduct; and

there, probably, are advanced another step towards maturity :

they then pass along the constricted part of the oviduct, and

_ reach the tube of the penis near its junction with the bulb of the

_ copulatory passage, when they will be within the influence of the

- fluid stored up in the spermatheca, and also of that of the testis

_ of the same individual. The bulb (p), or dilated portion of the

_ channel leading to the spermatheca, may be probably a sort of

_ reservoir for the retention of the fertilizing fluid secreted by the

testis of the same individual. If so, this fluid may be supposed

to pass from the duct of the testis at the point (f) where it com-

municates with the swelled portion of the channel, and it may

be here that the eggs are fertilized. During coitus the seminal

fluid will pass directly onwards through the duct of the testis to

the tube of the penis. And thus, perhaps, we arrive at a correct

understanding of the function of those two points of union. The

eggs, after being thus fertilized, pass downwards into the chan-

nel of the great mucous gland (k), and then become enveloped in

their final covering previous to expulsion through the opening

' {0 at the base of the penis.

_ It would appear, from the diagram of Chalidis cerulea given

_ by M. de Quatrefages, that he has confounded the ovary with

_ the testicle, and that which is called the testicle is probably a

| portion of the great mucous gland. The salivary gland has the

412 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

appearance of the spermatheca. Further than this, these organs 1

seem to have escaped observation.

In Cenia and Acteonia we have not been able to investigate —

the reproductive organs; they both, however, have the intro-

mittent organ provided with a curved crystalline spur-like point. —

The generative system of Acteon (Elysia), as given by Pro- —

fessor Allman, appears to have a considerable resemblance to that —

of Limapontia. We think we can recognise the same parts, —

though Professor Allman differs from us in assigning to them

their various functions. To arrive at a just conclusion on this

difficult subject, it is necessary, in the first place, to ascertain the

position of the external orifices, and their connexion with the —

several parts of these complicated organs. Unfortunately in |

Acteon these points could not be determined. In Limapontia,

on the contrary, we have had the good fortune to succeed in |

making them out with sufficient certainty ; consequently we have —

been able to speak with more confidence than we should have

otherwise done. The large irregularly-formed organ in Acteon,

which is designated ¢estis, is undoubtedly the same that we con-—

sider the mucous gland. The opening of the gland externally,

and the detection of eggs in the anterior portion of it and im its

channel, are sufficient to prove that this cannot be the male

secreting organ. If then this be the mucous gland in Actaon,

the testis must be sought for elsewhere. It seems to have escaped

notice. The vas deferens, however, has been traced backwards

until it bifureates near the median line of the body in the same

way as it does in Limapontia. Here, therefore, judging from

analogy, the testis begins; and it will probably be found occu-

pying a position in the neighbourhood of the ovary. The oval

pouch (y) is most likely the homologue of the dilated portion of —

the common oviduct, and the small tube that passes from it

backwards, dividing dichotomously, will prove, very probably, to

lead from the ovarium. The oval body (z), we would surmise,

corresponds with the dilated portion of the copulatory channel at —

the base of the spermatheca ; like it, it is in communication with —

jecture be correct, it will also communicate with the oval sac

which we take to be the spermatheca: it will likewise have an —

external outlet.

From the description we have given of the reproductive system

of Limapontia, it is evident that it does not differ in any material —

degree from what has been observed in the Nudibranchs.

The ovary and testis are certainly considerably modified, and —

are differently arranged in the body; their ducts, however, and —

the duct from the spermatheca, as in Eolis, are all’ brought

i he el lal Tle atias

BNNs

Eee

a eS lt pnts pea ae

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 413

together on the superior wall near to the channel of the great

ucous gland, and then communicate with each other. Hence

e inference that the eggs may possibly receive the fertilizing

influence of two individuals, as we suppose to be the case with

_ the Nudibranchs. The most interesting modification of these

rgans is in the position of the external orifices. In Hodis all these

three are placed close together within a common opening: in

_ Lamapontia, as before described, the orifice leading to the sper-

- matheca is removed to a considerable distance from the other

two. The nature of these orifices becomes therefore better under-

' stood. From this arrangement we have been enabled to deter-

_ mine beyond a doubt, that the channel leading to the sperma-

_ theca is really the copulatory channel, and that the orifice at the

base of the penis is that through which the eggs pass ; and thus

_ the anatomy of this animal becomes confirmatory of our views,

_ elsewhere expressed, of these parts in Eolis.

_ Vascular and Respiratory Systems.—From the minuteness of

the species on which our observations were made, we have not been

_ able to trace the former system to any great extent. The heart,

_ however, we have determined with sufficient precision : it is com-

_ posed of two distinct chambers,—a ventricle and an auricle.

_ These may be seen by placing the animal sideways in the com-

pressor. We succeeded in this way, after having made several

fruitless attempts in the usual manner, of depressing the animal

with the back uppermost. In the more transparent individuals

_ the heart may be observed beating near the middle of the back,

within an indistinct, irregular, oval swelling, without the aid of

the compressor ; but the best way of ascertaining its parts is that,

above-mentioned, of compressing the animal sideways, and thus

obtaining a profile view of the heart. In this position the two

chambers are rendered quite obvious. They lie immediately be-

low the skin, within a clear space, which perhaps indicates the

extent of a pericardium. The ventricle is placed in advance of

the auricle, and is pyriform, with the apex in front ; the auricle

is a little larger than the ventricle, and is separated from it by a

very marked constriction : its form resembles that of the ventricle,

but is a little narrower and has the attenuated end posterior ;

this end terminates in a well-defined vascular trunk, which ap-

pears in close contact with the skin. By adjusting the pressure

heart is permitted to swell and contract, the blood may be seen

_ passing along the aorta, which issues from the anterior apex of

_ the ventricle. In this way we could trace the aorta as far as the

| buccal mass, where it bifurcates. On leaving the ventricle it dips

a little downwards, and then advances towards its destination.

SRE a ae A ee he i nee nee oer Re Seay ee rae Cas eee

414 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

Further than this we have not been able to make out the vaset

system. S

When subjected to the pressure of the instrument, the pula.

tions of the heart are very slow, but when the animal is at liberty

it beats with great rapidity,—probably ninety times or even more

per minute. We could not ascertain the number exactly on account ~

of the restlessness of the little creature, and the impossibility of

seeing the pulsations excepting in some particular lights. =

M. de Quatrefages describes his Chalidis cerulea to be without

a heart or any traces of a vascular system. We have seen that

Limapontia nigra possesses not only a well-formed bipartite heart,

but that it has also an arterial system, and from the sudden con-—

traction of the auricle behind it, it is evident that the venous ~

system is not altogether deficient, or that portion of it, at least, —

which M. Milne-Edwards calls brauchio-cardiad: The deductiene q

of M. de Quatrefages therefore, in this instance, cannot be sUus- 4

tained. 2

Respiration appears to be performed by the whole surface of |

the body, as it is entirely clothed with vibratile cilia, not even —

excepting the under surface of the foot*. The cilia are large and —

vigorous, and their action may be detected under favourable cir-—

cumstances with a powerful single lens. a

Nervous System and the Senses.—We have not paid sufficient 3

attention to this part of the subject to enable us to give a detailed —

account of its anatomy. The cerebral ganglia were consequently —

not fully determined: they are placed as usual round the com- —

mencement of the oesophagus, and are four or more in number. ~

The central or upper pair are somewhat pyriform, and are placed ~

further apart than usual: they are connected by a stout com- —

missure. The lateral pair are rather smaller than the central —

ones, and are of an elliptical form : they appear to be united below —

the cesophagus by a short collar and two small oval buccal —

ganglia; but these were not determined with sufficient certainty.

Nerves pass from these central ganglia to all parts of the body.

outer margin of the central ganglion, where it joins with the lateral —

one. This nerve enters the base of the black pigment cup of the

eye, which is large and pretty regularly formed. Half-buried —

within the mouth of this cup is a spherical crystalline lens, —

which is protected in front by a cornea, that passes close in ad-

vance of it : the whole is enveloped in a thin membranous sac.

* Limapontia is not, by any means, the only slug that has the under sur- —

face of the foot ciliated. We have detected these minute organs onthe same —

part in the Nudibranchs, and in Purpura, Littorina and Patella. Itis there-

fore probable that all the Gasteropods have cilia on the crawling disc.

Pe ee ere

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 415

The auditory capsule contains a single spherical otolithe, and

attached to the central ganglion at the root of the optic nerve.

In Acteonia corrugata the auditory capsule is also furnished

with a single otolithe.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX. anp XX.

Pirate XIX.

Fig. 1. Cenia Cocksii, much enlarged.

“— 2. Acteonia corrugata.

_— 3. Side view of the head of the same.

_ — 4,5, 6. Different views of Limapontia nigra.

_ — 7. Spawn of the same magnified.

_ — 8. Larva of the same.

__ '_— 9. A portion of one of the lateral hepatic trunks of Cenia Cocksti, show-

: ing its granular appearance.

' — 10, A few of the granules more highly magnified, exhibiting their mi-

; nute structure.

Puate XX.

_ Fig. 1. General view of the digestive system of Limapontia nigra: a, buccal

F mass; 6, tongue; ¢, prehensile collar in advance of the same;

d, salivary gland; e, esophagus; f, stomach; ggg, lateral he-

patic trunks; , intestine ; i, anus; j, cerebral ganglions.

— 2, Tongue removed from the buccal mass: a, goer collar.

_ — 8. Two joints or plates of the tongue more highly magnified.

_— 4, General view of the reproductive system: a, penis; ), crystalline

point of the same; c, tube of the penis; d d, testis ; e, duct of the

same; f, junction of the duct of the testis with the bulb of the

copulatory channel ; g, junction of the duct of the testis with the

ebb of the penis ; hhh, ovigerous sacs containing ova; #, dilated

portion of the oviduct ; 7, junction of the oviduct with the tube of

the penis ; £, mucous gland ; /, external orifice leading to the same,

and through which the eggs pass ; m, two elongated glands pro-

bably connected with the mucous gland; n, shallow pouch at the

external orifice leading to the spermatheca ; 0, copulatory channel ;

p, bulb of the same ; g, spermatheca ; r, duct of the same.

_— 5. Intromittent organ of Limapontia nigra: a, penis; 6, crystalline

point; c¢, tube.

_ — 6. Crystalline point (much magnified) of the penis of Cenia Cocksii,

exhibiting the perforation at the extremity a.

— 7. Profile view of the heart of Limapontia nigra: a, ventricle; b, au-

ricle; c, aorta ; d, venous trunk leading to the auricle ; e, dorsal

skin; ff, clear space, probably showing the limits of a pericar-

dium.

_ — 8, Cerebral ganglions of L. nigra, with nerves : a a, central ganglions ;

b, commissure uniting the same above the cesophagus; cc, lateral

ganglia; d, buccal ganglia; ee, eyes; ff, auditory capsules.

— 9. Auditory capsule, with otolithe, more highly magnified.

-— 10, Eye greatly magnified, exhibiting the nerve, pigment cup, lens,

, cornea, and general capsule.

416 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus.

XLITI.— Notes, &c. on the genus of Insects Anthonomus ; with |

description of one new species. By Joun Watton, F.L.S.

Fam. CURCULIONID &.

Genus AntHonomus, Germ., Schinh., Steph., Curt.

TueEre is the greatest imaginable sontaanio amongst the species:

of this very pretty and interesting genus of insects; ten have

been catalogued and described as specifically distinct, but I must

confess my inability to distinguish out of that number more than

four ; notwithstanding all the care I have taken, it is very pos-

sible I may have erred or blundered; should this be the case, I

must plead the infirmity of human judgement, from which the

feel truly obliged if any entomologist will have the pe age to

point out any errors I may have inadvertently committed, and

thus give me an opportunity of correcting them before the con-

clusion of my notes on this family of insects. :

§ A. Anterior femora strongly dentate.

1. Anthonomus Pomorum, Linn. sec. ej. Mus. et Auctor. alior.

— incurvus, Steph. sec. ej. Mus., non Panz. 4

There are foreign specimens of Ant. incurvus in the collec-

tion of Kirby from Gyllenhal, and others in my possession from

Schénherr ; it is a small insect (length 14 line), about one-third

the size of Ant. Pomorum, from which it only differs by bemg

much less and inhabiting a different plant ; according to the opi-_

nion of Gyllenhal, ‘scarcely a distinct species,’ and to Germar,

‘obsoletely distinct ;’ in Sweden it inhabits the bird cherry (Pru-_

nus Padus), and possibly may be found on that plant im this”

country, where it grows wild m the mountainous districts of the —

north of England and in Scotland. I have not yet seen an indi- —

genous specimen. ;

I may refer to some very interesting observations relative to

the habits and ceconomy of Ant. Pomorum in Mr. Curtis’s ‘ Bri- —

tish Entomology,’ vol. 1., and in the ‘ Ent. Mag.’ vol. i. p. 33. ~

Found on the blossoms of the apple- and pear-tree from about —

the 25th of May to the 15th of June, and under the bark in ~

winter ; the late Mr. Bainbridge reared many specimens, either —

from the larve or pupz, I forget which, obtained from the e bude 4

or the rust-coloured blossoms of the apple. q

2. A. Ulmi, DeGeer, Marsh., Gyll., Steph., Schonh., Kirb. MSS. —

— pedicularius, Germ. Mag. iv. p. 322. 3

— Druparum var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus., non Linn.

— fasciatus, Kirb. MSS.

The form, sculpture, and general habit of this insect approxi- xi

Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus. 417

mate very closely to the following, and being subject to consi-

lerable variation of size and colour, its varieties, without a careful

comparative examination, are extremely liable to be mixed, as I

have noticed in many cabinets, with the next species ; it may ‘how-

ever be satisfactorily discriminated by its having the rostrum

_ evidently longer, more slender, with the antennz inserted further

from the apex; the tooth of the anterior femur distinctly longer

and more robust ; the basal half of the tibia curved-and more di-

lated within in the middle ; the posterior femora each with their

tooth excessively minute, and Pearoaly perceptible without a

owerful lens.

There are foreign specimens of Cure. Druparum in the Lin-

nan and British Museums, in the collection of Mr. Kirby from

Gyllenhal, and in my possession from Schénherr: Curc. Drupa-

rum is incorrectly recorded to have been found near London and

in Somersetshire, but a variety of the insect now under consi-

deration appears to have been mistaken for it, nor has it hitherto

been discovered as an inhabitant of this country; in Sweden it

occurs copiously on the leaves of the bird cherry, and will pro-

bably be found in Britain if that plant is diligently searched.

Found plentifully on the leaves of elms (U/mus campestris) near

Gravesend in July, and in many other localities throughout Great

Britain, but never, as far as my experience goes, in company with

he following.

. Anthonomus pedicularius, Linn. sec. ej. Mus., Marsh., Kirb.

MSS., Steph. Til.

Cure. fasciatus, Marsh.

Rhynch. Ulmi var., Gyll., var. y. Schonh.

A. Pomone, Germ. Mag. iv. p. 323.

— Pomorum, Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

— Ulmi var.?, Steph. sec. ej. Man.

— maculosus et rubrescens, Kirb. MSS.

I have frequently examined the insect in the cabinet of Lin-

‘nus labelled ‘ pedicularius,’ which agrees with his description,

‘and which is, beyond all doubt, specifically identical with this

Tasect ; I have therefore followed Marsham and Kirby in adopt-

‘ing the name given by that illustrious naturalist.

Much doubt has hitherto existed as to the distinction of this

om the preceding insect: Gyllenhal, Schénherr and Stephens

think they are the same; whilst Marsham, Kirby, Germar and

‘Curtis have separated them into distinct species, but without di-

‘Stinguishing characters: it appears that Gyllenhal, from his de-

criptions of the varieties of colour, has confounded this with the

eceding insect, and that by depending too much on the incon-

ant character of colour he has overlooked specific differences

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 28

418 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus.

which are constant. I have a Swedish insect sent me by Schind

herr as Ant. Ulmi var. y, which undoubtedly belongs to this spe-

cies, and which it is evident he has also confounded with the pre

ceding.

Exclusively of colour, it may at once be distinguished by a

comparative examination of the following characters : the rostrum

is shorter, thicker, and the antennz inserted nearer the apex ;

the tooth of the anterior femur evidently shorter and not so stout ;

the tibia of a different form, being nearly straight, except at the

distinctly visible with a lens of an inch focus.

I have found this insect on the leaves of the white-thorn

(Mespilus Oxyacantha) in hedges on the west side of Turner’s

Wood, Hampstead, sparingly in April of dark colours, and

abundantly in September of pale colours ; and also in many other

localities in the south of England, but never on 7 other plant, 4

or in company with Ant. Ulmi.

§ B. Femora minutely dentate.

4. Anthonomus pubescens ?, Payk., Gyll., Germ., Schénh.

Ovate, testaceous, cinereo-pubescent. Head small, round, tes-—

taceous, punctulated and pubescent ; eyes globose, brown-black ;—

rostrum rather longer than the head and thorax, slender, a little”

curved, punctulated, deep rufous, shining, and more or less fus-_

cous at the apex. Antenne rather long, slender, rufo-testaceous, —

clava elongate and fuscous. ‘Thorax transversely impressed and

constricted anteriorly, a little rounded at the sides, bisinuated at

the base, moderately convex above, testaceous, closely and deeply _

punctured and pubescent. Scutellum small, elevated and dense yo

pubescent. Elytra ovate, very convex above, testaceous, deeply

punctate-striate, interstices narrow, convex, indistinctly punctu-,

lated and sparingly pubescent. Legs long, testaceous ; anterior

femora minutely dentate, posterior femora scarcely or very obso-

letely dentate. Length 12 line. x

The form of the rostrinn, with the place of insertion of the

antennze, and the form of the tibize, are very similar to Ant. pe-

dicularius ; but the absence of a fascia on the elytra, and the mi-

nute tooth on each of the femora, at once distinguish this insect”

from the pale varieties of the two preceding, to which it is allied.

This insect agrees in all its essential characters with Gyllen-

hal’s description of Rhynch. pubescens; there is however a dif=

ference in the colour of the head, that of the former beg testa

ceous, and of the latter black or fuscous; but colour is so ex-

tremely variable in these insects that I consider it of very little

value as a subsidiary specific character. F

Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus. 4.19

_ Three specimens of this, with other British insects, taken in

Herefordshire by Mr. Doubleday, were given by him to Mr.

Smith, one of which was kindly presented to me by the latter

gentleman : it occurs on pines in the north of Sweden. _

). Anthonomus Rubi, Herbst, Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh.

| Cure. ater et melanopterus, Marsh. sec. Mus. Steph. et Kirb.

A, obscurus var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

_ — brunnipennis var., Curt. Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 280.

_ This insect greatly varies in magnitude (length 14—2 lines)

and in colour, which two circumstances have led to its being

separated into different species: the varieties may be subdivided

as follows :— is

1. Black, with the basal joint of the antennz, the base and apex

_ of the femora, the tibiz and tarsi fusco-piceons or fusco-fer-

ruginous: Curc. Rubi of Herbst, and melanopterus of Marsh.:

| very common. ;

. Entirely black ; or black, with the basal joint of the antenna

fusco-piceous: Cure. ater of Marsh. : not uncommon.

¢. With the head, rostrum and thorax piceous black or piceous ;

_ the elytra and legs fusco-testaceous or fusco-ferruginous :

| Ant. obscurus of Steph., and brunnipennis of Curt.: not of fre-

quent occurrence.

- I have examined the original specimen of Cure. clavatus of

Marsham in the cabinet of Mr. Stephens, and I have no doubt

it is a large female specimen of Balaninus (Rhynch.) Brassice of

Fab., with the apex of the rostrum morbidly tumefied and the

palpus exposed*: Mr. Curtis gave me a specimen of Ant. brun-

wipennis, which I sent to M. Schonherr, who returned it as a variety

y) of Ant. Rubi, accompanied by Swedish examples which agree

with it: there are similar specimens of this variety in the cabinet

of Mr. Stephens, under the name of Ant. obscurus, which I have

arefully examined, but not being able to discover sufficiently di-

stinctive characters, I am compelled to consider them, as well as

“Ant. brunnipennis, merely as immature varieties.

| Widely dispersed throughout Great Brita, and found on

various plants in many localities.

| * I beg to return my sincere thanks to Mr. Stephens, not only for the in-

| valuable privilege of inspecting his rich indigenous collection of insects (that

‘of the late Mr. Marsham being now incorporated with his own), but for the

icilities he has invariably afforded me in examining its rarities, which have

been the means of enabling me to rectify many mistakes, originating in

| most cases from the great difficulty of distinguishing species from varieties,

28%

420 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

XLIV.—Some Notes on the Botan y of Sinde. By Captain Ns

Vicary, 2nd European Regiment *, ,

Tue following notes hinve been made from plants, collected under

considerable difficulties, at. seasons (Dec., Jan., Feb.) the wo st

that could be selected for collecting plants, or when I was accom=

panying an army in an enemy’s country, with scarcely the mea ns

of transporting my private baggage. I mention this merely to

show that much remains to be done of botanical interest in Sinde,

and that my collection gives but a limited, although a chare f

teristic idea of the plants that flourish in that region. The flora

of Sinde falls naturally into three divisions, that of the hills, the

plains, and the coast. The hills, being either the bases or out-

liers of the Hala range,: are barren i in the extreme, owing to the

want of rivers, the rareness of natural springs, their saline nature

where they do exist, and the absence of periodical rains. a

Little that could be called soil exists ; a few of the intervening 7

valleys only are favoured with arable land. “a

The hilly country generally presents a most desolate and bar-

ren appearance—little vegetation meets the eye—scarcely any-

thing but the bare, broken, pale or rusty yellow tertiary strata .

of which they are composed. My Beloch guides informed me |

that rain at a proper season falls on an average about every fourth h

year, that shortly afterwards vegetation appears abundantly, and]

that on those occasions the Belochees are in the habit of collect- |

ing and storing dried grass; at such seasons the botanist woulc |

doubtless find much to excite attention, but at any time the " .

plants found are very interesting. y |

A species of palm is very abundant in this division, 1 near |

springs and lining the banks of water-courses. If not new, I be- |

lieve it to be Chamerops humilis, but I have seen neither flowers>

nor fruit: The tree has scarcely any stem above ground; the |

leaves are flabelliform, and the petioles channeled with lckiall |

stiff margins. The denuded and dry spadix of one tree which I |

saw was about six feet high, with numerous lateral branchlets. The |

Belochees make sandals of the leaves of this tree. A Viola is

found near water-courses, nearly allied to, if not identical with, |

V. patrinii.

A species of Reaumuria, with leaves differing somewhat from |

the described kinds, also exists on the tops of some of the low |

hills. This, and a Scrophularineous plant (Anticharis), are the |

most ornamental plants found in the Lower Halas. a

A Grewia, allied to G. sapida, forms small shrubs rising from

the fissures of the rocks ; its small red berries are eatable.

* From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for Nov. 1847.

—

Capt. N. Vieary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 421

Orygia trianthemoides is found near the base of the hills, He-

ophyllum tuberculatum in the upper valleys, and Peganum Har-

la everywhere. I found Tribulus alatus, Del., and Calligonum, °

both Egyptian forms, at the base of the hills ; a species of Zygo-

phyllum, differing little from Z. simplex, is found forming dense

natted beds near springs in the upper valleys. Seezenia, a

Sierra Leone genus, is abundant both im the hills and at their

ases; also a new species of the Cape genus Monsonia. Neu-

ada procumbens, an Egyptian or Arabian plant, is plentiful on the

borders of the Sinde desert, and also in the hills, is particularly

plentiful too near Shahpoor on the western border of the desert.

On the sand-hills at the same place I found species of Rhazya ;

¢ is a pretty small shrub with so much the habit of the garden

leander, that our sepoys called it “Bun Kunale.” It is also

ound throughout the hills, but invariably in sandy places.

A species of Forskalea with ovate leaves is abundant in some

laces amongst the hills ; the leaves of this plant adhere to every-

hing with great tenacity, and can only be removed piecemeal ;

he whole plant is clothed with sharp hooked hairs.

A Sophora, with pretty yellow laburnum-lke flowers, is also

ound amongst rocks near water, accompanied by Linaria ramo-

issima, and a variety of Lindenbergia urticefolia. Several spe-

ties of Sa/sola are also abundant ; one in particular in the hilly

country with terete pungent leaves and axillary capitate inflo-

escence, of which unfortunately I am without specimens. A new

pecies of the African genus Limeum is also found on the skirts

# the Halas. Plantago amplexicaulis is found in the inner val-

leys along with Haplophyllum. An Echium of the Cape type, and

vossibly new, and Trichodesma Africanum, K.B., are abundant

n the fissures of rocks amidst the higher hills.

_ Salvia primula-Aigyptiaca, and a new Species of the same

ection, are widely spread through the hills. A new Linaria,

ery like L. triphylla, is found from the base of the hills upwards.

Solanum Forskalii, or a species akin to it, is also abundant.

_Alyoscyamus muticus is found in moist places. An Asclepiad, with

“the habit of Orthanthera viminea, is very abundant on the mar-

pane of water-courses; it forms a large bushy shrub, and I

spect is the same plant described by my friend Dr. Falconer as

‘* Campelepis.” Cometes Surattensis is found occasionally along

the whole base of the Hala mountains ; a Caralluma or some

early allied plant is abundant on the higher ranges, but I never

aw it in flower ; a new and pretty species of Cleome is found in

ihe passes leading into the Hala range at a low elevation: with

his I close my notice of the hilly region of Sinde.

The plains of Sinde are of a very variable character, some

places being very fertile, and others barren, and naked desert

422 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

with little to be seen except Salsole and Tamarisk, and even

these affect the borders of desert places. 4

The tamarisk on the borders of the desert in some places

of the younger branches in the form of translucent tears. It i is |

collected in some abundance in the neighbourhood of Meher,

south of Larkhana, and used to adulterate sugar ; my seryants eat

a considerable quantity of it without being in any way affected.

In fact they were wonder-stricken, and returned thanks to God 4

for having miraculously created sugar in the desert jungle. I bag |

about a seer of it for near a year; it remained unaltered, and was _

at last destroyed by exposure to rain. = |

This species of manna is noticed by Dr. Royle in his Tllus-

trations of Botany,’ p. 214. I saw neither flowers uor fruit, 80 ;

cannot speak as to the species, but the shrub has the babii and

appearance of 7. gallica.

The little desert of Sinde flanks the base of the Hala rang

varying from ten to twenty-five miles (or more) in breadth, ex:

tending in a southerly direction to beyond Meher, where it nar-

rows to three or four miles, and there are more or less extensive

patches of desert nearly as far south as the Munchaul Lake. In

a northerly direction branches of the desert extend to near Mit-

tun Kote, flanking the base of the Boogtee Beloch hills (spurs

of the Halas) upon which Deyrah and Kahun are situated. Thi

tract is sometimes called the Burshoree desert, from the name of

a halting-place on the other side, N.W. of Shikarpoor. The soil

is a hard-baked yellow clay, often exhibiting proofs of lacustrine

or alluvial origin, generally extremely arid and devoid of all ve-

getation. In some places even in the heart of the desert Salsole

are abundant, in others the surface for miles is perfectly naked ;

in many places saline matter abounds, efflorescing and whitening

~ the surface, or cementing the soil, which crackles under the feet.

as if ice-bound; saltpetre is or has been manufactured at the

southern end of the.desert. It will be seen that but for the

Indus this desert would form a branch of the great Jeysulmeer

desert, which in some places south of Bhawulpoor approaches

the Indus so closely that its sands are poured into the stream ;

hence we may expect the vegetation on the borders of both to be

somewhat similar. .

Not far south of Bhawulpoor a species of Anabasis, very

like (if not identical with) A. florida, makes its appearance; this

plant abounds on the borders of the desert, and on both bank i:

of the Indus wherever the desert approaches. a

The borders of the Sinde desert are usually belted with sand-

hills, and outside them a belt of Acacia catechu of greater or less

breadth. .

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 423

Lhave already noticed Monsonia as existing on the western bor-

ders of the desert ; I also found it in desert places in Lower Sinde.

| Antichorus (Corchorus) depressus abounds on the desert bor-

ders, particularly at Khangurh ; Physalis somnifera is also found

here, and extends into the hill valleys. In Lower Sinde, south of

Sewan, a species of Euphorbia, very like E. pentagona, abounds

n many places forming impervious patches of jungle: near

otree, and also between that place and Sewan, I found an

Ochradenus,’” I believe identical with the Egyptian O. baccatus,

‘Delisle. Fagonia is abundant throughout Sinde, both in the hills

and plains ; [ have no specimens, but considered the species to be

F, Mysorensis ; the flowers are pale purple.

At Meher and some other places a species of sugar-cane is in

/eultivation, which I believe to be unknown in India; it is called

ten or fifteen feet in length, the base not being thicker than a

finger ; ten or twelve are usually fastened together so as to afford

mutual support ; the cane is said to yield the best sugar, but in

small quantity. Cleome ruta, Jacqt., is abundant on the rocks

t Sukkur and throughout Sinde. Typha angustifolia is found

n most lands subject to the annual flooding of the Indus, and

_ from it vast quantities of mats are manufactured. A species of

_ Adenanthera, I believe A. pavonia, is often found near villages in

- Lower Sinde; this tree has a weeping habit, and at a distance

looks not unlike Salix Babylonica. A remarkable species -of

Acacia is also found near villages; in its mode of growth and

‘appearance it strongly resembles the funereal cypress. The

‘Sindeans call it “ Cauboolee Baubool,” a name which points to

‘its foreign origin.

'. I was not fortunate enough to see this tree either in blossom

or fruit. Between Kotree and Kurrachee I noticed a species of

wild cotton trailing up trees to twenty feet ; I was sick in a doo-

lee at the time and unable to take specimens.

_ Dodonea Burmanniana, and I believe another species, are found

in Lower Sinde. Aristolochia bracteata, and a Verbena akin to

V. officinalis, but perhaps distinct, exist on the smaller hills of

Lower Sinde; Orthanthera viminea abounds throughout Sinde

and is a very useful plant ; like many others of its order, the bark

yields a strong fibre ; in this shrub it is of greater length than

| ee in any other Asclepiad. I am not aware of the fibre

‘being used by the Sindeans, but the thin osier-like branches are

‘bruised, and twisted into a strong coarse kind of rope in common

use.

- There are also numerous well-known Indian forms of plants

in the plains of Sinde, particularly near the cultivated districts,

‘of which I took neither notes nor specimens ; the date flourishes

424 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

in several parts of Sinde, but thrives best at Sukkur adh its vi- |

cinity, on both banks of the Indus. There are two varieties:

one with pale yellow, and the other with brown fruit ; the fruit —

is smaller than the Egyptian date, but when ripe is very ‘palatable ; ; a

only certain trees produce good fruit, about a third of the whole

perhaps. The fruit of the remainder i is injured by tapping for —

the juice, from which sugar is manufactured. q

The plants of the coast are of a mixed and peculiar character, 7

cana, Cay., grows plentifully on the sand-hills of the coast; the @

only known species of this genus is a native of Succotra, and is S|

described as being only three inches high. The Kurrachee plant @

forms a bush two feet in height, and when in flower is very pretty; |

perhaps it may be a new species. = |

is also very plentiful: Ipomea bilobata spreads over the sand in : |

tops of the sand-hills ; the berry is white at first, but turns purple — |

coast, and a new shrubby plant of the Paronychia, with the bark 4

and almost the leaves of an Equisetum. a

Cadaba Indica? grows on the rocks at Minora Point; I ahs . |

noticed this plant in the Hala mountains, but am rather doubtful P|

as to the species; I have only seen the cucumber-shaped fruit 7

which is made into a pickle by the Sindeans.

barium as appear to me deserving of elucidation. |

UMBELLIFERZ.

Indigenous plants of this class are rare in Sinde; I have but —

one specimen from the Hala mountains, which for the present I -

have referred to—

1. “ Libanotis ;” the plant smells strong of asafcetida.

RHIZOPHORACES.

I found a fresh flowering branch of a tree of this class floatin

inthe surf on the beach at Kurrachee, but nowhere dete

living trees. q

2. It belongs to the genus “ Ceriops” of Arnott; the many 4

mouths of the Indus will doubtless afford others of this order.

CRUCIFERZ.

Sinde ; it is often the only food procurable for camels, who eat it —

greedily along with a frutescent Crambe? In the Hala moun-

tains it is used for the same purposes.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 425

CAPpPARIDE®.

A, Cleome ruta, Jacqt.: Sukkur and other rocky places in Sinde.

The petals are pink, and bear at the base of each a fringed

scale.

5. Cleome fimbriata, Vic. : lower hills in Sinde.

_ Stems and leaves hispid from gland-capitate stiff hairs ; leaves

all simple, lower ones long-petioled, round-cordate, quintuple-

nerved, outer lateral nerves lost in the margin, three medial

nerves stronger and inarcuately reaching the apex. Upper leaves

maller, subconform narrower, subsessile; flowers pale purple ?

from the terminal axille; pedicels lengthening in fruit ; calyx

clothed with gland-capitate hairs. Sepals four, subequal, lan-

eeolate. Petals four, shortly clawed with acute oblong-deltoid

laminz, apices bearing out gland-capitate hairs, and ciliate with

them ; bases toothed slightly on the margins, and bearmg above

claw transverse free fimbriate petaloid scales. Fertile stamens

four, rather longer than petals, one anther larger, torus small.

_ Ovary subsessile, linear, rather rough ; style caducous, cylindric,

' short ; stigma discoid, capitate. Capsule linear-cylindric, fur-

_ rowed on opposite sides, shortly stipitate, densely clothed with

_ strongly stipitate, peltate glands, one-celled, two-valved, valves

_ separating from the placentiferous narrow replum ; seeds nume-

_rous, cordiform, smooth, amphitropous. I have given my note

of this plant, as it seems to be not far removed from C. Dro-

- serifolia, Del.; and perhaps eventually it may prove to be the

same.

6. Cleome rupicola, Vic. : passes leading into the Hala range

_ of mountains and lower hills.

This plant is not unlike C. glauca, DeC., vol. i. p. 239, but the

stems and leayes of my plant are clothed with scattered gland-.

_ headed hairs, and the young branches are four-angled. Leaves el-

iptic, ovate and obovate, petiolate, upper leaves reduced to linear-

lanceolate bracts. Racemes often six inches long. Petals orange-

rufescent, secund, smooth ; stamens secund, in an opposite direc-

tion to petals, six; gland of the torus semilunate ; siliques pen-

dulous, falcate, flat, subsessile, fifteen lines long, two lines broad,

bearing some scattered capitate hairs; seeds densely beset with

brown hairs, numerous.

7. Cadaba Indica? : on rocks near Kurrachee and Hala moun-

tains.

Iam doubtful about this plant, having seen it only in fruit.

_ The leaves near the apices of branches are often supported by

_ two stipulary thorns. The fruit is nutant, longly stipitate and

~ eucumber-shaped, bluntly trigonal, three to four inches long, and

_ turning red when ripe.

426 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

RESEDACE.

8. Ochradenus baccatus, Delile : Lower Sinde. _I believe this”

to be the Egyptian plant, although the Sinde one differs in some

trifling particulars ; my specimens are not sufficiently advanced

to show the spinifacient habit.

VIOLACER.

9. Viola patrinu, D.C.: Kurrachee and Hala mountains.

REAUMURIACE.

10. Reaumuria Hypericoides,Wild.: Doz AKhooilibee and cues

of the Hala mountains. 4

The leaves of the Sinde plant are spatulate-linear and crowded —

to the ends of the branches.

SAPINDACER.

11. Dodonea Burmanniana, D.C. : Lower Sinde. This shrub —

is not more than three feet in height, with leaves about an inch —

in length, never more, and blunt cuneate-linear. I have some —

doubt as to the species; there is another in Sinde of which ' a

- have no specimens. ;

MALvVACcEs.

12. Althea pumila, Vic. : near Shikarpoor. Plant herbaceous, —

from six to ten inches. a

Stems slender, stellately hairy, stipules ovate, leaves stellate, —

hairy on both sides, lower ones caudate at base, palmately three-

partite with the lateral lobes bifid, the apices roundly tridentate, —

mid-lobe cuneate, the apex roundly three- five-toothed. Flowers 4

very shortly pedicelled, axillary, blue. Involucre ten-cleft with —

linear lobes. Calyx half five-cleft, with acute lobes ; anthers about —

ten ; styles ten, filiform. Stigmas capitate. Carpels arranged —

round a central shortly ten-winged columella, the apex of which j

is filiform, not marginate, transversely corrugate, one-seeded.

13. Pavonia odor ata, Wild. : between Kurrachee and Hydera- —

bad. q

14, Serrea incana, Cay. : sand-hills, Kurrachee. This plant is —

rather pretty when in flower ; it forms small bushes about ik feet

inheight. Anthers twenty-five to thirty, stipitate, reniform, one- —

celled, stigmas ciliate. 3

15. Abutilon Indicum: Sinde and Hala mountains.

16. Sida acuta: plains of Sinde.

TILIACER.

17. Antichorus (Corchorus) depressus, Linn.: Khangurh and :

borders of desert. q

18. Grewia sapida? : all hilly places in Sinde. I have doubt- —

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. ae

‘fully referred this to G. sapida, but I suspect it is a very differ-

ent plant; my specimens are not sufficient to determine ; the

. tals bear a large scale at base and are bifid with toothed lobes. -

The berry is red and eatable when ripe.

PorRTULACER.

19. Orygia decumbens, Forsk. : eastern base of Hala mountains.

_ The sepals and petals are red, and the stems and leaves are

_ often coloured ; this plant does not seem to differ much from O.

_ trianthemoides, Heyne.

a PARONYCHIER.

20. Cometes Surattensis : all Sinde.

RuvTace#.

21. Peganum Harmala : all Sinde.

| 22. Haplophyllum tuberculatum, Andy. Juss.: near Deyrah,

Boogtee Beloch hills. f )

‘q ZYGOPHYLLEZ.

23. Tribulus alatus, Del.: eastern base of Hala mountains.

24. Fagonia Mysorensis: Sukkur and all Sinde.

25. Zygophyllum obtusum, Vic.: valleys of the eastern slopes

of Hala range; plants gregarious, herbaceous, decumbent, pale

green. Leaves fleshy, simple, spatulate-linear, blunt, or rounded

"at apex, sessile and subsessile, stipules acuminate, scales at base of

_ stamens deeply bifid. Capsule deeply five-wing-lobed, five-celled,

| each cell opening inwards, with two to three pendent seeds. Flow-

_ ers shortly pedicelled, yellow.

26. ~Seezenia lanatum, Wild. : all rocky places in Sinde. The

_ stamens in the Sinde plant are most certainly alternate with the

sepals of calyx, and not opposite to them; some doubt may exist

with respect to the identity of this plant with that from Sierra

Leone, I therefore give my note of it.

Plant spreading, semi-erect, stems and branches flexuose, woolly

_ at the joints within the stipules; younger branches, under surface

_ of leaves, and their margins papillose from sessile glands, other-

_ wise smooth; leaves petioled, opposite, three-foliate, midleaflet

_ obovate, often retuse, lateral leaflets oblique-ovate, all entire and

_ shortly apiculate, stipules linear, often uniting with the margins

_ of the stipules of the opposite leaf and thus appearing interpetio-

_ lary ; flowers green tinged with yellow, axillary, solitary, pedicels

_ in fruit longer than the leaves. Calyx five-parted with a valvate

_ wstivation, lobes lanceolate, each bearing opposite the centre of its

_ | base an adherent scale half its length and with free shortly fimbri-

_ ate margins ; stamens five, hypogynous, opposite to the divisions

_ of calyx ; filaments slightly flattened, smooth, tapering; style five-

428 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. -—

cleft almost to the base, with long linear terete lobes; stigmas

capitate, rough; ovary oblong, five-celled and ribbed. Ovules five, —

pendent from the apex of columella. Capsule five-furrowed and

seeded, detaching from base into five cocci, and thus remaining —

for a long time.pendent by short funiculi from the seeds to the —

apex of columella ; the cocci are internally bivalved and perforated _

on the inner angles of apices for the passage of the funiculi. Co-

lumella persistent for a long time after the seeds have fallen, —

five-angled, with the apex discoid, five-lobed, and with the pla- %

acute at both ends, with a scanty green arillus. :

| GERANIACER. j

27. Monsonia Asiatica, Vic. : eastern base of Hala mountains 7)

and Lower Sinde. @

Africa. The Sinde plant belongs to the section “ Holopetalum.” 7)

Plant semi-erect, herbaceous, clothed everywhere with long,

white, silky hairs; leaves long-petioled, cordate-oyate, blunt, — .

irregularly dentate, seven-nerved, stipules herbaceous, linear-lan- 7

to six unequal linear bracts at apex, pedicels slender, flowers blue. 7

Calyx sepals apiculate, three-nerved, petals entire, stamens pen- |

tadelphous in a double series. Capsule very longly rostrate.

Rosacre#—Sub-ord. NEvRADER.

28. Neurada procumbens, Linn. : borders of Sinde desert, at

base of Hala mountains, and near Shahpoor. This curious plant qa

has heretofore been noted as a native of Egypt, Numidia and 7

Arabia. 4

LEGUMINOS&.

29. Sophora tomentosa, Linn.? At Coombe in the Boogtee 7

Beloch hills, a shrub of four feet.

30. Crotolaria arida, Royle : borders of desert. — |

long, all parts clothed with appressed. strigose hairs, stipules —

petiolulate, midleaflet obcordate, lateral leaflets oblique, obovate, 7

blunt; peduncles slender, opposed to a leaf; legume sessile linear, —

trigonous, hairy, nine-seeded and constricted between the seeds. —

32. Tavernieria nummularia, D.C.: Hala mountains, near —

Deyrah. Ca

33. Alhagi maurorum, Tourn. : Sinde passim. :

34, Cassia obovata, Collad. : Sinde passim ; this plant is also —

-abundant in the Punjaub. rate

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 429

| 35. Adenanthera pavoniana? Near villages, cultivated ?

_ Plants of this order are comparatively rare in Sinde ; my her-

_ barium contains only four others, and two of these are Indigofere.

UrtIcacez.

36. Forskalea ovata, Vic. : Hala’mountains. Plant rising erect

' to two feet, all parts clothed with sharp hooked hairs; leaves

_ alternate, triple-nerved, white, tomentose beneath excepting the

nerves, lower ones broad ovate, upper ones ovate, all narrowed

at base into the petioles and grossly dentate ; involucres of four

_ to seven linear-spatulate lobes. This plant comes near F. tena-

cissima, and perhaps may be a broad-leaved variety of it.

ARISTOLOCHIACER.

37. Aristolochia bracteata: Lower Sinde.

CHENOPODIACER.

38. Salsola Indica: Sinde desert and Halas.

39. Salsola stricta? : Upper and Lower Sinde.

40. Anabasis florida, M. B. : borders of Sinde desert, and banks

of Indus to near Bhawulpoor.

_ Al. Atriplex verruciferum, M. B.?: sand-hills near Kurrachee.

_ I have doubtfully referred this as above, but it is probably a new

_ species. The whole plant is lepidate-hoary and shrubby. Leaves

. J shortly petioled, oblong, ovate, and obovate, blunt, narrowed at

leaves entire; valves of fruit orbicular with the reflexed éhitire mar-

gins and subcordate bases lepidate, otherwise smooth. Stamens

of the male flowers five.

4 PHYTOLACCACE.

42. Limeum obovatum, Vic.: skirts of the Hala mountains

near Kotree. Roots ligneous, descending deep into the soil ; stems

herbaceous prostrate, minutely pubescent. Leaves cuneate ob-

- ovate and ovate, obtuse with a point, minutely pubescent ; flowers

opposed to a leaf, three to five together, very shortly pedunculate,

pedicels minutely bibracteolate. This plant comes near L. Capense.

se ee Fae

ae PoLYGONACE.

43. Calligonum Polygonoides?: all Sinde. The specific cha-

_ racters of this curious genus are founded on peculiarities of the

fruit ; unfortunately I have never seen the fruit of our Sinde

4 shrub, and have merely referred it to C. Polygonoides, because

| that plant makes a nearer approach in habitat to Sinde than C.

Pallasia. This shrub is common throughout Sinde, and is found

on the banks of the Indus nearly as far up as Bhawulpoor ; near

Shahpoor, at the eastern base of the Hala mountains, it is most

——-

CERI G I

430 Capt. N. Vieary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

abundant, forming small trees of ten or twelve feet high, with a_

diameter of six to ten inches at base ; when in full flower it looks —

rather pretty. A

MENISPERMACES. |

44. Cocculus leceba?, D.C.: Lower Sinde.

MyRSINACEX. ji

45, Aigiceras fragrans, Kon.: mud-flats, Kurrachee harbour. 7

CoNVOLVULACER.

46. Ipomea bilobata : sand-hills, Kurrachee.

47. Convolvulus lanuginosus, Desr. : Hala mountains.

48. Convolvulus parviflorus, Vahl: base of mountains. |

49. Breweria evolvuloides ?, Chois.: Hala mountains. AsI feel

considerable uncertainty about this plant, I add my note. ng

Shrub erect, of one to two feet, stems slender, ligneous, all parts —

densely clothed with a sericeous pubescence. Leaves very shortly

petioled, elliptic, upper ones lanceolate, entire, mucronate and —

emarginate from the reflexed mucro, triple-nerved, pubescence 7

more dense beneath. Flowers axillary, one to three together, sub-

sessile. Calyx persistent, not enlarging, with two linear bracts at ~

ceolate acute, hairy beneath. Corolla with a deeply five-lobed 7

limb, the lobes hairy beneath. Stamens scarcely exsert, filaments —

broad at. base with five short teeth alternating, anthers reniform- |

cordate, ovary two-celled, ovules four, styles two, divergent, fili- —

form, stigmas discoid orbicular, continuous (not peltate). Capsule

chartaceous, dry, hairy towards apex, longer than the dry calyx, 7

two-celled, septa membranous, four-valved ; seeds from two to —

three, oblong, black, very minutely scrobiculate, of a nutty

hardness.

50. Evolvulus linifolius : base of Halas.

51. -Cressa Cretica, var. Indica: all Sinde.

ScHVOLACER. ?

52. Scevola Taccada, Roxb. : tops of sand-hills near Kurrachee.

PLANTAGINER. -

53. Plantago amplexicaulis, Cav.: Hala mountains.

PLUMBAGINE. a

54, Aigialitis obovata, Vic.: sand-hills, Kurrachee. Shrub of —

two feet, stems ligneous, annulate with the ensheathing bases of

fallen leaves, densely foliaceous upwards; leaves blunt cuneate-

obovate, retuse, glaucous hoary, smooth, articulated to the sheaths

at base, spikes paniculate, flexuose, terminal flowers secund, utri-

culus bursting at the apex into five short acute teeth.

™

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 431

BoRAGINE®.

55. Heliotropium Rotleri : Kurrachee.

56. Echium?: Halarange. Iam unable to refer this to any

of the many described species, and therefore attach my note.

_~ Plant fruticose, erect, about a foot in height, growing from

fissures in rocks. Younger stems, leaves and calyces densely

clothed with short appressed strigee. Leaves five to six lines

long, ligulate-linear, blunt-pointed, sessile, alternate. Racemes

‘simple, many-flowered ; flowers solitary, sessile, secund, bluish

_ white, bracts like the leaves but smaller, bracteoles none, pedi-

_ eels short, adherent to rachis for half their length. Calyx with

_ blunt linear unequal segments (sometimes only four, the fourth

| broader); tube of the corolla ten-nerved with a ring of hairs within

' at base, smooth in the middle, and the faux closed with hairs which

indistinctly form five very small tubes between the anthers ; lobes

_ of limb patent, blunt-ovate, slightly auricled at base (one lobe

often broader). Margins minutely and remotely toothed. Sta-

mens not exsert, filaments very short, anthers mutic, linear-ob-

long blunt and undivided at base, style shortly exsert, its base

becoming angular in seed; stigma peltate capitate with two mi-

_nute central points; achenia rather smooth with an incurved

_ point, one or two, often only one maturing, attached to base of

| style, perforation’at base oblong triangular.

| 57. Trichodesma Indica: Sinde passim.

- 58. Trichodesma Africanum, K. B.? : Hala mountains.

I have referred this to the above with some doubt; it has the

_ same prickly hispid habit, but differs in some particulars; plant

_ growing from fissures in rocks, erect, 1 to 14 feet. Leaves and

_ stems dark green, hispid from hard white prickle-bearing calli,

leaves opposite at the divisions of the racemes, otherwise alter-

_ nate, upper leaves subsessile, lanceolate, acute, prickles longer on

_ the margins and midrib beneath. Racemes lax, the lower ones

‘ from opposite axils, upper from alternate axils and terminal ;

. “oon usually three-flowered, lengthening with the en-

A arging calyx in seed; bracteoles none; calyx rigid, hairy, five-

angled with rounded auricles, segments acute, corolla blue with

caudate lobes, stigma simple, blunt, pedicels lengthened with the

much-increased and nutant calyx in seed, achenia four, subtri-

gonal, the outer faces concave, marginate, the margin acutely

serrulate with slightly glochidiate teeth.

My specimens do not exhibit the lower leaves.

LABIATZ.

59. Salvia Agyptiaca, Linn.: slopes of Hala mountains.

60. Salvia pumila, Benth: slopes of Hala mountains.

432 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde:

61. Salvia Halaénsis, Vic.: slopes of Hala mountains. Plant

of ten to twelve inches, erect ; old stems ligneous, younger stems

obsoletely four-angled, densely clothed with short hairs and —

sessile yellow glands; leaves much-corrugated, cordate-ovate

and broad-ovate, blunt or rounded; slightly winging the short

petioles, and often forming two lateral denticule at their apices ;—

margins undulate lobate-crenate. Racemes two to three inches —

long, dense-flowered, subspicate ; flowers blue, solitary, almost —

sessile ; floral leaves small, bractea-formed, ovate, entire, hairy —

and longly ciliate; bracteoles nearly as long as bracts, linear-—

lanceolate, hairy ; calyx lanato-pilose, enlarging and becoming —

nutant with the lengthening pedicel; upper lip shortly triden-—

tate; the mid-tooth smaller, all acute, lower lip bipartite with

linear filiform lobes. Corolla, upper lip erect, short, bifid ; mid-

lobe of lower lip orbicular emarginate. ei

The achenia of this plant give out much mucilage in water.

VERBENACER.

62. Verbena officinalis? : spurs of the Hala mountains, Lower

Sinde. I have referred this doubtfully to V. officinalis. The

foliage of my specimens is from the ends of the flowering branches.

The leaves are petioled, opposite and alternate, both surfaces

shortly pilose, ovate and broad-ovate, blunt or. emarginate, five-

nerved, margin serrate, with the three serratures at the apex —

larger. ok ll

ScROPHULARINZ.

63. Linaria sindensis, Vic.: base of Hala mountains, Upper —

and Lower Sinde. This plant is extremely like ZL. triphylla

Herbaceous, stems procumbent or semi-erect, eight to ten inches; —

leaves scattered, solitary, glaucous, entire, ovate, narrowed into

and winging the petioles ; apices soft-pointed ; young leaves often

shortly pubescent ; flowers purple tinged with yellow, subses-

sile, axillary, solitary, bracteoles none ; upper lobe of calyx folia-

ceous, broad-ovate, greatly exceeding the other four linear-lan- —

ceolate lobes ; lower stamens with their anthers united; stigma —

simple; capsule obliquely globular, two-celled, upper cell abor- 4

tive, lower cell many-seeded, bursting irregularly ; seeds conical. —

Testa spongy, furrowed. : net Led

Linaria ramosissima, Wall.: Hala mountains. The Sinde plant —

is softly pilose, in other respects it is the same. oS a

Anticharis, Endlich.: Hala mountains. (leet

A. viscosa, Vic. This plant belongs most certainly to End-—

licher’s genus, and probably to the very species, but as I have

no means of referring to the specific characters given, I have

allowed my herbarium name to stand for the present.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde, 433

_ The Sinde plant is so viscous that everything adheres te it.

lowers blue ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, narrowed into the short

ioles: pedicels short, minutely bibracteolate above the middle:

seeds truncate, oblong, longitudinally grooved with minute trans-

erse striz.

tie

SOLANACE.

~ Solanum Forskalii, Dun.; cordatum, Fors.: Hala mountains.

Both species appear to be different forms of the same plant; our

Sinde plant is sometimes prickly, sometimes not ; the leaves are

‘variable also. Stems slender; prickles both curved and straight,

aear the ends of the branches only; young shoots and leaves

tarry pubescent, old leaves smooth, round-cordate or subcordate

base, narrowed into the petioles, margin entire or occasionally

sinuate toothed; flowers rather longly pedicelled, blue ; the corolla

greatly exceeding the half five-cleft calyx; berry red, smooth,

rather larger than a pea.

| Physalis somnifera, var. flecuosa: all Sinde and Hala moun-

tains.

| Hyoscyamus muticus, Linn. Hala mountains.

APOCYNE.

_ Rhazya stricta, Decaisne. This shrub is abundant in the

lala mountains and at their eastern bases, but particularly at

hahpoor. It usually grows upon sand-hills, and has somewhat

the habit of our garden oleander, but does not rise to more than

_ three feet. The flowers are pale blue turning white by age.

re is a small entire margined nectarium.

ASCLEPIADE.

| Periploca aphylla, Dec. Bot. Jacq. All hilly parts of Sinde.

__ This is my friend Dr. Falconer’s Campelepis, Ann. Nat. Hist.

yol. x. p. 362. This shrub abounds in the Boogtee Beloch hills

near Deyrah.

_ The habit is that of Orthanthera viminea; the branches are de-

yoid of all pubescence. The leaves are linear-lanceolate (not ovate),

' and are seen only on the young surculi. The flowers are of a

5 irk dull red colour; the long uncinate filiform processes of the

_ faucial corona are inflected over the genitalia in the earlier stages

_ of the flower, but subsequently become reflexed through the divi-

sions of the corolla. The silat of this plant requires to be re-

_ examined in the fresh flowers; in my opinion it not only differs

_ from that of Periploca, but from the pollen of every genus of the

order.

_ Orthanthera viminea. All Sinde.

| With few exceptions the above-noted plants are foreign to our

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 29

434 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

Indian flora, flourishing between the parallels 25° and 30° N. lat., 4

or nearly equivalent to the tract between Allahabad and Hurdwar.

At first sight it appears strange that so many northern forms

should exist in Sinde in excess of those found between the same

parallels in India, but a slight examination of the countries fond :

ing our northern frontier will, 1 think, sufficiently account for

it. The Himalaya mountains, the Hindoo Coosh, and probably

the Tukt-i-Sulleemaun range, form an impassable ‘barrier to cer-.

tain classes of plants, but the lower ranges of the Hala moun

tains, which in many places are not more than 1500 feet aboye

the sea, offer no such obstacle ; besides this there is the coast-

line, which with its constantly drifting sands offers a facile mode >

of transmission to seeds ; thus we find several Egyptian, Arabian,

Persian and African plants i in Sinde: that they have not spread 7

into India seems also easily accounted for; the Indian desert

of Jesulmeer proves in a south-eastern direction a sufficient pre- 7)

ventative. The course vid the banks of the Indus is to a narrow

extent only open to the north-east, and accordingly we find some

Egyptian forms extending to Delhi and its neighbourhood, as

has been remarked by my friend Dr. Royle in his ‘ Illustrations e |

of Indian Botany,’ pp. 70 and 160. __- d

Salvadora persica, Capparis aphylla and Farsetia, are found

throughout Sinde ; however Giseckia, so abundant near Feroze-

poor, is not found in Lower Sinde; Orobanche Calotropidis,

Edgw., is found from Umballa to Kurrachee, and is: extremely

abundant in Lower Sinde; the flowers of this plant are change-

able, being blue at first and becoming pale yellow, hence two

varieties have been supposed to exist. No Scitamineous or O q

chideous plant exists in Sinde; of the latter order Zeuwine is

sparingly found under the tamarisks, nearly as far as Subz

kote, following the course of the river.

The coast-line alluded to above offers no obstacle to the dif.

fusion of plants in a southerly direction vid Cutch and Goozerat

towards Bombay, but as yet these countries, the delta of the

Indus and the south-western tail of the desert are botanically

unknown ; in the other direction, 4 botanical excursion to Son-:

meeanee Bay, or farther if possible, would serve to connect our

Indian flora with that of Africa, Persia and Arabia. i ual

I have still some curious Sinde plants of which I hope to giv a

an account hereafter. 4

Subathoo, 27th September, 1847.

Dr. Mantell’s Observations on the Ventriculites. 435

XLV.—Reply to Mr. Smrrn’s Remarks on Dr. Manvexi’s

- Account of the Ventriculites.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

is with great reluctance that I intrude on your indulgence

and request permission to notice some of Mr. Smith’s animad-

versions on my figures and descriptions of the chalk zoophytes

which I first distinguished by the name “ Ventriculites,” in a

memoir published in the ‘ Linnwan Transactions’ in 1815;

though I ought perhaps to consider myself as hors de combat,

nee Mr. Smith concludes his memoir by the assertion, “ that

the field was entirely untrodden, and the task a new one ;” the

nature of those zoophytes “being totally unknown” till he un-

rtook to elucidate the subject ! !

I should not presume to occupy your pages by a lengthened

mment on Mr. Smith’s communications, even could I fully

mprehend the author’s meaning, which in many instances [

am unable to do, for his genius has removed a subject, which I

“once imagined to be simple and easily interpreted, far above my

feeble capacity. But I feel that it would be uncourteous to the

aders of my works, who indulgently give me credit for truth-

ness and accuracy of observation, were I to pass wholly unno-

_ticed Mr. Smith’s impeachment of my scientific veracity. I shall

therefore content myself with affirming, that notwithstanding

all the remarks Mr. Smith has inscribed on your pages, I see

mo reason whatever to alter a single word in the following de-

Seription of the zoophytes which I designated Ventriculites, ex-

a acted from my ‘ Medals of Creation ’°—

_ “ The original form of the Ventriculite was that of a funnel, or

hollow inverted cone, terminating in a point at the base, whence

numerous fibres proceed, and by which the zoophyte was attached

to other bodies. The outer integument was reticulated—that is,

disposed in meshes like network—and the inner surface was studded

over with regular openings, the orifices of tubular cells, each of which

Wwas probably occupied by a polype. . The substance of the polypa-

ium or framework of this aggregation of animalcules appears to

nave been analogous to that of the soft Alcyonia, and to have pos-

sed a common irritability, and been able to contract and expand.

is opinion is based on the circumstance that some specimens occur

n which the zoophyte is in the form of a nearly flat circular disc,

d in others, in that of a subcylindrical pouch : in the former state,

outer reticulated structure is elongated, while in the latter it is con-

acted and corrugated. ‘The polype-cells are cylindrical and very

regular : the flints often present beautiful casts of them, which ap-

ear like rows of minute pillars on the inner surface.”

29*

436 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany : j

Mr. Smith’s “ folded membrane,” “ polype-skin,” &e. ave im my

opinion purely imaginary. If the tubular cavities disposed with

so much regularity on the inner surface of the fossils to which L

restricted the term Ventriculites were not cells inhabited by

polypes, then I affirm that we have, at present, no evidence that

any of these zoophytes were polypiferous; and I readily admit

that this may still be regarded as an open question. The only

unequivocal instance I have seen of the soft parts of a polype

from the chalk strata, is one in flint discovered by the Rey. J. |

B. Reade, and figured i in the 6th edit. of my ‘ Wonders of Geo-

logy,’ p. 304: but there is no proof that this polype belonged to 7

a Ventriculite.

How far it may be deemed expedient to admit of the applica- 7

shaped zoophyte, or to group together under the name of Veniri- ~

culide the incongruous assemblage of fossil zoophytes thus classed

by Mr. Smith, I leave for competent naturalists to determine. _

To those geologists who like me aspire only to a general

knowledge of the organic remains found in the respective strata, |

I believe that the accurate and simple exposition of the form and

Mr. Smith commenced his arduous labours, will be found alike |

true to nature and perfectly intelligible: the sublime transcen-

dentalisms in the communications to which the above remarks

refer, are far beyond the comprehension of such humble ob-

servers as, Gentlemen, your very faithful servant, i

GipEon ALGERNON MANTELL. _

Chester Square, Pimlico, May 5, 1848.

XLVI.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 4

By Arruur Henrrey, F.L.S. &e.

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division.

On the 22nd of November 1847, Prof. Mitscherlich read before Bi

the Royal Academy of Berlin, a portion of an essay on the De-

velopment and Composition of the Conferve. This has been

published in the monthly report of the Academy*, and is so in-

structive that it deserves a somewhat detailed report here. .

Prof. Mitscherlich selected the Confervee on account of the

simplicity of their structure and the rapidity of their develop-

ment, and C. glomerata is the species which he found best

adapted for the observations, as the cells are very distinct from

each other, and develope well beneath the microscope. Moreover:

* Monatsbericht der Konig]. Preuss. Acad. Nov. 1847.

ed ee

is 3

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. 437

t is the plant on which Mohl’s observations on cell-division * were

made, which observations however were made on distinct indivi-

“duals in different stages of development.

The author placed the plant on a slip of glass, covered it with

thin glass, and laid a loose filament of cotton round the latter,

he end of the filament being made to dip in a glass of water

close to the stage, so that as often as the evolution of gas from the

plant elevated the thin glass, the water soaked up by the filament

ran in and kept the plant constantly surrounded with water. By

this means he was enabled to continue the observations on one

plant for several weeks.

In the first place Prof. Mitscherlich gives an account of the

structure of the plant and the action of various reagents upon the

tissues. The entire plant, with all its branches, is surrounded

by a common, connected membrane ; this may often be clearly

distinguished in perfect cells from the membrane of the indivi-

' dual cells; it withstands the action of acids longer, although much

thinner, so that when sulphuric acid is applied to the Conferva

under the microscope, the membrane of the cells is dissolved, and

when after some time openings occur in the outer enveloping

membrane, the contents escape, and the envelope remains as a

_ tube with very thin walls. It is clear that the envelope is yet

—undecomposed, and that what is seen is not the mere remnant

of an enveloping membrane, from the fact, that when the upper

part of the tube is properly focused, it requires a quarter of a

revolution of the adjusting screw to bring the lower part into

focus. The envelope is finally dissolved by the sulphuric acid,

without acquiring a brown colour or leaving a brown residuum ;

therefore it is distinct from the substance of the long cells of

_ wood, or of the cells of the stones of fruits ; it is not coloured blue

_ by iodine and sulphuric acid, therefore it is not cellulose ; it was

- not possible to obtain enough of it for analysis ; it agrees best in

its peculiarities with the cell-membrane of Yeast. No special

_ structure could be made evident by any mechanical or chemical

_ means.

_ The cell-membrane which forms the wall of every individual

- cell consists of vegetable fibre-substance (Faserstoff’), the so-called

| cellulose. It is coloured brown by iodine, and when sulphuric

_acid is applied to the wall thus coloured, every part acquires an

intense blue tint and then it dissolves, the blue colour disap-

pearing without leaving a trace of brown behind}. From all re-

searches at present known to us, the blue colour which iodine pro-

_ * Vermisch. Schrift. p. 363, 1845.

_ t The author recommends a saturated solution of iodine in iodide of

| potassium or sodium, to avoid the inconveniences attending the separation

_ of the iodine which occurs when the alcoholic tincture is used.

438 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

duces can only indicate a compound of iodine with starch. Iodine

in a divided condition, whether dissolved or in powder, is always”

brown ; but that the blue compound which fibre-substance (cel-

lulose), iodine and sulphuric acid produce, when washed away

with water leaves a residuum which gives no blue colour unless

sulphuric acid is again applied, implies that the starch which has

been found has been converted into dextrine by the addition of @

water and the presence of concentrated sulphuric acid. = |

When the Blas is heated with hydrochloric acid of the 4

usual strength, the cell-wall swells up and splits into separate %

fibres, the diameter of these being less than y5455ths of a mil- 4

side in the direction of the length of the cell ; no spiral -@

ment or crossing of these fibres could be observed. The walls of 9

many cells, which consist of cellulose, become split up into such 7

fibres by boiling in hydrochloric acid; this may be seen very 7

plainly im the bass-fibres of flax, and a splitting-up of this kind 7

occurs in mechanical operations upon them, as in the manufac- 7

ture of paper. The cuticle does not pass in between the conti- 7

guous cells, so that the walls of the two cells are in immediate

contact. @

The contents of the cell consist at first of a gelatinous mass, 7

coloured green by chlorophylle; the green colouring matter, which 7

forms but an insignificant proportion of the whole, is dissolved on

the addition of hydrochloric acid, and the gelatinous mass con- 7

tracts. Iodine colours the mass brown, and then denser masses 7

(nuclei), which lie irregularly scattered through it, become more 7

the cellulose; heated with nitric acid and then saturated with

consists at least in part.of proteine compounds. ; a

At a certain epoch of the development the nuclei of the gela-

tinous mass become opake and increase in diameter ; then starch 7

can be distinctly detected in their interior by means of iodine ; #)

in other Conferve, for instance in Spirogyra, these points, in

which starch is sometimes formed, may be perceived more ‘di-

stinctly. Sometimes the green gelatinous mass lies closely ap-

plied to the cell-wall in C. glomerata, and the whole cell is densely”

filled with it ; sometimes, and particularly in rapidly developing”

cells, a clear fluid lies between the gelatinous mass and the w

and in this fluid sometimes occur particles in molecular motion ;

spaces filled with clear fluid also occur in the interior of the mass,

and are traversed by reticulated processes of the gelatinous

matter. ; q

The author observed and determined the growth and multipli-

cation of C. glomerata in cooperation with his assistant M. Lasch,

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. 439

n a great number of specimens; it will be sufficient to describe

he complete course of the changes.

_ On the 19th of September a lateral branch consisted of two

| cells ; on the 21st of three; on the 28rd of four ; on the 24th of

six ; on the 26th of seven cells ; in another branch from a cell at

me distance, the same multiplication and enlargement occurred.

0 formation of cells within cells was observed, solely multipli-

cation by division. This usually commenced when the length of

the cell was about ;4,ths of a millimetre.

_ The gelatinous mass usually separates a little from the cell-

wall, and then a small ring is formed upon the latter ; thus in the

fourth cell of a side branch nothing was perceptible in the morn-

ing, then the foundation of a ring was formed ; some two hours

_ later the diameter of the ring was already more than half the

_ diameter of the internal cavity of the cell; the gelatinous mass was

retracted. About a quarter to one o’clock the mass parted so as to

leave a cavity ; a few moments after the mass divided on one side,

and about half-past two the division was complete. The forma-

_ tion of a septum is generally effected in from four to five hours ;

_ the wall is a new structure and by no means a constriction *; it

_ is at first a very thin membrane which extends across from one

wall to the other; fresh cellulose is deposited upon this mem-

brane, and when the cell elongates and enlarges every cell ex-

_ hibits its own proper wall, which, where the walls of the parent-

cell and new cell are in contact, stands apart from the former.

_ Sometimes it happens that a cell-wall is only half-developed,

_ very often only on one side; deposits are then subsequently

| found on these structures; and unless the development of the

- membrane is continuously traced under the microscope, these

_ structures may easily be taken for the commencement of infold-

_ ing or constriction.

If the Conferva is boiled in solution of soda of 1:35 sp. gr.,

_ which does not dissolve but loosens the texture of cellulose, the

- deposited mass frequently separates from the septum by which

_ the division is first of all produced, and thus it may be distinctly

observed ; acetic acid has the same effect. The division takes

_ place most frequently in the terminal cell, but also very often

in the others, even in the old cells of the primary filament.

From the manner in which the gelatinous mass is divided by

_|the new membrane, it is very clearly seen that the mass is not

_ surrounded by a membrane; projecting pieces also and separate

portions of the gelatinous mass are generally seen, which are not

| * The author appears to misunderstand the way in which the constriction

is said to take place. No one now supposes that the cell-wall is constricted,

_ only the contents; and the septum is certainly a new structure, a double

_ layer of membrane formed in the fold.--A. H.

440 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany : | :

inclosed in a membrane. When solutions which act throug

endosmose are applied to the cells, these abstract water from the

gelatinous mass, and the outermost layer, which thus becomes

the densest, may easily be mistaken for a membrane. The side

branches are formed by the bulging-out of a cell, and this always:

occurs at the same end in all cells ; thus if we call the end of a

cell where such a protrusion has occurred, the upper end, it will

be found at the upper end of all the cells. This bulging portion

elongates into a cell, and the membrane which produces the di

vision is usually formed close to the parent-cell. Sometimes it

happens that if the parent-cell dies, or the contents have run out

by a wound, the cell of the lateral branch elongates into the

parent-cell. j

The formation of the lateral branches by protrusion is of espe-

cial interest for the explanation of the multiplication of the top-

Yeast (ober-hefe) ; no formation of cells within cells takes place

in this. The author has repeatedly observed the whole course

of the formation of a cell, in Yeast, beneath the microscope, and

no little cell could ever be seen in the little nodule which first of

all originates by the bulging-out of the parent-cell ; a small gra-

nule of the contents of the parent-cell sometimes lay in front of

the place where the bulging took place, but this never entered

the young cell. In the bulging of the C. glomerata an opening

exists which is almost as i as the new cell; in the Yeast the

opening is very small. The cell-membrane itself grows forth as"

in the Conferva glomerata, and the gelatinous contents increase

within ; some of this matter can be detected, by means of iodine,

in the nodule at the very commencement of the protrusion.

The cells of Yeast are composed of a cell-wall and gelatinous ~

contents which become granular, and the granules again consist —

of cell-wall and gelatinous contents, therefore of cells; the cell-

wall is probably identical with the cuticula of the Conferve ; the —

cellulose layer is wanting in the Yeast, and in the Conferve the

primordial utricle which H. von Mohl has pointed out in other

cells does not occur. ‘4

The deposition of. starch takes place in the Conferve, as in

other plants, when the usual process of development in the cell —

is not so active or is hindered, and it ceases when this process be- —

gins again*, 7

The remainder of the paper relates to the chemical analyses of —

the different portions of the Conferva ; but it will be more inter-

esting to consider here the relations of the observations brought —

* Starch is not usually formed abundantly in cells until they have ceased —

to grow. Indeed the formation of starch and the process of growth may be ~

regarded as directly opposed phenomena, one being the accumulation of —

nutrient matter, the other the consumption of it.—A. H.

‘On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. 441

forward in the preceding pages to the investigations of other in-

uirers.

In the first place, with regard to the action of sulphuric acid

and iodine upon the various membranes, H. von Mohl* has shown

_ that this depends more upon the age of the structure than any-

| thing else. He finds that these reagents produce the blue colour

in young cell-membrane, and that the older structures which are

usually coloured brown, are brought into a condition to acquire

the blue tint with iodine by boiling in nitric acid or solution of

' potash ; and this without destroying the membrane, at all events

| without converting it into starch, since it remains insoluble in

_ boiling water. He finds solution of potash produce the effect

_ best in epidermal structures; nitric acid in the ligneous tissues.

‘It is uncertain whether this altered condition of old tissues de-

_ pends on spontaneous alteration or the penetration of the tissue

_ by new substances. Unger+ also states that these structures

_ which are usually coloured brown by iodine may be made to ac-

‘quire the blue colour by boiling in concentrated sulphuric acid.

These observations show that mere chemical reaction is not suffi-

cient to determine the physiological nature of the tissue. The

outer layer, which Prof. Mitscherlich calls the cuticula, is appa-

rently the wall of the original cell ; the new cell-walls do not form

part of it, being deposited on its interior in successive layers, with

which the new septa are continuous.

_ With regard to the process of division many modifications of

' opinion exist ; almost all recent observers however agree in attri-

_ buting the principal influence to the substance which Prof. Mit-

_ scherlich calls the gelatinous mass. This is the Schleim of most

_ German authors, translated by many English authors as mucus, and

_ by myself always as mucilage or mucilaginous matter ; a bad term,

_ and one which it would be desirable to replace universally by the

- one proposed by H. von Mohl, Protoplasm, which involves no

_ theory of its chemical nature, but certainly is correct in the view

| it assumes of the function of this matter. Some German authors

_ apply the general term of Inhalt or cell-contents to it: it is the

eytoblastema of Schleiden and the endochrome of other authors.

_ Kiitzingt holds that this protoplasm is enveloped in a special

_ membrane, which he calls the amylid-zelle. H. von Mohl§ de-

| * Ueber das Wachsthum der Zellmembran. Bot. Zeitung, vol. iv. p.337,

_ 1846.—Translated in Annals of Nat, Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xviii. p. 145, 1846,

_ Untersuchung der Frage: Bildet die Cellulose die Grundlage sammtlicher

| vegetabilischen Membran? Bot. Zeitung, vol. v. pp. 497, 521, 545, 1847.

_— + Die Intercellularsubstanz und ihr Verhiltniss zur Zellmembran bei

Pflanzen. Botanische Zeitung, vol. v. p. 289, 1847.

{ Linnea, 1841, p. 546.

§ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pflanzen. Botanische Zeit-

‘ung, vol. i, 1813,—'Translated in Taylor's Scientific Memoirs, vol. iv. p. 91,

442 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany. | ;

scribes such a structure under the name of the primordial-schlauch, —

the name of primordial utricle. Unger* also takes the same view. —

Nageli maintains that there is no special membrane inclosing the —

cell-contents, and like Prof. Mitscherlich he believes that the ap-—

pearances which the protoplasm presents when coagulated on the ‘

surface have deceived the above observers. My own observations}

have led me to agree with H. von Mohl, and the independent —

membranous nature of the primordial utricle is also asserted by -

K. Miillerf. ; :

The action of the protoplasm in the production of the septum —

in cell-division is therefore either immediate, as asserted by

Nageli §, who declares that it secretes the new membrane or —

thickening layers, as the case may be, or it is the investing mem- —

brane of the protoplasm, the primordial utricle, on the surface —

of which the new deposits are formed and moulded.

Niageli says, that the protoplasm divides into two complete

portions, at once, and deposits the septum, perfect, though as yet —

very thin. Unger also describes the division of the oriivasnal

utricle as being effected at once, and the formation of the whole —

septum as simultaneous. ‘

It has just been seen that Prof. Mitscherlich holds the forma-—

tion of the septum to be progressive ||, and H. von Mohl de- —

scribes and figures the whole series of stages which he saw, and —

which convinced him that the process of formation proceeds from —

~ the periphery to the centre ; that the primordial utricle gradually

folds in, and secretes the cell-membrane as it advances. My own —

observations** agree with this view, and it is principally supported

by what I saw in common with H. von Mohl, namely the con- —

tinuation of the cell-contents through the imperfect septum. —

However Niageli states that this appearance is produced by the —

adherence of the contents to the centre of the septum. On the —

other hand, I believe with Von Mohl that the conclusion that the —

contents are divided into two parts at once may be founded on an —

error caused by the action of reagents, which when they cause the —

protoplasm and primordial utricle to contract violently, also fre- —

quently produce a rupture across the isthmus which connects the —

contents of the two parts of the dividing cell.

* Lc. supra.

tT Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xviii. p. 364, 1846. Fi

t Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Charen. Botanische Zeitung, vol. iii. —

1845.—Translated in the Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xvii. 1846.. F

§ Zellenkerne, Zellenbildung, &c. Zeitschrift fiir Wiss. Bot., Heft 1&3. —

The former paper is translated in the Ray Society’s publications, 1845. q

|| Prof. Mitscherlich does not attribute any function to the cell-contents.

§ Vermisch. Schrift. p. 363, 1845.

** Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ll. c.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 443

_ I may add to the above, in conclusion, that the opinions of

observers are becoming more and more in favour of the view, that

- multiplication by cell-division is the regular mode of increase in

| vegetating or growing parts. Niageli* asserts it in his most re-

_ cent publications, and Unger + considers that it is the mode of

_ increase in the cambium layer or growing region of wood. On

| the other hand, Mohl, Miiller, Nageli and many other authors,

_ agree that spores, pollen and embryos are produced by free cell-

formation from nuclei.

- XLVII.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker,

F.LS.

[Continued from p. 345.]

EientoH Grovp.

q Tue following species is one of the most beautiful of the Bri-

_ tish Aphides, and is distinguished from all other kinds by its

peculiar structure.

17. Aphis Juglandis, Frisch.

Aphis Juglandis, Frisch, Ins. xi. pl. 16. f. 1, 5.

| Lachnus Juglandis, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 150. 3.

The viviparous winged female. It feeds from July to October

_ on the leaves of the walnut, Juglans regia, and is stationed in

_ clusters along the middle vein of the upper side of the leaf. The

body is pale orange: the head is darker, and rather short and

_ broad: the front forms an angle where it retreats on each side,

_ and is slightly concave in the middle : the feelers are filiform, and

_ a little more than one-fourth, or sometimes full one-third, of the

length of the body; the fourth joint is much less than half the

length of the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ;

the sixth is less than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is

| much shorter and more slender than the sixth ; the tips of these

_ joints are black : the eyes are red : the mouth reaches to the mid-

dle hips ; its tip is black: the dises of the chest and of the breast

_ are black: the sides of the fore-chest are notched : the abdomen

_ israther large, and sometimes it contains upwards of thirty young

' ones which are all of the same size: the nectaries are extremel

| short, and less than one-twentieth of the length of the body: in the

_ pupa there are four rows of brown spots along the back of the

-abdomen; the middle rows, which are confluent in the winged

‘insect, have a short and slender transverse brown line on each

‘interval between the spots: the fore-legs are much shorter than

* Zeitschrift fiir Wiss, Botanik, Heft 3, 1847, + LZ. cit.

dell Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the hind-legs, which are rather long and stout; the shanks are —

nearly straight : the wings are colourless and of moderate size; —

the veins are brown and strongly marked ; their borders are |

clouded with brown ; the space between the rib-vein and the fore-

border of the wing is clouded as far as the brand, which is irre-

gularly spindle-shaped, and for the most part colourless; the

first and the second branch-veins are nearly straight ; the third

is distinct at its source, inclined inwards, and forms two ve

obtuse angles where it throws off its forks ; the first fork begins

soon after one-third, the second long after two-thirds, of the length

of the vein: in the hind-wings the space between the vein and

the fore-border is clouded for more than half the length of the

wing ; the tips of the other veins are also clouded : the feet, the

tips of the shanks, and the tips of the hind-thighs are brown ;

there is also a slight brown mark at the tip of each of the other

four thighs.

Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 5 lines.

The oviparous wingless female. Found at the end of October.

and spindle-shaped : the head is black, slightly varied with orange, —

black spots along the back, the middle rows consisting of long _

transverse spots, some of them confluent along the back of the ab- —

domen ; there is also a transverse row of four narrow black streaks —

on each interval between the large spots: the abdomen beneath

is orange ; its tip is yellow and its sides are varied with alternate —

spots of pale yellow and black: the spots on the chest are larger —

latter are nearly confluent : the feelers are yellow with black tips, —

yellow ; in the hind-legs the tips of the thighs, the shanks except _

their tips, and the feet except the middle part, are black.

The winged male. This also appears at the end of October, and

much resembles the winged female: the head and the abdomen

back, those towards the tip are interrupted : the feelers are black,

yellow at the base, and about half the length of the body: the —

wing-ribs are pale yellow: the wing-brands are brownish black.

Nintu Grovp.

18. Aphis bifrons, n.s.

A single insect found near London on the 20th of July, 1847,

on the alder ?

The viviparous winged female. The body is yellowish brown and

thickly covered with white powder : the head short and broad; the —

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 445

_ forehead broad, very slightly convex, with a little tubercle on each

_ side at the base of the feelers : the eyes are dark brown and promi-

_ nent: the mouth reaches the hind-shanks : the chest and the breast

_ are dark brown ; the fore-part paler : the feelers are setaceous, more

_ than half the length of the body ; the fourth joint a little shorter

than the third ; the fifth a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth

_ full half the length of the fifth ; the seventh a little shorter than

_ the fifth : the nectaries do not appear above the surface of the ab-

_ domen : the legs are tawny, long and rather stout ; the knees, the

feet, and the tips of the shanks are dark brown; the shanks are

_ very slightly curved ; the fore-legs are a little shorter than the

_ hind-legs: the wings are colourless, and not very long ; the veins

_ and the wing-brands are tawny ; the brands are irregularly spin-

dle-shaped ; the rib-veins widen gradually into the brands very

_ soon after the middle of the fore-border of the wing ; the fourth

- vein springs from hind-border of the brand at three-fourths of

_ the length of the latter; the third vein is distinct along its

_ whole course, and is forked a little before one-third of its length,

and forked again just after two-thirds of the same.

Length of the body 14 line ; of the wings 4 lines,

TentH Grove.

19. Aphis Populi.

| Aphis Populi, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 736.27 ; Faun. Suec. 996 ;

_ Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 216. 27; Syst. Rhyn. 298. 27 ; DeGeer. Ins.

iii. 94. 15. tab. 7. f. 1-7; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 126. 98; Ratz.

Forst. Ins. iii. 218: 16.

_ Myzegirus, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™ série, v. 479.

_ _ The viviparous wingless female. It is pale yellowish green, oval,

_ and hairy: there are irregular stripes of darker green along the

_ abdomen : the feelers are pale yellow, and shorter than the body ;

_ their tips are brown : the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip is brown:

_ the eyes are dark brown : the nectaries are brown, and less than

_ one-twelfth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow,

_ and moderately long; the feet and the tips of the shanks are

_ brown. It is surrounded by its offspring which are almost white,

| and prettily mottled with green. In the middle of June 1846

_ beneath the leaves of Populus nigra, the black poplar, and P. di-

| latata, the Lombardy poplar.

| _ Ist variety. This is smaller than the preceding, and when

_ young is pale dull green with a bluish line on each side, oval,

| convex, slightly pubescent : the head, a large spot on each side of

"the fore-chest, the feelers, the mouth, the nectaries, and the legs

are blackish green: the feelers are less than one-third of the

| length of the body: the eyes are dark brown: the nectaries are

446 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

not more than one-twentieth of the length of the body. Beneath —

the leaves of Populus alba, the white poplar, a little before the -

middle of April. In the beginning of June when full-grown it~

is pale green, varied with vivid green, and is hairy, oval, and

rather flat : the feelers are pale green, shorter than the body 5

their tips are brown : the eyes are black : the mouth is pale green ;—

its tip is brown: the nectaries are very short: the legs are pale

green, and moderately long ; the feet and the tips of the shanks

are brown. if

There are often two interrupted brown lines along the back ; —

these lines vary in breadth and distinctness, and sometimes occupy —

the greater part of the back ; they occasionally occur only on the —

head and on the fore-part of the chest. The young ones have ~

the front convex in the middle : the broods are less numerous in ~

this species than in the kinds with long nectaries : the little ones —

before birth are of various sizes, and the smallest do not exceed —

the size of the heads of the largest. :

The oviparous wingless female. In colour it resembles the vivi- —

parous wingless female: the feelers are not more than one-half, —

or sometimes than one-third, of the length of the body, which is —

more or less lengthened towards the tip: the hind-shanks are —

slightly dilated and of a rather darker colour than the other ~

shanks : the fore-chest, like that of the male, has a dark spot on —

each side. Its eggs are three or four in number. j

The viviparous winged female. Black, and rather small: the —

fore-border, the hind-border and the underside of the fore-ehest —

are dark green: the abdomen is green, and has an interrupted —

black band across the back of each segment, and a line of black ~

dots along each side: the feelers are black, pale yellow towards —

the base, and shorter than the body: the eyes are black: the —

mouth is dull green: the nectaries are black, and hardly one- —

twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow and —

moderately long ; the knees and the tips of the shanks are brown ; —

the hind-thighs are black: the wings are colourless, and much —

longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale yellow ; the wing- —

brands and the veins are black, and the latter are slightly 3

clouded. 3

Ist variety. Smaller than the preceding: the abdomen and —

the underside of the fore-chest are pale green : the feelers are pale

brown, pale green at the base, and a little shorter than the body :

the mouth is pale green with a black tip : the legs are pale green: —

Populus alba, the white poplar, in the beginning of June. 3

At the end of August it much resembles the male in colour, —

and sometimes, as in that sex, the wing-brand extends beyond —

the rib-vein which passes through it, and the zigzag le men-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 44,7

tioned in the description of the male indicates the border of the

brand.

_ The pupa is elliptical, and of a bright yellow colour.

The winged male. It acquires wings early in October, and its

deep red or crimson-coloured pupz may be seen for some time

previously feeding here and there among the viviparous and ovi-

parous females. The head is broader than the chest: the front

is armed with bristles, slightly concave in the middle, and retreat-

ing on each side: the eyes are prominent: the feelers are seta-

ceous, and as long as the body ; the fourth joint is much more

_ than half the length of the third ; the fifth is much shorter than

the fourth ; the sixth is a little more than half the length of the

| fifth, and increases in breadth from its base to its tip ; the seventh

is rather longer than the fourth, and is much more slender than

| any of the preceding joints: the fore-chest is rather broad and

short ; its length is one-fourth of its breadth ; the sides are con-

vex and not notched: the nectaries are not more than one-twentieth

of the length of the body : the legs are rather short and stout ; the

shanks are very slightly curved : the wings are long and colour-

less ; the veins are brown ; the wing-vein does not widen into the

brand, but passes along its hind-border which is very slightly

curved, and not angular; it is spindle-shaped; the veins are

strongly marked ; the first and the second branch-veins are near

together at the base, the first is straight, the second is slightly

- eurved ; the third is obsolete at its source, and is forked before

one-third, and forked again before two-thirds of its length, and

it forms two yery slight obtuse angles where it casts off its forks ;

a very slender zigzag line runs along the brand at a short di-

_ stance from its hind-border ; the fourth vein is unusually long.

_ The body is yellow: the feelers, except the base of the third joint,

_ the tip of the mouth, the disc of the chest and that of the breast,

_ and the four hinder thighs, are brown : the eyes are red; the wing-

_ brands are brown. Irregularities in the wing-veins :—1st, The

| fourth vein is curved towardsits tip. 2nd, The tip of the lower

_ branch of the first fork, and the tips of both branches of the

| second fork are wanting. 3rd, The lower branch of the second

| fork is obsolete.

Length of the body 3-13 line; of the wings 23 lines.

This species may be found from June till October, but is not

| abundant till the autumn, when the winged female disappears ;

but the viviparous wingless female is common in October, the

_ season for the pairing of the male with the oviparous female.

ee *

20. Aphis hirticornis, n. s.

The viviparous winged female. The body is dull dark buff : the

‘disc of the head and that of the chest are brown: the feelers are

448 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

slender, setaceous, hairy, and as long as the body; the fourth —

joint much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter —

the tip, and is not half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is as —

long as the sixth, and much more slender than the preceding —

joints: the front of the head is nearly straight, and has no tuber- ~

cles : the tip of the mouth is brown, and reaches the middle hips: —

the sides of the fore-chest are convex: the nectaries are about —

one-twentieth of the length of the body: the wings are colourless ;

the veins and the wing-brands are pale brown; the rib-veins —

widen into the brands which are irregularly spindle-shaped, and —

form on the hind-border a scarcely perceptible angle from whence —

springs the fourth vein ; the first and the second veins are nearly

straight; the third vein is slightly inclined inwards, and forms two —

very obtuse angles where it throws off its forks; the first fork

begins after one-third, and the second fork before two-thirds of

the length of the wing ; the two forks are sometimes much nearer

to each other in one wing than in the other : the legs are yellow,

and moderately long ; the shanks are very slightly curved, and —

rather hairy ; the tips of the feet are brown.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 3 lines.

July, on the oak, near London.

om seh

ee ee

ELEVENTH GRovp.

21. Aphis Aceris.

Aphis Aceris, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 7861; Faun, Suec. 999; —

Fabr. Syst. Ent. 735. 9; Sp. Ins. ii. 385. 10 ; Ent. Syst. iv. 211. —

1] ; Syst. Rhyn. 295.11; Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. 1.2208; Geoffr. —

Ins. i. 495. 5 ; Reaum. Ins. ii. 281-350. t. 22. f. 6-10; Scopoli, —

Etruse. 260. 1372 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1.111; Fonscolombe, —

Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 173. 13; Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 125; —

Ratzeburg, Forst. Ins. ui. 218. ;

Acerifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 479.

This species abounds on the different species of maple, such as —

Acer Pseudo-platanus, the sycamore; A. Platanoides, the plantain- —

like or Norway maple; A. campestre, the field maple ; A. opali- —

folium, the guelder rose-leaved maple; A. Monspessulanum, the —

Montpelier maple ; A. tataricum, Tartarian maple ; A. Negundo, —

ash-leaved maple. ue |

The egg-born viviparous wingless female. It is hatched in the —

middle of February or later, and is then very small, black, bristly, —

linear, or slightly increasing in breadth towards.the tip of the —

abdomen : the limbs are short and thick: the mouth reaches a —

little beyond the tip of the abdomen, a character retained through —

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 449

life by some species of Aphis : the nectaries do not rise above the

surface of the body. In March it increases in size, sheds its

skin, is broader than before, and of an olive-green colour, with a

Jarge pale green spot by each of the nectaries which are dark

brown : there are four rows of large tubercles along the back, and

some of smaller size intermixed: the feelers are pale green,

_ darker towards their tips, or nearly brown, and not one-fourth of

_ the length of the body ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the

third; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is a little

_ shorter than the fifth, and the seventh has the same proportion

to the sixth: the front is convex: the mouth does not reach

beyond the hind-hips.

| The viviparous winged female. The pupe of this generation

_ appear in April, and are very variable in colour, in breadth, and

_ in outline ; the colour varies between bright pale yellow with a

slight green tinge or with two green stripes along the back, pale

green, dark green with black spots, red, and brown; the back

is covered with bristles, and the underside is sometimes black :

the feelers are more or less than half the length of the body ;

their tips, the feet, the tips of the shanks and the hind-

_ thighs are brown ; the latter are sometimes red; the shanks are

sometimes yellow: the nectaries are pale green with brown tips,

ind vary from one-twelfth to one-twentieth of the length of the

body. The wings are unfolded soon after the middle of April,

and when this process has just occurred the fly is pale green, but

afterwards the crown of the head and the disc of the chest become

black: the body is bristly, especially the abdomen, which has a

' black band across each segment both above and below ; the feelers

are black or brown ; they have a broad yellow band at the base,

and are more than half the length of the body ; the fourth joint

is more than half the length of the third; the fifth is a little

shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is spindle-shaped, and hardly

half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is much more slender

than the sixth, and more than twice or thrice its length: the

eyes are dark brown: the mouth and the nectaries are black :

the legs are pale yellow and bristly ; the feet and the tips of the

thighs and of the shanks are brown or black, which last colour

is most prevalent in the four hinder legs whose thighs are some-

times nearly all black : the wings are colourless, and much longer

the body ; the wing-ribs, the wing-brands and the veins are

, brown, green, or pale straw-colour. The colour of this insect

for a short while after it sheds its skin is a most delicate green or

” inclining to white, and resembling that of some very young

_ leaves, but more beautiful. At the end of September this winged

Aphis is black: the abdomen is dark dull yellow; the dise of its

yack except the sutures is black, and there is a row of black dots

»| Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 30

450 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

on each side: the feelers are nearly as long as the body: the

mouth is dull yellow ; its tip and the nectaries are black, and the |

latter are one-tenth of the length of the body. -

The second form of the viviparous wingless female. The winged —

mother in the beginning of June gives birth to a large progeny

of pale green young ones; these are covered with long white —

hairs, and have white limbs and brown eyes ; they sit in clusters —

beneath the sycamore leaves; thé number in each group varies —

from ten to some hundreds, and they continue thus without any —

increase of size for three months or longer; they are arranged —

with their heads converging towards the centre of the group. There

is a thin membrane or rim or edge round the body: the eyes are | |

red: the mouth reaches a little beyond the hind-hips; its tip is —

brown: the feelers are more than half the length of the 4

the legs are rather short and stout. In September.an alteneaical 4

takes place ; the body increases in size, becomes more and more 7

plump, and much less hairy, and its rim ceases: the fourth jomt—

of the feelers is about half the length of the third; the fifth is as —

_long as the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the —

seventh is rather more than twice the length of the sixth. I have a

found the full-grown viviparous wingless female on the maple in

August, but its occurrence then and during the preceding month ~

is uncommon: the body is rather narrow, but rapidly increases —

in breadth towards the hinder part: the back and the limbs are

hairy, and the feelers are nearly as long as the body; the foyrth®

joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is very nearly asa

long as the fourth ; the sixth is not half the length of the fifth;

the seventh is longer than the fifth. Both the wingless and the.

winged viviparous females in October resemble those of the pre-—

ceding generations : the forehead is slightly convex, rather bristly, —

and has no tubercles at the base of the feelers: im the winged —

insect the seventh joint of the feelers is longer than the fift fifth +

the third wing-vein sometimes sends forth its second fork before -

two-thirds of its length. «

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in the autumn, 3

and when very young is pale yellow; it acquires its full size”

during October, and at.an early period of the growth two deep

green spots appear on the back, and afterwards there are two

brown stripes along the back, having a buff space between them, —

and sending forth on each side a short branch to the border of

the abdomen which is much broader than the chest ; these stripes"

are sometimes very uneven, or broken, or various in shade and

in tint ; the colour of the whole body is also variable, being <a

low, or "brown, or green varied with black, or almost black :

contains eight large full-grown eggs which quite fill the body even

to the fore-chest : the abdomen is lengthened or drawn out towards.

-{ Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 451

the tip: the feelers are hardly half the length of the body ; the

ourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little

shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is a little longer than the fifth : the fore-

legs are not much shorter than the hind-legs; the hind-shanks

are slightly curved, tawny, and darker than the other shanks.

The winged male. This may be found from the middle of Oc-

tober till November : it is like the winged female with the excep-

tion of the following particulars :—the abdomen is dark green, and

aas a row of large transverse black spots along its back, and one

of black dots on each side: the feelers are thick till near their

tips: the legs are yellow; the hind-thighs from the middle to

ee tips, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black.

The feelers are scarcely hairy, and much shorter than the body ;

the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a

little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is rather more than half

the length of the fifth; the seventh is as long as the fifth; the

wing-brand is irregularly spindle-shaped, and gradually widens _

“soon after the middle of the wing ; the fourth vein springs from

‘a little beyond the middle of its hind border ; the third vein is

0) bsolete for some distance from its source, it is forked at one-

third and forked again just after two-thirds of its length; the

ond vein is also obsolete before its source: the legs are hairy ;

their shanks are straight.

| Length of the body 13—2 lines; of the wings 4 lines,

22. Aphis Acericola, n.s.

| The viviparous winged female. Found on the sycamore at the

nd of May and in the beginning of June. The body is black,

md rather long : the fore-border and the hind-border of the fore-

thest are green: the abdomen is grass-green, and has a row of

k spots on each side; the disc of its back is black, but tra-

sed by narrow green bands : the nectaries are black, and about

ne-fifteenth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow,

md moderately long ; the feet are darker : the wings are colour-

ess, and much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale

‘ellow ; the wing-brands are black; the veins are black. In

ther characters it resembles Aphis Aceris.

_ Length of the body 13 line ; of the wings 4 lines.

Tweirrn Grovp.

23. Aphis Populea.

lphis Populea, Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 116. 90.

hnus punctatus, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 93. 5.

viviparous wingless female. This insect sometimes occurs

London in the summer on the twigs of the Lombardy pop-

30*

452 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

lar, Populus dilatata, and of the willow-tree, Salix alba, vitellina

and caprea ; it is fixed there in dense masses, and each row over-

laps the one below it. Large companies of ants (Formica rufa)

are continually passing up and down the trunks of the trees

whereon it is stationed. The body is oval, rather flat, hairy, anc

of a very dull yellow colour, and thickly covered with gray aed -

der : the front is broad and slightly convex : the feelers are seta-

ceous, hairy, and much less than half the length of the body ;

their tips are dark brown ; the fourth joint is less than half the

length of the third; the fifth is full as long as the fourth; the

sixth is little more than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh |

is much longer and more slender than the sixth: the mouth

reaches the hind hips ; its tip is dark brown: there are six rows

of dark spots along the back: the nectaries are yellow, and not)

more than one-twentieth of the length of the hod the legs «

stout and rather hairy ; the fore-legs are much shorter than

_hind-legs; the feet, and the tips of the shanks and of the hind!

thighs are dark brown: the body contains about twenty young

ones of various size.

The viviparous winged female. This has much ieonpile all

the viviparous wingless female: the sixth joint of the feelers is.

much less than half the length of the fifth : the dises of the hos d,

of the chest, and of the breast are dark : the wings are colourle

and of moderate size ; the veins and the brand are tawny;

rib-veins widen into irregularly spindle-shaped brands soon after

the middle of the fore-border of the wing ; the first branch-yei

is nearly straight ; the second is slightly curved ; the third is ix

clined inwards, and forms two angles as usual ; its first fork begin

after one-third, and the second at two-thirds of its length ; it ap

proaches very near its source before it becomes obsolete.

Length of the body 13 line; of the wings 3 lines.

It is infested by an “Aphidius, and is also devoured byt th

grubs of a Syrphus and of an Agromyza.

24. Aphis Salicis.

Aphis Salicis, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 736. 26 ; Faun. Suec. 905,

Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat.1. 2207. 2210; Fabr. Syst. Ins. 11. 389. 4

Ent. Syst. iv. 219. 47; Syst. Rhyn. 301. 47; Reaum. Ins. i

281-350. t. 22. f. 2; Deg. Ins. iii. 50. 11; Schrank, Pau i

Boic. ii. 1. 102. 1176 ; Rossi,.Faun. Etruse. 264, 1398 ; Kz |

Mon. Pflan. i. 131. 100; Ratz. Forst. Ins. iii. 218. 18. ;

Salicifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc: Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, y. 480. a

The viviparous wingless female. Dull green, covered with white

powder, rather flat, and increasing in breadth from the head til

near the tip of the abdomen : there is a row of black spots o1

each side of the body: the sides are dull orange, and so dispose

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 453

as almost to form a tubercle on each segment : the fore-chest is

ve: the middle chest is rather shorter : the hind-chest and the

following segments are much shorter and of nearly equal size :

the feelers are slender, almost filiform, pale green at the base,

brown at the tips, and less than one-third of the length of the

dy : the eyes are brown ; the mouth is dull green : the nectaries

‘are yellow, and about one-twentieth of the length of the body :

he eas are dull green, long and stout; the feet are brown. In

the middle of April on the shoots of the willow.

- Ist variety. Dull olive-green, varied with brown.

The viviparous winged female. The wings of this fly are un-

_ folded before the middle of May : it is metallic black, and slightly

covered with gray powder: the fore-breast and the underside of

the abdomen are grayish green, and the back of the latter has

alternate bands of black and gray: the feelers are black, slightly

staceous, and hardly half the length of the body; the fourth

oint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is a little shorter

han the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth ; the seventh

s a little longer than the sixth: the mouth is dull green with a

larker tip, and reaches a little beyond the base of the hind-legs :

he eyes are black : the nectaries are orange and extremely short :

he legs are black, long and stout ; the thighs towards the base,

and the shanks except their tips are dark red: the wings are

‘colourless, and longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale

‘yellow ; the wing-brands are long, and dull buff; the veins are

“brown ; the rib-vein does not widen into the brand, but passes

tlong its hind-border ; the first and the secorid veins are nearly

straight ; the third is obsolete at its source, and is inclined in-

wards, and forms two very slight obtuse angles where it throws

off its forks ; the first fork begins soon after one-third, the second

soon after two-thirds of the length of the wing: the legs are

“rather stout, and long, and hairy.

Length of the body 2 lines ; of the wings 3} lines.

. THIRTEENTH GRovP. —

_ Containing one species which seems to be always wingless.

25. Aphis Salicivora, n. s.

| The viviparous wingless female. The body is oval, flat, hairy,

d yellow : the hairs on the sides of the body are very long : the

nt is hairy and slightly convex, and has no tubercles: the

feelers are slender, setaceous, and nearly as long as the body ; the

} fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is fully as

long as the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth, and im-

| ¢reases in breadth from the base to the tip; the seventh is much

454 Mr. Blyth’s Remarks upon specimens of Mammalia and B

more slender than the preceding joints, and is rather longer th

the fifth and the sixth joints together: the eyes are red,

rather prominent : the tip of the mouth is brown, and rea

the middle hips : the nectaries are very short, and not more than

one-twentieth of the length of the body : the legs are rather

short ; the tips of the feet are brown. a

Ist. variety. The feelers are less than half the length of the

body. “id

Lhe oviparous wingless female. The body is spindle-s L,

and contains two eggs: the feelers are rather less than half ne

length of the body : the hind-shanks are not dilated. al

The wingless male. It has a narrower body, and longer and =

stouter legs than the female: the body is nearly linear, and ob-

tuse at the tip: the feelers are much stouter than those of the

female ; the fitth joint is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is

much shorter than the fifth. *

Length of the body 4—-} line.

Sometimes above eight hundred insects of this species fee

together under a single leaf of the willow, S. caprea, from 1 the

beginning of May till the end of October, the latter month bemg

the time for the appearance of the male and of the ovipe

female. :

{To be continued. |

XLVIII.— Corrections of “ Critical Remarks on Mr. Gray’s Ca-

” talogue of Mammalia and Birds presented by B. H. Hodgson,

Esq., to the British Museum,” Ann. and Mag. N. H. vol. 3 ‘

p. 313. By E. Biyra, Curator to the Museum of the /

Society, Calcutta.

Page 313. Presbytis priamus does not inhabit Ceylon, but the

entelloid group of monkeys is represented over the low northern half

of that island by a peculiar species, of which Dr. R. Templeton (late

of Colombo) has favoured me with a living adult male, which I have

since figured and described by the name Pr. thersites, Elliot (J. ;

S. B. xvi. 1271). I have given coloured figures also of Pr. anton

(verus), Pr. priamus, Pr. hypoleucos, Pr. Johnii, Pr. cephalopterus

(three varieties of colour), Pr. pileatus and Pr. Phayrei. There is

another large monkey in Ceylon, peculiar to the elevated and colde

parts of the island*, which remains to be examined, but would se

to be very probably Pr. Johnii, which is common in the Neilgherries;

and Dr. Templeton assures me of the existence of a small monkey

probably undescribed,—all additional to the well-known Pr. cephale

* See Major Forbes’s ‘ Journal of Eleven Years’ Residence in Ceyle 2,”

ii. 144.

presented by My. Hodgson to the British Museum. 455

pterus and Macacus sinicus (or the Wdndura and Kdlawi of the Cin-

ghalese *).

_ The Tibetan Lynx I have since described by the name Felis isa-

bellina: vide J. A. S. B. xvi. 1178.

_ P. 314. For Sorex Perrotellit read S. Perrotettit.

P. 317. Sylvia indica, Jerdon, proves to be my Phylloscopus gri-

seolus, which must therefore now stand as Ph. indicus (Jerdon) :

while my MS. name flaveolus (cited by Mr. Gray) refers to the spe-

_ cies which was named Motacilla affinis by Capt. Tickell.

P. 319. For Staparola read Stoparola.

P. 321. For Emberiza sinops read oinops.

Mirafra assamica, M‘Clelland and Horsfield, v. Plocealauda typica,

Hodgson, has another synonym (apud Jerdon), it being the Alauda

peraira, ‘Temminck.

_ P. 323. Phalacrocorax leucotis, nobis, is the Graculus sinensis

4 (Lath. Droits:

_ P.383. For Toontoonu (native name) read Toontoonee, or Tiintint.

_ P. 384. For Tus-feek (ditto) read Tao-feek.

_ P.386,1.14. After the word “individuals ” insert of Halcyon

4 smyrnensis.

I find that though many females of Paleornis pondicerianus are

_ black-billed, others have the upper mandible coral-red as in the

| male, and some again imperfectly so; the latter being probably a

_ transitory stage from black to red. One in my possession had the

' upper mandible black for more than a year, when its colour changed

_ rapidly to bright coral-red.

_ P. 387 et seg. Jungle-fowls. A remarkable fact which I have ob-

served both in the wild Gallus ferrugineus (Gm.), and in G. Sonne-

_ ratii, is that for two or three months in the year (earlier in the

_ former than in the latter species), the nuchal hackles are replaced by

_ agrowth of short blackish feathers, nearly as in a pheasant but devoid

_ of brilliancy. This I have seen in no race of domestic fowls, not

' even in the hybrids produced between the male G. Sonneratii and a

' common hen; the hackles of these, when shed at the moulting sea-

_ son, being immediately replaced by others like them. In a curious

' small Malayan domestic cock I have (without wattles), the hackles

_ fall and leave the neck quite bare for a season, giving him a rather

_ singular appearance.

_ Respecting the matrimonial arrangements of the wild G. ferrugi-

_ neus,1 have still been unable to satisfy myself whether they are mo-

nogamous (as Capt. Hutton affirms) or polygamous to a greater or

| less extent. Capt. Tickell well remarks : ‘They dwell in such deep

_ and figerish jungles as not to be easily watched. I have met with

_ the males and females,” he adds, “ indifferently together—commonly

one male to three or four females. I remark however that just now

_ * The Inuus silenus, which has been generally assigned to Ceylon, is un-

known there in a state of nature, though inhabiting (as | have been assured)

| the neighbouring provinces of ‘Travancore and Cochin, on the mainland of

| India.

456 Mr. Blyth’s Remarks upon some Mammalia and Birds.

(#ebruary) the hens occur occasionally in little bevies by themselves ; —

and during a whole day’s search we do not find more than a solitary —

cock bird, and then by himself. But these separations of the sexes —

are not proofs of monegamy or polygamy. The eggs are generally -

six to ten in number.” Early in January I came upon a party of —

eighteen or twenty (driven together at least out of the jungle by the —

beaters) ; and the sexes in this instance were about equal in number, —

Mr, Skipwith writes me word, that he has made inquiries on this —

subject of several shikdrrees, and was told that when the opportunity 7

offers the cock is decidedly polygamous; ‘‘ and I suspect,” he adds, |

‘this must be the case, from a fact that has repeatedly come under |

my own observation when shooting, that in every covey of birds there |

are two or three hens to every cock.” Capt. Hutton states however |

that in the breeding season he has constantly found them paired; but |

this seems to have been in places where the species was not very nu- 7)

merous, the few pairs being widely scattered. . |

The following remarks on Jungle-fowl shooting may be here

quoted from the ‘Bengal Sporting Magazine’ (for May 1837):— 7

“The Bhund Moorg, or Jungle-cock, is pretty generally known to S|

Indian sportsmen. It is found in almost every part of the country 7

where there is jungle. Being however exceedingly shy, and fre- 7

quenting the thickest cover, an elephant is necessary for this sport, ~

though an occasional bird may be shot on foot. They sometimes —

rise in pairs, affording an easy right and lefter, though likely to flurry —

& young sportsman on first coming across them. I have always

found that, on beating for jungle-fowl, the best place is to take upa_

position eighty or one hundred yards ahead of my coolies, and allow —

them to beat the birds towards me. They take a good charge of —

shot to kill them dead, and when they are only wounded will run a ~

considerable distance. In this case, there is little chance of bagging —

the bird. On the Calcutta and Benares roads they are very plen- —

tiful, particularly at Oondah, Bancoorah, Chatua, Chundunkearee, —

Chass, and Goomeah—the last-named place especially.

‘« As the day breaks (on the line of march) you hear them crowing —

on all sides; at this early hour venturing to the skirts of the jungle ~

to feed in the grain and rice Khets, but appearing always on the

gui vive, and on your approach they immediately disappear. When —

accompanied with chickens, the sportsman (?) has the best chance —

of success, as they seldom forsake their young, and the chuck, chuck ~

of the old hen directs to the spot where they are. The weight of a —

jungle-cock is about 32 lbs.” q

~ Suchis the wild common fowl. The habits of one of the twoCingha- —

lese species are thus noticed by Major Forbes :—‘“ ‘These Jungle-fowl . ”

are continually announcing their position by a shrill double call, —

which is somewhat like the cry of the partridge, but has no resem- —

blance to the crowing of a ‘ domestic’ cock*. This call, when com¥ :

* The crow of G. Sonneratii is exceedingly different from that of G. fer- 7

rugineus, either wild or in any domestic variety,~-a sort of charrdh-cha- —

rlatcha.

Bibliographical Notices. 457

menced by one jungle-cock, is answered by every other within hear-

ing; then, with hostile intent and alternate sounds of defiance, they

gradually advance to their morning combat; they are even more

pugnacious than their domestic brethren; and I have seen jungle-

cocks, when replied to (apparently in a very different dialect) from

_ the fowl-yard, advance within its precincts, and give battle to its

_ champions. In taste their flesh resembles that of the pheasant; in

appearance, the males are like the common red dunghill-cock, only

_ with more glossy plumage, and a yellow spot in the centre of the

_ red upright comb ; the female is much smaller, and in colour resem-

_ bles the heath-hen of the moors.”

__ I know the species referred to by Major Forbes, and suspect it is

- that named G. Lafayettei ; being distinct from that of which the hen

is figured in Hardwicke’s ‘ Illustrations’ by the name G. Stanleyi,

_ and which inhabits more elevated ground. The habits portrayed

' are very decidedly those of a polygamous species ; and (equally with

_ those before cited of G'. ferrugineus) vividly recal to mind those of

| the British pheasant. And G. Sonneratii will answer and defiantly

__ crow against a common fowl, however widely different its voice, the

_ same as the Ceylon species; at least I speak of G. Sonneratit when

2 tamed, but not domesticated, and which if he breaks loose is most

_ readily recaptured by putting out a common domestic cock to entice

_ him to combat.

PP. 398. Is not Turdus rufulus, Drapiez, vel modestus, Eyton, iden-

tical with 7. javanicus, Horsfield, vel concolor, Temminck ?

As regards the Lanius phenicurus and L. superciliosus, 1 may re-

peat my observation that the colouring characteristic of the latter is

peculiar to the Malayan bird, common as L. phenicurus is through-

out India ; but that what I now consider to be females or young males

of the former are undistinguishable from the Indian L. phenicurus.

L. tigrinus is distinct altogether: and I may remark that I have

lately described a beautiful new shrike from the Tenasserim pro-

vinces, which is very nearly allied to L. Hardwichii.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles, par L. pe Konrtnox. Liége, 1847.

(Premitre Partie, Monographie des Genres Productus et Chonetes.) _

Tuts is the first of a series of works entitled ‘ Researches on Fossil

_ Animals,’ containing monographs of the genera Productus and Cho-

_ netes. These works are intended to supply the geologist and natu-

ralist with complete monographs of different genera, so as to embody

in one volume all the species of a genus which are now more or less

distributed through many periodicals, memoirs and transactions of

Societies. The first part contains a list of 107 works and memoirs

to which the author has referred in the subsequent pages. To this

458 Bibliographical Notices.

succeeds an historical introduction and observations on the generic —

characters, with a classification of the species. A detailed descrip- —

tion of each species is given, to which is appended a very complete —

synonymy. From the geologic and geographic distribution which

follows we extract a few notes. The number of species of Productus —

described amounts to 62, of which 4 are Devonian, 47 Carboniferous, —

10 Permian, and 1 Triassic. Of the 47 Carboniferous species 35 only —

are found in the lower divisions, viz. :— 4

P. striatus. P. proboscideus. _—_P. costatus. P. fimbriatus.

— giganteus. — genuinus. — subquadratus. — Buchianus. :

— latissimus. — Nystianus. — brachytherus. — Deshayesianus.

— flexistria — Medusa. — spinulosus. | — marginalis.

— mammatus. — plicatilis. — Villiersi. — granulosus.

— arcuarius. — Griffithianus. —tessellatus. | — Orbignianus.

— porrectus. — subleevis. — Humboldtii. — Verneuilianus.

— undatus. — Boliviensis. — pyxidiformis. — Christiani.

— expansus. — Leuchtenbergensis.

Not any species belongs exclusively to the middle division, al- ~

though 7 are common to the lower and middle portions, viz. P. mar-

garitaceus, undiferus, Flemingii, pustulosus, Keyserlingianus, aculeatus,

mesolobus. ‘The P. carbonarius is found only in the upper division.

The P. Cora, semireticulatus, scabriculus and punctatus appear to

have lived from the commencement to the close of the carboniferous ~

eriod. ,

. It is interesting to observe that all the Devonian species have —

common general characters, and may be arranged in the same group

(Caperati) ; a similar remark also applies to the Permian species,

which, with the exception of three, are nearly all comprised in the

group (Horridi), so that the latter group is almost composed of Per-

mian species, the P. Orbignianus, P. Verneuilianus, being the only

carboniferous forms; and it is not a little singular, in consulting —

the table of classification (page 29), to find that the Permian species —

have a much greater affinity with the Devonian than with the car- —

boniferous, notwithstanding the considerable period which must have —

elapsed between their development.

Under the geologic distribution of the genus Chonetes we find there

are 23 species known at present, which number may probably be in-

creased when the fossiliferous deposits of America, New Hollandand ~

Asia are more explored. Nevertheless the geological results to which —

the known species lead us are deserving of notice. From the obser- —

vations of M. de Koninck it appears (contrary to the opinion gene- ~

rally admitted), that with the exception of one, not any of the 23

species pass from one system to another, or even from the lower to

the upper beds of the same system.

The following table shows their distribution in the different parts

of the palzeozoic series :—

Bibliographical Notices. 459

_ Silurian. Devonian. Carboniferous. Permian.

C. striatella. C. Falklandica. C. concentrica. C. variolata ??

— cornuta, — sarcinulata. — papilionacea,

— dilatata. — comoides.

— crenulata. — Shumardiana.

— nana. — Dalmaniana. :

— setigera. — suleata,

— armata. — Buchiana.

— minuta. — tuberculata.

— convoluta. — variolata.

— elegans.

— Laguessiana,

— perlata.

From the inspection of the above table, it appears that the genus

Chonetes attained its greatest development in the carboniferous

system; it is there also that the species present many varieties of

form and are of the greatest size. This latter remark applies also

to Productus, to which Chonetes is closely allied. However, the pro-

portio in which this development has taken place is very different

for the two genera. With regard to their distribution in time, the

following conclusions are drawn from the table above quoted: the

two Silurian species belong to the upper beds of the system; in the

_ Devonian system the C. Falklandica, sarcinulata and dilatata cha-

racterize the inferior beds, the C. crenulata, nana and setigera are

characteristic of the middle portion, and the C. armata, minuta and

convoluta are found only in the upper beds of the same system. The

C. concentrica, papilionacea, comoides, Shumardiana, Dalmaniana, sul-

cata, Buchiana and tuberculata belong exclusively to the inferior

beds of the carboniferous system, the C. elegans to the middle, and

the C. Laguessiana and perlata to the superior beds of the same

system ; and lastly, the C. variolata belongs to different carboniferous

deposits, and appears even to pass into the Permian system.

In a memoir of this nature, it is almost impossible to attain abso-

lute correctness, more especially from the author not having had the

means of verifying all the species from original or well-authenticated

specimens ; independently, however, it is a work of great research,

and will be of considerable value to the palzontologist, in placing

before him carefully executed figures of the species belonging to

these two genera. The volume is in quarto, illustrated by 20 plates,

and contains also an alphabetical, synonymical and chronological

table of all the species.

Monographia Heliceorum Viventium, sistens Descriptiones systematicas

et criticas omnium hujus familie generum et specierum hodie cogni-

tarum. Auctore Lupovico Prrirrrr, Dr. Cassellana, Fasc. 1,2,3.

Lipsiz, 1847-48.

It is with great pleasure we announce the appearance of the com-

pletion of the first volume of this excellent monograph, containing

460 Linnean Society.

the Helices. ‘The author gives moderately long and complete com- —

parative descriptions of 3 species of Anostoma, 2 Tomigerus, 24 Stre-

ptazxis, 6 Proserpina, and 1148 species of Heliz, with their synonyma a

most carefully and completely elucidated. It forms one of the most

important additions which have lately been made to the study of

shells.

Malacologically considered, the work must be regarded as a retro-

grade movement : the author is a pure conchologist, belonging to the

same school as Klein, Montfort and Schumacher, for he pays little or

no attention to the animal, and even-refuses to adopt genera formed q

on the study of them: if the same system was followed with regard

to the marine mollusca, several groups which are now considered as

families, each containing several generally adopted genera, must be

reduced to a single genus. In the same manner, the immense num-

ber of kinds of Helices are arranged together in an artificial manner,

without any attention to their relation to one another, which is more

to be regretted, as Férussac in his ‘ Prodromus’ arranged the species

which he knew in most excellent natural groups; but Dr. Pfeiffer

appears to be quite destitute of the faculty of distinguishing or cha-

racterizing natural groups, though he describes the species so well.

It was the remarkable union of these qualities in the same individual

which so eminently distinguished Linnzus, Jussieu and Lamarck

from other naturalists, and causes the great value of their works.

A large proportion of the species are described from the English

collections, and where the author has not observed the species him-

self, he quotes descriptions given by its original describers.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY. 2

Feb. 15, 1848.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir “‘ On the early stages of the Development of Le-

manea fluviatilis, Agardh.”” By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq. Commu-

nicated by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F.L.S.

Mr. Thwaites attributes the neglect of the early condition of this

conferva to its having been confounded in this stage with Trente-

pohlia pulchella 8. chalybea, Harv., with which it is frequently found

growing intermingled. He states that it may be observed in great

abundance towards the end of November, covering the surface of

stones with a uniform, dark olive, somewhat villous coating, and

adhering with great pertinacity by means of its minute roots. The

structure of the plant at this early stage is found to consist of nu-

merous conferva-like filaments, of about a line in length and spa-

ringly branched. Each filament is about ;,4,,;th of an inch in dia-

meter, and consists of a single row of cells, which are from 4 to 6

times longer than wide, and have a blue-green endochrome arranged

etd ee ee ry

3 4

‘

Ry:

“gl

Linnean Society. 461

in a spiral manner, except in the terminal cells, where it is more

abundant and gives them a darker colour. This stage Mr. Thwaites

regards as analogous to the confervoid filaments which form the pri-

mordia of a moss, or to the mycelium of a fungus; and he adds that

Kiitzing has described and figured the early condition of Lemanea

torulosa, Agardh, as very similar.

From a cell near the base of this conferva-like structure a branch is

given off, which at first differs apparently from the ordinary branches

only in its cells being much shorter. This little branch increases

rapidly in length and thickness from the multiplication of its cells

by fissiparous division ; and to enable it to acquire a firmer support,

a number of roots are given off from its base (in the same manner

as in the phyton of a moss), and it is thus enabled to attach itself

and maintain an independent existence. From this period it gra-

dually puts on the well-known characters of the full-grown Le-

manea.

Mr. Thwaites believes that the study of the early development of

the Alge would well repay the careful observer. He thinks it highly

probable that very many of the structures now classed with the Pal-

melle are merely immature states of more complicated species; but

he recommends great caution in such investigations, as without a

good microscope and a practised eye, very essential characters readily

escape detection.

Read also‘a portion of Dr. Buchanan Hamilton’s Commentary on

the 9th Part of Van Rheede’s Hortus Maiabaricus.:

March 7.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir ‘‘ On Melianthee, a new natural order of plants,

proposed and defined by J. E. Planchon, docteur-és-sciences.” Com-

municated by the Secretary. ,

After an introductory critical sketch, the author proceeds to com-

pare together Melianthus, Diplerisma (a new genus founded upon

Melianthus minor, L., and Mel. comosus, Vahl), Natalia and Ber-

sama; thatis to say, the four genera which he proposes to unite

under the common name of Melianthee. This comparison includes

chiefly descriptive details, of the results of which the following

synoptical table will afford a summary view:—(See the Table on

pp. 462-3.) ©

A glance at the characters suffices to show that those among

them which are common to all the genera are also of undoubted

primary importance in most natural tribes. So, for instance, the

structure of the seeds, the relative position and numerical propor-

tion of the floral parts, the position and even the shape of the disc,

the pinnate leaves and the constant presence of stipules, are so many

points by which the connection of these plants is established. Ad-

mitting then the homogeneity of the order, the author proceeds to

point out its more general affinities.

Linnean Society.

462

9a TV

“Ma|[VUIs 91991] B ONO AIAO'T

*sjuo aurodyeo

OY YM opeUIAyE Bie cate

“9UO O9uy payaNTIOD ore leg?

| Worqas “torraguy ad “Ter9zB] OA

‘rowedns ouo { yenbeun et

srnds ynoyit

*rvpnSoAI1

Ap YSYs “vypoIOd ayy uey} sajyeug

Tonanmts

“UOIZIS

-od 4y%u wey? ur sou le 3V

“Tag

‘apduris sawaoRy

*(omy Jo

dn opeut) rejonedenut jems aug

-ageuurdiedurr ‘ayeus04, y

‘reijnded APoLys Zurmpon

*saad} [[eUIg

vTet** JOLPBUUS O]}FT] B OUO JAMO]

*squa autodeo

OY} YUM oyvUL99]e on

“aU OUT poyOoUUOD JIB act

TOTYA “LOLIOJUT OM} “[V.LOZB] OMY

‘romweadns ouo {yenboun Aypieyy

VERS NIG EAN OD SORE SEO IRRERNO SURO CDE c

Inds ynoyjt

“ren Bact

Ap yZys ‘eypor09 oy} URYY Jo]TRUMUg

SPR OPORTO Hee eee ee yeouyoumussy

“UOTIIS

-od 94311 Moy} Ur sem} Te +V

coees samauttsceeensdgesadee ns 496 emmeac

eeeecccoeresecccce e[duits SOULIOeyy

*(OmM4 JO

dn apeut) rejoradexut [jeus a9

seeeeeees Qavuutdiedult ‘ayvute}, Vy

*DyoU

-ud nuynog sy seweds aug

Retka as eatin sao} [jeug

Prerrery yy

q poyouuos pur Zur3100

“Woo suo IOLIOjsod pue [e10ye'T

Poorer eee eer rrrey Suyuea Quo TaMO'T

_ *syuguies ourodyeo

oy YIM aqeuseye ‘oyefnomnSuy

Oe e Pee eT eee eee eee eT eee eee eee eer Tere Y + 7

‘aaa Aqreuba [ye ‘oB.1e]

‘apIa JOLIayur OM} ‘MOLIeU

[e.1ezvy OM} ‘TJeUIs JoLIedns 9ug

SOOTHE OOH HH Heese meee Er EEE teeneee ¢

See eeerereseceneesoes ands qnoyIT AA

*repndert Ayqe

“YTVUlat ‘eT[O.109 VYy4 ULYY JodI1e'T

sereeeeonseersseeeers TBOLIQUIUIASY

*sjaotped ayy JO uors10} A].Av9

ay3 Jo sduenbasuoo ur‘aqeurdusay

Seem ee eeeeeesens oSery

ajduuis soula0ey

Hee ew eeeenee

Seer e tree ee eeeeees

Poe emer er emaneenee

[e193e] ‘901f OMT,

tereeeees oatsoddoqns 10 o9vu103[ Vy

*umop

Ysa ‘passaidpe ‘41048 @ UIT

‘paluowulsip-—wYaIvsoy IIT

stheneressorsssherevtacerssner (SNUG

Jous &q poyauuoo pue SuiSi0a |

-u0d sauoO JOL19}s0d pue [e194]

ED) 585908 codes dATPIOge euo TOMO]

“syuatudes outodyeo

oy) YIM oyeus9qe ‘ayejnomsuy)

eee eee CeCe ECO SEPP Eee CCPC eee Td ¢

-aaay Aqpenba ye ‘aBaey

‘opIm JOMyUT OM} ‘MOLTeU

yeqoqe] OM4 ‘T[eUIs ro0Ledns uC

TESTE OTE THOT e eee ¢

samds 939]08

-qO SOWITJOMOS PUL JOYS B ITA

sarepn3ei Alqe

-YIVMAL ‘B]]O109 9yy ULYY AVT1eT

seeeeeeeseeeeeeserens TROLIOUIUIASY

*spaorpod oxy Jo worss0} Ayo

aut Jos eousnbosu0o uy ‘oneutdnsoyy

eeereee teteeeeees QB uBrT

See eee wearer seneseree ayduris sag0B I

*(0M4 Jo

dn apeut) sejoradeayut 8.12, 0K,

srreerees oopuurdiivduit ‘yeu y

eoeee soecccccse snoiqe|3 ‘snooneys

*"-pamounsbpy—waonsoy I¥VT

sereeeees snogoeqiay Jey ‘sqnayg

seeneeee s[eqjog

*S}UOUL

Sas ourodyer

were tees xAjeg

“t8** SIOMOTT

“8 BOOB

aougoSaLO BUT

eeeeee sojndyg

seers soaBary

terse ggtoRyT

*** MOIWR}999 A,

“uasaty ‘VWVSUag “Pp SnUIy

“p8yI0H] ‘VITVIVN *g snuey

‘young ‘VWSIUATAIG, *Z snUay

"7 ‘SQHINVITAJ *[ Snuey

“WANYVSUAg °Z “IEG

‘WHHINVITAWNOAY *[ 095

‘youmd “WAHLNVILIW ‘P!O

~ 463

Linnean Society.

‘ *suopot{yoo

xaauoo-ourrd 943 ueYy J0ZU0T

QPIpel Varo B YIM ‘usar

“Nye ay} JO SIxe oY} UT FYSIES

-Ausoy ysourye ‘snoidog

*sno90R4Sng

‘snyqiue repndno Aysop B UTA

“£IBIITOS

*gUdISTYOpP IPIOTNIOT B YIM

*P2q9[ JON

‘ajusdeo ssoqopsqns ‘snovavItog

*Surpusosy

*9]Sue [VUloy

-UT 91} -JO aseq oy} 4B payoR}yy

*]J20 yore ur (snodoeue) |

“peqe[-s

*(J91Y9) sprvmyouq yuaq ‘aye[nqug

*(suawie4s

OY} ULM oyBUI94[e S[[99) PoT[9d-¢

*aseq

Tay} Vaoge apy] B ‘yorq ayy

UO poyoRyge ‘SqJo[d [BOT}AVA OMY

Aq Sutuedo ‘xejnoopiq ‘essoajuy

‘snoydjapeuou pur yoojied [TV

*syejod oy} YIM oyeutoy]Y

°¢

saejnuus Jo wsoydasoddryy

Bios *suoUl

*suopotsjoo

xoAauoo-ourpd oy} ULYyy I0ZU0{

QPPIpel 9YVARTD B YYIM ‘UdUT

“ngye oy? Jo SIxe oy} UT IySiVIg

seseseserses KUIOY JSOUNTR, ‘snoido9

cteseeceseeaseeee® gnOQOBISNID

snqie requdno Aysop B ITA,

seteceneneeseeeerssctecseasens KIBIIOS

+ gousosIap Iprorpnooy & YIM

seessenserserseesesee® DOGOT JON

* ginsdvo ssoqopSqns ‘snovov110g

PYYTERTLE Lee Sutpusosy

‘gue yeutoy

“UT OY} JO asEq BY} ye poyowyy

"+" 1199 You ut (snodo.yeue) |

festeeeees DOQOTF

(qo1y}) Spreayouq yuaq ‘ayefnqug

*(suomieys

OY} YIM 9}VULI9]e S][99) PeT[9o-F

*aseq

I9y} sdoge apy] eB “YoVq ayy

HO poyoRye ‘SzJo[O [BOTIAIA OMY

fq Suiuedo ‘aemoopiq ‘asi0.juy

“BUTIQURAL

JOLIayUt Vy} ‘paqoouuod APYSrys

IoL193s0d OM} YZ JO Saseq at,

sjejod oy YIM o3vUIIq[V

eee eeeeeneee snoueucprp Apysys ‘>

wostdaso0ddiyy

*sua

Oee eee eee eee

wereee

see eee tet eweeeeere

*suopayAjoo

xoAuoo-ourld 94} WeT} 19BU0T

QIpel ayeavpo eB YM ‘UsuT

“nye ay} Jo SIXe oY} UT IySIB.Ig

tereseereees KUTOY JOULE ‘snoidog

eee meee ene en eee etteee snosoRysnig

a7e][e ON

F 10%

“** goUaostyep Vprorfnooy B UITAL

“spud Y30q 78 paqoy you pue yenby

*snoia4d

-2.49} ysoulye arnsdeo sepMotyjog

ssrreeres Supugose IO [B}UOZLIOFT

-9]Sue peusojul ayy

JO O[pprar 943 sAoqe peyouny

* [29 Yous ut (snodosyeur) F 10 Z

letesteneeeseereseeeetee® DOUIOOI-F

“ss spVMyorq guaq ‘azBynqug

*(suomeys

OY} YIM 97VUIIITB S[[9O) PaT[9o-F

“ase

Tay} aaoge apy] eB ‘yoRq ayy

UO paypoeyye ‘S9J9[9 [VOTJAIA OY

Aq Surmado ‘repnooyiq ‘asr0.guy

“Buuvar

JOLIIFUT Vy ‘payoouUd ATWYSIIs

JoLIaysod OM} oy} JO Saseq I],

sorree syuqad ot} Y}TM ayeutaz]V

aseveecesces snoweudpip spysys ‘}

PPrerereerrrrreriry wmrosideso0ddiyy

*suoul

HRT eet e et em eee eeeereetes

Ae meet ete w ete eee tam ene eerreee

q |-mys pue spead ays usaMsoq

*suopeT{300

xoauoo-ourld 94} UeYy 1eZU0,

QpIpel oyVaRpO vw YIM ‘uUdUT

“nq[e 943 Jo SIxe aq} Ur IYTrES

eeecececcses Auroy qsoulye ‘snoidog

seteseeeseeeereeerteees gnOQORISNAD

deeseeeeressonerereerers QayTTLe JON

T1209 yore Ul Z

*** goUIOSTYVP IPlOT]NIOT B ITA,

setereeestrrees yodp SIT IB peqol-F

*snoieqd

B13} ysoure ayusdeo sv~MoT[Oy

treterees SuTpuaose IO [BIUOZMO PL

‘ojSue [euraqut

9} JO B[PprUl IY} BAoge poyouyy

"** T1a9 Gove ut (snodo.yeue) F

seetisetteneeseeeeersenee® DOTIOO}=F

oe" spremyoRg yueq ‘ezeynqng

*(suaure4s

OY} YIM 97VUIII[V S][99) PeT[9o-F

*aseq

Tay} Vaoge op} B “YoRq ayy

UO PayoRyyze ‘SIOTO [BOTAIA OAX4

fq Suruedo ‘repnooyiq ‘esi013Uy

“Buryjuea

JOLIAzUT VY} ‘payoauod ApYysys

JoLa3sod OM} OY} JO saseq YL,

sjejed oy) YILM a3eUIaITy

sseeeeseee+* snoureudprp ApYysys “F

utopides0ddyy

*SuauL

Renee teen eeeeeeeeeee

weet eee e tem enee

Wb; DUN. STEAD DOORN

eeetee ofrquig

se" TOWNg y

seston BYSOT,

seseeeees spaag

veseeeres gm

seeee** SOTMAG

eseees RUSS

set eeenee ays

+ TUNUBAG

oe eee srayyuy

s+" SUOTIRIS

464: _ Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Melianthus being usually considered as an anomalous form of Zy-_

gophyllee, the question presents itself, to what natural class this last _

order is to be referred? Is it also to be admitted simply as a tribe —

bert Brown in considering it as an independent order? The author

not only declares in favour of the latter opinion, but expresses his —

belief that while, on the one hand, Diosmee (including Rutee, Dios- —

mé@ proper, Zanthoxylee and Aurantiacee), together with Simarubee —

and Meliacee, constitute a natural class, so, on the other hand, Zygo- |

phyllee, Oxalidee, Connaracee, Leguminose and Moringee are closely —

connected into offe group, not only by their general structure and —

facies, but by the common tendency of their compound leaves to 4

periodical sleep, or occasionally to movement under an irritating in-—

fluence, a physiological phanomenon connected with the structural —

fact of the articulation of the foliole with the petiole on which it 7

moves.

Neither of the two natural classes just mentioned admits, in the —

opinion of the author, the new order of Melianthee. —

The pinnate leaves, irregular flowers, excentric and incomplete —

disc placed outside of the stamens, the quaternary proportion * of —

these organs in contrast with the quinary division of the calyx, the —

occasional cohesion of two of the sepals, the close analogy of the —

follicular capsule of Diplerisma with that of Cardiospermum, and of —

the coriaceous fruit and arillate seeds of Bersamee with the corre- —

sponding parts in Paullinia, and the fact of a species of Natalia being ~

justly named Paullinioides, are the points by which the close affinity

of Melianthee with Sapindacee are traced out. Thus by the know- —

ledge of very recent materials (Bersama and Natalia being both but ~

lately discovered) are confirmed the views which Adanson expressed ~

upon the affinities of Melianthus, when, in his otherwise rather hete-

rogeneous family of Gerania, he placed that singular genus between

Cardiospermum and Geranium.

After some other general considerations, the author concludes with |

a review of the geographical distribution of Melianthee, the most E

striking fact mentioned being the occurrence of Melianthus Hima-

layanus, Wall., in the mountains of northern India, while its only

congener, the well-known Melianthus major, L., does not exceed the -

limits of the flora of the Cape of Good Hope. “2

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

April 13, 1848.—Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

1. ‘‘Notes of Shropshire Rubi,” by the Rev. Wm. A. Leighton,

B.A.

The species noticed in this communication, which is the first of a

series, were Rubus ideus, suberectus, fissus (Fl. Shrop.), plicatus (W.

et N.), affinis (W. et N.), and nitidus (W. et N.). : ‘5

2. “ On the Reproduction of Cryptogamic Plants,” by the late ~

* Bersama must here be excepted, because cf its five stamens.

WRspelioneous. 465

Wm. Stark Dougall, Esq. ; part 3rd, on the Reproduction of Lyco-

_podiacee, Marsileacee and Filices.

- In this portion of the paper, the author first considers Lycopo-

diacee, in which he points out two sets of capsules differing in their

respective contents. In Marsileacee, also, he notices two forms of

productive bodies, and concludes by stating that there is evidence

favour of sexual reproduction in the Lycopodial alliance, the Ly-

copodiacee being hermaphrodite, and Marsileacee monecious. In

ilices, especially Polypodiacee, he points out the existence of anthe-

dia associated with filiform bodies, and of thecz or spore-cases, In

some ferns phytozoa have been detected. He concludes by a general

review of the whole subject, and expresses an opinion in favour of

the view that the union of two cellular bodies is required in order to

form the perfect spore.

| 8. Mr. Hamlin Lee exhibited a simple mode of constructing

aquatic cells for microscopical objects, by splitting across very flat

watch-glasses and cementing them to a piece of glass so as to leave

cavities for holding fluid.

Dr. Balfour noticed a few plants gathered at Arniston on the 25th

of March last. Eighteen phanerogamous plants were observed in

flower, including Pulmonaria officinalis, Lathrea squamaria, Galanthus

iwalis, &c.

- MISCELLANEOUS.

On some Microscopic Organisms found in the Stomach of a Peruvian

Freshwater Fish. By Prof. Exrenpere.

_M. Varencrennes having discovered in the stomach and in the

- intestinal canal of Lebiasina bimaculata, a new genus of fish belong-

ing to the family Erythrini, a number of Infusoria, forwarded them

_ to Prof. Ehrenberg to determine the species. ‘The stomach and in-

' testinal canal were filled as far as Bauhin’s ventricle with a blackish

_orreddish mud. The river in which this small fish lives is said to flow

| from the Titicaca lake, and we thus obtain, by means of the micro-

| scopic organisms contained in the stomach of this fish, the first

glance into the forms of the interior of Peru.

From Ehrenberg’s examination of several hundred kinds of fish, it

resulted that they very rarely and only accidentally contain isolated

specimens of infusoria taken up with their food in the contents of

their stomach and intestinal canal, a circumstance of importance in

deciding the question respecting the origin of guano. ‘This is gene-

rally regarded as the product of the numerous piscivorous birds in-

habiting these localities. As these birds do not take in either water

or mud purposely in any quantity, the infusoria could only have been

contained in the fish upon which they had fed*. ‘This difficulty was

pointed out in a former communication, and the main part in the

formation of the guano ascribed to the vermiferous shore birds.

| * This conclusion appears to us unnecessary; it is far more probable

' that during the process of formation of these valuable deposits, spray con-

| taining multitudes of the infusoria may have been carried on to it.—W. F’.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 31

466 Miscellaneous.

This Peruvian fish however is interesting from its showing that there

exist fishes there which live principally upon infusorial mud. Whe-

ther this occurs upon an extensive scale and also in the case of

salt-water fish of that country must be left to further inquiry.

‘In the small sample of the contents of the stomach forwarded,

following species have been determined :—

PotyGastrica 27.

Amphora gracilis. Navicula lineolata.

Cocconeis fasciata. Scalprum.

Placentula. Pinnularia affinis.

Cocconema Leptoceros. borealis.

Lunula. peregrina.

Coscinodiscus radiolatus ? viridis.

Discoplea ? (Gallionella ?). Podosphenia Pupula.

Eunotia gibba. Synedra acuta.

Fragilaria acuta. constricta ?

rhabdosoma. Entomon.

Gleeonema paradoxum ? Sphenosira Catena.

Gomphonema gracile. Stauroneis linearis.

Augur. Stauroptera Monogramma.

Himantidium Arcus.

PHYTOLITHARIA 4,

Lithostylidium Clepsammidium. __Lithostylidium rude.

Rajula. Trabecula.

It is evident from this list that the river water in which the fish -

was taken contains an admixture of sea animalcules (Coscinodiscus),

and consequently is situated either within the tidal reach of the

ocean, or, as only fragments of the marine form were noticed, flows”

over tertiary biolithic deposits. Cocconeis fasciata is likewise a

known form from the coast of Peru. a

Synedra Entomon, known hitherto only from Chili, is remarkable —

from its occurrence in the dust of the trade-winds. Synedra? con-—

stricta is a smooth form characteristic from its two extremities being

drawn out into two long-pointed needles. Stauroneis linearis and —

Sphenosira Catena are known American forms from Chili and Mexico. —

Stauroptera Monogramma is a ribbed form resembling the smooth —

Stauroneis Monogramma from Surinam, which is again similar to but”

not identical with Achnanthes ventricosa —Report of the Berlin Aca-_

demy, Jan. 1848. 4

Discovery of the Maxillary Organs of the [guanodon.

Dr. Mantell’s researches have at jenih been rewarded by the |

discovery of portions of both the upper and lower jaw of the Igua-_

nodon, nearly thirty years after his first announcement of the form —

and structure of the teeth of that colossal herbivorous reptile. ~ yo

The form of the maxillary organs of the Iguanodon is most ex- 4

traordinary, and entirely differs from anything previously known in—

the class of reptiles. The configuration of the lower jaw approaches —

Miscellaneous. 467

“nearest to that of the large extinct Edentata, the Mylodons; but the

‘structure of the symphysial portion is unlike that of any other

“animal. Dr. Mantell will shortly present a memoir on this most

interesting discovery to the Royal Society, in whose Transactions

his first memoir on the Teeth-of the Iguanodon was published in

1825. The lower jaw, containing teeth, was discovered by Captain

Bickenden, the upper by Dr. Mantell: both are from the same loca-

lity in Tilgate Forest.

Description of a new British Mould. By Gzorcs Jounston, M.D. &c.

Iam willing to believe, with my Lord Bacon, that Mould “ is

mething between putrescence anda plant.” It settles a much-

ooted point as well as any other theory has yet done. Organic

bstance, in a state of decay, is Mould’s fruitful matrix,—life from

‘death,—the ever-yearning change from a worse to a better condition ;

for life, even in this its lowest state, is better certainly than sad

corruption. And how beautiful are many Moulds, when, with the

_licroscope, we discover Nature’s handicraft in them to the eye of

Sense! We can scarcely but believe that they have a sort of enjoy-

ment in their life, and in the evolution of their symmetrical figures.

One sort is now vigorous and abundant on some plants in my little

* Green-house,”’ where it is as noxious as the Green-fly, or Aphis;

and it is rather singular that the species has not been yet recorded

as a British production. I have the high authority of the Rev. M.

J. Berkeley for this fact, who informs me that our Mould is the Bo-

trytis umbellata* of DeCandolle.

_ Botrytis umbellata. Ona flat and smooth leaf, the decumbent fila-

ments of this Mould form a cobweb-like mycelium, but on leaves

with an uneven surface, and on the stalks of herbs, the mycelium is

so filamentous and thin as to be scarcely perceptible ; while the erect

filaments are so numerous as to render the surface downy or hirsute.

he decumbent filaments are also slenderer than the others, but

there is no difference in their structure; they are smooth hyaline

membranous tubes jointed at distant intervals, the joints alternately

swollen and constricted, but not regularly so, and when moistened

with water, the whole tube becomes swollen, tense, and cylindrical.

The erect filaments are two lines in height, of a gray or cinereous

colour, with a hoary sporuliferous head ; they are sparingly and ir-

gularly branched, and at the top four or five short divergent branch-

ts form a sort of imperfect umbel, collecting, as it were, the sporules

to a round heap or summit. The main branches are either diver-

nt or dichotomous; and many of the filaments are quite simple.

he sporules are ovate or elliptical, often marked with a septum,

Sometimes transversely, and in others in a longitudinal direction ;

and this septum disappears when the sporules are moistened. The

number of sporules is incalculable; they fall from the head and are

found adherent to every fibre of the plant ; and when this is shaken,

ey fly abroad in a little cloud.

* Lam. et DeCand. Fl. Franc. ii. 71. Duby, Bot. Gall. ii. 921.

31*

468 Meteorological Observations.

My friend Mr. Bowerbank examined this Mould with the micro-

scope. When highly magnified, many of the main filaments exh

bited slight protuberances, which were supposed to be incipient

branches ; these were sometimes opposed to each other, and sometimes

they were not quite in opposition. ‘The sporules varied os

in size, and were ovate or elliptical. Placed in water between glas a

after a lapse of two days it was found that most of the sporules had

germinated, each emitting a single filament, which was sparingly and -

irregularly branched, and contained some very minute granules.—

From the Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vol. ii,

p. 213. ;

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1848.

Chiswick.— April 1. Foggy: very fine: clear, 2. Foggy in the morning: very

fine. 3,4. Slight fog: fine. 5. Fine. 6. Overcast: very fine. 7. Cloudy’:

rain at night. 8,9. Rain. 10. Fine: rain at night. 11, Cloudy: rain,

12, Showery. 13. Overcast: heavy rain at night. 14. Clear and cold. 15.

Foggy: rain. 16. Hazy and damp: pete rain. 17. Showery. 18. Rain,”

19. Cloudy: fine. 20. Fine: rain. Drizzly : overcast : rain at night. 22.

Rain : drizzly: partially overcast. 23. Vine: cloudy: slightrain. 24. Overcast:

drizzly. 25. Densely clouded. 26. Fine. 27. Clear: shower: clear. 28. Cold,

rain: overcast: clear. 29. Overcast: fine. 30. Fine throughout.

Mean temperature of the Month ......cesesecseesseecrecseree oes 47°38

Mean temperature of April 1847 ......... savenguseneciers Seoveles Wa eS

Mean temperature of April for the last twenty years ......... 47 ‘06

Average amount of rain in April ....... cbeneonsesavant cemquihte. ean

Boston.—April 1. Foggy. 2. Fine: thunder and lightning p.m. 3, 4. Fine.

5. Cloudy: rainr.m. 6. Fine: rain early a.m. 7. Fine. 8. Rain: rain a.m.

and p.m. 9. Cloudy: raina.m. 10. Cloudy: rainr.M. 11. Fine. 12, Cloudy:

rain P.M. 17, Cloudy: rain early a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain p.m. 19, 20. Fine:

rain pm. 21. Cloudy. 22. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 23. Cloudy: brisk —

wind: rainr.m. 24. Rain: rain a.m. 25. Rain: rain early a.m.: rain p.m.

26. Cloudy: hail and rain a.m. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— April 1. Fine spring day. 2. Fine spring

day : one slight shower. 3. Finespringday: rainr Mm. 4. Fair, butcloudy. 5.

Fair a.m.: raine.M. 6. Fair a.m. : rain: hail. 7. Rain: frost am. &. Showers:

snow preceding night. 9. Fair: cloudy p.m. 10,11. Frostam- 12. Cloudy:

cleared. 13. Frost a.m. * 14, Frost: one shower. 15. Frost: very cold. 16.

Cloudy and threatening. 17. Rain early a.m. 18. Slight rain early. 19. Fair

and fine: thunder. 20. Fine: showers. 21. Rain early a.m. 22. Slight shower:

rainp.M. 23. Fair and droughty. 24. Fair: rain p.m. 25. Showery. 26.

Slight hail. 27. Frost, keen:raine.m, 28. Hail: frequent showers. 29, Hail:

frost. 30. Hard frost. q

Mean temperature of the month ...... Sephachone <pacpe Tae aeCam

Mean temperature of April 1847 ......... oostesestosseteuse Sones

Mean temperature of April for twenty-five years ...... 44 °2

Mean rain in April for twenty years ......seeseseseeseeee 1°76 inch.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—April 1. Bright: cloudy. 2 Bright: drops. 3. —

Damp: drops. 4. Bright: showers. 5. Showers:aurora. 6. Sleet-showers:

showers: sleet. 7. Clear: frost: aurora. 8. Clear: frost: snow-showers. —

9. Snow-showers: clear: frost. 10—13, Clear. 14. Cloudy. 15. Bright: ~

cloudy. 16. Bright: cloudy: drops.: 17,18. Damp, 19. Cloudy. 20. Damp.

21. Cloudy. 22. Clear: cloudy. 23,24. Damp. 25. Cloudy: drops. 26.

Snow-showers: clear. 27. Bright: cloudy. 28. Hail-showers. 29. Sleet-—

showers : hail-showers: aurora. 30. Bright : hail-showers : aurora. ‘ *

| | ;

OF-9€ 92-86 |1EL-62 o1L-6 £19.6¢ ¥29-62 9€.62 6F9-6z oLL-62 | "weaTy

Stl Let BL: 90-E £8-00 igv-€V 'n0€ L.0S |L-97 |

see pg ieereters'| om |emua!| a | on | $1h | IP | 82] €S) 19| 6% | 9 90-0€ | £6.62 | 00-0€ | $6-6% | €2-6% |100-0€ |1ZT-0£ | ‘of

Te Peeler lewan | car | ca} ms | 68 | IP | Ze) Fsh| gh} Lo | 8S | P7466 |99.6z | 98-6z |SL-62 99-62% |686-6z|FE0-08 | “6%

90. olen. imum | MUM mo | ems | 661 Bf | PE! BF] OF! 8G | OS | ES-6% | 19.6% | 09-6% |0F-6% 0£-6% 169-62 PHE-6z | “8%

trees LO- |O1- | wea ‘ms--0 uyea| “ms | 6€ | IP |16G| 2S) Ly) O€ LG |€9-6% | 9.6% | 09.6% 04-63 F9-6% £6L-6z 668-62 | “Lz

Lo. | 10. | sua | ‘a | mu | cam | ge | f1h |FSE) 19] Sh) 93 | HS | 18-62 68.6% | 64-60 £8-6% | 8h-6z |19L-6% £26-62, “90D

sere seeerslot, (10. | a | cou | ‘a | uo | $6¢| fh | EF) ES) Ih] 6% | OF | 86-62 |g6.6z | 08-66 18-6% 05-62 Lz8.6z |298-6z| “Sz

cesses esos] Qz. Qo. | cu | tou |taua| ‘au | eh | Sh |f1h| PS/S-Sh| 6€ | OF | 10-0€ |Fo.0€ |Sg.6z %8-6% $E-6% 619.62 |€%8-6z| “Pe

see zeg | fo. | ‘au | ‘aa | ‘ou | ton | SP | FE |FIF| 1S) BS) PH | 09 | €0-0F | 26.6% | LL-6z GL-6% | SE-6% 799-62 619-6 “£%

tiseeeeeere| BQ. |Z. |-oua |toun| ‘a |eau | GP | 19 | PP) _PS| 0S! FH | PS 00-08 |h6.6z | 89.60 | 19-66 | 11-60 LPP.6z £89.62) “2%

Lo. "| 1€- |60- | ‘a j*aua | wyeo| «mu | LP S0¢ |$€h|\¥99\9-19| OF | PS | 68-6% | 18.6% 09-6% 09-63 01-66 ZhP-62/L0S-66 “1G

Lo. \******}So. |6€- | a | ‘ou |raua | ‘ou | FPP | VE | BP) 8S) SS) OF 6S | 61-62 |29.6z | gP-6% 68-62 00:62 POF.6z 68£-62 “0t —

sereseescreel C1, (**""°*! eon | cau | °s s er | Sh | Shi¥SS|} £9) 9€ | 19 | LS-6z |gS.6z | 12-63 €1-6% | F6.8% 762-62 PEE-6% “OT

bh [rrcceereereeit™ere") TE. | cage |'O-"as | UlpBo | — *s ep | pb l$ev) LS) eb) SE | LE | 89-62 |9S.6z% | F1-6%> 6€-6% | $6.62 \808-6z |S69-62, “810 |

aa Lt. """*"/ Ob. | LT. | tas | ms | ures | ‘ms ty| Lb | Shi SS| ZS) Z€ | 19 |9F-6z \FF.6c | 6€-6% SE-6% 22-6 619.6% £69-62) “LI |

: seeesel GZ | cas | ta | ‘ass | ’s pr LP E88) 2S) gh) Ob | 8S |8S-6z \9L.6z | LP-6% |$L-6% 09.6% €fL.62 086-62| “9I |

reeseel oz. | eas | ca | cas | cms | ob | fab | C€/F1S|S-FF| wh | SS | Lg-6z |P6.62 | £L-6z |18-6% 09.6% 188-62 766-62) “SI

sereerseeeeel Go, [e"**] ou fraturm)| “Muu | “am | Bf for | 1€| oS| oF 6% | SS |£0-0€ |LL.6% | 16-6 L-6% | £P.6z £98-6% 690-0€| “PI

teteeseeseeslOb, (Che | sm | mu | ma] cm | of | gé |f1¢) Sh} Lb) SE | LG | 25.6% (£9.62 | SS-62 |S-6Z 08-6% |OPS.6z $L9-6z| “EI

é seveerseeoes Oz, QT. | tm | tou |tasm| ‘ms | Fee] IP PE) oF| oS) EF | 09 | Lh-6z |1P.6z \€8-6% $%-6% | 00.6z ZEV-6Z OPS-6Z | “ZI

| 4 «\2¢. |Z1- |ueo| ms | tu | mu, of | IP | 6%! 6E| Bh, Sb | 6S |FS.6z LS.6% Sh-6e £9-6 | 82-60 ESP-66 652.60) “II

Feevoviscesesieoeoes! (7. | ued | “asa | ‘ou | “Ss of | IF | Z| ah\S-6€! Of | ES | F9-6z |04.6z | 62-62 LB-6% | £1-6% |8ZE-6s |ESP-6z| *01 C

stesssoeees! Oz, | PT. |uaywo| ‘a | ‘ou | cou | fee | LE | o€ FSh| ab) VE | EY |8S-6z | 14-62 | 9P-6z (19-68 | Z£-6% |6€9-6% |S1S-6%| “6

Ch.o| fo. |vo- | oua| -a | ‘a | ‘au | OF | 1 | ZE| OF| OF! BE | EF |78-6z 64-62 | 89-62 0S-6% 90-63 |PEE-6% 09F-6Z| “8

serseelereee*] DQ. | peo] ca | ‘a | ‘an | Se | LE] “| “| OF} OF Lv |0L-62 |69-6% | 0F-6z |99-6% | F%-6% OFP-62 |16S-62| *L

weteelgg. [eee] mu | ca | ca | cau | foe | for | "| “| OF) TE | ES | 01.62 ZL-6% | 29-66 |99-6% | Lz-6% |€£9-6z |€99-62| “9

cocsesleoveoe] TQ. | emu | tm | “MO | AA ip | eh | ct] ce] €S!| oF | 19 | €9.6z |LP-62 | 65-62 | PL-62 LD-66 9£L.6% |686-6z| “S

sesesefecceeeleererrl mom | ems | om | cm | Sth | FOR | “tl ct] LS] 1h | SL 129.6% |29.60 |08-62 |88-62 | SS-66 |$10.0€ |f£0-08 | “P

teasecleccsee|eorees| oay -s |-muul ‘s | 9h | of | | “*] LS] 9€ | SL | 69.6% |€8-62 | £8-6z |$8-6z | FS-6z |gh6-6z 166-62 | *€. ©

eed Rated Braet! Maes *s |ueo| "3 cp | 2S] PE] 09] BS} OF | SL | Fg.6z |18-6z |08-6% | 98-6 99-62 |188.6z |hR6-62 | *%

sereeeleeeeesleeeree] urea | tas | cupeo| ‘aa | 6b | foo | SE} gS} 1S) Be al |Sg.6z | LL-6z | 06-62 |06-6% | 79-6% |Z00-0£ |FZ0-08 | “f

z ‘urd | ‘ure ‘urd | ‘ure ; ‘ ‘judy

2 g | ge 28 w | 2) Be | Be a See ean eee

3 $1 OE) B28 | BS eae. §

Pete oe SEE ee Grr femmwwana| FF | semen |g

470

INDEX to VOL. I.

ACTEONIA, new species of, 403.

Actinia, new species of, 34.

Aigialitis, new species of, 430.

Alder, J., on some new British species

of nudibranchiate mollusca, 189;

on a proposed new order of gastero-

podous mollusea, 401.

Algz, on the mode of formation of

spores in, 236.

Alima, new species of, 226.

Alope, characters of the new genus,

225.

Althzea, new species of, 426.

Amber, on the occurrence of fossil in-

fusoria in, 397.

Amici, Prof. J. B., on the origin and

development of the vegetable em-

bryo, 49.

Anacharis Alsinastrum, description of,

81; synopsis of the species of, 85.

Anthonomus, on the British species

of, 416.

Anthracite coal, on the fossil vegeta-

tion of, 157.

Anticharis, new species of, 432.

Antiopa, description of the new genus,

190.

Ants, on the habits of some Indian

species of, 147; on the habits of

some English species of, 240.

ee synopsis of the species of,

Aphides, descriptions of, 249, 328,

443; on the migrations of the, 372.

Aphodius, new species of, 143.

Araneidea, on certain phenomena in

the physiology of tne, 173.

Astacus, new species of, 225.

Atamisquea, on the genus, 384.

Athalamia, characters of the new

genus, 375.

Athyreus, new species of, 386.

Aulacoseira, characters of the new

genus, 167.

Babington, C. C., on Anacharis Alsi-

nastrum, 81; on Sagina ciliata and

Carex brizoides, 153.

Baird, Dr. W., on the genus Cypri-

dina, 21; on Caligus Strémii, 396.

Balfour, Dr., account of a botaniecs

excursion to Braemar, Clova, ai

Ben Lawers, 315.

Basilosaurus, observations on, 246.

Belemnites, observations on som

388. :

Benson, W. H., on the genus Ptero- 9

cyclos, 345. ee.

Birds, observations on some Indian, |)

Fe 454. .

lackwall, J., on the physiol D

the Araneidea, 173. alc. = |

Blyth, E., on some East Indian mam-

malia and birds, 454. = |

Books, new:—Sir R. H. Schom-)

burgk’s History of Barbados, 67 ;9

Broderip’s Zoological Recreations, |

71; hens Experimental Inquiry 7

into the Cause of the Ascent and)

Descent of the Sap, 73; Dalyell’s)

Rare and Remarkable Animals of)

Scotland, 132, 311; Messrs. Gre-7

nier and Godron’s Flore de France,

374; Gray’s Manual of the Botany)

of the Northern United States, 374; |

Koninck’s Monograph of the genera |

Productus and Chonetes, 457 ;_

viventium, 459. 4

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, pro-

ceedings of the, 236, 315, 464.

Botrytis, new species of, 467. 7

Boys, Capt., on the habits of some

ndian species of ants and other

insects, 147. a

i a characters of the genus,

Broderip’s, W. J., Zoological Recrea-

tions, noticed, 71. -

Brown, R., on an undescribed fossil

fruit, 376. j

Bulimus, on the habits and geogra-

phical distribution of, 270.

Caladium distillatorium, observations

on, 188. :

Calandra, new species of, 107. 4

Caligus Strémii, description of, 396. —

Mar. eae new British species —

of, :

farex brizoides, occurrence of, in

Great Britain, 154.

er, H. J., on the species, struc-

ture and animality of the freshwater

spongesinthetanksat Bombay, 303.

is, vegetable, on the multiplication

of, 436.

ia, new species of, 404.

ephalites, characters of the genus,

:phalopoda, on some fossil remains

of, 388.

reus, on a curious phenomenon in

the, 77

Characez, on the mode of formation

|_ of spores in, 236.

Ciiitones, observations on, 228.

Chonetes, observations on the genus,

| 457.

Chorinus, new species of, 222.

Clark, G., on some bullocks brought

from the island of Lombach, near

Java, 73.

eome, new species of, 425.

Coccinella, description of a new species

of, from New Zealand, 66.

sleoptera, new, 66, 107, 142, 295,

386, 416. —

nfervee, on the development and

— composition of, 437.

Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, proceed-

_ ings of the, 140.

Crotolaria, new species of, 428.

Crustacea, descriptions of new, 221.

Curculionidz, on some British species

of, 295, 416.

Cyclotella, new species of, 169.

Cypridina, on the genus, with descrip-

tions of new species, 21.

Dalyell’s, Sir J.G., Rare and Remark-

_ able Animals of Scotland, noticed,

Darling, G., on a singular rie 3 in

the Resory of thy Siiley shen 318.

De Jussieu, A., on the anomalous

_ forms of dicotyledonous stems, 127.

Denny, H., on the habits of insects,

_ 75; on the habits of ants, 240.

Diatomacez, observations on the, with

descriptions of new genera and spe-

cies, 161; on some, found in the

stomachs of certain mollusca, 322.

Dickie, Dr. G., on the ovule of Eu-

phrasia officinalis, 260; on Diato-

macez found in the stomachs of

certain mollusea, 322,

INDEX.

471

Dickieia, new species of, 171.

Diurospermum, description of the new

genus, 381. ‘

Doubleday, E., on new or imperfectly

described lepidopterous insects, 121;

on the pterology of the diurnal Le-

pidoptera, 379.

Dougall, W. S., on the reproduction

_ of cryptogamic plants, 236, 238,465,

Echium, new species of, 431.

Edgeworth, M. P., on a new genus of

Lentibulariz, with remarks on some

Indian species of Utricularia, 381.

Ehrenberg, Prof., on two new genera

of siliceous-shelled Polygastrica

from Patagonian guano, 392; on

the occurrence of infusoria in amber,

397 ; on some microscopic orga-

nisms found in the stomach of a

Peruvian freshwater fish, 465.

Embleton, Dr. D., on the anatomy of

Eolis, 88.

Embryo, vegetable, on the develop-

ment of the, 49, 260.

Entomological Society, proceedings of

the, 14 229. mak °

Entopyla, description of thenew genus,

93.

Eolis, on the anatomy of, 88; new

species of, 191.

Ephippiphora, characters of the new

genus, 226.

ea ae officinalis, on the ovule of,

260.

Euterpe, new species of, 121.

Faleoner, Dr. H., on Athalamia, a

new genus of Marchantiex, 375.

Fauna of Ireland, additions to the, 62.

Ferns, new species of, 326.

Filices, on the reproduction of, 465.

Fire-flies of the tropics, on the, 268.

Bb ie the metamorphoses of the,

Forbes, Prof. E., on some new fossil

shells from Barbados, 347.

Forskalea, new species of, 429.

Fossil conchology of the great oolite

of Minchinhampton, observations

on the, 115.

Fruit, fossil, some account of an un-

described, 376.

Gamboge, on the plants producing

the, 155.

Gaudichaud, M., on the growth of

leaves, 274.

Gebia, new species of, 225,

472

Geophilus longicornis, on the vene-

niferous glands of, 140.

Gnat, on the digestive apparatus of

the, 241.

Godron’s, M., Flore de France, no-

ticed, 374.

Gosse, P. H., onthe insects of Jamaica,

109, 197, 268, 349.

Grammitis, new species of, 327.

Gray, J. E., on Chitones, 228; note

on Porcupines, 246.

Gray’s, A., Manual of the Botany of

rd Northern United States, noticed,

Grenier’s, M., Flore de France, no-

ticed, 374.

Greville, R. K., on a new species of

3 rene 325 ; on two new species

of ferns, 326.

Hancock, A., on the anatomy of Eolis,

88 ; on some new British species of

nudibranchiate polars: 189; ona

roposed new order o teropo-

- mollusea, 401. ae

Hemiptychus, description of the new

genus, 392

Henfrey, A., on the progress of phy-

siological botany, 49,124, 180, 574,

436; on some points in ‘the strue-

ture ‘and growth of monocotyledons,

180.

Hofmeister, W., on the origin and de-

velopment of the vegetable embryo,

Honey-bee, on a singular anomaly in

the history of the, 318.

Hope, Rev. F. W., on some new Co-

leoptera, 142.

Hydra tuba, on the history of the,

311.

Hypera, on the British species of, 296.

Iguanodon, srg § of the maxillary

organs of the, 46

Infusoria, descriptions of some new

genera of fossil, 392; occurrence

of, in amber, 397 ; notice respect-

ing some recent Peruvian, 465.

Insects, on the habits of some, 75,

147, 159;. on a new method of re-

laxing, 144; notes on rare British,

141, 229; of Madeira, on the, 76;

of Jamaica, 109, 197, 268, 349; on

the formation and use of the air-dacs

and dilated tracheze in, 383.

Jansonia, description of thenew genus,

235.

- INDEX.

Jeffreys, J. G., on some British 1

lusca,

Johnston, Dr. G., on a new Bri

mould, 467.

Jolie, M., on the Nummulites, +i

Kippist, R., on the new genus Jan

sonia, 235.

Koninck’s, L. de, Researches on Foss

Animals, noticed, 457. :

Logie, on the recent British pecie

or, i. ra

Lampyride of Jamaica, observatior

on the, 268 4

Larus Bonapartii, occurrence of,

Europe, 192.

Leaves, on the growth of, 274. ¥

Leidy, Dr. J., on two new species o

Planaria, 78; on a new sugen

of Planaria, 242; on a new

and species of fossil Ruminz

389. 4

Lemanea fluviatilis, on the early lage

of the development of, 460.

Lepidoptera, descriptions of new, 12

on the pterology of, 379. = |

esr new species of, 122.

a M., on the Nummulite

Limapontia ni » deseri tion of, 40:

Limeum, new Bie ecies of 429. |

Limobius, on the British Sagem

300. |

pita new species of, 432. |

innzan Society, of t che, |

234, 375, 460°" peeadinas |

Locusts, note on some Indian s

of, 148.

Lycett, J., on the fossil onal 7

“of eg reat oolite of Minchinhamp

ton, | 7

Pic echt on the reproductio:

of, 465.

Mammalia, observations on some In

dian, 454. fash P

Mantell, G. A., on some Belemn ite

and other fossil remains of Cep

lopoda, 388; on the Ventri

435; on the discovery of the ma

illary organs of the Iguanodon, 466

Marchantiex, description of a ne

genus of, 375.

Marsileacew, on the réprodastioh ll :

465.

Mason, Rev. F., on the gambo

the Tenasserim provinces, |

Medusz, on the development of, ‘25.

M janthese, observations ori the new

_ order, 461.

Melo’, on the anatomy of the, 377.

eteorological observations, 79, 159,

247, 319, 399, 468.

fiers, J., ona new genus of plants of

_ the family Burmanniacee, 234; on

the genus Atamisquea, 384.

itscherlich, Prof., on the develop-

reg and composition of Conferve,

ohl, Prof., on the origin and deve-

ae of the vegetable embryo,

Mollusca, notes on rare British, 239 ;

_ onthe occurrence of Diatomacese i in

the stomachs of certain, 322.

gasteropodous, on a proposed

= order of, 401; new cies of,

~ 402.

——, nudibranchiate, new British spe-

i _ cies of, 189.

0 nocotyledons, on some points in

4 raid structure and growth of, 180.

oy a new species of Nau-

fils,

flosses, on the oo siagerags ore

- wy 238; new species of, 3

puld, on a new British ie of,

467.

Miller, K., on the origin and deve-

raed ‘of the vegetable embryo,

filler, Prof. J., on Basilosaurus, 246.

t, M. Hi ae a new species of

EGaceinelia. 6

Nigel, M., on ce growth of leaves,

Yautilus, new species of, 106.

ewport, G., on the anatomy of the

- Meloé, 377; on the formation and

use of the air-sacs and dilated

_trachez in insects, 383.

- glauca, on the habits of,

Nuicula, new species of, 348.

Viummulites, o servations on the, 395.

Nymphon, new species of, 227.

Vieandra, new species of, 326.

D thophagus, new species of, 143.

Jphiomeris, description of the new

genus, 234,

hoseira, characters of the new

genus, 167.

torhynchus, on a new British spe-

cies of, 302.

INDEX.

4°73

Owen, Prof., on Mr. Cuming’s collec-

tion of shells, 149.

Pagurus, new species of, 224.

Pfeiffer’s, Dr. L., Monographia Heli-

ceorum viveutinnn, noticed, 459.

Phogocata, description of the new

genus, 242.

Pissodes, on the British species of,

295.

Planaria, new species of, 78; on a

new subgenus of, 242.

Planchon, J. E., on Anacharis and

Apalanthe, 85; on Melianthez, 461.

Plants, rare British, 315; new species

of, 425.

——, monocotyledonous, on the

wae and growth of, 180.

togamic, on the reproduc-

tion ms 236, 465.

Poébrotherium, description of the,

89.

she casio, on two new genera of,

Polypes, on the rapid growth of, 137.

Porcupines, notes on, 246,

Potatoe disease, remarks on the, 377.

Potentilla, monstrous growth of a, 77.

Pouchet, F., on the A osee appa-

ratus of the gnat, 241,

Productus, on the genus, 457.

Pterocyclos, observations on the ge-

nus, 345.

Pyrophorus noctilucus, observations

on, 200

Rafflesia Patma, observations on, 154.

Rainey’s, G., Experimental Inquiry

into the Cause of the Ascent and

Descent of the Sap, noticed, 73.

Reeve, L., on the habits and geogra-

phical distribution of Bulimus, 270.

Reid, Dr., on the development of the

Medusze, 25; on a new species of

Actinia, 34.

a Society, proceedings of the, 388.

ina ciliata, British habitat for, 153.

Bs alvia, new species of, 432.

Scalaria, new species of, 347.

Schizonema, new species of, 169.

Sehleiden, M., on the structure and

rowth of monocotyledons, 182.

Schomburgk’s, Sir R. H., History of

Barbados, noticed, 67; 3; on some

new fossil shells from Barbados,

347.

Schonherr, Carl Johan, notice of the

late, 397.

n. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 32

4°74:

Semanopterus, new species of, 142,

Serpent tribe, on the extensibility of

membrane and muscle in the, 394,

Sertularia, on the development of, 136,

Shells, on Mr. Cuming’ s collections

of, 149 ; descriptions of new species

of fossil, 347.

ne Prof. F., on the habits of

Notonecta glauca, 158.

Sinde, notes on the botany of, 420.

Smith, J. T., on the Ventriculide of

the chalk, 36, 203, 279, 352; on

some curious phenomena in the

night-blooming Cereus, 77.

Sparganium ramosum, on the strue-

ture and growth of, 181.

Spiders, on the reproduction of. lost

parts in, 173.

Spiridens, new species of, 325.

Sponges, freshwater, on the structure

and animality of the, 303.

Stems, on the anomalous forms of

dicotyledonous, 127.

Stephens, S., on a new method of re-

laxing insects, 144,

Teschemacher, J. E., on the fossil

vegetation of anthracite coal, 157.

Thompson, W., on the fauna of Ire-

. land, 62; on the occurrence of the

Bonapartian ull in Europe, 192.

Thwaites, G iL K., on the Diato-

maceze, with descriptions of new

genera and species, 161; on the

habits of Timea granella, 234; on

the early stages of the development

of Lemanea fluviatilis, 460.

Tinea granella, on the habits of, 234.

Treviranus, Prof., on the anomalous

forms of dicotyledonous stems, 124.

Tritonia, new species of, 191.

Tropiphorus, on the British species

of, 301.

Tubularia, on the development of,

134

END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

INDEX.

Utricularia, on some Indian s

of, 381.

Ventriculide of the chalk, Pe

re pucaee. of the, 36, 2 2;

Ventriculites, observations on

Vicary, Capt. N., on the bo

Sinde, 4

Walker’s, F. deactipditis of Ay hid

249, 328, 443; on ‘the mig tie

of Aphides, 372. :

Walton, J., on thes te in mg

tor1um, ie ae

Williamson, w. c.

British es of the

1; on aa p

pylodiscus, 321.

Woll: n, T. Vz, on th

Made) 76.

Wright, Dr., on the

lands of Geophilus

debrida, characters of the new

Zollinger, Ma on Rafflesia

Zoologieal Society, D1

the, 221.

eat hydroid, « ob

the, 1 ;

Ly cophyihin, new W species ¢ of,